Nammcesa 000032 PDF

__________
HIGHLIGHTS
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 52
__________
L.E.P. 1-35 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
1- 65
52-00-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
1, 9- EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
10 201-249, 251-299, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
52-00-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,

202- 203, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
205 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

5, 8- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
9, 11, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
13- 14, 511-526, 528-599,
17

227- 229, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 003-049, 051-099, 101-149,
234- 236 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 003-049, 051-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
52-10-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

311- 312 ADDED WARNING

402- 404, MOD.20902K0832 REMOVED ALL
406, 409- EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS-PAX COMPARTMENT-
52-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 19
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
410, 413- INTRODUCE MINOR IMPROVEMENTS TO THE

414, 418, CABIN FURNISHING-
421, 423- MOD.26211K4729 REMOVED ALL
425 DOORS-PASSENGER COMPARTMENT-EMERGENCY
EXIT INTRODUCE MODIFIED EMERGENCY DOOR
ACTUATOR (P/N FE 277-00)
MOD.33100K8400 REMOVED ALL
COMMUNICATIONS-CIDS-INTRODUCE ENHANCED
CIDS (A318 VERSION) AND RELATED SYSTEMS
ON SINGLE AISLE FAMILY
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

515, 524- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
525, 527- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
528, 530, 511-526, 528-599,
537- 539,
542- 544

605, 607, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
609- 611 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

1, 5, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 003-049, 051-099, 101-149,
7, 9- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
11, 13 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

304- 305 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

504- 505, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
508, 512, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
515, 517, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
531- 536, 511-526, 528-599,
540, 543-
544, 548-
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
550, 554,
556, 559,
561, 563,
565, 567-
568

607, 610 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

415, 417, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
419, 422- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
424, 430- 511-526, 528-599,
431, 433,
445- 449,
454, 462-
463, 466,
474- 476,
478- 480,
482, 487-
490, 493,
497- 498

820- 821 MODIFIED CROSS-REFERENCE TO SRM.

440, 463- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
466, 468- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
469, 490 511-526, 528-599,

510 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

403, 443 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
519, 525 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,

301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

413, 432, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
441, 447- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
449, 451- 511-526, 528-599,
452, 454,
457- 459

7- 8, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
10- 12, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
14 511-526, 528-599,

304- 305 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

508, 512, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
517, 529- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
530, 533- 511-526, 528-599,
536, 541,
544, 549-
550, 555-
556, 559,
561, 563-
565, 568-
569

615, 618 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

403, 413- CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
415, 417, REPLACED TOOL 98A52108004001 BY TOOL
422- 424, 98A52008509000
437- 438, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
445- 450, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
461, 463, 511-526, 528-599,

467- 468,
475, 477,
479- 480,
482- 483,
487- 491,
497, 499
52-13-12 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

408, 411,
414
52-13-18 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

822- 823

438, 461- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
464, 466- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
467, 491 511-526, 528-599,

510 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

403, 443 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

519- 520, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
525 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

413, 433, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
441, 445- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
447, 449, 511-526, 528-599,
452, 455-
457

1- 2 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
201-249, 251-299, 501-509,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
511-526, 528-599,

4- 5, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
7, 9- 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12, 14- 528-599,
15, 17-
19

508- 530 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

401- 407, MOD.22000K2100 INCORPORATED ALL
409- 438 DOORS - EMERGENCY EXITS - DEFINE
EMERGENCY EXITS FOR A321
CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 151-199, 401-499,
ILLUSTRATION NEW ISSUED
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) ALL

512- 513 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

405 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

801- 809 TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

511, 514- LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED 301-399,
519, 572- WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED 301-399,
575
52-22-14 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED 301-399,

402, 405,
410- 419

8, 10- 229-249, 301-399, 501-509,
11 511-526, 528-599,

206, 213- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
214, 217- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
221, 223- 511-526, 528-599,
225, 229,
231- 233,
235, 242,
246, 262-
263, 265-
266, 269,
272- 274

405, 407 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

225-227, 229-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
528-599,

5, 8- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
13, 16- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
19, 24- 511-526, 528-599,
26, 28,
31- 32,
35, 37,
42- 43,
45- 47,
49

516, 519, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
524- 527, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
535- 539 511-526, 528-599,

406, 409, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
412, 414, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
416- 419 511-526, 528-599,

505, 507- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
509, 511, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
515- 518, 511-526, 528-599,
521- 523,
526- 527,
530- 531,
538, 540-
541, 544-
546, 554-
555, 558-
560

601- 604, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
607, 609- REFERENCE TO AMM AMENDED
614, 617, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
621- 622, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
624, 627- 511-526, 528-599,
636, 646-
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
648, 651-
652, 654

404, 406- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
407 511-526, 528-599,

406, 410, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
412- 414 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

424, 430- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
432, 435, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
437- 438, 511-526, 528-599,
473- 476, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
478, 482- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
486,A405, 511-526, 528-599,
A410-A411,
A421-A422,
A425-A426,
A434-A436,
A438,A440,
A442-A443,
A448-A450,
A453-A454,
A459-A461,
A463-A464,
A466-A467,
A469,A471-
A472,A474-
A479,A482-
A491,A494-
A499,B402-
B417,B420-
B440

408, 413- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
415 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1- 2, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 151-199, 401-499,
5, 10- IN FIG.PROXIMITY SWITCHES DETAIL A
11, 14- CLARIFED
22- 27, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
32- 34, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
44, 48, 511-526, 528-599,
51- 52,
55- 57,
62- 63,
68- 69,
71- 72

411, 414- 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
415 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

510- 513, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 151-199, 401-499,
516- 517, REPLACEMENT OF INNER ACCESS PANEL ADDED
527, 530- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
532, 541- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
549 511-526, 528-599,

406- 408, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
411, 413, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
418- 423,
425- 428

506- 507, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
511- 513, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
518- 520, 511-526, 528-599,
525- 529,
532- 533,
535, 538,
540, 543,
546, 553,
555, 557,
560, 562-
564, 568,
571, 573,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
576- 577

601- 604, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
607- 614, REFERENCE TO AMM PROCEDURE AMENDED 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
616- 625, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
628- 632, 511-526, 528-599,
641, 669- CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
671, 673- 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
677, 685- 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
694 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

702, 704, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
707 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

406- 407 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

406, 410- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
412, 414 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

810, 812 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

423, 429, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
436, 441- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
442, 446, 511-526, 528-599,
455- 456, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
459- 460, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
462- 464, 511-526, 528-599,
489- 492,
494, 498-
A402,A406,
A423,A425,
A427,A430-
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A431,A444,
A449-A450,
A456,A458-
A459,A467-
A468,A473-
A474,A476,
A478-A479,
A483,A487,
A489,A491-
A493,A497-
A498,B401-
B402,B404-
B408,B410,
B414,B417,
B419-B426,
B428,B430-
B432,B434-
B438,B440-
B443,B446-
B447,B451,
B454-B459,
B461-B463,
B465-B466,
B468-B471,
B473-B485,
B488-B489,
B494-C401,
C403-C409,
C412-C419,
C421-C422

406, 410- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
411, 413, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
415- 416 511-526, 528-599,

412 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

9, 18 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-33-00 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,

401- 405, MPD/MMEL/CDL DATA AMENDED 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
407
52-33-11 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,

506- 507, IN FIG.ADJUSTMENT OF THE LATERAL GAPS TABLE 221-221, 224-224, 228-228,
509 TITLE CLARIFIED 251-299,

5, 8, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
10- 11, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
22- 24, 511-526, 528-599,
31, 33-
34, 41

414- 415, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
419 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

12 201-249, 251-299, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

402, 410 201-249, 251-299, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

402, 405, WORKSTEP ADDED
412, 415, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
422, 425 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

403, 421 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

5 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

218- 220 151-199, 201-220, 229-235,
239-249, 251-299, 303-399,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

528-599,
52-41-00 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

401, 405 MPD/MMEL/CDL DATA AMENDED ALL

417 151-199, 201-210, 234-235,
239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

404- 406 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

404- 406, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
408, 410, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
412- 413, 511-526, 528-599,
415

10, 12, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
17- 19, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
21- 22 511-526, 528-599,

409- 410, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
414- 415, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
417- 419

151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

401- 402, CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
404, 406, 151-199, 201-218,
414- 417 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
511-526, 528-599,

404- 406, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
408, 410, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
412- 413, 511-526, 528-599,
415

404- 406, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
408, 410, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
412- 413, 511-526, 528-599,
415

404- 406, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
408, 410, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
412- 413, 511-526, 528-599,
415

7- 10, 237-249, 251-299, 301-399,
12- 16 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
52-51-00 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 106-149, 221-223, 225-235,

405, 416, 237-249, 251-299, 301-399,
419- 420, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
423, 426, 528-599,
436 237-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

501, 505, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 106-149, 221-223, 225-235,
509, 513- 237-249, 251-299, 301-399,
515, 518, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
521, 523, 528-599,
550- 552, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
560- 561, 511-526, 528-599,
564, 569-
577, 580-
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
583, 586-
587, 590-
595
52-51-11 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL

409 237-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
237-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

404- 411 237-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

402, 405 237-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
237-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

402, 405 237-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
237-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

402, 405 237-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
237-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
528-599,

402, 409 237-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
237-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

5- 6, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
8- 9 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

401, 403- CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
404, 406- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
411, 420- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
423, 428, 511-526, 528-599,
437, 439- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
443, 451, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
456- 464 511-526, 528-599,

6, 13- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
14, 18, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
23- 25, 528-599,
33- 36,
39- 40

502- 505, LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
521- 522, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509,
540, 543, 511-526, 528-599,
558-A532 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
52-71-00 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

602, 605-
612
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
52-71-13 01 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

405- 409 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

7, 10- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
13, 16, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
19- 20, 528-599,
22- 26,
30, 34-
35

525- 527, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509,
529, 533, 511-526, 528-599,
538 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

417- 420, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509,
423, 425- 511-526, 528-599,
436, 439, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509,
444- 448 511-526, 528-599,

407 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

410, 413, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509,
415- 421, 511-526, 528-599,
432 201-249, 251-299, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

409- 410,
413, 417,
420

4, 6 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
52-81-00 TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

601- 603, TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
605- 606, WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL
608, 623

1, 3 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

402- 404, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED
411- 414 204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
RECORD T. of C. R 38 Feb01/10 52-00-00 13 May01/04

OF TEMP. T. of C. R 39 Feb01/10 52-00-00 14 May01/04
REVISION T. of C. R 40 Feb01/10 52-00-00 15 May01/04
T. of C. R 41 Feb01/10 52-00-00 201 Nov01/07
L.E.P. R 1-35 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 42 Feb01/10 52-00-00 R 202 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 1 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 43 Feb01/10 52-00-00 R 203 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 2 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 44 Feb01/10 52-00-00 204 Nov01/07
T. of C. R 4 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 46 Feb01/10 52-00-00 206 May01/04
T. of C. R 5 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 47 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 7 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 49 Feb01/10 52-10-00 2 Feb01/98
T. of C. R 24 Feb01/10 T. of C. D 66 52-10-00 201 Aug01/08
T. of C. R 25 Feb01/10 52-10-00 202 Aug01/08
T. of C. R 26 Feb01/10 52-00-00 R 1 Feb01/10 52-10-00 203 Aug01/08
T. of C. R 27 Feb01/10 52-00-00 2 Aug01/05 52-10-00 204 Aug01/08
T. of C. R 28 Feb01/10 52-00-00 3 Nov01/08 52-10-00 205 Aug01/08
T. of C. R 29 Feb01/10 52-00-00 4 Nov01/08 52-10-00 206 Aug01/08
T. of C. R 30 Feb01/10 52-00-00 5 Feb01/00 52-10-00 207 Aug01/08
T. of C. R 31 Feb01/10 52-00-00 6 Aug01/05 52-10-00 208 Aug01/08
T. of C. R 32 Feb01/10 52-00-00 7 Aug01/05 52-10-00 209 Aug01/08
T. of C. R 33 Feb01/10 52-00-00 8 Feb01/00 52-10-00 210 Aug01/08
T. of C. R 36 Feb01/10 52-00-00 11 May01/04 52-10-00 213 Aug01/08
T. of C. R 37 Feb01/10 52-00-00 12 May01/04 52-10-00 214 Aug01/09
52-L.E.P. Page 1
Feb 01/10
CES
52-10-00 215 Aug01/09 52-10-00 407 Feb01/04 52-10-00 523 Aug01/02

52-10-00 216 Aug01/08 52-10-00 408 Aug01/07 52-10-00 R 524 Feb01/10
52-10-00 217 Aug01/08 52-10-00 R 409 Feb01/10 52-10-00 R 525 Feb01/10
52-10-00 218 Aug01/08 52-10-00 R 410 Feb01/10 52-10-00 526 Aug01/02
52-10-00 219 Aug01/08 52-10-00 411 Nov01/09 52-10-00 R 527 Feb01/10
52-10-00 220 Aug01/08 52-10-00 412 Nov01/09 52-10-00 R 528 Feb01/10
52-10-00 221 Aug01/09 52-10-00 R 413 Feb01/10 52-10-00 529 Nov01/09
52-10-00 222 Aug01/09 52-10-00 R 414 Feb01/10 52-10-00 R 530 Feb01/10
52-10-00 223 Aug01/08 52-10-00 415 May01/08 52-10-00 531 Aug01/02
52-10-00 224 Nov01/09 52-10-00 416 Nov01/06 52-10-00 532 May01/04
52-10-00 225 Nov01/09 52-10-00 417 Nov01/06 52-10-00 533 Feb01/05
52-10-00 226 Nov01/09 52-10-00 R 418 Feb01/10 52-10-00 534 Feb01/05
52-10-00 R 227 Feb01/10 52-10-00 419 Feb01/04 52-10-00 535 May01/04
52-10-00 R 228 Feb01/10 52-10-00 420 May01/04 52-10-00 536 Feb01/05
52-10-00 R 229 Feb01/10 52-10-00 R 421 Feb01/10 52-10-00 R 537 Feb01/10
52-10-00 230 Nov01/09 52-10-00 422 Nov01/09 52-10-00 R 538 Feb01/10
52-10-00 231 Nov01/09 52-10-00 R 423 Feb01/10 52-10-00 R 539 Feb01/10
52-10-00 232 Aug01/08 52-10-00 R 424 Feb01/10 52-10-00 540 May01/04
52-10-00 233 Nov01/09 52-10-00 R 425 Feb01/10 52-10-00 541 Nov01/09
52-10-00 R 234 Feb01/10 52-10-00 D 426 52-10-00 R 542 Feb01/10
52-10-00 R 235 Feb01/10 52-10-00 D 427 52-10-00 R 543 Feb01/10
52-10-00 R 236 Feb01/10 52-10-00 D 428 52-10-00 R 544 Feb01/10
52-10-00 301 Aug01/06 52-10-00 D 429 52-10-00 545 Nov01/09
52-10-00 302 May01/03 52-10-00 D 430 52-10-00 546 Nov01/09
52-10-00 303 Aug01/06 52-10-00 D 431 52-10-00 547 Nov01/07
52-10-00 304 Feb01/98 52-10-00 D 432 52-10-00 548 Nov01/07
52-10-00 305 Feb01/04 52-10-00 D 433 52-10-00 549 Nov01/07
52-10-00 306 Feb01/09 52-10-00 D 434 52-10-00 550 Nov01/07
52-10-00 307 May01/04 52-10-00 D 435 52-10-00 551 Nov01/07
52-10-00 308 May01/04 52-10-00 501 May01/05 52-10-00 552 Nov01/07
52-10-00 309 May01/04 52-10-00 502 May01/05 52-10-00 553 Nov01/07
52-10-00 310 May01/04 52-10-00 503 May01/05 52-10-00 554 Nov01/07
52-10-00 R 311 Feb01/10 52-10-00 504 May01/05 52-10-00 555 Nov01/07
52-10-00 R 312 Feb01/10 52-10-00 505 Feb01/98 52-10-00 601 Aug01/07
52-10-00 313 May01/04 52-10-00 506 Feb01/98 52-10-00 R 602 Feb01/10
52-10-00 314 May01/04 52-10-00 507 Feb01/98 52-10-00 603 Nov01/09
52-10-00 315 May01/04 52-10-00 508 Feb01/98 52-10-00 R 604 Feb01/10
52-10-00 316 Aug01/03 52-10-00 509 Feb01/98 52-10-00 R 605 Feb01/10
52-10-00 317 Nov01/04 52-10-00 510 Nov01/06 52-10-00 606 Nov01/09
52-10-00 318 Nov01/04 52-10-00 R 511 Feb01/10 52-10-00 R 607 Feb01/10
52-10-00 319 Nov01/04 52-10-00 512 Nov01/09 52-10-00 608 Aug01/07
52-10-00 320 Nov01/04 52-10-00 513 Nov01/09 52-10-00 R 609 Feb01/10
52-10-00 321 Aug01/03 52-10-00 R 514 Feb01/10 52-10-00 R 610 Feb01/10
52-10-00 322 Nov01/04 52-10-00 R 515 Feb01/10 52-10-00 R 611 Feb01/10
52-10-00 323 Aug01/03 52-10-00 516 May01/05 52-10-00 612 Nov01/06
52-10-00 401 May01/04 52-10-00 517 Feb01/05 52-10-00 613 Aug01/08
52-10-00 R 402 Feb01/10 52-10-00 518 May01/04 52-10-00 614 May01/08
52-10-00 R 403 Feb01/10 52-10-00 519 May01/98 52-10-00 615 May01/04
52-10-00 R 404 Feb01/10 52-10-00 520 Feb01/00 52-10-00 616 Feb01/07
52-10-00 405 Nov01/09 52-10-00 521 May01/98 52-10-00 617 May01/04
52-10-00 R 406 Feb01/10 52-10-00 522 Feb01/02 52-10-00 618 May01/04
52-L.E.P. Page 2
Feb 01/10
CES
52-10-00 619 Aug01/08 52-11-00 R 515 Feb01/10 52-11-00 566 May01/09

52-10-00 620 Aug01/07 52-11-00 516 May01/05 52-11-00 R 567 Feb01/10
52-10-00 621 May01/04 52-11-00 R 517 Feb01/10 52-11-00 R 568 Feb01/10
52-10-00 622 Nov01/07 52-11-00 518 Feb01/06 52-11-00 569 Feb01/08
52-10-00 623 May01/04 52-11-00 519 Feb01/06 52-11-00 601 May01/03
52-10-00 624 May01/04 52-11-00 520 May01/05 52-11-00 602 May01/03
52-10-00 625 May01/07 52-11-00 521 May01/05 52-11-00 603 May01/03
52-10-00 626 May01/07 52-11-00 522 May01/05 52-11-00 604 May01/03
52-10-00 627 Aug01/08 52-11-00 523 May01/05 52-11-00 605 May01/04
52-10-00 628 Aug01/08 52-11-00 524 Feb01/06 52-11-00 606 Nov01/06
52-10-00 629 May01/07 52-11-00 525 Nov01/06 52-11-00 R 607 Feb01/10
52-10-00 630 Feb01/08 52-11-00 526 Nov01/06 52-11-00 608 Nov01/06
52-10-00 801 Nov01/04 52-11-00 527 Feb01/06 52-11-00 609 Nov01/06
52-10-00 802 Nov01/07 52-11-00 528 Feb01/06 52-11-00 R 610 Feb01/10
52-10-00 803 Feb01/98 52-11-00 529 May01/05 52-11-00 611 May01/03
52-10-00 804 Feb01/98 52-11-00 530 May01/05 52-11-00 612 May01/03
52-11-00 R 531 Feb01/10 52-11-00 613 May01/03
52-11-00 R 1 Feb01/10 52-11-00 R 532 Feb01/10 52-11-00 614 May01/03
52-11-00 2 Nov01/09 52-11-00 R 533 Feb01/10 52-11-00 615 May01/03
52-11-00 3 May01/98 52-11-00 R 534 Feb01/10 52-11-00 616 May01/03
52-11-00 4 Nov01/09 52-11-00 R 535 Feb01/10 52-11-00 617 May01/03
52-11-00 R 5 Feb01/10 52-11-00 R 536 Feb01/10 52-11-00 618 May01/03
52-11-00 6 Feb01/08 52-11-00 537 May01/05 52-11-00 619 Nov01/07
52-11-00 R 7 Feb01/10 52-11-00 538 May01/05 52-11-11 401 Nov01/09
52-11-00 8 Nov01/09 52-11-00 539 May01/05 52-11-11 402 May01/04
52-11-00 R 9 Feb01/10 52-11-00 R 540 Feb01/10 52-11-11 R 403 Feb01/10
52-11-00 R 10 Feb01/10 52-11-00 541 May01/05 52-11-11 404 Nov01/09
52-11-00 R 11 Feb01/10 52-11-00 542 May01/05 52-11-11 405 May01/98
52-11-00 12 Nov01/09 52-11-00 R 543 Feb01/10 52-11-11 406 Nov01/09
52-11-00 R 13 Feb01/10 52-11-00 R 544 Feb01/10 52-11-11 407 May01/98
52-11-00 14 May01/04 52-11-00 545 May01/05 52-11-11 408 Aug01/08
52-11-00 301 Nov01/03 52-11-00 546 May01/09 52-11-11 409 Nov01/09
52-11-00 302 Nov01/06 52-11-00 547 May01/05 52-11-11 410 Nov01/09
52-11-00 303 Nov01/09 52-11-00 R 548 Feb01/10 52-11-11 411 Nov01/05
52-11-00 R 304 Feb01/10 52-11-00 R 549 Feb01/10 52-11-11 412 Nov01/09
52-11-00 R 305 Feb01/10 52-11-00 R 550 Feb01/10 52-11-11 R 413 Feb01/10
52-11-00 306 May01/04 52-11-00 551 May01/05 52-11-11 414 Feb01/07
52-11-00 501 Aug01/09 52-11-00 552 May01/05 52-11-11 R 415 Feb01/10
52-11-00 502 Aug01/09 52-11-00 553 May01/05 52-11-11 416 Nov01/09
52-11-00 503 Nov01/07 52-11-00 R 554 Feb01/10 52-11-11 R 417 Feb01/10
52-11-00 R 504 Feb01/10 52-11-00 555 Nov01/09 52-11-11 418 Feb01/07
52-11-00 R 505 Feb01/10 52-11-00 R 556 Feb01/10 52-11-11 R 419 Feb01/10
52-11-00 506 Aug01/08 52-11-00 557 May01/05 52-11-11 420 Feb01/07
52-11-00 507 Nov01/09 52-11-00 558 May01/09 52-11-11 421 May01/05
52-11-00 R 508 Feb01/10 52-11-00 R 559 Feb01/10 52-11-11 R 422 Feb01/10
52-11-00 509 Aug01/08 52-11-00 560 Nov01/09 52-11-11 R 423 Feb01/10
52-11-00 510 May01/05 52-11-00 R 561 Feb01/10 52-11-11 R 424 Feb01/10
52-11-00 511 May01/05 52-11-00 562 Nov01/09 52-11-11 425 May01/06
52-11-00 R 512 Feb01/10 52-11-00 R 563 Feb01/10 52-11-11 426 Feb01/07
52-11-00 513 May01/05 52-11-00 564 Nov01/09 52-11-11 427 Feb01/07
52-11-00 514 May01/05 52-11-00 R 565 Feb01/10 52-11-11 428 Feb01/07
52-L.E.P. Page 3
Feb 01/10
CES
52-11-11 429 Feb01/07 52-11-11 R 480 Feb01/10 52-11-12 607 Feb01/98

52-11-11 R 430 Feb01/10 52-11-11 481 Feb01/08 52-11-12 608 Feb01/98
52-11-11 R 431 Feb01/10 52-11-11 R 482 Feb01/10 52-11-12 609 Feb01/98
52-11-11 432 Feb01/04 52-11-11 483 Feb01/08 52-11-14 401 Feb01/98
52-11-11 R 433 Feb01/10 52-11-11 484 Feb01/08 52-11-14 402 May01/04
52-11-11 434 Feb01/07 52-11-11 485 Feb01/08 52-11-14 403 Aug01/99
52-11-11 435 Feb01/04 52-11-11 486 Feb01/08 52-11-14 404 Nov01/99
52-11-11 436 Feb01/04 52-11-11 R 487 Feb01/10 52-11-14 405 May01/08
52-11-11 437 Feb01/04 52-11-11 R 488 Feb01/10 52-11-14 406 Nov01/00
52-11-11 438 Feb01/04 52-11-11 R 489 Feb01/10 52-11-14 407 Aug01/99
52-11-11 439 Feb01/07 52-11-11 R 490 Feb01/10 52-11-14 408 Feb01/08
52-11-11 440 Feb01/07 52-11-11 491 Feb01/08 52-11-14 409 Aug01/99
52-11-11 441 Feb01/07 52-11-11 492 Feb01/08 52-11-14 410 Aug01/99
52-11-11 442 Feb01/07 52-11-11 R 493 Feb01/10 52-11-14 411 Feb01/98
52-11-11 443 Feb01/07 52-11-11 494 May01/09 52-11-14 412 Feb01/98
52-11-11 444 Feb01/07 52-11-11 495 Feb01/08 52-11-14 413 Feb01/98
52-11-11 R 445 Feb01/10 52-11-11 496 Feb01/08 52-11-14 414 Feb01/98
52-11-11 R 446 Feb01/10 52-11-11 R 497 Feb01/10 52-11-14 415 May01/08
52-11-11 R 447 Feb01/10 52-11-11 R 498 Feb01/10 52-11-14 416 Feb01/08
52-11-11 R 448 Feb01/10 52-11-11 499 Feb01/08 52-11-14 417 Feb01/08
52-11-11 R 449 Feb01/10 52-11-12 401 Feb01/98 52-11-14 418 Feb01/08
52-11-11 450 Feb01/07 52-11-12 402 May01/01 52-11-14 501 Aug01/07
52-11-11 451 Feb01/07 52-11-12 403 May01/01 52-11-14 502 May01/02
52-11-11 452 Feb01/07 52-11-12 404 Feb01/98 52-11-14 503 Aug01/07
52-11-11 453 Feb01/07 52-11-12 405 Feb01/98 52-11-14 504 Feb01/98
52-11-11 R 454 Feb01/10 52-11-12 406 Feb01/98 52-11-14 505 Aug01/07
52-11-11 455 May01/09 52-11-12 407 Nov01/05 52-11-14 506 Aug01/07
52-11-11 456 May01/09 52-11-12 408 Aug01/02 52-11-14 601 May01/08
52-11-11 457 May01/09 52-11-12 409 Nov01/00 52-11-14 602 May01/08
52-11-11 458 May01/09 52-11-12 410 Feb01/98 52-11-14 603 Feb01/98
52-11-11 459 Feb01/07 52-11-12 411 Feb01/98 52-11-14 604 Feb01/98
52-11-11 460 Feb01/04 52-11-12 412 Nov01/00 52-11-14 605 Feb01/98
52-11-11 461 May01/07 52-11-12 413 Aug01/06 52-11-14 606 May01/03
52-11-11 R 462 Feb01/10 52-11-12 414 Aug01/06 52-11-14 607 Feb01/98
52-11-11 R 463 Feb01/10 52-11-12 415 Feb01/98 52-11-14 608 Aug01/00
52-11-11 464 May01/07 52-11-12 416 Feb01/98 52-11-14 609 May01/03
52-11-11 465 Nov01/09 52-11-12 417 Feb01/98 52-11-14 610 Feb01/98
52-11-11 R 466 Feb01/10 52-11-12 418 Feb01/98 52-11-14 611 Feb01/98
52-11-11 467 Nov01/09 52-11-12 419 May01/03 52-11-14 612 Feb01/98
52-11-11 468 May01/08 52-11-12 420 Feb01/98 52-11-14 613 Feb01/98
52-11-11 469 Feb01/08 52-11-12 421 Feb01/02 52-11-14 614 Aug01/00
52-11-11 470 Feb01/08 52-11-12 422 Feb01/98 52-11-14 615 Feb01/98
52-11-11 471 Nov01/09 52-11-12 423 Feb01/02 52-11-18 401 Feb01/98
52-11-11 472 Feb01/08 52-11-12 424 Feb01/02 52-11-18 402 Feb01/98
52-11-11 473 Nov01/09 52-11-12 425 Feb01/02 52-11-18 403 Feb01/98
52-11-11 R 474 Feb01/10 52-11-12 601 Feb01/98 52-11-18 404 Feb01/98
52-11-11 R 475 Feb01/10 52-11-12 602 Feb01/98 52-11-18 405 May01/05
52-11-11 R 476 Feb01/10 52-11-12 603 Feb01/98 52-11-18 406 Nov01/98
52-11-11 477 Nov01/09 52-11-12 604 Feb01/98 52-11-18 407 Nov01/98
52-11-11 R 478 Feb01/10 52-11-12 605 Feb01/98 52-11-18 408 Nov01/98
52-11-11 R 479 Feb01/10 52-11-12 606 Feb01/98 52-11-18 409 Nov01/98
52-L.E.P. Page 4
Feb 01/10
CES
52-11-18 410 Nov01/98 52-11-21 428 Feb01/02 52-11-21 479 Aug01/08

52-11-18 801 May01/08 52-11-21 429 Feb01/02 52-11-21 480 Feb01/02
52-11-18 802 Aug01/08 52-11-21 430 Feb01/02 52-11-21 481 Feb01/02
52-11-18 803 Aug01/08 52-11-21 431 Feb01/02 52-11-21 482 Aug01/08
52-11-18 804 Feb01/09 52-11-21 432 Feb01/02 52-11-21 483 Aug01/08
52-11-18 805 Feb01/09 52-11-21 433 Feb01/02 52-11-21 484 Aug01/08
52-11-18 806 Feb01/09 52-11-21 434 Feb01/02 52-11-21 485 Aug01/08
52-11-18 807 Feb01/09 52-11-21 435 Feb01/02 52-11-21 486 Aug01/08
52-11-18 808 Feb01/09 52-11-21 436 Feb01/08 52-11-21 487 Aug01/08
52-11-18 809 Feb01/09 52-11-21 437 May01/09 52-11-21 488 Aug01/08
52-11-18 810 Feb01/09 52-11-21 438 Nov01/08 52-11-21 489 Aug01/08
52-11-18 811 Feb01/09 52-11-21 R 439 Feb01/10 52-11-21 R 490 Feb01/10
52-11-18 812 Feb01/09 52-11-21 R 440 Feb01/10 52-11-21 491 Aug01/08
52-11-18 813 Feb01/09 52-11-21 441 Aug01/08 52-11-21 501 May01/05
52-11-18 814 Feb01/09 52-11-21 442 Aug01/08 52-11-21 R 502 Feb01/10
52-11-18 815 Feb01/09 52-11-21 443 Aug01/08 52-11-21 503 Nov01/98
52-11-18 816 Feb01/09 52-11-21 444 Aug01/08 52-11-21 504 May01/05
52-11-18 817 Feb01/09 52-11-21 445 Aug01/08 52-11-21 505 Nov01/98
52-11-18 818 Feb01/09 52-11-21 446 Aug01/08 52-11-21 506 May01/05
52-11-18 819 Feb01/09 52-11-21 447 Aug01/08 52-11-21 R 507 Feb01/10
52-11-18 R 820 Feb01/10 52-11-21 448 Aug01/08 52-11-21 R 508 Feb01/10
52-11-18 R 821 Feb01/10 52-11-21 449 Aug01/08 52-11-21 R 509 Feb01/10
52-11-18 822 Feb01/09 52-11-21 450 Feb01/02 52-11-21 R 510 Feb01/10
52-11-18 823 Feb01/09 52-11-21 451 Feb01/02 52-11-21 511 Nov01/98
52-11-21 401 Feb01/98 52-11-21 452 Feb01/02 52-11-21 512 Nov01/98
52-11-21 402 Nov01/06 52-11-21 453 Aug01/08 52-11-21 513 Nov01/98
52-11-21 403 Feb01/02 52-11-21 454 Aug01/08 52-11-21 601 Feb01/98
52-11-21 R 404 Feb01/10 52-11-21 455 Aug01/08 52-11-21 602 Feb01/98
52-11-21 405 Feb01/02 52-11-21 456 Aug01/08 52-11-21 603 Feb01/98
52-11-21 406 Feb01/02 52-11-21 457 Aug01/08 52-11-21 604 Feb01/98
52-11-21 407 May01/98 52-11-21 458 Aug01/08 52-11-21 605 Feb01/98
52-11-21 408 May01/98 52-11-21 459 Aug01/08 52-11-21 606 Feb01/98
52-11-21 409 Feb01/02 52-11-21 460 Aug01/08 52-11-21 607 Feb01/98
52-11-21 410 Feb01/02 52-11-21 461 Aug01/08 52-11-21 608 Feb01/98
52-11-21 411 Feb01/02 52-11-21 462 Aug01/08 52-11-21 609 Feb01/98
52-11-21 412 Feb01/02 52-11-21 R 463 Feb01/10 52-11-21 610 Feb01/98
52-11-21 413 May01/98 52-11-21 R 464 Feb01/10 52-11-21 611 Feb01/98
52-11-21 414 Feb01/02 52-11-21 R 465 Feb01/10 52-11-21 612 Feb01/98
52-11-21 415 Feb01/02 52-11-21 R 466 Feb01/10 52-11-21 613 Feb01/98
52-11-21 416 Feb01/02 52-11-21 467 Aug01/08 52-11-21 614 Feb01/98
52-11-21 417 Feb01/02 52-11-21 R 468 Feb01/10 52-11-21 615 Feb01/98
52-11-21 418 Feb01/02 52-11-21 R 469 Feb01/10 52-11-21 616 Feb01/98
52-11-21 419 Feb01/02 52-11-21 470 Aug01/08 52-11-21 617 Feb01/98
52-11-21 420 Feb01/02 52-11-21 471 Aug01/08 52-11-21 618 Feb01/98
52-11-21 421 Feb01/02 52-11-21 472 Aug01/08 52-11-21 619 Feb01/98
52-11-21 422 May01/98 52-11-21 473 Aug01/08 52-11-21 620 Feb01/98
52-11-21 423 May01/98 52-11-21 474 Aug01/08 52-11-21 621 Feb01/98
52-11-21 424 Feb01/02 52-11-21 475 Aug01/08 52-11-21 622 Feb01/98
52-11-21 425 Feb01/02 52-11-21 476 Aug01/08 52-11-21 623 Feb01/98
52-11-21 426 Feb01/02 52-11-21 477 Aug01/08 52-11-21 624 Feb01/98
52-11-21 427 Feb01/02 52-11-21 478 Aug01/08 52-11-21 625 Feb01/98
52-L.E.P. Page 5
Feb 01/10
CES
52-11-21 626 Feb01/98 52-11-22 507 Aug01/08 52-11-31 416 May01/04

52-11-22 401 Nov01/06 52-11-22 508 Nov01/99 52-11-31 417 May01/98
52-11-22 402 Nov01/06 52-11-22 509 Aug01/08 52-11-31 418 May01/98
52-11-22 R 403 Feb01/10 52-11-22 510 May01/05 52-11-31 419 Feb01/09
52-11-22 404 Nov01/06 52-11-22 511 Nov01/99 52-11-31 420 Feb01/02
52-11-22 405 Nov01/06 52-11-22 512 Aug01/08 52-11-31 421 May01/98
52-11-22 406 Nov01/06 52-11-22 513 May01/98 52-11-31 422 Feb01/09
52-11-22 407 Nov01/06 52-11-22 514 Aug01/08 52-11-31 423 Feb01/02
52-11-22 408 Nov01/06 52-11-22 515 Aug01/08 52-11-31 424 May01/98
52-11-22 409 Nov01/99 52-11-22 516 Aug01/08 52-11-31 425 Aug01/09
52-11-22 410 Nov01/99 52-11-22 517 Nov01/09 52-11-31 426 Nov01/06
52-11-22 411 Nov01/06 52-11-22 518 May01/98 52-11-31 427 May01/98
52-11-22 412 Nov01/06 52-11-22 R 519 Feb01/10 52-11-31 428 Feb01/09
52-11-22 413 Nov01/99 52-11-22 520 Aug01/08 52-11-31 429 Feb01/09
52-11-22 414 Nov01/99 52-11-22 521 May01/05 52-11-31 430 Feb01/09
52-11-22 415 Nov01/99 52-11-22 522 May01/98 52-11-31 431 Feb01/09
52-11-22 416 Nov01/99 52-11-22 523 May01/98 52-11-31 R 432 Feb01/10
52-11-22 417 Nov01/06 52-11-22 524 Nov01/09 52-11-31 433 Feb01/02
52-11-22 418 Nov01/06 52-11-22 R 525 Feb01/10 52-11-31 434 Aug01/09
52-11-22 419 Nov01/06 52-11-22 601 Feb01/98 52-11-31 435 Aug01/09
52-11-22 420 Nov01/99 52-11-22 602 Feb01/98 52-11-31 436 Aug01/09
52-11-22 421 May01/09 52-11-22 603 Feb01/98 52-11-31 437 Aug01/09
52-11-22 422 Nov01/08 52-11-22 604 Feb01/98 52-11-31 438 Aug01/09
52-11-22 423 Nov01/06 52-11-22 605 Feb01/98 52-11-31 439 Aug01/09
52-11-22 424 Nov01/06 52-11-22 606 Feb01/98 52-11-31 440 Aug01/09
52-11-22 425 May01/05 52-11-22 607 Feb01/98 52-11-31 R 441 Feb01/10
52-11-22 426 May01/05 52-11-22 608 Feb01/98 52-11-31 442 Aug01/09
52-11-22 427 Nov01/03 52-11-22 609 Feb01/98 52-11-31 443 Aug01/09
52-11-22 428 Nov01/03 52-11-22 610 Feb01/98 52-11-31 444 Aug01/09
52-11-22 429 Nov01/03 52-11-22 611 Feb01/98 52-11-31 445 May01/05
52-11-22 430 Nov01/01 52-11-22 612 Feb01/98 52-11-31 446 May01/05
52-11-22 431 May01/05 52-11-22 613 Feb01/98 52-11-31 R 447 Feb01/10
52-11-22 432 May01/05 52-11-22 614 Feb01/98 52-11-31 R 448 Feb01/10
52-11-22 433 May01/05 52-11-22 615 Feb01/98 52-11-31 R 449 Feb01/10
52-11-22 434 May01/05 52-11-22 616 Feb01/98 52-11-31 450 May01/09
52-11-22 435 May01/05 52-11-22 617 Feb01/98 52-11-31 R 451 Feb01/10
52-11-22 436 May01/05 52-11-31 401 Nov01/06 52-11-31 R 452 Feb01/10
52-11-22 437 May01/05 52-11-31 402 May01/98 52-11-31 453 May01/05
52-11-22 438 May01/05 52-11-31 R 403 Feb01/10 52-11-31 R 454 Feb01/10
52-11-22 439 May01/05 52-11-31 404 May01/04 52-11-31 455 May01/05
52-11-22 440 May01/05 52-11-31 405 May01/04 52-11-31 456 May01/05
52-11-22 441 Nov01/01 52-11-31 406 Nov01/06 52-11-31 R 457 Feb01/10
52-11-22 442 Nov01/01 52-11-31 407 May01/98 52-11-31 R 458 Feb01/10
52-11-22 R 443 Feb01/10 52-11-31 R 408 Feb01/10 52-11-31 R 459 Feb01/10
52-11-22 444 Nov01/01 52-11-31 409 May01/98 52-11-31 460 Nov01/00
52-11-22 501 Aug01/09 52-11-31 410 May01/98 52-11-31 461 Nov01/00
52-11-22 502 Aug01/09 52-11-31 411 Nov01/06 52-11-31 462 Aug01/09
52-11-22 R 503 Feb01/10 52-11-31 412 Nov01/09 52-11-31 463 Aug01/09
52-11-22 504 Aug01/08 52-11-31 R 413 Feb01/10 52-11-31 464 Aug01/09
52-11-22 R 505 Feb01/10 52-11-31 414 May01/98 52-11-31 465 Aug01/09
52-11-22 506 Aug01/08 52-11-31 415 May01/04 52-11-31 466 Aug01/09
52-L.E.P. Page 6
Feb 01/10
CES
52-11-31 467 Aug01/09 52-13-00 522 May01/05 52-13-00 603 May01/02

52-11-31 468 Aug01/09 52-13-00 523 May01/05 52-13-00 604 May01/02
52-11-31 601 Feb01/98 52-13-00 524 May01/05 52-13-00 605 May01/03
52-11-31 602 Feb01/98 52-13-00 525 Aug01/08 52-13-00 606 May01/03
52-11-31 603 Feb01/98 52-13-00 526 Aug01/08 52-13-00 607 May01/03
52-11-31 604 Feb01/98 52-13-00 527 Aug01/08 52-13-00 608 May01/03
52-11-31 605 Feb01/98 52-13-00 528 Aug01/08 52-13-00 609 May01/03
52-11-31 606 Feb01/98 52-13-00 R 529 Feb01/10 52-13-00 610 May01/03
52-11-31 607 Feb01/98 52-13-00 R 530 Feb01/10 52-13-00 611 May01/03
52-13-00 531 May01/05 52-13-00 612 May01/03
52-13-00 R 1 Feb01/10 52-13-00 532 May01/05 52-13-00 613 Feb01/04
52-13-00 2 May01/05 52-13-00 R 533 Feb01/10 52-13-00 614 Nov01/06
52-13-00 3 Aug01/03 52-13-00 R 534 Feb01/10 52-13-00 R 615 Feb01/10
52-13-00 R 4 Feb01/10 52-13-00 R 535 Feb01/10 52-13-00 616 Nov01/06
52-13-00 5 Nov01/09 52-13-00 R 536 Feb01/10 52-13-00 617 Nov01/06
52-13-00 6 Feb01/08 52-13-00 537 May01/05 52-13-00 R 618 Feb01/10
52-13-00 R 7 Feb01/10 52-13-00 538 May01/05 52-13-00 619 May01/03
52-13-00 R 8 Feb01/10 52-13-00 539 May01/05 52-13-11 401 Nov01/09
52-13-00 9 Nov01/09 52-13-00 540 May01/05 52-13-11 402 Feb01/98
52-13-00 R 10 Feb01/10 52-13-00 R 541 Feb01/10 52-13-11 R 403 Feb01/10
52-13-00 R 11 Feb01/10 52-13-00 542 May01/05 52-13-11 404 Nov01/09
52-13-00 R 12 Feb01/10 52-13-00 543 May01/05 52-13-11 405 May01/98
52-13-00 13 Nov01/09 52-13-00 R 544 Feb01/10 52-13-11 406 Nov01/09
52-13-00 R 14 Feb01/10 52-13-00 545 May01/05 52-13-11 407 May01/98
52-13-00 301 Nov01/03 52-13-00 546 May01/05 52-13-11 408 Aug01/08
52-13-00 302 Nov01/06 52-13-00 547 May01/05 52-13-11 409 Nov01/09
52-13-00 303 Nov01/09 52-13-00 548 May01/05 52-13-11 410 Aug01/09
52-13-00 R 304 Feb01/10 52-13-00 R 549 Feb01/10 52-13-11 411 Nov01/07
52-13-00 R 305 Feb01/10 52-13-00 R 550 Feb01/10 52-13-11 412 Nov01/09
52-13-00 306 May01/04 52-13-00 551 May01/05 52-13-11 R 413 Feb01/10
52-13-00 501 May01/07 52-13-00 552 May01/05 52-13-11 R 414 Feb01/10
52-13-00 502 Aug01/09 52-13-00 553 May01/05 52-13-11 R 415 Feb01/10
52-13-00 503 Nov01/06 52-13-00 554 May01/05 52-13-11 416 Nov01/09
52-13-00 R 504 Feb01/10 52-13-00 R 555 Feb01/10 52-13-11 R 417 Feb01/10
52-13-00 R 505 Feb01/10 52-13-00 R 556 Feb01/10 52-13-11 418 Aug01/08
52-13-00 506 Aug01/08 52-13-00 557 Nov01/06 52-13-11 419 Nov01/09
52-13-00 507 Nov01/09 52-13-00 558 May01/09 52-13-11 420 Nov01/07
52-13-00 R 508 Feb01/10 52-13-00 R 559 Feb01/10 52-13-11 421 May01/05
52-13-00 509 Aug01/08 52-13-00 560 Nov01/09 52-13-11 R 422 Feb01/10
52-13-00 510 May01/05 52-13-00 R 561 Feb01/10 52-13-11 R 423 Feb01/10
52-13-00 511 May01/05 52-13-00 562 Nov01/09 52-13-11 R 424 Feb01/10
52-13-00 R 512 Feb01/10 52-13-00 R 563 Feb01/10 52-13-11 425 May01/06
52-13-00 513 May01/05 52-13-00 R 564 Feb01/10 52-13-11 426 Nov01/07
52-13-00 514 May01/05 52-13-00 R 565 Feb01/10 52-13-11 427 Nov01/07
52-13-00 515 May01/05 52-13-00 566 Nov01/07 52-13-11 428 Nov01/07
52-13-00 516 Aug01/08 52-13-00 567 May01/09 52-13-11 429 Nov01/07
52-13-00 R 517 Feb01/10 52-13-00 R 568 Feb01/10 52-13-11 R 430 Feb01/10
52-13-00 518 Aug01/08 52-13-00 R 569 Feb01/10 52-13-11 R 431 Feb01/10
52-13-00 519 May01/05 52-13-00 570 Feb01/08 52-13-11 432 Feb01/04
52-13-00 520 May01/05 52-13-00 601 May01/03 52-13-11 433 Feb01/04
52-13-00 521 May01/05 52-13-00 602 May01/03 52-13-11 434 Feb01/04
52-L.E.P. Page 7
Feb 01/10
CES
52-13-11 435 Feb01/04 52-13-11 486 Feb01/08 52-13-14 403 Aug01/99

52-13-11 436 Feb01/04 52-13-11 R 487 Feb01/10 52-13-14 404 Feb01/98
52-13-11 R 437 Feb01/10 52-13-11 R 488 Feb01/10 52-13-14 405 May01/08
52-13-11 R 438 Feb01/10 52-13-11 R 489 Feb01/10 52-13-14 406 Nov01/00
52-13-11 439 Nov01/07 52-13-11 R 490 Feb01/10 52-13-14 407 Aug01/99
52-13-11 440 Nov01/07 52-13-11 R 491 Feb01/10 52-13-14 408 Nov01/07
52-13-11 441 Nov01/07 52-13-11 492 Feb01/08 52-13-14 409 Aug01/99
52-13-11 442 Nov01/07 52-13-11 493 Feb01/08 52-13-14 410 Aug01/99
52-13-11 443 Feb01/04 52-13-11 494 Feb01/08 52-13-14 411 Feb01/98
52-13-11 444 Nov01/07 52-13-11 495 Feb01/09 52-13-14 412 Feb01/98
52-13-11 R 445 Feb01/10 52-13-11 496 Feb01/08 52-13-14 413 Feb01/98
52-13-11 R 446 Feb01/10 52-13-11 R 497 Feb01/10 52-13-14 414 Feb01/98
52-13-11 R 447 Feb01/10 52-13-11 498 Nov01/09 52-13-14 415 May01/08
52-13-11 R 448 Feb01/10 52-13-11 R 499 Feb01/10 52-13-14 416 Nov01/00
52-13-11 R 449 Feb01/10 52-13-11 A400 Feb01/08 52-13-14 417 Nov01/00
52-13-11 R 450 Feb01/10 52-13-12 401 Feb01/98 52-13-14 501 Aug01/07
52-13-11 451 Feb01/04 52-13-12 402 May01/01 52-13-14 502 Aug01/07
52-13-11 452 Feb01/04 52-13-12 403 May01/01 52-13-14 503 Aug01/07
52-13-11 453 Feb01/04 52-13-12 404 Feb01/98 52-13-14 504 Feb01/98
52-13-11 454 Feb01/04 52-13-12 405 Feb01/98 52-13-14 505 Aug01/07
52-13-11 455 Feb01/09 52-13-12 406 Feb01/98 52-13-14 506 Aug01/07
52-13-11 456 May01/07 52-13-12 407 Aug01/05 52-13-14 601 May01/08
52-13-11 457 Feb01/04 52-13-12 R 408 Feb01/10 52-13-14 602 May01/08
52-13-11 458 Feb01/04 52-13-12 409 Aug01/05 52-13-14 603 Feb01/98
52-13-11 459 Feb01/04 52-13-12 410 Aug01/05 52-13-14 604 Feb01/98
52-13-11 460 Feb01/04 52-13-12 R 411 Feb01/10 52-13-14 605 Feb01/98
52-13-11 R 461 Feb01/10 52-13-12 412 Aug01/05 52-13-14 606 May01/03
52-13-11 462 Nov01/09 52-13-12 413 Aug01/05 52-13-14 607 Feb01/98
52-13-11 R 463 Feb01/10 52-13-12 R 414 Feb01/10 52-13-14 608 Feb01/98
52-13-11 464 May01/07 52-13-12 415 Feb01/98 52-13-14 609 May01/03
52-13-11 465 Nov01/09 52-13-12 416 Feb01/98 52-13-14 610 Feb01/98
52-13-11 466 Feb01/08 52-13-12 417 Feb01/98 52-13-14 611 Feb01/98
52-13-11 R 467 Feb01/10 52-13-12 418 Feb01/98 52-13-14 612 Feb01/98
52-13-11 R 468 Feb01/10 52-13-12 419 May01/03 52-13-14 613 Feb01/98
52-13-11 469 May01/08 52-13-12 420 Feb01/98 52-13-14 614 Feb01/98
52-13-11 470 Feb01/08 52-13-12 421 Feb01/02 52-13-14 615 Feb01/98
52-13-11 471 Feb01/08 52-13-12 422 Feb01/98 52-13-18 401 Feb01/98
52-13-11 472 Aug01/09 52-13-12 423 Feb01/02 52-13-18 402 Feb01/98
52-13-11 473 Aug01/09 52-13-12 424 Feb01/02 52-13-18 403 Feb01/98
52-13-11 474 Nov01/09 52-13-12 425 Feb01/02 52-13-18 404 Feb01/98
52-13-11 R 475 Feb01/10 52-13-12 601 Feb01/98 52-13-18 405 May01/05
52-13-11 476 Nov01/09 52-13-12 602 Feb01/98 52-13-18 406 Nov01/98
52-13-11 R 477 Feb01/10 52-13-12 603 Feb01/98 52-13-18 407 Nov01/98
52-13-11 478 Nov01/09 52-13-12 604 Feb01/98 52-13-18 408 Aug01/00
52-13-11 R 479 Feb01/10 52-13-12 605 Feb01/98 52-13-18 409 Nov01/98
52-13-11 R 480 Feb01/10 52-13-12 606 Feb01/98 52-13-18 410 Nov01/98
52-13-11 481 May01/08 52-13-12 607 Feb01/98 52-13-18 801 May01/08
52-13-11 R 482 Feb01/10 52-13-12 608 Feb01/98 52-13-18 802 Aug01/08
52-13-11 R 483 Feb01/10 52-13-12 609 Feb01/98 52-13-18 803 Aug01/08
52-13-11 484 Feb01/08 52-13-14 401 Feb01/98 52-13-18 804 Feb01/09
52-13-11 485 Feb01/08 52-13-14 402 May01/04 52-13-18 805 Feb01/09
52-L.E.P. Page 8
Feb 01/10
CES
52-13-18 806 Feb01/09 52-13-21 432 Nov01/06 52-13-21 483 Aug01/08

52-13-18 807 Feb01/09 52-13-21 433 Nov01/06 52-13-21 484 Aug01/08
52-13-18 808 Feb01/09 52-13-21 434 Feb01/08 52-13-21 485 Aug01/08
52-13-18 809 Feb01/09 52-13-21 435 May01/09 52-13-21 486 Aug01/08
52-13-18 810 Feb01/09 52-13-21 436 Nov01/08 52-13-21 487 Aug01/08
52-13-18 811 Feb01/09 52-13-21 R 437 Feb01/10 52-13-21 488 Aug01/08
52-13-18 812 Feb01/09 52-13-21 R 438 Feb01/10 52-13-21 489 Aug01/08
52-13-18 813 Feb01/09 52-13-21 439 Aug01/08 52-13-21 490 Aug01/08
52-13-18 814 Feb01/09 52-13-21 440 Aug01/08 52-13-21 R 491 Feb01/10
52-13-18 815 Feb01/09 52-13-21 441 Aug01/08 52-13-21 492 Aug01/08
52-13-18 816 Feb01/09 52-13-21 442 Aug01/08 52-13-21 501 May01/05
52-13-18 817 Feb01/09 52-13-21 443 Aug01/08 52-13-21 R 502 Feb01/10
52-13-18 818 Feb01/09 52-13-21 444 Aug01/08 52-13-21 503 Feb01/01
52-13-18 819 Feb01/09 52-13-21 445 Aug01/08 52-13-21 504 May01/05
52-13-18 820 Feb01/09 52-13-21 446 Aug01/08 52-13-21 505 Feb01/01
52-13-18 821 Feb01/09 52-13-21 447 Aug01/08 52-13-21 506 May01/05
52-13-18 R 822 Feb01/10 52-13-21 448 May01/98 52-13-21 R 507 Feb01/10
52-13-18 R 823 Feb01/10 52-13-21 449 May01/98 52-13-21 R 508 Feb01/10
52-13-18 824 Feb01/09 52-13-21 450 May01/98 52-13-21 R 509 Feb01/10
52-13-18 825 Feb01/09 52-13-21 451 Aug01/08 52-13-21 R 510 Feb01/10
52-13-21 401 Feb01/98 52-13-21 452 Aug01/08 52-13-21 511 Feb01/01
52-13-21 402 Nov01/06 52-13-21 453 Aug01/08 52-13-21 512 Feb01/01
52-13-21 403 Nov01/06 52-13-21 454 Aug01/08 52-13-21 513 Feb01/01
52-13-21 R 404 Feb01/10 52-13-21 455 Aug01/08 52-13-21 601 Feb01/98
52-13-21 405 Nov01/06 52-13-21 456 Aug01/08 52-13-21 602 Feb01/98
52-13-21 406 May01/98 52-13-21 457 Aug01/08 52-13-21 603 Feb01/98
52-13-21 407 May01/98 52-13-21 458 Aug01/08 52-13-21 604 Feb01/98
52-13-21 408 Nov01/06 52-13-21 459 Aug01/08 52-13-21 605 Feb01/98
52-13-21 409 Nov01/06 52-13-21 460 Aug01/08 52-13-21 606 Feb01/98
52-13-21 410 Nov01/06 52-13-21 R 461 Feb01/10 52-13-21 607 Feb01/98
52-13-21 411 Nov01/06 52-13-21 R 462 Feb01/10 52-13-21 608 Feb01/98
52-13-21 412 May01/98 52-13-21 R 463 Feb01/10 52-13-21 609 Feb01/98
52-13-21 413 Nov01/06 52-13-21 R 464 Feb01/10 52-13-21 610 Feb01/98
52-13-21 414 Feb01/98 52-13-21 465 Nov01/08 52-13-21 611 Feb01/98
52-13-21 415 Feb01/98 52-13-21 R 466 Feb01/10 52-13-21 612 Feb01/98
52-13-21 416 Nov01/06 52-13-21 R 467 Feb01/10 52-13-21 613 Feb01/98
52-13-21 417 Nov01/06 52-13-21 468 Nov01/08 52-13-21 614 Feb01/98
52-13-21 418 Feb01/98 52-13-21 469 Aug01/08 52-13-21 615 Feb01/98
52-13-21 419 Feb01/98 52-13-21 470 Aug01/08 52-13-21 616 Feb01/98
52-13-21 420 Nov01/06 52-13-21 471 Aug01/08 52-13-21 617 Feb01/98
52-13-21 421 Nov01/06 52-13-21 472 Aug01/08 52-13-21 618 Feb01/98
52-13-21 422 Nov01/06 52-13-21 473 Aug01/08 52-13-21 619 Feb01/98
52-13-21 423 Nov01/06 52-13-21 474 Aug01/08 52-13-21 620 Feb01/98
52-13-21 424 Nov01/06 52-13-21 475 Aug01/08 52-13-21 621 Feb01/98
52-13-21 425 Nov01/06 52-13-21 476 Aug01/08 52-13-21 622 Feb01/98
52-13-21 426 Nov01/06 52-13-21 477 Aug01/08 52-13-21 623 Feb01/98
52-13-21 427 Nov01/06 52-13-21 478 Aug01/08 52-13-21 624 Feb01/98
52-13-21 428 Nov01/06 52-13-21 479 Nov01/07 52-13-21 625 Feb01/98
52-13-21 429 Nov01/06 52-13-21 480 Aug01/08 52-13-21 626 Feb01/98
52-13-21 430 May01/98 52-13-21 481 Aug01/08 52-13-22 401 Nov01/06
52-13-21 431 May01/98 52-13-21 482 Aug01/08 52-13-22 402 Nov01/06
52-L.E.P. Page 9
Feb 01/10
CES
52-13-22 R 403 Feb01/10 52-13-22 510 May01/05 52-13-31 418 Feb01/09

52-13-22 404 Nov01/06 52-13-22 511 Nov01/99 52-13-31 419 Feb01/09
52-13-22 405 May01/05 52-13-22 512 Aug01/08 52-13-31 420 Feb01/09
52-13-22 406 Nov01/99 52-13-22 513 May01/98 52-13-31 421 Feb01/09
52-13-22 407 Nov01/06 52-13-22 514 Aug01/08 52-13-31 422 Feb01/09
52-13-22 408 May01/98 52-13-22 515 Aug01/08 52-13-31 423 Feb01/09
52-13-22 409 May01/98 52-13-22 516 Aug01/08 52-13-31 424 Feb01/09
52-13-22 410 Nov01/06 52-13-22 517 Nov01/09 52-13-31 425 Aug01/09
52-13-22 411 Nov01/06 52-13-22 518 May01/98 52-13-31 426 Feb01/09
52-13-22 412 May01/98 52-13-22 R 519 Feb01/10 52-13-31 427 Feb01/09
52-13-22 413 May01/98 52-13-22 R 520 Feb01/10 52-13-31 428 Feb01/09
52-13-22 414 May01/98 52-13-22 521 Nov01/09 52-13-31 429 Feb01/09
52-13-22 415 Nov01/06 52-13-22 522 May01/98 52-13-31 430 Feb01/09
52-13-22 416 Nov01/06 52-13-22 523 May01/98 52-13-31 431 May01/09
52-13-22 417 Nov01/99 52-13-22 524 May01/09 52-13-31 432 Nov01/09
52-13-22 418 Nov01/06 52-13-22 R 525 Feb01/10 52-13-31 R 433 Feb01/10
52-13-22 419 Nov01/06 52-13-22 526 May01/04 52-13-31 434 Nov01/09
52-13-22 420 Nov01/08 52-13-22 601 Feb01/98 52-13-31 435 Aug01/09
52-13-22 421 Nov01/08 52-13-22 602 Feb01/98 52-13-31 436 Aug01/09
52-13-22 422 Nov01/08 52-13-22 603 Feb01/98 52-13-31 437 Aug01/09
52-13-22 423 May01/05 52-13-22 604 Feb01/98 52-13-31 438 Aug01/09
52-13-22 424 Nov01/00 52-13-22 605 Feb01/98 52-13-31 439 Aug01/09
52-13-22 425 Nov01/00 52-13-22 606 Feb01/98 52-13-31 440 Aug01/09
52-13-22 426 Nov01/00 52-13-22 607 Feb01/98 52-13-31 R 441 Feb01/10
52-13-22 427 Nov01/00 52-13-22 608 Feb01/98 52-13-31 442 Aug01/09
52-13-22 428 Nov01/00 52-13-22 609 Feb01/98 52-13-31 443 Aug01/09
52-13-22 429 May01/00 52-13-22 610 Feb01/98 52-13-31 444 Aug01/09
52-13-22 430 May01/00 52-13-22 611 Feb01/98 52-13-31 R 445 Feb01/10
52-13-22 431 May01/00 52-13-22 612 Feb01/98 52-13-31 R 446 Feb01/10
52-13-22 432 May01/00 52-13-22 613 Feb01/98 52-13-31 R 447 Feb01/10
52-13-22 433 May01/05 52-13-22 614 Feb01/98 52-13-31 448 Aug01/09
52-13-22 434 May01/05 52-13-22 615 Feb01/98 52-13-31 R 449 Feb01/10
52-13-22 435 May01/00 52-13-22 616 Feb01/98 52-13-31 450 Aug01/09
52-13-22 436 May01/05 52-13-22 617 Feb01/98 52-13-31 451 Aug01/09
52-13-22 437 May01/00 52-13-31 401 Nov01/06 52-13-31 R 452 Feb01/10
52-13-22 438 May01/00 52-13-31 402 May01/98 52-13-31 453 Aug01/09
52-13-22 439 May01/05 52-13-31 R 403 Feb01/10 52-13-31 454 Aug01/09
52-13-22 440 May01/05 52-13-31 404 May01/04 52-13-31 R 455 Feb01/10
52-13-22 441 May01/00 52-13-31 405 May01/04 52-13-31 R 456 Feb01/10
52-13-22 442 May01/00 52-13-31 406 Nov01/06 52-13-31 R 457 Feb01/10
52-13-22 R 443 Feb01/10 52-13-31 407 May01/98 52-13-31 458 Aug01/09
52-13-22 444 May01/00 52-13-31 R 408 Feb01/10 52-13-31 459 Aug01/09
52-13-22 501 Aug01/09 52-13-31 409 May01/98 52-13-31 460 Aug01/09
52-13-22 502 Nov01/08 52-13-31 410 May01/98 52-13-31 461 Aug01/09
52-13-22 503 Nov01/08 52-13-31 411 Feb01/09 52-13-31 462 Aug01/09
52-13-22 R 504 Feb01/10 52-13-31 412 Nov01/09 52-13-31 463 Aug01/09
52-13-22 R 505 Feb01/10 52-13-31 R 413 Feb01/10 52-13-31 464 Aug01/09
52-13-22 506 Aug01/08 52-13-31 414 May01/98 52-13-31 465 Aug01/09
52-13-22 507 Aug01/08 52-13-31 415 Feb01/09 52-13-31 466 Aug01/09
52-13-22 508 Nov01/99 52-13-31 416 Feb01/09 52-13-31 601 Feb01/98
52-13-22 509 Aug01/08 52-13-31 417 Feb01/09 52-13-31 602 Feb01/98
52-L.E.P. Page 10
Feb 01/10
CES
52-13-31 603 Feb01/98 52-21-00 R 520 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 428 Feb01/10

52-13-31 604 Feb01/98 52-21-00 R 521 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 429 Feb01/10
52-13-31 605 Feb01/98 52-21-00 R 522 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 430 Feb01/10
52-13-31 606 Feb01/98 52-21-00 R 523 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 431 Feb01/10
52-13-31 607 Feb01/98 52-21-00 R 524 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 432 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 525 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 433 Feb01/10
52-20-00 R 1 Feb01/10 52-21-00 R 526 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 434 Feb01/10
52-20-00 R 2 Feb01/10 52-21-00 R 527 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 435 Feb01/10
52-20-00 3 Aug01/05 52-21-00 R 528 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 436 Feb01/10
52-20-00 4 Aug01/05 52-21-00 R 529 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 437 Feb01/10
52-20-00 5 May01/04 52-21-00 R 530 Feb01/10 52-21-11 N 438 Feb01/10
52-20-00 6 Aug01/04 52-21-00 R 601 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 501 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 602 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 502 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 1 Feb01/10 52-21-00 R 603 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 503 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 2 Feb01/10 52-21-00 R 604 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 504 Feb01/10
52-21-00 3 Aug01/05 52-21-00 R 605 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 505 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 4 Feb01/10 52-21-00 R 606 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 506 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 5 Feb01/10 52-21-00 R 607 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 507 Feb01/10
52-21-00 6 Aug01/05 52-21-00 R 608 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 508 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 7 Feb01/10 52-21-00 R 701 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 509 Feb01/10
52-21-00 8 Aug01/05 52-21-00 R 702 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 510 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 9 Feb01/10 52-21-00 R 703 Feb01/10 52-21-11 511 Aug01/05
52-21-00 R 10 Feb01/10 52-21-00 R 704 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 512 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 11 Feb01/10 52-21-00 R 705 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 513 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 12 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 401 Feb01/10 52-21-18 R 401 Feb01/10
52-21-00 13 Aug01/05 52-21-11 R 402 Feb01/10 52-21-18 R 402 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 14 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 403 Feb01/10 52-21-18 R 403 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 15 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 404 Feb01/10 52-21-18 404 Aug01/05
52-21-00 16 Aug01/05 52-21-11 R 405 Feb01/10 52-21-18 R 405 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 17 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 406 Feb01/10 52-21-18 R 801 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 18 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 407 Feb01/10 52-21-18 R 802 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 19 Feb01/10 52-21-11 408 Aug01/05 52-21-18 R 803 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 501 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 409 Feb01/10 52-21-18 R 804 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 502 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 410 Feb01/10 52-21-18 R 805 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 503 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 411 Feb01/10 52-21-18 R 806 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 504 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 412 Feb01/10 52-21-18 R 807 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 505 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 413 Feb01/10 52-21-18 R 808 Feb01/10
52-21-00 506 Nov01/06 52-21-11 R 414 Feb01/10 52-21-18 R 809 Feb01/10
52-21-00 507 Nov01/06 52-21-11 R 415 Feb01/10
52-21-00 R 508 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 416 Feb01/10 52-22-00 1 Aug01/04
52-21-00 R 509 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 417 Feb01/10 52-22-00 2 Aug01/04
52-21-00 R 510 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 418 Feb01/10 52-22-00 3 Aug01/04
52-21-00 R 511 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 419 Feb01/10 52-22-00 4 Aug01/04
52-21-00 R 512 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 420 Feb01/10 52-22-00 5 Aug01/04
52-21-00 R 513 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 421 Feb01/10 52-22-00 6 Aug01/04
52-21-00 R 514 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 422 Feb01/10 52-22-00 7 Aug01/04
52-21-00 R 515 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 423 Feb01/10 52-22-00 8 May01/04
52-21-00 R 516 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 424 Feb01/10 52-22-00 9 May01/04
52-21-00 R 517 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 425 Feb01/10 52-22-00 10 Aug01/04
52-21-00 R 518 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 426 Feb01/10 52-22-00 11 May01/04
52-21-00 R 519 Feb01/10 52-21-11 R 427 Feb01/10 52-22-00 12 May01/04
52-L.E.P. Page 11
Feb 01/10
CES
52-22-00 13 May01/04 52-22-00 231 May01/04 52-22-00 542 May01/04

52-22-00 14 May01/04 52-22-00 232 Aug01/09 52-22-00 543 May01/04
52-22-00 15 May01/04 52-22-00 233 Aug01/09 52-22-00 544 May01/04
52-22-00 16 May01/04 52-22-00 234 May01/04 52-22-00 545 May01/04
52-22-00 17 May01/04 52-22-00 235 May01/04 52-22-00 546 May01/04
52-22-00 18 May01/04 52-22-00 301 May01/08 52-22-00 547 May01/04
52-22-00 19 May01/04 52-22-00 302 Nov01/06 52-22-00 548 May01/04
52-22-00 20 May01/04 52-22-00 303 May01/04 52-22-00 549 May01/04
52-22-00 21 May01/04 52-22-00 304 May01/08 52-22-00 550 May01/04
52-22-00 22 May01/04 52-22-00 305 May01/08 52-22-00 551 May01/04
52-22-00 23 May01/04 52-22-00 501 May01/09 52-22-00 552 May01/09
52-22-00 24 May01/04 52-22-00 502 May01/04 52-22-00 553 May01/09
52-22-00 25 May01/04 52-22-00 503 May01/04 52-22-00 554 Aug01/09
52-22-00 26 May01/04 52-22-00 504 May01/04 52-22-00 555 May01/04
52-22-00 27 May01/04 52-22-00 505 May01/04 52-22-00 556 Aug01/09
52-22-00 28 May01/04 52-22-00 506 May01/04 52-22-00 557 Aug01/09
52-22-00 29 Aug01/04 52-22-00 507 May01/04 52-22-00 558 Aug01/09
52-22-00 30 Aug01/04 52-22-00 508 May01/04 52-22-00 559 Aug01/09
52-22-00 31 May01/04 52-22-00 509 Aug01/09 52-22-00 560 Aug01/09
52-22-00 32 May01/04 52-22-00 510 Aug01/09 52-22-00 561 May01/04
52-22-00 33 May01/04 52-22-00 R 511 Feb01/10 52-22-00 562 May01/04
52-22-00 201 Feb01/09 52-22-00 512 May01/04 52-22-00 563 May01/04
52-22-00 202 May01/08 52-22-00 513 May01/04 52-22-00 564 Aug01/09
52-22-00 203 Aug01/06 52-22-00 R 514 Feb01/10 52-22-00 565 Aug01/09
52-22-00 204 May01/04 52-22-00 R 515 Feb01/10 52-22-00 566 May01/09
52-22-00 205 May01/08 52-22-00 R 516 Feb01/10 52-22-00 567 May01/04
52-22-00 206 May01/08 52-22-00 R 517 Feb01/10 52-22-00 568 May01/04
52-22-00 207 May01/08 52-22-00 R 518 Feb01/10 52-22-00 569 May01/04
52-22-00 208 May01/04 52-22-00 R 519 Feb01/10 52-22-00 570 May01/04
52-22-00 209 May01/08 52-22-00 520 Feb01/07 52-22-00 571 May01/04
52-22-00 210 May01/08 52-22-00 521 May01/04 52-22-00 N 572 Feb01/10
52-22-00 211 May01/04 52-22-00 522 May01/04 52-22-00 N 573 Feb01/10
52-22-00 212 Aug01/06 52-22-00 523 May01/04 52-22-00 N 574 Feb01/10
52-22-00 213 May01/08 52-22-00 524 May01/04 52-22-00 N 575 Feb01/10
52-22-00 214 May01/08 52-22-00 525 May01/04 52-22-00 601 May01/06
52-22-00 215 May01/04 52-22-00 526 May01/04 52-22-00 602 May01/06
52-22-00 216 Aug01/09 52-22-00 527 May01/04 52-22-00 603 May01/06
52-22-00 217 Aug01/09 52-22-00 528 May01/04 52-22-11 401 May01/08
52-22-00 218 May01/04 52-22-00 529 May01/04 52-22-11 402 May01/04
52-22-00 219 Aug01/09 52-22-00 530 May01/04 52-22-11 403 May01/08
52-22-00 220 Aug01/09 52-22-00 531 May01/04 52-22-11 404 May01/08
52-22-00 221 Feb01/09 52-22-00 532 May01/04 52-22-11 405 May01/08
52-22-00 222 May01/04 52-22-00 533 May01/04 52-22-11 406 May01/04
52-22-00 223 May01/04 52-22-00 534 May01/04 52-22-11 407 May01/04
52-22-00 224 May01/04 52-22-00 535 May01/04 52-22-11 408 May01/08
52-22-00 225 May01/04 52-22-00 536 May01/05 52-22-11 409 May01/04
52-22-00 226 May01/04 52-22-00 537 May01/04 52-22-11 410 May01/08
52-22-00 227 May01/04 52-22-00 538 May01/04 52-22-11 411 May01/08
52-22-00 228 Aug01/09 52-22-00 539 May01/04 52-22-11 412 May01/08
52-22-00 229 May01/04 52-22-00 540 May01/04 52-22-11 413 May01/08
52-22-00 230 May01/04 52-22-00 541 May01/04 52-22-11 414 May01/08
52-L.E.P. Page 12
Feb 01/10
CES
52-22-11 415 Nov01/05 52-22-12 414 Feb01/08 52-22-18 806 May01/04

52-22-11 416 May01/08 52-22-12 415 May01/04 52-22-21 401 May01/04
52-22-11 417 May01/08 52-22-12 416 May01/04 52-22-21 402 May01/04
52-22-11 418 May01/08 52-22-12 417 May01/04 52-22-21 403 May01/04
52-22-11 419 May01/08 52-22-12 418 May01/04 52-22-21 404 May01/04
52-22-11 420 May01/08 52-22-12 419 May01/04 52-22-21 405 May01/04
52-22-11 421 May01/08 52-22-12 420 Nov01/08 52-22-21 406 May01/04
52-22-11 422 May01/08 52-22-12 421 Feb01/08 52-22-21 407 May01/04
52-22-11 423 May01/08 52-22-12 422 May01/04 52-22-21 408 May01/04
52-22-11 424 May01/08 52-22-12 423 May01/04 52-22-21 409 Feb01/08
52-22-11 425 May01/08 52-22-12 424 May01/04 52-22-21 410 May01/04
52-22-11 601 Nov01/09 52-22-12 425 May01/04 52-22-21 411 May01/04
52-22-11 602 Nov01/09 52-22-12 426 May01/04 52-22-21 412 May01/04
52-22-11 603 May01/04 52-22-12 427 May01/04 52-22-21 413 May01/04
52-22-11 604 May01/04 52-22-12 428 May01/04 52-22-21 414 May01/04
52-22-11 605 Nov01/09 52-22-14 401 May01/04 52-22-21 415 May01/04
52-22-11 606 Nov01/09 52-22-14 R 402 Feb01/10 52-22-21 416 May01/04
52-22-11 607 Nov01/09 52-22-14 403 May01/04 52-22-21 417 May01/04
52-22-11 608 Nov01/09 52-22-14 404 May01/04 52-22-21 418 May01/04
52-22-11 609 May01/04 52-22-14 R 405 Feb01/10 52-22-21 419 Nov01/08
52-22-11 610 Nov01/09 52-22-14 406 Aug01/09 52-22-21 420 May01/04
52-22-11 611 Nov01/09 52-22-14 407 May01/04 52-22-21 421 Feb01/08
52-22-11 612 May01/05 52-22-14 408 May01/04 52-22-21 422 May01/04
52-22-11 613 May01/05 52-22-14 409 May01/04 52-22-21 423 May01/04
52-22-11 614 May01/04 52-22-14 R 410 Feb01/10 52-22-21 424 May01/04
52-22-11 615 May01/04 52-22-14 R 411 Feb01/10 52-22-21 425 May01/04
52-22-11 616 May01/04 52-22-14 R 412 Feb01/10 52-22-21 426 May01/04
52-22-11 617 May01/04 52-22-14 R 413 Feb01/10 52-22-21 427 May01/04
52-22-11 618 Aug01/08 52-22-14 R 414 Feb01/10 52-22-21 428 May01/04
52-22-11 619 Aug01/08 52-22-14 R 415 Feb01/10 52-22-21 429 May01/04
52-22-11 620 May01/04 52-22-14 R 416 Feb01/10 52-22-21 430 May01/04
52-22-11 621 May01/04 52-22-14 R 417 Feb01/10 52-22-21 431 May01/04
52-22-11 622 May01/04 52-22-14 R 418 Feb01/10 52-22-21 432 May01/04
52-22-11 623 May01/04 52-22-14 N 419 Feb01/10 52-22-21 433 May01/04
52-22-11 624 May01/04 52-22-18 201 May01/04 52-22-21 434 May01/04
52-22-11 625 Aug01/08 52-22-18 202 May01/04 52-22-21 435 May01/04
52-22-11 626 Aug01/08 52-22-18 203 May01/04 52-22-21 436 May01/04
52-22-11 627 May01/04 52-22-18 204 May01/04 52-22-21 437 May01/04
52-22-12 401 May01/04 52-22-18 401 Feb01/07 52-22-21 438 May01/04
52-22-12 402 May01/04 52-22-18 402 May01/04 52-22-21 439 May01/04
52-22-12 403 May01/04 52-22-18 403 May01/04 52-22-21 440 May01/04
52-22-12 404 May01/04 52-22-18 404 May01/09 52-22-21 441 May01/04
52-22-12 405 May01/04 52-22-18 405 May01/04 52-22-21 442 May01/04
52-22-12 406 May01/04 52-22-18 406 May01/04 52-22-21 443 May01/04
52-22-12 407 May01/04 52-22-18 407 May01/04 52-22-21 444 May01/04
52-22-12 408 May01/04 52-22-18 408 May01/04 52-22-21 445 May01/04
52-22-12 409 May01/04 52-22-18 801 Feb01/07 52-22-21 446 May01/04
52-22-12 410 May01/04 52-22-18 802 May01/04 52-22-21 447 May01/04
52-22-12 411 May01/04 52-22-18 803 May01/04 52-22-21 448 May01/04
52-22-12 412 May01/04 52-22-18 804 May01/04 52-22-21 449 May01/04
52-22-12 413 Nov01/08 52-22-18 805 May01/04 52-22-21 450 May01/04
52-L.E.P. Page 13
Feb 01/10
CES
52-22-21 451 May01/04 52-22-22 423 May01/04 52-22-31 437 Nov01/05

52-22-21 452 May01/04 52-22-22 424 May01/04 52-22-31 438 Nov01/05
52-22-21 453 May01/04 52-22-22 425 May01/04 52-22-31 439 Nov01/05
52-22-21 454 May01/04 52-22-22 426 May01/04 52-22-31 440 Nov01/05
52-22-21 455 May01/04 52-22-22 427 May01/04 52-22-31 441 Aug01/09
52-22-21 456 May01/04 52-22-22 428 May01/04 52-22-31 442 Nov01/05
52-22-21 457 May01/04 52-22-22 429 May01/04 52-22-31 443 Nov01/05
52-22-21 458 May01/04 52-22-22 430 May01/04 52-22-31 444 Nov01/05
52-22-21 459 May01/04 52-22-22 431 May01/04 52-22-31 445 Nov01/05
52-22-21 460 May01/04 52-22-22 432 May01/04 52-22-31 446 Nov01/05
52-22-21 461 May01/04 52-22-22 433 May01/04 52-22-31 447 Aug01/09
52-22-21 462 May01/04 52-22-22 434 May01/04 52-22-31 448 Nov01/05
52-22-21 463 May01/04 52-22-22 435 May01/04 52-22-31 449 Nov01/05
52-22-21 464 May01/04 52-22-22 436 May01/04 52-22-31 450 Nov01/05
52-22-21 465 May01/04 52-22-22 437 May01/04
52-22-21 466 May01/04 52-22-31 401 May01/04 52-30-00 1 Nov01/08
52-22-21 467 May01/04 52-22-31 402 May01/04 52-30-00 R 2 Feb01/10
52-22-21 468 May01/04 52-22-31 403 May01/04 52-30-00 3 Nov01/08
52-22-21 469 May01/04 52-22-31 404 May01/04 52-30-00 4 Aug01/05
52-22-21 470 May01/04 52-22-31 405 Nov01/08 52-30-00 R 5 Feb01/10
52-22-21 471 May01/04 52-22-31 406 May01/04 52-30-00 6 Aug01/04
52-22-21 472 May01/04 52-22-31 407 May01/04 52-30-00 7 Nov01/08
52-22-21 473 May01/04 52-22-31 408 Feb01/06 52-30-00 R 8 Feb01/10
52-22-21 474 May01/04 52-22-31 409 May01/04 52-30-00 9 Nov01/08
52-22-21 475 May01/04 52-22-31 410 May01/04 52-30-00 R 10 Feb01/10
52-22-21 476 May01/04 52-22-31 411 May01/04 52-30-00 R 11 Feb01/10
52-22-21 477 May01/04 52-22-31 412 May01/04 52-30-00 201 Nov01/07
52-22-21 478 May01/04 52-22-31 413 Nov01/05 52-30-00 R 202 Feb01/10
52-22-21 479 May01/04 52-22-31 414 May01/04 52-30-00 R 203 Feb01/10
52-22-22 401 May01/04 52-22-31 415 May01/04 52-30-00 R 204 Feb01/10
52-22-22 402 May01/04 52-22-31 416 Nov01/05 52-30-00 205 Nov01/06
52-22-22 403 May01/04 52-22-31 417 Nov01/08 52-30-00 R 206 Feb01/10
52-22-22 404 May01/04 52-22-31 418 Nov01/08 52-30-00 207 Aug01/07
52-22-22 405 May01/04 52-22-31 419 Nov01/05 52-30-00 208 May01/05
52-22-22 406 May01/04 52-22-31 420 Nov01/05 52-30-00 209 Aug01/05
52-22-22 407 May01/04 52-22-31 421 Nov01/05 52-30-00 210 May01/07
52-22-22 408 May01/04 52-22-31 422 Nov01/08 52-30-00 211 Aug01/07
52-22-22 409 May01/04 52-22-31 423 Nov01/05 52-30-00 212 May01/07
52-22-22 410 May01/04 52-22-31 424 Nov01/05 52-30-00 R 213 Feb01/10
52-22-22 411 May01/04 52-22-31 425 Nov01/05 52-30-00 R 214 Feb01/10
52-22-22 412 May01/04 52-22-31 426 Nov01/05 52-30-00 215 Nov01/06
52-22-22 413 May01/04 52-22-31 427 Nov01/05 52-30-00 216 Nov01/06
52-22-22 414 May01/04 52-22-31 428 Nov01/05 52-30-00 R 217 Feb01/10
52-22-22 415 May01/08 52-22-31 429 Nov01/05 52-30-00 R 218 Feb01/10
52-22-22 416 May01/04 52-22-31 430 Nov01/05 52-30-00 R 219 Feb01/10
52-22-22 417 May01/04 52-22-31 431 Nov01/05 52-30-00 R 220 Feb01/10
52-22-22 418 May01/04 52-22-31 432 Nov01/05 52-30-00 R 221 Feb01/10
52-22-22 419 May01/04 52-22-31 433 Nov01/05 52-30-00 222 Nov01/07
52-22-22 420 May01/04 52-22-31 434 Nov01/08 52-30-00 R 223 Feb01/10
52-22-22 421 May01/04 52-22-31 435 Nov01/05 52-30-00 R 224 Feb01/10
52-22-22 422 May01/04 52-22-31 436 Nov01/05 52-30-00 R 225 Feb01/10
52-L.E.P. Page 14
Feb 01/10
CES
52-30-00 226 Aug01/05 52-30-00 R 402 Feb01/10 52-31-00 R 35 Feb01/10

52-30-00 227 May01/05 52-30-00 403 Nov01/09 52-31-00 36 May01/05
52-30-00 228 Nov01/06 52-30-00 404 Nov01/09 52-31-00 R 37 Feb01/10
52-30-00 R 229 Feb01/10 52-30-00 R 405 Feb01/10 52-31-00 38 May01/05
52-30-00 230 Aug01/07 52-30-00 406 Aug01/09 52-31-00 39 May01/05
52-30-00 R 231 Feb01/10 52-30-00 R 407 Feb01/10 52-31-00 40 May01/05
52-30-00 R 232 Feb01/10 52-30-00 408 Aug01/09 52-31-00 41 May01/05
52-30-00 R 233 Feb01/10 52-30-00 601 Nov01/09 52-31-00 R 42 Feb01/10
52-30-00 234 Nov01/07 52-30-00 R 602 Feb01/10 52-31-00 R 43 Feb01/10
52-30-00 R 235 Feb01/10 52-30-00 R 603 Feb01/10 52-31-00 44 May01/05
52-30-00 236 Nov01/07 52-30-00 R 604 Feb01/10 52-31-00 R 45 Feb01/10
52-30-00 237 Nov01/07 52-30-00 605 May01/07 52-31-00 R 46 Feb01/10
52-30-00 238 Feb01/09 52-30-00 606 May01/06 52-31-00 R 47 Feb01/10
52-30-00 239 Feb01/09 52-30-00 607 May01/06 52-31-00 48 Aug01/05
52-30-00 240 May01/08 52-30-00 608 May01/06 52-31-00 R 49 Feb01/10
52-30-00 241 May01/08 52-30-00 609 May01/06 52-31-00 401 Feb01/07
52-30-00 R 242 Feb01/10 52-31-00 402 May01/05
52-30-00 243 May01/08 52-31-00 R 1 Feb01/10 52-31-00 403 May01/05
52-30-00 244 Feb01/09 52-31-00 R 2 Feb01/10 52-31-00 404 May01/05
52-30-00 245 Feb01/09 52-31-00 3 Nov01/05 52-31-00 405 May01/05
52-30-00 R 246 Feb01/10 52-31-00 4 Nov01/05 52-31-00 406 May01/05
52-30-00 247 Aug01/08 52-31-00 R 5 Feb01/10 52-31-00 407 May01/05
52-30-00 248 Aug01/08 52-31-00 6 May01/05 52-31-00 408 May01/05
52-30-00 249 Nov01/09 52-31-00 7 May01/05 52-31-00 409 May01/05
52-30-00 250 Nov01/09 52-31-00 R 8 Feb01/10 52-31-00 410 May01/05
52-30-00 251 May01/08 52-31-00 R 9 Feb01/10 52-31-00 411 May01/05
52-30-00 252 Nov01/09 52-31-00 R 10 Feb01/10 52-31-00 412 May01/05
52-30-00 253 Nov01/09 52-31-00 R 11 Feb01/10 52-31-00 501 Feb01/98
52-30-00 254 Nov01/09 52-31-00 R 12 Feb01/10 52-31-00 502 Nov01/03
52-30-00 255 Nov01/09 52-31-00 R 13 Feb01/10 52-31-00 503 Feb01/08
52-30-00 256 Nov01/09 52-31-00 14 May01/05 52-31-00 504 Feb01/08
52-30-00 257 Nov01/09 52-31-00 15 May01/05 52-31-00 505 Feb01/08
52-30-00 258 Nov01/09 52-31-00 R 16 Feb01/10 52-31-00 506 Feb01/08
52-30-00 259 Nov01/09 52-31-00 R 17 Feb01/10 52-31-00 507 Feb01/08
52-30-00 260 Nov01/09 52-31-00 R 18 Feb01/10 52-31-00 508 Feb01/08
52-30-00 261 Nov01/09 52-31-00 R 19 Feb01/10 52-31-00 509 Feb01/08
52-30-00 R 262 Feb01/10 52-31-00 20 May01/05 52-31-00 R 510 Feb01/10
52-30-00 R 263 Feb01/10 52-31-00 21 May01/05 52-31-00 R 511 Feb01/10
52-30-00 264 Aug01/08 52-31-00 22 May01/05 52-31-00 R 512 Feb01/10
52-30-00 R 265 Feb01/10 52-31-00 23 May01/05 52-31-00 R 513 Feb01/10
52-30-00 R 266 Feb01/10 52-31-00 R 24 Feb01/10 52-31-00 514 May01/05
52-30-00 267 May01/08 52-31-00 R 25 Feb01/10 52-31-00 515 Nov01/07
52-30-00 268 May01/08 52-31-00 R 26 Feb01/10 52-31-00 R 516 Feb01/10
52-30-00 R 269 Feb01/10 52-31-00 27 May01/05 52-31-00 517 Feb01/07
52-30-00 270 May01/08 52-31-00 R 28 Feb01/10 52-31-00 518 Nov01/09
52-30-00 271 Aug01/08 52-31-00 29 May01/05 52-31-00 R 519 Feb01/10
52-30-00 R 272 Feb01/10 52-31-00 30 May01/05 52-31-00 520 Feb01/08
52-30-00 R 273 Feb01/10 52-31-00 R 31 Feb01/10 52-31-00 521 Feb01/08
52-30-00 R 274 Feb01/10 52-31-00 R 32 Feb01/10 52-31-00 522 Feb01/07
52-30-00 275 May01/08 52-31-00 33 May01/05 52-31-00 523 Feb01/08
52-30-00 R 401 Feb01/10 52-31-00 34 May01/05 52-31-00 R 524 Feb01/10
52-L.E.P. Page 15
Feb 01/10
CES
52-31-00 R 525 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 509 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 560 Feb01/10

52-31-00 R 526 Feb01/10 52-31-11 510 May01/09 52-31-11 561 Nov01/07
52-31-00 R 527 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 511 Feb01/10 52-31-11 562 Nov01/07
52-31-00 528 Feb01/07 52-31-11 512 May01/09 52-31-11 563 Nov01/07
52-31-00 529 Feb01/07 52-31-11 513 Nov01/07 52-31-11 564 Nov01/07
52-31-00 530 Feb01/08 52-31-11 514 Aug01/05 52-31-11 565 Nov01/07
52-31-00 531 May01/05 52-31-11 R 515 Feb01/10 52-31-11 566 Nov01/07
52-31-00 532 Feb01/08 52-31-11 R 516 Feb01/10 52-31-11 567 Nov01/07
52-31-00 533 May01/05 52-31-11 R 517 Feb01/10 52-31-11 568 Nov01/07
52-31-00 534 Feb01/08 52-31-11 R 518 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 601 Feb01/10
52-31-00 R 535 Feb01/10 52-31-11 519 May01/05 52-31-11 R 602 Feb01/10
52-31-00 R 536 Feb01/10 52-31-11 520 May01/05 52-31-11 R 603 Feb01/10
52-31-00 R 537 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 521 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 604 Feb01/10
52-31-00 R 538 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 522 Feb01/10 52-31-11 605 May01/05
52-31-00 R 539 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 523 Feb01/10 52-31-11 606 May01/05
52-31-00 540 Feb01/08 52-31-11 524 May01/05 52-31-11 R 607 Feb01/10
52-31-11 R 401 Feb01/10 52-31-11 525 May01/05 52-31-11 608 May01/05
52-31-11 402 Nov01/07 52-31-11 R 526 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 609 Feb01/10
52-31-11 403 Feb01/09 52-31-11 R 527 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 610 Feb01/10
52-31-11 404 May01/08 52-31-11 528 Nov01/07 52-31-11 R 611 Feb01/10
52-31-11 R 405 Feb01/10 52-31-11 529 May01/05 52-31-11 612 Nov01/09
52-31-11 R 406 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 530 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 613 Feb01/10
52-31-11 407 May01/08 52-31-11 R 531 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 614 Feb01/10
52-31-11 408 May01/08 52-31-11 532 Nov01/07 52-31-11 615 Nov01/09
52-31-11 R 409 Feb01/10 52-31-11 533 Nov01/07 52-31-11 616 Nov01/09
52-31-11 410 Nov01/08 52-31-11 534 Nov01/07 52-31-11 R 617 Feb01/10
52-31-11 411 Aug01/09 52-31-11 535 Nov01/07 52-31-11 618 May01/05
52-31-11 R 412 Feb01/10 52-31-11 536 Nov01/07 52-31-11 619 May01/05
52-31-11 413 Feb01/09 52-31-11 537 Aug01/08 52-31-11 620 Nov01/09
52-31-11 R 414 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 538 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 621 Feb01/10
52-31-11 415 Nov01/08 52-31-11 539 Nov01/07 52-31-11 R 622 Feb01/10
52-31-11 R 416 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 540 Feb01/10 52-31-11 623 Nov01/08
52-31-11 R 417 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 541 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 624 Feb01/10
52-31-11 R 418 Feb01/10 52-31-11 542 Nov01/07 52-31-11 625 Nov01/09
52-31-11 R 419 Feb01/10 52-31-11 543 Nov01/07 52-31-11 626 Nov01/09
52-31-11 420 Nov01/08 52-31-11 R 544 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 627 Feb01/10
52-31-11 421 Aug01/08 52-31-11 R 545 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 628 Feb01/10
52-31-11 422 Aug01/08 52-31-11 R 546 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 629 Feb01/10
52-31-11 423 Aug01/08 52-31-11 547 Nov01/07 52-31-11 R 630 Feb01/10
52-31-11 424 Aug01/08 52-31-11 548 Nov01/07 52-31-11 R 631 Feb01/10
52-31-11 425 Aug01/08 52-31-11 549 Nov01/07 52-31-11 R 632 Feb01/10
52-31-11 426 Aug01/08 52-31-11 550 Nov01/07 52-31-11 R 633 Feb01/10
52-31-11 427 Aug01/08 52-31-11 551 Nov01/07 52-31-11 R 634 Feb01/10
52-31-11 501 May01/09 52-31-11 552 Nov01/07 52-31-11 R 635 Feb01/10
52-31-11 R 502 Feb01/10 52-31-11 553 Nov01/07 52-31-11 R 636 Feb01/10
52-31-11 R 503 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 554 Feb01/10 52-31-11 637 Nov01/09
52-31-11 504 May01/07 52-31-11 R 555 Feb01/10 52-31-11 638 Nov01/08
52-31-11 R 505 Feb01/10 52-31-11 556 Nov01/07 52-31-11 639 Nov01/08
52-31-11 506 May01/05 52-31-11 557 Nov01/07 52-31-11 640 Nov01/08
52-31-11 R 507 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 558 Feb01/10 52-31-11 641 Nov01/08
52-31-11 R 508 Feb01/10 52-31-11 R 559 Feb01/10 52-31-11 642 Nov01/08
52-L.E.P. Page 16
Feb 01/10
CES
52-31-11 643 Nov01/08 52-31-18 807 Feb01/98 52-31-21 R 446 Feb01/10

52-31-11 644 Nov01/08 52-31-18 808 May01/07 52-31-21 R 447 Feb01/10
52-31-11 645 Nov01/08 52-31-18 809 Feb01/07 52-31-21 448 May01/05
52-31-11 R 646 Feb01/10 52-31-18 810 Feb01/07 52-31-21 449 May01/05
52-31-11 R 647 Feb01/10 52-31-18 811 Aug01/01 52-31-21 450 May01/05
52-31-11 R 648 Feb01/10 52-31-18 812 Feb01/07 52-31-21 451 Nov01/05
52-31-11 649 Nov01/08 52-31-21 401 May01/05 52-31-21 452 May01/05
52-31-11 650 Nov01/08 52-31-21 402 May01/05 52-31-21 453 May01/05
52-31-11 R 651 Feb01/10 52-31-21 403 May01/05 52-31-21 454 Nov01/05
52-31-11 R 652 Feb01/10 52-31-21 404 May01/05 52-31-21 455 Nov01/05
52-31-11 653 Nov01/08 52-31-21 405 Nov01/08 52-31-21 456 Nov01/05
52-31-11 R 654 Feb01/10 52-31-21 406 May01/05 52-31-21 457 Nov01/05
52-31-11 655 Nov01/08 52-31-21 407 May01/05 52-31-21 458 Nov01/05
52-31-11 656 Nov01/08 52-31-21 408 May01/05 52-31-21 459 Nov01/05
52-31-11 657 Nov01/08 52-31-21 409 May01/05 52-31-21 460 Nov01/05
52-31-11 701 Feb01/06 52-31-21 410 May01/05 52-31-21 461 Nov01/05
52-31-11 702 Nov01/08 52-31-21 411 May01/05 52-31-21 462 May01/05
52-31-11 703 Feb01/98 52-31-21 412 May01/05 52-31-21 463 May01/05
52-31-11 704 Feb01/04 52-31-21 413 May01/05 52-31-21 464 May01/05
52-31-11 705 Feb01/04 52-31-21 414 Nov01/08 52-31-21 465 Aug01/05
52-31-11 706 Feb01/04 52-31-21 415 May01/05 52-31-21 466 Aug01/05
52-31-13 R 401 Feb01/10 52-31-21 416 May01/05 52-31-21 467 Aug01/05
52-31-13 R 402 Feb01/10 52-31-21 417 May01/05 52-31-21 468 Aug01/05
52-31-13 403 May01/05 52-31-21 R 418 Feb01/10 52-31-21 469 Aug01/05
52-31-13 R 404 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R 419 Feb01/10 52-31-21 470 Aug01/05
52-31-13 405 Aug01/04 52-31-21 420 May01/05 52-31-21 471 Aug01/05
52-31-13 R 406 Feb01/10 52-31-21 421 May01/05 52-31-21 472 Aug01/05
52-31-13 R 407 Feb01/10 52-31-21 422 May01/05 52-31-21 R 473 Feb01/10
52-31-13 408 Aug01/04 52-31-21 423 May01/05 52-31-21 R 474 Feb01/10
52-31-18 R 401 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R 424 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R 475 Feb01/10
52-31-18 R 402 Feb01/10 52-31-21 425 May01/05 52-31-21 R 476 Feb01/10
52-31-18 R 403 Feb01/10 52-31-21 426 May01/05 52-31-21 477 Aug01/05
52-31-18 R 404 Feb01/10 52-31-21 427 May01/05 52-31-21 R 478 Feb01/10
52-31-18 405 Nov01/07 52-31-21 428 May01/05 52-31-21 479 Aug01/05
52-31-18 R 406 Feb01/10 52-31-21 429 May01/05 52-31-21 480 Aug01/05
52-31-18 407 May01/05 52-31-21 R 430 Feb01/10 52-31-21 481 Aug01/05
52-31-18 408 May01/05 52-31-21 R 431 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R 482 Feb01/10
52-31-18 409 Nov01/08 52-31-21 R 432 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R 483 Feb01/10
52-31-18 R 410 Feb01/10 52-31-21 433 Nov01/08 52-31-21 R 484 Feb01/10
52-31-18 411 Nov01/07 52-31-21 434 May01/05 52-31-21 R 485 Feb01/10
52-31-18 R 412 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R 435 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R 486 Feb01/10
52-31-18 R 413 Feb01/10 52-31-21 436 May01/05 52-31-21 487 Aug01/05
52-31-18 R 414 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R 437 Feb01/10 52-31-21 488 Aug01/05
52-31-18 415 May01/05 52-31-21 R 438 Feb01/10 52-31-21 489 Aug01/05
52-31-18 416 Nov01/07 52-31-21 439 May01/05 52-31-21 490 Aug01/05
52-31-18 801 Feb01/07 52-31-21 440 May01/05 52-31-21 491 Aug01/05
52-31-18 802 Feb01/98 52-31-21 441 May01/05 52-31-21 492 Aug01/05
52-31-18 803 Aug01/99 52-31-21 442 May01/05 52-31-21 493 Aug01/05
52-31-18 804 Feb01/98 52-31-21 443 May01/05 52-31-21 494 Aug01/05
52-31-18 805 May01/07 52-31-21 444 May01/05 52-31-21 495 Aug01/05
52-31-18 806 May01/07 52-31-21 R 445 Feb01/10 52-31-21 496 Aug01/05
52-L.E.P. Page 17
Feb 01/10
CES
52-31-21 497 Aug01/05 52-31-21 R A448 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R A499 Feb01/10

52-31-21 498 Aug01/05 52-31-21 R A449 Feb01/10 52-31-21 B400 May01/05
52-31-21 499 Aug01/05 52-31-21 R A450 Feb01/10 52-31-21 B401 May01/05
52-31-21 A400 Aug01/05 52-31-21 A451 May01/05 52-31-21 R B402 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A401 Aug01/05 52-31-21 A452 May01/09 52-31-21 R B403 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A402 Aug01/05 52-31-21 R A453 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R B404 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A403 Aug01/05 52-31-21 R A454 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R B405 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A404 Aug01/05 52-31-21 A455 May01/05 52-31-21 R B406 Feb01/10
52-31-21 R A405 Feb01/10 52-31-21 A456 May01/05 52-31-21 R B407 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A406 Aug01/05 52-31-21 A457 May01/05 52-31-21 R B408 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A407 Aug01/05 52-31-21 A458 May01/05 52-31-21 R B409 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A408 Aug01/05 52-31-21 R A459 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R B410 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A409 Aug01/05 52-31-21 R A460 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R B411 Feb01/10
52-31-21 R A410 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R A461 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R B412 Feb01/10
52-31-21 R A411 Feb01/10 52-31-21 A462 May01/05 52-31-21 R B413 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A412 May01/05 52-31-21 R A463 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R B414 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A413 May01/05 52-31-21 R A464 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R B415 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A414 May01/05 52-31-21 A465 May01/05 52-31-21 R B416 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A415 May01/05 52-31-21 R A466 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R B417 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A416 May01/05 52-31-21 R A467 Feb01/10 52-31-21 B418 May01/05
52-31-21 A417 May01/05 52-31-21 A468 May01/05 52-31-21 B419 May01/05
52-31-21 A418 May01/05 52-31-21 R A469 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R B420 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A419 May01/05 52-31-21 A470 May01/05 52-31-21 R B421 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A420 May01/05 52-31-21 R A471 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R B422 Feb01/10
52-31-21 R A422 Feb01/10 52-31-21 A473 May01/05 52-31-21 R B424 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A423 Nov01/08 52-31-21 R A474 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R B425 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A424 May01/05 52-31-21 R A475 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R B426 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A427 May01/05 52-31-21 R A478 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R B429 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A428 May01/05 52-31-21 R A479 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R B430 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A429 May01/05 52-31-21 A480 May01/05 52-31-21 R B431 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A430 May01/05 52-31-21 A481 May01/05 52-31-21 R B432 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A431 May01/05 52-31-21 R A482 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R B433 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A432 May01/05 52-31-21 R A483 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R B434 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A433 May01/05 52-31-21 R A484 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R B435 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A437 May01/05 52-31-21 R A488 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R B439 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A439 May01/05 52-31-21 R A490 Feb01/10 52-31-22 R 401 Feb01/10
52-31-21 R A440 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R A491 Feb01/10 52-31-22 402 May01/05
52-31-21 A441 May01/05 52-31-21 A492 May01/05 52-31-22 403 May01/05
52-31-21 R A442 Feb01/10 52-31-21 A493 May01/05 52-31-22 404 May01/05
52-31-21 R A443 Feb01/10 52-31-21 R A494 Feb01/10 52-31-22 405 May01/05
52-31-21 A444 May01/05 52-31-21 R A495 Feb01/10 52-31-22 R 406 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A445 May01/05 52-31-21 R A496 Feb01/10 52-31-22 R 407 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A446 May01/05 52-31-21 R A497 Feb01/10 52-31-22 R 408 Feb01/10
52-31-21 A447 May01/05 52-31-21 R A498 Feb01/10 52-31-22 409 May01/05
52-L.E.P. Page 18
Feb 01/10
CES
52-31-22 410 May01/05 52-32-00 20 Aug01/05 52-32-00 R 71 Feb01/10

52-31-22 411 May01/05 52-32-00 21 Aug01/05 52-32-00 R 72 Feb01/10
52-31-22 412 May01/05 52-32-00 R 22 Feb01/10 52-32-00 401 Feb01/07
52-31-22 R 413 Feb01/10 52-32-00 R 23 Feb01/10 52-32-00 R 402 Feb01/10
52-31-22 R 414 Feb01/10 52-32-00 R 24 Feb01/10 52-32-00 403 May01/05
52-31-22 R 415 Feb01/10 52-32-00 R 25 Feb01/10 52-32-00 404 May01/05
52-31-22 416 May01/05 52-32-00 R 26 Feb01/10 52-32-00 R 405 Feb01/10
52-31-24 401 Feb01/99 52-32-00 R 27 Feb01/10 52-32-00 R 406 Feb01/10
52-31-24 402 Feb01/99 52-32-00 28 Aug01/05 52-32-00 R 407 Feb01/10
52-31-24 403 Feb01/99 52-32-00 29 Aug01/05 52-32-00 R 408 Feb01/10
52-31-24 404 Feb01/99 52-32-00 30 Aug01/05 52-32-00 R 409 Feb01/10
52-31-24 405 Feb01/99 52-32-00 31 Aug01/05 52-32-00 R 410 Feb01/10
52-31-24 406 Feb01/99 52-32-00 R 32 Feb01/10 52-32-00 R 411 Feb01/10
52-31-24 407 Feb01/99 52-32-00 R 33 Feb01/10 52-32-00 412 May01/07
52-31-24 408 Feb01/99 52-32-00 R 34 Feb01/10 52-32-00 413 May01/07
52-31-31 401 Feb01/98 52-32-00 35 Aug01/05 52-32-00 R 414 Feb01/10
52-31-31 402 Feb01/98 52-32-00 36 Aug01/05 52-32-00 R 415 Feb01/10
52-31-31 403 Feb01/98 52-32-00 37 Aug01/05 52-32-00 416 Nov01/07
52-31-31 404 May01/09 52-32-00 38 Aug01/05 52-32-00 417 May01/07
52-31-31 405 May01/05 52-32-00 39 Aug01/05 52-32-00 501 Feb01/98
52-31-31 406 May01/05 52-32-00 40 Aug01/05 52-32-00 502 Feb01/99
52-31-31 407 May01/05 52-32-00 41 Aug01/05 52-32-00 503 Feb01/08
52-31-31 408 May01/05 52-32-00 42 Aug01/05 52-32-00 504 Feb01/08
52-31-32 401 Nov01/03 52-32-00 43 Aug01/05 52-32-00 505 Feb01/08
52-31-32 402 Feb01/98 52-32-00 R 44 Feb01/10 52-32-00 506 Feb01/08
52-31-32 403 Feb01/98 52-32-00 45 Aug01/05 52-32-00 507 Feb01/08
52-31-32 404 May01/09 52-32-00 46 Aug01/05 52-32-00 508 Feb01/08
52-31-32 405 Nov01/03 52-32-00 47 Aug01/05 52-32-00 509 Feb01/08
52-31-32 406 Nov01/01 52-32-00 R 48 Feb01/10 52-32-00 R 510 Feb01/10
52-31-32 407 Nov01/01 52-32-00 49 Aug01/05 52-32-00 R 511 Feb01/10
52-31-32 408 Nov01/01 52-32-00 50 Aug01/05 52-32-00 R 512 Feb01/10
52-32-00 R 51 Feb01/10 52-32-00 R 513 Feb01/10
52-32-00 R 1 Feb01/10 52-32-00 R 52 Feb01/10 52-32-00 514 Feb01/08
52-32-00 R 2 Feb01/10 52-32-00 53 Aug01/05 52-32-00 515 Feb01/08
52-32-00 3 May01/05 52-32-00 54 Aug01/05 52-32-00 R 516 Feb01/10
52-32-00 4 May01/05 52-32-00 R 55 Feb01/10 52-32-00 R 517 Feb01/10
52-32-00 R 5 Feb01/10 52-32-00 R 56 Feb01/10 52-32-00 518 Aug01/08
52-32-00 6 May01/05 52-32-00 R 57 Feb01/10 52-32-00 519 Feb01/08
52-32-00 7 Aug01/05 52-32-00 58 Aug01/05 52-32-00 R 520 Feb01/10
52-32-00 8 Aug01/05 52-32-00 59 Aug01/05 52-32-00 521 Feb01/08
52-32-00 9 Aug01/05 52-32-00 60 Aug01/05 52-32-00 522 Feb01/08
52-32-00 R 10 Feb01/10 52-32-00 61 Aug01/05 52-32-00 523 Feb01/07
52-32-00 R 11 Feb01/10 52-32-00 R 62 Feb01/10 52-32-00 524 Feb01/08
52-32-00 12 Aug01/05 52-32-00 R 63 Feb01/10 52-32-00 R 525 Feb01/10
52-32-00 13 Aug01/05 52-32-00 64 Aug01/05 52-32-00 R 526 Feb01/10
52-32-00 R 14 Feb01/10 52-32-00 65 Aug01/05 52-32-00 R 527 Feb01/10
52-32-00 R 15 Feb01/10 52-32-00 66 Aug01/05 52-32-00 528 Nov01/07
52-32-00 R 16 Feb01/10 52-32-00 67 Aug01/05 52-32-00 529 Aug01/08
52-32-00 R 17 Feb01/10 52-32-00 R 68 Feb01/10 52-32-00 R 530 Feb01/10
52-32-00 18 Aug01/05 52-32-00 R 69 Feb01/10 52-32-00 R 531 Feb01/10
52-32-00 R 19 Feb01/10 52-32-00 70 Aug01/05 52-32-00 R 532 Feb01/10
52-L.E.P. Page 19
Feb 01/10
CES
52-32-00 533 Feb01/08 52-32-11 432 Aug01/08 52-32-11 545 Aug01/05

52-32-00 534 Feb01/08 52-32-11 433 Aug01/08 52-32-11 R 546 Feb01/10
52-32-00 535 Feb01/08 52-32-11 434 Aug01/08 52-32-11 547 Aug01/05
52-32-00 536 Feb01/08 52-32-11 435 Aug01/08 52-32-11 548 Aug01/05
52-32-00 537 Feb01/08 52-32-11 436 Aug01/08 52-32-11 549 Nov01/07
52-32-00 538 Feb01/08 52-32-11 437 Aug01/08 52-32-11 550 Nov01/07
52-32-00 539 Feb01/08 52-32-11 438 Aug01/08 52-32-11 551 Nov01/07
52-32-00 540 Feb01/08 52-32-11 501 May01/09 52-32-11 552 Nov01/07
52-32-00 R 541 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 502 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 553 Feb01/10
52-32-00 R 542 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 503 Feb01/10 52-32-11 554 Nov01/07
52-32-00 R 543 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 504 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 555 Feb01/10
52-32-00 R 544 Feb01/10 52-32-11 505 May01/07 52-32-11 556 Nov01/07
52-32-00 R 545 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 506 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 557 Feb01/10
52-32-00 R 546 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 507 Feb01/10 52-32-11 558 Nov01/07
52-32-00 R 547 Feb01/10 52-32-11 508 May01/07 52-32-11 559 Nov01/07
52-32-00 R 548 Feb01/10 52-32-11 509 May01/07 52-32-11 R 560 Feb01/10
52-32-00 R 549 Feb01/10 52-32-11 510 Aug01/05 52-32-11 561 Nov01/07
52-32-00 550 Feb01/08 52-32-11 R 511 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 562 Feb01/10
52-32-00 551 Feb01/08 52-32-11 R 512 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 563 Feb01/10
52-32-00 552 Feb01/08 52-32-11 R 513 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 564 Feb01/10
52-32-11 R 401 Feb01/10 52-32-11 514 May01/09 52-32-11 565 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 402 Feb01/10 52-32-11 515 Aug01/05 52-32-11 566 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 403 Feb01/10 52-32-11 516 Aug01/05 52-32-11 567 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 404 Feb01/10 52-32-11 517 May01/09 52-32-11 R 568 Feb01/10
52-32-11 405 May01/08 52-32-11 R 518 Feb01/10 52-32-11 569 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 406 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 519 Feb01/10 52-32-11 570 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 407 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 520 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 571 Feb01/10
52-32-11 R 408 Feb01/10 52-32-11 521 May01/09 52-32-11 572 Nov01/07
52-32-11 409 May01/08 52-32-11 522 May01/09 52-32-11 R 573 Feb01/10
52-32-11 410 May01/08 52-32-11 523 Nov01/07 52-32-11 574 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 411 Feb01/10 52-32-11 524 Nov01/07 52-32-11 575 Nov01/07
52-32-11 412 Feb01/07 52-32-11 R 525 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 576 Feb01/10
52-32-11 R 413 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 526 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 577 Feb01/10
52-32-11 414 May01/08 52-32-11 R 527 Feb01/10 52-32-11 578 Nov01/07
52-32-11 415 May01/08 52-32-11 R 528 Feb01/10 52-32-11 579 Nov01/07
52-32-11 416 May01/08 52-32-11 R 529 Feb01/10 52-32-11 580 Nov01/07
52-32-11 417 Aug01/09 52-32-11 530 Aug01/05 52-32-11 581 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 418 Feb01/10 52-32-11 531 Aug01/05 52-32-11 582 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 419 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 532 Feb01/10 52-32-11 583 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 420 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 533 Feb01/10 52-32-11 584 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 421 Feb01/10 52-32-11 534 Nov01/07 52-32-11 585 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 422 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 535 Feb01/10 52-32-11 586 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 423 Feb01/10 52-32-11 536 Aug01/05 52-32-11 587 Nov01/07
52-32-11 424 May01/08 52-32-11 537 Aug01/05 52-32-11 588 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 425 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 538 Feb01/10 52-32-11 589 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 426 Feb01/10 52-32-11 539 Aug01/05 52-32-11 590 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 427 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 540 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 601 Feb01/10
52-32-11 R 428 Feb01/10 52-32-11 541 Feb01/06 52-32-11 R 602 Feb01/10
52-32-11 429 Aug01/08 52-32-11 542 Aug01/05 52-32-11 R 603 Feb01/10
52-32-11 430 Aug01/08 52-32-11 R 543 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 604 Feb01/10
52-32-11 431 Aug01/08 52-32-11 544 Aug01/05 52-32-11 605 May01/05
52-L.E.P. Page 20
Feb 01/10
CES
52-32-11 606 May01/05 52-32-11 657 Nov01/08 52-32-13 R 406 Feb01/10

52-32-11 R 607 Feb01/10 52-32-11 658 Nov01/08 52-32-13 R 407 Feb01/10
52-32-11 R 608 Feb01/10 52-32-11 659 Nov01/08 52-32-13 408 Feb01/00
52-32-11 R 609 Feb01/10 52-32-11 660 Nov01/08 52-32-18 R 401 Feb01/10
52-32-11 R 610 Feb01/10 52-32-11 661 Nov01/08 52-32-18 R 402 Feb01/10
52-32-11 R 611 Feb01/10 52-32-11 662 Nov01/08 52-32-18 R 403 Feb01/10
52-32-11 R 612 Feb01/10 52-32-11 663 Nov01/08 52-32-18 R 404 Feb01/10
52-32-11 R 613 Feb01/10 52-32-11 664 Nov01/08 52-32-18 405 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 614 Feb01/10 52-32-11 665 Nov01/08 52-32-18 R 406 Feb01/10
52-32-11 615 Nov01/09 52-32-11 666 Nov01/08 52-32-18 407 May01/05
52-32-11 R 616 Feb01/10 52-32-11 667 Nov01/08 52-32-18 408 May01/05
52-32-11 R 617 Feb01/10 52-32-11 668 Nov01/08 52-32-18 409 Nov01/08
52-32-11 R 618 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 669 Feb01/10 52-32-18 R 410 Feb01/10
52-32-11 R 619 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 670 Feb01/10 52-32-18 R 411 Feb01/10
52-32-11 R 620 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 671 Feb01/10 52-32-18 R 412 Feb01/10
52-32-11 R 621 Feb01/10 52-32-11 672 Nov01/08 52-32-18 413 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 622 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 673 Feb01/10 52-32-18 R 414 Feb01/10
52-32-11 R 623 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 674 Feb01/10 52-32-18 415 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 624 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 675 Feb01/10 52-32-18 416 Nov01/07
52-32-11 R 625 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 676 Feb01/10 52-32-18 417 Nov01/07
52-32-11 626 Nov01/09 52-32-11 R 677 Feb01/10 52-32-18 801 Feb01/07
52-32-11 627 Nov01/09 52-32-11 678 Nov01/08 52-32-18 802 Aug01/99
52-32-11 R 628 Feb01/10 52-32-11 679 Nov01/08 52-32-18 803 Feb01/98
52-32-11 R 629 Feb01/10 52-32-11 680 Nov01/08 52-32-18 804 Feb01/98
52-32-11 R 630 Feb01/10 52-32-11 681 Nov01/08 52-32-18 805 May01/07
52-32-11 R 631 Feb01/10 52-32-11 682 Nov01/08 52-32-18 806 Feb01/98
52-32-11 R 632 Feb01/10 52-32-11 683 Nov01/08 52-32-18 807 May01/07
52-32-11 633 Nov01/09 52-32-11 684 Nov01/08 52-32-18 808 May01/07
52-32-11 634 Nov01/09 52-32-11 R 685 Feb01/10 52-32-18 809 Aug01/08
52-32-11 635 Nov01/09 52-32-11 R 686 Feb01/10 52-32-18 R 810 Feb01/10
52-32-11 636 Nov01/09 52-32-11 687 Nov01/08 52-32-18 811 Aug01/01
52-32-11 637 Aug01/05 52-32-11 R 688 Feb01/10 52-32-18 R 812 Feb01/10
52-32-11 638 Feb01/07 52-32-11 R 689 Feb01/10 52-32-18 813 Aug01/08
52-32-11 639 Aug01/05 52-32-11 R 690 Feb01/10 52-32-18 814 Aug01/08
52-32-11 640 Aug01/05 52-32-11 R 691 Feb01/10 52-32-21 401 May01/05
52-32-11 R 641 Feb01/10 52-32-11 R 692 Feb01/10 52-32-21 402 May01/05
52-32-11 642 Nov01/09 52-32-11 R 693 Feb01/10 52-32-21 403 May01/05
52-32-11 643 Nov01/09 52-32-11 R 694 Feb01/10 52-32-21 404 May01/05
52-32-11 644 Nov01/09 52-32-11 701 Feb01/06 52-32-21 405 Nov01/08
52-32-11 645 Nov01/09 52-32-11 R 702 Feb01/10 52-32-21 406 May01/08
52-32-11 646 Nov01/09 52-32-11 703 Aug01/05 52-32-21 407 May01/05
52-32-11 647 Nov01/09 52-32-11 R 704 Feb01/10 52-32-21 408 May01/05
52-32-11 648 Nov01/09 52-32-11 705 Aug01/05 52-32-21 409 May01/08
52-32-11 649 Nov01/09 52-32-11 706 Feb01/04 52-32-21 410 May01/08
52-32-11 650 Nov01/09 52-32-11 R 707 Feb01/10 52-32-21 411 May01/05
52-32-11 651 Nov01/08 52-32-11 708 Aug01/05 52-32-21 412 May01/05
52-32-11 652 Nov01/08 52-32-13 R 401 Feb01/10 52-32-21 413 May01/05
52-32-11 653 Nov01/08 52-32-13 R 402 Feb01/10 52-32-21 414 Nov01/08
52-32-11 654 Nov01/08 52-32-13 R 403 Feb01/10 52-32-21 415 May01/08
52-32-11 655 Nov01/09 52-32-13 404 Aug01/05 52-32-21 416 May01/08
52-32-11 656 Nov01/08 52-32-13 405 Feb01/00 52-32-21 417 May01/05
52-L.E.P. Page 21
Feb 01/10
CES
52-32-21 418 May01/07 52-32-21 469 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A420 Aug01/05

52-32-21 R 419 Feb01/10 52-32-21 470 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A421 Aug01/05
52-32-21 R 420 Feb01/10 52-32-21 471 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A422 Aug01/05
52-32-21 R 421 Feb01/10 52-32-21 472 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R A423 Feb01/10
52-32-21 422 Aug01/05 52-32-21 473 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A424 Aug01/05
52-32-21 R 423 Feb01/10 52-32-21 474 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R A425 Feb01/10
52-32-21 424 May01/07 52-32-21 475 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A426 Aug01/05
52-32-21 425 Aug01/05 52-32-21 476 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R A427 Feb01/10
52-32-21 426 Aug01/05 52-32-21 477 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A428 Aug01/05
52-32-21 427 Aug01/05 52-32-21 478 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A429 Aug01/05
52-32-21 428 Aug01/05 52-32-21 479 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R A430 Feb01/10
52-32-21 R 429 Feb01/10 52-32-21 480 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R A431 Feb01/10
52-32-21 430 Aug01/05 52-32-21 481 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A432 Aug01/05
52-32-21 431 Aug01/05 52-32-21 482 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A433 Aug01/05
52-32-21 432 Aug01/05 52-32-21 483 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A434 Aug01/05
52-32-21 433 Aug01/05 52-32-21 484 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A435 Aug01/05
52-32-21 434 Aug01/05 52-32-21 485 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A436 Aug01/05
52-32-21 435 Aug01/05 52-32-21 486 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A437 Aug01/05
52-32-21 R 436 Feb01/10 52-32-21 487 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A438 Aug01/05
52-32-21 437 Aug01/05 52-32-21 488 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A439 Aug01/05
52-32-21 438 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R 489 Feb01/10 52-32-21 A440 Aug01/05
52-32-21 439 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R 490 Feb01/10 52-32-21 A441 Aug01/05
52-32-21 440 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R 491 Feb01/10 52-32-21 A442 Aug01/05
52-32-21 R 441 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R 492 Feb01/10 52-32-21 A443 Aug01/05
52-32-21 R 442 Feb01/10 52-32-21 493 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R A444 Feb01/10
52-32-21 443 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R 494 Feb01/10 52-32-21 A445 Aug01/05
52-32-21 444 Nov01/08 52-32-21 495 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A446 Aug01/05
52-32-21 445 Aug01/08 52-32-21 496 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A447 Aug01/05
52-32-21 R 446 Feb01/10 52-32-21 497 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A448 Aug01/05
52-32-21 447 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R 498 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R A449 Feb01/10
52-32-21 448 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R 499 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R A450 Feb01/10
52-32-21 R 449 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R A400 Feb01/10 52-32-21 A451 Aug01/05
52-32-21 R 450 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R A401 Feb01/10 52-32-21 A452 Aug01/05
52-32-21 451 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R A402 Feb01/10 52-32-21 A453 Aug01/05
52-32-21 452 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A403 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A454 Nov01/08
52-32-21 453 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A404 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A455 Nov01/08
52-32-21 454 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A405 Aug01/08 52-32-21 R A456 Feb01/10
52-32-21 R 455 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R A406 Feb01/10 52-32-21 A457 Nov01/08
52-32-21 R 456 Feb01/10 52-32-21 A407 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R A458 Feb01/10
52-32-21 457 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A408 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R A459 Feb01/10
52-32-21 458 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A409 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A460 Nov01/08
52-32-21 R 459 Feb01/10 52-32-21 A410 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A461 Nov01/08
52-32-21 R 460 Feb01/10 52-32-21 A411 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A462 Nov01/08
52-32-21 461 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A412 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A463 Nov01/08
52-32-21 R 462 Feb01/10 52-32-21 A413 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A464 Nov01/08
52-32-21 R 463 Feb01/10 52-32-21 A414 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A465 Nov01/08
52-32-21 R 464 Feb01/10 52-32-21 A415 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A466 Nov01/08
52-32-21 465 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A416 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R A467 Feb01/10
52-32-21 466 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A417 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R A468 Feb01/10
52-32-21 467 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A418 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A469 Nov01/08
52-32-21 468 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A419 Aug01/05 52-32-21 A470 Aug01/05
52-L.E.P. Page 22
Feb 01/10
CES
52-32-21 A471 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B422 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R B473 Feb01/10

52-32-21 A472 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B423 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R B474 Feb01/10
52-32-21 R A473 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R B424 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R B475 Feb01/10
52-32-21 A475 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B426 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R B477 Feb01/10
52-32-21 R A476 Feb01/10 52-32-21 B427 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B478 Feb01/10
52-32-21 A477 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B428 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R B479 Feb01/10
52-32-21 R A478 Feb01/10 52-32-21 B429 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B480 Feb01/10
52-32-21 A480 May01/07 52-32-21 R B431 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R B482 Feb01/10
52-32-21 A481 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B432 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R B483 Feb01/10
52-32-21 A482 Aug01/05 52-32-21 B433 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B484 Feb01/10
52-32-21 A484 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B435 Feb01/10 52-32-21 B486 Aug01/05
52-32-21 A485 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B436 Feb01/10 52-32-21 B487 Aug01/05
52-32-21 A486 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B437 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R B488 Feb01/10
52-32-21 A488 Aug01/05 52-32-21 B439 May01/07 52-32-21 B490 Aug01/05
52-32-21 R A489 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R B440 Feb01/10 52-32-21 B491 Aug01/05
52-32-21 A490 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B441 Feb01/10 52-32-21 B492 Aug01/05
52-32-21 R A491 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R B442 Feb01/10 52-32-21 B493 Aug01/05
52-32-21 R A493 Feb01/10 52-32-21 B444 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B495 Feb01/10
52-32-21 A494 May01/08 52-32-21 B445 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B496 Feb01/10
52-32-21 A495 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B446 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R B497 Feb01/10
52-32-21 A496 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B447 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R B498 Feb01/10
52-32-21 R A497 Feb01/10 52-32-21 B448 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B499 Feb01/10
52-32-21 R A498 Feb01/10 52-32-21 B449 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R C400 Feb01/10
52-32-21 A499 Aug01/05 52-32-21 B450 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R C401 Feb01/10
52-32-21 B400 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B451 Feb01/10 52-32-21 C402 Aug01/08
52-32-21 R B401 Feb01/10 52-32-21 B452 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R C403 Feb01/10
52-32-21 R B402 Feb01/10 52-32-21 B453 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R C404 Feb01/10
52-32-21 B403 May01/07 52-32-21 R B454 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R C405 Feb01/10
52-32-21 R B404 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R B455 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R C406 Feb01/10
52-32-21 R B408 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R B459 Feb01/10 52-32-21 C410 Aug01/08
52-32-21 B409 Aug01/05 52-32-21 B460 Aug01/05 52-32-21 C411 Aug01/08
52-32-21 B411 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B462 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R C413 Feb01/10
52-32-21 B412 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B463 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R C414 Feb01/10
52-32-21 B413 Aug01/05 52-32-21 B464 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R C415 Feb01/10
52-32-21 B415 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B466 Feb01/10 52-32-21 R C417 Feb01/10
52-32-21 B416 Aug01/05 52-32-21 B467 May01/07 52-32-21 R C418 Feb01/10
52-32-21 B418 Aug01/05 52-32-21 R B469 Feb01/10 52-32-21 C420 Aug01/08
52-32-21 R B421 Feb01/10 52-32-21 B472 Aug01/05 52-32-22 R 401 Feb01/10
52-L.E.P. Page 23
Feb 01/10
CES
52-32-22 402 Aug01/05 52-32-33 404 May01/07 52-33-11 504 Nov01/08

52-32-22 R 403 Feb01/10 52-32-33 405 May01/07 52-33-11 505 Aug01/98
52-32-22 404 Aug01/05 52-32-33 406 May01/07 52-33-11 R 506 Feb01/10
52-32-22 405 May01/05 52-32-33 407 May01/07 52-33-11 R 507 Feb01/10
52-32-22 R 406 Feb01/10 52-32-33 408 Nov01/07 52-33-11 508 May01/05
52-32-22 407 May01/05 52-33-11 R 509 Feb01/10
52-32-22 408 Aug01/05 52-33-00 R 1 Feb01/10 52-33-11 510 Aug01/08
52-32-22 409 Aug01/05 52-33-00 2 May01/05 52-33-11 511 Nov01/09
52-32-22 R 410 Feb01/10 52-33-00 3 Nov01/09 52-33-11 512 Nov01/09
52-32-22 R 411 Feb01/10 52-33-00 R 4 Feb01/10 52-33-11 513 Nov01/09
52-32-22 412 Aug01/05 52-33-00 5 Nov01/09 52-33-11 514 Nov01/09
52-32-22 R 413 Feb01/10 52-33-00 6 May01/05 52-33-11 515 Nov01/08
52-32-22 414 Aug01/05 52-33-00 7 Nov01/09 52-33-11 516 Nov01/08
52-32-22 R 415 Feb01/10 52-33-00 8 Nov01/09 52-33-11 517 Nov01/09
52-32-22 R 416 Feb01/10 52-33-00 R 9 Feb01/10 52-33-11 518 Nov01/08
52-32-22 417 Aug01/05 52-33-00 10 May01/05 52-33-11 519 Nov01/08
52-32-22 418 Aug01/05 52-33-00 11 Nov01/08 52-33-11 520 Nov01/08
52-32-22 419 Aug01/05 52-33-00 12 Nov01/08 52-33-11 521 May01/05
52-32-24 401 Feb01/99 52-33-00 13 May01/05 52-33-11 522 Nov01/08
52-32-24 402 Feb01/99 52-33-00 14 Nov01/09 52-33-11 523 Nov01/08
52-32-24 403 Feb01/99 52-33-00 15 Nov01/09 52-33-11 524 May01/05
52-32-24 404 Feb01/99 52-33-00 16 Nov01/09 52-33-11 525 Nov01/08
52-32-24 405 Feb01/99 52-33-00 17 Nov01/08 52-33-11 526 May01/05
52-32-24 406 Feb01/99 52-33-00 R 18 Feb01/10 52-33-11 527 Nov01/08
52-32-24 407 Feb01/99 52-33-00 19 May01/05 52-33-11 528 May01/05
52-32-24 408 Feb01/99 52-33-00 20 Nov01/09 52-33-11 529 Nov01/08
52-32-24 409 Feb01/99 52-33-00 21 Nov01/09 52-33-11 530 Nov01/08
52-32-31 401 Feb01/98 52-33-00 22 Nov01/09 52-33-11 531 Nov01/08
52-32-31 402 Feb01/98 52-33-00 R 401 Feb01/10 52-33-11 532 Nov01/08
52-32-31 403 Aug01/02 52-33-00 R 402 Feb01/10 52-33-11 533 Nov01/08
52-32-31 404 May01/09 52-33-00 R 403 Feb01/10 52-33-11 534 Nov01/08
52-32-31 405 May01/05 52-33-00 R 404 Feb01/10 52-33-11 535 Nov01/08
52-32-31 406 May01/05 52-33-00 R 405 Feb01/10 52-33-11 536 Nov01/09
52-32-31 407 May01/98 52-33-00 406 May01/05 52-33-11 537 Nov01/08
52-32-31 408 Aug01/02 52-33-00 R 407 Feb01/10 52-33-11 538 Nov01/08
52-32-31 409 Aug01/02 52-33-11 401 Feb01/09 52-33-11 539 May01/05
52-32-31 410 Nov01/08 52-33-11 402 Nov01/09 52-33-11 540 Nov01/09
52-32-31 411 Aug01/02 52-33-11 403 Nov01/08 52-33-11 541 Nov01/08
52-32-31 R 412 Feb01/10 52-33-11 404 Feb01/09 52-33-11 542 Nov01/08
52-32-31 413 Aug01/02 52-33-11 405 Nov01/09 52-33-11 543 Nov01/09
52-32-31 414 Aug01/02 52-33-11 406 Nov01/09 52-33-11 601 Nov01/08
52-32-32 401 Nov01/03 52-33-11 407 Nov01/09 52-33-11 602 Nov01/09
52-32-32 402 Feb01/98 52-33-11 408 Nov01/08 52-33-11 603 Nov01/08
52-32-32 403 Feb01/98 52-33-11 409 Nov01/08 52-33-11 604 Nov01/09
52-32-32 404 May01/09 52-33-11 410 Nov01/08 52-33-11 605 Nov01/09
52-32-32 405 Nov01/03 52-33-11 411 Feb01/09 52-33-11 606 Nov01/09
52-32-32 406 Nov01/01 52-33-11 412 Nov01/09 52-33-11 607 Nov01/09
52-32-32 407 May01/01 52-33-11 413 Nov01/09 52-33-11 608 Nov01/09
52-32-33 401 May01/07 52-33-11 501 Nov01/09 52-33-11 609 Nov01/09
52-32-33 402 May01/07 52-33-11 502 Nov01/08 52-33-11 610 Nov01/09
52-32-33 403 May01/07 52-33-11 503 Nov01/08 52-33-11 611 Nov01/09
52-L.E.P. Page 24
Feb 01/10
CES
52-33-11 612 Nov01/09 52-33-21 408 Nov01/08 52-33-32 402 Nov01/09

52-33-11 613 Nov01/09 52-33-21 409 Nov01/08 52-33-32 403 Nov01/08
52-33-11 614 Nov01/08 52-33-21 410 Nov01/08 52-33-32 404 Nov01/08
52-33-11 615 Nov01/08 52-33-21 411 May01/05 52-33-32 405 Nov01/08
52-33-11 616 Nov01/08 52-33-21 412 May01/05 52-33-32 406 Nov01/08
52-33-11 701 Nov01/08 52-33-21 413 May01/05 52-33-32 407 Aug01/09
52-33-11 702 Nov01/08 52-33-21 414 May01/05 52-33-32 408 Nov01/09
52-33-11 703 Nov01/08 52-33-21 415 May01/05 52-33-32 409 Nov01/08
52-33-11 704 Nov01/08 52-33-21 416 May01/05 52-33-32 410 Nov01/08
52-33-11 705 Nov01/08 52-33-21 417 May01/05 52-33-32 411 Nov01/09
52-33-11 706 Nov01/08 52-33-21 418 Nov01/08 52-33-32 412 Nov01/09
52-33-12 401 Nov01/08 52-33-21 419 Nov01/08 52-33-32 413 Nov01/08
52-33-12 402 Nov01/08 52-33-21 420 May01/05 52-33-32 414 Nov01/09
52-33-12 403 May01/05 52-33-21 421 Nov01/08 52-33-32 415 Nov01/08
52-33-12 404 Nov01/08 52-33-21 422 Nov01/08 52-33-32 416 Nov01/08
52-33-12 405 Nov01/08 52-33-21 423 Nov01/08 52-33-41 401 Nov01/09
52-33-12 406 Nov01/08 52-33-21 424 Nov01/08 52-33-41 402 Nov01/09
52-33-12 407 Nov01/08 52-33-21 425 Nov01/08 52-33-41 403 Nov01/09
52-33-12 408 Nov01/08 52-33-21 426 Aug01/09 52-33-41 404 Nov01/09
52-33-12 409 Nov01/09 52-33-21 427 Nov01/08 52-33-41 405 Nov01/09
52-33-12 410 Nov01/09 52-33-21 428 Nov01/08 52-33-41 406 Nov01/09
52-33-13 401 Nov01/08 52-33-21 429 Nov01/09 52-33-41 407 Nov01/09
52-33-13 402 Nov01/08 52-33-21 430 Nov01/08 52-33-41 408 Nov01/09
52-33-13 403 May01/05 52-33-21 431 Nov01/08 52-33-41 409 Nov01/09
52-33-13 404 Nov01/08 52-33-21 432 May01/05 52-33-41 410 Nov01/09
52-33-13 405 Nov01/08 52-33-21 433 Nov01/08 52-33-41 411 Nov01/09
52-33-13 406 Nov01/08 52-33-21 434 Nov01/08 52-33-41 412 Nov01/09
52-33-13 407 Nov01/08 52-33-21 435 Nov01/08 52-33-41 413 Nov01/09
52-33-13 408 Nov01/08 52-33-21 436 May01/05 52-33-41 414 Nov01/09
52-33-13 409 Nov01/08 52-33-21 437 May01/05 52-33-41 415 Nov01/09
52-33-18 401 Nov01/08 52-33-21 438 May01/05 52-33-41 416 Nov01/09
52-33-18 402 Nov01/08 52-33-21 439 May01/05 52-33-41 417 Nov01/09
52-33-18 403 May01/05 52-33-21 440 Nov01/08 52-33-41 418 Nov01/09
52-33-18 404 Nov01/08 52-33-21 441 Nov01/08 52-33-41 419 Nov01/09
52-33-18 405 Nov01/08 52-33-21 442 Nov01/08 52-33-41 420 Nov01/09
52-33-18 406 Nov01/08 52-33-21 443 Nov01/08 52-33-41 421 Nov01/09
52-33-18 801 Nov01/08 52-33-21 444 Nov01/09 52-33-41 422 Nov01/09
52-33-18 802 Nov01/08 52-33-31 401 Nov01/08 52-33-41 423 Nov01/09
52-33-18 803 Nov01/08 52-33-31 402 Nov01/09 52-33-41 424 Nov01/09
52-33-18 804 Nov01/08 52-33-31 403 Nov01/08 52-33-41 425 Nov01/09
52-33-18 805 Nov01/08 52-33-31 404 May01/05
52-33-18 806 Nov01/08 52-33-31 405 Nov01/08 52-35-00 R 1 Feb01/10
52-33-18 807 Nov01/08 52-33-31 406 Nov01/08 52-35-00 2 May01/05
52-33-18 808 Nov01/08 52-33-31 407 Aug01/09 52-35-00 R 3 Feb01/10
52-33-21 401 Nov01/08 52-33-31 408 Nov01/08 52-35-00 4 May01/05
52-33-21 402 Nov01/08 52-33-31 409 Nov01/09 52-35-00 R 5 Feb01/10
52-33-21 403 Nov01/09 52-33-31 410 Nov01/08 52-35-00 6 Aug01/05
52-33-21 404 Nov01/08 52-33-31 411 Nov01/08 52-35-00 7 Aug01/05
52-33-21 405 May01/05 52-33-31 412 Nov01/08 52-35-00 R 8 Feb01/10
52-33-21 406 May01/05 52-33-31 413 Nov01/09 52-35-00 9 Aug01/05
52-33-21 407 Nov01/08 52-33-32 401 Nov01/08 52-35-00 R 10 Feb01/10
52-L.E.P. Page 25
Feb 01/10
CES
52-35-00 R 11 Feb01/10 52-35-12 415 Nov01/06 52-36-00 17 Nov01/07

52-35-00 12 Nov01/06 52-35-12 416 Nov01/06 52-36-00 18 Nov01/07
52-35-00 13 Aug01/05 52-35-12 417 Nov01/06 52-36-00 19 Nov01/07
52-35-00 14 Aug01/05 52-35-12 418 Nov01/06 52-36-00 301 Feb01/99
52-35-00 15 Feb01/99 52-35-12 419 Nov01/08 52-36-00 302 Feb01/07
52-35-00 16 Aug01/05 52-35-12 420 Nov01/06 52-36-00 303 Feb01/98
52-35-00 17 Aug01/05 52-35-12 421 Nov01/06 52-36-00 401 Aug01/08
52-35-00 18 Aug01/05 52-35-12 422 Nov01/09 52-36-00 402 Feb01/08
52-35-00 19 Aug01/05 52-35-12 423 Nov01/06 52-36-00 403 Feb01/98
52-35-00 20 Aug01/05 52-35-13 401 May01/05 52-36-00 404 Feb01/98
52-35-00 21 Aug01/05 52-35-13 402 Nov01/06 52-36-00 405 Feb01/99
52-35-00 R 22 Feb01/10 52-35-13 403 Aug01/05 52-36-00 406 Aug01/08
52-35-00 R 23 Feb01/10 52-35-13 404 Feb01/06 52-36-00 407 Feb01/98
52-35-00 R 24 Feb01/10 52-35-13 405 Nov01/06 52-36-00 408 Aug01/03
52-35-00 25 Aug01/05 52-35-13 406 May01/05 52-36-00 409 Feb01/99
52-35-00 26 Nov01/06 52-35-13 407 Nov01/06 52-36-00 410 Nov01/01
52-35-00 27 Nov01/06 52-35-13 408 May01/05 52-36-00 411 Nov01/01
52-35-00 28 Nov01/06 52-35-13 R 409 Feb01/10 52-36-00 412 Feb01/08
52-35-00 29 Nov01/06 52-35-13 R 410 Feb01/10 52-36-00 413 Feb01/99
52-35-00 30 Nov01/06 52-35-13 R 411 Feb01/10 52-36-00 414 Feb01/08
52-35-00 R 31 Feb01/10 52-35-13 412 Aug01/05 52-36-00 415 Feb01/99
52-35-00 32 Nov01/07 52-35-13 413 May01/05 52-36-00 416 Feb01/99
52-35-00 R 33 Feb01/10 52-35-13 R 414 Feb01/10 52-36-00 417 Feb01/99
52-35-00 R 34 Feb01/10 52-35-13 R 415 Feb01/10 52-36-00 601 Feb01/98
52-35-00 35 Aug01/05 52-35-13 416 May01/05 52-36-00 602 Feb01/99
52-35-00 36 Aug01/05 52-35-13 417 May01/05 52-36-00 603 Feb01/98
52-35-00 37 Aug01/05 52-35-13 418 Aug01/07 52-36-00 604 Feb01/98
52-35-00 38 Aug01/05 52-35-13 R 419 Feb01/10 52-36-11 401 Feb01/98
52-35-00 39 Aug01/05 52-35-13 420 Aug01/07 52-36-11 402 Feb01/99
52-35-00 40 Aug01/08 52-35-13 421 Aug01/07 52-36-11 403 Feb01/98
52-35-00 R 41 Feb01/10 52-35-13 422 Aug01/07 52-36-11 404 Feb01/98
52-35-00 501 Nov01/05 52-35-13 423 Aug01/07 52-36-11 405 Feb01/98
52-35-00 502 Nov01/05 52-35-13 424 Aug01/07 52-36-11 406 Nov01/08
52-35-00 503 Nov01/05 52-35-13 425 Nov01/06 52-36-11 407 Feb01/98
52-35-00 504 Feb01/99 52-36-11 408 Feb01/99
52-35-00 505 Feb01/98 52-36-00 R 1 Feb01/10 52-36-11 409 Feb01/98
52-35-00 506 Aug01/01 52-36-00 2 Feb01/98 52-36-11 410 Feb01/08
52-35-12 401 Feb01/08 52-36-00 3 Feb01/98 52-36-11 411 Feb01/08
52-35-12 402 Aug01/01 52-36-00 R 4 Feb01/10 52-36-11 412 Feb01/98
52-35-12 403 Aug01/01 52-36-00 5 Aug01/05 52-36-12 401 Feb01/98
52-35-12 404 Feb01/08 52-36-00 6 Aug01/05 52-36-12 402 Feb01/99
52-35-12 405 Feb01/08 52-36-00 7 Aug01/05 52-36-12 403 Nov01/08
52-35-12 406 Feb01/08 52-36-00 8 Nov01/07 52-36-12 404 Feb01/98
52-35-12 407 Nov01/06 52-36-00 9 Aug01/05 52-36-12 405 Nov01/08
52-35-12 408 Feb01/07 52-36-00 10 Aug01/05 52-36-12 406 Nov01/08
52-35-12 409 Feb01/08 52-36-00 11 Aug01/05 52-36-12 407 Nov01/08
52-35-12 410 Feb01/07 52-36-00 R 12 Feb01/10 52-36-12 408 Feb01/98
52-35-12 411 Feb01/08 52-36-00 13 Aug01/05 52-36-12 409 Feb01/98
52-35-12 412 Feb01/08 52-36-00 14 Nov01/07 52-36-12 410 Feb01/98
52-35-12 413 Feb01/08 52-36-00 15 Nov01/07 52-36-13 401 Nov01/07
52-35-12 414 Nov01/06 52-36-00 16 Nov01/07 52-36-13 R 402 Feb01/10
52-L.E.P. Page 26
Feb 01/10
CES
52-36-13 403 May01/04 52-36-18 417 Feb01/98 52-41-11 403 Feb01/98

52-36-13 404 May01/04 52-36-18 418 May01/08 52-41-11 404 May01/06
52-36-13 405 May01/04 52-36-18 419 May01/08 52-41-11 405 Feb01/04
52-36-13 406 Nov01/08 52-36-18 420 May01/08 52-41-11 406 Feb01/04
52-36-13 407 May01/04 52-36-18 R 421 Feb01/10 52-41-11 407 Feb01/98
52-36-13 408 Feb01/02 52-36-18 422 May01/08 52-41-11 408 Feb01/04
52-36-13 409 Feb01/02 52-36-18 423 May01/08 52-41-11 409 Feb01/04
52-36-13 R 410 Feb01/10 52-41-11 601 Nov01/07
52-36-13 411 May01/04 52-40-00 R 1 Feb01/10 52-41-11 602 Nov01/07
52-36-15 401 May01/04 52-40-00 2 Feb01/98 52-41-11 603 May01/03
52-36-15 R 402 Feb01/10 52-40-00 R 3 Feb01/10 52-41-11 604 Nov01/07
52-36-15 403 Aug01/05 52-40-00 4 May01/04 52-41-11 605 May01/03
52-36-15 404 May01/04 52-40-00 R 5 Feb01/10 52-41-11 606 May01/03
52-36-15 R 405 Feb01/10 52-41-12 401 Feb01/98
52-36-15 406 May01/04 52-41-00 1 Feb01/98 52-41-12 402 Feb01/98
52-36-15 R 407 Feb01/10 52-41-00 2 Nov01/01 52-41-12 403 Feb01/98
52-36-15 408 Nov01/09 52-41-00 3 Feb01/98 52-41-12 404 Feb01/04
52-36-15 R 409 Feb01/10 52-41-00 4 Feb01/98 52-41-12 405 Feb01/98
52-36-15 R 410 Feb01/10 52-41-00 201 Nov01/01 52-41-12 406 Feb01/98
52-36-15 R 411 Feb01/10 52-41-00 202 Nov01/08 52-41-12 407 Feb01/98
52-36-15 R 412 Feb01/10 52-41-00 203 Nov01/01 52-41-12 408 Feb01/98
52-36-15 413 Aug01/05 52-41-00 204 Nov01/08 52-41-12 409 Feb01/98
52-36-15 414 May01/04 52-41-00 205 Nov01/01 52-41-12 601 Feb01/04
52-36-15 R 415 Feb01/10 52-41-00 206 Nov01/08 52-41-12 602 Nov01/07
52-36-15 416 Aug01/05 52-41-00 207 Nov01/08 52-41-12 603 Feb01/04
52-36-15 417 May01/04 52-41-00 R 208 Feb01/10 52-41-12 604 May01/03
52-36-15 418 May01/04 52-41-00 R 209 Feb01/10 52-41-12 605 Feb01/04
52-36-15 419 May01/04 52-41-00 R 210 Feb01/10 52-41-13 401 Feb01/98
52-36-15 420 Nov01/08 52-41-00 211 Feb01/08 52-41-13 402 Feb01/98
52-36-15 421 May01/04 52-41-00 212 Feb01/08 52-41-13 403 Feb01/98
52-36-15 R 422 Feb01/10 52-41-00 213 May01/04 52-41-13 404 Feb01/98
52-36-15 423 Aug01/05 52-41-00 214 Aug01/05 52-41-13 405 Feb01/98
52-36-15 424 May01/05 52-41-00 215 May01/04 52-41-13 406 Feb01/98
52-36-15 R 425 Feb01/10 52-41-00 216 Aug01/05 52-41-13 407 Feb01/98
52-36-15 426 Aug01/05 52-41-00 217 Aug01/05 52-41-13 408 Feb01/98
52-36-18 401 Feb01/08 52-41-00 R 218 Feb01/10 52-41-13 409 Feb01/98
52-36-18 402 Feb01/08 52-41-00 R 219 Feb01/10 52-41-13 601 Feb01/04
52-36-18 R 403 Feb01/10 52-41-00 R 220 Feb01/10 52-41-13 602 Nov01/07
52-36-18 404 Feb01/98 52-41-00 221 Aug01/05 52-41-13 603 Feb01/04
52-36-18 405 Feb01/98 52-41-00 222 Aug01/05 52-41-13 604 May01/03
52-36-18 406 Aug01/09 52-41-00 223 Aug01/05 52-41-13 605 Feb01/04
52-36-18 407 Nov01/06 52-41-00 R 401 Feb01/10 52-41-14 401 Feb01/98
52-36-18 408 Feb01/99 52-41-00 402 Feb01/09 52-41-14 402 Feb01/98
52-36-18 409 Aug01/01 52-41-00 403 Feb01/09 52-41-14 403 Feb01/98
52-36-18 410 Aug01/01 52-41-00 404 Feb01/09 52-41-14 404 Aug01/04
52-36-18 411 Nov01/06 52-41-00 R 405 Feb01/10 52-41-14 405 Aug01/04
52-36-18 412 Nov01/06 52-41-00 406 Feb01/09 52-41-14 406 Aug01/04
52-36-18 413 Aug01/01 52-41-00 601 May01/05 52-41-14 407 Nov01/04
52-36-18 414 Feb01/98 52-41-00 602 May01/05 52-41-14 408 Feb01/98
52-36-18 415 Feb01/99 52-41-11 401 Feb01/98 52-41-14 409 Feb01/98
52-36-18 416 Feb01/98 52-41-11 402 Feb01/98 52-41-14 410 Aug01/04
52-L.E.P. Page 27
Feb 01/10
CES
52-41-14 411 Aug01/04 52-41-22 R 417 Feb01/10 52-42-00 403 Aug01/03

52-41-14 601 May01/03 52-41-22 418 Nov01/09 52-42-00 404 Aug01/03
52-41-14 602 May01/03 52-41-22 419 May01/05 52-42-00 405 May01/03
52-41-14 603 Nov01/07 52-41-23 R 401 Feb01/10 52-42-00 R 406 Feb01/10
52-41-14 604 May01/03 52-41-23 R 402 Feb01/10 52-42-00 407 Feb01/07
52-41-14 605 May01/03 52-41-23 403 May01/05 52-42-00 408 Nov01/09
52-41-16 401 Feb01/98 52-41-23 R 404 Feb01/10 52-42-00 R 409 Feb01/10
52-41-16 402 Feb01/98 52-41-23 R 405 Feb01/10 52-42-00 R 410 Feb01/10
52-41-16 403 Feb01/98 52-41-23 R 406 Feb01/10 52-42-00 411 May01/04
52-41-16 404 Nov01/08 52-41-23 407 Feb01/02 52-42-00 412 May01/04
52-41-16 405 Feb01/98 52-41-24 R 401 Feb01/10 52-42-00 413 May01/05
52-41-16 406 Feb01/98 52-41-24 R 402 Feb01/10 52-42-00 R 414 Feb01/10
52-41-18 401 Feb01/98 52-41-24 403 May01/05 52-42-00 R 415 Feb01/10
52-41-18 402 May01/05 52-41-24 R 404 Feb01/10 52-42-00 416 May01/04
52-41-18 403 May01/05 52-41-24 R 405 Feb01/10 52-42-00 R 417 Feb01/10
52-41-18 404 May01/05 52-41-24 R 406 Feb01/10 52-42-00 R 418 Feb01/10
52-41-18 405 May01/05 52-41-24 407 May01/05 52-42-00 R 419 Feb01/10
52-41-18 406 May01/05 52-41-24 R 408 Feb01/10 52-42-11 401 Feb01/98
52-41-18 407 May01/05 52-41-24 409 May01/05 52-42-11 402 Feb01/98
52-41-18 408 May01/05 52-41-24 R 410 Feb01/10 52-42-11 403 Feb01/98
52-41-21 401 May01/04 52-41-24 411 May01/05 52-42-11 404 Feb01/98
52-41-21 402 Feb01/98 52-41-24 R 412 Feb01/10 52-42-11 405 Feb01/98
52-41-21 403 Feb01/98 52-41-24 R 413 Feb01/10 52-42-12 401 Feb01/98
52-41-21 404 May01/00 52-41-24 414 May01/04 52-42-12 402 Feb01/98
52-41-21 405 May01/00 52-41-24 R 415 Feb01/10 52-42-12 403 Feb01/98
52-41-21 406 Feb01/98 52-42-12 404 Nov01/08
52-41-21 407 Aug01/09 52-42-00 R 1 Feb01/10 52-42-12 405 Nov01/08
52-41-21 408 Aug01/02 52-42-00 R 2 Feb01/10 52-42-12 406 Feb01/98
52-41-21 409 Feb01/98 52-42-00 3 May01/05 52-42-13 401 Feb01/98
52-41-21 410 Nov01/05 52-42-00 4 May01/05 52-42-13 402 Feb01/98
52-41-21 411 Feb01/98 52-42-00 5 May01/05 52-42-13 403 Feb01/98
52-41-21 412 Feb01/98 52-42-00 6 May01/05 52-42-13 404 Feb01/98
52-41-21 413 Feb01/98 52-42-00 7 May01/05 52-42-13 405 Feb01/98
52-41-21 414 May01/00 52-42-00 8 May01/05 52-42-14 R 401 Feb01/10
52-41-21 415 May01/00 52-42-00 9 May01/05 52-42-14 R 402 Feb01/10
52-41-22 401 May01/05 52-42-00 R 10 Feb01/10 52-42-14 R 403 Feb01/10
52-41-22 402 Nov01/09 52-42-00 11 May01/05 52-42-14 R 404 Feb01/10
52-41-22 403 Nov01/09 52-42-00 R 12 Feb01/10 52-42-14 R 405 Feb01/10
52-41-22 404 Feb01/98 52-42-00 13 May01/05 52-42-15 401 Feb01/98
52-41-22 405 Feb01/98 52-42-00 14 May01/05 52-42-15 402 Feb01/98
52-41-22 406 Feb01/98 52-42-00 15 May01/05 52-42-15 403 Feb01/98
52-41-22 R 407 Feb01/10 52-42-00 16 May01/05 52-42-15 404 Feb01/98
52-41-22 408 Nov01/09 52-42-00 R 17 Feb01/10 52-42-15 405 Feb01/98
52-41-22 409 May01/05 52-42-00 R 18 Feb01/10 52-42-16 401 Feb01/98
52-41-22 410 Nov01/08 52-42-00 R 19 Feb01/10 52-42-16 402 Feb01/98
52-41-22 411 May01/05 52-42-00 20 May01/05 52-42-16 403 Feb01/98
52-41-22 412 May01/05 52-42-00 R 21 Feb01/10 52-42-16 404 Feb01/98
52-41-22 413 May01/05 52-42-00 R 22 Feb01/10 52-42-16 405 Feb01/98
52-41-22 414 May01/05 52-42-00 23 Aug01/05 52-42-17 401 Feb01/98
52-41-22 R 415 Feb01/10 52-42-00 401 Feb01/09 52-42-17 402 Feb01/98
52-41-22 R 416 Feb01/10 52-42-00 R 402 Feb01/10 52-42-17 403 Feb01/98
52-L.E.P. Page 28
Feb 01/10
CES
52-42-17 404 Feb01/98 52-42-25 R 402 Feb01/10 52-51-00 418 Feb01/09

52-42-17 405 Feb01/98 52-42-25 403 May01/05 52-51-00 R 419 Feb01/10
52-42-18 R 401 Feb01/10 52-42-25 R 404 Feb01/10 52-51-00 R 420 Feb01/10
52-42-18 R 402 Feb01/10 52-42-25 R 405 Feb01/10 52-51-00 421 May01/09
52-42-18 403 Feb01/08 52-42-25 R 406 Feb01/10 52-51-00 422 Feb01/09
52-42-18 R 404 Feb01/10 52-42-25 407 May01/05 52-51-00 R 423 Feb01/10
52-42-18 405 May01/05 52-42-25 R 408 Feb01/10 52-51-00 424 Feb01/09
52-42-18 R 406 Feb01/10 52-42-25 409 May01/05 52-51-00 425 Feb01/09
52-42-18 407 May01/05 52-42-25 R 410 Feb01/10 52-51-00 R 426 Feb01/10
52-42-18 R 408 Feb01/10 52-42-25 411 May01/05 52-51-00 427 Feb01/09
52-42-18 R 409 Feb01/10 52-42-25 R 412 Feb01/10 52-51-00 428 Feb01/09
52-42-18 R 410 Feb01/10 52-42-25 R 413 Feb01/10 52-51-00 R 429 Feb01/10
52-42-18 R 411 Feb01/10 52-42-25 414 May01/04 52-51-00 430 Feb01/09
52-42-18 R 412 Feb01/10 52-42-25 R 415 Feb01/10 52-51-00 431 May01/09
52-42-18 413 May01/05 52-51-00 432 Feb01/09
52-42-18 R 414 Feb01/10 52-50-00 1 Feb01/98 52-51-00 R 433 Feb01/10
52-42-18 R 415 Feb01/10 52-51-00 434 May01/09
52-42-18 R 416 Feb01/10 52-51-00 R 1 Feb01/10 52-51-00 435 Feb01/09
52-42-18 R 417 Feb01/10 52-51-00 2 May01/04 52-51-00 R 436 Feb01/10
52-42-22 R 401 Feb01/10 52-51-00 3 Feb01/09 52-51-00 437 Feb01/09
52-42-22 R 402 Feb01/10 52-51-00 R 4 Feb01/10 52-51-00 R 501 Feb01/10
52-42-22 403 May01/05 52-51-00 5 May01/09 52-51-00 502 May01/09
52-42-22 R 404 Feb01/10 52-51-00 6 Nov01/09 52-51-00 503 May01/04
52-42-22 R 405 Feb01/10 52-51-00 R 7 Feb01/10 52-51-00 504 Aug01/08
52-42-22 R 406 Feb01/10 52-51-00 R 8 Feb01/10 52-51-00 R 505 Feb01/10
52-42-22 407 May01/05 52-51-00 R 9 Feb01/10 52-51-00 506 Feb01/09
52-42-22 R 408 Feb01/10 52-51-00 R 10 Feb01/10 52-51-00 507 Nov01/06
52-42-22 409 May01/05 52-51-00 11 Nov01/09 52-51-00 508 Nov01/06
52-42-22 R 410 Feb01/10 52-51-00 R 12 Feb01/10 52-51-00 R 509 Feb01/10
52-42-22 411 May01/05 52-51-00 R 13 Feb01/10 52-51-00 510 Feb01/09
52-42-22 R 412 Feb01/10 52-51-00 R 14 Feb01/10 52-51-00 511 Feb01/07
52-42-22 R 413 Feb01/10 52-51-00 R 15 Feb01/10 52-51-00 512 Feb01/07
52-42-22 414 May01/04 52-51-00 R 16 Feb01/10 52-51-00 R 513 Feb01/10
52-42-22 R 415 Feb01/10 52-51-00 D 17 52-51-00 R 514 Feb01/10
52-42-22 416 May01/04 52-51-00 401 Feb01/04 52-51-00 R 515 Feb01/10
52-42-23 R 401 Feb01/10 52-51-00 402 Feb01/03 52-51-00 516 Feb01/07
52-42-23 R 402 Feb01/10 52-51-00 403 Aug01/03 52-51-00 517 Feb01/09
52-42-23 403 May01/05 52-51-00 404 May01/04 52-51-00 R 518 Feb01/10
52-42-23 R 404 Feb01/10 52-51-00 R 405 Feb01/10 52-51-00 519 Feb01/09
52-42-23 R 405 Feb01/10 52-51-00 406 Feb01/04 52-51-00 520 Feb01/09
52-42-23 R 406 Feb01/10 52-51-00 407 Feb01/09 52-51-00 R 521 Feb01/10
52-42-23 407 May01/05 52-51-00 408 Aug01/08 52-51-00 522 Feb01/09
52-42-23 R 408 Feb01/10 52-51-00 409 Feb01/09 52-51-00 R 523 Feb01/10
52-42-23 409 May01/05 52-51-00 410 Aug01/08 52-51-00 524 Feb01/09
52-42-23 R 410 Feb01/10 52-51-00 411 May01/04 52-51-00 525 Nov01/09
52-42-23 411 May01/05 52-51-00 412 May01/04 52-51-00 526 Nov01/09
52-42-23 R 412 Feb01/10 52-51-00 413 May01/04 52-51-00 527 Nov01/09
52-42-23 R 413 Feb01/10 52-51-00 414 May01/04 52-51-00 528 Nov01/09
52-42-23 414 May01/04 52-51-00 415 Feb01/09 52-51-00 R 529 Feb01/10
52-42-23 R 415 Feb01/10 52-51-00 R 416 Feb01/10 52-51-00 530 May01/09
52-42-25 R 401 Feb01/10 52-51-00 417 Feb01/09 52-51-00 531 May01/09
52-L.E.P. Page 29
Feb 01/10
CES
52-51-00 532 May01/09 52-51-00 R 583 Feb01/10 52-51-12 R 408 Feb01/10

52-51-00 R 533 Feb01/10 52-51-00 584 Nov01/09 52-51-12 R 409 Feb01/10
52-51-00 534 Aug01/09 52-51-00 585 Nov01/09 52-51-12 R 410 Feb01/10
52-51-00 535 Nov01/09 52-51-00 R 586 Feb01/10 52-51-12 R 411 Feb01/10
52-51-00 536 Nov01/09 52-51-00 R 587 Feb01/10 52-51-13 401 May01/05
52-51-00 537 Nov01/09 52-51-00 588 Nov01/09 52-51-13 R 402 Feb01/10
52-51-00 538 Nov01/09 52-51-00 589 Nov01/09 52-51-13 403 Feb01/03
52-51-00 539 Nov01/09 52-51-00 R 590 Feb01/10 52-51-13 404 Nov01/07
52-51-00 540 Nov01/09 52-51-00 R 591 Feb01/10 52-51-13 R 405 Feb01/10
52-51-00 541 Nov01/09 52-51-00 R 592 Feb01/10 52-51-13 406 Nov01/08
52-51-00 542 Nov01/09 52-51-00 R 593 Feb01/10 52-51-14 401 May01/05
52-51-00 543 Nov01/09 52-51-00 R 594 Feb01/10 52-51-14 R 402 Feb01/10
52-51-00 544 Nov01/09 52-51-00 R 595 Feb01/10 52-51-14 403 Feb01/06
52-51-00 545 Nov01/09 52-51-00 596 Nov01/09 52-51-14 404 Nov01/08
52-51-00 546 Nov01/09 52-51-00 601 May01/04 52-51-14 R 405 Feb01/10
52-51-00 547 Nov01/09 52-51-00 602 May01/04 52-51-14 406 Nov01/08
52-51-00 548 May01/09 52-51-00 603 May01/04 52-51-15 401 May01/05
52-51-00 549 May01/09 52-51-00 604 Nov01/03 52-51-15 R 402 Feb01/10
52-51-00 R 550 Feb01/10 52-51-00 605 Nov01/03 52-51-15 403 Feb01/03
52-51-00 R 551 Feb01/10 52-51-00 606 May01/04 52-51-15 404 Feb01/09
52-51-00 R 552 Feb01/10 52-51-00 801 Aug01/07 52-51-15 R 405 Feb01/10
52-51-00 553 Nov01/09 52-51-00 802 Feb01/05 52-51-15 406 Feb01/09
52-51-00 554 Nov01/09 52-51-00 803 Feb01/05 52-51-21 401 Feb01/09
52-51-00 555 Nov01/09 52-51-00 804 Feb01/05 52-51-21 R 402 Feb01/10
52-51-00 556 May01/09 52-51-00 805 Aug01/07 52-51-21 403 Feb01/08
52-51-00 557 May01/09 52-51-00 806 Aug01/07 52-51-21 404 Feb01/09
52-51-00 558 Nov01/09 52-51-00 807 Aug01/07 52-51-21 405 Feb01/09
52-51-00 559 Nov01/09 52-51-00 808 Aug01/08 52-51-21 406 May01/09
52-51-00 R 560 Feb01/10 52-51-00 809 Aug01/07 52-51-21 407 May01/09
52-51-00 R 561 Feb01/10 52-51-11 401 May01/07 52-51-21 408 Feb01/09
52-51-00 562 Nov01/09 52-51-11 R 402 Feb01/10 52-51-21 R 409 Feb01/10
52-51-00 563 Nov01/09 52-51-11 403 May01/04 52-51-21 410 May01/09
52-51-00 R 564 Feb01/10 52-51-11 404 Feb01/09 52-51-21 411 Feb01/09
52-51-00 565 Nov01/09 52-51-11 405 Feb01/09 52-51-21 412 Feb01/09
52-51-00 566 Nov01/09 52-51-11 R 406 Feb01/10 52-51-21 413 Feb01/09
52-51-00 567 Nov01/09 52-51-11 407 Feb01/09 52-51-21 414 Feb01/09
52-51-00 568 Nov01/09 52-51-11 408 Feb01/09 52-51-21 415 Feb01/09
52-51-00 R 569 Feb01/10 52-51-11 R 409 Feb01/10 52-51-21 416 Feb01/09
52-51-00 R 570 Feb01/10 52-51-11 410 Feb01/09 52-51-21 417 Feb01/09
52-51-00 R 571 Feb01/10 52-51-11 411 Feb01/09
52-51-00 R 572 Feb01/10 52-51-11 412 Feb01/09 52-70-00 R 1 Feb01/10
52-51-00 R 573 Feb01/10 52-51-11 413 Feb01/09 52-70-00 R 2 Feb01/10
52-51-00 R 574 Feb01/10 52-51-11 414 Feb01/09 52-70-00 3 Aug01/05
52-51-00 R 575 Feb01/10 52-51-11 415 Feb01/09 52-70-00 4 May01/04
52-51-00 R 576 Feb01/10 52-51-12 R 401 Feb01/10 52-70-00 R 5 Feb01/10
52-51-00 R 577 Feb01/10 52-51-12 R 402 Feb01/10 52-70-00 R 6 Feb01/10
52-51-00 578 Nov01/09 52-51-12 403 Feb01/09 52-70-00 7 May01/04
52-51-00 579 Nov01/09 52-51-12 R 404 Feb01/10 52-70-00 R 8 Feb01/10
52-51-00 R 580 Feb01/10 52-51-12 R 405 Feb01/10 52-70-00 R 9 Feb01/10
52-51-00 R 581 Feb01/10 52-51-12 R 406 Feb01/10 52-70-00 10 Aug01/05
52-51-00 R 582 Feb01/10 52-51-12 R 407 Feb01/10 52-70-00 11 May01/04
52-L.E.P. Page 30
Feb 01/10
CES
52-70-00 R 401 Feb01/10 52-70-00 452 Nov01/09 52-71-00 38 Feb01/08

52-70-00 402 May01/05 52-70-00 453 Nov01/09 52-71-00 R 39 Feb01/10
52-70-00 R 403 Feb01/10 52-70-00 454 Nov01/09 52-71-00 R 40 Feb01/10
52-70-00 R 404 Feb01/10 52-70-00 455 Nov01/09 52-71-00 41 Feb01/08
52-70-00 405 Nov01/08 52-70-00 R 456 Feb01/10 52-71-00 42 Feb01/08
52-70-00 R 406 Feb01/10 52-70-00 R 457 Feb01/10 52-71-00 43 Feb01/08
52-70-00 R 407 Feb01/10 52-70-00 R 458 Feb01/10 52-71-00 44 Feb01/08
52-70-00 R 408 Feb01/10 52-70-00 R 459 Feb01/10 52-71-00 501 May01/04
52-70-00 R 409 Feb01/10 52-70-00 R 460 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 502 Feb01/10
52-70-00 R 410 Feb01/10 52-70-00 R 461 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 503 Feb01/10
52-70-00 R 411 Feb01/10 52-70-00 R 462 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 504 Feb01/10
52-70-00 412 May01/05 52-70-00 R 463 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 505 Feb01/10
52-70-00 413 May01/05 52-70-00 R 464 Feb01/10 52-71-00 506 Aug01/05
52-70-00 414 May01/05 52-71-00 507 Aug01/05
52-70-00 415 Feb01/09 52-71-00 1 May01/05 52-71-00 508 Nov01/08
52-70-00 416 May01/05 52-71-00 R 2 Feb01/10 52-71-00 509 Nov01/08
52-70-00 417 May01/05 52-71-00 3 Aug01/06 52-71-00 510 Nov01/08
52-70-00 418 May01/05 52-71-00 4 Aug01/06 52-71-00 511 Nov01/08
52-70-00 419 May01/05 52-71-00 R 5 Feb01/10 52-71-00 512 Aug01/05
52-70-00 R 420 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 6 Feb01/10 52-71-00 513 Aug01/05
52-70-00 R 421 Feb01/10 52-71-00 7 Aug01/05 52-71-00 514 Aug01/05
52-70-00 R 422 Feb01/10 52-71-00 8 Aug01/05 52-71-00 R 515 Feb01/10
52-70-00 R 423 Feb01/10 52-71-00 9 May01/04 52-71-00 R 516 Feb01/10
52-70-00 424 Nov01/07 52-71-00 10 May01/04 52-71-00 R 517 Feb01/10
52-70-00 425 Feb01/09 52-71-00 11 Aug01/06 52-71-00 518 Aug01/05
52-70-00 426 Nov01/07 52-71-00 12 Aug01/06 52-71-00 519 May01/04
52-70-00 427 Nov01/07 52-71-00 R 13 Feb01/10 52-71-00 520 Nov01/05
52-70-00 R 428 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 14 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 521 Feb01/10
52-70-00 429 Nov01/07 52-71-00 15 May01/04 52-71-00 R 522 Feb01/10
52-70-00 430 Nov01/07 52-71-00 16 May01/04 52-71-00 523 Aug01/05
52-70-00 431 Nov01/07 52-71-00 17 Nov01/08 52-71-00 524 May01/04
52-70-00 R 432 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 18 Feb01/10 52-71-00 525 May01/04
52-70-00 433 Nov01/07 52-71-00 19 Aug01/05 52-71-00 526 May01/04
52-70-00 434 Nov01/07 52-71-00 20 May01/04 52-71-00 527 May01/04
52-70-00 R 435 Feb01/10 52-71-00 21 Feb01/08 52-71-00 528 May01/04
52-70-00 R 436 Feb01/10 52-71-00 22 Nov01/08 52-71-00 529 May01/04
52-70-00 R 437 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 23 Feb01/10 52-71-00 530 May01/04
52-70-00 438 Nov01/07 52-71-00 R 24 Feb01/10 52-71-00 531 May01/04
52-70-00 R 439 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 25 Feb01/10 52-71-00 532 May01/04
52-70-00 R 440 Feb01/10 52-71-00 26 Nov01/08 52-71-00 533 May01/04
52-70-00 R 441 Feb01/10 52-71-00 27 Feb01/08 52-71-00 534 May01/04
52-70-00 R 442 Feb01/10 52-71-00 28 Feb01/08 52-71-00 535 May01/04
52-70-00 R 443 Feb01/10 52-71-00 29 Nov01/08 52-71-00 536 Feb01/08
52-70-00 444 May01/09 52-71-00 30 Nov01/08 52-71-00 537 May01/05
52-70-00 445 Feb01/09 52-71-00 31 Feb01/08 52-71-00 538 May01/05
52-70-00 446 Feb01/09 52-71-00 32 Feb01/08 52-71-00 539 May01/04
52-70-00 447 Feb01/09 52-71-00 R 33 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 540 Feb01/10
52-70-00 448 Feb01/09 52-71-00 R 34 Feb01/10 52-71-00 541 May01/04
52-70-00 449 Feb01/09 52-71-00 R 35 Feb01/10 52-71-00 542 May01/04
52-70-00 450 Feb01/09 52-71-00 R 36 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 543 Feb01/10
52-70-00 R 451 Feb01/10 52-71-00 37 Feb01/08 52-71-00 544 May01/04
52-L.E.P. Page 31
Feb 01/10
CES
52-71-00 545 May01/04 52-71-00 R 596 Feb01/10 52-71-11 403 May01/03

52-71-00 546 Aug01/08 52-71-00 R 597 Feb01/10 52-71-11 404 Feb01/98
52-71-00 547 May01/04 52-71-00 R 598 Feb01/10 52-71-11 405 Feb01/98
52-71-00 548 May01/04 52-71-00 R 599 Feb01/10 52-71-11 406 Feb01/98
52-71-00 549 May01/04 52-71-00 R A500 Feb01/10 52-71-11 407 Feb01/98
52-71-00 550 May01/04 52-71-00 R A501 Feb01/10 52-71-11 408 Aug01/09
52-71-00 551 May01/04 52-71-00 R A502 Feb01/10 52-71-11 409 May01/03
52-71-00 552 May01/04 52-71-00 R A503 Feb01/10 52-71-11 410 Feb01/98
52-71-00 553 May01/04 52-71-00 R A504 Feb01/10 52-71-11 411 Feb01/98
52-71-00 554 May01/04 52-71-00 R A505 Feb01/10 52-71-11 412 May01/03
52-71-00 R 555 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A506 Feb01/10 52-71-11 413 Feb01/98
52-71-00 R 556 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A507 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 401 Feb01/10
52-71-00 557 May01/07 52-71-00 R A508 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 402 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 558 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A509 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 403 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 559 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A510 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 404 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 560 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A511 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 405 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 561 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A512 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 406 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 562 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A513 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 407 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 563 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A514 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 408 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 564 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A515 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 409 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 565 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A516 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 410 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 566 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A517 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 411 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 567 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A518 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 412 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 568 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A519 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 413 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 569 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A520 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 414 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 570 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A521 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 415 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 571 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A522 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 416 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 572 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A523 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 417 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 573 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A524 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 418 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 574 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A525 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 419 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 575 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A526 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 420 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 576 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A527 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 421 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 577 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A528 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 422 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 578 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A529 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 423 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 579 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R A530 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 424 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 580 Feb01/10 52-71-00 N A531 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 425 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 581 Feb01/10 52-71-00 N A532 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 426 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 582 Feb01/10 52-71-00 601 Nov01/09 52-71-12 R 427 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 583 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 602 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 428 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 584 Feb01/10 52-71-00 603 Feb01/05 52-71-12 R 429 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 585 Feb01/10 52-71-00 604 Feb01/05 52-71-12 R 430 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 586 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 605 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 431 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 587 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 606 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 432 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 588 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 607 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 433 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 589 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 608 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 434 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 590 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 609 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 435 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 591 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 610 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 436 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 592 Feb01/10 52-71-00 R 611 Feb01/10 52-71-12 R 437 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 593 Feb01/10 52-71-00 N 612 Feb01/10 52-71-12 N 438 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 594 Feb01/10 52-71-11 401 Aug01/09 52-71-12 N 439 Feb01/10
52-71-00 R 595 Feb01/10 52-71-11 402 Aug01/09 52-71-12 N 440 Feb01/10
52-L.E.P. Page 32
Feb 01/10
CES
52-71-12 N 441 Feb01/10 52-73-00 14 Aug01/05 52-73-00 R 525 Feb01/10

52-71-13 01 R 401 Feb01/10 52-73-00 15 May01/04 52-73-00 R 526 Feb01/10
52-71-13 01 R 402 Feb01/10 52-73-00 R 16 Feb01/10 52-73-00 R 527 Feb01/10
52-71-13 01 R 403 Feb01/10 52-73-00 17 May01/04 52-73-00 528 May01/09
52-71-13 01 404 May01/06 52-73-00 18 May01/04 52-73-00 R 529 Feb01/10
52-71-13 01 R 405 Feb01/10 52-73-00 R 19 Feb01/10 52-73-00 530 Aug01/08
52-71-13 01 R 406 Feb01/10 52-73-00 R 20 Feb01/10 52-73-00 531 May01/04
52-71-13 01 R 407 Feb01/10 52-73-00 21 May01/04 52-73-00 532 May01/04
52-71-13 01 R 408 Feb01/10 52-73-00 R 22 Feb01/10 52-73-00 R 533 Feb01/10
52-71-13 01 R 409 Feb01/10 52-73-00 R 23 Feb01/10 52-73-00 534 Nov01/08
52-71-13 02 401 May01/04 52-73-00 R 24 Feb01/10 52-73-00 R 535 Feb01/10
52-71-13 02 402 May01/04 52-73-00 R 25 Feb01/10 52-73-00 R 536 Feb01/10
52-71-13 02 403 May01/04 52-73-00 R 26 Feb01/10 52-73-00 537 Nov01/07
52-71-13 02 404 May01/04 52-73-00 27 Aug01/05 52-73-00 R 538 Feb01/10
52-71-13 02 405 May01/04 52-73-00 28 Aug01/05 52-73-00 539 Nov01/07
52-71-13 02 406 May01/04 52-73-00 29 May01/04 52-73-11 401 Feb01/98
52-71-13 02 407 May01/04 52-73-00 R 30 Feb01/10 52-73-11 402 Feb01/09
52-71-13 02 408 May01/04 52-73-00 31 May01/04 52-73-11 R 403 Feb01/10
52-71-13 02 409 May01/04 52-73-00 32 May01/04 52-73-11 404 Feb01/98
52-71-13 02 410 May01/04 52-73-00 33 May01/04 52-73-11 405 Feb01/98
52-71-13 02 411 May01/04 52-73-00 R 34 Feb01/10 52-73-11 406 Feb01/98
52-71-13 02 412 May01/04 52-73-00 R 35 Feb01/10 52-73-11 407 Feb01/98
52-71-13 02 413 May01/04 52-73-00 36 Aug01/05 52-73-11 408 Feb01/98
52-71-13 02 414 May01/04 52-73-00 37 Aug01/05 52-73-11 409 Feb01/98
52-71-13 02 415 May01/04 52-73-00 38 May01/04 52-73-11 410 Feb01/98
52-71-13 02 416 May01/04 52-73-00 39 May01/04 52-73-11 R 411 Feb01/10
52-71-13 02 417 May01/04 52-73-00 40 May01/04 52-73-11 412 Feb01/98
52-71-13 02 418 May01/04 52-73-00 501 Feb01/98 52-73-11 413 Feb01/98
52-71-14 401 Feb01/98 52-73-00 502 Nov01/09 52-73-11 414 Feb01/98
52-71-14 402 May01/08 52-73-00 503 Nov01/09 52-73-11 415 Feb01/98
52-71-14 403 Feb01/98 52-73-00 504 Nov01/07 52-73-11 416 Feb01/98
52-71-14 404 Feb01/98 52-73-00 505 May01/04 52-73-11 R 417 Feb01/10
52-71-14 405 Feb01/98 52-73-00 R 506 Feb01/10 52-73-11 R 418 Feb01/10
52-71-14 406 Aug01/09 52-73-00 R 507 Feb01/10 52-73-11 R 419 Feb01/10
52-71-14 407 May01/08 52-73-00 R 508 Feb01/10 52-73-11 R 420 Feb01/10
52-71-14 408 May01/08 52-73-00 R 509 Feb01/10 52-73-11 421 May01/04
52-71-14 409 May01/08 52-73-00 R 510 Feb01/10 52-73-11 422 Feb01/09
52-73-00 R 511 Feb01/10 52-73-11 R 423 Feb01/10
52-73-00 R 1 Feb01/10 52-73-00 512 Feb01/09 52-73-11 424 May01/04
52-73-00 2 Aug01/06 52-73-00 513 Feb01/09 52-73-11 R 425 Feb01/10
52-73-00 R 3 Feb01/10 52-73-00 514 Feb01/09 52-73-11 R 426 Feb01/10
52-73-00 4 Aug01/05 52-73-00 515 May01/04 52-73-11 R 427 Feb01/10
52-73-00 5 May01/04 52-73-00 516 May01/04 52-73-11 R 428 Feb01/10
52-73-00 6 May01/04 52-73-00 517 May01/04 52-73-11 429 May01/04
52-73-00 R 7 Feb01/10 52-73-00 518 Feb01/09 52-73-11 430 Feb01/09
52-73-00 8 May01/04 52-73-00 519 Aug01/05 52-73-11 431 Nov01/07
52-73-00 9 May01/04 52-73-00 520 Aug01/05 52-73-11 432 May01/04
52-73-00 R 10 Feb01/10 52-73-00 521 Aug01/05 52-73-11 R 433 Feb01/10
52-73-00 R 11 Feb01/10 52-73-00 522 Aug01/05 52-73-11 R 434 Feb01/10
52-73-00 R 12 Feb01/10 52-73-00 523 May01/04 52-73-11 R 435 Feb01/10
52-73-00 R 13 Feb01/10 52-73-00 524 Feb01/09 52-73-11 R 436 Feb01/10
52-L.E.P. Page 33
Feb 01/10
CES
52-73-11 437 May01/04 52-73-21 R 424 Feb01/10 52-81-00 609 Nov01/07

52-73-11 438 Feb01/09 52-73-21 425 May01/09 52-81-00 610 Nov01/07
52-73-11 R 439 Feb01/10 52-73-21 426 May01/09 52-81-00 611 Nov01/07
52-73-11 440 May01/04 52-73-21 427 May01/09 52-81-00 612 Nov01/07
52-73-11 441 Feb01/09 52-73-21 428 May01/09 52-81-00 613 Nov01/07
52-73-11 442 Aug01/05 52-73-21 429 May01/09 52-81-00 614 Nov01/07
52-73-11 443 Aug01/05 52-73-21 430 May01/09 52-81-00 615 Nov01/07
52-73-11 R 444 Feb01/10 52-73-21 R 431 Feb01/10 52-81-00 616 Nov01/07
52-73-11 R 445 Feb01/10 52-73-21 R 432 Feb01/10 52-81-00 617 Nov01/07
52-73-11 R 446 Feb01/10 52-73-21 433 May01/09 52-81-00 618 Nov01/07
52-73-11 R 447 Feb01/10 52-73-21 434 May01/09 52-81-00 619 Nov01/07
52-73-11 R 448 Feb01/10 52-73-22 401 May01/04 52-81-00 620 Nov01/07
52-73-11 449 Nov01/07 52-73-22 402 Nov01/08 52-81-00 621 Nov01/07
52-73-11 450 Feb01/09 52-73-22 R 403 Feb01/10 52-81-00 622 Nov01/07
52-73-11 451 Nov01/07 52-73-22 404 Feb01/98 52-81-00 R 623 Feb01/10
52-73-11 452 Nov01/07 52-73-22 405 Feb01/98 52-81-18 801 Feb01/09
52-73-11 453 Nov01/07 52-73-22 R 406 Feb01/10 52-81-18 802 Aug01/09
52-73-11 454 Feb01/09 52-73-22 407 Nov01/07 52-81-18 803 May01/09
52-73-11 455 Nov01/07 52-73-22 408 Feb01/98 52-81-18 804 May01/09
52-73-11 456 Aug01/05 52-73-22 R 409 Feb01/10 52-81-18 805 May01/09
52-73-12 401 Feb01/98 52-73-22 R 410 Feb01/10 52-81-18 806 May01/09
52-73-12 402 Feb01/98 52-73-22 411 Nov01/07 52-81-18 807 May01/09
52-73-12 403 Feb01/98 52-73-22 412 Feb01/98
52-73-12 404 Feb01/98 52-73-22 R 413 Feb01/10 52-82-00 1 Feb01/98
52-73-12 405 May01/08 52-73-22 414 Nov01/07 52-82-00 2 Feb01/98
52-73-12 406 Feb01/98 52-73-22 415 May01/04 52-82-00 3 Feb01/98
52-73-12 R 407 Feb01/10 52-73-22 416 May01/04 52-82-00 4 Feb01/98
52-73-12 408 May01/08 52-73-22 R 417 Feb01/10 52-82-00 601 Feb01/08
52-73-21 401 May01/04 52-73-22 418 May01/04 52-82-00 602 Feb01/08
52-73-21 402 May01/00 52-73-22 419 May01/04 52-82-00 603 Feb01/08
52-73-21 R 403 Feb01/10 52-73-22 R 420 Feb01/10 52-82-00 604 May01/03
52-73-21 404 Feb01/98 52-73-22 421 May01/04 52-82-00 605 May01/03
52-73-21 405 May01/00 52-82-00 606 May01/03
52-73-21 R 406 Feb01/10 52-80-00 1 Feb01/98 52-82-00 607 Feb01/08
52-73-21 407 May01/00 52-82-00 608 May01/03
52-73-21 408 May01/09 52-81-00 R 1 Feb01/10 52-82-00 609 May01/03
52-73-21 409 May01/09 52-81-00 R 2 Feb01/10 52-82-00 610 May01/03
52-73-21 R 410 Feb01/10 52-81-00 3 May01/04
52-73-21 411 May01/09 52-81-00 R 4 Feb01/10 52-90-00 1 Feb01/98
52-73-21 412 May01/09 52-81-00 5 May01/04
52-73-21 R 413 Feb01/10 52-81-00 R 6 Feb01/10 52-91-00 R 1 Feb01/10
52-73-21 414 May01/09 52-81-00 7 May01/04 52-91-00 2 May01/05
52-73-21 R 415 Feb01/10 52-81-00 8 May01/04 52-91-00 R 3 Feb01/10
52-73-21 R 416 Feb01/10 52-81-00 R 601 Feb01/10 52-91-11 401 May01/99
52-73-21 R 417 Feb01/10 52-81-00 R 602 Feb01/10 52-91-11 R 402 Feb01/10
52-73-21 R 418 Feb01/10 52-81-00 R 603 Feb01/10 52-91-11 R 403 Feb01/10
52-73-21 R 419 Feb01/10 52-81-00 604 Feb01/06 52-91-11 R 404 Feb01/10
52-73-21 R 420 Feb01/10 52-81-00 R 605 Feb01/10 52-91-11 405 May01/05
52-73-21 R 421 Feb01/10 52-81-00 R 606 Feb01/10 52-91-11 R 406 Feb01/10
52-73-21 422 May01/09 52-81-00 607 Nov01/07 52-91-11 407 Feb01/00
52-73-21 423 May01/09 52-81-00 R 608 Feb01/10 52-91-11 408 Nov01/08
52-L.E.P. Page 34
Feb 01/10
CES
52-91-11 R 409 Feb01/10

52-91-11 410 Feb01/00
52-91-11 R 411 Feb01/10
52-91-11 R 412 Feb01/10
52-91-11 R 413 Feb01/10
52-91-11 R 414 Feb01/10
52-92-00 1 Feb01/98
52-92-00 2 Feb01/98
52-92-00 601 Feb01/98
52-92-00 602 Feb01/98
52-92-00 603 Feb01/98
52-92-00 604 Feb01/98
52-92-11 401 Feb01/98
52-92-11 402 Aug01/00
52-92-11 403 Aug01/00
52-92-11 404 Aug01/00
52-92-11 405 Feb01/06
52-92-11 406 Nov01/03
52-92-11 407 May01/02
52-92-11 408 May01/02
52-92-11 409 May01/02
52-L.E.P. Page 35
Feb 01/10
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
DOORS - GENERAL
_______________ 52-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
In the pressurized area 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 201-249
251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
In the pressurized area 2 151-199, 401-499
In the pressurized area 2 301-399,
In the unpressurized areas 2 ALL
________________
DOORS - GENERAL 52-00-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Installation of the Safety 201 ALL
Barriers
Removal of the Safety Barriers 204 ALL
______________
PASSENGER/CREW 52-10-00
General 1 ALL
Door Description 1 ALL
Location of Component 1 ALL
Description 5 ALL
Structure 5 ALL
Door Mechanism 5 ALL
_______________
Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door 201 ALL
Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door 210 ALL
Special Precautions before Work on 214 ALL
the Passenger/Crew Door
Special Precautions after Work on 221 ALL
the Passenger/Crew Door
Removal of the Passenger/Crew Door 224 001-002,
Ballast Weight (98D52103501000)
for Escape Slide
Removal of the Passenger/Crew Door 227 003-049, 051-099
Ballast Weight (98D52103501000) 101-149, 151-199
for Escape Slide/Raft 201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Passenger/Crew 230 001-002,
52-CONTENTS Page 1
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Door Ballast Weight
(98D52103501000) for Escape Slide
Installation of the Passenger/Crew 234 003-049, 051-099
Door Ballast Weight 101-149, 151-199
(98D52103501000) for Escape 201-249, 251-299
Slide/Raft 301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
_______________
SERVICING 301 ALL
Discharging/Charging of the Damper 301 ALL
and Emergency Operation Cylinder
of the Passenger/Crew Doors
Replacement of the Diaphragm in 306 ALL
the Percussion Mechanism of the
Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder of the
Passenger/Crew Doors
Replacement of the O-ring Seal of 313 ALL
the Filling Valve
Replacement of the Filling Valve 319 ALL
of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder of the
_______________
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the Passenger/Crew 401 ALL
Doors - Load Adjustment
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 401 ALL
25-60-02-A)
Deactivation of the Passenger/Crew 408 ALL
25-60-02-A)
Reactivation of the Passenger/Crew 416 ALL
25-60-02-A)
Reactivation of the Passenger/Crew 420 ALL
25-60-02-A)
52-CONTENTS Page 2
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
_______________
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Functional Test of the Suspension 501 ALL
of the Passenger/Crew Door
Functional Test of the Visual 507 ALL
Indicator of the Door Locking
Mechanism
Functional Check of Locking 510 ALL
Mechanism
Operational Test of the Damping 519 ALL
Function of the Door-Damper and
Emergency- Operation when you Open
and Close the Passenger/Crew Door
Operational Test of Escape Slide 522 ALL
Disarming when Door is Opened from
the Outside
Operational Test of the Door 527 ALL
Interlock Mechanism
Check of the Door Stop Adjustment 532 ALL
of the Passenger/Crew Door
Functional Test of the Release 537 ALL
Mechanism of the Emergency Escape
Slide
Operational Test of the Striker 545 ALL
Mechanism of the Door Damper and
Emergency Operation Cylinder
Leak Test of the Damper and 551 ALL
Emergency Operation Cylinder of
the Passenger/Crew Doors
_______________
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Inspection of 601 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door for Integrity
and Good Adjustment of Mechanisms
(Including Girt Bar)
Check Pressure of Emergency 613 ALL
Cylinder/Accumulator of the
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 617 ALL
Door Seal
Check of the Preload of the Cover 620 ALL
Plate
52-CONTENTS Page 3
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Detailed Inspection of 626 003-049, 051-099
Passenger/Crew Door Telescopic 101-105, 151-158
Girt Bar 201-210,
_______________
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Replacement of the Bushes 801 ALL
FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR 52-11-00

General 1 ALL
Description 2 ALL
Structure of the Door 2 ALL
Operation 2 ALL
Locking and Compensation 2 ALL
Mechanism
Escape slide control mechanism 5 001-002,
Escape slide control mechanism 9 003-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Support Arm of the Door 11 ALL
Indicating and Warnings 11 ALL

SERVICING 301 ALL
Servicing of the FWD 301 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door

Adjustment of the FWD 501 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door
Load Adjustment of the Control 558 ALL
Handle of the FWD Passenger/Crew
Door
Handle of the FWD Passenger/Crew
Door
52-CONTENTS Page 4
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Detailed Inspection of Door Stop 601 ALL
Assemblies on Forward
Passenger/Crew Door, LH/RH
Detailed Inspection of Forward 605 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door, Internal
Structure, LH/RH
General Visual Inspection of Door 612 ALL
Stop Assemblies on Forward
General Visual Inspection of 616 ALL
Forward Passenger/Crew Door Skin,
External Surface, LH/RH
DOOR - PASSENGER/CREW, FWD 52-11-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the FWD Passenger/Crew 401 ALL
Door
Installation of the FWD 410 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door
Removal of the FWD Passenger/Crew 465 ALL
Door with Support Arm
Passenger/Crew Door with Support
Arm
SUSPENSION - DOOR 52-11-12
Removal of the Door Support Arm, 401 ALL
the Door Buffer, the Door
Unlocking Handle and the Door Stay
Mechanism
Installation of the Door Support 407 ALL
Arm, the Door Buffer, the Door
Unlocking Handle and the Door Stay
Mechanism
Removal of the Guide Arms 415 ALL
Installation of the Guide Arms 419 ALL
Door Suspension Mechanism
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY 52-11-14
OPERATION
Removal of the Door-Damper and 401 ALL
Emergency-Operation Cylinder
52-CONTENTS Page 5
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Door-Damper 405 ALL
and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
Removal of the Telescopic Rod 411 ALL
Installation of the Telescopic Rod 415 ALL
OPERATION
Adjustment of the Percussion 501 ALL
Bellcrank Finger of the Door
Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder of the FWD Passenger/Crew
Door
OPERATION
Inspection/Check of the Damper and 601 ALL
Emergency-Operation Cylinder of
the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Mechanism of the Door-Damper and
Emergency- Operation Cylinder
SEAL - DOOR 52-11-18
Removal of the Door Seal 401 ALL
Installation of the Door Seal 405 ALL
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of the Seal of the FWD 801 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door
Repair of the Rubbing Strip of the 819 ALL
Cover Plate of the FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING 52-11-21
Removal of the Door Locking 401 ALL
Mechanism
Installation of the Door Locking 436 ALL
Mechanism
Adjustment/Test of the Door 501 ALL
Locking Mechanism of the FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
52-CONTENTS Page 6
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Door Locking Mechanism
RELEASE MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE 52-11-22
SLIDE
Removal of the Release Mechanism 401 ALL
of the Emergency Escape Slide of
Installation of the Release 421 ALL
Slide of the FWD Passenger/Crew
Door
SLIDE
Adjustment/Test of the Release 501 ALL
Slide
SLIDE
Ralease Mechanism of the Emergency
Escape Slide of the FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
LATCH AND STOP FITTINGS - DOOR 52-11-31
Removal of the Lining Flap 401 ALL
Installation of the Lining Flap 406 ALL
Removal of the Stop Fittings, 410 ALL
Buffer, Guide Fittings, Rollers,
Door Stop Fittings, Roller
Fittings and Guide Arm Fittings
Installation of the Stop Fittings, 425 ALL
the Buffer, the Guide Fittings,
the Rollers, the Door Stop
Fittings, the Roller Fittings and
the Guide Arm Fittings
Removal of the Girt Bar Fittings 434 ALL
Installation of the Girt Bar 437 ALL
Fittings
Removal of the Roller and 441 ALL
Proximity Switch Mechanism
Installation of the Roller and 450 ALL
Removal of the Girt-Bar Fitting 462 ALL
Blanking-Plates
52-CONTENTS Page 7
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Girt-Bar 466 ALL
Fitting Blanking-Plates
Rollers
AFT PASSENGER/CREW DOOR 52-13-00

General 1 ALL
Description 2 ALL
Structure of the Door 2 ALL
Operation 4 ALL
Locking and Compensation 4 ALL
Mechanism
Escape Slide Control Mechanism 8 001-002,
Slide/raft Control Mechanism 8 003-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Support Arm of the Door 11 ALL
Indicating and Warning 12 ALL

SERVICING 301 ALL
Servicing of the AFT 301 ALL

Adjustment of the AFT 501 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door
Handle of the AFT Passenger/Crew
Door without the Emergency Escape
Slide
Handle of the AFT Passenger/Crew
Door
52-CONTENTS Page 8
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Detailed Inspection of Door Stop 601 ALL
Assemblies on Aft Passenger/Crew
Door, LH/RH
General Visual Inspection of Door 605 ALL
Stop Assemblies on Aft
General Visual Inspection of Aft 609 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door Skin, External
Surface, LH/RH
Detailed Inspection of Aft 613 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door, Internal
Structure, LH/RH
DOOR - PASSENGER/CREW, AFT 52-13-11
Removal of the Aft Passenger/Crew 401 ALL
Door
Installation of the Aft 410 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door
Removal of the Aft Passenger/Crew 465 ALL
Door with Support Arm
Installation of the Aft 472 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door with Support
Arm
Removal of the Support Arm, Door 401 ALL
Buffer, Door Pushbutton Switch and
Door Stay Mechanism
Installation of the Support Arm, 407 ALL
Door Buffer, Door Pushbutton
Switch and Door Stay Mechanism
Removal of the Guide Arms 415 ALL
Installation of the Guide Arms 419 ALL
Door Suspension Mechanism
OPERATION
Removal of the Door-Damper and 401 ALL
Installation of the Door-Damper 405 ALL
and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
Removal of the Telescopic Rod 411 ALL
52-CONTENTS Page 9
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Telescopic Rod 415 ALL
OPERATION
Adjustment of the Percussion 501 ALL
Bellcrank Finger of the Door
Cylinder of the AFT Passenger/Crew
Door
OPERATION
Inspection/Check of the Damper and 601 ALL
Emergency Operation Cylinder of
the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Mechanism of the Door-Damper and
Emergengy- Operation Cylinder
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of the Seal of the Aft 801 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door
Repair of the Rubbing Strip of the 821 ALL
Cover Plate of the AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
Removal of the Door Locking 401 ALL
Mechanism
Installation of the Door Locking 434 ALL
Mechanism
Adjustment of the Locking Hook of 501 ALL
Door Locking Mechanism
SLIDE
52-CONTENTS Page 10
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Release Mechanism 401 ALL
of the Emergency Escape Slide of
Installation of the Release 420 ALL
Slide of the Aft Passenger/Crew
Door
SLIDE
Adjustment/Test of the Release 501 ALL
Slide
SLIDE
Release Mechanism of the Emergency
Escape Slide of the Aft
Passenger/Crew Door
Removal of the Lining Flap 401 ALL
Installation of the Lining flap 406 ALL
Removal of the Stop Fittings, the 410 ALL
Buffer, the Guide Fittings, the
Rollers, the Door Stop Fittings,
the Roller Fittings and Guide Arm
Fittings
Installation of the Stop Fittings, 425 ALL
the Buffer, the Guide Fittings,
the Rollers, the Door Stop
Fittings, the Roller Fittings and
the Guide Arm Fittings
Removal of the Girt Bar Fittings 434 ALL
Installation of the Girt Bar 437 ALL
Fittings
Removal of the Roller and 441 ALL
Installation of the Roller and 448 ALL
Removal of the Girt-Bar Fitting 460 ALL
Blanking-Plates
Installation of the Girt-Bar 464 ALL
Fitting Blanking-Plates
52-CONTENTS Page 11
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Rollers
______________
EMERGENCY EXIT 52-20-00
General 1 ALL
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT EMERGENCY EXIT 52-21-00

General 1 ALL
Component Location 4 ALL
Description 9 ALL
Component Description 10 ALL
Hatch Structure 10 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Hatch Seal 11 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Lining and Insulation 11 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Locking Mechanism 11 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Slide Release Mechanism 14 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Roller Guide Assemblies 14 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operation 17 ALL
Removal of Emergency Exit Hatch 17 001-049, 051-099
52-CONTENTS Page 12
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
from the Inner Side 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Emergency Exit 18 001-049, 051-099
Hatch from the Outside 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Emergency 18 001-049, 051-099
Exit Hatch 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operational Test of the Unlocking 501 001-049, 051-099
and the Opening from the Cabin in 101-149, 151-199
the ARMED Mode 201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Functional Test of the Automatic 512 001-049, 051-099
and the Manual Slide Release 101-149, 151-199
Signal 201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operational Test of the Unlocking 520 001-049, 051-099
and the Opening from the Outer 101-149, 151-199
Side in the ARMED Mode 201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operational Test of the Emergency 526 001-049, 051-099
Exit Hatch and Escape Slide Arming 101-149, 151-199
and Disarming 201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 001-049, 051-099
52-CONTENTS Page 13
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 001-049, 051-099
Emergency Exits, Internal 101-149, 151-199
Structure and Load Transmitting 201-249, 251-299
Profile LH/RH 401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Inspection of the Emergency Exit 605 001-049, 051-099
Hatch Mechanism 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599

CLEANING/PAINTING 701 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Cleaning/Painting of the Emergency 701 001-049, 051-099
Exit Hatch 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
EXIT - EMERGENCY, PASSENGER 52-21-11
COMPARTMENT
Removal of the Emergency Exit 401 ALL
Hatch
Installation of the Emergency Exit 412 ALL
Hatch
Removal of the Hatch Locking 421 001-049, 051-099
Mechanism 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Hatch Locking 425 001-049, 051-099
Mechanism 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Slide Release 431 001-049, 051-099
Mechanism 101-149, 151-199
52-CONTENTS Page 14
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Slide Release 435 001-049, 051-099
Mechanism 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
EXIT - EMERGENCY, PASSENGER 52-21-11
COMPARTMENT
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Adjustment of the Emergency Exit 501 001-049, 051-099
Hatch 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Adjustment of the Hatch Control 507 001-049, 051-099
Handle 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
SEAL - HATCH 52-21-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Replacement of the Hatch Seal 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
SEAL - HATCH 52-21-18
REPAIRS 801 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Repair of the Seal at the 801 001-049, 051-099
Emergency Exit Hatches 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
52-CONTENTS Page 15
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
511-526, 528-599

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 301-399,
General 1 301-399,
Component Location 1 301-399,
Description 6 301-399,
Component Description 7 301-399,
Door Structure 7 301-399,
Door Seal 10 301-399,
Lining and Insulation 10 301-399,
Door Suspension 10 301-399,
Door Damper and Emergency 12 301-399,
Operation Cylinder
Door Locking Mechanism 14 301-399,
Escape Slide-Release Mechanism 21 301-399,
Door Stop Assemblies and Door 26 301-399,
Guide Assemblies
Operation 29 301-399,
Opening of the Emergency Exit 29 301-399,
Door from the Passenger
Compartment (Armed Mode)
Door from the Passenger
Compartment (DISARMED Mode)
Door from the Outer Side
Closing of the Emergency Exit 32 301-399,
Door

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 301-399,
Doors from the Passenger
Compartment
Doors from the Passenger
Compartment
Doors from the Outside
Doors from the Outside
Special Precaution before 216 301-399,
Maintenance on the Door Damper and
52-CONTENTS Page 16
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Special Precaution after 219 301-399,
Maintenance on the Door Damper and
Diaphragm Replacement at the Door 221 301-399,
Cylinder
Replacement of the Charging Valve 228 301-399,
and Percussion Mechanism Seals

SERVICING 301 301-399,
Charging of the Door Damper and 301 301-399,
Emergency Operation Cylinders
(1600WM, 1601WM, 1602WM, 1603WM)
at the Emergency Exit Doors

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 301-399,
Operational Check of Door Locking 501 301-399,
/Unlocking and Opening/Closing
from Inside and Outside with Door
Latching/Unlatching and Functional
Check of Hand Force
Check of Door Unlocking from 509 301-399,
Inside/Outside in Armed Position
and of Slide Release Mechanism
Arming/Disarming, Functional Check
of Slide Cable Movement
Adjustment of the Emergency Exit 519 301-399,
Door
Adjustment of the Locking 536 301-399,
Mechanism
Adjustment of the Slide Release 552 301-399,
Mechanism
Adjustment of the Balance 567 301-399,
Mechanism
Adjustment of the Door Buffer 572 301-399,

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 301-399,
Pressure Check of the Door Damper 601 301-399,
and Emergency Operation Cylinders
DOOR - EMERGENCY EXIT 52-22-11
52-CONTENTS Page 17
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 301-399,
Removal of the Emergency Exit 401 301-399,
Doors
Installation of the Emergency Exit 414 301-399,
Doors
DOOR - EMERGENCY EXIT 52-22-11
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 301-399,
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 301-399,
Internal Structure of the Forward
Emergency Exit Doors
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 607 301-399,
Internal Structure of the AFT
Detailed Inspection of the Door 612 301-399,
Cylinder
General Visual Inspection of 614 301-399,
Forward Emergency Exits, External
Surface, LH/RH
General Visual Inspection of Door 617 301-399,
Stop Assemblies and Locking Hook
on Forward Emergency Exit Doors,
LH/RH
General Visual Inspection of Aft 621 301-399,
Emergency Exits, External Surface,
LH/RH
General Visual Inspection of Door 624 301-399,
Stop Assemblies and Locking Hook
on Aft Emergency Exit Doors, LH/RH
Removal of the Support Arm of the 401 301-399,
Emergency Exit Door
Installation of the Support Arm of 405 301-399,
the Emergency Exit Door
Removal of the Door Stay Mechanism 410 301-399,
Installation of the Door Stay 413 301-399,
Mechanism
Removal of the Door Buffer 417 301-399,
Installation of the Door Buffer 420 301-399,
Removal of the Guide Arm Assy 423 301-399,
Installation of the Guide Arm Assy 426 301-399,
OPERATION
Removal of the Door Damper and 401 301-399,
52-CONTENTS Page 18
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Door Damper 405 301-399,
and Emergency Operation Cylinder
Removal of the Telescopic Rod 412 301-399,
Assembly
Installation of the Telescopic Rod 416 301-399,
Assembly
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 301-399,
Preventive Seepage Procedure 201 301-399,
Removal of the Door Seal 401 301-399,
Installation of the Door Seal 404 301-399,
REPAIRS 801 301-399,
Repair of the Seal at the 801 301-399,
Removal of the Inboard Handle 401 301-399,
Assembly
Installation of the Inboard Handle 407 301-399,
Assembly
Removal of the Outboard Handle 413 301-399,
Assembly
Installation of the Outboard 419 301-399,
Handle Assembly
Removal of the Locking Shaft 426 301-399,
Mechanism (60 Door)
Installation of the Locking Shaft 436 301-399,
Mechanism (60 Door)
Mechanism (73 Door)
Mechanism (73 Door)
Removal of the Balance Mechanism 467 301-399,
Installation of the Balance 473 301-399,
Mechanism
MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE 52-22-22
RELEASE
Removal of the Arm/Disarm Unit 401 301-399,
Installation of the Arm/Disarm 406 301-399,
Unit
Removal of the Transmission Shaft 411 301-399,
52-CONTENTS Page 19
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Transmission 415 301-399,
Shaft
Removal of the Intermediate Shaft 420 301-399,
Assembly
Installation of the Intermediate 424 301-399,
Shaft Assembly
Removal of the Release Shaft 429 301-399,
Assembly
Installation of the Release Shaft 433 301-399,
Assembly
FITTINGS - DOOR 52-22-31
Removal of the Adjustable Stops 401 301-399,
and Roller Guides from the
Emergency Exit Door
Installation of Adjustable Stops 405 301-399,
and Roller Guides at the Emergency
Exit Door
Removal of the Stop and Guide 411 301-399,
Fittings from the Door Frame
Installation of the Stop and Guide 417 301-399,
Fittings at the Door Frame
Adjustment of the Stop and Guide 422 301-399,
Fittings
Removal of the Guide-Arm Hinge 430 301-399,
Fittings
Installation of the Guide-Arm 434 301-399,
Hinge Fittings
Removal of the Lock Fitting from 438 301-399,
the Door Frame
Installation of the Lock Fitting 441 301-399,
at the Door Frame
Removal of the Support-Arm Hinge 444 301-399,
Fittings
Installation of the Support-Arm 447 301-399,
Hinge Fittings
_____
CARGO 52-30-00
General 1 ALL
Description 7 ALL
FWD Cargo-Compartment Door (Zone 7 001-049, 051-099
825) 101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
52-CONTENTS Page 20
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
AFT Cargo-Compartment Door (Zone 7 001-049, 051-099
826) 101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
BULK Cargo-Compartment Door 7 001-049, 051-099
(Zone 827) 101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
825)
826)
825) 225-227, 229-249
301-399, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
826) 225-227, 229-249
301-399, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
FWD Cargo-Compartment Door 8 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
AFT Cargo-Compartment Door 9 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Technical Data 9 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Technical Data 10 151-199, 401-499
225-227, 229-249
52-CONTENTS Page 21
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
225-227, 229-249
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Technical Data 11 201-220, 222-223
225-227, 229-249
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
FWD Cargo-Compartment Door 11 301-399,
AFT Cargo-Compartment Door 11 301-399,
______
CARGO 52-30-00
Open the FWD or AFT 201 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
Close the FWD or AFT 216 ALL
Hand Pump
Hand Pump
Crane
Crane
Open the Bulk Cargo-Compartment 249 001-049, 051-099
Door 101-105,
Close the Bulk Cargo-Compartment 254 001-049, 051-099
Door 101-105,
Open the Deactivated Bulk 257 106-149, 221-221
Cargo-Compartment Door 224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Close the Deactivated Bulk 260 106-149, 221-221
251-299,
Installation of the Safety Support 262 ALL
Equipment
52-CONTENTS Page 22
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Safety Support 272 ALL
Equipment
______
CARGO 52-30-00
Deactivation of Cargo Doors 401 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-30-04 401 ALL
b)
Reactivation of Cargo Doors 404 ALL
______
CARGO 52-30-00
Visual Inspection of 601 ALL
Cargo-Compartment-Door Seals
Detailed Inspection of the Bearing 605 051-052,
Housing at the Locking Handle of
the FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment
Doors
FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR 52-31-00

General 1 ALL
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
FWD Cargo-Compartment Door 9 051-052,
System Description 9 ALL
Door Structure 11 001-049, 053-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Door Suspension 13 ALL
Lining and Insulation 13 ALL
Proximity Switches 13 001-049, 053-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
52-CONTENTS Page 23
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Proximity Switches 17 051-052,
Door Seal 18 ALL
Cargo Door Mechanism 18 001-049, 053-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Cargo Door Mechanism 19 051-052,
Operation 36 ALL
Release Mode 37 001-049, 053-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220,
Release Mode 45 051-052,
Release Mode 45 106-149, 221-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Locking Mode 46 001-049, 053-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Locking Mode 47 051-052,

Deactivation of the Locking Handle 401 051-052,
Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-8 401 051-052,
Reactivation of the Locking Handle 404 051-052,
Deactivation of the Locking Hooks 406 ALL
and Spools
Reactivation of the Locking Hooks 412 ALL
and Spools

Operational Test of the FWD 501 ALL
52-CONTENTS Page 24
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Cargo-Compartment Door
Functional Test of the FWD 515 ALL
DOOR - CARGO COMPARTMENT 52-31-11
Removal of the FWD 401 ALL
Adjustment of the FWD 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Door Mechanism 513 ALL
Adjustment of the Vent Door 553 ALL
Adjustment of the Door Opening 563 ALL
Angle
Detailed Visual Inspection of FWD 601 ALL
Cargo Compartment Door (Internal
Structure)
Detailed Inspection of the 613 ALL
Internal Attachment Area of the
Hinge Fitting of the FWD
Detailed Inspection of the 620 ALL
External Attachment Area of the
Hinge Fitting of the FWD
Locking Hooks and Fork Fittings of
the FWD Cargo Compartment Door
Measurement of Fits and Clearances 638 051-052,
Forward Cargo Compartment Door
Skin, External Surface
Locking Hooks and Fork Fittings of
Forward Cargo Compartment Door at
all Frames, between Longeron 4 and
Longeron 5 (6 Places)
Forward Cargo Compartment Door,
Actuator Attach Fittings
52-CONTENTS Page 25
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Cleaning/Painting of the FWD 701 ALL
LINING AND INSULATION 52-31-13
Removal of the Lining and the 401 ALL
Insulation
Installation of the Lining and the 406 ALL
Insulation
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of Door Seal 801 ALL
Reinforcement of Door Seal 809 ALL
LOCKING MECHANISM - DOOR 52-31-21
Removal of the Locking Handle 401 051-052,
Mechanism
Installation of the Locking Handle 405 051-052,
Mechanism
Removal of the Handle Flap 411 051-052,
Mechanism
Installation of the Handle Flap 414 051-052,
Mechanism
Removal of the Vent Door Mechanism 418 ALL
Installation of the Vent Door 433 ALL
Mechanism
Removal of the Safety Shaft 449 051-052,
Assembly
Installation of the Safety Shaft 455 051-052,
Assembly
Assembly
Assembly
Removal of the Interlock Mechanism 473 ALL
Installation of the Interlock 481 ALL
Mechanism
Removal of the Locking Unit 491 051-052,
Installation of the Locking Unit 497 051-052,
Removal of the Drift Pin Mechanism A405 ALL
Installation of the Drift Pin A423 ALL
Mechanism
52-CONTENTS Page 26
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Switch Mechanism A442 ALL
Installation of the Switch A451 ALL
Mechanism
Removal of the Door Handle A463 001-049, 053-099
Assembly and the Related Linkage 101-149, 151-199
Mechanism 201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Door Handle A476 001-049, 053-099
Assembly and the Related Linkage 101-149, 151-199
Mechanism 201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Locking Shaft A488 001-049, 053-099
Asssembly 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Locking Shaft A497 001-049, 053-099
Assembly 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Sequence Shaft B405 106-149, 221-249
Assembly 251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Sequence Shaft B409 106-149, 221-249
Assembly 251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Latching Shaft B414 001-049, 053-099
Assembly 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Latching Shaft B423 001-049, 053-099
Assembly 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
52-CONTENTS Page 27
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
Removal of the Latching Unit B429 001-049, 053-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Latching Unit B435 001-049, 053-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
DOOR - VENT 52-31-22
Removal of the Vent Door 401 ALL
HARNESS - CARGO COMPARMENT DOOR 52-31-24
Removal of the Wiring Harness 401 ALL
4611VB
Installation of the Wiring Harness 406 ALL
4611VB
ACTUATOR AND STOP FITTINGS 52-31-31
Removal of the Stop Bolts 401 ALL
Installation of the Stop Bolts 404 ALL
FITTINGS - DOOR FRAME 52-31-32
Removal of the Lock Fitting 401 ALL
Components
Installation of the Lock Fitting 404 ALL
Components
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR 52-32-00

General 1 ALL
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
AFT Cargo-Compartment Door 14 051-052,
Description 14 ALL
52-CONTENTS Page 28
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Door Structure 16 001-049, 053-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Door Suspension 18 ALL
Lining and Insulation 19 ALL
101-149, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Door Seal 26 ALL
Cargo Door Mechanism 26 001-049, 053-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Cargo Door Mechanism 51 051-052,
Operation 57 ALL
Release Mode 57 001-049, 053-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220,
Release Mode 67 051-052,
Release Mode 68 106-149, 221-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Locking Mode 69 001-049, 053-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Locking Mode 70 051-052,

Deactivation of the Locking Handle 401 051-052,
52-CONTENTS Page 29
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Reactivation of the Locking Handle 404 051-052,
Deactivation of the Locking Hooks 406 ALL
and Spools
Reactivation of the Locking Hooks 417 ALL
and Spools

Operational Test of the AFT 501 ALL
Functional Test of the AFT 515 ALL
Removal of the AFT 401 ALL
Installation of the AFT 417 ALL
Adjustment of the AFT Cargo 501 ALL
Compartment Door
Adjustment of the Door Mechanism 523 ALL
Adjustment of the Vent Door 570 ALL
Adjustment of the Door Opening 585 ALL
Angle
Detailed Visual Inspection of AFT 601 001-049, 051-099
Cargo Compartment Door (Internal 101-149, 201-249
Structure) 251-299, 301-399
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Cargo Compartment Door (Internal 101-149, 201-249
Hinge Fittings Attachment Area) 251-299, 301-399
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Cargo Compartment Door Hinge 101-149, 201-249
Fittings and External Attachment 251-299, 301-399
Area 501-509, 511-526
52-CONTENTS Page 30
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
Detailed Visual Inspection of 623 001-049, 051-099
Locking Hooks and Fork Fittings of 101-149, 201-249
the AFT Cargo Compartment Door 251-299, 301-399
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Cargo Compartment Door (Internal
Structure)
Cargo Compartment Door, Hinge
Fittings and External Attachment
Area
Detailed Inspection of Locking 648 151-199, 401-499
Hooks and Fork Fittings of AFT
Cargo Compartment Door at all
Frames between Longerons 4 and
Longeron 5 (6Places)
Detailed Inspection of the 656 151-199, 401-499
Internal Hinge-Fitting
Attachment-Area at the AFT Cargo
Compartment Door
Measurement of Fit and Clearances 661 051-052,
General Visual Inspection of Aft 669 001-049, 051-099
Cargo Compartment Door Skin, 101-149, 201-249
External Surface 251-299, 301-399
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General Visual Inspection of 674 001-049, 051-099
Locking Hooks and Fork Fittings of 101-149, 201-249
Aft Cargo Compartment Door at all 251-299, 301-399
Frames, between Longeron 4 and 501-509, 511-526
Longeron 5 (6 Places) 528-599,
Cargo Compartment Door Skin,
External Surface
Cargo Compartment Door, Actuator
Attach Fittings
Inspection of Locking Hooks and 685 151-199, 401-499
Fork Fittings of Aft Cargo
Compartment Door at all Frames,
between Longeron 4 and Longeron 5
(6 Places)
Cargo Compartment Door, Actuator 101-149, 201-249
52-CONTENTS Page 31
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Attach Fittings 251-299, 301-399
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Cleaning/Painting of AFT 701 ALL
LINING AND INSULATION 52-32-13
Removal of the Lining and 401 ALL
Insulation
Installation of the Lining and 406 ALL
Insulation
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of the Door Seal 801 ALL
Reinforcement of Door Seal 809 ALL
Removal of the Locking Handle 401 051-052,
Mechanism
Installation of the Locking Handle 405 051-052,
Mechanism
Removal of the Handle Flap 411 051-052,
Mechanism
Installation of the Handle Flap 414 051-052,
Mechanism
Removal of the Vent Door Mechanism 418 ALL
Mechanism
Removal of the Safety Shaft 465 051-052,
Assembly
Installation of the Safety Shaft 471 051-052,
Assembly
Assembly
Assembly
Removal of the Interlock Mechanism 489 ALL
Installation of the Interlock 497 ALL
Mechanism
Removal of the Locking Unit A409 051-052,
52-CONTENTS Page 32
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Locking Unit A415 051-052,
Removal of the Drift Pin Mechanism A423 ALL
Installation of the Drift Pin A454 ALL
Mechanism
Removal of the Switch Mechanism A478 ALL
Installation of the Switch A490 ALL
Mechanism
Removal of the Door Handle and the B404 001-049, 053-099
Related linkage Mechanism 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Door Handle B421 001-049, 053-099
and the Related Linkage Mechanism 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Locking Shaft B440 001-049, 053-099
Assembly 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Locking Shaft B455 001-049, 053-099
Assembly 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Sequence Shaft B468 106-149, 221-249
Assembly 251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Sequence Shaft B474 106-149, 221-249
Assembly 251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Latching Shaft B481 001-049, 053-099
Assembly 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Latching Shaft B495 001-049, 053-099
52-CONTENTS Page 33
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Assembly 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Latching Unit C405 001-049, 053-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Latching Unit C414 001-049, 053-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
DOOR - VENT 52-32-22
Removal of the Vent Door 401 ALL
HARNESS - CARGO COMPARMENT DOOR 52-32-24
Removal of the Wiring Harness 401 ALL
4613VB
Installation of the Wiring Harness 406 ALL
4613VB
ACTUATOR AND STOP FITTINGS 52-32-31
Removal of the Stop Bolts 401 ALL
Installation of the Stop Bolts 404 ALL
Removal of the X-Stops 407 ALL
Installation of the X-Stops 410 ALL
FITTINGS - DOOR FRAME 52-32-32
Removal of the Lock Fitting 401 ALL
Components
Installation of the Lock Fitting 404 ALL
Components
FAIRING - CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR 52-32-33
Removal of the Door Fairings and 401 151-199, 401-499
Access Panel
Installation of the Door Fairings 405 151-199, 401-499
and Access Panel
52-CONTENTS Page 34
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
BULK CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR 52-33-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Component Location 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
System Description 4 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Component Description 9 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Door Structure 9 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Door Suspension 9 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Lining and Insulation 11 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Door Seal 11 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
101-105,
52-CONTENTS Page 35
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Balance Mechanism 17 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Stop Assemblies 18 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Operation 18 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Open Mode 19 001-003, 051-054
Close Mode 19 001-003, 051-054
Open Mode 20 004-049, 055-099
101-105,
Close Mode 21 004-049, 055-099
101-105,
Open Mode 21 106-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Close Mode 22 106-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
BULK CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR 52-33-00

DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Operation of Bulk Cargo 401 001-049, 051-099
Compartment Door with an 101-105,
inoperative Balance Mechanism
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-33-01 401 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Reactivation of the Bulk Cargo 404 001-049, 051-099
Compartment Door 101-105,
101-105,
Deactivation of the Bulk Cargo 405 001-003, 051-054
Compartment Door
Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-17 405 001-003, 051-054
Reactivation of the Bulk Cargo 407 001-003, 051-054
Compartment Door
52-CONTENTS Page 36
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-17 407 001-003, 051-054
DOOR - BULK CARGO COMPARTMENT 52-33-11
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Removal of the Bulk 401 001-049, 051-099
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Installation of the Bulk 407 001-049, 051-099
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Adjustment of the Bulk 501 001-049, 051-099
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Adjustment of the Locking 518 001-049, 051-099
Mechanism of the Bulk 101-149, 221-221
251-299,
Adjustment of the Balance 536 001-049, 051-099
Mechanism 101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Inspection of the Bulk 601 001-049, 051-099
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Stop Fittings and Attachment Areas 101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Internal Bulk Cargo Compartment 101-149, 221-221
52-CONTENTS Page 37
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Door 224-224, 228-228
251-299,
General Visual Inspection of Bulk 614 001-049, 051-099
Cargo Compartment Door Skin, 101-149, 221-221
External Surface 224-224, 228-228
251-299,
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Cleaning/Painting of the Bulk 701 001-049, 051-099
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Removal of the Door Suspension 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Installation of the Door 406 001-049, 051-099
Suspension 101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
INSULATION - DOOR 52-33-13
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Removal of the Lining and 401 001-049, 051-099
Insulation of the Bulk 101-149, 221-221
251-299,
Installation of the Lining and 406 001-049, 051-099
Insulation of the Bulk 101-149, 221-221
251-299,
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
52-CONTENTS Page 38
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Removal of Bulk Door Seal 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Installation of the Bulk Door Seal 405 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
REPAIRS 801 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Repair of BULK Door Seal 801 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Removal of the Door Locking 401 001-049, 051-099
Mechanism 101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Installation of the Door Locking 426 001-049, 051-099
Mechanism 101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
LATCH AND STOP FITTINGS 52-33-31
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Removal of the Latch and the Stop 401 001-049, 051-099
Fitting 101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Installation of the Latch and the 407 001-049, 051-099
Stop Fitting 101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
FITTING - DOOR FRAME 52-33-32
101-149, 221-221
52-CONTENTS Page 39
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Removal of the Door Frame Fittings 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Installation of the Door Frame 406 001-049, 051-099
Fittings 101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
BALANCE MECHANISM 52-33-41
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Removal of the Balance Mechanism 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Installation of the Balance 414 001-049, 051-099
Mechanism 101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR ELECTRICAL 52-35-00

CONTROL SYSTEM
General 1 ALL
Power Supply 32 ALL
Electro-Manual Selector Valve 37 ALL
2500MJ
Manual Selector Valve 2501MJ 37 ALL
(2504MJ)
Door Actuators 2502MJ and 2503MJ 37 ALL
(2505MJ and 2506MJ)
Indicator Light 9MJ (8MJ) 37 ALL
Limit Switches 2507MJ and 2508MJ 40 001-049, 101-105
(2509MJ)
Proximity Switch 5MJ (12MJ) 40 ALL
Operation 40 ALL
Open Mode 40 ALL
Close Mode 41 001-049, 101-105
Close Mode 41 051-099, 106-149
52-CONTENTS Page 40
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
151-199, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR ELECTRICAL 52-35-00

CONTROL SYSTEM
Operational Check of the FWD and 501 001-049, 101-105
AFT Door Closing-Inhibition from
Door-Sill Latch-Switches
Functional Test of the Proximity 504 ALL
Switch 5MJ (12MJ)
LIGHT - INDICATOR 52-35-12
Removal of the Indicator Light 9MJ 401 ALL
Installation of the Indicator 408 ALL
Light 9MJ
Removal of the Indicator Light 8MJ 414 ALL
Installation of the Indicator 419 ALL
Light 8MJ
SWITCH - DOOR LOCKING CONTROL 52-35-13
Removal of the Limit Switches 401 001-049, 101-105
2508MJ and/or 2509MJ
Installation of the Limit Switches 404 001-049, 101-105
2508MJ and 2509MJ
Removal of the Proximity Switches 409 ALL
5MJ and/or 12MJ
Installation of the Proximity 414 ALL
Switches 5MJ and 12MJ
Removal of the Limit Switch 2507MJ 418 001-049, 101-105
Installation of the Limit Switch 421 001-049, 101-105
2507MJ
CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 52-36-00

General 1 ALL
Operation 15 ALL
Normal Opening Procedure 15 ALL
Normal Closing Procedure 16 ALL
Manual Opening Procedure 18 ALL
52-CONTENTS Page 41
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Manual Closing Procedure 19 ALL
CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR HYDRAULIC 52-36-00

SYSTEM
SERVICING 301 ALL
Hydraulic System for the Cargo 301 ALL
Compartment Doors - Servicing

SYSTEM
Deactivation of the Cargo Door 401 ALL
Actuator(s)
Reactivation of the Cargo Door 408 ALL
Actuator(s)
Deactivation of the Hand Pump 410 ALL
Reactivation of the Hand Pump 415 ALL

SYSTEM
Inspection/Check of the Cargo 601 ALL
Compartment Door Hydraulic System
PUMP - HAND 52-36-11
Removal of the Hand Pump 3009GM 401 ALL
Installation of the Hand Pump 406 ALL
3009GM
VALVE - ELECTRO MANUAL, SELECTOR 52-36-12
Removal of the Electro-Manual 401 ALL
Selector Valve 2500MJ
Installation of the Electro-Manual 405 ALL
Selector Valve 2500MJ
CHECK VALVE - DOUBLE 52-36-13
Removal of Double Check Valve 401 ALL
3717GM
Installation of Double Check Valve 406 ALL
3717GM
52-CONTENTS Page 42
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
VALVE - MANUAL SELECTOR 52-36-15
Removal of the Manual Selector 401 ALL
Valve 2501MJ/2504MJ
Installation of the Manual 407 ALL
Selector Valve 2501MJ/2504MJ
Removal of the Proximity Switch 414 ALL
Switch
ACTUATOR - DOOR 52-36-18
Removal of the Door Actuator 401 ALL
2502MJ/2503MJ/2505MJ/2506MJ
Installation of the Door Actuator 406 ALL
2502MJ/2503MJ/2505MJ/2506MJ
Removal of the Proximity Switch 414 ALL
Switch
_______
SERVICE 52-40-00
General 1 ALL
Access Doors 1 ALL
Service Doors 1 ALL
ACCESS DOORS 52-41-00

General 1 ALL
Avionics Compartment Doors 811, 1 ALL
812, 822, 824
Description 1 ALL
Structure 1 ALL
Locking mechanism 1 ALL
Operation 4 ALL
Door closing : 4 ALL
Door opening 4 ALL

Open the APU Doors for Access 201 ALL
Close the APU Doors after Access 205 ALL
Open the Avionics Compartment 208 ALL
Doors for Access
Close the Avionics Compartment 218 ALL
52-CONTENTS Page 43
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Doors after Access

Deactivation of the Access Door of 401 ALL
the Blue Hydraulic System
Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-21 401 ALL
Reactivation of the Access Door of 405 ALL
the Blue Hydraulic System

Detailed Inspection of the Door 601 ALL
Seals.
DOOR - AVIONICS COMPARTMENT, FWD 52-41-11
Removal of the 401 ALL
Avionics-Compartment Forward Door
Installation of the 404 ALL
Avionics-Compartment Forward Door
DOOR - AVIONICS COMPARTMENT, FWD 52-41-11
Detailed Inspection of Forward 601 ALL
Avionics Compartment Access Door,
Internal Structure, Including
Hinge Arms
DOOR - AVIONICS COMPARTMENT, LATERAL 52-41-12
LEFT
Avionics-Compartment Lateral-Left
Door
Avionics-Compartment Lateral-Left
Door
LEFT
Detailed Inspection of Lateral 601 ALL
Left Avionics Compartment Access
Door, Internal Structure
RIGHT
52-CONTENTS Page 44
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Avionics-Compartment Lateral-Right
Door
Avionics-Compartment Lateral-Right
Door
RIGHT
Detailed Inspection of Lateral 601 ALL
Right Avionics Compartment Access
Door, Internal Structure
DOOR - AVIONICS COMPARTMENT, AFT 52-41-14
Avionics-Compartment Aft Door
Avionics-Compartment Aft Door
DOOR - AVIONICS COMPARTMENT, AFT 52-41-14
Detailed Inspection of Aft 601 ALL
Avionics Compartment Access Door,
Internal Structure
DOOR - ACCESSORY COMPARTMENT ACCESS 52-41-16
Removal of the Accessory 401 ALL
Compartment Access Door 312AR
Installation of the Accessory 404 ALL
Compartment Access Door 312AR
ACCESS FAIRING - APU EXHAUST 52-41-18
Removal of the APU Exhaust 401 ALL
Access-Fairing 317AL
Installation of the APU Exhaust 404 ALL
Access-Fairing 317AL
DOOR - APU ACCESS 52-41-21
Removal of the APU Access Door 401 ALL
315AL
Installation of the APU Access 407 ALL
Door 315AL
DOOR - APU ACCESS 52-41-22
Removal of the APU Access Door 401 ALL
316AR and the related Door
52-CONTENTS Page 45
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Mechanism
Installation of the APU Access 410 ALL
Door 316AR and the related Door
Mechanism
DOOR - MAINTENANCE 52-41-23
Removal of the Maintenance Door 401 ALL
314AR
Installation of the Maintenance 405 ALL
Door 314AR
DOOR - BLUE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ACCESS 52-41-24
Removal of the Access Door of the 401 ALL
Blue Hydraulic System (197FB)
Installation of the Access Door of 407 ALL
the Blue Hydraulic System (197FB)
SERVICE DOORS 52-42-00

General 1 ALL
External Power Receptacle Door 4 ALL
121AL
FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment 4 ALL
Door Control Panel Door 134AR,
154AR
Potable Water Service Door 171AL 7 ALL
Lavatory Service Door 172AR 7 ALL
Ground Air Conditioning/Air 10 ALL
Starting Door
FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment 10 ALL
Access Doors 825AR, 826AR
Ground Service Conditioned Air 14 ALL
Connection Door 191CB
Refuel/Defuel Control-Panel Door 14 ALL
192MB
Green-, Blue- and Yellow 19 ALL
Hydraulic System Ground-Service
Panel Doors 197CB, 197EB, 198CB
(referred to as access door)
SERVICE DOORS 52-42-00

Deactivation of the Refuel/Defuel 401 ALL
52-CONTENTS Page 46
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Control Panel 800VU
Reactivation of the Refuel/Defuel 405 ALL
Control Panel 800VU
Deactivation of the Toilet 407 ALL
Servicing Door
Reactivation of the Toilet 416 ALL
Servicing Door
DOOR - LAVATORY SERVICE, AFT 52-42-11
Removal of the Service Door 172AR 401 ALL
Installation of the Service Door 404 ALL
172AR
DOOR - EXTERNAL POWER RECEPTACLE 52-42-12
Removal of the External-Power 401 ALL
Receptacle Door (121AL)
Installation of the External-Power 404 ALL
Receptacle Door (121AL)
DOOR - POTABLE WATER SERVICE Z170 52-42-13
Removal of the Service Door 171AL 401 ALL
Installation of the Service Door 404 ALL
171AL
DOOR - POTABLE WATER SERVICE Z192 52-42-14
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Potable Water 401 001-049, 051-099
Service-Door (192NB) 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Potable Water 404 001-049, 051-099
Service-Door (192NB) 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
DOOR - CONTROL PANEL, FWD/AFT CARGO 52-42-15
COMPARTMENT DOOR
Removal of the Access Panel 401 ALL
52-CONTENTS Page 47
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
(134AR, 154AR)
Installation of the Access Panel 404 ALL
(134AR, 154AR)
DOOR - HP AIR GROUND CONNECTOR 52-42-16
Removal of the HP Air-Ground 401 ALL
Connector Door (191DB)
Installation of the HP Air-Ground 404 ALL
Connector Door (191DB)
DOOR - GROUND SERVICE CONDITIONED AIR 52-42-17
CONNECTION
Removal of the Ground Service 401 ALL
Conditioned-Air Connection-Door
(191CB)
Installation of the Ground Service 404 ALL
Conditioned-Air Connection-Door
(191CB)
ACCESS DOOR - FUEL PANEL 52-42-18
Removal of Fuel Panel Access-Door 401 ALL
192MB
Installation of the Fuel Panel 408 ALL
Access-Door 192MB
DOOR - GREEN HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUND 52-42-22
SERVICE PANEL
Panel Door of the Green Hydraulic
System (197CB)
Panel Door of the Green Hydraulic
System (197CB)
DOOR - YELLOW HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUND 52-42-23
SERVICE PANEL
Panel Door of the Yellow Hydraulic
System (198CB)
Panel Door of the Yellow Hydraulic
System (198CB)
DOOR - BLUE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUND 52-42-25
SERVICE PANEL
52-CONTENTS Page 48
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Panel Door of the Blue Hydraulic
System (197EB)
Panel Door of the Blue Hydraulic
System (197EB)
______________
FIXED INTERIOR 52-50-00
General 1 ALL
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FIXED INTERIOR 52-51-00

DOORS
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Cockpit Door 1 ALL
The Cockpit Door-Lock System 7 001-049, 051-099
(CDLS) 101-105, 151-199
201-220, 224-224
236-236,
The Cockpit Door-Lock System 8 106-149, 221-223
(CDLS) 225-235, 237-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Components of the Cockpit Door 9 ALL
Components of the Cockpit Door 10 ALL
Lock-System
Operation 14 ALL
Normal Mode 14 ALL
Emergency Mode 15 ALL

DOORS
Deactivation of the 401 201-210,
Flight-Deck-Door Lock-Solenoid
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-50-01 401 201-210,
Reactivation of the 403 201-210,
Flight-Deck-Door Lock-Solenoid
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-50-01 403 201-210,
Deactivation of the Key Pad 404 ALL
52-CONTENTS Page 49
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
52-50-02-1)b)
Reactivation of the Key Pad 408 ALL
52-50-02-1)b)
Deactivation of the Buzzer 411 ALL
52-50-02-4)
Reactivation of the Buzzer 412 ALL
52-50-02-4)
Deactivation of the Lock Function 413 ALL
52-50-02-5)
Reactivation of the Lock Function 414 ALL
52-50-02-5)
Check of the Pressure Rate Sensor 415 ALL
52-50-02-6)
Deactivation of the Door Locking 418 ALL
System (CDLS)
Reactivation of the Door Locking 420 ALL
System (CDLS)
Deactivation of the Key Pad 422 ALL
52-50-02-I)a)
Reactivation of the Key Pad 425 ALL
52-50-02-I)a)
Deactivation of the Electrical 428 ALL
Release Strikes
52-50-02-J)
Reactivation of the Electrical 432 ALL
Release Strikes
52-50-02-J)
Check of the Pressure Rate Sensor 435 ALL
52-50-02-K)a)

DOORS
52-CONTENTS Page 50
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Operational Test of the Routine 501 ALL
Access
Operational Test of the Cockpit 505 ALL
Door Lock System (CDLS)
Operational Test of the Emergency 509 ALL
Access
Operational Check of Door Opening 517 ALL
in Case of Power Off
Operational Check of Door Opening 520 ALL
by using the Emergency Code
Operational Check Manual Opening 525 ALL
of Escape Panel
Functional Test of the Door 528 ALL
Opening Force
Operational Check of both Pressure 532 ALL
Sensing Channels for Rapid
Decompression
Functional Check of the Adjustment 535 001-049, 051-099
of the Cockpit Door, Electrical 101-105, 151-199
Release Strikes and Latch 201-220,
Mechanism
Adjustment of the Cockpit Door, 549 ALL
Electrical Release Strikes and
Latch Mechanisms

DOORS
Detailed Inspection of Mechanical 601 ALL
Parts of Cockpit Door

DOORS
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of the Cockpit Door Upper 801 ALL
Edge
Repair of the Door Escape Hatch 805 ALL
DOOR - COCKPIT 52-51-11
Removal of the Cockpit Door 401 ALL
Installation of the Cockpit Door 405 ALL
Replacement of the Spy Hole 409 ALL
Replacement of the Door Escape 413 ALL
52-CONTENTS Page 51
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Hatch
STRIKE - ELECTRIC RELEASE 52-51-12
Removal of the Electric Release 401 ALL
Strike
Installation of the Electric 407 ALL
Release Strike
BUZZER - COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM 52-51-13
Removal of the Buzzer of the 401 ALL
Cockpit-Door Locking System
Installation of the Buzzer of the 404 ALL
CONTROL UNIT - COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING 52-51-14
SYSTEM
Removal of the Control Unit of the 401 ALL
Installation of the Control Unit 404 ALL
of the Cockpit-Door Locking System
KEYPAD 52-51-15
Removal of the Key Pad 25MQ 401 ALL
Installation of the Keypad 25MQ 404 ALL
MECHANISM - LATCH 52-51-21
Removal of the Latch Mechanism 401 ALL
Installation of the Latch 408 ALL
Mechanism
____________
DOOR WARNING 52-70-00
General 1 ALL
Passenger/Crew Doors 1 ALL
Emergency Exits 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Emergency Exits 5 301-399,
Avionics Compartment Doors 5 ALL
Cargo Doors 5 ALL
Description 5 ALL
Operation 8 ALL
52-CONTENTS Page 52
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
_____________
Visual Check to Make Sure that the 401 ALL
Cargo Compartment Doors are
Correctly Closed
52-70-01-C)
Reactivation of the Cargo 405 ALL
Compartment Doors
52-70-01-C)
Check of the Proximity Switches of 407 001-049, 051-099
the Passenger/Crew Door (13WV1, 101-149, 151-199
13WV2, 17WV1, 17WV2) 201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 407 001-049, 051-099
52-70-01-A) 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Check of the Proximity Switches of 412 301-399,
the Passenger/Crew Doors (13WV1,
13WV2, 17WV1, 17WV2) and of the
Emergency Exits (19WV1, 19WV2,
21WV1, 21WV2)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 412 301-399,
52-70-01-A)
Reactivation of the 419 ALL
Avionics-Compartment Access Door
52-70-01-A)
Visual Check to Make Sure that the 420 001-049, 051-099
Emergency Exit is Correctly Closed 101-149, 201-249
and Check of the Proximity-Switch 251-299, 501-509
Handle Flap (19WV1, 19WV2, 21WV1, 511-526, 528-599
21WV2)
52-70-01-B) 101-149, 201-249
251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Visual Check to Make Sure that the 424 151-199, 401-499
Emergency Exit is Correctly Closed
and Check of the Proximity-Switch
Handle Flap (21WV1, 21WV2)
52-CONTENTS Page 53
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
52-70-01-B)
Reactivation of the Emergency Exit 428 001-049, 051-099
Doors 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
52-70-01-B) 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Visual Check to Make Sure that the 429 ALL
Avionics-Compartment Access Doors
are Correctly Closed
52-70-01-D)
Reactivation of the 431 ALL
Avionics-Compartment Access Doors
52-70-01-D)
the Doors (4WN1, 4WN2, 5WN1, 5WN2, 101-149, 201-249
6WN1, 6WN2, 7WN1, 7WN2) 251-299, 301-399
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
101-149, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
the Doors (4WN1, 4WN2, 6WN1, 6WN2,
7WN1, 7WN2)
Reactivation of the Overwing 451 001-049, 051-099
Emergency Exits and the 101-149, 151-199
Avionics-Compartment Access Door 201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
25-60-04-B) 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Visual Check to Make Sure that 452 ALL
52-CONTENTS Page 54
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Slide is in the ARMED Position
25-60-04-B)a)
Visual Check to Make Sure that 454 ALL
Slide is in the ARMED Position
25-60-04-B)b)
Visual Check of EMERGENCY EXIT 456 001-049, 051-099
Closure and SLIDE Arming 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
52-70-01-B)a) 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Visual Check of EMERGENCY EXIT 462 001-049, 051-099
Closure and SLIDE Arming 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
52-70-01-B)b) 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599

General 1 ALL
101-149, 201-249
251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Avionics Compartment Doors 9 ALL
Cargo Compartment Doors 13 ALL
Door of the Bulk Cargo 13 001-049, 051-099
Compartment 101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
52-CONTENTS Page 55
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Power Supply 21 ALL
101-149, 221-221
224-224, 228-228
251-299,
225-227, 229-249
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Proximity Switches with Built-in 25 ALL
Electronic System
Proximity Switches with Separate 26 ALL
Electronic System
Operation 26 ALL
Door Indications on the Display 33 ALL
Units of the ECAM System

Operational Test of the Door 501 ALL
Warning System
Adjustment of the Proximity 524 ALL
Switches (11WV1, 11WV2, 15WV1,
15WV2) of the Locking Hook of the
Pax/Crew Doors with the CHECKING
TOOL-DOOR
15WV2) of the Locking Hook of the
Passenger/Crew Doors with the ECAM
DU
Switches (4WN1, 4WN2, 7WN1, 7WN2,
13WV1, 13WV2, 17WV1, 17WV2) of the
Passenger/Crew Doors with the
CHECKING TOOL-DOORS
Switches (4WN1, 4WN2, 7WN1, 7WN2,
13WV1, 13WV2, 17WV1, 17WV2) of the
Passenger/Crew Doors with the ECAM
DU
52-CONTENTS Page 56
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Switches 30WV and 32WV of the
Cargo Compartment Door Threshold
Switches 28WV and 34WV of the
Locking Handle of the Cargo
Compartment Doors
Adjustment of the Proximity 570 301-399,
61WV2) of the Emergency Exits with
the CHECKING TOOL-DOORS
61WV2) of the Emergency Exit with
the ECAM DU
21WV2) of the Emergency Exit Doors
with the CHECKING TOOL-DOORS
21WV2) of the Emergency Exits with
the ECAM DU
Switches (23WV, 36WV, 40WV) of the
Avionics Compartment Doors with
the CHECKING TOOL-DOORS
Switches (23WV, 36WV, 40WV) of the
Avionics Compartment Doors with
the lower ECAM DU
Adjustment of the Proximity A504 001-049, 051-099
Switches (5WN1, 5WN2, 6WN1, 6WN2) 101-149, 201-249
of the Emergency Exits 251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Adjustment of the Proximity A510 301-399,
Switches (5WN1, 5WN2, 6WN1, 6WN2)
of the Emergency Exits with the
CHECKING TOOL-DOORS
Adjustment of the Proximity A517 301-399,
Switches (5WN1, 5WN2, 6WN1, 6WN2)
of the Emergency Exits with the
ECAM DU
Ajustment of the Proximity A523 151-199, 401-499
Switches (6WN1, 6WN2) of the
Emergency Exits
52-CONTENTS Page 57
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Adjustment of the Proximity Switch A529 ALL
(38WV) of the Avionics Compartment
Door 822

Inspection of the Proximity 601 ALL
Switches
PROXIMITY SWITCH - PAX CREW DOORS 52-71-11
of the Passenger/Crew Doors
(11WV1, 11WV2, 13WV1, 13WV2,
15WV1, 15WV2, 17WV1, 17WV2)
Switches of the Passenger/Crew
Door (11WV1, 11WV2, 13WV1, 13WV2,
15WV1, 15WV2, 17WV1, 17WV2)
PROXIMITY SWITCH - CARGO DOORS 52-71-12
28WV and 34WV
Switches 28WV and 34WV
30WV and 32WV
Switches 30WV and 32WV
Removal of the Proximity Switch 433 001-049, 051-099
50WV 101-105,
Installation of the Proximity 437 001-049, 051-099
Switch 50WV 101-105,
PROXIMITY SWITCH - EMERGENCY EXITS 52-71-13
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Proximity Switches 401 001-049, 051-099
(19WV1, 19WV2, 21WV1, 21WV2) 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Switches (19WV1, 19WV2, 21WV1, 101-149, 151-199
52-CONTENTS Page 58
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
21WV2) 201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 2 401 301-399,
Removal of the Proximity Switches 401 301-399,
19WV1, 19WV2, 21WV1 and 21WV2
Installation of the Proximity 405 301-399,
Switches 19WV1, 19WV2, 21WV1 and
21WV2
59WV1, 59WV2, 61WV1 and 61WV2
Switches 59WV1, 59WV2, 61WV1 and
61WV2
PROXIMITY SWITCH - AVIONICS 52-71-14
COMPARTMENT DOORS
(23WV, 36WV, 38WV, 40WV) of the
Avionics Compartment Doors
Switches (23WV, 36WV, 38WV, 40WV)
of the Avionics Compartment Doors
EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE RELEASE AND 52-73-00

OVERPRESSURE WARNING SYSTEMS
General 1 ALL
Emergency Escape Slide Warning 1 ALL
Overpressure Warning. 1 ALL
101-149, 201-249
251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Emergency Escape Slide Warning 11 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Emergency Escape Slide Warning 13 301-399,
Overpressure Warning 13 ALL
52-CONTENTS Page 59
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Power Supply 17 ALL
Operation 23 ALL
Emergency Escape Slide Warning 23 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Emergency Escape Slide Warning 29 301-399,
EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE RELEASE AND 52-73-00

OVERPRESSURE WARNING SYSTEMS
Operational Test of the Emergency 501 ALL
Escape Slide Release System of the
Operational Test of the Warning 506 001-049, 051-099
System related to the Emergency 101-149, 201-249
Exits 251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operational Test of the Warning 512 301-399,
System related to the Emergency
Exits
Operational Test of the Warning 518 151-199, 401-499
System Related to the Emergency
Exits
Operational Test of the Escape 523 ALL
Slide Release Warning System
Operational Test of the Residual 524 ALL
Cabin Pressure Warning System and
In-Situ Functional Test of the
Cabin Pressure Detection
Pressure-Switch
Functional Test of the Cabin 530 ALL
Pressure Detection Pressure-Switch
Operational Test of the Cabin 532 ALL
Overpressure Warning System
PROXIMITY SWITCH 52-73-11
52-CONTENTS Page 60
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
(4WN1, 4WN2) of the FWD
Switches (4WN1, 4WN2) of the FWD
(7WN1, 7WN2) of the Aft
Switches (7WN1, 7WN2) of the Aft
(5WN1, 5WN2) of the FWD Emergency 101-149, 201-249
Exits 251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
(5WN1, 5WN2) of the FWD Emergency
Exits
Switches (5WN1, 5WN2) of the FWD 101-149, 201-249
Emergency Exits 251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Switches (5WN1, 5WN2) of the FWD
Emergency Exits
(6WN1, 6WN2) of the Aft Emergency 101-149, 201-249
Exits 251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
(6WN1, 6WN2) of the Aft Emergency
Exits
(6WN1, 6WN2) of the Emergency
Exits
Switches (6WN1, 6WN2) of the Aft 101-149, 201-249
Emergency Exits 251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Switches (6WN1, 6WN2) of the Aft
Emergency Exits
Switches (6WN1, 6WN2) of the
Emergency Exits
PRESSURE SWITCH - CABIN PRESSURE 52-73-12
52-CONTENTS Page 61
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
DETECTION
Removal of the Cabin-Pressure 401 ALL
Detection Pressure-Switch (14WN)
Installation of the Cabin Pressure 405 ALL
Detection Pressure-Switch (14WN)
INDICATOR LIGHT - SLIDE ARMED 52-73-21
Removal of the SLIDE ARMED 401 ALL
Indicator-Light (1WN1, 1WN2) of
Installation of the SLIDE ARMED 405 ALL
Removal of the SLIDE ARMED 408 ALL
Installation of the SLIDE ARMED 412 ALL
Removal of the SLIDE ARMED 415 001-049, 051-099
Indicator-Light (2WN1, 2WN2) of 101-149, 201-249
the Emergency Exit 251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the SLIDE ARMED 419 001-049, 051-099
Indicator-Light (2WN1, 2WN2) of 101-149, 201-249
the Emergency Exit 251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the SLIDE ARMED 422 301-399,
Indicator-Light (2WN1, 2WN2,
21WN1, 21WN2) of the Emergency
Exit
Installation of the SLIDE ARMED 425 301-399,
Indicator-Light (2WN1, 2WN2,
Exit
Removal of the SLIDE ARMED 428 151-199, 401-499
the Emergency Exit
Installation of the SLIDE ARMED 432 151-199, 401-499
the Emergency Exit
WARNING LIGHT PANEL CABIN OVERPRESSURE 52-73-22
Removal of the CABIN PRESSURE 401 ALL
Warning Light Panel (16WN1, 16WN2)
52-CONTENTS Page 62
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Installation of the CABIN PRESSURE 405 ALL
of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Removal of the CABIN PRESSURE 408 ALL
of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Installation of the CABIN PRESSURE 412 ALL
of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Removal of the CABIN PRESSURE 415 301-399,
Warning Light Panel (19WN1, 19WN2,
Exit
Installation of the CABIN PRESSURE 419 301-399,
Warning Light Panel of the
Emergency Exit Door (19WN1, 19WN2,
20WN1, 20WN2)
____________
LANDING GEAR 52-80-00
General 1 ALL
MAIN GEAR DOORS 52-81-00

General. 1 ALL
MLG Main Door Assembly 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
MLG Hinged Fairing Assembly 6 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
MLG Fixed Fairing Assembly 6 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
MLG Main Door Assembly 6 301-399,
MLG Hinged Fairing Assembly 7 301-399,
MLG Fixed Fairing Assembly 7 301-399,
52-CONTENTS Page 63
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
MLG Main Door 7 ALL
MLG Hinged Fairings 7 ALL
MLG Fixed Fairing 8 ALL
MAIN GEAR DOORS 52-81-00

Detailed Inspection of MLG Door, 601 ALL
Forward and Aft Fittings, LH/RH
Detailed Inspection of the MLG 607 ALL
Door Fittings
DOOR - MAIN LANDING GEAR, COMMON RAMP 52-81-18
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Main Landing-Gear Door - 801 ALL
Replacement of the Central-Ramp
Teflon Strip
NOSE GEAR DOORS 52-82-00

General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Main Forward Doors 1 ALL
Aft Doors 1 ALL
Leg Door 1 ALL
Operation 1 ALL
The forward and aft doors open 1 ALL
out around axis XX.
The forward doors are normally 1 ALL
in the closed position.
The aft doors are operated by an 4 ALL
adjustable rod connected to the
gear leg. They are open when the
gear is extended.
The leg door is secured to 3 4 ALL
points on the rear of the gear
leg. It provides a space for the
drag strut assembly when the
gear is extended.
NOSE GEAR DOORS 52-82-00

Detailed Inspection of NLG, Main 601 ALL
Door Hinges, LH/RH
Detailed Inspection of NLG, 606 ALL
Secondary Doors Hinges, LH/RH
52-CONTENTS Page 64
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 52
__________
DOORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
___________________
MISCELLANEOUS DOORS 52-90-00
General 1 ALL
DOORS - RAM AIR TURBINE 52-91-00

General 1 ALL
Operation 1 ALL
DOOR - RAM AIR TURBINE 52-91-11
Removal of the Ram Air Turbine 401 ALL
(RAT) Door 195CB
Installation of the Ram Air 408 ALL
Turbine (RAT) Door 195CB
DOOR - OVERPRESSURE RELEASE, APU 52-92-00

COMPARTMENT
General 1 ALL
Operation 1 ALL

COMPARTMENT
Visual Inspection of the APU 601 ALL
Compartment Overpressure Release
Door
COMPARTMENT
Removal of the APU Compartment 401 ALL
Overpressure Release Door
Installation of the APU 405 ALL
Compartment Overpressure Release
Door
52-CONTENTS Page 65
Feb 01/10
R
CES
DOORS - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________
1. General
_______
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 221-221, 224-224, 228-228, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
R **ON A/C 201-220, 222-223, 225-227, 229-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 001C)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 002)

The aircraft comprises the doors below:
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
A. In the pressurized area

- 2 cargo compartment doors (825, 826).
- 4 overwing emergency exits (the 2 exits on each side are identical)
(833, 843, 834, 844)
- 4 passenger/crew doors (831, 841, 832, 842)
- 4 doors which give access to the avionics compartment (811 ,812, 822,
824)
- Optional doors : 1 bulk cargo compartment door (827) and 1 entrance
stairs door (813).

EFF :

ALL 52-00-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,

- 2 cargo compartment doors mechanically and electrically identical.
(825, 826).
- 2 overwing emergency exits (834,844)
- 4 passenger/crew doors (831, 841, 832, 842)
- 4 doors which give access to the avionics compartment (811, 812, 822,
824)
**ON A/C 301-399,

- 2 cargo compartment doors mechanically and electrically identical (825,
826).
- 4 emergency exits or cabin doors usable as emergency exits (833, 843,
834, 844)
- 4 passenger/crew doors or cabin doors usable as emergency exits (831,
841, 832, 842)
- 4 doors which give access to the avionics compartment (811, 812, 822,
824)
- Optional doors : 1 bulk cargo compartment door (827) and 1 entrance
stairs door (813).
**ON A/C ALL
B. In the unpressurized areas

- 1 Accessory compartment access door (312AR)
- 1 APU exhaust access fairing (317AL)
- 1 APU access door (315AL)
- 1 APU access door (316AR)
- 1 Maintenance door (314AR)
- 1 Aft lavatory service door (172AR)
- 1 External power receptacle door (121AL)
- 1 FWD potable water service door (133AL)
- 1 Aft potable water service door (171AL)
- 1 FWD cargo compartment door control panel door (134AR)
- 1 Aft cargo compartment door control panel door (154AR)
- 1 HP groud air connector door (191DB)
- 1 Conditioned air connection door (191CB)
- 1 Refuel/defuel panel door (192MB)

EFF :

ALL 52-00-00

Page 2
Aug 01/05

CES
Doors in the Pressurized Area
Figure 001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 221-221,
224-224, 228-228, 251-299,
52-00-00

Page 3/4
Nov 01/08

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-00-00

Page 5
Feb 01/00

CES
Figure 001A (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-00-00

Page 6
Aug 01/05

CES
Figure 001A (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-00-00

Page 7
Aug 01/05

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

52-00-00

Page 8
Feb 01/00
R
CES
Figure 001B

R

EFF : 201-220, 222-223, 225-227, 229-249,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-00-00

Page 9/10
Feb 01/10

CES
R Doors in the Pressurized Area
R Figure 001C

R

EFF :

301-399, 52-00-00

Page 11/12
May 01/04

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-00-00

Page 13
May 01/04

CES
Doors in the Unpressurized Areas
Figure 002 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 52-00-00

Page 14
May 01/04

CES
Doors in the Unpressurized Areas

EFF :

ALL 52-00-00

Page 15
May 01/04

CES
DOORS - GENERAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________
TASK 52-00-00-481-001
Installation of the Safety Barriers
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 4 m (13 ft. 1 in.)

R 98D52003003001 1 BARRIER,SAFETY-PAX DOOR
R 98D52003004001 1 BARRIER,SAFETY-EMERGENCY EXITDOORS
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door

52-10-00-860-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-22-00-010-002 Opening of the Emergency Exit Doors from the Outside
52-22-00-860-003 Special Precaution before Maintenance on the Door
Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder

EFF :

ALL 52-00-00

Page 201
Nov 01/07

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-00-00-010-050
A. Get Access to the Passenger/Crew Doors
WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR, MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR-DAMPER AND
EMERGENCY-OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
WARNING : STOP THE OPENING PROCEDURE IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES.
_______
RESIDUAL PRESSURE COULD CAUSE THE DOOR TO OPEN WITH A SUDDEN
FORCE AND INJURE PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.
(1) Put an access platform in position at the applicable passenger/crew

door.
(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door 831 or 841 or 832 or 842
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(3) Obey the safety precautions before work on the door. (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-860-001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-00-00-010-051
B. Not Applicable
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 52-00-00-010-051-A
B. Get Access to the Emergency Exit Doors
(1) Put an access platform in position at the applicable emergency exit

door 833 or 834 or 843 or 844.
(2) Open the applicable emergency exit (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-00-00

Page 202
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Obey the safety precautions before you start work on the emergency
exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-003).
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-00-00-481-050
A. Installation of Safety Barriers in Passenger/Crew Doors Frame
(1) Make sure that the door is fully open.
(2) Install the BARRIER,SAFETY-PAX DOOR (98D52003003001) in the frame of

the door.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-00-00-481-051
B. Not Applicable
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 52-00-00-481-051-A
B. Installation of Safety Barriers in Emergency Exit Doors Frame
(1) Make sure that the door is fully open.
(2) Install the BARRIER,SAFETY-EMERGENCY EXITDOORS (98D52003004001) in

the frame of the door.

EFF :

ALL 52-00-00

Page 203
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-00-00-081-001
Removal of the Safety Barriers
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door

52-10-00-860-002 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-22-00-410-002 Closing of the Emergency Exit Doors from the Outside
52-22-00-860-004 Special Precaution after Maintenance on the Door
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-00-00-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the applicable
door.
(2) Make sure that the applicable door is open.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-00-00-081-050
A. Removal of the Safety Barriers from the Passenger/Crew Door Frame
R (1) Remove the BARRIER,SAFETY-PAX DOOR (98D52003003001) from the door

frame.

EFF :

ALL 52-00-00

Page 204
Nov 01/07

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-00-00-081-051
B. Not Applicable
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 52-00-00-081-051-A
B. Removal of the Safety Barriers from the Emergency Exit Door Frame
(1) Remove the BARRIER,SAFETY-EMERGENCY EXITDOORS (98D52003004001) from

the door frame.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-00-00-410-050
A. Close the Passenger/Crew Doors
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
(2) Obey the special precautions after the work on the door (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-860-002).
(3) Close the applicable passenger/crew door 831 or 841 or 832 or 842
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-00-00-410-051
B. Not Applicable

EFF :

ALL 52-00-00

Page 205
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R Subtask 52-00-00-410-051-A
R B. Close the Emergency Exit Doors
R (1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
R (2) Obey the special precautions after the work on the door (Ref. TASK
R 52-22-00-860-004).
R (3) Close the applicable emergency exit door 833 or 834 or 843 or 844
R (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-002).
R (4) Remove the access platform(s).
R (5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.

EFF :

301-399, 52-00-00

Page 206
May 01/04

CES
PASSENGER/CREW - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________
1. General
_______
A. Door Description
The aircraft is provided with four type 1 passenger/crew doors, two on
the left side of the fuselage and two on the right side.
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The doors are of fail-safe plug-type construction. During the unlocking
phase the doors move inwards then upwards, they open outwards and move
forwards parallel to the fuselage.
All the doors include an evacuation system. The escape slides or
slides/raft are stowed in hard containers at the lower part of
passenger/crew door.
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 002A)
**ON A/C ALL
Each passenger/crew door has a locking mechanism and an escape slide or

slide/raft release mechanism.
The locking mechanism is controlled either with the inner or the outer
control handle.
The escape slide or slide/raft is controlled by an arming/disarming lever
on the inner side. When the door is opened from the outside the escape
slide or slide/raft release mechanism is disarmed automatically.
Because all type 1 doors are similar, except for their geometry, this
description is general and valid for all doors.
B. Location of Component
(1) FWD Passenger Crew/Door

The main components of the FWD passenger/crew door are:
- the door structure (Ref. 52-11-11),
- the door suspension (Ref. 52-11-12),
- the door seal (Ref 52-11-18),
- the door damper and emergency-operation cylinder (Ref. 52-11-14),
- the door locking mechanism (Ref. 52-11-21).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
Location of the FWD and Aft Passenger/Crew Doors
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
Escape Slide Installation
Figure 002

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-10-00

Page 3
Nov 01/09

CES
Slide/Raft Installation
Figure 002A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
- the emergency escape-slide release-mechanism (Ref. 52-11-22).
- the door fittings (Ref. 52-11-31).
(2) Aft Passenger Crew/Door

The main components of the aft passenger/crew door are:
- the door structure (Ref. 52-13-11),
- the door suspension (Ref. 52-13-12),
- the door seal (Ref 52-13-18),
- the door damper and emergency-operation cylinder (Ref. 52-13-14),
- the door locking mechanism (Ref. 52-13-21).
- the emergency escape-slide release-mechanism (Ref. 52-13-22).
- the door fittings (Ref. 52-13-31).
2. Description
___________
A. Structure
(Ref. Fig. 003)
The main structural components of the passenger/crew doors are the
horizontal longerons, vertical frame segments, outer skin, edge members
and inner skin which are riveted together.
The adjustable stop fittings, and their corresponding fittings on the
door fuselage frame, transfer the loads resulting from cabin pressure to
the aircraft structure. The door seal consists of a rubber extrusion with
spaced pressurization holes. It is installed on the inner side of the
outer skin at the periphery of the door. When the door is closed, the
seal is pressed against the fuselage door frame and inflated by cabin air
pressure to form a pressure tight seal.
B. Door Mechanism
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 004A)
**ON A/C ALL
Two mechanims inside the door structure control the locking of the door
and the evacuation system.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES
Structure of the Passenger/Crew Doors
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 6
May 01/98
R
CES
Control Mechanism of the Passenger/Crew Doors
Figure 004

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-10-00

Page 7
Nov 01/09

CES
Control Mechanism of the Passenger/Crew Doors
Figure 004A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(1) Door locking mechanism
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 005)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
**ON A/C ALL
The door is locked by a hook. The hook is connected by a rod and

bellcrank to the locking shaft, which is locked in an overcentered
position. An arm on the locking shaft forms the visual locking
indicator. A spring rod maintains the overcentered position. In
addition, a safety pin is provided to prevent any movement of the
door which would result from a double mechanical failure in the
locking mechanism and the lifting mechanism.
The lifting lever (lower connection link) lifts the door. The door
moves upwards until it is clear of the stop fittings and then moves
outwards.
A torsion bar spring compensates for the weight of the door.
The door inner and outer control handles operate the door locking
mechanism. The shafts of these handles are coupled so that the outer
control handle does not move when the door is lifted with the inner
control handle.
The gearbox is connected by rods to the locking shaft and the lifting
lever.
A lowering shaft acts via a rod on a locking hook and locks the
gearbox with the door open.
It is not possible to lower the door when it is in the open position
out of its frame.
(2) Door Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 006)

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES
Locking Mechanism of the Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 005

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-10-00

Page 10
Nov 01/09

CES
Locking Mechanism of the Passenger/Crew Doors
Figure 005A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
Figure 006

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-10-00

Page 12
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 006A)
**ON A/C ALL
The damper and emergency-operation cylinder, installed on the support

arm, damps door movement during opening/closing especially under
abnormal conditions (heavy wind loads). Damping is effected by
hydraulic fluid which pass through a restrictor as the operating rod
extends or retracts.
The damper and emergency-operation cylinder is also an emergency
actuator and assists the opening of the door in emergency condition.
This is effected by a gas cylinder installed on the body of the
damper and emergency-operation cylinder. The gas which operates the
cylinder is released when the door upward movement causes the
pivoting stop lever to actuate the gas release lever, if the escape
slide release system is armed.
The damping function is automatic at the end of the door travel (door
open). It is possible to close the door again after a complete
emergency opening.
(3) Door Suspension

(Ref. Fig. 007)
When the door is in the up position it moves outwards parallel to the
fuselage. The door is supported by the support arm and maintained
parallel to the fuselage by guide arms.
The door is attached to the support arm by means of upper and lower
connection links. The lower connection link is the lifting lever.
A door stay mechanism, installed in the support arm, locks the door
in the fully open position.
(4) Emergency Escape Slide Release Mechanism
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 008)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 008A)

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 13
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 006A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 14
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Door Suspension
Figure 007

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 15
May 01/98

CES
Escape Slide Mechanism
Figure 008

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-10-00

Page 16
Nov 01/09

CES
Escape Slide/Raft Mechanism
Figure 008A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 17
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C ALL
The emergency escape slide is installed at the bottom of the door.

The slide is fastened to a girt bar. This girt bar can be locked, by
means of levers and fittings:
- either to the fuselage in the emergency (armed) mode
- or to the door in the normal (disarmed) mode.
The emergency control handle is located far from the inner control
handle.
Several rods and levers connect the emergency control handle to the
girt bar actuating mechanism.
A cam disk and a roller connect the emergency control handle and
the outer control handle.
When the outer control handle is operated, the release mechanism of
the emergency escape slide returns to the DISARMED position. A
locking unit, connected to the locking shaft, locks the emergency
escape slide release mechanism in the disarmed position when the
door is not fully closed and locked.
A visual indicator is installed at the forward end of the girt bar.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 18
May 01/98

CES
PASSENGER/CREW - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
______________________________________
TASK 52-10-00-010-001
Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 3.50 m (11 ft. 6 in.)

R 98D52103500000 2 SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
52-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Barriers
52-10-00-991-001 Fig. 201
52-10-00-991-043 Fig. 202
R 52-10-00-991-058 Fig. 203
R 52-10-00-991-059 Fig. 204
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-861-051
A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 201
Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 52-10-00-941-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position in front of the applicable

passenger/crew door 831 or 841 or 832 or 842.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-010-050
R A. Opening of FWD the Passenger/Crew Door
_______
WARNING : DO NOT OPEN OR GO NEAR PRESSURE-SEALED DOORS WHEN THE AIRCRAFT

_______
IS PRESSURIZED.
A PRESSURE-SEALED DOOR THAT OPENS WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS
PRESSURIZED.
- WILL CAUSE EXPLOSIVE DECOMPRESSION.
- CAN KILL OR CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT/EQUIPMENT.
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE INNER CONTROL HANDLE TO PUSH/PULL THE DOOR.
_______
USE THE INNER CONTROL HANDLE ONLY TO LOCK/UNLOCK THE DOOR.
IF YOU USE THIS HANDLE TO PUSH/PULL THE DOOR, YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE INTERLOCK MECHANISM HOOK.
R (1) Opening of the FWD passenger/crew door from the outside.

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-10-00-991-001)
NOTE : The CABIN PRESSURE warning light panel is installed in the

____
door window.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 202
Aug 01/08

CES
R Outer Control Handle of the FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
Figure 201/TASK 52-10-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 203
Aug 01/08

CES
(a) Push the flap (3) so that you can hold the handle (1).
NOTE : When the door is open, the control system of the emergency
____
escape slide release-mechanism is disarmed automatically.
(b) Fully lift the outer control handle (1) until it is at level of
the green line (the door moves up).
(c) Pull the passenger/crew door out and move it forward.
(d) Make sure that the door stay mechanism locks the door in the open
position.
R (2) Opening of the FWD passenger/crew door from the inside.

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 52-10-00-991-043)
NOTE : The CABIN PRESSURE warning light panel is installed in the

____
door window.
(a) Before you open the door, make sure that the emergency control
handle (10) is in the DISARMED position and that the SAFETY PIN -
SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) is installed on the emergency
control handle.
(b) Fully lift the inner control handle (12) to the door up position
(the door moves up).
(c) Make sure that the door is in the fully up position and the
indicator plate (13) shows UNLOCKED.
(d) Use the assist handle (14) on the door to push the door out and
forward.
(e) Make sure that the pushbutton (11) of door stay mechanism locks
the door in the open position.
(3) Installation of the safety barrier(s).
(a) If there is no access platform in front of the open door and/or

you do maintenance activity near the door, put the safety barrier
in position in the door frame (Ref. TASK 52-00-00-481-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 204
Aug 01/08

CES
R Inner Control of the FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
Figure 202/TASK 52-10-00-991-043

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 205
Aug 01/08

CES
R Subtask 52-10-00-010-110
R B. Opening of Aft the Passenger/Crew Door
R WARNING : STOP THE OPENING PROCEDURE IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES.
_______
R RESIDUAL PRESSURE COULD CAUSE THE DOOR TO OPEN WITH A SUDDEN
R FORCE AND INJURE PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.
R WARNING : DO NOT OPEN OR GO NEAR PRESSURE-SEALED DOORS WHEN THE AIRCRAFT

_______
R IS PRESSURIZED.
R A PRESSURE-SEALED DOOR THAT OPENS WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS
R PRESSURIZED.
R - WILL CAUSE EXPLOSIVE DECOMPRESSION.
R - CAN KILL OR CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE TO
R THE AIRCRAFT/EQUIPMENT.
R WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE
_______
R THAN 65 KNOTS.
R WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR, MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
R - THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
R THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
R - THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR-DAMPER AND
R EMERGENCY-OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE INNER CONTROL HANDLE TO PUSH/PULL THE DOOR.
_______
R USE THE INNER CONTROL HANDLE ONLY TO LOCK/UNLOCK THE DOOR.
R IF YOU USE THIS HANDLE TO PUSH/PULL THE DOOR, YOU CAN CAUSE
R DAMAGE TO THE INTERLOCK MECHANISM HOOK.
R (1) Opening of the Aft passenger/crew door from the outside.

R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 52-10-00-991-058)
R NOTE : The CABIN PRESSURE warning light panel is installed in the

____
R door window.
R (a) Push the flap (3) so that you can hold the handle (1).
R NOTE : When the door is open, the control system of the emergency
____
R escape slide release-mechanism is disarmed automatically.
R (b) Fully lift the outer control handle (1) until it is at level of
R the green line (the door moves up).
R (c) Pull the passenger/crew door out and move it forward.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 206
Aug 01/08

CES
R Outer Control Handle of the Aft Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 203/TASK 52-10-00-991-058

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 207
Aug 01/08

CES
R (d) Make sure that the door stay mechanism locks the door in the open
R position.
R (2) Opening of the Aft passenger/crew door from the inside.

R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 52-10-00-991-059)
R NOTE : The CABIN PRESSURE warning light panel is installed in the

____
R door window.
R (a) Before you open the door, make sure that the emergency control
R handle (10) is in the DISARMED position and that the SAFETY PIN -
R SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) is installed on the emergency
R control handle.
R (b) Fully lift the inner control handle (12) to the door up position
R (the door moves up).
R (c) Make sure that the door is in the fully up position and the
R indicator plate (13) shows UNLOCKED.
R (d) Use the assist handle (14) on the door to push the door out and
R forward.
R (e) Make sure that the pushbutton (11) of door stay mechanism locks
R the door in the open position.
R (3) Installation of the safety barrier(s).
R (a) If there is no access platform in front of the open door and/or

R you do maintenance activity near the door, put the safety barrier
R in position in the door frame (Ref. TASK 52-00-00-481-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 208
Aug 01/08

CES
R Inner Control of the Aft Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 204/TASK 52-10-00-991-059

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 209
Aug 01/08

CES
TASK 52-10-00-410-001
Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
52-00-00-081-001 Removal of the Safety Barriers
52-10-00-991-001 Fig. 201
52-10-00-991-043 Fig. 202
R 52-10-00-991-058 Fig. 203
R 52-10-00-991-059 Fig. 204
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-860-053
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position.
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 210
Aug 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-410-050
R A. Closing of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE INNER CONTROL HANDLE TO PUSH/PULL THE DOOR.
_______
USE THE INNER CONTROL HANDLE ONLY TO LOCK/UNLOCK THE DOOR.
IF YOU USE THIS HANDLE TO PUSH/PULL THE DOOR, YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE INTERLOCK MECHANISM HOOK.
(1) Removal of the safety barrier(s)
(a) If there is a safety barrier in position in the door frame,

remove it (Ref. TASK 52-00-00-081-001).
R (2) Closing of the FWD passenger/crew door from the outside.

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-10-00-991-001)
(a) Push the pushbutton switch (2) of the door stay mechanism with
one hand to release the door from the fuselage.
(b) Push the door aft wards and into the door frame.
(3) Fully lower the outer control handle (1), (the door moves down).
(a) Make sure that :

- the door is fully closed and flush with the fuselage,
- the outer control handle (1) is in the correct position in its
housing and flush with the door.
- the flap (3) is flush with the door.
R (4) Closing of the FWD passenger/crew door from the inside.

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 52-10-00-991-043)
(a) With one hand, hold the assist handle (16), on the door frame, to
have a safe position in front of the open door.
(b) With the other hand, push the pushbutton (11) of the door stay
mechanism and at the same time pull the support arm (15) to
release the door from the fuselage.
(c) Use the assist handle (14) on the door to pull the door into the
door frame.
(d) Fully lower the inner control handle (12) (the door moves down).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 211
Aug 01/08

CES
(e) Make sure that the door is fully closed and the indicator plate
(13) shows LOCKED.
R Subtask 52-10-00-410-118
R B. Closing of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE INNER CONTROL HANDLE TO PUSH/PULL THE DOOR.
_______
R USE THE INNER CONTROL HANDLE ONLY TO LOCK/UNLOCK THE DOOR.
R IF YOU USE THIS HANDLE TO PUSH/PULL THE DOOR, YOU CAN CAUSE
R DAMAGE TO THE INTERLOCK MECHANISM HOOK.
R (1) Removal of the safety barrier(s)
R (a) If there is a safety barrier in position in the door frame,

R remove it (Ref. TASK 52-00-00-081-001).
R (2) Closing of the Aft passenger/crew door from the outside.

R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 52-10-00-991-058)
R (a) Push the pushbutton switch (2) of the door stay mechanism with
R one hand to release the door from the fuselage.
R (b) Push the door aft wards and into the door frame.
R (3) Fully lower the outer control handle (1), (the door moves down).
R (a) Make sure that :

R - the door is fully closed and flush with the fuselage,
R - the outer control handle (1) is in the correct position in its
R housing and flush with the door.
R - the flap (3) is flush with the door.
R (4) Closing of the Aft passenger/crew door from the inside.

R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 52-10-00-991-059)
R (a) With one hand, hold the assist handle (16), on the door frame, to
R have a safe position in front of the open door.
R (b) With the other hand, push the pushbutton (11) of the door stay
R mechanism and at the same time pull the support arm (15) to
R release the door from the fuselage.
R (c) Use the assist handle (14) on the door to pull the door into the
R door frame.
R (d) Fully lower the inner control handle (12) (the door moves down).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 212
Aug 01/08

CES
R (e) Make sure that the door is fully closed and the indicator plate
R (13) shows LOCKED.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-862-051
A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)
Subtask 52-10-00-942-050
B. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 213
Aug 01/08

CES
TASK 52-10-00-860-001
Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

R 701-2978000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D52103500000 1 SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
52-10-00-991-002 Fig. 205
52-10-00-991-003-A Fig. 206
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-861-050
(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 52-10-00-010-074
B. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 214
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-10-00-865-065
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/FLT 15WN P11
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/GND 13WN P10
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/PAX 48WV P05
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-481-052
A. Special Precautions
(1) Make sure that the emergency control handle is in the DISARMED
position and that the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (1)
is in position.
(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 52-10-00-991-002)
(2) Disarm the percussion mechanism of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder.
(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 52-10-00-991-003-A)
(a) Open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-

001).
R (b) Install the PIN-RIGGING (701-2978000) (2).
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire from the knurled screw (1).
(d) Loosen the knurled screw (1).
(e) Push the striker lever aft to disarm it.
(f) Tighten the knurled screw (1).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 215
Aug 01/09

CES
ARMED/DISARMED Positions of the Emergency Control Handle of the Escape Slide
R Figure 205/TASK 52-10-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 216
Aug 01/08

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-10-00

Page 217
Aug 01/08

CES
Arming and Disarming of the Striker Lever of the Door-Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder
R Figure 206/TASK 52-10-00-991-003-A12 (SHEET 1)

R EFF :

ALL

52-10-00 Page 218
Aug 01/08

CES
Arming and Disarming of the Striker Lever of the Door-Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder
R Figure 206/TASK 52-10-00-991-003-A22 (SHEET 2)

R EFF :

ALL

52-10-00 Page 219
Aug 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-865-091
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 220
Aug 01/08

CES
TASK 52-10-00-860-002
Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
52-10-00-991-003-A Fig. 206

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 221
Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-860-051
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the related passenger/crew door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-010-001).
Subtask 52-10-00-865-066
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-081-052
A. Special Precautions
(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 52-10-00-991-003-A)
(1) Arm the percussion mechanism of the door-damper and emergency

operation cylinder.
(a) Loosen the knurled screw (1).
(b) Push the striker lever forward to arm it.
(c) Tighten the knurled screw (1).
(d) Safety the knurled screw (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
R (e) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (701-2978000) (2).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 222
Aug 01/09

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-865-092
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-10-00-862-050
B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)
Subtask 52-10-00-410-083
C. Close Access
(1) Close the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 223
Aug 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-002,
TASK 52-10-00-080-001
Removal of the Passenger/Crew Door Ballast Weight (98D52103501000) for Escape

Slide
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure tells how to remove the ballast weight set to 33 kg (72.752
lb) which is equal to the weight of the escape slide, the door linings and
the door insulation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D52103501000 1 BALLAST WEIGHT - PASSENGER CREW DOOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
52-10-00-991-049 Fig. 207
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-860-054
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the zone 831 or
841 or 832 or 842.
(2) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-10-00

Page 224
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-10-00-865-089
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-080-050
A. Removal of the Ballast Weight

(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 52-10-00-991-049)
(1) Remove the BALLAST WEIGHT - PASSENGER CREW DOOR (98D52103501000) as

follows:
(a) Remove the weight assy with the weight N2 as follows:
1
_ Unscrew the nut (3) and remove it.
2
_ Remove the pin (6) and the weight N2 (5).
(b) Remove the base plate with the weight fitting from the door as
follows:
1
_ Remove the pins (4).
2
_ Lift the base plate (2) with the weight fitting (1) and remove
it from the door.
NOTE : Two persons are necessary for this step, one on each
____
side of the base plate (2). The base plate (2) with the
weight fitting (1) weighs 23 kg (50.705 lb).

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-10-00

Page 225
Nov 01/09

CES
Passenger/Crew Door Ballast Weight (98D52103501000) for Escape Slide
Figure 207/TASK 52-10-00-991-049

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-10-00

Page 226
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 52-10-00-080-001-A
Removal of the Passenger/Crew Door Ballast Weight (98D52103501000) for Escape

Slide/Raft
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure tells how to remove the ballast weight set to 60 kg (132.277
lb) which is equal to the weight of the escape slide/raft, the door linings
and the door insulation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
52-10-00-991-049-A Fig. 207A
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-860-056
841 or 832 or 842.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 227
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-10-00-865-090
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-080-051

(Ref. Fig. 207A/TASK 52-10-00-991-049-A)
(1) Remove the BALLAST WEIGHT - PASSENGER CREW DOOR (98D52103501000) as

follows:
(a) Remove the three weight assemblies with the weights N2 as

follows:
1
_ Unscrew the nuts (3) and remove them.
2
_ Remove the pins (6) and the weights N2 (5).
(b) Remove the weight assy with the weights N1 as follows:
1
_ Unscrew the nut (8) and remove it.
2
_ Remove the pin (9), the weights N1 (10) and the pin (11).
(c) Remove the base plate with the weight fitting from the door as
follows:
1
_ Remove the pins (4).
2
_ Lift the base plate (2) with the weight fitting (1) and remove
it from the door.
____

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 228
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Passenger/Crew Door Ballast Weight (98D52103501000) for Escape Slide/Raft
Figure 207A/TASK 52-10-00-991-049-A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 229
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-002,
TASK 52-10-00-480-001
Installation of the Passenger/Crew Door Ballast Weight (98D52103501000) for

Escape Slide
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure tells how to install the ballast weight set to 33 kg (72.752
lb) which is equal to the weight of the escape slide, the door linings and
the door insulation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
52-10-00-991-049 Fig. 207
52-10-00-991-050 Fig. 208
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-860-055
841 or 832 or 842.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-10-00

Page 230
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-10-00-865-085
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-10-00-210-083
C. Inspection and Preparation of Components for Installation
(1) Make sure that the escape slide is removed.
(2) Make sure that the weight fitting (1) is in position on the base
plate (2).
(Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 52-10-00-991-050)
(3) If the weight fitting (1) is not in position on the base plate (2),
install the weight fitting on the base plate as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 52-10-00-991-050)
(a) Tighten the shoulder screws (5) and the nuts (6) on the base
plate (2).
(b) Install the weight fitting (1) on the base plate (2).
(c) Install the nut (7) and tighten it.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-480-050
A. Installation of the Ballast Weight
(1) Install the BALLAST WEIGHT - PASSENGER CREW DOOR (98D52103501000) as

follows:
(a) Install the base plate with the weight fitting on the door as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 52-10-00-991-050)

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-10-00

Page 231
Nov 01/09

CES
Base Plate and Weight Fitting - Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 208/TASK 52-10-00-991-050

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 232
Aug 01/08

CES
1
_ Lift the base plate (2) with the weight fitting (1) on to the
supports (12).
____
2
_ Install the pins (4) and tighten them.
a
_ For the aft doors: on the upper holes in the upper corners
of the base plate.
b
_ For the forward doors: on the lower holes in the upper
corners of the base plate.
(b) Install the weight assy with the weight N2 as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 52-10-00-991-049)
1
_ Install the weight N2 (5) in position on the center of the
center slot against the front edge of the weight fitting (1).
2
_ Install the pin (6) through the weight N2 (5) and the weight
fitting (1).
NOTE : Make sure that the stud (7) is fully engaged in the
____
slot of the weight N2 (5).
3
_ Install the nut (3) and tighten it.

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-10-00

Page 233
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 52-10-00-480-001-A
Installation of the Passenger/Crew Door Ballast Weight (98D52103501000) for

Escape Slide/Raft
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure tells how to install the ballast weight set to 60 kg (132.277
lb) which is equal to the weight of the escape slide/raft, the door linings
and the door insulation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
52-10-00-991-049-A Fig. 207A
52-10-00-991-050 Fig. 208
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-860-057
841 or 832 or 842.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 234
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-10-00-865-088
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-10-00-210-084
C. Inspection and Preparation of Components for Installation
(1) Make sure that the escape slide/raft is removed.
(2) Make sure that the weight fitting (1) is in position on the base
plate (2).
(Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 52-10-00-991-050)
(3) If the weight fitting (1) is not in position on the base plate (2),
install the weight fitting on the base plate as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 52-10-00-991-050)
(a) Tighten the shoulder screws (5) and the nuts (6) on the base
plate (2).
(b) Install the weight fitting (1) on the base plate (2).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-480-051
A. Installation of the Ballast Weight
(1) Install the BALLAST WEIGHT - PASSENGER CREW DOOR (98D52103501000) as

follows:
(a) Install the base plate with the weight fitting on the door as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 52-10-00-991-050)

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 235
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
1
_ Lift the base plate (2) with the weight fitting (1) on to the
supports (12).
____
2
_ Install the pins (4) and tighten them.
a
_ For the aft doors: on the upper holes in the upper corners
of the base plate.
b
_ For the forward doors: on the lower holes in the upper
corners of the base plate.
(b) Install the weight assy with the weights N1 as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 207A/TASK 52-10-00-991-049-A)
1
_ Install the pin (11) in the rear center hole of the weight
fitting (1).
2
_ Install the nut (8) and tighten it.
3
_ Install the weights N1 (10) and the pin (9) on the pin (11).
(c) Install the three weight assemblies with the weights N2 as

follows:
(Ref. Fig. 207A/TASK 52-10-00-991-049-A)
1
_ Install the weights N2 (5) in position on the center of the
slots against the front edge of the weight fitting (1).
2
_ Install the pins (6) through the weights N2 (5) and the weight
fitting (1).
NOTE : Make sure that the studs (7) are fully engaged in the
____
slots of the weights N2 (5).
3
_ Install the nuts (3) and tighten them.

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 236
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
PASSENGER/CREW - SERVICING
__________________________
TASK 52-10-00-614-001
Discharging/Charging of the Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder of the

1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific nitrogen filling system that has a pressure regulated
R gauge
No specific union, dia. 0.30 inch., 32 threads per inch.
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-10-00-790-001 Leak Test of the Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder of the Passenger/Crew Doors
Door
Door
52-10-00-991-029 Fig. 301

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 301
Aug 01/06

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-075
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
R (1) Put an access platform in position in front of the applicable

R passenger/crew door 831 or 841 or 832 or 842.
(2) Open the passenger/crew door 831 or 841 or 832 or 842 (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-10-00-865-067
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 302
May 01/03

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-614-051
A. Discharging of the Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 52-10-00-991-029)
WARNING : DO NOT LET HIGH PRESSURE GAS TOUCH YOUR SKIN. GAS BUBBLES IN
_______
YOUR BLOOD CAN KILL YOU.
(1) Remove the blanking plug (1) from the filling valve (2).
(2) Slowly loosen the nut (3) to release the pressure.
(3) Tighten the nut (3) when the pressure gage shows the necessary
pressure.
(4) Install the blanking plug (1) on the filling valve (2).
Subtask 52-10-00-614-050
B. Charging of the Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 52-10-00-991-029)
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED TORQUE TO THE NUT OF THE
_______
FILLING VALVE.
OVERTORQUE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE VALVE, AND WILL THUS CAUSE
LEAKAGE OF NITROGEN FROM THE CYLINDER.
(1) Remove the blanking plug (1) of the filling valve (2).
R (2) Connect a nitrogen filling system that has a pressure regulated gauge
to the filling valve (2). Use a union, dia. 0.30 inch., 32 threads
per inch..
(3) Loosen the nut (3) of the filling valve (2).
(4) Slowly open the filling system valve. Fill to the pressure indicated
on the chart for the ambient temperature.
NOTE : Make sure that the pressure is not more than the maximum
____
pressure indicated on the label.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 303
Aug 01/06

CES
Filling of the Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder of the Passenger/Crew
Doors
Figure 301/TASK 52-10-00-991-029

EFF :

ALL

52-10-00 Page 304
Feb 01/98

CES
(5) When the pressure is stable and correct, tighten the nut (3) of the
filling valve (2).
NOTE : If the pressure is too high, loosen the nut (3) to get a leak,
____
until you get the correct pressure.
(6) Disconnect the union, dia. 0.30 inch., 32 threads per inch. of the
nitrogen filling system from the filling valve (2).
(7) TORQUE the nut (3) to between 0.9 and 1 m.daN (79.64 and 88.49
lbf.in).
(8) Make sure that sealing is correct at the end nut of the filling valve
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-790-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-865-068
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-10-00-410-084
B. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
(3) Close the passenger/crew door 831 or 841 or 832 or 842 (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-410-001).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 305
Feb 01/04
R
CES
TASK 52-10-00-610-001
Replacement of the Diaphragm in the Percussion Mechanism of the Door Damper and
Emergency Operation Cylinder of the Passenger/Crew Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
No specific lockwire
No specific PIN EXTRACTOR
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire dia. 0.8mm (0.032 in.)

R Material No. 02-001 USA MIL-PRF-5606
OIL, HYDRAULICPETROLEUM FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-008A
SOLVENT,WHITE SPIRIT WITH ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 306
Feb 01/09

CES
R C. Expendable Parts
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5 packings 52-11-14 01B-020

R 6 seal 52-11-14 01B-030
R 7 diaphragm 52-11-14 01B-040A
R 12 shear pin 52-11-14 01B-110
R D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-46-000-001 Removal of the Door Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew

Doors
25-23-46-000-002 Removal of the Door Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew
Doors
25-23-46-400-001 Installation of the Door Linings at the FWD
25-23-46-400-002 Installation of the Door Linings at the AFT
52-10-00-614-001 Discharging/Charging of the Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder of the Passenger/Crew Doors
Door
Door
52-10-00-991-036 Fig. 302

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 307
May 01/04

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-941-069
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
R (1) Put an access platform in front of the passenger/crew door 831 (841)
R or 832 (842).
(2) Open the passenger/crew door 831 (841) or 832 (842) (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-10-00-865-071
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-10-00-020-052
C. Removal of the Components
(1) Remove the lining panels 831FZ (841FZ) and 831GZ (841GZ) (Ref. TASK
25-23-46-000-001) or 832FZ (842FZ) and 832GZ (842GZ) (Ref. TASK 25-
23-46-000-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 308
May 01/04

CES
(2) Bleed the pressurized bottle with the valve (10) until the pressure
gage shows 0.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-020-053
A. Removal
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE CORRECT (ALUMINUM) SHEAR PIN ON
_______
THE DOOR-DAMPER PERCUSSION DEVICE.
INSTALLATION OF AN INCORRECT SHEAR PIN WILL PREVENT OPERATION
OF THE ACTUATOR IN THE EMERGENCY MODE.
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 52-10-00-991-036)
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the knurled screw (1).
(2) Release the lever (2).
R (3) Remove the possible burr because of the shearing of the pin and
R remove the shear pin (12) with a 1 mm (0.0393 in.) PIN EXTRACTOR.
(4) Loosen the knurled screw (1).
(5) Remove the percussion lever (2) from the guide (13). Turn the lever
by 90 degrees.
(6) Tighten the knurled screw (1).
(7) Remove the screws (3).
R (8) Remove the guide (4), the packings (5), the seal (6), the diaphram
R (7), the spring (8) and the spacer (9).
NOTE : Make sure that you remove all the parts in the housing of the
____
striker mechanism.
(9) Remove the damaged diaphragm (7) from the bore of the body (11).
Subtask 52-10-00-420-051
B. Installation
WARNING : DO NOT FILL THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION CYLINDER TO
_______
A PRESSURE OF MORE THAN 120 BAR (1740 PSI). TOO MUCH PRESSURE
WHEN YOU FILL THE CYLINDER CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 309
May 01/04

CES
Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
Figure 302/TASK 52-10-00-991-036

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 310
May 01/04
R
CES
(1) Clean the removed parts with a brush and a lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(2) Clean the removed parts with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-008A).
(3) Dry the parts with dry compressed air.
(4) Install the new shear pin (12).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE CORRECT (ALUMINUM) SHEAR PIN
_______
ON THE DOOR-DAMPER PERCUSSION DEVICE.
INSTALLATION OF AN INCORRECT SHEAR PIN WILL PREVENT
OPERATION OF THE ACTUATOR IN THE EMERGENCY MODE.
(5) Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-001) on the new seal (6) and
on the new packings (5).
(6) Install the spacer (9), the spring (8), the new diaphragm (7), the
new seal (6) and the new packings (5) in the housing (11) of the
percussion mechanism.
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED TORQUE TO THE SCREWS
_______
OF THE GUIDE.
OVERTORQUE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE DIAPHRAGM AND WILL THUS
CAUSE LEAKAGE OF NITROGEN FROM THE CYLINDER.
R (7) Installation of the guide (4)
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE GUIDE IN THE CORRECT
_______
R POSITION BEFORE YOU INSTALL THE SCREWS.
R INCORRECT INSTALLATION OF THE GUIDE CAN PREVENT OPERATION
R OF THE ACTUATOR IN THE EMERGENCY MODE.
R (a) Put the guide (4) in position. Install the screws (3) and torque
R them to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.39 and 44.24 lbf.in)
NOTE : When the screws (3) are tight, there is a clearance of

____
between 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) and 0.4 mm (0.0157 in.)
between the guide (4) and the housing body (11).
(8) Loosen the knurled screw (1).
(9) Install the lever (2) in the guide (13). Tighten the knurled screw
(1).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 311
Feb 01/10

CES
(10) Safety the knurled screw (1) and the lever (2) with the lockwire dia.
0.8mm (0.032 in.).
(11) Fill the nitrogen bottle through the filling valve (10) to the
correct pressure (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-614-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-420-052
A. Installation of the Components
(1) Install the lining panels 831FZ (841FZ) and 831GZ (841GZ) (Ref. TASK
23-46-400-002).
Subtask 52-10-00-865-072
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-10-00-942-072
C. Close Access
items.
52-10-00-860-002).
(3) Close the passenger/crew door 831 (841) or 832 (842) (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 312
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 52-10-00-610-002
Replacement of the O-ring Seal of the Filling Valve
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2 packing-preformed buy 52-11-14 01B-062

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 313
May 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Doors
Door
Door
52-10-00-991-053 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-941-073
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
R (1) Put an access platform in position at zone 831 (841) or 832 (842).
00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 314
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-10-00-865-095
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-10-00-020-064
(1) Remove the lining panels 831FZ (841FZ) and 831GZ (841GZ) (Ref. TASK
23-46-000-002).
(2) Bleed the pressurized bottle with the valve (3) until the pressure
gage shows 0.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-020-065
R A. Removal of the O-ring Seal
_______
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 52-10-00-991-053)
(1) Remove the blanking plug (4) from the filling valve (3).
(2) Remove the filling valve (3) from the damper and emergency operation
cylinder (1).
R (3) Remove the O-ring seal (2).
Subtask 52-10-00-420-064
R B. Installation of the O-ring Seal
WARNING : DO NOT FILL THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION CYLINDER TO
_______
A PRESSURE OF MORE THAN 120 BAR (1740 PSI). TOO MUCH PRESSURE
WHEN YOU FILL THE CYLINDER CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 315
May 01/04

CES
R Replacement of the Filling Valve and the O-ring Seal
R Figure 303/TASK 52-10-00-991-053

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 316
Aug 01/03

CES
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 52-10-00-991-053)
(1) Clean the parts you removed with a brush and a lint-free cotton cloth
(2) Clean the parts you removed with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
008A).
R (4) Install the new packing-preformed buy (2) packing-preformed buy (2)
R (referred to in this procedure as the 0-ring seal).
(5) Install the filling valve (3) on the damper and emergency operation
cylinder (1).
_______
OF THE GUIDE.
(6) TORQUE the filling valve to 3 m.daN (22.12 lbf.ft).
(8) Fill the nitrogen bottle through the filling valve (3) to the correct
pressure (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-614-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-865-096
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-10-00-942-076
B. Close Access
items.
52-10-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 317
Nov 01/04

CES
10-00-860-002).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 318
Nov 01/04

CES
TASK 52-10-00-610-003
Replacement of the Filling Valve of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder of the Passenger/Crew Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3 valve 52-11-14 01B-060

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 319
Nov 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Doors
Door
Door
52-10-00-991-053 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-941-074
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
(1) Put an access platform in position at the zone 831 (841) or 832
(842).
00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 320
Nov 01/04

CES
R Subtask 52-10-00-865-097
R B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/FLT 15WN P11
R 121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/GND 13WN P10
R 121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/PAX 48WV P05
R Subtask 52-10-00-020-066
R C. Removal of the Components
R (1) Remove the lining panels 831FZ (841FZ) and 831GZ (841GZ) (Ref. TASK
R 25-23-46-000-001) or 832FZ (842FZ) and 832GZ (842GZ) (Ref. TASK 25-
R 23-46-000-002).
R (2) Bleed the pressurized bottle with the valve (3) until the pressure
R gage shows 0.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-10-00-020-067
R A. Removal of the Filling Valve
R WARNING : DO NOT LET HIGH PRESSURE GAS TOUCH YOUR SKIN. GAS BUBBLES IN
_______
R YOUR BLOOD CAN KILL YOU.
R (Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 52-10-00-991-053)
R (1) Remove the blanking plug (4) from the filling valve (3).
R (2) Remove the filling valve (3) from the damper and emergency operation
R cylinder (1).
R (3) Remove the O-ring seal (2).
R Subtask 52-10-00-420-065
R B. Installation of the Filling Valve
R WARNING : DO NOT FILL THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION CYLINDER TO
_______
R A PRESSURE OF MORE THAN 120 BAR (1740 PSI). TOO MUCH PRESSURE
R WHEN YOU FILL THE CYLINDER CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 321
Aug 01/03

CES
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 52-10-00-991-053)
(1) Clean the parts you removed with a brush and a lint-free cotton cloth
(2) Clean the parts you removed with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
008A).
(4) Install the O-ring seal (2).
R (5) Install the new valve (3) valve (3) (referred to in this procedure as
R filling valve) on the damper and emergency operation cylinder (1).
_______
OF THE GUIDE.
(6) TORQUE the filling valve to 3 m.daN (22.12 lbf.ft).
(8) Fill the nitrogen bottle through the filling valve (3) to the correct
pressure (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-614-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-865-098
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-10-00-942-077
B. Close Access
items.
52-10-00-860-002).
10-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 322
Nov 01/04

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 323
Aug 01/03

CES
PASSENGER/CREW - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
__________________________________________
TASK 52-10-00-040-001
Deactivation of the Passenger/Crew Doors - Load Adjustment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-60-02-A)

R Emergency - Escape Slide/Slide Raft
R Cabin Passenger Door
There is an alternative method for this procedure. This task gives one of
the methods. For the other method refer to the other task in this page
block.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific dynamometer, 20 da.N
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 401
May 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Doors
25-62-44-000-002 Removal of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
25-62-44-000-012 Removal of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
Door
Door
**ON A/C 001-002,
52-10-00-991-030 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-10-00-991-030-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-083
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position in the zone 831 (841) or 832
(842).
(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door 831, 841 or 832, 842
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-10-00-865-073
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-10-00-010-084
C. Removal of the Escape Slide
(1) Remove the door lining panels:
(a) For the FWD passenger/crew doors:

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-001)
- for the left door 831AZ
- For the right door 841AZ
(b) For the Aft passenger/crew doors:

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002)
- for the right door 842AZ
(2) Remove the escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-002).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-10-00-010-084-A
C. Removal of the Escape Slide Raft

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-001)
- For the left door 831AZ

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002)
(2) Remove the escape slide/raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012).
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-820-050
A. Load Ajustment of the Inner Control Handle
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-10-00-991-030)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-10-00-991-030-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Remove the lockwire from the screw (2).
(2) Measure the loads on the inner control handle with a dynamometer, 20
da.N when the door is in the up and down positions.
(3) Make sure that the load necessary to open and close the door with the
inner control handle is less than or equal to 16 daN (35.9694 lbf).
(4) Adjust the load. To do this, turn the screw (2) to apply a load on
the torsion bar (1).
(5) Safety the screw (2) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010)

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES
Load Adjustment of the Inner Control Handle
Figure 401/TASK 52-10-00-991-030

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-10-00

Page 405
Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 401A/TASK 52-10-00-991-030-A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 406
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-865-074
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-10-00-410-092
B. Close Access
items.
52-10-00-860-002).
(3) Close the door 831, 841 or 832, 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 407
Feb 01/04

CES
TASK 52-10-00-040-001- 01
Deactivation of the Passenger/Crew Doors - Load Adjustment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-60-02-A)

Emergency - Escape Slide/Slide Raft
Cabin Passenger Door
block.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific access platform 4.40 m (14 ft. 5 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 408
Aug 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Doors
Door
Door
**ON A/C 001-002,
52-10-00-991-040 Fig. 402
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-10-00-991-040-A Fig. 402A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-085
A. Get Access
(842).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-10-00-865-075
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-10-00-010-086
C. Removal of the Escape Slide

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-001)

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002)
(2) Remove the escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-002) and the lining.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-10-00-010-086-A
C. Removal of the Escape Slide/Raft

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES
(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002)
(2) Remove the escape slide/raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012) and the
lining.
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-10-00-820-052

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-10-00-991-040)
(2) Adjust the load (less than or equal to 16 daN (35.9694 lbf)) on the
inner control handle. To do this loosen the screw (2) by 9 turns to
apply a load on the torsion bar (1).
NOTE : If you replace an escape slide by an escape slide/raft you

____
must adjust the load. To do this tighten the screw (2) by 11
turns.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 411
Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 402/TASK 52-10-00-991-040

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-10-00

Page 412
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-10-00-820-052-A

(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-10-00-991-040-A)
inner control handle. To do this loosen the screw (2) by 20 turns to
NOTE : If you replace an escape slide/raft by an escape slide you

____
must adjust the load. To do this loosen the screw (2) by 11
turns.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-10-00-220-080
B. Inspection
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-10-00-991-040)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-10-00-991-040-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Pull the inner control handle by 50 mm (1.9685 in.) to 70 mm (2.7559

in.) from the door.
(2) Release the inner control handle.
(3) Make sure that the inner control handle moves back to the door fully
closed and locked position.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 402A/TASK 52-10-00-991-040-A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 414
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R (4) If the handle does not come back to its initial position, turn the
R screw (2) by a few more turns until you get this position.
NOTE : It is important to do this final check as the operator does

____
not know the initial adjustment (because of the mechanical
wear and differences from one door to another).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-865-076
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-10-00-410-093
B. Close Access
items.
52-10-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 415
May 01/08

CES
TASK 52-10-00-440-001
R Reactivation of the Passenger/Crew Doors - Load Adjustment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-60-02-A)

Emergency - Escape Slide/Slide Raft
Cabin Passenger Door
block.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-62-44-400-006 Installation of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
R 25-62-44-400-007 Installation of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
Door
Door
52-11-00-820-002 Load Adjustment of the Control Handle of the FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
52-13-00-820-002 Load Adjustment of the Control Handle of the AFT
Passenger/Crew Door without the Emergency Escape
Slide

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 416
Nov 01/06

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-070
A. Get Access
(842).
(2) Open the door 831, 841 or 832, 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-10-00-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-820-051
(1) For the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-002).
R (2) For the Aft passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 417
Nov 01/06

CES
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-10-00-410-094
A. Installation of the Escape Slide
(1) Install the escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006)
(2) Install the door lining panels:

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-001)
- For the left door 831AZ

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-10-00-410-094-A
A. Installation of the Escape Slide/Raft
(1) Install the escape slide/raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007)

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-001).

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002)

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-10-00-865-061
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-10-00-410-095
C. Close Access
items.
52-10-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 419
Feb 01/04

CES
TASK 52-10-00-440-001- 01
Reactivation of the Passenger/Crew Doors - Load Adjustment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-60-02-A)

R Emergency - Escape Slide/Slide Raft
R Cabin Passenger Door
block.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 420
May 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
25-62-44-400-006 Installation of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
25-62-44-400-007 Installation of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
Door
Door
Passenger/Crew Door
Slide
**ON A/C 001-002,
52-10-00-991-040 Fig. 402
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-10-00-991-040-A Fig. 402A

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-087
A. Get Access
(842).
(2) Open the door 831, 841 or 832, 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-10-00-865-077
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-10-00-820-053

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-10-00-991-040)
inner control handle. To do this tighten the screw (2) by 9 turns to
(3) Do a check of the load adjustment of the inner control handle.

- For the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-002).
- For the Aft passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 422
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-10-00-820-053-A

(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-10-00-991-040-A)
inner control handle. To do this tighten the screw (2) by 20 turns to
(3) Do a check of the load adjustment of the inner control handle.

- For the Aft passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-002).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-10-00-410-096
A. Installation of the Escape Slide
(1) Install the escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006)

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-001)

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002)

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-10-00-410-096-A
A. Installation of the Escape Slide/Raft
(1) Install the escape slide/raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007)

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-001).

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-10-00-865-078
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-10-00-410-097
C. Close Access
items.
52-10-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES
R

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 425
Feb 01/10

CES
PASSENGER/CREW - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________
TASK 52-10-00-720-001
Functional Test of the Suspension of the Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 521000-02
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific compression dynamometer
No specific flashlight
No specific mirror
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Doors
Door
Door
52-11-00-820-001 Adjustment of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
52-13-00-820-001 Adjustment of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-991-038 Fig. 501

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 501
May 01/05
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-052
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
R (1) Put an access platform in position in front of the applicable

R passenger/crew door.
(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door 831 or 841 or

832 or 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(3) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the door.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
Subtask 52-10-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 502
May 01/05

CES
Subtask 52-10-00-010-088
C. Removal of the Door Support Arm Lining.
(1) Remove the support arm lining panels:
(a) For the forward passenger/crew doors:

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-001).
R - for the left door 831FZ, 831GZ
R - for the right door 841FZ, 841GZ
(b) For the aft passenger/crew doors:

R - for the left door 832FZ, 832GZ
R - for the right door 842FZ, 842GZ.
(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-210-056
A. Visual Inspection of the Support Arm.
(1) Do a check of the connections between the door and the support arm
with a flashlight and a mirror.
(2) Examine the support arm for cracks, signs of corrosion and marks.
Subtask 52-10-00-869-054
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Put the door in the up position, out of the frame.
Subtask 52-10-00-720-053
C. Functional Test of the Door Suspension.
(1) Make sure that the door moves easily along the fuselage.
Adjust the guide arms if necessary:
- for the forward passenger/crew door: (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-001),
- for the aft passenger/crew door: (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-001).
(2) Fully open the door and make sure that it is locked.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 503
May 01/05

CES
Subtask 52-10-00-220-055
D. Check of the Load of the Pushbutton Switch.

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-10-00-991-038)
R (1) With a compression dynamometer apply a load on the pushbutton switch

R (1) on the door support arm. Measure the load necessary to release
R the door. The load must be less than or equal to 6 daN (13.4885 lbf).
R If not, adjust the buffer:
R - for the forward passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-001)
R - for the aft passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-001).
Subtask 52-10-00-410-085
E. Closing of the Door.
(1) Close the door from the inside.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-410-098
A. Installation of the Door Support Arm Lining.
(1) Install the support arm lining panels:

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-001),
(a) for the forward passenger/crew doors:

- for the left door 831FZ, 831GZ,
- for the right door 841FZ, 841GZ.
(b) for the aft passenger/crew doors:

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002).
Subtask 52-10-00-865-053
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 504
May 01/05

CES
Pushbutton Switch Location
Figure 501/TASK 52-10-00-991-038

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 505
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-10-00-410-054
C. Close Access
(1) Obey the special precautions after the work on the door. (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-860-002)
items.
(3) Close the applicable passenger/crew door 831 or 841

832 or 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 506
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 52-10-00-720-004
Functional Test of the Visual Indicator of the Door Locking Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
52-11-21-820-001 Adjustment/Test of the Door Locking Mechanism of the
FWD Passenger/Crew Door
52-13-21-820-001 Adjustment of the Locking Hook of the Aft
Passenger/Crew Door

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 507
Feb 01/98

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-054
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(3) Apply safety precautions before work on the door. (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-720-056
A. Functional Test of the Visual Indicator.
(1) Close the door from the inside. Make sure that the LOCKED indication
comes into view.
(2) Unlock the door with the inner control handle. The UNLOCKED
indication comes into view and then goes out of view behind the
lining panel.
(a) If necessary, adjust the locking mechanism:

- for the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-11-21-820-001),
- for the aft passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-21-820-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 508
Feb 01/98

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-410-055
A. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002)
items.
(3) Close the applicable passenger/crew door 831, 841, 832, 842
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 509
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 52-10-00-720-003
Functional Check of Locking Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific dynamometer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-62-44-000-012 Removal of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
52-10-00-080-001 Removal of the Passenger/Crew Door Ballast Weight
(98D52103501000) for Escape Slide/Raft
52-10-00-480-001 Installation of the Passenger/Crew Door Ballast
Weight (98D52103501000) for Escape Slide
Weight (98D52103501000) for Escape Slide/Raft
Door
Door

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 510
Nov 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Passenger/Crew Door
**ON A/C 001-002,
52-10-00-991-011 Fig. 502
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-10-00-991-011-A Fig. 502A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-055
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
(1) Put an access platform in position at zone 831 (841) or 832 (842).
(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door 831 (841) or 832 (842)
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 511
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-10-00-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-410-056
A. Closing of the Door
(1) Close the passenger/crew door from the inner side.
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-10-00-720-055
B. Functional Check of the Locking Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-10-00-991-011)
(1) Operate the inner control handle and measure the load with a
dynamometer 20 daN (44.9617 lbf).
(2) Make sure that the load necessary to open and close the door is less
than or equal to 16 daN (35.9694 lbf).
(3) If it is necessary to adjust the door locking mechanism, do the test

as follows:
(a) Remove the escape slide on the FWD girt bar end (Ref. TASK 25-62-
44-000-002).
(b) Install the BALLAST WEIGHT - PASSENGER CREW DOOR (98D52103501000)

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
(c) Operate the inner control handle and measure the load with a
(d) Make sure that the load necessary to open and close the door is
less than or equal to 16 daN (35.9694 lbf).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 512
Nov 01/09

CES
Inner Control Handle of the Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 502/TASK 52-10-00-991-011

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-10-00

Page 513
Nov 01/09

CES
(e) Adjust the door locking mechanism:
- For the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-21-820-001).
(f) Remove the BALLAST WEIGHT - PASSENGER CREW DOOR (98D52103501000)

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
(g) Install the escape slide on the FWD girt bar end (Ref. TASK 25-
62-44-400-006).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-10-00-720-055-A
B. Functional Check of the Locking Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-10-00-991-011-A)
(1) Operate the inner control handle and measure the load with a
(2) Make sure that the load necessary to open and close the door is less
than or equal to 16 daN (35.9694 lbf).
(3) If it is necessary to adjust the door locking mechanism, do the test

as follows:
(a) Remove the escape slide/raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012).
(b) Install the BALLAST WEIGHT - PASSENGER CREW DOOR (98D52103501000)

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
(c) Operate the inner control handle and measure the load with a
(d) Make sure that the load necessary to open and close the door is
less than or equal to 16 daN (35.9694 lbf).
(e) Adjust the door locking mechanism:

- For the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-21-820-001).
(f) Remove the BALLAST WEIGHT - PASSENGER CREW DOOR (98D52103501000)

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
(g) Install the escape slide/raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 514
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Inner Control Handle of the Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 502A/TASK 52-10-00-991-011-A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 515
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-10-00-010-056
C. Opening of the Door
(1) Open the passenger/crew door from the inner side.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-865-055
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV.
Subtask 52-10-00-410-057
B. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.
(3) Close the applicable passenger/crew door 831 (841) or 832 (842)
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 516
May 01/05
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-10-00

Page 517
Feb 01/05

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-10-00

Page 518
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-10-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Damping Function of the Door-Damper and Emergency-

Operation when you Open and Close the Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-057
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 519
May 01/98
R
CES
_______
(1) Put the access platform in position in front of the passenger/crew

door 831 or 832 or 841 or 842.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-710-051
A. Operational Test of the Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder for

Correct Operation.
(1) Check the correct operation as follows:
(a) At the end of the door opening, damping is correct when there is
no hard impact of the buffer on the aircraft structure. The
operator must feel the door damping and the correct engagement of
the door locking hook (door in the open position).
NOTE : After the extension and before the retraction of the

____
R damper and emergency operation cylinder, wait for 30
R seconds. During this time the damping device becomes
stable and the reading will be correct during the test.
(b) When you close the door, at the end of the door travel, you must
feel no hard impact on the door sliders.
(c) At the door opening there is no interference between the damper

and emergency operation cylinder mechanism (telescopic rod) and
the door structure.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 520
Feb 01/00

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-410-059
A. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
(3) Close the passenger/crew door 831, 841 or 832, 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-410-001):
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 521
May 01/98
R
CES
TASK 52-10-00-720-002
R Operational Test of Escape Slide Disarming when Door is Opened from the Outside
R
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 522
Feb 01/02

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-076
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
(1) Put the access platform in position in the zone 831 or 841 or 832 or
842.
(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door 831, 841, 832, 842 (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-410-060
A. Closing of the Door.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 523
Aug 01/02
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-101, 151-199, 208-210,
Subtask 52-10-00-081-050
B. Removal of the Safety Pin.
(1) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) from the
emergency control handle.
(2) Put the emergency control handle in the ARMED position.
R **ON A/C 102-149, 201-207, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-10-00-081-050-A
B. Removal of the Safety Pin.
(1) Open the protection cover to get access to the emergency control
handle.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-10-00-720-054
C. Operational Test of the Escape Slide Disarming.
NOTE : In the operation which follows, the door must not be in the up
____
position.
(1) From outside the aircraft, lift the outer control handle.
Inside the aircraft, make sure that the emergency control handle
moves to the DISARMED position.
(2) Fully open the door.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 524
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-10-00-210-063
D. Visual Inspection of the Girt Bar.
(1) Make sure that the girt bar is still on the door.
Subtask 52-10-00-410-061
E. Closing of the Door.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-101, 151-199, 208-210,
Subtask 52-10-00-481-050
F. Installation of the Safety Pin.
(1) Install the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) on the

emergency control handle and put the handle in the DISARMED position.
R **ON A/C 102-149, 201-207, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-10-00-481-050-A
F. Installation of the Safety Pin.

emergency control handle and put the handle in the DISARMED position.
(2) Close the protection cover to the emergency control handle.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 525
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-410-086
A. Close Access
(1) Obey the special safety precautions after the work on the door.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002)
items.
(3) Close the passenger/crew door 831, 841, 832, 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 526
Aug 01/02
R
CES
TASK 52-10-00-710-002
Operational Test of the Door Interlock Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
**ON A/C 001-002,
52-10-00-991-014 Fig. 503
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-10-00-991-014-A Fig. 503A

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 527
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-061
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
(1) Put the access platform in position at the zone 831 or 841 or 832 or
842.
(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door 831, 841, 832, 842 (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-710-052
A. Operational Test of the Interlock Mechanism.
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-10-00-991-014)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 503A/TASK 52-10-00-991-014-A)

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 528
Feb 01/10

CES
Door Interlock Mechanism
Figure 503/TASK 52-10-00-991-014

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-10-00

Page 529
Nov 01/09

CES
Door Interlock Mechanism
Figure 503A/TASK 52-10-00-991-014-A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 530
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000).
(2) Make sure that the door is in the up position and out of the frame.
(3) Make sure that you cannot put the emergency control handle (1) in the
ARMED position.
(4) Install the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-410-063
A. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002)
items.
(3) Close the passenger/crew door 831, 841, 832, 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-001) .

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 531
Aug 01/02
R
CES
TASK 52-10-00-200-001
Check of the Door Stop Adjustment of the Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-23-45-000-002 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD

R Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-45-000-003 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT
R 25-23-45-000-004 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT
R 25-23-45-000-005 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD
R 25-23-45-400-005 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right
R AFT Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-45-400-006 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left
R FWD Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-45-400-007 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right
R FWD Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-45-400-008 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left
R AFT Passenger/Crew Door
Door
Door

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 532
May 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-10-00-991-015 Fig. 504
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-062
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
(1) Put an access platform in position at zone 831 (841) or 832 (842).
(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door 831 (841) or 832 (842)
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(3) Obey the special precautions before you do work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
R Subtask 52-10-00-010-100-A
R B. Removal of the Components
R (1) Remove the door-frame lining panels:
R (a) For the FWD passenger/crew doors:

R - For the left door 831:
R 221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW, 221VW, 221SW, 221RW, 231AW,
R 231CW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005).
R - For the right door 841:

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 533
Feb 01/05

CES
R 222TW, 222SW, 222UW, 222VW, 222RW, 232AW, 232CW (Ref. TASK 25-
R 23-45-000-002).
R (b) For the AFT passenger/crew doors:

R 261TW, 261UW, 261VW, 261WW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003).
Subtask 52-10-00-410-064
C. Closing of the Door
(1) Close the door from the inner side (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-220-057
A. Check of the Adjustment of the Door Stops

(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-10-00-991-015)
(1) Make sure that the clearance A between the stop screw (2) and the
door frame fitting (1) is 0 +0 +0.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0000 +0.0196 in.).
(2) Make sure that a minimum of three stop screws touches the door frame
with:
- two stop screws on one side of the frame and,
- one stop screw on the opposite side of the frame.
If necessary, adjust the door stops (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-001) or
(Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-010-101
A. Opening of the Door
(1) Open the door from the inner side (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 534
Feb 01/05

CES
Door Stop Adjustment
Figure 504/TASK 52-10-00-991-015

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 535
May 01/04
R
CES
R Subtask 52-10-00-410-110-A
R B. Installation of the Components
R (1) Install the door-frame lining panels:
R (a) For the FWD passenger/crew doors:

R 221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW, 221VW, 221SW 221RW 231AW,
R 231CW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-006)
R 222TW, 222SW, 222UW, 222VW 222RW 232AW, 232CW (Ref. TASK 25-23-
R 45-400-007).
R (b) For the AFT passenger/crew doors:

Subtask 52-10-00-410-065
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.
(3) Close the applicable passenger/crew door 831 (841) or 832 (842)
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 536
Feb 01/05

CES
TASK 52-10-00-720-005
Functional Test of the Release Mechanism of the Emergency Escape Slide
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific dynamometer 20 daN (44.9617 lbf)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
**ON A/C 001-002,
52-10-00-991-016 Fig. 505
**ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-210,
52-10-00-991-016-B Fig. 505A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
52-10-00-991-016-C Fig. 505B

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 537
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-063
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
(1) Put the access platform in position at the applicable zone 831 or 841
or 832 or 842.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-410-066

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 538
Feb 01/10
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-101, 151-199, 208-210,
Subtask 52-10-00-081-051
B. Removal of the Safety Pin
R **ON A/C 102-149, 201-207, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-10-00-081-051-A
B. Removal of the Safety Pin
(1) Open the protection cover to get access to the emergency control
handle.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-10-00-720-057
C. Functional Test of the Release Mechanism of the Emergency Escape Slide
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-10-00-991-016)
**ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 505A/TASK 52-10-00-991-016-B)

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 539
Feb 01/10

CES
ARMED/DISARMED Position of the Girt Bar
Figure 505/TASK 52-10-00-991-016

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-10-00

Page 540
May 01/04

CES
Figure 505A/TASK 52-10-00-991-016-B

R

EFF :
201-210,
003-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 52-10-00

Page 541
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 505B/TASK 52-10-00-991-016-C)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Make sure that the girt bar is in the ARMED position and make sure
that the mechanism operates correctly.
The visual indicator comes into view. It moves to the position shown
by the arrow on the placard installed on the floor.
(2) Put the emergency control handle in the DISARMED position.
(3) Make sure that the girt bar is in the DISARMED position.
The visual indicator comes out of view. It moves away from the arrow.
Subtask 52-10-00-220-058
D. Check of the Load of the Emergency Control Handle
(1) With a dynamometer make sure that the load necessary to move from the
DISARMED position to the ARMED position is less than or equal to 10
daN (22.4808 lbf).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-101, 151-199, 208-210,
Subtask 52-10-00-481-051
E. Installation of the Safety Pin


EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 542
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 505B/TASK 52-10-00-991-016-C

R

EFF : 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-10-00

Page 543
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 102-149, 201-207, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-10-00-481-051-A
E. Installation of the Safety Pin

(3) Close the protection cover to the emergency control handle.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-410-068
A. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002)
items.
00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 544
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 52-10-00-710-003
Operational Test of the Striker Mechanism of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Doors
Door
Door
52-11-14-820-002 Adjustment of the Percussion Bellcrank Finger of the
Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder of the
AFT Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-991-017 Fig. 506

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 545
Nov 01/09
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-10-00

Page 546
Nov 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-065
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS
_______
IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
_______
(1) Put the access platform in position at the applicable zone 831 or 841
or 832 or 842.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
Subtask 52-10-00-010-090
B. Removal of the Support Arm Lining Panels
(1) Remove the support arm linings:

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-001)
- for the right door 841FZ, 841GZ,

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002)

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 547
Nov 01/07
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-710-053
A. Operational Test of the Striker Mechanism
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU HOLD THE DOOR WHEN IT IS IN THE FULLY UP
_______
POSITION. THIS WILL PREVENT DEPLOYMENT OF THE SLIDE (OR OF THE
SLIDE/RAFT) WHEN YOU ADJUST THE STRIKER MECHANISM OF THE DOOR-
DAMPER AND EMERGENCY-OPERATION CYLINDER.
(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-10-00-991-017)
(1) Put the door in the up position as follows:
(a) Make sure that the door is in the closed position.
(b) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) and put the
emergency control handle in the armed position.
(c) Put the door in the up position:

- Open the door. The guide rollers must go into their guide
fittings. The door must be on its seal at the front and at the
rear.
Subtask 52-10-00-220-059
B. Check of the Striker Mechanism Adjustment
(1) Measure the dimension A between the finger (2) and the striker lever
(1) of the door damper and emergency operation cylinder.
Dimension A must be: 7.5 -1 +1 mm (0.2952 -0.0393 +0.0393 in.).
(2) Measure the dimension B between the top of the finger (2) and the
bottom of the striker lever (1) of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder.
Dimension B must be: 5 -1 +1 mm (0.1968 -0.0393 +0.0393 in.).
(3) If the dimensions A and B are not in the tolerance:

Adjust the finger (2) if necessary:
- for the forward doors 831 and 841 (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-820-002),
- for the aft doors 832 and 842 (Ref. TASK 52-13-14-820-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 548
Nov 01/07
R
CES
Striker Mechanism of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
Figure 506/TASK 52-10-00-991-017

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 549
Nov 01/07
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-410-070
(1) Close the passenger/crew door. Do not close it fully.
Subtask 52-10-00-420-057
B. Installation of the Safety Pin
(1) Put the control handle of the emergency escape slide in the DISARMED
position and install the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000)
in position.
Subtask 52-10-00-410-100
C. Installation of the Support Arm Lining
(1) Install the support arm linings:

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-001)

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002)
Subtask 52-10-00-410-071
D. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002)
items.
00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 550
Nov 01/07
R
CES
TASK 52-10-00-790-001
Leak Test of the Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder of the Passenger/Crew
Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-004 USA MIL-PRF-25567 TYPE I

OXYGEN LEAK DETECTOR (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
52-10-00-991-052 Fig. 507

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 551
Nov 01/07
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-099
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
(1) Put an access platform in position in front of the applicable

(2) Open the passenger/crew door 831 or 841 or 832 or 842 (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-10-00-865-093
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 552
Nov 01/07
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-790-050
A. Leak Test at the Filling Valve

(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 52-10-00-991-052)
_______
(1) Remove the blanking plug (1) of the filling valve (2).
(2) Use the oxygen leak detector SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004)
to make sure that there are no leaks at the filling valve (2) and the
end nuts (3) of the filling valve.
Subtask 52-10-00-790-051
B. Leak Test at the Percussion Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 52-10-00-991-052)
_______
to make sure that there are no leaks at the percussion mechanism (4).
Subtask 52-10-00-790-052
C. Leak Test at the Cylinder Body and Pressure Gauge

(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 52-10-00-991-052)
_______
to make sure that there are no leaks at the cylinder body (5) and the
pressure gauge (6).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 553
Nov 01/07
R
CES
Leak Test of the Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder of the Passenger/Crew
Doors
Figure 507/TASK 52-10-00-991-052

EFF :

ALL

52-10-00 Page 554
Nov 01/07
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-865-094
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-10-00-410-109
B. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
(3) Close the passenger/crew door 831 or 841 or 832 or 842 (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-410-001).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 555
Nov 01/07

CES
PASSENGER/CREW - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________
TASK 52-10-00-200-002
Detailed Inspection of Passenger/Crew Door for Integrity and Good Adjustment of

Mechanisms (Including Girt Bar)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 98DNSA20206060 1 RIGGING PIN
R 98D52103006000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Doors

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 601
Aug 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
52-11-21-400-001 Installation of the Door Locking Mechanism
**ON A/C 001-002,
52-10-00-991-028 Fig. 601
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-10-00-991-028-A Fig. 601A

52-10-00-991-045 Fig. 602
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-069
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES
_______
(1) Put an access platform in position in front of the passenger/crew

door 831 or 841.
(2) Open the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-10-00-865-081
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-10-00-010-080
(2) Remove the door linings:
(a) For the FWD passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-001):

- For the left door: 831AZ, 831BZ, 831CZ, 831DZ, 831EZ, 831FZ and
831GZ.
- For the right door: 841AZ, 841BZ, 841CZ, 841DZ, 841EZ, 841FZ
and 841GZ.
(b) For the AFT passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002):

832GZ.
and 842GZ.
(3) Remove the door insulation.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 603
Nov 01/09

CES
(4) Install the BALLAST WEIGHT - PASSENGER CREW DOOR (98D52103501000)
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-10-00-010-080-A
(2) Remove the door linings:

831GZ.
and 841GZ.

832GZ.
and 842GZ.

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 604
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-210-077
A. Inspection of the Door Mechanisms
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the passenger/crew door for

integrity and good adjustment of the door mechanisms. This inspection
includes the girt bar.
(a) Do an inspection of the locking mechanism and the release

mechanism of the emergency escape slide.
1
_ Make sure that there are no signs of corrosion, scoring,
cracks, marks and damage.
(b) Do an inspection of the safety devices (cotter pins and lockwire)

of the locking mechanism and of the release mechanism of the
escape slide.
1
_ Make sure that the safety devices are correctly installed.
Subtask 52-10-00-220-070
B. Check of Door Adjustments
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-10-00-991-028)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 601A/TASK 52-10-00-991-028-A)

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES
Check of the Adjustment of the Passenger/Crew Door Mechanisms
Figure 601/TASK 52-10-00-991-028

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-10-00

Page 606
Nov 01/09

CES
Check of the Adjustment of the Passenger/Crew Door Mechanisms
Figure 601A/TASK 52-10-00-991-028-A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 607
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Make sure that the door locking mechanism and the release mechanism
of the emergency escape slide are correctly adjusted.
(a) Put the door in the up position.
1
_ Make sure that you can correctly install:
- the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206060) in the door-high locking
bellcrank (6),
- the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206060) in the torsion bar
bellcrank (4),
R - the PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000) in the reducer shaft
bellcrank (5).
2
_ If you cannot install the RIGGING PIN, adjust the mechanism
(Ref. TASK 52-11-21-400-001).
3
_ Remove the rigging pins.
(b) Put the door in the down position.
1
_ Make sure that you can correctly install:
R - the PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000) in the reducer shaft
bellcrank (5),
- the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206060) in the triple
flexible-control bellcrank (3) (armed handle of the escape
slide),
R - the PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000) in the triple bellcrank on
the locking shaft (1),
- the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206060) in the emergency control
handle (2) in the ARMED position.
2
_ If you cannot install the RIGGING PIN, adjust the mechanism
(Ref. TASK 52-11-21-400-001).
3
_ Remove the rigging pins.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 608
Aug 01/07

CES
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-10-00-220-077
C. Check of the Adjustment of the Girt Bar
(1) With the door in the closed position, put the emergency control
handle in the ARMED position.
(2) Make sure that the visual indicator of the girt bar comes into view.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-10-00-220-077-A
C. Check of the Adjustment of the Girt Bar

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-10-00-991-045)
(1) With the door in the closed position, put the emergency control
handle in the ARMED position.
(2) Make sure that the visual indicator of the girt bar comes into view.
(3) Make sure that the ends of the girt bar move crosswise.
(5) Push the trigger (4) aft then pull aft to decrease the length of the
telescopic end (3). Let the telescopic end extend again.
(6) Make sure that the telescopic end (3) of the girt bar (2) moves
freely with no hard points.
(7) Make sure that the trigger (4) goes back to its locked position. To
do this, make sure that you cannot decrease the length of the
telescopic end (3) of the girt bar (2).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 609
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Emergency Escape Slide/Raft Girt Bar
Figure 602/TASK 52-10-00-991-045

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-10-00

Page 610
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-10-00-410-089
(1) Remove the BALLAST WEIGHT - PASSENGER CREW DOOR (98D52103501000)

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
(2) Install the door insulation.
(3) Install the door linings:

831GZ.
and 841GZ.

832GZ.
and 842GZ.
(4) Install the escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-10-00-410-089-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 611
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Install the door linings:

831GZ.
and 841GZ.

832GZ.
and 842GZ.
R (4) Install the escape slide/raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-10-00-865-082
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV.
Subtask 52-10-00-410-078
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 612
Nov 01/06

CES
TASK 52-10-00-210-004
R Check Pressure of Emergency Cylinder/Accumulator of the Passenger/Crew Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : This task is only applicable on aircraft with the door damper and
____
emergency operation cylinder not connected to the CIDS.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
52-10-00-991-044 Fig. 603

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 613
Aug 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-079
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
R (1) Put the access platform in position in front of the passenger/crew

R door 831 or 841 or 832 or 842.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-210-080
A. Check of the Pressure.

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 52-10-00-991-044)
CAUTION : THE PRESSURE ON THE PRESSURE INDICATOR OF THE BOTTLE MUST BE

_______
RELATED TO THE PRESSURE CORRECTED FOR TEMPERATURE.
(1) Make sure that the door is open.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 614
May 01/08

CES
Figure 603/TASK 52-10-00-991-044

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 615
May 01/04
R
CES
R (2) Read the pressure value shown on the pressure gauge (1).
(a) Compare this value with the value on the placard (2) for the
ambient temperature.
R NOTE : Let the air bottle become stable at the ambient

____
R temperature before you do the inspection. This is to get a
correct pressure value.
R (3) If the pressure is not correct, charge the cylinder bottle.

R (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-614-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-410-088
A. Close Access
items.
52-10-00-860-002).
(3) Close the applicable passenger/crew door 831 or 841 or 832 or 842
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001):

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 616
Feb 01/07

CES
TASK 52-10-00-220-006
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Seal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
52-11-18-300-001 Repair of the Seal of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
52-13-18-300-001 Repair of the Seal of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 617
May 01/04
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-078
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
(1) Put an access platform in position in front of applicable the

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-10-00-865-079
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 618
May 01/04
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-220-081
A. Inspection of the Door Seal
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the door seal for:
R (a) Signs of chafing.
R (b) Cuts with small depth (not more than one third of the thickness
R of the seal).
R (c) Cuts with large depth (more than one third of the thickness of
R the seal).
(2) If is necessary, repair the door seal:
(a) For the forward passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-11-18-300-001).
(b) For the aft passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-18-300-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-865-080
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-10-00-410-087
B. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
(2) Remove all the ground support equipment, the maintenance equipment,
the standard and special tools and all other items.
items.
(4) Close the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-

001).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 619
Aug 01/08

CES
TASK 52-10-00-220-007
Check of the Preload of the Cover Plate
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 98D52003002000 1 TOOL-COVER PLATE PRE-CRUSHING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
52-10-00-991-047 Fig. 604
52-10-00-991-046 Fig. 605

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 620
Aug 01/07

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-082
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
(1) Put the access platform in position at zone 831 or 841 or 832 or 842.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
Subtask 52-10-00-865-083
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 621
May 01/04
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-220-084
A. Check of the Cover Plate Adjustment

(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 52-10-00-991-047)
(1) Close the door and measure the gap between the cover plate (2) and
the fuselage skin.
R (a) If the cover plate (2) does not touch the fuselage skin at equal
R intervals (points 1 to 5), measure the gap J. Gap J must not be
R more than 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.).
(b) If the cover plate (2) touches the fuselage skin, do these steps
to measure the preload.
R 1
_ At equal intervals (points 1 to 5) measure the preload with
R the TOOL-COVER PLATE PRE-CRUSHING (98D52003002000) (1).
a
_ Door open:
Pi = Initial Preload
b
_ Door closed and locked:
Pf = Final Preload
2
_ Calculate the effective preload:
Pef = Pi - Pf
Pef must not be more than 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).
NOTE : After adjustment, you can possibly see a permitted bend

____
line on the cover plate.
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 52-10-00-991-046)
(2) If gap J or preload Pef are not in the tolerances, manually fold the
cover plate (2) to get the correct adjustment.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-865-084
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV.

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 622
Nov 01/07

CES
Cover Plate - Check of the Preload
Figure 604/TASK 52-10-00-991-047

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 623
May 01/04
R
CES
Cover Plate - Bend Line
Figure 605/TASK 52-10-00-991-046

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 624
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-10-00-410-091
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Obey the special precautions after work on the door. (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-860-001)
(3) Close the applicable passenger crew/door 831 841 or 832 or 842
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 625
May 01/07

CES
**ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-210,
TASK 52-10-00-200-007
Detailed Inspection of Passenger/Crew Door Telescopic Girt Bar
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533

1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

R

EFF :
201-210,
003-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 52-10-00

Page 626
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
R
52-10-00-991-056 Fig. 606
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-104
A. Get Access
(1) Put an access platform in position:
(a) For the left passenger/crew door, at zone 831 or 832,
(b) For the right passenger/crew door, at zone 841 or 842.
(2) Open the passenger/crew door 831(841) or 832(842) (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-10-00-020-069
B. Removal of the Components

EFF :
201-210,
003-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 52-10-00

Page 627
Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 52-10-00-110-050
C. Cleaning of the Structure
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), if
necessary.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-200-050
A. Inspection
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 52-10-00-991-056)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the U-shaped section (3) of the

telescopic girt bar (1). This includes the rivet heads (4) that
attach the U-shaped section (3).
(2) Make sure that there is no:
(a) Corrosion damage:

R - If you find corrosion damage, for replacement (Ref. AOT
R 52A1111).
(b) Other damage (cracks, scratches, stress, marks, dents, bumps,

...):
R - If you find this type of damage, for replacement (Ref. AOT
R 52A1111).
(3) Use a dynamometer and apply a load of between 15 daN (33.7213 lbf)
and 20 daN (44.9617 lbf) on the girt bar (1).
Make sure that the girt bar (1) does not retract when you do not
manually operate the trigger (2).

EFF :
201-210,
003-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 52-10-00

Page 628
Aug 01/08

CES
U-Shaped Section - Telescopic Girt Bar
R Figure 606/TASK 52-10-00-991-056

R

EFF :
201-210,
003-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 52-10-00

Page 629
May 01/07

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-10-00-420-067
Subtask 52-10-00-410-113
B. Close Access
(1) Obey the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-002).
(2) Close the passenger/crew door 831(841) or 832(842) (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-410-001).
items.

EFF :
201-210,
003-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 52-10-00

Page 630
Feb 01/08

CES
PASSENGER/CREW - REPAIRS
________________________
TASK 52-10-00-915-001
Replacement of the Bushes
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-043

VARNISH P.T.F.E SPRAY (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-009 USA MIL-R-46082
PRIMER, ACTIVATOR FOR ANAEROBIC (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-034 USA MIL-R-46082
ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-10-00-991-042 Fig. 801

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 801
Nov 01/04

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-869-063
R A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-10-00-020-061
A. Removal of the Bushes
(1) Mechanically remove the bush.
(2) Make sure that you do not heat the part on which the bush is
installed, you can damage the internal structure of the part because
it is made of aluminium alloy.
(3) Clean the part with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a cloth
to remove the remaining bonding compound and sealant.
(4) Dry carefully.
(5) Make sure that the surface is clean.
Subtask 52-10-00-420-062
B. Installation of the Bush
(1) Cold-curing with an activator.
(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-043) on the inner side
of the bush in order to prevent damage by the sealing compound.
(b) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-009) on
the areas that you must bond and then apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-034).
(c) Rotate the bush to insert it.
(d) The bonded surfaces must not come into contact with your fingers.
(e) Hold the bush in its hole with a tool.
(f) Let cure for 4 hours at 23 deg.C (73.40 deg.F).
NOTE : Use the activator in less than 2 minutes.

____

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 802
Nov 01/07

CES
(2) Warm-curing without activator
(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-043) on the inner side
of the bush in order to prevent damage by the sealing compound.
(b) Apply the activator BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-034) on the areas that you must bond.
(c) Rotate the bush to insert it.
(d) The bonded surfaces must not come into contact with your fingers.
(e) Hold the bush in its hole with a tool.
(f) Let cure for 4 hours at 84 deg.C (183.20 deg.F) with the
thermocouples which are in the bush.
Subtask 52-10-00-916-050
C. Application of Protection Sealant

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 52-10-00-991-042)
(1) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the periphery of the seal
between the two parts and use STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003)
to protect the sealant bead in the skydrol areas.
(2) Remove the protection sealant from the inside of the bush with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-004).

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 803
Feb 01/98

CES
Bush - Typical Installation
Figure 801/TASK 52-10-00-991-042

EFF :

ALL 52-10-00

Page 804
Feb 01/98

CES
FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. General
_______
**ON A/C 001-002,
The doors are in the forward section of the fuselage, between the stations
FR16 and FR20.
The doors have two different mechanisms :
- the locking and compensation mechanism
- the emergency evacuation mechanism
The door locking mechanism can be operated by the inner and outer control
handles.
The emergency escape slide is operated by the emergency control-handle on
the inner side of the door.
If you open the door from the outside, the escape slide is automatically
disarmed.
The dimensions of the door are :
- Height: 1829 mm (72.0079 in.)
- Width: 813 mm (32.0078 in.)
The weight of the door is:
- without the escape slide 90 kg (198.4159 lb)
- with the escape slide 114 kg (251.3269 lb)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The doors are in the forward section of the fuselage, between FR16 and FR20.
The doors have two different mechanisms:
- the emergency evacuation mechanism
handles.
The slide/raft is operated by the emergency control handle on the inner side
of the door.
If you open the door from the outside, the slide/raft is automatically
disarmed.
The dimensions of the door are:
- Height : 1829 mm (72.0079 in.)
- Width : 813 mm (32.0078 in.)
- with the slide/raft 147 kg (324.0794 lb)
- without the slide/raft 90 kg (198.4159 lb)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
2. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001)
A. Structure of the Door

The primary structural elements of the door are:
- the horizontal longerons
- the vertical curved members
- the outer skin
- the inner skin
- the edge members
All these elements are attached with rivets.
These elements are attached to the door:
- the adjustable stops which give the safety if the pressurization system
is defective. They can be adjusted to put the door flush with the
fuselage.
- the guide rollers engage in the sliders on the frame of the door. They
are positioned so that the stops disengage or move in the correct
position when you lift or lower the door.
- you can see the warning light panel through the door window when you
open the door from the outside.
- a seal is installed around the door on the inner side. It has holes at
equal intervals.
When the door is closed, the seal is pushed against the frame of the
fuselage. When the passenger cabin is pressurized, the seal inflates.
The lower guide fittings on the door frame have holes to drain the
rainwater.
The four air stoppers are installed between the door and the door
frame. They prevent the cold air from penetrating into the cabin.
An additional thermal insulation blanket is installed behind the
emergency escape slide, around the door/support arm connections and
behind the door buffer housing.
3. Operation
_________
A. Locking and Compensation Mechanism
R **ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 002)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 2
Nov 01/09

CES
Door Structure
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 3
May 01/98
R
CES
Locking and Compensation Mechanisms
Figure 002

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-11-00

Page 4
Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 002A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 002B)
**ON A/C ALL
The door is locked with a hook on the upper section of the door.
This hook is attached to the locking shaft with a rod and a bellcrank.
An arm on the locking shaft gives a visual indication.
A spring rod holds the door in the locked position.
A safety pin stops the door if there is a malfunction of the locking
mechanism or the lifting mechanism.
The inner and outer control handles are slaved to one another by a
gearbox assembly.
The gearbox assembly is attached to the locking shaft and the reducer
shaft. It stops the outer handle when the door is released with the inner
handle.
When the door closes, the inner control handle puts the outer control
handle in its housing through the gearbox.
When the door is open, and in the up position, a safety pin prevents the
gearbox from turning.
The door is immobilized in the up position when the lowering shaft no
longer touches the stop fitting on the frame.
The compensation mechanism is a torsion bar. It enables easy opening and
closing of the door by weight compensation when it is released.
The force that is necessary to release the door must be equal to or less
than 16 daN (35.9694 lbf)
**ON A/C 001-002,
B. Escape slide control mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 003)
The escape slide is installed on the bottom of the door.
When the emergency control handle is in the armed position, the escape
slide girt bar engages into the fittings on the door threshold. It is
stowed on the door when the emergency control handle is in the DISARMED
position

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 002A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
52-11-00

Page 6
Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 002B

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES
Escape Slide Release Mechanism
Figure 003

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-11-00

Page 8
Nov 01/09

CES
A housing installation that contains a cam-disk and a roller attaches the
escape slide control lever to the outer control handle. It disarms the
escape slide automatically when the door is opened with the exterior
control handle.
The escape slide control mechanism puts the escape slide control lever in
the DISARMED position when the door is not fully closed and locked.
A hook prevents arming of escape slide when the door is open.
A spring rod and a hook are attached to the locking shaft with a rod.
The locking shaft locks the escape emergency handle in the DISARMED
position.
The escape slide inflation mechanism is a striker attached to the
bellcrank assembly on the escape slide control mechanism. When the
emergency control handle is put in the ARMED position, the striker turns
about its axis and moves under the striker mechanism attached to the
damper and emergency operation cylinder. The emergency control handle is
in the ARMED position.
There is a special wiper ring on slide flexible controls. The special
ring reduce the control loads of flexible controls under adverse freezing
conditions.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
B. Escape slide control mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 003A)
A slide/raft is installed on the bottom of the door. The slide/raft girt
bar has a built-in quick release mechanism.
When the emergency control handle is in the armed position, the escape
slide girt bar engages into the fittings on the door threshold. It is
stowed on the door when the emergency control handle is in the DISARMED
position
escape slide automatically when the door is opened with the outer control
handle.
A hook pin prevents aming of the escape slide when the door is open.
The locking shaft locks the slide/raft control handle in the DISARMED
position.
The slide/raft inflation mechanism is a striker attached to the bellcrank
assembly on the slide/raft control mechanism, the striker turns about its
axis and moves under the striker mechanism attached to the damper
actuator and the emergency operation cylinder. The emergency control
handle is in the ARMED position.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Slide/Raft Release Mechanism
Figure 003A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
There is a special sealing ring on the slide/raft flexible controls. The
special ring reduces the control loads of flexible controls under adverse
freezing conditions.
**ON A/C ALL
C. Support Arm of the Door
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
**ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 002A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 002B)
**ON A/C ALL
The support arm is attached to the door with the upper connection link
and the lower connection link (lifting lever) that is attached to the
reducer shaft with an adjustable rod.
The support arm and the two upper and lower guide arms move the door
forward and out of the aircraft.
D. Indicating and Warnings
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 004A)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10

CES
Indicating and Warning of the Forward Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 004

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-11-00

Page 12
Nov 01/09

CES
Indicating and Warning of the Forward Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 004A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-00

Page 13
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Mechanical indicating :
(a) A visual indicator on the shaft of the locking mechanism

indicates the position of the door (open or closed).
(b) A visual indicator on the girt bar indicates the position of the
girt bar (engaged or not).
(2) Electrical indicating :
(a) The proximity switches transmit the position of:

R - the escape-slide control lever on the escape-slide control
R mechanism.
- the door handle on the shaft of the locking mechanism.
- the hook on the upper frame of the door.
(3) SLIDE ARMED indicator light and CABIN PRESSURE warning light panel:
(a) The SLIDE ARMED indicator light comes on if a person tries to

R open the door when the escape-slide is in the ARMED position.
(b) When the cabin pressure is greater than 2.5 mb with engines
R stopped and slide disarmed the CABIN PRESSURE warning light comes
R on and flashes. This prevents sudden opening when a person tries
to open the door.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 14
May 01/04

CES
FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - SERVICING
___________________________________
TASK 52-11-00-610-001
R Servicing of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 15-005 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
R CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 301
Nov 01/03

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Door
Door
56-21-13-100-002 Cleaning the Outer Surface of the Outer Window Panes
3. __________
Job Set-up
WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN
_______
65 KNOTS.
_______
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR-DAMPER AND EMERGENCY-OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
_______
RESIDUAL PRESSURE COULD CAUSE THE DOOR TO OPEN WITH A SUDDEN FORCE
AND INJURE PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 302
Nov 01/06

CES
Subtask 52-11-00-010-059
A. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position at the FWD

passenger/crew door:
(a) For the left passenger/crew door at the zone 831.
(b) For the right passenger/crew door at the zone 841.
(2) Open the FWD passenger/crew door 831 (841) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-11-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-00-010-060
C. Removal of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-001)
(a) For the left door: 831AZ.
(b) For the right door: 841AZ.
(3) Install the BALLAST WEIGHT - PASSENGER CREW DOOR (98D52103501000),

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 303
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-00-010-060-A
C. Removal of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-001)
(2) Remove the escape-slide raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012).

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-00-110-050
A. Cleaning
(1) Clean the ends of the girt bar with a brush and CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-004).
(2) Clean the window of the door (Ref. TASK 56-21-13-100-002).
Subtask 52-11-00-916-050
B. Application of Temporary Protection
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY STORAGE PRESERVATION ON THE DOOR CONTROL

_______
MECHANISMS. THIS IS BECAUSE STORAGE PRESERVATION CAN PREVENT
CORRECT OPERATION OF THE MECHANISMS.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 304
Feb 01/10

CES
(1) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) or
STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) on all the parts, but not
on the mechanisms.
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-00-410-058

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-001)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-00-410-058-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
(3) Install the escape-slide raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 305
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-00-865-051
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-11-00-410-059
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
(2) Close the FWD passenger/crew door 831 (841) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 306
May 01/04
R
CES
FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________
TASK 52-11-00-820-001
Adjustment of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To adjust the door immediately after replacement of the door/door

components, or if a door malfunction is reported.
NOTE : The values given in this procedure are not applicable for general
____
inspections/checks.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific two shims (thickness 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.))
No specific positioning templates 70 mm (2.7559 in.)
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98DNSA20206120 1 RIGGING PIN

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 501
Aug 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
SEALANT, HIGH TEMP. (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-005 USA MIL-PRF-81733
R INTERFAY SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 cotter pin 52-11-01 04C-150

13 cotter pin 52-11-01 04G-150
13 cotter pin 52-11-01 04H-150
47 cotter pin 53-16-01 23A-020
53 lock plate 52-11-11 21 -040
53 lock plate 52-11-11 21A-040
208 cotter pin 52-11-01 05B-040
208 cotter pin 52-11-01 05D-040

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 502
Aug 01/09

CES
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-23-45-000-002 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-005 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-006 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left
25-23-45-400-007 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right
Doors
52-10-00-220-007 Check of the Preload of the Cover Plate
Door
Door
Passenger/Crew Door
52-11-31-000-001 Removal of the Lining Flap

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 503
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-11-31-400-001 Installation of the Lining Flap

52-71-00-820-001 Adjustment of the Proximity Switches (11WV1, 11WV2,
15WV1, 15WV2) of the Locking Hook of the Pax/Crew
Doors with the CHECKING TOOL-DOOR
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-00-991-019 Fig. 501
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
52-11-00-991-005 Fig. 502
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-00-991-005-A Fig. 502A
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
52-11-00-991-006 Fig. 503
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
52-11-00-991-006-A Fig. 503A
**ON A/C ALL
52-11-00-991-017 Fig. 504

52-11-00-991-001 Fig. 505
52-11-00-991-003 Fig. 506
52-11-00-991-018 Fig. 507
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
52-11-00-991-012 Fig. 508

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-00-991-012-A Fig. 508A
**ON A/C ALL
52-11-00-991-020 Fig. 509
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
52-11-00-991-004 Fig. 510
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-00-991-004-A Fig. 510A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-00-991-021 Fig. 511
**ON A/C ALL
52-11-00-991-007 Fig. 512
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-220, 224-224, 231-249,

R 251-299, 303-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-00-991-015 Fig. 513
**ON A/C 221-223, 225-230, 301-302,
52-11-00-991-015-A Fig. 513A

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
52-11-00-991-014 Fig. 514
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-00-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 52-11-00-010-061
B. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______

passenger/crew door 831 or 841.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 506
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-00-010-052
D. Removal of Components
(1) Remove the lining flap (Ref. TASK 52-11-31-000-001).
(3) Remove the door lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-001):
(a) For the left door: 831FZ, 831CZ, 831DZ, 831AZ, 831BZ, 831EZ,
831GZ.
(b) For the right door: 841FZ, 841CZ, 841DZ, 841AZ, 841BZ, 841EZ,
841GZ.
(4) Remove the door frame lining panels:
(a) For the left door: 221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW, 221GW,
221HW 221JW, 221KW, 221LW, 221MW, 221NW, 221PW, 221QW 231AW,
231CW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005).
(b) For the right door: 222AW, 222BW, 222CW, 222EW, 222FW, 222GW,
222HW 222JW, 222KW, 222LW, 222MW, 222NW, 222PW, 222QW 232AW,
232CW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002).
(5) Remove the door insulation blankets.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 507
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-11-00-420-053
E. Installation of the Ballast Weight

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
NOTE : If no ballast weight is available, it is permitted to use the

____
escape slide on the door during the adjustment (as an
alternative to BALLAST WEIGHT - PASSENGER CREW DOOR
(98D52103501000)). If you do this, make sure that the escape
slide lets you have access for the adjustment procedure.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-00-010-052-A
831GZ.
841GZ.
(4) Remove the door frame lining panels:
221HW, 221JW, 221KW 221LW, 221MW, 221NW, 221PW, 221QW, 231AW,
231CW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005).
232CW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-00

Page 508
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-11-00-420-053-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

____
escape slide/raft on the door during the adjustment (as an
slide/raft lets you have access for the adjustment procedure.
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
Subtask 52-11-00-820-050
A. Adjustment of the Door during Opening and Closing

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-00-991-019, 502/TASK 52-11-00-991-005)
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-11-00-991-006)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 503A/TASK 52-11-00-991-006-A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
(1) Make sure that when you start to open the door, the clearance H1
(between the door stops (21) and the door frame stops (22)) is 5 mm
(0.1968 in.) minimum.
(2) Slowly close the door and make sure that there is no hard point
(between the door stops (21) and the door frame stops (22)) for the
overlap H3 of 3 mm (0.1181 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 509
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Adjustment of the Door Stop Fittings of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 501/TASK 52-11-00-991-019

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 510
May 01/05

CES
Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Fittings of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 502/TASK 52-11-00-991-005

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-00

Page 511
May 01/05

CES
Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Fittings of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 502A/TASK 52-11-00-991-005-A

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-00

Page 512
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Adjustment of the Girt Bar and Load on the Inner Control Handle of the FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 503/TASK 52-11-00-991-006

R EFF :

001-002, 051-052,

52-11-00 Page 513
May 01/05

CES
Adjustment of the Girt Bar and Load on the Inner Control Handle of the FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 503A/TASK 52-11-00-991-006-A

EFF :

ALL

52-11-00 Page 514
May 01/05
R
CES
(3) The clearance H2 must be 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) minimum, the guide
rollers (31) touch the guide fittings (32) and (36).
(4) If the clearance H2 is not in the tolerances, adjust the upper and
lower guide fittings (32) and (36) as follows:
(a) Open the door and identify the position of the serration plates
(37) and (38) and of the upper and lower guide fittings (32),
(36).
(b) Loosen the screws (40) and move the guide fittings (32), (36) to
get the clearance H2 and temporarily tighten the screws (40).
(c) Close the door.
(5) Open the door. Make sure that when you start to open the door (during
door lifting travel), the clearance F3 (between the telescopic fork
(2) ends and thegirt bar fittings (1)) is 5 mm (0.1968 in.) minimum.
(6) If the clearance F3 is not in the tolerances, adjust the girt bar
fittings as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-11-00-991-017)
(a) Loosen the screws (91), (96) of the girt bar fittings (92), (95).
(b) Remove the sealant around the girt bar fittings (92), (95) and on
the heads of the screws (91), (96). Use a CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-004) with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(c) Identify the position of the serrations of the girt bar fittings
(92), (95) and the plates (93) and (94).
(d) Move the girt bar fittings from the serrations on the X and Y
axes to get correct clearance.
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-00-820-050-A

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-00-991-019, 502A/TASK 52-11-00-991-005-A,
503A/TASK 52-11-00-991-006-A)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-00

Page 515
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Adjustment of the Girt Bar Fittings of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 504/TASK 52-11-00-991-017

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 516
May 01/05

CES
(2) Slowly close the door and make sure that there is no hard point
(between the door stops (21) and the door frame stops (22)) for the
overlap H3 of 3 mm (0.1181 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.).
(37) and (38) and of the upper and lower guide fittings (32),
(36).
get the clearance H2.
(c) Make sure that the eccentric washers (39):

- fully seal the holes of the guide fittings (32) and (36),
- are not above the rounded areas or spot-facing edges,
- are not out of the outer contour of the fitting.
(d) Temporarily tighten the screws (40).
(e) Close the door.
(2) ends and the girt bar fittings (1)) is 5 mm (0.1968 in.) minimum.
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-11-00-991-017)
(92), (95) and the plates (93) and (94).
axes to get correct clearance.

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-00

Page 517
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-00-820-052
B. Adjustment of the Door in the Down Position

(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-11-00-991-001, 506/TASK 52-11-00-991-003, 507/TASK
52-11-00-991-018)
(1) Install two positioning templates on the X axis, on the door frame.
(a) Install one template between the longerons L5 and L6.
(b) Install the other template between the longerons L2 and L3.
(2) If the templates do not touch the door frame or the door contour,
adjust the door on the X axis as follows:
(a) Close and lock the door.
(b) Disconnect the upper and lower connection links (11) from each
side of the yoke.
(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (13).
(d) Remove the nuts (14), the washers (15) and the bolts (16) to
disconnect the upper and lower connection links (11).
(e) Adjust the door on the X axis with washers (12) of a different
thickness.
(f) Make sure that the clearance B is less than or equal to 0.1 mm
(0.0039 in.).
R NOTE : The thickness of the two washers (12) at the lower and
____
R upper connection links (11) is equal to the nominal
thickness. The clearance B must be in the tolerances.
(g) Connect the upper and lower connection links (11).
(h) Install the washers (15), the bolts (16).
(i) Install the nuts (14).
(j) TORQUE the nuts (14) to between 1.2 and 1.35 m.daN (106.19 and
119.46 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 518
Feb 01/06

CES
(3) Make sure that the clearance E8 is 70 +0.7 -0.7 mm (2.7559 +0.0275 -
0.0275 in.).
(4) Do a check of the peripheral clearance between the door and the door
frame:
(a) At FR16, E1 is 4 +1 -1 mm (0.1574 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).
(b) At FR20, E2 is 4 +1.8 -1.8 mm (0.1574 +0.0708 -0.0708 in.).
NOTE : A clearance of 4 +2.2 -2.2 mm (0.1574 +0.0866 -0.0866 in.)

____
is permitted on the rear part for a maximum length of 400
mm (15.7480 in.).
R You can add together smaller lengths at a maximum of three
R locations to get this maximum total length.
(c) E3 is 4 +1.5 -2.5 mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0984 in.).
(5) Do a check of the flushness between the door and the door frame at
door stop levels L1 to L7.
(a) E5 is 1.5 +1 -1 mm (0.0590 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).
NOTE : A clearance of 1.5 +1.3 -1.3 mm (0.0590 +0.0511 -0.0511

____
in.) is permitted on the rear part along a maximum length
of 400 mm (15.7480 in.).
R You can add together smaller lengths at a maximum of three
R locations to get this maximum total length.
(6) Make sure that the overlap E6 of the stop axis is:
(a) For the FWD stops, at FR16, E6 is 13.5 +1 -1 mm (0.5314 +0.0393 -

0.0393 in.).
(b) For the aft stops, at FR20, E6 is 13.5 +2 -2 mm (0.5314 +0.0787 -

0.0787 in.).
(7) Make sure that the clearance E7 is 0 +1 -1 mm (0.0000 +0.0393 -0.0393

in.).
(8) Make sure that the seal is compressed by E9: 4.5 +2 -2 mm (0.1771
+0.0787 -0.0787 in.).
(9) When you start to open the door, make sure that the clearance E10
between the stop and the door frame is 5 mm (0.1968 in.).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 519
Feb 01/06

CES
Adjustment on the X axis of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 505/TASK 52-11-00-991-001- 13 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 520
May 01/05
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 521
May 01/05
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 522
May 01/05
R
CES
Adjustment of the Y Axis and Stops of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 506/TASK 52-11-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 523
May 01/05
R
CES
R Clearances - Adjustment on the Z Axis of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 507/TASK 52-11-00-991-018

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 524
Feb 01/06

CES
(10) If the clearances E1, E2, E6 and E10 are not in the tolerances on the
X axis, change the door position as follows:
(a) Disconnect the upper and lower connection links (11) from each
side of the yoke.
(b) Remove the nuts (14), the washers (13) and the bolts (16) to
disconnect the upper and lower connection links.
(c) Adjust the door on the X axis with washers (12) of a different
thickness.
(d) Make sure that the clearance B is less than or equal to 0.1 mm
(0.0039 in.).
NOTE : The thickness of the two washers (12) at the lower and
____
upper connection links (11) is equal to the nominal
thickness. Clearance B must be in the tolerance.
(e) Connect the upper and lower connection links (11).
(f) Install the washers (15), the bolts (16).
(g) Install the nuts (14).
(h) TORQUE the nuts (14) to between 1.2 and 1.35 m.daN (106.19 and
119.46 lbf.in).
(i) Install the new cotter pin (13).
(11) If the clearances E5 and E9 on the Y axis are not in the tolerances,
change the door position as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-11-00-991-003)
(a) Remove the nuts (52) and the lock plate (53).
(b) Adjust the stop screws (51) to get the conditions below:
1
_ The clearance J1 between the stop and the door frame must be 0
+0 +0.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0000 +0.0196 in.).
2
_ The dimension J2 must be 6 mm (0.2362 in.) maximum.
3
_ Make sure that a minimum of three stop screws touch the door
frame with:

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 525
Nov 01/06
R
CES
(c) Make sure that the clearances E5 and E9 are correct.
(d) Install the nuts (52) with a new lock plate (53).
(e) Tighten the nuts (52). TORQUE to between 2 and 2.2 m.daN (14.74
and 16.22 lbf.ft).
(f) Fold the lugs of the lock plate (53).
(12) If the clearances E3 and E7 are not in the tolerances, on the Z axis,
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 52-11-00-991-018)
(a) Remove the lockwire from the nuts (61), (63) and discard it.
(b) Loosen the nuts (61) and (63).
(c) Adjust the length of the rod (62) until you get the correct
configuration.
(d) Tighten the nuts (61) and (63) and safety the rod (62) with
(e) Make sure that the clearances are correct.
(13) Remove the positioning templates from the frame.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
Subtask 52-11-00-820-053
C. Check and Adjustment of Clearances between the Rollers and the Guide
Fittings
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-11-00-991-005)
(1) Operate the door several times.
(2) When the door is in the up position, make sure that:
(a) The guide rollers (31) move off the guide fittings (32), (36)
with the clearances below:
1
_ C1 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 526
Nov 01/06
R
CES
2
_ C2 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 2.2 mm (0.0866 in.).
(3) If the clearances C1 and C2 are not in the tolerances, adjust the
guide fittings (32), (36) as specified below:
(a) Open the door and identify the position of the serrations of the
plates (37), (38) on the upper and lower guide fittings (32),
(36).
get the correct clearances C1 and C2.
(c) Tighten the screws (40).
(4) When the door is in the down position, make sure that:
(a) The rollers (31) of the guide fittings (32), (36) turn freely.
(b) The clearance C4 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.).
(c) The clearance C3 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) minimum.
(d) The clearance C5 is 3 mm (0.1181 in.) to 6 mm (0.2362 in.).
NOTE : A clearance C5 of 3 mm (0.1181 in.) to 8 mm (0.3149 in.)

____
is permitted.
(e) If the clearances C3 and C4 are not in the tolerances, adjust the
upper and lower guide fittings (32), (36).
(5) When the door is closed, make sure that the clearance C6 is 0.2 mm
(0.0078 in.), between the rollers (31) and the stop screws (35).
Subtask 52-11-00-820-054
D. Check in the Z Axis of the Door and Locking Hook Adjustment

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-11-00-991-005, 508/TASK 52-11-00-991-012)
(1) Close the door.
(2) Make sure that:
(a) The clearance C6 between the rollers (31) and the bolts (35) is
0.2 mm (0.0078 in.).
(b) The locking hook (41) is in contact with the roller (40).

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-00

Page 527
Feb 01/06

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-11-00

Page 528
Feb 01/06

CES
Adjustment of the Upper Hook of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 508/TASK 52-11-00-991-012

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-00

Page 529
May 01/05

CES
(3) If the clearance C6 is not in the tolerances do the adjustment below:
(a) Open the door.
(b) Remove the nuts (34), the adjustable washers (33), and the bolts
(35).
(c) Install the bolts (35) and the nuts (34).
(d) Put the two shims (thickness 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.)) in position in
the upper guide fittings (32).
(e) Close the door and measure the dimension between the rollers (31)
and the bolts (35).
(f) Open the door, remove the nuts (34), the bolts (35) and the two
shims.
(g) Adjust the thickness of the adjustable washers (33).
(h) Install the adjustable washers (33), the bolts (35) and the nuts
(34) and tighten them.
(4) If there is no contact at the locking hook (41), do the adjustment

below:
(a) Put the two shims (thickness 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.)) in position in
(b) Close the door.
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (42).
(d) Loosen the nuts (42) and release the lockwashers (43).
(e) Loosen the clamp (45).
(f) Turn the barrel of the rod (44) until you get the contact between
the locking hook (41) and the roller (40).
(g) Tighten the nuts (42) and the clamp (45).
(h) Make sure that the lockwashers (43) are correctly positioned.
(i) Safety the nuts (42) and the lockwashers (43) with MISCELLANEOUS

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-00

Page 530
May 01/05

CES
(j) Open the door and remove the two shims.
(5) Make sure that, when the door is closed, the roller (40) turns
freely.
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-00-820-053-A
Fittings
(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-11-00-991-005-A)
(2) With the door in the up position, make sure that:
1
_ C1 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
2
_ C2 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 2.2 mm (0.0866 in.).
(36).

(d) Tighten the screws (40).
(4) With the door in the down position, make sure that:

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-00

Page 531
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES

____
is permitted.
(5) With the door closed, make sure that the clearance C6 is 0.2 mm
(0.0078 in.), between the rollers (31) and the stop screws (35).
Subtask 52-11-00-820-054-A

(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-11-00-991-005-A, 508A/TASK 52-11-00-991-012-A)
(1) Close the door.
(2) Make sure that:
0.2 mm (0.0078 in.).
(b) The locking hook (41) is in contact with the roller (40) and the
clearance M1 is 0.5 +0.3 -0.3 mm (0.0196 +0.0118 -0.0118 in.).
(3) If the clearance C6 is not in the tolerances do the adjustment that

follows:
(a) Open the door.
(35).
(d) Put the two shims (thickness 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.)) in position in
and the bolts (35).
shims.

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-00

Page 532
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

that follows:
(a) Put the two shims in position in the upper guide fittings (32).
(b) Close the door.
(f) Turn the barrel of the rod (44) until the locking hook (41)
touches the roller (40).
(h) Make sure that the lockwashers (43) are correctly positionned.
(i) Safety tne nuts (42) and the lockwashers (43) with MISCELLANEOUS
(5) If the clearance M1 is not in the tolerances, do the adjustment that

follows:
(a) Put the two shims (thickness 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.)) in position in
(b) Close the door.
(f) Turn the rod (44) one turn to make it shorter.
(g) Remove and discard the cotter pin (47) and remove the nut (46).

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-00

Page 533
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Figure 508A/TASK 52-11-00-991-012-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-00

Page 534
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-00

Page 535
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(h) Pull out the bush (48) by 4 mm (0.1574 in.) to disengage it from
the stop flat (50).
(i) Turn the bush (48) by the required correction value:

-0.9, -0.6, +0.6, +1.5 or +1.2.
Make sure that the bush (48) stays engaged with its slots in the
eccentric yoke (49).
NOTE : The slotted drive between the bush (48) and the eccentric
____
yoke (49) has a foolproofing device (one position only).
(j) Push back the bush (48) until the correction value aligns with
the mark of the stop flat (50).
(k) Install the nut (46).
(l) TORQUE the nut (46) to between 1.25 and 1.5 m.daN (110.61 and
132.74 lbf.in).
(m) Turn the barrel of the rod (44) until the locking hook (41)
(n) Install the new cotter pin (47).
(o) Tighten the nuts (42) and the clamp (45).
(p) Make sure that the lockwashers (43) are correctly positioned.
(q) Safety the nuts (42) and the lockwashers (43) with MISCELLANEOUS
(r) Open the door and remove the two shims.
freely.

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-00

Page 536
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-00-820-055
E. Safety Pin Adjustment

(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 52-11-00-991-020)
(1) Close the door.
(2) Make sure that the clearance G1 between the fitting (71) and the
safety pin (72) is 4 +1 -1 mm (0.1574 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).
(3) If the clearance G1 is not in the tolerance adjust the safety pin as
follows:
(a) Open the door.
(b) Remove the stop screw (74) and the adjustement washers (73).
(c) Install the new adjustable washers (73) to get the clearance G1.
(d) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-007A) to

the thread of the stop screw (74).
(e) Install the stop screw (74).
(f) Torque the stop screw (74), to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09
and 61.94 lbf.in).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
Subtask 52-11-00-820-056
F. Check of Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 510/TASK 52-11-00-991-004)
(1) Adjustment on the X axis.

(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 52-11-00-991-021)
(a) For the door equipped with damper and emergency-operation

cylinder P/N serie FE174 and FE196.
1
_ Put the door in the up-closed position in contact with the
seal.

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 537
May 01/05

CES
Adjustment of the Safety Pin of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 509/TASK 52-11-00-991-020

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 538
May 01/05

CES
Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 510/TASK 52-11-00-991-004

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-00

Page 539
May 01/05

CES
Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 510A/TASK 52-11-00-991-004-A

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-00

Page 540
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Upper and Lower Guide Arms - X Axis Adjustment
Figure 511/TASK 52-11-00-991-021

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 541
May 01/05
R
CES
(b) For the door equipped with the damper and emergency-operation
cylinder P/N serie FE240.
1
_ Put the door in the up-closed position in contact with the
seal at FR20.
a
_ Do a check of the clearance L1 at FR16.
NOTE : Measure the clearance at door stop level L5.

____
- the clearance L1 must be equal to the difference between

the flushness D1 measured between the door and the door
frame forward of the door, and the flushness D2 measured
between the door and the door frame aft of the door.
- the maximum clearance L1 must be of 5 mm (0.1968 in.).
(c) Make sure that the bolts (88) at the guide arm/door attachment
are not stressed.
(d) If they are stressed do an adjustment of the upper guide arm (87)
and lower guide arm (84) as follows:
1
_ Identify the position of the serrations of the plates (82) and
(85).
2
_ Loosen the nuts (81) and (89).
3
_ Move the fittings (83) and (86) on the X axis to get the
correct position.
4
_ Temporarily tighten the nuts (81) and (89).
(2) Adjustment on the Y axis.
(a) Open the door until the nominal axis of the guide arms and the
support arms are aligned.
(b) Make sure that the bolts (88) at the guide arm/door attachment
are not stressed.
(c) If they are stressed do an adjustment of the upper guide arm (87)
and lower guide arm (84) as follow:
1
(85).
2

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-00

Page 542
May 01/05

CES
3
_ Move the fittings (83) and (86) on the Y axis to get the
correct position.
4
_ Tighten the nuts (81) and (89).
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-00-820-056-A
F. Check of Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 510A/TASK 52-11-00-991-004-A)

(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 52-11-00-991-021)
(a) For the door that has the damper and emergency-operation cylinder
P/N series FE174 and FE196.
1
_ Put the door in the up-closed position, to touch the seal.
(b) For the door that has the damper and emergency-operation cylinder
P/N serie FE240.
1
_ Put the door in the up-closed position, to touch the seal at
FR20.
a

____
- The clearance L1 must be equal to the difference between

the flushness D1 (measured between the door and the door
frame forward of the door), and the flushness D2
(measured between the door and the door frame aft of the
door).
- The maximum clearance L1 must be 5 mm (0.1968 in.).
(c) Make sure that there is no stress on the bolts (88) at the guide
arm/door attachment.
(d) If there is stress, do an adjustment of the upper guide arm (87)

and lower guide arm (84) as follows:
1
(85).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-00

Page 543
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
2
3
correct position.
4
_ Make sure that the eccentric washers (80) and (90):
- fully seal the holes of the fittings (83) and (86),
5
(2) Adjustment on the Y axis.
(b) Make sure that there is no stress on the bolts (88) at the guide
(c) If there is stress, do an adjustment of the upper guide arm (87)

and lower guide arm (84) as follow:
1
(85).
2
3
correct position.
4
5

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-00

Page 544
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-00-820-057
G. Adjustment of the Escape Slide and Girt Bar Fittings
R **ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-11-00-991-006)
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 503A/TASK 52-11-00-991-006-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-11-00-991-017)
(1) Put the door in the closed position.
(3) Install the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) on the emergency control

handle.
(4) Make sure that the clearances F1 and F2 are correct.
(a) F1 is between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
NOTE : Clearance F1 between the girt bar and the escape slide
____
shoes must be measured by applying light manual pressure
towards the aircraft centreline to ensure contact between
the girt bar and the actuating fingers.
(b) F2 is between 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) and 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).
NOTE : Clearance F2 between the girt bar and the escape slide
____
shoes must be measured by applying light manual pressure
on the girt bar towards the opposite slide shoe, to ensure
contact between the girt bar and the actuating fingers.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 545
May 01/05

CES
(5) If the clearances F1 and F2 are not in the tolerances, adjust the
girt bar fittings as follows:
(a) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
(b) Put the emergency control handle in the DISARMED position.
(c) Open the door and identify the position of the serrations between
the girt bar fitting plates (93) and (94).
(d) Adjust the position of the girt bar fittings on the X axis and
the Y axis to get correct clearances F1 and F2.
(e) Tighten the nuts (91), (96) on the girt bar fittings (92), (95).
(f) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) on the heads of the screws
(91), (96) and on the periphery of the girt bar fittings (92),
(95).
R (6) Use a dynamometer 20 daN (44.96 lbf) to measure the load. Operate the
emergency control handle several times. Make sure that the load
R necessary to operate the handle is not more than 10 daN (22.48 lbf).
Subtask 52-11-00-820-058
H. Adjustment of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
(1) Do a check of the adjustment of the bellcrank finger of the door

damper and emergency operation cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-820-002).
Subtask 52-11-00-820-059
J. Adjustment of the Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 512/TASK 52-11-00-991-007)
(2) Make sure that the support arm locks correctly on the fuselage frame
when the door is open.
(3) Make sure that the clearance G2 between the buffer (201) and the
fuselage is between 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) and 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.).
(4) If the clearance G2 is not in the tolerance, adjust the buffer as

follows:
(a) Put the door in the center position.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 546
May 01/09

CES
Adjustment of the Buffer of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 512/TASK 52-11-00-991-007

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 547
May 01/05

CES
(b) Remove the cotter pin (208) and discard it.
(c) Remove the nut (207) and the cap (206).
(d) Release the bushing (205), the washer (204) and the adjusting
washers (203).
(e) Release the bolt (209) and the buffer (201). Retain the adjusting
washer (202).
(f) Move the adjusting washers (202) and (203) to get the clearance
G2.
(g) Install the bolt (209), the buffer (201) and the adjusting
washers (202) on the support (210).
(h) Install the adjusting washers (203), the washer (204) and the
bushing (205).
(i) Install the cup (206) and the nut (207).
(j) Tighten the nut (207). Install the new cotter pin (208).
(k) Fully open the door.
Subtask 52-11-00-820-060
K. Check and Adjustment of the Compensation Mechanism
(1) Do a check and adjustment of the compensation mechanism (Ref. TASK

52-11-00-820-002).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-220, 224-224, 231-249,

R 251-299, 303-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-00-820-061
L. Check of the Outer Control Handle Locking

(Ref. Fig. 513/TASK 52-11-00-991-015)
(1) Open the door from the outer side and close the door from the inner
side.
(2) Make sure that the handle flap (304) comes back to its initial
position when you close the door from the outer side.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 548
Feb 01/10

CES
Adjustment of the Outer Control Handle of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 513/TASK 52-11-00-991-015

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-220, 224-224, 231-249, 251-299, 303-399,
52-11-00

Page 549
Feb 01/10
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
(3) Apply a manual pressure on the handle flap (304) until it touches the
stop (303). Release the handle flap and make sure that the handle
flap (304) goes back to its initial position.
NOTE : Do this procedure five times.

____
(4) If necessary, adjust the handle flap (304) as follows:
(a) Loosen the nut (301), remove the stop (303) and the adjustable
shim (302).
(b) Adjust the adjustable shim (302) to get the correct position of
the handle flap (304) when the handle is in the closed position.
(c) Install the stop (303) with the adjustable shim (302) and the nut
(301).
(d) TORQUE the nut (301) to 0.68 m.daN (60.17 lbf.in).
(e) Do step (3) again.
**ON A/C 221-223, 225-230, 301-302,
Subtask 52-11-00-820-061-A

(Ref. Fig. 513A/TASK 52-11-00-991-015-A)
side.

____

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-00

Page 550
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Adjustment of the Outer Control Handle of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 513A/TASK 52-11-00-991-015-A

R

EFF :

221-223, 225-230, 301-302, 52-11-00

Page 551
May 01/05

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-00-820-062
M. Check of the Emergency Control Handle Disarming
(1) Close the door.
(3) Open the door with the outer control handle.
(4) Make sure that the emergency control handle moves to the DISARMED
position.
Subtask 52-11-00-820-063
N. Check of the Door Locking in the UP Position

(Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 52-11-00-991-014)
(1) Make sure that during the opening of the door, the inner control
handle (405) locks before release of the rollers from the guide
fittings
(2) Make sure that when you close the door with the inner control handle
(405) you feel no hard points caused by the non-retraction of the
hooks (404).
(3) If necessary, do the adjustment below:
(b) Decrease the length of the rod (403) shorter so that when you
close the door, there is no hard point caused by the
non-retraction of the hook with the door in the up position.
(c) Tighten the nuts (401), (403) and safety them with MISCELLANEOUS
(d) Put the door in the up position and make sure that you can
correctly install the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
(4) If you continue to feel the hard point, apply COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-004) to the contact surface of the hook (404) and the handle
(405).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 552
May 01/05
R
CES
Adjustment of the Inner Contol Handle of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 514/TASK 52-11-00-991-014

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 553
May 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-00-820-065
P. Check of Preload of the Cover Plate
(1) Do a check of the preload of the cover plate (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-220-
007).
NOTE : Do this check only after the replacement of the door by a new
____
door.
NOTE : After adjustment of the door, you can possibly see a permitted
____
bend line on the cover plate.
Subtask 52-11-00-820-066
Q. Check and Adjustment of the Proximity Switch.
(1) Do an adjustment of the proximity switch of the door locking

mechanism 11WV1 or 11WV2 (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-001).
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-00-020-053

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001) or the escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-
000-002) if previously kept in position (as an alternative to the
ballast weight).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-00-020-053-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001) or the escape slide/raft (Ref. TASK 25-
62-44-000-012) if previously kept in position (as an alternative to
the ballast weight).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 554
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-00-865-053
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-00-410-051
C. Installation of the Component
(1) Install the door insulation blankets.
(2) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-001).
831GZ.
841GZ.
(3) Install the door frame lining panels.
231CW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-006).
232CW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007).
(5) Install the lining flap (Ref. TASK 52-11-31-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 555
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-00-410-051-A
C. Installation of the Components
(2) Install the door lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-001).
831GZ.
841GZ.
231CW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-006).
232CW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007).
(4) Install the escape slide/raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-00-410-060
D. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
(3) Close the applicable passenger/crew door 831 or 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-410-001) .

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 556
Feb 01/10

CES
items.
Subtask 52-11-00-862-050
E. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 557
May 01/05
R
CES
TASK 52-11-00-820-002
Load Adjustment of the Control Handle of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific dynamometer 20 daN (44.96 lbf)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 558
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
**ON A/C 001-002,
52-11-00-991-008 Fig. 515
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-00-991-008-A Fig. 515A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-00-941-052
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 559
Feb 01/10

CES
_______

door 831 or 841.
(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001)
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-11-00-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-00-010-058
C. Removal of Component
(2) Remove the door lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-001).
831GZ.
841GZ.

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 560
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-00-010-058-A
831GZ.
841GZ.

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-00-820-051
A. Load Adjustment of the Control Handle
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 515/TASK 52-11-00-991-008)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 515A/TASK 52-11-00-991-008-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Take a dynamometer 20 daN (44.96 lbf).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 561
Feb 01/10

CES
Load Adjustment of the Inner Control Handle of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 515/TASK 52-11-00-991-008

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-11-00

Page 562
Nov 01/09

CES
Load Adjustment of the Inner Control Handle of the FWD passenger/Crew Door
Figure 515A/TASK 52-11-00-991-008-A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-00

Page 563
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
inner control handle (2) is less than or equal to 16 daN (35.9694
lbf).
(3) If the load is not in the tolerances, adjust as follows:
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the tension bolt (1),
(b) Adjust the tension bolt (1) to get the correct load,
(c) Safety the tension bolt (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010),
(4) Make sure that the inner control handle (2) comes to its initial
position with the door on the up position and the low position.
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-00-410-052
A. Installation of the Component

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
(a) For the left door: 831GZ, 831FZ, 831EZ, 831DZ, 831CZ, 831BZ,
831AZ.
(b) For the right door: 841GZ, 841FZ, 841EZ, 841DZ, 841CZ, 841BZ,
841AZ.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 564
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-00-410-052-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
(3) Install the door lining. (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-001)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-00-865-057
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-11-00-942-054
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
00-410-001) .
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 565
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 52-11-00-820-002- 01
Load Adjustment of the Control Handle of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is applicable with the escape slide or escape slide/raft

installed.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 566
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
**ON A/C 001-002,
52-11-00-991-008 Fig. 515
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-00-991-008-A Fig. 515A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-00-941-059
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 567
Feb 01/10

CES
door 831 or 841.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-11-00-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-00-820-067
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 515/TASK 52-11-00-991-008)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 515A/TASK 52-11-00-991-008-A)
**ON A/C ALL
lbf).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 568
Feb 01/10

CES
R (3) If the load is not in the tolerances, adjust as follows:
R (a) Open the door.
R (b) Remove and discard the lockwire from the tension bolt (1).
R (c) Adjust the tension bolt (1) to get the correct load.
R (d) Safety the tension bolt (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 010).
R (4) Close the door and measure the load necessary to open and close the
R door with the inner control handle (2). If the load is not in the
R tolerances, do the adjustment again.
R (5) Make sure that the inner control handle (2) comes back to its initial
R position with the door in the up position and the down position.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-11-00-865-059
R A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 13WN, 15WN, 48WV.
R Subtask 52-11-00-942-063
R B. Close Access
R 52-10-00-860-002).
R (3) Close the applicable passenger/crew door 831 or 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-
R 00-410-001).
R items.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 569
Feb 01/08

CES
FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________
TASK 52-11-00-200-001
R Detailed Inspection of Door Stop Assemblies on Forward Passenger/Crew Door,

R LH/RH
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
52-11-31-000-002 Removal of the Stop Fittings, Buffer, Guide Fittings,
Rollers, Door Stop Fittings, Roller Fittings and
Guide Arm Fittings
52-11-31-400-002 Installation of the Stop Fittings, the Buffer, the
Guide Fittings, the Rollers, the Door Stop Fittings,
the Roller Fittings and the Guide Arm Fittings
52-11-00-991-009 Fig. 601

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 601
May 01/03

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-00-010-054
A. Get Access
R (1) Put an access platform in position :
R (a) For the left passenger/crew door, at the zone 831.
R (b) For the right passenger/crew door, at the zone 841.
R (2) Open the forward passenger/crew door 831 (841), (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
010-001).
R (3) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the door
R (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-00-220-052
A. Inspection
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-11-00-991-009)
R (1) Do a detailed inspection of the door stop assemblies of the left and
R right forward passenger/crew doors.
(2) Make sure that there are no cracks or signs of corrosion on the stop
fittings and the stop screws.
R (3) Do a check of the door stop screws for damage.
R (a) Make sure that the minimum thickness for all the stop screw heads
R is 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.).
(b) If the thickness is less than 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.),replace the

door stop screws (Ref. TASK 52-11-31-000-002) (Ref. TASK 52-11-
31-400-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 602
May 01/03

CES
R Forward Passenger/Crew Doors - Door Stop Assemblies
Figure 601/TASK 52-11-00-991-009

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 603
May 01/03

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-00-410-056
A. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
R (2) Close the forward passenger/crew door 831 (841), (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-001).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 604
May 01/03

CES
TASK 52-11-00-200-002
Detailed Inspection of Forward Passenger/Crew Door, Internal Structure, LH/RH
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific masking paper

Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 605
May 01/04
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Door
Door
SRM 511100 P.Block 001 (for corrective action)
52-11-00-991-010 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-00-010-055
A. Get Access
(1) Put an access platform in position :
(a) For the left passenger/crew door, at the zone 831.
(b) For the right passenger/crew door, at the zone 841.
(2) Open the forward passenger/crew door 831 (841), (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
(4) Remove the lining panels from the passenger/crew door:
(a) For the forward passenger/crew door 831: 831DZ, 831EZ, 831CZ,
831AZ, 831BZ (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 606
Nov 01/06

CES
(b) For the forward passenger/crew door 841: 841DZ, 841EZ, 841CZ.
841AZ, 841BZ (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-001)
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-00-020-051
(1) Remove the escape slide from the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-002).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-00-020-051-A
(1) Remove the slide/raft from the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-00-110-051
necessary.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-00-220-053
A. Inspection
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-11-00-991-010)
(1) Do a detailed inspection of:

-The internal structure
-The inner skin
-The vertical curved members
-The longerons of the passenger/crew door.
(2) Make sure that there is no :
(a) Corrosion damage :

- If you find corrosion damage, refer to the Structural Repair
Manual (Ref. SRM 512200 P.Block 001) for types, inspection,
removal and corrosion protection.
(b) Other damage (cracks, scratches, stress, marks, dents, bumps,

...):
- If you find this type of damage, refer to the Structural Repair
Manual (Ref. SRM 511100 P.Block 001) for damage classification
and corrective action.
Subtask 52-11-00-916-051
B. Application of the Temporary Protection
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEMS.

_______
MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPORARY PROTECTION DOES NOT GET:
-ON COMPOSITE PARTS, CONTROL CABLES, PULLEYS,TEFLON BEARINGS.
-ON LUBRICATED SURFACES.
-IN DRAIN VALVES OR OTHER ORIFICES.
TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON OR IN THESE PARTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

_______
(1) Apply masking paper or masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-074) on the items adjacent to the area : the seals,
bellows, door mechanisms, proximity switches and fittings.

STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the inspection area.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 608
Nov 01/06
R
CES
Forward Passenger/Crew Doors - Internal Structure
Figure 602/TASK 52-11-00-991-010

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 609
Nov 01/06
R
CES
(3) Remove the masking paper or the masking tape.
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-00-420-051
(1) Install the insulation blankets on the door.
(2) Install the escape slide on the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-00-420-051-A
(1) Install the insulation blankets on the door.
(2) Install the slide/raft on the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-00-410-057
B. Close Access
(1) Install the lining panels on the passenger/crew door.
(a) For the forward passenger/crew door 831: 831DZ, 831EZ, 831CZ,
831AZ, 831BZ (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-001).
(b) For the forward passenger/crew door 841: 841DZ, 841EZ, 841CZ,
841AZ, 841BZ (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-001).
52-10-00-860-002).
(3) Close the forward passenger/crew door 831 (841), (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-001).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 610
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 611
May 01/03

CES
R TASK 52-11-00-210-001
R General Visual Inspection of Door Stop Assemblies on Forward Passenger/Crew

R Door, LH/RH
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the MPD TASK: 521101-02
R 2. ______________________
R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533

R 1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
R C. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door

R 52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
R 52-10-00-860-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
R Door
R 52-10-00-860-002 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
R Door
R SRM 511100 P.Block 001 (for corrective action)
R 52-11-00-991-023 Fig. 603

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 612
May 01/03

CES
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-11-00-010-062
R A. Get Access
R (a) For the left passenger/crew door at the zone 831.
R (b) For the right passenger/crew door at the zone 841.
R (2) Open the forward passenger/crew door 831 (841), (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
R 010-001).
R (3) Obey the special precautions before you start the work on the door.
R (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
R Subtask 52-11-00-110-053
R B. Cleaning of the Structure
R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
R MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
R (1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
R and with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003), if necessary.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 613
May 01/03

CES
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-11-00-210-054
R A. Inspection
R (Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 52-11-00-991-023)
R (1) Do a visual inspection of the door stop assemblies of the forward

R left and right passenger/crew doors.
R (2) Make sure that there are no cracks or signs of corrosion on the stop
R fittings and the stop screws.
R - If you find corrosion damage,refer to the Stuctural Repair Manual
R (Ref. SRM 512200 P.Block 001) for types, inspection, removal and
R corrosion protection.
R - If you find other damage, refer to the Structural Repair Manual
R (Ref. SRM 511100 P.Block 001) for damage classification and
R corrective action.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-11-00-410-061
R A. Close Access
R (1) Obey the special precautions after the work on the door. (Ref. TASK
R 52-10-00-860-002)
R (2) Close the forward passenger/crew door 831 (841), (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
R 410-001).
R items.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 614
May 01/03

CES
R Forward Passenger/Crew Doors - Door Stop Assemblies
R Figure 603/TASK 52-11-00-991-023

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 615
May 01/03

CES
R TASK 52-11-00-210-002
R General Visual Inspection of Forward Passenger/Crew Door Skin, External

R Surface, LH/RH
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 52-11-00-991-022 Fig. 604

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 616
May 01/03

CES
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-11-00-010-063
R A. Get Access
R Subtask 52-11-00-110-052

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R and with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003), if necessary.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-11-00-210-055
R A. Inspection
R (Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 52-11-00-991-022)
R (1) Do a visual inspection of the external surface of the forward left

R and right passenger/crew door skin.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 617
May 01/03

CES
R Forward Passenger/Crew Doors - Skin - External Surface
R Figure 604/TASK 52-11-00-991-022

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 618
May 01/03

CES
(2) Make sure that there is no:
(a) Corrosion damage:

(b) Other damage (cracks, scratches, stress, marks, dents,

bumps,...):
- If you find other damage, refer to the Structural Repair Manual
(Ref. SRM 511100 P.Block 001) for damage classification and
corrective action.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-00-410-062
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-00

Page 619
Nov 01/07

CES
DOOR - PASSENGER/CREW, FWD - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________
TASK 52-11-11-000-001
Removal of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 98A52008509000 1 SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
Doors
Door
52-11-12-000-003 Removal of the Guide Arms
52-11-11-991-001 Fig. 401
52-11-11-991-003 Fig. 402
52-11-11-991-004 Fig. 403

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 401
Nov 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-11-861-050
R A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 52-11-11-010-052
B. Get Access
_______
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
(1) Put the access platform in position at the applicable FWD passenger
crew/door 831 or 841.
(2) Open the applicable FWD passenger/crew door 831 or 841 (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
Subtask 52-11-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 402
May 01/04

CES
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-11-010-050
D. Removal of Component
831GZ
841GZ
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-11-010-050-A
D. Removal of Component
831GZ.
841GZ.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-11

Page 403
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-11-420-052
E. Installation of the Sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-11-991-001)
(1) Remove the two self-adhesive patches (3) from the hoisting points.
Discard the patches.
(2) Remove the two blanking plugs (1) from the door hoisting points
R (3) Remove the hoist fittings (2) from the SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS

R (98A52008509000).
(4) Install the hoist fittings (2) in the door hoisting points.
(5) Put the door in the up position
R (6) Install the SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS (98A52008509000) (10) on the door

hoist fittings (2).
(7) If necessary adjust the cable tension regulator to balance the door.
R (8) Lift the SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS (98A52008509000) (10) to remove the

weight of the door from the door suspension.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-11-020-053
A. Disconnection of the Electrical Harness
(1) On the frame, disconnect the connector 2819VC on the left side or
2818VC on the right side.
(2) On the support arm, remove the attachment clamps of the cable
sheathes.
Subtask 52-11-11-020-054
B. Disconnection of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms
(1) Disconnect the guide arms on the door side (Ref. TASK 52-11-12-000-
003).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 404
Nov 01/09

CES
Door Hoist Fittings
Figure 401/TASK 52-11-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 405
May 01/98
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-11-020-055
C. Disconnection of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-11-991-003)
(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (49).
(2) Remove the nut (48) and the washer (50).
(3) Remove the bolt (42), the lockwasher (53) and the spacer (51).
(4) Disengage the telescopic rod (52) from the eyebolt (37) and fold it
back to the support arm (40).
(5) Remove the eyebolt (37).
(a) Remove the cotter pin (31).
(b) Remove the nuts(32), the washer (33).
(c) Remove the nuts (39) and the bolts (34).
(d) Remove the flange (38).
(e) Remove the eyebolt (37) with the washer (36) and the bush (35).
Subtask 52-11-11-020-050-A
D. Disconnection of the Support Arms

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-11-991-004)
(1) Remove the screws (66) and the washers (67).
(2) Disconnect the bonding leads (68).
(3) Remove and discard the cotter pins (69).
(4) Remove the nuts (70) and the washers (71).
(5) Make sure that the bolts (63) move smoothly.
R (6) Adjust the tension of SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS (98A52008509000) (10) if

necessary.
(7) Remove the bolts (63), the washers (62) and the washer sets (64) from
the connection links (61).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 406
Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 402/TASK 52-11-11-991-003

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 407
May 01/98
R
CES
R Door Attachment to the Support Arm
Figure 403/TASK 52-11-11-991-004

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 408
Aug 01/08

CES
(8) Disengage and remove the door assy from the upper and lower
R connection links (61) with the SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS
R (98A52008509000).
Subtask 52-11-11-020-056
E. Removal of the Sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-11-991-001)
(1) Remove the sling (10) from the hoist fittings.
(2) Remove the hoist fittings (2) from the door and attach them to the
sling (10).
(3) Install the blanking plug (1) in the hoisting points.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-11-481-050
A. Installation of the Safety Barriers
(1) Install the safety barrier in the opening of the removed door
(Ref. TASK 52-00-00-481-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 409
Nov 01/09

CES
TASK 52-11-11-400-001
Installation of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific two shims (thickness 0.2 mm (0.0078 in))
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98D52103006000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
INTERFAY SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 410
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 self adhesive patches 11-21-52 08 -010

3 self adhesive patches 11-21-52 08A-010
49 cotter pin 52-11-01 02B-010
69 cotter pin 52-11-01 04C-150
69 cotter pin 52-11-01 04G-150
R 69 cotter pin 52-11-01 04H-150
117 cotter pin 53-16-01 23A-020
502 lock plate 52-11-11 21 -040
502 lock plate 52-11-11 21A-040
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 05-51-29-200-001 Inspection after Abnormal Movement of the Pax/Crew

R Door
20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
Power
the External Power
Passenger/Crew Door
Passenger/Crew Door

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 411
Nov 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

51-75-12-300-003 Repair of Minor Paint Damage (Topcoat Only)
Door
Passenger/Crew Door
52-11-12-400-003 Installation of the Guide Arms
52-11-22-820-001 Adjustment/Test of the Release Mechanism of the
Emergency Escape Slide
52-71-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Door Warning System
52-11-11-991-001 Fig. 401
52-11-11-991-003 Fig. 402
52-11-11-991-004 Fig. 403
R **ON A/C 001-002,
52-11-11-991-007 Fig. 404

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 412
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-11-991-007-A Fig. 404A
**ON A/C ALL
52-11-11-991-015 Fig. 405
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
52-11-11-991-011 Fig. 406
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-11-991-011-A Fig. 406A
**ON A/C ALL
52-11-11-991-006 Fig. 407

52-11-11-991-005 Fig. 408
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
52-11-11-991-020 Fig. 409
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-11-991-020-A Fig. 409A
**ON A/C ALL
52-11-11-991-012 Fig. 410

52-11-11-991-008 Fig. 411
52-11-11-991-019 Fig. 412
52-11-11-991-013 Fig. 413

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-11-11-991-021 Fig. 414

52-11-11-991-018 Fig. 415
52-11-11-991-002 Fig. 416
52-11-11-991-016 Fig. 417
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-11-869-052
(2) Make sure that the special precautions are obeyed (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the drain holes on the door are not blocked.
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(6) If the door you removed has damage from an abnormal movement, you
must do the subsequent inspection (Ref. TASK 05-51-29-200-001).
Subtask 52-11-11-865-055
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 414
Feb 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-11-210-055
C. Check of the rigging.
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-11-991-007)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-11-11-991-007-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Before you install the door; do a check with the rigging pins.
(a) Door in the up position
1
_ With the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120):
- rigging of the lowering shaft (F)
- rigging of the compensation mechanism (K).
2
_ With the PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000):
- rigging of the reducer shaft bellcrank (H).
(b) Door in the down position
1
- rigging of the triple lever of the percussion mechanism (V)
(emergency control handle armed),
- rigging of the emergency control handle (Pt).
2
- rigging of the reducer shaft mechanism (H).
3
- rigging of the triple bellcrank on the locking shaft
mechanism (E).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES
Door Rigging
Figure 404/TASK 52-11-11-991-007

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-11-11

Page 416
Nov 01/09

CES
Door Rigging
Figure 404A/TASK 52-11-11-991-007-A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-11

Page 417
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-11-11-081-050
D. Removal of the Safety Barrier
(1) Remove the safety barrier installed in the opening of the removed
door (Ref. TASK 52-00-00-081-001).
Subtask 52-11-11-420-053
E. Installation of the Eyebolt on the Door

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-11-991-003)
(1) Put the eyebolt (37) on the door fitting with the washer (36) and the
bush (35).
(2) Install the clamp (38).
(3) Install the screws (34) and the nuts (39).
(4) Tighten the nuts (39).
(5) Install the washer (33) and the nut (32).
(6) TORQUE the nut (32) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and 61.94
lbf.in).
Subtask 52-11-11-010-055
F. Removal of the Lining
(1) Remove the lining flap (Ref. TASK 52-11-31-000-001)
(2) Remove the door frame lining panels
(a) For the left door:

221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW, 221GW, 221HW, 221JW, 221KW,
221LW, 221MW
221NW, 221PW, 221QW, 231AW, 231CW, 231BW.
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005)
(b) For the right door:

222AW, 222BW, 222CW, 222EW, 222FW, 222GW, 222HW, 222JW, 222KW
222LW, 222MW, 222NW, 222PW, 222QW, 232AW, 232CW, 232BW.
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 418
Feb 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-11-420-054
G. Installation of the Sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-11-991-001)
(1) Remove the self-adhesive patches (3) from the hoisting points.
(2) Remove the blanking plugs (1) from the door hoisting points.
(3) Remove the hoist fittings (2) from the tool and install it on the
hoisting points of the door
(4) Install the SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS (98A52008509000) (10) on the hoist

fittings (2).
(5) Carefully move the door into the installation position.
Subtask 52-11-11-420-058
H. Loosening of the Girt Bar Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-11-991-015)
(1) Loosen the screws (91) and (96) from the girt bar fittings (92) and
(95).
(2) Remove the sealant located on the periphery of the girt bar fittings
(92), (95) and on the heads of the screws (91), (96) use a CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
(3) Make sure that the girt bar fittings can move.
Subtask 52-11-11-020-052
J. Removal of the Washers of the Upper Guide Fittings
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-11-991-011)
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-11-11-991-011-A)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES
Girt Bar Fitting
Figure 405/TASK 52-11-11-991-015

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 420
Feb 01/07
R
CES
Guide Fittings - Clearance and Adjustment
Figure 406/TASK 52-11-11-991-011

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-11

Page 421
May 01/05

CES
Figure 406A/TASK 52-11-11-991-011-A

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-11

Page 422
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Remove the nuts (104), the bolts (105) and the washers (103) from the
upper guide fittings (102).
(2) Install the bolts (105) and the nuts (104) and retain the washers
(103).
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-11-420-057
K. Installation of the Ballast Weight

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

____
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-11-420-057-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

____

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-11-420-055
A. Temporary Installation of the Door on the Door Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-11-991-004)
(1) Put the upper connection link (61) in position.
(2) Install the washers (64) on each side of the yoke (65).
(3) Install the bolt (63) with the washer (62).
(4) Install the nut (70) with the washer (71).
(5) Put the lower connection link (61) in position.
(8) Install the nut (70) with the washer (71)
Subtask 52-11-11-420-050
B. Installation of the Door

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-11-991-004)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-11-991-011)
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-11-11-991-011-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-11-11-991-006)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES
R Adjustment of the Door Stop Fittings
Figure 407/TASK 52-11-11-991-006

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 425
May 01/06

CES
(1) Slowly put the door in position in the door frame (the upper and
lower guide arms are not installed).
(2) Make sure that the guide rollers (101) of the door enter into the
guide fittings (102) and (106).
(3) Make sure that the contact of the door and the seal is correct at the
front and rear vertical frame sections.
(4) If the contact is not correct.
(a) On the Z axis:

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-11-991-005)
1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (201) and (203), and discard
it.
2
3
_ Adjust the length of the rod (202) until you get the correct
configuration.
4
_ Tighten the nuts (201) and (203), and safety the rod (202)
with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(b) On the X axis:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-11-991-004, 408/TASK 52-11-11-991-005)
1
_ Disconnect the upper and lower connection links (61) from each
side of the yoke (65).
2
_ Remove the nuts (70), the washers (71), (62) and the bolts
(63) to disconnect the upper and lower connection links (61).
3
_ Adjust the door in the X axis with the washers (64) of a
different thickness.
4
_ Make sure that the clearance B is less than or equal to 0.1 mm
(0.0039 in.).
NOTE : The thickness of the two washers (64) at level of the

____
lower and upper connection links (61) is equal to the
nominal thickness.
Clearance B must be in the tolerances
5
_ Connect the upper and lower connections links (61).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 426
Feb 01/07
R
CES
Clearances - Adjustments on the Z Axis
Figure 408/TASK 52-11-11-991-005

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 427
Feb 01/07
R
CES
6
_ Install the washers (62) and the bolts (63).
7
_ Install the washers (71) and the nuts (70).
(5) Make sure that when you start to open the door the clearance H1
between the door stops (301) and the door frame stops (302) is 5 mm
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
Subtask 52-11-11-820-067
C. Adjustment of the Door in its Frame during the Door Closing Operation
52-11-11-991-020, 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-012)
(1) Slowly close the door and make sure that there is no hard contact
between the door stops (301) and the frame stops (302).
(2) The clearance H2 must be 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) minimum for an overlap
H3 of 3 mm (0.1181 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.).
The guide rollers (101) are in contact with the guide fittings (102)
and (106).
(107) and (108), and the upper and lower guide fittings (102),
(106).
(b) Loosen the screws (110) and move the guide fittings (102), (106)
to get the clearance H2 and temporarily tighten the screws (110).
(4) Release the upper hook as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-11-11-991-020)
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (115).
(b) Loosen the nuts (115) and release the lockwashers (114).
(c) Loosen the clamp (113).
(d) Turn the barrel of the rod (112) to retract it.

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 428
Feb 01/07

CES
Adjustment of the Upper Hook
Figure 409/TASK 52-11-11-991-020

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-11

Page 429
Feb 01/07

CES

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-11

Page 430
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-11

Page 431
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Girt Bar Fittings - Clearances and Adjustments
Figure 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-012

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 432
Feb 01/04
R
CES
between the telescopic fork ends (402) and the girt bar fittings
(401)
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-012)
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-11-820-067-A
C. Adjustment of the Door in its Frame during the Door Closing Operation
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-11-11-991-011-A, 407/TASK 52-11-11-991-006,
409A/TASK 52-11-11-991-020-A, 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-012)
H3 of 3 mm (0.1181 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.).
The guide rollers (101) touch the guide fittings (102) and (106).
(106).
to get the clearance H2.


(Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-11-11-991-020-A)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-11

Page 433
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(401)
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-012)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-11-820-050
D. Adjustment of the Door in the Down Position

52-11-11-991-008)
(1) Install two positioning templates on the X axis on the door frame
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-11-11-991-008)
(2) If the templates do not touch the door frame or the door contour in
the X axis:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-11-991-004)
(b) Remove the nuts (70), the washers (71), (62) and the bolts (63)
to disconnect the upper and lower connection links (61).
(c) Adjust the door in the X axis with the washers (64) of a
(0.0039 in.).

____
nominal thickness.
Clearance B must be in the tolerances.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 434
Feb 01/07
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-11-11

Page 435
Feb 01/04

CES
Adjustment of the Door in the Door Frame

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 436
Feb 01/04
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 437
Feb 01/04
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 438
Feb 01/04
R
CES
(g) Install the washers (71) and the nuts (70).
frame:
(a) At FR16, E1 is 4 +1 -1 mm (0.1574 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).
(b) At FR20, E2 is 4 +1.8 -1.8 mm (0.1574 +0.0708 -0.0708 in.).
NOTE : A clearance of 4 +2.2 -2.2 mm

____ (0.1574 +0.0866 -0.0866 in.)
is permitted on the rear part along a maximum length of
400 mm (15.7480 in.).
This maximum total length can be the addition of smaller
lengths at a maximum of three locations.
(c) E3 is 4 +1.5 -2.5 mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0984 in.).
(4) Do the check of the flushness between the door and the door frame at
(a) E5 is 1.5 +1 -1 mm (0.0590 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).

____
of 400 mm (15.7480 in.).
(a) For the FWD stops at FR16, E6 is 13.5 +1 -1 mm (0.5314 +0.0393 -

0.0393 in.).
(b) For the aft stops at FR20, E6 is 13.5 +2 -2 mm (0.5314 +0.0787 -

0.0787 in.).

in.).
(7) Make sure that the seal is compressed by E9 of 4.5 +2 -2 mm (0.1771

+0.0787 -0.0787 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 439
Feb 01/07
R
CES
X axis, modify the door position as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-11-991-004)
(0.0039 in.).

____
nominal thickness.
modify the door position as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-11-991-005)
(a) Remove the lockwire from the nut (201) and the nut (203), and
discard it.
configuration.
(d) Tighten the nut (201) and (203), and safety the rod (202) with
(11) If the clearances E5 and E9, on the Y axis, are not in the
tolerances, modify the door position as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-11-11-991-008)
(a) Remove the nuts (501) and the lock plate (502).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 440
Feb 01/07
R
CES
1
+0 +0.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0000 +0.0196 in.).
2
3
_ Make sure that a minimum of three stop screws are in contact
with the door frame:
(d) Install the nuts (501) with the new lock plate (502).
and 16.22 lbf.ft).
(f) Fold the lugs of the lock plates (502).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
Subtask 52-11-11-820-066
E. Check and Adjustment of the Clearances between the Rollers and the Guide
Fittings
52-11-11-991-019)
(a) The guide rollers (101) move off the guide fittings (102) and
(106) with the clearances below:
1
_ C1 : 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
2
_ C2 : 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 2.2 mm (0.0866 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 441
Feb 01/07
R
CES
Adjustment of the Upper Connection Link
Figure 412/TASK 52-11-11-991-019

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 442
Feb 01/07
R
CES
(3) If the clearances are not in the tolerances, adjust the guide
fittings (102), (106) as specified below:
plates (107) and (108) and on the upper and lower guide fittings
(102), (106).
(b) Loosen the screws (110) and move the guide fittings (102) and
(106) to get the correct clearances C1 and C2.
(c) Temporarily tighten the screws (110).
(b) The clearance C3 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) minimum.
(c) The clearance C4 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.).

____
is permitted.
upper and lower guide fittings (102) and (106).
(5) Tighten the screws (110).
(6) Open the door.
(7) Put the two shims (thickness 0.2 mm (0.0078 in)) in position in the
(8) Close the door, and measure the dimension between the shim and the
roller (101).
(9) Open the door, remove the nut (104), the bolt (105) and the shims.
(10) Adjust the thickness of the washer (103) until the roller (101)
touches the shim when the door is closed.
(11) Install the washer (103), the bolt (105) and the nut (104), tighten
the nut.
(12) Install the two shims in the upper guide fittings (102).

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-11

Page 443
Feb 01/07

CES
(13) Close the door
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-11-991-004, 412/TASK 52-11-11-991-019)
(14) Make sure that the screw (63) of the upper connection link (61)
undergoes no stress when installed in its hole.
(15) If the screw undergoes stress, modify the radius R of the upper
connection link (61) as follows:
(a) Disconnect the connection links (61) from each side of the yoke
(65).
and the washers (64).
(c) Disengage the support arm (72) from the upper connection link.
(d) Loosen the end of the upper connection link (61).
(e) Adjust the thickness of the set of washers (73) on the upper
connection link (61) to modify the radius R of the upper
connection link (61).
(f) Tighten the end of the upper connection link (61) and install the
washers (64).
(g) Install the support arm (72) on the upper and lower connection
links (61).
(h) Install the washers (62) and the bolts (63).
(i) Install the washers (71) and the nuts (70).
119.46 lbf.in).
Subtask 52-11-11-820-053
F. Adjustment of the Upper Hook

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-11-11-991-020)
(1) Open the door.
(2) Make sure that the two shims are in position in the upper fittings
(102) on the door frame.

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-11

Page 444
Feb 01/07
R
CES
(3) Close the door and adjust the locking hook (2) as follows:
(a) Turn the barrel of the rod (112) until you get the contact
between the locking hook (111) and the roller (110).
(b) Tighten the nut (115) and the clamp (113).
(c) Make sure that the lockwashers (114) are correctly positioned.
(d) Safety the nuts (115) and the lockwashers (114) with
(4) Remove the two shims from the upper sliders (102) and the positioning
templates from the frame.
freely.
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-11-820-066-A
Fittings
412/TASK 52-11-11-991-019)
1
_ C1 : 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
2
_ C2 : 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 2.2 mm (0.0866 in.).
plates (107) and (108) and on the upper and lower guide fittings
(102), (106).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-11

Page 445
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES


____
is permitted.
(6) Open the door.
roller (101).
the nut.

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-11

Page 446
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(13) Close the door
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-11-991-004, 412/TASK 52-11-11-991-019)
(14) Make sure that there is no stress on the screw (63) of the upper
connection link (61) when installed in its hole.
(15) If there is stress on the screw, modify the radius R of the upper
(65).
washers (64).
links (61).
119.46 lbf.in).
Subtask 52-11-11-820-053-A

(1) Open the door.
(3) Close the door.

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-11

Page 447
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(4) Make sure that the clearance M1 between the locking hook (111) and
the roller (110) is 0.5 +0.3 -0.3 mm (0.0196 +0.0118 -0.0118 in.).
If the clearance M1 is not in the tolerances, do as follows:
(a) Turn the rod (112) one turn to make it shorter.
(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (117) and remove the nut (116).
(c) Pull out the bush (118) by 4 mm (0.1574 in.) to disengage it from
the stop flat (120).
(d) Turn the bush (118) by the required correction value:

-0.9, -0.6, +0.6, +1.5 or +1.2.
____
(e) Push back the bush (118) until the correction value aligns with
(f) Install the nut (116).
(g) TORQUE the nut (116) to between 1.25 and 1.5 m.daN (110.61 and
132.74 lbf.in).
(h) Turn the barrel of the rod (112) until the locking hook (111)
(j) Tighten the nuts (115) and the clamp (113).
(k) Make sure that the lockwashers (114) are correctly positioned.
(l) Safety the nuts (115) and the lockwashers (114) with
freely.

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-11

Page 448
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-11-820-054
G. Check of Door Adjustment
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-11-991-011)
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-11-11-991-011-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-11-11-991-008)
(1) Operate the door several times and make sure that the clearances
between the rollers, and the fittings are correct (with door in the
up and down positions).
0.0275 in.).
Subtask 52-11-11-820-063
H. Adjustment of the Safety Pin

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-11-11-991-013)
(1) Close the door.
(2) Make sure that the clearance G1 between the fittings (601) and the
(3) If the clearance G1 is not in the tolerances, adjust the safety pin
(602) as follows:
(a) Open the door.
(b) Remove the stop screw (604) and the adjustment washers (603).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 449
Feb 01/10

CES
Safety Pin - Clearances and Adjustments
Figure 413/TASK 52-11-11-991-013

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 450
Feb 01/07
R
CES
(f) TORQUE the stop screw (604), to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09
and 61.94 lbf.in).
Subtask 52-11-11-420-059
J. Final Installation of the Door Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-11-11-991-019)
(1) Install the cotter pin (69).
(2) Install the bonding leads (68), the washers (67) and the bolts (66).
(3) Tighten the bolt (66).
NOTE : Do an electrical bonding when you install the bolts (66)

____
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
Subtask 52-11-11-420-060
K. Connection of the Electrical Harness
(1) Install the attachment clamps on the cable sheaths.
(2) Connect the electrical connectors: 2819VC for the left side or 2818VC
for the right side.
Subtask 52-11-11-420-061
L. Installation of the Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-11-11-991-021)
(1) For the door equipped with the door-damper and emergency-operation
cylinder, serie P/N FE174 and FE196, connect the guide arms (132) and
(133) on the door side (Ref. TASK 52-11-12-400-003).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 451
Feb 01/07
R
CES
Guide Arms - Installation
Figure 414/TASK 52-11-11-991-021

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 452
Feb 01/07
R
CES
(2) For the door equipped with the door-damper and emergency-operation
cylinder, serie P/N FE240, connect the guide arms as follows:
(a) Put the door in the up closed position in contact with the seal
(134) at FR20.
1

____
- the clearance L1 must be equal to the difference between the

flushness D1 measured between the door and the door frame
forward of the door, and the flushness D2 measured between
the door and the door frame aft of the door.
- if necessary, adjust the fittings (130) and (131) on the X
axis.
(b) Connect the guide arms (133) and (132) (Ref. TASK 52-11-12-400-
003).
Subtask 52-11-11-420-063
M. Connection of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-11-991-003)
(1) Put the telescopic rod (52) in position on the eyebolt (37).
(2) Install the spacer (51) and the screw (42) with the lockwasher (53).
(3) Install the washer (50) and the nut (48) and tighten it.
(4) Install the new cotter pin (49).
Subtask 52-11-11-020-060
N. Removal of the Sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-11-991-001)
sling (10).
(3) Install the blanking plugs (1) in the hoisting point holes.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 453
Feb 01/07
R
CES
(4) Install new self adhesive patches (3) on the doors at the hoisting
points.
(5) If necessary, paint the self adhesive patches to the same color as
the adjacent area (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-003).
Subtask 52-11-11-820-069
P. Check and Adjustment of the Escape Slide
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-11-991-007)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-11-11-991-007-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-11-991-015, 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-012)
(1) Close the door.

handle (rigging point).

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-012)
(a) F1 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
(b) F2 is 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) to 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).
(5) If the clearances F1 and F2 are not in the tolerances; adjust the
(a) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) on the emergency control

handle (rigging point)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 454
Feb 01/10

CES
(c) Open the door and identify the position of the serrations of the
girt bar fittings.
(e) Tighten the screws (91), (96) on the girt bar fittings (92),
(95).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-11-991-015)
(95).
R (6) Take a dynamometer 20 daN (44.96 lbf) to measure the load and operate
the emergency control handle several times and make sure that the
R load necessary to operate the handle is not more than 10 daN (22.48
R lbf).
Subtask 52-11-11-820-059
Q. Check and Adjustment of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 52-11-11-991-018)
(1) Put the door in the up closed position, in contact with the frame,
with the seal compressed.
(2) Make sure that the clearance K2 between the telescopic rod (41) and
the fitting (42) is 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.) minimum.
Subtask 52-11-11-820-060
R. Check and Adjustment of the Compensation Mechanism

52-11-00-820-002).
Subtask 52-11-11-220-050
S. Check of the Outer Control Handle Locking

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 52-11-11-991-002)
(1) Open the door from the outside and close the door from the inside.
position when you close the door from the outside.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 455
May 01/09

CES
Adjustment of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
Figure 415/TASK 52-11-11-991-018

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 456
May 01/09

CES
Adjustment of the Outer Control Handle
Figure 416/TASK 52-11-11-991-002

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 457
May 01/09
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-11-11

Page 458
May 01/09

CES
NOTE : Repeat this procedure five times.

____
(a) Loosen the screw (701), remove the stop (703) and the adjustable
shim (702).
(c) Install the stop (703) with the adjustable shim (702) and the
screw (701).
(d) Tighten the screw (701).
(e) Repeat step (3).
Subtask 52-11-11-820-065
T. Check of the Emergency Escape-Slide Control-Handle Disarming
(1) Close the door.
(3) Open the door from the outside.
(4) Make sure that the emergency escape slide moves to the DISARMED
position.
Subtask 52-11-11-820-061
U. Check of the Door Locking in the Up Position

(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 52-11-11-991-016)
(1) Make sure that during the opening of the door, the handle locks
before release of the rollers from the guide fittings.
(805) you feel no hard points caused by the non-retraction of the
hook (804).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 459
Feb 01/07
R
CES
Adjustment of the Inner Control Handle
Figure 417/TASK 52-11-11-991-016

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 460
Feb 01/04

CES
(3) If necessary, do the adjustement below:
(a) Remove the lockwire from the nuts (801) and (803) and discard it.
(b) Decrease the rod length (802) so that when you close the door,
there is no hard point caused by the non-retraction of the hook
(804) with the door in the up position.
(c) Tighten the nuts (801) and (803) and safety them with
(d) Open the door in the up position and make sure that you can
(4) If you still feel the hard point apply COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-004) on the contact surface of the hook (804) with the handle
(405).
Subtask 52-11-11-820-062
V. Check of Preload of the Cover Plate
007).
____
door.
NOTE : After adjustment of the door, you can posibly see a permitted
____
Subtask 52-11-11-820-068
W. Check and Adjustment of the Proximity Switch
(1) Do the adjustment of the proximity switch 11WV1 or 11WV2 of the door
locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 461
May 01/07
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-11-730-050
X. Adjustment/Test of the components
(1) Adjust the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-001).
(2) Adjust the emergency escape-slide release-mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-11-

22-820-001) .
(3) Do an operational test of the door and escape-slide control-system

(Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-001).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-11-730-050-A
(2) Adjust the emergency escape-slide raft release-mechanism (Ref. TASK

52-11-22-820-001) .
(3) Do an operational test of the door and escape-slide raft

control-system (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-001).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-11-865-051
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 462
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-11-410-051
B. Installation of the Component

ballast weight).
831AZ.
841AZ.
(4) Install the door frame lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-006)
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007).
(a) 221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW, 221GW, 221HW, 221JW, 221KW,
221LW, 221MW 221NW, 221PW, 221QW, 231AW, 231CW.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-11-410-051-A


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-11

Page 463
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
221HW, 221JW, 221KW, 221LW, 221MW 221NW, 221PW, 221QW, 231AW,
231CW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-006).
(b) For the right door: 222AW, 222BW, 222CW 222EW, 222FW, 222GW,
222HW, 222JW, 222KW, 222LW, 222MW, 222NW, 222PW, 222QW 232AW,
231CW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-11-410-054
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-001).
items.
(4) Close the FWD passenger/crew door 841 (842) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).
Subtask 52-11-11-862-051
D. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 464
May 01/07
R
CES
TASK 52-11-11-000-003
Removal of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door with Support Arm
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives you access for the removal of large parts such as
galleys.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
Doors
52-11-11-991-001 Fig. 401
52-11-11-991-022 Fig. 418
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-11-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 465
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-11-11-010-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-11-010-057
831GZ.
841GZ.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-11-010-057-A
831GZ.
841GZ.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 466
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-11-420-064
D. Installation of the Sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-11-991-001)
(2) Remove the two blanking plugs (1) from the door hoisting points.
R (3) Remove the hoist fittings (2) from the SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS

R (98A52008509000).
(4) Install the hoist fittings (2) in the door hoisting points.
(5) Put the door in the up position.

hoist fittings (2).
(7) If necessary, adjust the cable tension regulator to balance the door.

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-11-020-061
sheathes.
Subtask 52-11-11-020-062
003).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 467
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-11-11-020-063
R C. Disconnection of the Door Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 52-11-11-991-022)
(1) Remove the screws (41) and the washers (42) from the supports. Do not
remove the bonding leads (40).
R (2) Disconnect the door support arm (30) as follows:
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (31).
(b) Release the lockwasher (36).
(c) Remove the nuts (32) and the washers (33).
(d) Hold the door support arm (30).
(e) Remove the bolts (37) and (44), the lockwasher (36) and the
bushes (34) and (45).
(f) Discard the lockwasher (36).
R (g) Disconnect the door support arm (30).
NOTE : If necessary, remove the components from the support arm.

____
(3) Remove the bush (38), the adjustment washer (39) then the bush (35).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SUPPORT ARM OF THE REMOVED DOOR DOES NOT
_______
TOUCH THE SIDES OF THE DOOR FRAME.
R (4) Remove the door.
Subtask 52-11-11-020-064
D. Removal of the Sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-11-991-001)
sling (10).
(3) Install the blanking plug (1) in the hoisting points.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 468
May 01/08

CES
R Support Arm on the Door Frame Side
R Figure 418/TASK 52-11-11-991-022

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 469
Feb 01/08

CES
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-11-11-481-051
R A. Installation of the Safety Barriers
R (1) Install the safety barrier in the opening of the removed door
R (Ref. TASK 52-00-00-481-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 470
Feb 01/08

CES
TASK 52-11-11-400-003
Installation of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door with Support Arm
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98D52103006000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 06-008 AI TNA 007-10006
LUBRICANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
INTERFAY SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 471
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2 cotter pin 52-11-01 04C-320

R 2 cotter pin 52-11-01 04G-320
R 2 cotter pin 52-11-01 04H-320
R 3 self adhesive patches 11-21-52 08 -010
R 3 self adhesive patches 11-21-52 08A-010
R 7 lockwasher 52-11-01 04C-370
R 7 lockwasher 52-11-01 04G-370
R 7 lockwasher 52-11-01 04H-370
R 117 cotter pin 53-16-01 23A-020
R 502 lock plate 52-11-11 21 -040
R 502 lock plate 52-11-11 21A-040
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 05-51-29-200-001 Inspection after Abnormal Movement of the Pax/Crew

R Door
R 20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
R Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
R and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 25-23-45-000-002 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD
R 25-23-45-000-005 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 472
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Passenger/Crew Door
52-11-11-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 001-002,
52-11-11-991-007 Fig. 404

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 473
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-11-991-007-A Fig. 404A
**ON A/C ALL
52-11-11-991-015 Fig. 405
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
52-11-11-991-011 Fig. 406
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-11-991-011-A Fig. 406A
**ON A/C ALL
52-11-11-991-006 Fig. 407

52-11-11-991-005 Fig. 408
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
52-11-11-991-020 Fig. 409
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-11-991-020-A Fig. 409A
**ON A/C ALL
52-11-11-991-012 Fig. 410

52-11-11-991-008 Fig. 411

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 474
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-11-991-019 Fig. 412
**ON A/C ALL
52-11-11-991-013 Fig. 413

52-11-11-991-021 Fig. 414
52-11-11-991-002 Fig. 416
52-11-11-991-016 Fig. 417
52-11-11-991-022 Fig. 418
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-11-869-053
00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the drain holes on the door are not blocked.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(6) If the door you removed has damage from an unusual movement, you must
do the subsequent inspection (Ref. TASK 05-51-29-200-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 475
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-11-11-865-057
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-11-11-210-056
C. Check of the rigging.
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-11-991-007)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-11-11-991-007-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Before you install the door, do a check with the rigging pins.
(a) Door in the up position
1
- rigging of the lowering shaft (F)
2
- rigging of the reducer shaft bellcrank (H).
(b) Door in the down position
1
(emergency control handle armed),

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 476
Feb 01/10

CES
2
3
mechanism (E).
Subtask 52-11-11-081-051
door (Ref. TASK 52-00-00-081-001).
Subtask 52-11-11-010-058
E. Removal of the Lining
(1) Remove the lining flap (Ref. TASK 52-11-31-000-001)
(2) Remove the door-frame lining panels

221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW, 221GW, 221HW, 221JW, 221KW,
221LW, 221MW
221NW, 221PW, 221QW, 231AW, 231CW, 231BW.
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005)

222AW, 222BW, 222CW, 222EW, 222FW, 222GW, 222HW, 222JW, 222KW
222LW, 222MW, 222NW, 222PW, 222QW, 232AW, 232CW, 232BW.
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002)
Subtask 52-11-11-420-065
F. Installation of the Sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-11-991-001)
(1) Remove the self-adhesive patches (3) from the hoisting points.
(2) Remove the blanking plugs (1) from the door hoisting points.
(3) Remove the hoist fittings (2) from the tool and install them on the
hoisting points of the door.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 477
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(4) Install the SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS (98A52008509000) (10) on the hoist
fittings (2).
(5) Carefully move the door into the installation position.
Subtask 52-11-11-420-066
G. Loosening of the Girt Bar Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-11-991-015)
(1) Loosen the screws (91) and (96) from the girt bar fittings (92) and
(95).
(2) Remove the sealant around the girt bar fittings (92), (95) and on the
heads of the screws (91), (96) use a CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-004) with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
Subtask 52-11-11-020-065
H. Removal of the Washers of the Upper Guide Fittings
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-11-991-011)
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-11-11-991-011-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(103).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 478
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-11-420-067
J. Installation of the Ballast Weight

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

____
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-11-420-067-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

____
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-11-420-068
A. Installation of the Door
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-11-991-011)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 479
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-11-11-991-011-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-11-11-991-006)
(2) Connect the door support arm.
(3) Make sure that the guide rollers (101) of the door go into the guide
fittings (102) and (106).
(5) If the contact is not correct:
(a) On the Z axis:

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-11-991-005)
1
it.
2
3
configuration.
4
_ Tighten the nuts (201) and (203), and safety the rod (202)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 480
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
R Subtask 52-11-11-820-070
R B. Adjustment of the Door in its Frame during the Door Closing Operation
R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-11-991-011, 407/TASK 52-11-11-991-006, 409/TASK
R 52-11-11-991-020, 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-012)
R (1) Slowly close the door and make sure that there is no hard contact
R between the door stops (301) and the frame stops (302).
R (2) The clearance H2 must be 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) minimum for an overlap
R H3 of 3 mm (0.1181 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.).
R The guide rollers (101) touch the guide fittings (102) and (106).
R (3) If the clearance H2 is not in the tolerances, adjust the upper and
R lower guide fittings (102) and (106) as follows:
R (a) Open the door and identify the position of the serration plates
R (107) and (108), and the upper and lower guide fittings (102),
R (106).
R (b) Loosen the screws (110) and move the guide fittings (102), (106)
R to get the clearance H2 and temporarily tighten the screws (110).
R (4) Release the upper hook as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-11-11-991-020)
R (a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (115).
R (b) Loosen the nuts (115) and release the lockwashers (114).
R (c) Loosen the clamp (113).
R (d) Turn the barrel of the rod (112) to retract it.
R between the telescopic fork ends (402) and the girt bar fittings
R (401).
R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-012)

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-11

Page 481
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-11-820-070-A
B. Adjustment of the Door in its Frame during the Door Closing Operation
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-11-11-991-011-A, 407/TASK 52-11-11-991-006,
409A/TASK 52-11-11-991-020-A, 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-012)
H3 of 3 mm (0.1181 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.).
(106).
to get the clearance H2.


(Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-11-11-991-020-A)

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-11

Page 482
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R between the telescopic fork ends (402) and the girt bar fittings
R (401)
R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-012)
R **ON A/C ALL
R Subtask 52-11-11-820-071
R C. Adjustment of the Door in the Down Position

R (Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-11-991-005, 411/TASK 52-11-11-991-008)
R (1) Install two positioning templates on the X axis on the door frame
R (Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-11-11-991-008)
R (a) Install one template between the longerons L5 and L6.
R (b) Install the other template between the longerons L2 and L3.
R (2) Do a check of the peripheral clearance between the door and the door
R frame:
R (a) At FR16, E1 is 4 +1 -1 mm (0.1574 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).
R (b) At FR20, E2 is 4 +1.8 -1.8 mm (0.1574 +0.0708 -0.0708 in.).
R NOTE : A clearance of 4 +2.2 -2.2 mm

____ (0.1574 +0.0866 -0.0866 in.)
R is permitted on the rear part along a maximum length of
R 400 mm (15.7480 in.).
R This maximum total length can be the sum of smaller
R lengths at a maximum of three locations.
R (c) E3 is 4 +1.5 -2.5 mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0984 in.).
R (3) Do the check of the flushness between the door and the door frame at
R door stop levels L1 to L7.
R (a) E5 is 1.5 +1 -1 mm (0.0590 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).
R NOTE : A clearance of 1.5 +1.3 -1.3 mm (0.0590 +0.0511 -0.0511

____
R in.) is permitted on the rear part along a maximum length
R of 400 mm (15.7480 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 483
Feb 01/08

CES
R (4) Make sure that the overlap E6 of the stop axis is:
R (a) For the FWD stops at FR16, E6 is 13.5 +1 -1 mm (0.5314 +0.0393 -

R 0.0393 in.).
R (b) For the aft stops at FR20, E6 is 13.5 +2 -2 mm (0.5314 +0.0787 -

R 0.0787 in.).
R (5) Make sure that the clearance E7 is 0 +1 -1 mm (0.0000 +0.0393 -0.0393

R in.).
R (6) Make sure that the seal is compressed by E9 of 4.5 +2 -2 mm (0.1771

R +0.0787 -0.0787 in.).
R (7) When you start to open the door, make sure that the clearance E10
R between the stop and the door frame is 5 mm (0.1968 in.).
R (8) If the clearances E3 and E7 are not in the tolerances, on the Z axis,
R modify the door position as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-11-991-005)
R (a) Remove the lockwire from the nut (201) and the nut (203), and
R discard it.
R (b) Loosen the nuts (201) and (203).
R (c) Adjust the length of the rod (202) until you get the correct
R configuration.
R (d) Tighten the nut (201) and (203), and safety the rod (202) with
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
R (9) If the clearances E5 and E9, on the Y axis, are not in the
R tolerances, change the door position as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-11-11-991-008)
R (a) Remove the nuts (501) and the lock plate (502).
R (b) Adjust the stop screws (503) to get the conditions below:
R 1
R +0 +0.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0000 +0.0196 in.).
R 2
R 3
R frame:

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 484
Feb 01/08

CES
R - two stop screws on one side of the frame, and
R - one stop screw on the opposite side of the frame.
R (c) Make sure that the clearances E5 and E9 are correct.
R (d) Install the nuts (501) with the new lock plate (502).
R (e) Tighten the nuts (501). TORQUE to between 2 and 2.2 m.daN (14.74
R and 16.22 lbf.ft).
R (f) Fold the lugs of the lock plates (502).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
R Subtask 52-11-11-820-072
R D. Check and Adjustment of the Clearances between the Rollers and the Guide
R Fittings
R (1) Operate the door many times.
R (2) With the door in the up position, make sure that:
R (a) The guide rollers (101) move off the guide fittings (102) and
R (106) with the clearances below:
R 1
_ C1 : 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
R 2
_ C2 : 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 2.2 mm (0.0866 in.).
R (3) If the clearances are not in the tolerances, adjust the guide
R fittings (102), (106) as specified below:
R (a) Open the door and identify the position of the serrations of the
R plates (107) and (108) and of the upper and lower guide fittings
R (102), (106).
R (b) Loosen the screws (110) and move the guide fittings (102) and
R (106) to get the correct clearances C1 and C2.
R (c) Temporarily tighten the screws (110).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 485
Feb 01/08

CES
R (4) With the door in the down position, make sure that:
R (a) The rollers (101) of the guide fittings (102), (106) turn freely.
R (b) The clearance C3 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) minimum.
R (c) The clearance C4 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.).
R (d) The clearance C5 is 3 mm (0.1181 in.) to 6 mm (0.2362 in.).
R NOTE : A clearance C5 of 3 mm (0.1181 in.) to 8 mm (0.3149 in.)

____
R is permitted.
R (e) If the clearances C3 and C4 are not in the tolerances, adjust the
R upper and lower guide fittings (102) and (106).
R (5) Tighten the screws (110).
R (6) Open the door.
R (7) Put the two shims (thickness 0.2 mm (0.0078 in)) in position in the
R upper guide fittings (102).
R (8) Close the door, and measure the dimension between the shim and the
R roller (101).
R (9) Open the door, remove the nut (104), the bolt (105) and the shims.
R (10) Adjust the thickness of the washer (103) until the roller (101)
R touches the shim when the door is closed.
R (11) Install the washer (103), the bolt (105) and the nut (104), tighten
R the nut.
R (12) Install the two shims in the upper guide fittings (102).
R Subtask 52-11-11-820-073
R E. Adjustment of the Upper Hook

R (Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-11-11-991-020)
R (1) Open the door.
R (2) Make sure that the two shims are in position in the upper fittings
R (102) on the door frame.

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-11

Page 486
Feb 01/08

CES
(a) Turn the barrel of the rod (112) until the locking hook (111)
(c) Make sure that the lockwashers (114) are in the correct position.
freely.
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-11-820-072-A
D. Check and Adjustment of the Clearances between the Rollers and the Guide
Fittings
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-11-11-991-011-A, 412/TASK 52-11-11-991-019)
(1) Operate the door many times.
1
_ C1 : 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
2
_ C2 : 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 2.2 mm (0.0866 in.).
plates (107) and (108) and of the upper and lower guide fittings
(102), (106).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-11

Page 487
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES

____
is permitted.
(6) Open the door.
roller (101).
the nut.

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-11

Page 488
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-11-11-820-073-A
E. Adjustment of the Upper Hook

(1) Open the door.
(3) Close the door.

-0.9, -0.6, +0.6, +1.5 or +1.2.
____
132.74 lbf.in).
(k) Make sure that the lockwashers (114) are in the correct position.

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-11

Page 489
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
freely.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-11-820-074
F. Check of Door Adjustment
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-11-991-011)
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-11-11-991-011-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-11-11-991-008)
(1) Operate the door many times and make sure that the clearances between
the rollers and the fittings are correct (with door in the up and
down positions).
0.0275 in.).
Subtask 52-11-11-820-075
G. Adjustment of the Safety Pin

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-11-11-991-013)
(1) Close the door.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 490
Feb 01/10

CES
R (3) If the clearance G1 is not in the tolerances, adjust the safety pin
R (602) as follows:
R (b) Remove the stop screw (604) and the adjustment washers (603).
R (c) Install the new adjustable washers (603) to get the clearance G1.
R (d) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-007A) to

R the thread of the stop screw (604).
R (e) Install the stop screw (604).
R (f) TORQUE the stop screw (604), to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09
R and 61.94 lbf.in).
R Subtask 52-11-11-420-069
R H. Installation of the Support Arm

R (Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 52-11-11-991-022)
R (1) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-008) on the sliding surface of the
R ball joints (43).
R (2) Put the door support arm (30) in position at the level of the attach
R fittings.
R Hold it in position.
R (3) Install the bushes (34), (45), (35) and (38) and the washer (39).
R (4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the bolts (37) and (44)
R before you install them.
R (5) Install the bolts (37) and (44), the washers (33) and the lockwasher
R (36) and the nuts (32).
R NOTE : If you install new bolts (37) and (44), drill a hole of 2 mm
____
R (0.0787 in.).
R (6) TORQUE the nuts (32) to between 1.2 and 1.35 m.daN (106.19 and 119.46
R lbf.in). If it was not possible to install the safety pin, lightly
R over torque the nuts (32) to align the nut slot with the safety pin
R hole.
R (7) Safety the bolt (37) with the lockwasher (7).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 491
Feb 01/08

CES
R (8) Install a new cotter pin (2).
R (9) Install the bonding leads (40) on the supports, the washers (42) and
R the screws (41).
R NOTE : When you install the bonding leads (40), do an electrical

____
R bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
R Subtask 52-11-11-420-070
R J. Connection of the Electrical Harness
R (1) Install the attachment clamps on the cable sheaths.
R (2) Connect the electrical connectors: 2819VC for the left side or 2818VC
R for the right side.
R Subtask 52-11-11-420-071
R K. Installation of the Guide Arms

R (Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-11-11-991-021)
R (1) For the door with the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder,
R series P/N FE174 and FE196, connect the guide arms (132) and (133) on
R the door side (Ref. TASK 52-11-12-400-003).
R (2) For the door with the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder,
R series P/N FE240, connect the guide arms as follows:
R (a) Put the door in the up closed position to touch the seal (134) at
R FR20.
R 1
R NOTE : Measure the clearance at door stop level L5.

____
R - the clearance L1 must be equal to the difference between the

R flushness D1 measured between the door and the door frame
R forward of the door, and the flushness D2 measured between
R the door and the door frame aft of the door.
R - the maximum clearance L1 must be 5 mm (0.1968 in.).
R - if necessary, adjust the fittings (130) and (131) on the X
R axis.
R (b) Connect the guide arms (133) and (132) (Ref. TASK 52-11-12-400-
R 003).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 492
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 52-11-11-020-066
L. Removal of the Sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-11-991-001)
sling (10).
(4) Install new self adhesive patches (3) on the doors at the hoisting
points.
(5) If necessary, paint the self adhesive patches the same color as the
adjacent area (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-003).
Subtask 52-11-11-820-076
M. Check and Adjustment of the Escape Slide
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-11-991-007)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-11-11-991-007-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-11-991-015, 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-012)
(1) Close the door.


EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 493
Feb 01/10

CES
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-012)
(a) F1 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
(b) F2 is 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) to 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).
(5) If the clearances F1 and F2 are not in the tolerances; adjust the
(a) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) on the emergency control

girt bar fittings.
(95).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-11-991-015)
(91), (96) and around the girt bar fittings (92), (95).
the emergency control handle many times and make sure that the load
Subtask 52-11-11-820-077
N. Check and Adjustment of the Compensation Mechanism

52-11-00-820-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 494
May 01/09

CES
R Subtask 52-11-11-220-051
R P. Check of the Outer Control Handle Locking

R (Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 52-11-11-991-002)
R (1) Open the door from the outside and close the door from the inside.
R (2) Make sure that the handle flap (704) comes back to its initial
R position when you close the door from the outside.
R (3) Apply manual pressure on the handle flap (704) until it touches the
R stop (703). Release the handle flap and make sure that the handle
R flap (704) goes back to its initial position.
R NOTE : Repeat this procedure five times.

____
R (4) If necessary, adjust the handle flap (704) as follows:
R (a) Loosen the screw (701), remove the stop (703) and the adjustable
R shim (702).
R (b) Adjust the adjustable shim (702) to get the correct position of
R the handle flap (704) when the handle is in the closed position.
R (c) Install the stop (703) with the adjustable shim (702) and the
R screw (701).
R (d) Tighten the screw (701).
R (e) Repeat step (3).
R Subtask 52-11-11-820-078
R Q. Check of the Emergency Escape-Slide Control-Handle Disarming
R (1) Close the door.
R (2) Put the emergency control handle in the ARMED position.
R (3) Open the door from the outside.
R (4) Make sure that the emergency escape slide moves to the DISARMED
R position.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 495
Feb 01/08

CES
R Subtask 52-11-11-820-079
R R. Check of the Door Locking in the Up Position

R (Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 52-11-11-991-016)
R (1) Make sure that during the opening of the door, the handle locks
R before release of the rollers from the guide fittings.
R (2) Make sure that when you close the door with the inner control handle
R (805) you feel no hard points caused by the non-retraction of the
R hook (804).
R (3) If necessary, do the adjustment below:
R (a) Remove the lockwire from the nuts (801) and (803) and discard it.
R (b) Decrease the rod length (802) so that when you close the door,
R there is no hard point caused by the non-retraction of the hook
R (804) with the door in the up position.
R (c) Tighten the nuts (801) and (803) and safety them with
R (d) Open the door in the up position and make sure that you can
R correctly install the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
R (4) If you still feel the hard point, apply COMMON GREASE (Material No.
R 04-004) on the contact surface of the hook (804) with the handle
R (405).
R Subtask 52-11-11-820-080
R S. Check of Preload of the Cover Plate
R (1) Do a check of the preload of the cover plate (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-220-
R 007).
R NOTE : Do this check only after the replacement of the door by a new
____
R door.
R NOTE : After adjustment of the door, you can possibly see a permitted
____
R bend line on the cover plate.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 496
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 52-11-11-820-081
T. Check and Adjustment of the Proximity Switch
(1) Do the adjustment of the proximity switch 11WV1 or 11WV2 of the door
locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-001).
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-11-730-051
U. Adjustment/Test of the components

22-820-001) .

(Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-001).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-11-730-051-A
U. Adjustment/Test of the components

52-11-22-820-001) .

**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-11-865-058
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 497
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-11-410-055

ballast weight).
831AZ.
841AZ.
(4) Install the door frame lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-006)
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007).
(a) 221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW, 221GW, 221HW, 221JW, 221KW,
221LW, 221MW 221NW, 221PW, 221QW, 231AW, 231CW.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-11-410-055-A


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-11

Page 498
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R (4) Install the door frame lining panels.
R (a) For the left door: 221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW, 221GW,
R 221HW, 221JW, 221KW, 221LW, 221MW 221NW, 221PW, 221QW, 231AW,
R 231CW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-006).
R (b) For the right door: 222AW, 222BW, 222CW 222EW, 222FW, 222GW,
R 222HW, 222JW, 222KW, 222LW, 222MW, 222NW, 222PW, 222QW 232AW,
R 231CW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007).
R **ON A/C ALL
R Subtask 52-11-11-410-056
R C. Close Access
R 52-10-00-860-001).
R items.
R (4) Close the FWD passenger/crew door 841 (842) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
R 001).
R Subtask 52-11-11-862-053
R D. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-11

Page 499
Feb 01/08

CES
SUSPENSION - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________
TASK 52-11-12-000-001
Removal of the Door Support Arm, the Door Buffer, the Door Unlocking Handle and
the Door Stay Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-11-11-000-001 Removal of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
52-11-14-000-001 Removal of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation
Cylinder
52-11-12-991-001 Fig. 401
52-11-12-991-002 Fig. 402
52-11-12-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
_______
65 KNOTS.
_______
INSTALLED.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 401
Feb 01/98

CES
_______
Subtask 52-11-12-010-057
A. Get Access

passenger/crew door at the zone 831 (841).
(2) Open the FWD Passenger/Crew door 831 (841). (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001)
Subtask 52-11-12-020-053
B. Removal of Component
(1) Remove the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-11-11-000-001).
(2) Remove the Door and Emergency-Operation Cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-
000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-12-020-054
A. Removal of the Door Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-12-991-001)
(2) Remove the door support arm (1) as follows:
(d) Hold the door support arm (1).
R (e) Remove the bolts (8) and (15), the lockwasher (7) and the bushes
R (5) and (16).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 402
May 01/01

CES
Figure 401/TASK 52-11-12-991-001

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 403
May 01/01

CES
(g) Remove the door support arm (1).

____
(3) Remove the bush (9), the adjustment washer (10) then the bush (6).
Subtask 52-11-12-020-055
B. Removal of the Door Buffer and the Door Unlocking Pushbutton Switches
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-12-991-002)
(1) Remove the nuts (27) and the screws (25).
(2) Remove the door buffer (26).
(3) Remove the nuts (24), the washers (22) and the screws (21).
(4) Remove the fitting (20).
(5) Remove the pushbutton switch (23) from the support arm.
Subtask 52-11-12-020-051
C. Not Applicable
Subtask 52-11-12-020-056
D. Removal of the Door Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-12-991-003)
(1) Remove and discard the four cotter pins.
(2) Remove the 4 nuts (41) and the washers (42) from the pins (44).
(3) Remove the door stay mechanism (43).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 404
Feb 01/98

CES
Door Buffer and Door Unlocking Handle
Figure 402/TASK 52-11-12-991-002

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 405
Feb 01/98

CES
Door Stay Mechanism
Figure 403/TASK 52-11-12-991-003

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 406
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 52-11-12-400-001
Installation of the Door Support Arm, the Door Buffer, the Door Unlocking
Handle and the Door Stay Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 cotter pin 52-11-01 04C-320

2 cotter pin 52-11-01 04G-320
R 2 cotter pin 52-11-01 04H-320
7 lockwasher 52-11-01 04C-370
7 lockwasher 52-11-01 04G-370
R 7 lockwasher 52-11-01 04H-370
40 cotter pin 52-11-01 06 -010
57 cotter pin 52-11-01 05B-040
57 cotter pin 52-11-01 05D-040

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 407
Nov 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
52-10-00-720-001 Functional Test of the Suspension of the
Passenger/Crew Door
Door
52-11-11-400-001 Installation of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
52-11-12-220-001 Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Suspension
Mechanism
52-11-14-400-001 Installation of the Door-Damper and
52-11-12-991-001 Fig. 401
52-11-12-991-002 Fig. 402
52-11-12-991-003 Fig. 403
52-11-12-991-008 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-12-860-051
00-860-001)
Subtask 52-11-12-220-055
B. Preparation for Installation
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(Ref. TASK 52-11-12-220-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 408
Aug 01/02

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-12-420-057
A. Installation of the Buffer and the Door Pushbutton Switch

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-12-991-002)
(1) Put the buffer (26) in position.
(2) Install the screws (25) and the nuts (27) and tighten them.
(3) Install the pushbutton switch assembly (23) in the support arm (1).
(4) Put the fitting (20) in position.
(5) Install the washers (22), the screws (21) and tighten them.
Subtask 52-11-12-820-051
B. Adjustment of the Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-12-991-008)
(1) Fully open the door against the fuselage.
(2) Make sure that the door stay mechanism locks the door in the open
position.
(3) Make sure that clearance R1 between the stop (65) and the fuselage is
1 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.0393 +0.0196 -0.0196 in.).
(4) If the clearance R1 is not correct do the adjustment below:
(a) Push the button of the door stay mechanism and move the door away
from the fuselage.
(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (57).
(c) Remove the nut (58), the washer (59) and the spherical cup (60).
(d) Remove the bolt (51), the washer (52), the buffer (65) and the
spherical cup (64).
(e) Remove the guide bush (63) and the washers (53) and (62).
(f) Remove the guide bush (56) and the washers (55) and (61).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 409
Nov 01/00
R
CES
Door Buffer

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 410
Feb 01/98

CES
Door Buffer

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 411
Feb 01/98

CES
(g) Adjust the adjustable washers (61) and (62) to get the correct
clearance R1.
(h) Install the washers (55) and (61) and the guide bush (56).
(i) Install the washers (53) and (62) and the guide bush (63).
(j) Install the spherical cup (64), the buffer (65), the washer (52)
and the bolt (51).
(k) Install the spherical cup (60), the washer (59) and the nut (58).
(l) Fully open the door against the fuselage (door locked) and make
sure that the clearance R1 is correct.
(m) If necessary, do another adjustment procedure.
(n) Tighten the nut (58) and safety with cotter pin (57).
Subtask 52-11-12-220-051
C. Check of the Load of the Door Locking Mechanism
(1) Make sure that the load needed to unlock the door when open does not
exceed 6 daN (13.4885 lbf) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-720-001).
Subtask 52-11-12-420-052
D. Not Applicable
Subtask 52-11-12-420-058
E. Installation of the Door Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-12-991-003)
(1) Put the mechanism (43) on the pins (44).
(2) Install the nuts (41) with the washers (42). TORQUE the nuts to
between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 412
Nov 01/00
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-12-420-055
F. Installation of the Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-12-991-001)
(1) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-008) on the sliding surface of the
ball joints (14).
R (2) Put the door support arm (1) in position at the level of the attach
R fittings.
Hold it in position.
(3) Install the bushes (5), (16), (6) and (9) and the washer (10).
(4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the bolts (8) and (15)
before you install them.
(5) Install the bolts (8) and (15), the washers (4) and the lockwasher
(7) and the nuts (3).
NOTE : If you install new bolts (8) and (15) drill a hole of 2 mm
____
(0.0787 in.).
R hole.
(8) Install a new cotter pin (2).
(9) Install the bonding leads (11) on the supports, the washers (13) and
the screws (12).
NOTE : When you install the bonding leads (11), do an electrical

____
bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 413
Aug 01/06

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-12-420-056
(1) Install the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder (Ref. TASK

52-11-14-400-001).
(2) Install the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-11-11-400-001).
Subtask 52-11-12-410-054
B. Close Access
(2) Close the FWD passenger/crew door 831 or 841. (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 414
Aug 01/06
R
CES
TASK 52-11-12-000-003
Removal of the Guide Arms
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
Door
52-11-12-991-009 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-12-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 415
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-11-12-010-058
B. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
(1) Put the access platform in position at the FWD passenger/crew door at
the zone 831 or 841.
10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-11-12-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-11-12-020-058
D. Removal of the Lining Flap

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 416
Feb 01/98

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-12-020-052
A. Removal of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-12-991-009)
(1) Remove the cotter pins (84) and discard them.
(2) Remove the nuts (85), the washers (82) and the bolts (72) and the
washers (71).
(3) Disengage the upper and lower guide arms (74) and (83) and fold them
back.
(4) Remove the bushes (73) and (81).
(5) Remove the caps (78).
(7) Hold the upper guide arm (74) and remove the nut (86) and the washers
(75) and (79).
(8) Hold the lower guide arm (88) and remove the nut (86) and the washers
(75) and (79).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 417
Feb 01/98

CES
Upper and Lower Guide Arms
Figure 405/TASK 52-11-12-991-009

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 418
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 52-11-12-400-003
Installation of the Guide Arms
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

(Ref. 20-31-00)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
80 cotter pin 52-11-01 03 -080

84 cotter pin 52-11-01 03 -010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Door
52-11-12-991-009 Fig. 405
52-11-12-991-010 Fig. 406
52-11-12-991-013 Fig. 407

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 419
May 01/03

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-12-860-050
00-860-001).

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 52-11-12-865-056
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-12-420-053
A. Installation of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-12-991-009)
(1) Install the washers (75).
(2) Put the upper and lower guide arms (74) and (83) in position in the
(3) Install the washers (79) and the nuts (86), do not tighten them.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 420
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-11-12-820-053
R B. Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms in the X Axis

52-11-12-991-013)
(1) For the door equipped with door damper and emergency operation
(a) Put the door in the up closed position in contact with the seal.
R (a) Put the door in the up closed position in contact with the seal
R at FR20.
R
R 1
_ Do a check of the clearance J1 at FR16.

____
R - the clearance J1 must be equal to the difference between the

R
R - the maximum clearance J1 must be of 5 mm (0.1968 in.).
(3) Install the upper and lower guide arms (74) and (83) in the door
fitting (70). Make sure that the screws (72) undergo no stress, when
you install them in their holes.
(4) If the bolts (72) undergo stress, adjust the upper and lower guide
arms in the X axis as follows:
(a) Identify the position of the serrations of the plates (92) and
(95).
(c) Move the fittings (76) and (77) on the X axis to get the correct
position.
(d) Temporarily tighten the nuts (90) and (91).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 421
Feb 01/02

CES
Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms
Figure 406/TASK 52-11-12-991-010

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 422
Feb 01/98

CES
R Upper and Lower Guide Arms - Adjustment X Axis
Figure 407/TASK 52-11-12-991-013

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 423
Feb 01/02

CES
Subtask 52-11-12-820-054
C. Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms in the Y Axis

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-12-991-009, 406/TASK 52-11-12-991-010)
(1) Open the door until the nominal axes of the upper and lower guide
arms (74) and (83) and the support arm (92) are aligned.
(2) Make sure that the bolts (72) undergo no stress, when you install
them in their holes.
arms in the Y axis as follows:
(95).
(c) Move the fittings (76) and (77) in the Y axis to get the correct
position, without altering the X axis adjustment.
(d) Tighten the nuts (90) and (91).
Subtask 52-11-12-420-060
D. Final Installation of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-12-991-009)
(1) Install the bushes (73) and (81).
(2) Install the washers (71), the bolts (72) with COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-004), the washers (82) and the nuts (85).
NOTE : If a new bolts (72) is installed, drill a hole of 2.8 mm

____
(0.1102 in.) for the cotter pin installation.
(3) Tighten the nuts (85) and (86).
(4) Safety the nuts (85) with a new cotter pin (84).
(6) Install the caps (78).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 424
Feb 01/02
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-12-420-061
A. Install the Lining Flap
Subtask 52-11-12-865-057
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-11-12-410-055
C. Close Access
(1) Close the FWD passenger/crew door 831 and 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-001).
Subtask 52-11-12-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 425
Feb 01/02
R
CES
SUSPENSION - DOOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________
TASK 52-11-12-220-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Suspension Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Door
Door
52-10-00-915-001 Replacement of the Bushes
52-11-12-000-001 Removal of the Door Support Arm, the Door Buffer, the
Door Unlocking Handle and the Door Stay Mechanism
52-11-12-400-001 Installation of the Door Support Arm, the Door
Buffer, the Door Unlocking Handle and the Door Stay
Mechanism
52-11-12-991-011 Fig. 601
52-11-12-991-012 Fig. 602

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 601
Feb 01/98

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-12-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 52-11-12-010-059
B. Get Access
_______
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
(1) Put the access platform in position at the applicable FWD

10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
Subtask 52-11-12-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 602
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-11-12-020-057
D. Removal of the Door Suspension Mechanism

(Ref. TASK 52-11-12-000-001)
(1) Remove the door stay mechanism, if not removed.
(2) Remove the support arm, if not removed.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-12-220-053
A. Inspection of the Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-11-12-991-011)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes and the part of the
support arms.
(2) Make sure that the dimensions are correct.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIG. | ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS | IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS |
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| AND | DIMENSION | ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE| DIMENSION LIMITS | MAX. |
| ITEM | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | ALLOW. |
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
| | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. |MM (IN.)|
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD1 | 15.880 | 15.893 | | | 15.867 | | |
| | (0.6251)| (0.6257)| | | (0.6246)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.038 | | | 0.078 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0015)| | |(0.0030)|
| ID2 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.944 | |
| | (0.6257)| (0.6266)| | | | (0.6277)| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD3 | 12.704 | 12.715 | | | 12.691 | | |
| | (0.5001)| (0.5006)| | | (0.4996)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.037 | | | 0.0074 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.014)| | |(0.0029)|
| ID4 | 12.715 | 12.741 | | | | 12.765 | |
| | (0.5006)| (0.5016)| | | | (0.5025)| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 603
Feb 01/98

CES
Door Support Arm
Figure 601/TASK 52-11-12-991-011

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 604
Feb 01/98

CES
(3) If the wear of the bushes is not in the tolerances:
(a) Replace the bushes (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-915-001).
(b) Or replace the part on which they are installed.
Subtask 52-11-12-220-054
B. Inspection of the Door Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-11-12-991-012)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes and the parts of the
door stay mechanism.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| EE | | | | | | | |
| OD21 | 7.956 | 7.965 | | | 7.947 | | |
| | (0.3132)| (0.3136)| | | (0.3129)| | |
| | | | -0.015 | 0.017 | | | 0.036 |
| | | |-(0.0006)| (0.0007)| | |(0.0013)|
| ID20 | 7.950 | 7.973 | | | | 7.981 | |
| | (0.3130)| (0.3139)| | | |(0.3142) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD23 | 7.956 | 7.965 | | | 7.947 | | |
| | (0.3132)| (0.3136)| | | (0.3129)| | |
| | | | -0.015 | 0.017 | | | 0.034 |
| | | |-(0.0006)| (0.0007)| | |(0.0013)|
| ID22 | 7.950 | 7.973 | | | | 7.981 | |
| | (0.3130)| (0.3139)| | | |(0.3142) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD25 | 7.956 | 7.965 | | | 7.947 | | |
| | (0.3132)| (0.3136)| | | (0.3129)| | |
| | | | -0.015 | 0.017 | | | 0.034 |
| | | |-(0.0006)| (0.0007)| | |(0.0013)|
| ID24 | 7.950 | 7.973 | | | | 7.981 | |
| | (0.3130)| (0.3139)| | | |(0.3142) | |

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 605
Feb 01/98

CES
Door Stay Mechanism

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 606
Feb 01/98

CES
Door Stay Mechanism

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 607
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| EE | | | | | | | |
| OD27 | 3.992 | 4.000 | | | 3.987 | | |
| | (0.1572)| (0.1575)| | | (0.1570)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.020 | | | 0.030 |
| | | | (0.000) | (0.0028)| | |(0.0012)|
| ID26 | 4.000 | 4.102 | | | | 4.017 | |
| | (0.1575)| (0.1580)| | | |(0.1581) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD28 | 3.992 | 4.000 | | | 3.987 | | |
| | (0.1572)| (0.1575)| | | (0.1570)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.020 | | | 0.030 |
| | | | (0.000) | (0.0028)| | |(0.0012)|
| ID29 | 4.000 | 4.102 | | | | 4.017 | |
| | (0.1575)| (0.1580)| | | |(0.1581) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Or replace the parts on which they are installed.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-12-420-059
A. Installation of the Door Suspension Mechanism

(Ref. TASK 52-11-12-400-001)
(1) Install the door stay mechanism.
(2) Install the support arm.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 608
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-11-12-865-059
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-11-12-410-057
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.
(4) Close the FWD passenger/crew door 831 or 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).
Subtask 52-11-12-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-12

Page 609
Feb 01/98

CES
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________________
TASK 52-11-14-000-001
Removal of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Door
52-11-14-991-007 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 401
Feb 01/98

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-14-010-065
R A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______

(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001),

831, 841.
(3) Obey special precautions before you start work on the door (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-11-14-865-066
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-11-14-862-055
C. Not Applicable

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 402
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-11-14-010-066
R D. Removal of the Door Support Arm Lining
(1) Remove the support arm lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-001).
(a) For the left passenger/crew door: 831FZ, 831GZ.
(b) For the right passenger/crew door: 841FZ, 841GZ.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-14-020-056
A. Removal of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-14-991-007)
(1) Remove the cotter pin (18) and discard it.
(3) Remove the bolt (12) and the washer (13).
(4) Remove the bushes (15) and disengage the fork (11) from the
telescopic rod (14).
(5) Remove the bushes (23) and (24) from the fork (11).
(6) Remove the end of the damper and emergency-operation cylinder (10).
(9) Remove the bolt (9), the washer (8) and the bush (7).
(10) Remove the damper and emergency-operation cylinder (10).
(11) Remove the two circlips (4) from the pin (5) of the yoke.
(12) Remove the yoke pin (5) and the yoke (6) from the cylinder.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 403
Aug 01/99

CES
R Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
Figure 401/TASK 52-11-14-991-007

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 404
Nov 01/99

CES
TASK 52-11-14-400-001
Installation of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98D52103003000 1 ADJUSTING-CYLINDER LENGHT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 cotter pin 52-11-01 01B-010

R
18 cotter pin 52-11-01 01B-100
R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 405
May 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
52-11-14-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Damper and
Emergency-Operation Cylinder of the FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
52-11-14-220-001 Detailed Visual Inspection of the Mechanism of the
Door-Damper and Emergency- Operation Cylinder
52-11-14-991-007 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-14-860-056
(2) Make sure that the forward passenger/crew door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-010-001).
00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 406
Nov 01/00
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-14-865-067
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Subtask 52-11-14-862-057
R C. Not Applicable
Subtask 52-11-14-220-053
R D. Preparation for Installation
(Ref. TASK 52-11-14-220-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-14-820-054
A. Adjustment of the Length of the Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-14-991-007)
(1) Manually put the door damper and emergency-operation cylinder in the
fully compressed position.
(2) Make sure that the protrusion length J2 of the piston rod:
(a) for the damper serie P/N FE174 and FE196 is 16.8 -1.8 +1.8 mm
(0.6614 -0.0708 +0.0708 in.).
(b) for the damper serie P/N FE240 is 21.8 -1.8 +1.8 mm (0.8582 -
0.0708 +0.0708 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 407
Aug 01/99

CES
(3) If the protrusion length J2 is not in the tolerances, send the damper
and emergency operation cylinder to the manufacturer for overhaul.
R (4) In this configuration, adjust the length J3 with the ADJUSTING-

R CYLINDER LENGHT (98D52103003000):
(a) Remove the lockwire from the nut (20).
(b) Loosen the nut (20).
(c) Adjust the cylinder (19) to get the length J3.
1
_ for the damper and emergency-operation cylinder serie P/N
FE174 and FE196 358 mm (14.0944 in.).
2
FE240 363 +0.0 -2.0 mm (14.2913 +0.0000 -0.0787 in.).
(d) Tighten the nut (20) and safety with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
Subtask 52-11-14-420-057
B. Installation of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-14-991-007)
(1) Put the yoke (6) in position and install the yoke pin (5) in the
cylinder end fitting.
(2) Install the two circlips (4) at the two ends of the yoke pin (5).
(3) Put the cylinder end fitting on the support arm and hold it.
(4) Install the bush (7).
(5) Install the washer (8) and the bolt (9).
(6) Install the washer (3) and the nut (2). Do not tighten the nut (2).
(7) Install the bushes (23) and (24) on the fork (11).
(8) Install the washer (13), the bushes (15), the end of the door damper
(10), the washer (16), the fork (11), the bolt (12) and the nut (17).
NOTE : If you install a new bolt (12), drill a hole of dia. 2 mm

____

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 408
Feb 01/08

CES
lbf.in), and the nut (17) to between 1 and 1.7 m.daN (88.49 and
150.44 lbf.in).
(10) Install the cotter pin (1), and the cotter pin (18).
R Subtask 52-11-14-740-051
R C. Not Applicable
Subtask 52-11-14-220-056
R D. Check of the Door Opening/Closing

R
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-14-991-007)
R
R (1) When you open/close the door, make sure that the clearance J4 between
R the telescopic rod (14) and the door attach fitting (23) is 1.5 mm
R (0.0590 in.) minimum.
Subtask 52-11-14-210-062
R E. Check of the Pressure
(1) Do a check of the pressure of the door-damper and emergency-operation

cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-200-001).
Subtask 52-11-14-820-055
R F. Adjustment of the Percussion Bellcrank Finger
(1) Adjust the percussion bellcrank finger (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-820-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-14-410-069
A. Installation of the Support Arm Lining
(1) Install the door support arm lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-
001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 409
Aug 01/99

CES
R Subtask 52-11-14-861-055
R B. Not Applicable
Subtask 52-11-14-865-068
R C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-11-14-410-070
R D. Close Access
(1) Arm the percussion mechanism of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder. To do this, obey the special precautions after
the work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).
items.
(3) Close the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001), 831, 841.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 410
Aug 01/99

CES
TASK 52-11-14-000-002
Removal of the Telescopic Rod
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Door
52-11-14-991-008 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-14-010-067
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 411
Feb 01/98

CES
_______
(1) Put an access platform in position on front of the applicable


831, 841.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-11-14-865-069
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-11-14-010-068
C. Removal of the Door Support-Arm Lining
(1) Remove the support arm lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-14-020-058
A. Removal of the Telescopic Rod

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-14-991-008)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 412
Feb 01/98

CES
Telescopic Rod
Figure 402/TASK 52-11-14-991-008

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 413
Feb 01/98

CES
(4) Remove the bushes (4) and disengage the fork (6) from the telescopic
spring rod (12).
(9) Remove the bolt (7), the washer (8) and the spacer (9).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 414
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 52-11-14-400-002
Installation of the Telescopic Rod
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 cotter pin 52-11-01 01B-100

R
15 cotter pin 52-11-01 02B-010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
Door-Damper and Emergency- Operation Cylinder

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 415
May 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-11-14-991-008 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-14-860-057
(2) Make sure that the forward passenger/crew door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-010-001).
00-860-001).
Subtask 52-11-14-865-070
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-11-14-220-055
C. Preparation for Installation
(Ref. TASK 52-11-14-220-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 416
Feb 01/08
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-14-420-059
A. Installation of the Telescopic Rod

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-14-991-008)
(1) Install the spacer (9), the washer (8), the bolt (7), the washer (13)
and the nut (14).
lbf.in).
and emergency operation cylinder (5), the washer (15), the fork (6),
the bolt (10) and the nut (2).
(6) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 1 and 1.7 m.daN (88.49 and 150.44
lbf.in).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-14-410-071
A. Installation of the Door Support-Arm Lining
(1) Install the support arm lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-001).
Subtask 52-11-14-865-071
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 417
Feb 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-14-410-072
C. Close Access
(1) Obey the special precautions after you do work on the door (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-860-002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 418
Feb 01/08
R
CES
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________________________________
TASK 52-11-14-820-002
Adjustment of the Percussion Bellcrank Finger of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-23-46-000-001 Removal of the Door Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew

R Doors
R 25-23-46-400-001 Installation of the Door Linings at the FWD
R Passenger/Crew Doors
Door
Door
52-11-14-991-004 Fig. 501

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 501
Aug 01/07

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-14-010-060
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
(1) Put the access platform in position at the applicable passenger/crew

door 831 or 841.
(2) Open the applicable passenger crew door: 831, (841). (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-010-001)
R (3) Obey the special Precautions before you start work on the passenger
R crew/door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-11-14-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 502
May 01/02

CES
R Subtask 52-11-14-010-071
R C. Removal of the Door Support-Arm Lining
R (1) Remove the door support-arm lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-001).
R (a) For the left passenger crew/door 831FZ and 831GZ.
R (b) For the right passenger crew/door 841FZ and 841GZ.
Subtask 52-11-14-860-052
R D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
_______
(1) Make sure that the door is in the closed position.
(2) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) and put the
(3) Put the door in the full up position :

- Carefully move the door adjacent to the frame. The guide rollers
must go into their guide fittings. The door must be on its seal at
the front and at the rear.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-14-820-052
A. Adjustment of the Percussion Bellcrank Finger

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-14-991-004)
(1) Adjustment of the finger of the percussion bellcrank on the Z axis:
(a) Loosen the nut (1), remove the finger (3) and the new adjustable
washer (2).
(b) Put the finger (3) and a new adjustable washer (2) to get the
clearance J1 of 5 -1 +1 mm (0.1968 -0.0393 +0.0393 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 503
Aug 01/07

CES
Adjustment of the Percussion Bellcrank Finger
Figure 501/TASK 52-11-14-991-004

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 504
Feb 01/98

CES
(2) Adjustment of the finger of the percussion bellcrank in the X axis:
(a) Loosen the nut (5).
(b) Adjust the length of the rod (4) to get the clearance J2 7.5 -1
+1 mm (0.2952 -0.0393 +0.0393 in.).
(c) Tighten the nut (5).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-14-860-055
(1) Close the door.
(2) Put the emergency control handle in the disarmed position. Install
the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000).
R Subtask 52-11-14-410-075
R B. Installation of the Door Support-Arm Lining
R (1) Install the door support-arm lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-001).
Subtask 52-11-14-865-057
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-11-14-410-064
R D. Close Access
(1) Obey the special precautions after you work on the passenger/crew
door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 505
Aug 01/07

CES
(3) Close the applicable passenger/crew door 831 (841) (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 506
Aug 01/07

CES
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________________________
TASK 52-11-14-200-001
Inspection/Check of the Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder of the FWD

Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Door
Door
52-11-14-991-005 Fig. 601

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 601
May 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-14-010-069
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______

door 831 or 841.
(2) Open the passenger/crew door 831, 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001)
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-11-14-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-11-14-010-070
C. Removal of Component.

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-001)
(a) For the left passenger/crew door:831FZ, 831GZ.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 602
May 01/08

CES
(b) For the right passenger/crew door:841FZ, 841GZ.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-14-210-051
A. Inspection of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-11-14-991-005)
(2) Do a visual inspection of the door damper and emergency-operation

cylinder. Make sure that there are no fluid leakage, corrosion,
cracks, marks or dents and that the components are correctly
attached.
(3) Do a visual inspection of the paint. Make sure that the paint is not
flaked or peeled.
(4) Check of the Pressure.
CAUTION : THE PRESSURE ON THE PRESSURE INDICATOR OF THE BOTTLE MUST

_______
BE RELATED TO THE PRESSURE CORRECTED FOR TEMPERATURE.
(a) Write the pressure value shown on the pressure gauge (1).
(b) Compare this value with the value on the placard (2) for the
NOTE : Let the air bottle stabilize to the ambient temperature

____
before you do the inspection. This is to get a correct
pressure value.
NOTE : Bubbles in the pressure gauge with a maximum diameter

____
equal to the dial itself are acceptable.
If the oil level, in the pressure gauge, is not sufficient
to have the pointer in the liquid (with the dial
horizontal) you must discard the pressure gauge.
(c) If the pressure is not correct charge the cylinder bottle.

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-614-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 603
Feb 01/98

CES
Bottle of the Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder of the FWD Door
Figure 601/TASK 52-11-14-991-005

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 604
Feb 01/98

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-14-410-073
A. Installation of Component.

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-001)
Subtask 52-11-14-865-051
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-11-14-410-074
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
(3) Close the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001):
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 605
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 52-11-14-220-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Mechanism of the Door-Damper and Emergency-

Operation Cylinder
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Door
Door
Cylinder
52-11-14-000-002 Removal of the Telescopic Rod
R
52-11-14-991-010 Fig. 602
52-11-14-991-009 Fig. 603

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 606
May 01/03

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-14-861-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 52-11-14-010-072
B. Get Access
_______
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______

10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
Subtask 52-11-14-865-072
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 607
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-11-14-020-061
D. Removal of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
(1) Remove the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder, if not

removed (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-000-001).
(2) Remove the telescopic rod (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-000-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-14-220-050
A. Inspection of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-11-14-991-010)
R (1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushings, the parts, the link
R assemblies of the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD2 | 15.882 | 15.893 | | | 15.870 | | |
| | (0.6252)| (0.6257)| | | (0.6252)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.036 | | | 0.072 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | | (0.028)|
| ID1 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.942 | |
| | (0.6257)| (0.6266)| | | |(0.6270) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD4 | 12.983 | 12.994 | | | 12.965 | | |
| | (0.5111)| (0.5116)| | | (0.5104)| | |
| | | | 0.006 | 0.035 | | | 0.070 |
| | | | (0.0002)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID3 | 13.000 | 13.018 | | | | 13.035 | |
| | (0.5118)| (0.5125)| | | |(0.5132) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| FF | | | | | | | |
| OD12 | 19.054 | 19.070 | | | 19.036 | | |

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 608
Aug 01/00

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| | (0.7501)| (0.7507)| | | (0.7494)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.053 | | | 0.106 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0021)| | |(0.0042)|
| ID13 | 19.070 | 19.107 | | | | 19.143 | |
| | (0.7507)| (0.7522)| | | |(0.7536) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) If the wear of the bushings (1) and (3) is not in the tolerances.
(a) Replace the bushings (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-915-001).
(b) Or replace the parts on which the bushings are installed.
(4) If the wear of the bushings (13) is not in the tolerances and the
link assembly (11) is worn or unserviceable.
R (a) Replace the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder

R (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-000-001) (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-400-001) .
Subtask 52-11-14-220-051
B. Inspection of the Telescopic Rod Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 52-11-14-991-009)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushings and the parts of the
telescopic rod mechanism.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 609
May 01/03

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 610
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 611
Feb 01/98

CES
Telescopic Rod
Figure 603/TASK 52-11-14-991-009

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 612
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD11 | 15.882 | 15.893 | | | 15.870 | | |
| | (0.6252)| (0.6257)| | | (0.6252)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.036 | | | 0.036 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID10 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.942 | |
| | (0.6257)| (0.6267)| | | |(0.6281) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD13 | 19.057 | 19.070 | | | 19.042 | | |
| | (0.7502)| (0.7508)| | | (0.7496)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.044 | | | 0.048 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0017)| | |(0.0034)|
| ID12 | 19.070 | 19.101 | | | | 19.130 | |
| | (0.7508)| (0.7520)| | | |(0.7531) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD19 | 15.882 | 15.893 | | | 15.870 | | |
| | (0.6252)| (0.6257)| | | (0.6252)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.036 | | | 0.036 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID20 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.942 | |
| | (0.6257)| (0.6267)| | | |(0.6281) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD22 | 12.700 | 12.715 | | | 12.686 | | |
| | (0.5000)| (0.5006)| | | (0.4994)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.041 | | | 0.0082 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0016)| | |(0.0032)|
| ID21 | 12.715 | 12.741 | | | | 12.768 | |
| | (0.5006)| (0.5021)| | | |(0.5026) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD23 | 12.704 | 12.715 | | | 12.691 | | |
| | (0.5001)| (0.5006)| | | (0.4996)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.0037 | | | 0.074 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0029)|

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 613
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| ID24 | 12.715 | 12.741 | | | | 12.765 | |
| | (0.5006)| (0.5021)| | | |(0.5025) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (3) If the wear of the bushings is not in the tolerances.
R (a) Replace the bushings (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-915-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-14-420-064
A. Installation of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

52-11-14-400-001).
(2) Install the telescopic rod (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-400-001).
Subtask 52-11-14-865-073
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-11-14-410-076
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 614
Aug 01/00

CES
001).
Subtask 52-11-14-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-14

Page 615
Feb 01/98

CES
SEAL - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________
TASK 52-11-18-000-001
Removal of the Door Seal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
52-11-18-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-18-010-055
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 401
Feb 01/98

CES
_______
(1) Put the access platform in position in the zone 831 (841).
(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door 831, 841. (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-001)
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-18-020-052
A. Removal of the Door Seal.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-18-991-001)
(1) Remove the nuts (2) of the retainer (9), then the retainer (9) and
the screws (3).
the screws (3).
the screws (3).
the screws (3).
the screws (3).
the screws (3).
the screws (3).
the screws (3).
the screws (3).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 402
Feb 01/98

CES
Seal of the Forward Passenger/Crew Door.
Figure 401/TASK 52-11-18-991-001

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 403
Feb 01/98

CES
the screws (3).
the screws (3).
the screws (3).
the screws (3).
the screws (3).
the screws (3), (18).
the screws (18).
the screws (18).
(19) Remove the seal (22) of the passenger/crew door.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 404
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 52-11-18-400-001
Installation of the Door Seal
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE
SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN

R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 405
May 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
52-11-18-991-001 Fig. 401
R 52-11-18-991-006 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-18-010-056
(1) Make sure that the platform is in position.
(2) Make sure that the applicable passenger/crew door are open 831, 841.
00-860-001).
Subtask 52-11-18-110-050
B. Cleaning.
(1) Clean the seal and the working surface and apply CLEANING AGENTS
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-18-420-052
A. Installation of the Door Seal.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-18-991-001)
(1) Put the seal (22) on the passenger/crew door.
(2) Install the retainer (19), the screws (18), (3), and the nuts (2) and
tighten them with your hand.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 406
Nov 01/98

CES
(3) Install the retainer (20), the screws (18), and the nuts (2) and

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 407
Nov 01/98
R
CES
(20) Make sure that the clearances between the retainers are 2 +1 -1 mm
(0.0787 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.)
(21) Tighten all the nuts (2) to between 0.17 and 0.20 m.daN (15.04 and
17.69 lbf.in).
Subtask 52-11-18-220-050
R B. Check of the Clearance

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-18-991-006)
R (1) Check of the seal compression

R
R (a) Close the door.

R
R (b) Make sure that the door seal is correctly compressed on all its
R length and that the seal compression clearance J1 is 4.5 +2 -2 mm
R (0.1771 +0.0787 -0.0787 in.).
R
R (c) Open the door.
R (2) Check of the screw/nut installation
R (a) Make sure that the screw (18) is flush with the nut (2). The
R out-of-flush tolerance J2 is:
R - for the round section seals: 0 +0 -0.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0000 -
R 0.0196 in.)
R - for the square section seals: 0 +0 -1 mm (0.0000 +0.0000 -
R 0.0393 in.).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-18-410-055
A. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 408
Nov 01/98

CES
R Door Seal - Clearances
R Figure 402/TASK 52-11-18-991-006

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 409
Nov 01/98

CES
(3) Close the passenger/crew door 831, 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 410
Nov 01/98

CES
SEAL - DOOR - REPAIRS
_____________________
TASK 52-11-18-300-001
Repair of the Seal of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clamp
R No specific emery cloth
No specific fine emery paper
No specific lint-free cloth
No specific spatula
R No specific very fine emery cloth
No specific very fine emery paper
R No specific wooden bonding block
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-023 USA MIL-I-631

POLYTEREPTHALATE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-024
FABRIC (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-004 AIB AIMS-04-05-003
ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-026
R ADHESIVE/SEALANT ONE PART,RTV SILICONE RUBBER
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 801
May 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
52-11-18-000-001 Removal of the Door Seal
52-11-18-400-001 Installation of the Door Seal
52-11-18-991-004 Fig. 801
52-11-18-991-002 Fig. 802
R 52-11-18-991-008 Fig. 803
R 52-11-18-991-005 Fig. 804
R 52-11-18-991-003 Fig. 805
R 52-11-18-991-009 Fig. 806
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-18-941-051
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
(1) Put the access platform in position in the zone 831 or 841.
(2) Open the door 831 or 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 802
Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 52-11-18-020-051
B. Seal Removal.
(1) Remove the door seal (Ref. TASK 52-11-18-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________

R 52-11-18-991-008, 804/TASK 52-11-18-991-005, 805/TASK 52-11-18-991-003,
806/TASK 52-11-18-991-009)
Subtask 52-11-18-340-050
A. Repair the Signs of Chafing on the Seal.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Lightly rub the chafing area with very fine emery paper.
(2) Carefully degrease the chafing area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-004) and a lint-free cloth.
(3) Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-004) to the chafing area and make it smooth with a spatula.
(4) Make sure that dust does not touch the chafing area. Let the adhesive
dry between 10 hours and 12 hours.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 803
Aug 01/08

CES
R Repair of Damage
R Figure 801/TASK 52-11-18-991-004- 12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 804
Feb 01/09

CES
R Repair of Damage

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 805
Feb 01/09

CES
Wooden Bonding Block
Figure 802/TASK 52-11-18-991-002

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 806
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Figure 803/TASK 52-11-18-991-008

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 807
Feb 01/09
R
CES
R Repair of Damage

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 808
Feb 01/09

CES
R Repair of Damage

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 809
Feb 01/09

CES
Figure 805/TASK 52-11-18-991-003

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 810
Feb 01/09
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-11-18

Page 811
Feb 01/09

CES
R Repair of Damage

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 812
Feb 01/09

CES
R Repair of Damage

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 813
Feb 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-11-18-340-051
R B. Repair of Cuts with a Small Depth (not more than one third of the
R thickness of the seal)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Lightly rub the cut area with very fine emery paper.
(2) Carefully degrease the cut area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-004) and a lint-free cloth.
R (3) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) or BONDING
R AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to the cut and make it
R smooth with a spatula.
(4) Make sure that dust does not touch the cut. Let the adhesive dry for
between 10 hours and 12 hours.
Subtask 52-11-18-340-052
R C. Repair of Cuts with a Large Depth (more than one third of the thickness
R of the seal) and Small Punctures

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
R NOTE : A repair of the cuts is only permitted if the cuts are not longer
____
R than 25.4 mm (1.0 in.).
R A repair of the small punctures is only permitted if:
R - The punctures are less than 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) and the distance
R between each puncture is more than 25.4 mm (1.0 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 814
Feb 01/09

CES
R - There are not more than three punctures within a section of
R 200.0 mm (7.87 in.).
R In all other cases, prepare a splice repair of the door seal
R (refer to para 4.D.: Repair of Heavily Damaged Areas).
R (1) Drill stop holes of dia. 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) at the ends of the cuts.
R (2) Push the seal to open the cut. Lightly rub the cut with very fine
emery paper.
R (3) Carefully degrease the cut area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
R (4) Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
R 08-004) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to
R the surface of the cut.
R (5) Push the edges of the cut together as much as possible. Let it dry
for some minutes.
R (6) Cut a piece of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) to cover the
R cut and apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-004) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
R 08-026) on the surface in contact with the repair area.
NOTE : If the cuts have a large depth, it is recommended to cut a

____
piece of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) of a
sufficient dimension to put it on the perimeter of the seal.
R (7) Put the piece of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) over the cut
and put a layer of foil SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-023) on
the repair area. Put the seal in the wooden bonding block.
R (8) Compress the seal with the wooden block and a clamp. Let it dry for
24 hours.
R (9) Remove the wooden bonding block and the foil and remove the unwanted
adhesive with fine emery paper.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 815
Feb 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-11-18-340-054
D. Repair of Heavily Damaged Areas (Splice Repair)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Cut the seal at a minimum distance of 50.0 mm (1.97 in.) from the
next inflation hole to remove the damaged section of the seal.
NOTE : The minimum repair length of the replacement section is:

____
- For a straight section, 200.0 mm (7.87 in.)
- For a curved section, 200.0 mm (7.87 in.) measured from the
edge of the corner.
(2) For the straight and the curved section, cut a section of the
replacement seal to the same length as the removed section.
NOTE : The replacement seal must have the same quantity of inflation
____
holes as the removed section.
(3) Carefully remove the first layer of tissue reinforcement from the
ends of the seal and the replacement sections on a length of 25.4 mm
(1.0 in.) (repair area).
(4) Prepare the surfaces of the repair areas with emery cloth.
(5) Carefully degrease the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004) and a lint-free cloth.
08-004) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to
the ends of the seal and the replacement sections.
(7) Make sure that the inflation holes of the replacement section are in
the same position as on the remaining seal.
NOTE : If the inflation holes are not installed in the correct

____
position, the door seal cannot inflate correctly during the

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 816
Feb 01/09
R
CES
flight. This causes the cabin pressure to decrease and can
result in a disruption of the flight.
(8) Push and hold the ends of the replacement section and the seal
together and let them dry for some minutes.
(9) Cut a piece of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) to a size of

the repair areas.
(10) Apply a layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004)
or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to the
contact surface of the replacement tissue and the repair areas.
(11) Wind the replacement tissue around the repair areas.
(12) Apply a layer of foil SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-023) to the
repair area and put the seal in the wooden bonding block.
(13) Compress the seal for a period of 24 hours in the wooden bonding
block with a clamp.
(14) Remove the wooden bonding block and the foil from the repair area of
the seal.
(15) Prepare the repair area with very fine emery cloth to get a smooth
surface on the seal.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-18-420-051
(1) Install the door seal (Ref. TASK 52-11-18-400-001).
Subtask 52-11-18-942-052
B. Close Access
items.
52-10-00-860-002).
(3) Close the door 831 or 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 817
Feb 01/09
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 818
Feb 01/09
R
CES
TASK 52-11-18-300-002
Repair of the Rubbing Strip of the Cover Plate of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific paper adhesive tapes
No specific spatula
No specific stiff brush
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-018 USA MMM-A-121

SOLVENT-BASED SYNTHETIC RUBBER ADHESIVE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 13-002 USA MIL-C-5541 MIL-C-81706 CLASS I/A
CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING YELLOW ALUMINUM
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 819
Feb 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
R ASRM 51211100
R ASRM 51751200
52-11-18-991-007 Fig. 807
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-18-941-053
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 820
Feb 01/10

CES
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-18-340-053
A. Repair of the Rubbing Strip of the Cover Plate

(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 52-11-18-991-007)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Remove the defective rubbing strip.
(2) Use a nonmetallic scraper and a stiff brush to remove the damaged
sealant.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(3) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) or
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004). Use the minimum quantity of
cleaning agent that is necessary to clean the area. Dry the area
immediately with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(4) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(5) If necessary, do the protection treatment and the paint coating

repair on the cover plate with PRETREATMENT FOR PAINTING (Material
R No. 13-002) and STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) (Ref. ASRM
R 51211100) (Ref. ASRM 51751200).
(6) Use paper adhesive tapes to show the limits of the bonding areas on
the cover plate.
(7) Mix BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-018) with a
spatula.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 821
Feb 01/10

CES
FWD Passenger/Crew Door - Rubbing Strips
Figure 807/TASK 52-11-18-991-007

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 822
Feb 01/09

CES
(8) Use a brush to apply a thin and constant layer of BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-018) to the cover plate.
(9) Use brush to apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
018) to the neoprene side of the rubbing strip.
(10) Let the adhesive cure until it is not tacky (evaporation of

solvents).
(11) Put the rubbing strip on the cover plate and make sure that it is in
the correct position.
(12) Apply pressure to all the surface of the rubbing strip. Make sure
that there are no bubbles under the rubbing strip.
(13) Remove the paper adhesive tapes.
(14) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) along the bottom edge
of the rubbing strip.
(15) For a better bonding, it is recommended to apply a constant pressure

to all the surface of the rubbing strip during 24 hours.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-18-942-055
A. Close Access
items.
52-10-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-18

Page 823
Feb 01/09

CES
MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________
TASK 52-11-21-000-001
Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 401
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-22-00-000-001 Removal of STA-LOK Nuts and Lockwashers

Doors
Door
56-31-11-000-001 Removal of the Window of the Forward Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-21-991-012 Fig. 401
52-11-21-991-008 Fig. 402
52-11-21-991-011 Fig. 403
52-11-21-991-007 Fig. 404
52-11-21-991-009 Fig. 405
52-11-21-991-006 Fig. 406
52-11-21-991-013 Fig. 407
52-11-21-991-015 Fig. 408
52-11-21-991-016 Fig. 409
52-11-21-991-017 Fig. 410
52-11-21-991-019 Fig. 411
52-11-21-991-021 Fig. 412

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 402
Nov 01/06

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-21-010-061
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______

door 831 or 841.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-11-21-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 403
Feb 01/02
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-21-010-059
C. Removal of Components
(a) For the left passenger/crew door 831 831EZ, 831DZ, 831CZ, 831BZ,
831DZ.
(b) For the right passenger/crew door 841 841EZ, 841DZ, 841CZ, 841BZ,
841DZ.

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-21-010-059-A
(a) For the left passenger/crew door: 831 831EZ, 831DZ, 831CZ, 831BZ,
831DZ.
(b) For the right passenger/crew door: 841 841EZ, 841DZ, 841CZ,
841BZ, 841DZ.

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-21

Page 404
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-21-020-055
A. Release the Tension of the Compensations Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-21-991-012)
NOTE : It is necessary to release the tension of the torsion bar only for
____
the removal of
- the outer control handle
- the gearbox
- the upper and lower connection links
- the compensation mechanism
- the reducer shaft
(2) Loosen the screw (1) until the tension is released from the torsion
bar.
Subtask 52-11-21-020-051
B. Removal of the Outer Control Handle

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-21-991-008)
(1) Put the outer control handle in the open position until is locked.
(2) Removal of the plate assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-21-991-011)
(a) Remove the screws (182) and (184) and the washers (183).
(b) Remove the plate assy (181).
(c) Clean the contact surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004) and MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(5) Push the shaft (191), disengage the outer control handle (192) and
remove it.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 405
Feb 01/02
R
CES
Release of the Compensation Mechanism
Figure 401/TASK 52-11-21-991-012

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 406
Feb 01/02
R
CES
Outer Control Handle
Figure 402/TASK 52-11-21-991-008

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 407
May 01/98
R
CES
Plate Assembly
Figure 403/TASK 52-11-21-991-011

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 408
May 01/98
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-21-020-052
C. Removal of the Inner Control Handle

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-21-991-007)
(3) Remove the inner control handle (173).
Subtask 52-11-21-020-053
D. Removal of the Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-21-991-009)
(1) Removal of the plate assy

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-21-991-011)
(a) Remove the screws (182) (184) and the washers (183).
(2) Remove the inner and the outer control handles (222) and (238).
(4) Remove the nuts (204), the washers (203) the bolts (210) and the
washers (209).
(5) Disengage the rods (207) and (223).
(6) Remove the bushes (232) (233) (234) and (235).
(8) Remove the nut (219), the washer (218) and the bolt (216).
(9) Disengage the rod (217).
(10) Remove the spacer (236).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 409
Feb 01/02
R
CES
Inner Control Handle
Figure 404/TASK 52-11-21-991-007

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 410
Feb 01/02
R
CES
Gearbox
Figure 405/TASK 52-11-21-991-009

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 411
Feb 01/02
R
CES
(12) Remove the nut (230) and the bolts (221).
(13) Remove the stop (229).
(14) Remove the washers and the set of washers (202) and (228).
(15) Remove the spacers (227) and (226).
(16) Remove the nuts (211) and the bolts (213).
(17) Remove the bearing (212).
(18) Remove the gearbox assembly (214).
(19) Remove the sealant from the contact surface of the bearing (212).
Subtask 52-11-21-020-054
E. Remove the Lowering Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-21-991-006)
(1) Open the door.
(3) Remove the nut (72) and the washer (73) and the bolt (81) and
disconnect the rod (74) from the lever assy (75) and remove the
spacer (70).
(4) Remove the nut (77) and the bolt (76).
(5) Remove the lever assembly (75).
(6) Remove the nuts (78), the bolts (80) and the bearing (79).
(8) Remove the lever (86) from the lowering shaft (82).
(10) Remove the plate (84).
(11) Remove the lowering shaft (82) from the door structure.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 412
Feb 01/02
R
CES
Lowering Shaft
Figure 406/TASK 52-11-21-991-006

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 413
May 01/98
R
CES
(12) Remove the sealant from the contact surface of the plate (86) with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
Subtask 52-11-21-020-056
F. Removal of the Safety Pin and the Locking Hook

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-11-21-991-013)
(1) Open the door.
(3) Removal of the locking hook (2).
(a) Disconnect the rod (23).
1
_ Remove the cotter pin (20) and discard it.
2
_ Remove the nut (19) and the washer (18).
3
_ Remove the bolt (16), the washer (17) and bushes (21) and
(22).
4
_ Remove the rod (23).
(b) Disconnect the rod (48).
1
_ Release the rod (48) as follows:
2
_ Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (46).
3
_ Loosen the nuts (46) and release the lockwashers (47).
4
_ Remove the clamp (53).
5
_ Turn the barrel of the rod (48) to retract the rod.
6
7
8
_ Remove the bolt (13) and the washer (12) and the bushes (10)
and (11).
9
_ Disconnect the rod (49).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 414
Feb 01/02
R
CES
10
__ Remove the bolt (51), the nuts (49) the plate (51) and the
bellow (50).
(c) Remove the locking pin hook (2).
1
2
_ Remove the nut (5), the bolt (15), the washer (14) and the
shouldered bush (4).
3
_ Remove the locking hook (2) and the washers (2) and (3).
(4) Removal of the locking pin.
1
2
3
_ Remove the bolt (41) the washer (42) and the bushes (38) and
(39).
4
(b) Removal of the fitting (56) including the locking pin.
1
_ Remove the bolts (57) and (54) and the washers (55).
2
_ Disengage the fitting (56) from and the locking pin.
(c) Disassembly of the locking pin.
1
_ Remove the bolt (24), the adjustable washers (25), the caps
(26) (27) and (28) and the adjustable washer (29).
2
_ Remove the locking pin (30) from the fitting (56).
(d) Disconnect the rod (33).
1
2
3
(39).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 415
Feb 01/02
R
CES
Safety Pin and Locking Hook

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 416
Feb 01/02
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 417
Feb 01/02
R
CES
4
_ Remove the locking pin (30).
(e) Remove the sealant from the fitting (56), the door structure, the
thread of the bolt (24) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
Subtask 52-11-21-020-057
G. Removal of the Locking Shaft Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-21-991-015)
(1) Close the door.
(a) Remove the nuts (116), the bolts (114) and the set of washers
(115).
(b) Remove the set of washers (112) and the plate (113).
(3) Disconnect the rods (67).
(a) Remove the cotter pin (63) and discard it.
(b) Remove the nut (62), the washer (64).
(c) Remove the bolt (90) the washer (66) and the bushes (61) and
(65).
(4) Disconnect the rod (87).
(b) Remove the nut (84) the washer (86).
(c) Remove the bolt (89) and the bush (88).
(a) Release the rod (75)

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-11-21-991-016)
1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (139) and discard it.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 418
Feb 01/02
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-11-21

Page 419
Feb 01/02

CES
Locking Shaft Mechanism

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 420
Feb 01/02
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 421
Feb 01/02
R
CES
Locking Shaft Mechanism-Adjustment

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 422
May 01/98
R
CES
Locking Shaft Mechanism-Adjustment

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 423
May 01/98
R
CES
2
3
_ Loosen the clamp (147).
4
_ Turn the barrel of the rod (75) to retract the hook (138) so
that it does not touch the roller (137).
(c) Remove the nut (69) and the washer (70).
(d) Remove the bolt (74) the washer (73) and the bushes (71) and
(72).
(e) Disconnect the rod (75).
(b) Remove the nut (77) and the washer (78).
(79).
(c) Remove the bolt (94), and the bushes (93) and (98).
(8) Disassembly of the Locking Shaft
(c) Remove the taper pin (105).
(d) Remove the lever assy (104).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 424
Feb 01/02
R
CES
(e) Remove the cotter pin (106), and discard it.
(f) Remove the nut (107) the washer (108).
(g) Push the shaft (117).
(h) Remove the bush (128).
(i) Remove the lever assembly (127) and (129) and the bush (130).
(j) Remove the bush (126).
(k) Remove the bellcranck assembly (125).
(l) Remove the spacer (124).
(m) Remove the lever assembly (122) and the bellcranck assy (123).
(n) Remove the bush (121) and the washer (120) and remove the shaft
upper locking (117).
(o) Remove the bush (119) and the washer (118).
(9) Removal of the bearing assembly (110).
(a) Remove the nuts (109) and the bolts (111).
(b) Remove the bearing assembly (110).
(10) Remove the sealant from the contact surface of the bearing assembly
(110).
(11) Clean with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and MISCELLANEOUS
Subtask 52-11-21-020-058
H. Removal of the Reducer Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-11-21-991-017)
(1) Make sure that the compensation mechanism is released.
(2) Close and lock the door.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 425
Feb 01/02
R
CES
Reducer Shaft Mechanism
Figure 410/TASK 52-11-21-991-017

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 426
Feb 01/02
R
CES
(312).
(319).
(6) Remove the washer (303) and the nut (302).
(9) Remove the bearing assy (328).
(10) Push the shaft (330) and remove the spacer (334) the bellcranck (331)
(332) and (333) the washer (329) and remove the shaft (330).
(11) Remove the nuts (306), the bolt (304) and the bearing assy (305) and
the fitting (335).
(12) Remove the sealant, from the bearing assy (305) and (328) and the
door structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 427
Feb 01/02
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-21-020-059
J. Removal of the Compensation Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-11-21-991-019)
(2) Open the door.
(3) Disconnect the link (510).
(a) Remove cotter pin (506) and discard it.
(b) Remove the nut (505) the washer (504) the bolt (512) and the
washer (511).
(c) Remove the yoke (540).
(d) Disconnect the link (510).
(552).
(5) Remove the retaining rings (515) and (533) and the washers (516) and
(534).
(6) Remove the clamp (532) and the half bushings (531).
(7) Disengage the torsion bar (514). To do this push it through one side
of the door.
(8) Remove the stalock nut (530) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001).
(9) Remove the washer (529) and the bellcranck (527) and the spacer
(526).
(10) Remove the nut (546) the bolt (547) and remove the bearing assy
(517).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 428
Feb 01/02
R
CES
Torsion Bar - Compensation Mechanism
Figure 411/TASK 52-11-21-991-019

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 429
Feb 01/02
R
CES
(11) Push the torsion tube (518) and remove it.
(12) Remove the spacer (520) and the washer (519).
(13) Remove the nut (522), the bolt (524) and the bearing assy (523).
(14) Remove the stalock (545) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001).
(15) Remove the washer (544).
(16) Remove the nuts (501) the bolt (502) and the bearing assy (535).
(17) Pull the sleeve (537) towards the outer side of the door.
(18) Remove the nuts (513) the bolt (503) and the bearing assy (542) and
the spacer (543).
(19) Push the sleeve (537) towards the inner side of the door.
(20) Remove the sleeve (537) equipped with the cranck (539) and the spacer
(533) and (541).
(21) Remove the cranck (539) the spacer (538) and (541).
(22) Remove the sealant from the bearing assy (517) (535) and (542) and
the door structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and
Subtask 52-11-21-020-060
K. Removal of the Upper and Lower Connection Links

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-11-21-991-021)
(1) Remove the plate assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-21-991-011)
004) and lint free cloth.
(2) Remove the window to remove the upper connection link (Ref. TASK 56-
31-11-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 430
Feb 01/02
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-11-21

Page 431
Feb 01/02

CES
Upper and Lower Connection Links

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 432
Feb 01/02
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 433
Feb 01/02
R
CES
(5) Disconnect the upper and lower connection links (423) and (461) from
the support arm (410).
(a) Remove the nuts (408) and (454) and disconnect the bonding leads
(407) and (468).
(b) Remove the bolts (424) and (469) and disconnect the bonding leads
(424) and (464).
(c) Remove the cotter pins (406) and (457) and discard them.
(d) Remove the nuts (405) and (456), the washers (418) and (455) the
bolts (403) and (451) the washers (404) and (452) and the set of
washers (409) and (459).
(e) Disconnect the support arm (410) from the upper and lower
connection links (461) and (423).
(6) Disconnect the upper connection link (461).
(b) Remove the nut (467), the washer (466) the bushing (465).
(c) Remove the bolt (459) and remove the upper connection link (461).
(d) Remove the washer (462) from the bolt (459).
(e) Remove the bush (463) and the washer (464) and the bush (460)
from the door structure.
(c) Remove the bolt (431) and the washer (432) and the bushes (433)
and (434).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 434
Feb 01/02
R
CES
(c) Remove the bolt (411), the washer (412) and the bushes (413) and
(414).
(9) Disconnect the lower connection link (423).
(b) Remove the nut (402), the washer (430) and the bushing (429).
(c) Remove the bolt (419) and the lower connection link (423).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 435
Feb 01/02
R
CES
TASK 52-11-21-400-001
Installation of the Door Locking Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific two shims 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.)

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98D52103006000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-017 USA A-A-59173
SILICONE GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 06-005 USA AS 87132 TYPE III
LUBRICANT FOR FASTENERS (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 436
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 09-018 USA AMS 3267/3

NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-007 AIB TN 10138 TYPE II GRADE 1
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 cotter pin 52-11-11 09 -060

7 cotter pin 52-11-11 07 -180
20 cotter pin 52-11-11 18 -010
37 cotter pin 52-11-11 09 -200
45 cotter pin 52-11-11 09 -200
68 cotter pin 52-11-11 07 -180
71 cotter pin 52-11-11 06 -010
76 cotter pin 52-11-11 09 -200
85 cotter pin 52-11-11 07 -010
97 cotter pin 52-11-11 02E-160
101 cotter pin 52-11-11 08 -010
106 cotter pin 52-11-11 08 -050
134 lockwasher 52-11-11 08 -370
171 cotter pin 52-11-11 02E-010
195 cotter pin 52-11-11 02E-480

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 437
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
205 cotter pin 52-11-11 02E-160

220 cotter pin 52-11-11 06 -010
294 cotter pin 52-11-11 05 -010
301 cotter pin 52-11-11 14 -230
308 cotter pin 52-11-11 02E-160
321 cotter pin 52-11-11 13 -010
325 cotter pin 52-11-11 14 -150
343 lockwasher 52-11-11 14 -340
401 cotter pin 52-11-01 04C-150
401 cotter pin 52-11-01 04G-150
401 cotter pin 52-11-01 04H-150
401 cotter pin 52-11-11 12 -060
416 cotter pin 52-11-11 13 -010
420 cotter pin 52-11-11 14 -010
450 cotter pin 52-11-01 04C-150
450 cotter pin 52-11-01 04G-150
450 cotter pin 52-11-01 04H-150
450 cotter pin 52-11-11 12 -060
506 cotter pin 52-11-11 13 -170
549 cotter pin 52-11-11 13 -010
602 cotter pin 53-16-01 23A-020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-22-00-400-001 Installation of STA-LOK Nuts and Lockwashers

Bolts and Screws in the Tanks
Door

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 438
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
52-11-21-220-001 Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Locking
Mechanism
52-71-00-820-002 Adjustment of the Proximity Switches (4WN1, 4WN2,
7WN1, 7WN2, 13WV1, 13WV2, 17WV1, 17WV2) of the
Passenger/Crew Doors with the CHECKING TOOL-DOORS
56-31-11-400-002 Installation of the Window of the Forward
Passenger/Crew Door
52-11-21-991-012 Fig. 401
52-11-21-991-008 Fig. 402
52-11-21-991-011 Fig. 403
52-11-21-991-007 Fig. 404
52-11-21-991-009 Fig. 405
52-11-21-991-006 Fig. 406
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-21-991-013 Fig. 407
**ON A/C ALL
52-11-21-991-015 Fig. 408

52-11-21-991-016 Fig. 409
52-11-21-991-017 Fig. 410
52-11-21-991-019 Fig. 411
52-11-21-991-021 Fig. 412
52-11-21-991-010 Fig. 413
52-11-21-991-023 Fig. 414
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-21-991-014 Fig. 415

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 439
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
52-11-21-991-032 Fig. 416
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-21-991-032-A Fig. 416A
**ON A/C ALL
52-11-21-991-018 Fig. 417

52-11-21-991-020 Fig. 418
52-11-21-991-022 Fig. 419
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-21-860-050
(2) Make sure that the door lining and the insulation are removed.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-11-21-865-058
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 440
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-11-21-110-050
C. Cleaning

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(2) If necessary, clean the components with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-004) and MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(Ref. TASK 52-11-21-220-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-21-420-050
A. Installation of the Inner Control Handle

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-21-991-007)
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the axle (174) of the
gearbox.
(2) Put the inner control handle (173) in position on the axle (174).
Make sure that the grooves are aligned.
lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 441
Aug 01/08
R
CES
NOTE : If you must install a new axle (174), drill a hole of dia. 3
____
mm (0.1181 in.) for the cotter pin installation.
(6) Adjustment of the inner control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-11-21-991-010)
(a) Put the inner control handle in the door-down position.
(b) Remove the lockwire from the nut (254) and adjust the length of
the eye bolt (251) until:
1
_ The bellcrank (252) touches the stop (253).
2
_ The position X1 is 41 +1 -1 mm (1.6141 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.)
when the inner control handle is in the fully down position.
(c) TORQUE the nut (254) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and
61.94 lbf.in).
(d) Safety the nut (254) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(e) Make sure that the clearance J1 is 1 -0 +0.5 mm (0.0393 -0.0000

+0.0196 in.).
(f) If the clearance J1 is not in the tolerances, do the adjustment

below:
1
_ Adjust the thickness of the washers (257) and (259) so that it
is not necessary to adjust the length of the spring (258).
(7) Adjustment of the friction point of the inner control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-11-21-991-010)
(a) Put the stop assembly (260) in position and make sure that, in
relation to the ramp (262):
- the clearance J3 is 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) minimum.
- the ball goes into the ramp by 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) to 0.5 mm
(0.0196 in.).
- the clearance J7 is 4 -0.2 +0.2 mm (0.1574 -0.0078 +0.0078
in.).
(b) Adjust the screw (261) so that the force necessary to lock the
inner control handle is 10 daN (22.4808 lbf) (friction point plus
normal operation force).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 442
Aug 01/08
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-11-21

Page 443
Aug 01/08

CES
Inner and Outer Control Handles - Gearbox Adjustment

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 444
Aug 01/08
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 445
Aug 01/08
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 446
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-21-420-051
B. Installation of the Outer Control Handle

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-21-991-008)
(1) Make sure that the axle (191) is pushed.
(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) in the housing of the axle
(191) of the outer control handle (192).
(3) Put the outer control handle (192) in position. Make sure that the
grooves are aligned.
(4) Push the axle (191) in its housing.
lbf.in).
NOTE : If you must install a new axle (191), drill a hole of 3 mm

____
(0.1181 in.).
(8) Adjustment of the outer control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-11-21-991-010)
(a) Close the door from the outside.
(b) Apply a manual pressure on the handle flap (267) until it touches
the stop (268). Release the handle flap and make sure that the
handle flap (267) goes back to its initial position.

____
(c) Make sure that the out-of-flushness J4 is 0 -0.5 +0.5 mm (0.0000-

0.0196 +0.0196 in.).
(d) If the clearance is not in the tolerances, change the

out-of-flushness with the eccentric roller (263).
(e) Make sure that the clearance J2 is 0.1 -0 +0.2 mm (0.0039 -0.0000
+0.0078 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 447
Aug 01/08
R
CES
below:
1
_ Remove the nuts (266) and the screw (264).
2
_ Adjust the shim (265) to get the clearance.
3
_ Install the nuts (264) and the screws (266) and tighten the
screws.
(g) Make sure that the handle flap (267) comes back to its initial
(h) Repeat step (b).
(i) If necessary, adjust the position of the stop (268) with new
adjustable washers (269).
(j) Make sure that the peripheral clearance J5 between the outer
control handle and the door is 1.5 +1.0 -0.5 mm (0.0590 +0.0393 -
0.0196 in.).
(k) If the clearance J5 is not in the tolerances, adjust the control

handle position. To do this, use a new adjustable spacer (270).
(9) Installation of the plate assy

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-21-991-011)
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the contact surface of

the plate assy (181).
(b) Put the plate assy (181) in position.
(c) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the housings of the

screws (182) and (184).
(d) Install the washers (183) and the screws (182) and (184) and
tighten them.
(e) Remove the unwanted sealant with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 448
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-21-420-052
C. Installation of the Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-21-991-009)
(1) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the door structure in contact
with the bearing (212) and the gearbox assembly (214).
(2) Install the bearing (212) on the gearbox assembly (214).
(3) Install the bolt (213) and the nut (211).
(4) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the surface of the spacer
(226) in contact with the door structure.
(5) Put the spacer (226) in position.
(6) Install the spacer (227), the washer and the set of washers (202) and
(228).
(7) Adjustment of the gearbox.

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-11-21-991-010)
(a) Adjust the set of washers (271) to get the clearance J6 of 0.1 -0
+0.1 mm (0.0039 -0.0000 +0.0039 in.).
(8) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the surface of the stop (229)
in contact with the spacer (226).
(9) Put the stop (229) in position.
(10) Install the bolts (221) and the nuts (230).
(12) Install the spacer (231).
(13) Install the inner and outer control handles (222) and (238).
(14) Put the inner and outer control handles in the door-closed position.
(15) Connect the rod (223).

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-21-991-009, 414/TASK 52-11-21-991-023)
(a) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000) on the bellcrank (275)

of the locking shaft mechanism (door down position).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 449
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Gearbox - Rod Connection

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 450
Feb 01/02
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 451
Feb 01/02
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 452
Feb 01/02
R
CES
(b) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (276).
(c) Loosen the nuts (276) and release the lockwashers (277).
(d) Turn the barrel of the rod (223) to get the connection.
(e) Tighten the nuts (276).
(f) Make sure that the lockwashers (277) are correctly positioned.
(g) Safety the nuts (276) and the lockwashers (277) with
(h) Install the bushes (234) and (235) with SPECIAL MATERIALS
(i) Install the washer (209), the bolt (210), the washer (203) and
the nut (204).
(j) TORQUE the nut (204) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).
(k) Install a new cotter pin (205).
NOTE : If you install a new bolt (210), drill a hole of 1.9 mm

____
(l) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000) from the bellcrank (275).

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-21-991-009, 414/TASK 52-11-21-991-023)
(a) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000) in the bellcrank (280)

of the reducer shaft mechanism (door down position).
(c) Loosen the nut (279) and release the lockwashers (278).
(d) Turn the barrel of the rod (207) until you get the connection.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 453
Aug 01/08
R
CES
the nut (204).
30.97 lbf.in).

____
(17) Connect the rod (217)

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-11-21-991-023)
(b) Install the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) on the lowering shaft

(293).
(c) Put the hook (292) in contact with the inner control handler
(238).
(d) Make sure that the clearance J18 between the hook (292) and the
inner control handle (238) is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 1 mm (0.0393
in.).
(e) If the clearance J18 is not in the tolerance, adjust the hook
(292) as follows.
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (294).
2
_ Loosen the nut (295).
3
_ Adjust the hook (292) to get the correct clearance.
4
_ Tighten the nut (295).
5
_ Install a new cotter pin (294).
NOTE : If you install a new bolt (293), drill a hole of 2 mm

____

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 454
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(f) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (291).
(g) Loosen the nuts (291) and release the lockwashers (292).
(h) Turn the barrel of the rod (217) to get the connection.
(i) Tighten the nuts (291).
(j) Make sure that the lockwashers (292) are correctly positioned.
(k) Safety the nuts (291) and the lockwashers (290) with
(l) Install the spacer (236).
(m) Install the washer (218), the bolt (216) and the nut (219).
(n) TORQUE the nut (219) to between 0.16 and 0.17 m.daN (14.15 and
15.04 lbf.in).
(o) Install a new cotter pin (220).

____
(p) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) from the lowering shaft
(293).
(18) Remove the unwanted sealant with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
Subtask 52-11-21-420-053
D. Installation of the Lowering Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-21-991-006)
(1) Put the lowering shaft (82) in position.
(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the surface of the door in
contact with the plate (84).
(3) Install the plate (84), the bolts (83) and the nuts (88).
(4) TORQUE the nuts (88) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and 39.82
lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 455
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(5) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the surface in contact
with the lever.
(6) Install the lever (86). Make sure that the grooves are aligned.
Install the bolt (87), the nut (85). Tighten the nut.
contact with the bearing (79).
(8) Put the bearing (79) in position.
(9) Install the bolt (80) and the nuts (78).
lbf.in).
(11) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the surface of the
lowering shaft (82) in contact with the lever assy (75).
(12) Install the lever assy (75). Make sure that the grooves are aligned.
lbf.in).
(15) Put the rod (74) in position.
(16) Install the spacer (70), the bolt (81), the washer (73) and the nut
(72).
lbf.in).
NOTE : If you must install a new bolt (81), drill a hole of dia. 1.8
____

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 456
Aug 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
Subtask 52-11-21-420-055
E. Installation of the Safety Pin and Locking Hook

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-11-21-991-013)
(1) Make sure that the door is in the open position.
(a) Install the bushes (34) and (39) with SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material
No. 05-002), the rod (33), the washer (32) and the bolt (31).
(b) Install the washer (35) and the nut (36).
30.97 lbf.in).
(d) Install a new cotter pin (37).

____
(0.0748 in.) for the cotter pin installation
(3) Installation of the safety pin on the fitting (56).
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the sliding part of
the safety pin (30).
(b) Install the safety pin (30) in its fitting (56).
(c) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) on the surface of the

fitting (56) in contact with the door structure.
(d) Put the fitting (56) in position on the door structure and remove
the unwanted sealant with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(e) Install the washers (35) and the bolts (54) and (55). Apply
SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) on the thread of the
bolts (54) and (55) before installation.
(f) Tighten the bolts (54) and (55).

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-21

Page 457
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(4) Assembly of the safety pin.
(a) Install the washer (29), the caps (28) (27) and (26), the washer
(25) and the bolt (24).
(b) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-007A) on

the thread of the bolt (24) before installation.
(c) Do not tighten the bolt (24). You must adjust the locking pin
(30).
(5) Connection of the rod (33).
30.97 lbf.in).

____
(6) Adjustment of the safety pin.

(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 52-11-21-991-014)
(a) With the door in the up position:

- make sure that the safety pin covers the shoulder of the bush
on the fitting (56), and that the clearance J10 is 0 -0.3 +0.3 mm
(0.0000 -0.0118 +0.0118 in.).
(b) With the door in the down position (door closed and locked):
- make sure that the clearance J11 between the frame structure
and the safety pin is 4 -1 +1 mm (0.1574 -0.0393 +0.0393 in.).
(c) If the clearances J10 and J11 are not in the tolerances, open the
door and adjust as follows:
1
_ Remove the bolt (24), the adjustable washers (25) and (29) and
the caps (26) (27) and (28).
2
_ Put new adjustable washers (25) and (29) and install them,
with the caps (26) (27) and (28) and the bolt (24).

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-21

Page 458
Aug 01/08

CES
Safety Pin Adjustment
Figure 415/TASK 52-11-21-991-014

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 459
Aug 01/08

CES
3
_ TORQUE the bolt (24) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and
61.94 lbf.in).
(7) Installation of the locking hook (2).
(a) Install the locking hook.
1
_ Put the door in the up position.
2
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the part that
moves of the shouldered bush (4).
3
_ Install the shouldered bush (4), the bolt (15), the washer
(14) and the nut (5).
4
_ TORQUE the nut (5) to between 1.2 and 1.35 m.daN (106.19 and
119.46 lbf.in).
5

____
(b) Connect the rod (48).
1
_ Install the bellow (50), the plate (51), the bolts (52) and
the clamp (53). Do not tighten the clamp (53).
2
_ TORQUE the nuts (49) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and
39.82 lbf.in).
3
_ Install the bushes (10) and (11) with SPECIAL MATERIALS
(Material No. 05-002), the washer (12) and the bolt (13).
4
_ Install the washer (9) and the nut (8).
5
70.79 lbf.in).
6

____

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-21

Page 460
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(c) Connect the rod (23).
1
2
3
15.04 lbf.in).
4

____
(8) Adjustment of the locking hook (2).

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 52-11-21-991-032)
(a) Open the door.
(b) Put two shims in the upper fittings on the frame.
(c) Close the door and adjust the locking hook (2) as follows:
1
_ Turn the barrel of the rod (48) until the locking hook (2)
2
_ Tighten the nuts (46) and the clamp (53).
3
_ Make sure that the lockwashers (47) are correctly positioned.
4
_ Safety the nuts (46) and the lockwashers (47) with
(d) Open the door and remove the shims from the upper fittings (on
the frame).

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-21

Page 461
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Locking Hook Adjustment
Figure 416/TASK 52-11-21-991-032

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-21

Page 462
Aug 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-21-420-055-A

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-11-21-991-013)
30.97 lbf.in).

____
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the part that moves
of the safety pin (30).


R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-21

Page 463
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

(30).
30.97 lbf.in).

____

(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 52-11-21-991-014)
(a) With the door in the up position:

- make sure that the safety pin covers the shoulder of the bush
on the fitting (56), and that the clearance J10 is 0 -0.3 +0.3 mm
(0.0000 -0.0118 +0.0118 in.).
(b) With the door in the down position (door closed and locked):
- make sure that the clearance J11 between the frame structure
and the safety pin is 4 -1 +1 mm (0.1574 -0.0393 +0.0393 in.).
1
the caps (26) (27) and (28).
2

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-21

Page 464
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
3
61.94 lbf.in).
1
2
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the part that
moves of the shouldered bush (4).
3
4
119.46 lbf.in).
5

____
1
2
39.82 lbf.in).
3
4
5
70.79 lbf.in).
6

____

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-21

Page 465
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
1
2
3
15.04 lbf.in).
4

____

(Ref. Fig. 416A/TASK 52-11-21-991-032-A)
(a) Open the door.
(b) Put two shims in the upper fittings on the frame.
(c) Close the door.
(d) Make sure that the clearance M1 between the locking hook (52) and
If the clearance is not in the tolerances, do as follows:
1
_ Turn the rod (48) one turn to make it shorter.
2
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (602) and remove the nut
(601).
3
_ Pull out the bush (603) by 4 mm (0.1574 in.) to disengage it
from the stop flat (605).
4
_ Turn the bush (603) by the required correction value:
-0.9, -0.6, +0.6, +1.5 or +1.2.
Make sure that the bush (603) stays engaged with its slots in
the eccentric yoke (604).
NOTE : The slotted drive between the bush (603) and the
____
eccentric yoke (604) has a foolproofing device (one
position only).
5
_ Push back the bush (603) until the correction value aligns
with the mark of the stop flat (605).

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-21

Page 466
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
6
_ Install and tighten the nut (601).
7
8
_ Install the new cotter pin (602).
9
10
__ Make sure that the lockwashers (47) are correctly positioned.
11
__ Safety the nuts (46) and the lockwashers (47) with
(e) Open the door and remove the shims from the upper fittings (on
the frame).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-21-420-056
F. Installation of the Locking Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-21-991-015)
(2) Installation of the bearing assembly (110).
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the surface of the

bearing assembly (110), in contact with the door structure.
(b) Install the bearing assembly (110), the bolts (111) and the nuts
(c) Remove the unwanted sealant with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
(3) Install the bush (119) and the washer (118) on the upper locking
shaft (117).
(4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the surface of the shaft
NOTE : When you install the lever assemblies (122), (127) and (129)
____
and the bellcrank assemblies (125) and (123) on the upper
locking shaft (117), make sure that the grooves are aligned.

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 467
Aug 01/08

CES

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-21

Page 468
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-21

Page 469
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(5) Put the upper locking shaft (117) in position.
(6) Install the washer (120) and the bush (121).
(7) Install the bellcrank assy (123) and the lever assembly (122).
(9) Install the bellcrank assembly (125).
(10) Install the lever assemblies (127) and (129) and the bushes (130) and
(128).
NOTE : If you install a new upper locking shaft (117), drill a hole
____
of 3.7 mm (0.1456 in.) for the cotter pin installation.
lbf.ft).
(14) Install the lever assy (104), the taper pin (105), the washer (103)
and the nut (102) and tighten.
(15) Make sure that the grooves on the lever assy (104) are aligned with
the grooves on the upper locking shaft (117).
(a) Put the rod (67) in position in its fitting.
(b) Install the bushes (61) and (65) with SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material
No. 05-002), the washer (66) and the bolt (90).
(c) Install the washer (64) and the nut (62).
(d) TORQUE the nut (62) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).

____

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 470
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(b) Install the bush (88), the bolt (89), the washer (86) and the nut
(84).
(c) TORQUE the nut (84) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and 61.94
lbf.in).

____
(b) Install the bushes (79) and (81), the washer (82) and the bolt
(83).
30.97 lbf.in).
(e) Install a new cotter pin (76).

____
(20) Install PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000) on the bellcrank assembly (125).
(21) Connect the rod (92) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-21-991-015, 409/TASK 52-11-21-991-016)
(c) Turn the barrel of the rod (92) to get the connection.
(d) Install the bushes (93), (98) and the bolt (94).
(e) Install the washer (95) and the nut (96) and tighten it.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 471
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(f) Install a new cotter pin (97).

____
(g) Tighten the nuts (142).
(i) Safety the nuts (142) and the lockwashers (143) with
(22) Adjustment of the upper stops.
(a) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000) is in position in

the bellcrank assembly (125).
(b) Make sure that the kinematic stop (132) of the bellcrank assy
(125) touches the door structure.
(c) If not, adjust as follows:
1
2
_ Remove and discard the lockwasher (134). Remove the washer
(135).
3
_ Adjust the setscrew (136) until the kinematic stop (132) of
the bellcrank assy (125) touches the door structure.
4
_ Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-005) on the threads of the
setscrew (136).
5
_ Install the washer (135), the new lockwasher (134) and the nut
(133).
6
35.39 lbf.in).
7
_ Safety the nut (133) with the lockwasher (134).
(d) Put the lever assembly (122) in position until it touches the
bellcranck assy (123). Make sure that the clearance J6 is 0.5 +0
+0.1 mm (0.0196 +0.0000 +0.0039 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 472
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(e) If the clearance J6 is not in the tolerances, adjust as follows:
1
2
(135).
3
_ Adjust the setscrew (136) to get the clearance.
4
setscrew (136).
5
(133).
6
35.39 lbf.in).
7
(23) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000).
(d) TORQUE the nut (69) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and 61.94
lbf.in).

____
(25) Check and adjustment of the locking hook (138) (Ref. TASK 52-11-21-
820-001).
(a) Open the door and put two shims in the upper guide fittings.
(b) Close the door.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 473
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(c) Adjust the locking hook (138) as follows:
1
2
3
4
(d) Open the door and remove the shims from the upper fittings.
(26) Installation of the plate (113).

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-21-991-015)
(a) Install the set of washers (112) and put the plate (113) in
position.
(b) Make sure that the clearance J8 is 0.3 +0 +0.5 mm (0.0118 +0.0000
+0.0196 in.).
(c) If the clearance J8 is not in the tolerances, adjust the set of

washers (112).
(d) Install the set of washers (112), the plate (113), the bolts
(114), the washers (115) and the nuts (116) and tighten them.
(27) Adjustment of the visual indicator.

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-21-991-015)
(a) Make sure that the emergency control handle is in the DISARMED
position.
(b) Put the inner control handle in the door down-locked position.
(c) Make sure that the boundary line between the red and green zones
of the lever (129) is aligned with the upper edge of the
indicator plate (113).
(d) If it is not aligned, adjust as follows:
1
_ Loosen the stop (146) to get the alignment.
2
_ TORQUE the stop (146) to between 0.3 and 0.4 m.daN (26.54 and
35.39 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 474
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(e) Put the emergency control handle in the ARMED position and make
sure that the clearance J7 between the hook (138) and the
emergency control handle is 2 +0 +0.5 mm (0.0787 +0.0000 +0.0196
in.).
(f) If the clearance is not in the tolerances, adjust the rod (67) as
follows:
1
2
3
_ Turn the barrel of the rod (67) until you get the clearance
J7. The lever (129) touches the lever (127).
4
_ Tighten the nuts (144).
5
_ Make sure that the lockwashers are correctly positioned.
6
(28) Do an adjustment of the proximity switches 13WV1 or 13WV2 (Ref. TASK

52-71-00-820-002).
Subtask 52-11-21-420-057
G. Installation of the Reducer Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-11-21-991-017)
(1) Make sure that the door is closed and locked.
(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) on the contact surface of the
bearing assy (305) with the door structure.
(3) Install the bearing assy (305), the fitting (335), the bolts (304)
and the nuts (306) and tighten them.
(4) Put the shaft (330) in position and install the washer (329), the
bellcranks (331) (332) and (333) and the spacer (334).
(5) Make sure that the grooves on the bellcranks (331), (332) and (333)
are aligned.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 475
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(7) Install the bearing assy (327), the bolts (323) and the nuts (324).
(9) Install the washers (303), the nuts (302), the washers (327) and the
nuts (326).
(10) TORQUE the nuts (302) and (326) to between 0.2 and 0.4 m.daN (17.69
and 35.39 lbf.in).
(11) Install a new cotter pin (301) and a new cotter pin (325).
NOTE : If you install a new shaft (330), drill a hole of 2.8 mm

____
(0.1102 in.) for the cotter pin (301) installation and drill a
hole of 3.7 mm (0.1456 in.) for the cotter pin (325)
installation.
(12) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000) in the fitting (306) and in

the bellcrank (333).

(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 52-11-21-991-018)
(c) Turn the barrel of the rod (310) to adjust its length.
(d) Tighten the nuts (341).
(e) Make sure that the lockwashers (340) are correctly installed.
(f) Safety the nuts (341) and the lockwashers (340) with
(14) Install the bushes (311) and (312) with SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material
lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 476
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Reducer Shaft Mechanism-Adjustment
Figure 417/TASK 52-11-21-991-018

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 477
Aug 01/08
R
CES

____
(a) Install the bushes (318) and (319) with SPECIAL MATERIALS
(b) Install the bushes (320) and the nut (322).
61.94 lbf.in).

____
(19) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000) from the fitting (306) and
(20) Open the door (door up position).
(21) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000) in the fitting (306) and the
bellcrank (333).
(22) Make sure that the stop (348) installed on the bellcrank (333)
touches the door structure.
(23) If not, adjust as follows:
(a) Remove the nut (347).
(b) Remove and discard the lockwasher (343). Remove the washer (342).
(c) Adjust the setscrew (346) until the stop (348) installed on the
bellcrank (333) touches the door structure.
(d) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-005) on the threads of the

setscrew (346).
(e) Install the washer (342) and a new lockwasher (343).
(f) Install the nut (348) and tighten it.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 478
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(g) Safety the nut (347) with the lockwasher (340).
(24) Do a check of the rigging of the bellcrank (348) on the compensation

mechanism with the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120). The door is in the
up position.
Subtask 52-11-21-420-058
H. Installation of the Compensation Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-11-21-991-019, 418/TASK 52-11-21-991-020)
(2) Install the spacer (538), the crank (539) and the spacer (541) on the
sleeve (537).
NOTE : When you install the crank (539) on the sleeve (537), make
____
sure that the grooves are aligned.
(3) Put the sleeve (537) in position and push it to the outer side of the
door.
(4) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the surface of the bearing
assy (542) in contact with the door structure.
(5) Install the bearing assy (542), the bolts (503) and the nuts (513)
and tighten them.
(6) Install the sleeve (537) on the bearing assy (542) and put the spacer
(543) between the sleeve (537) and the bearing assy (542).
and tighten them.
(9) Install the washer (544).
(10) Install the STA-LOK nut (545) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001).
(11) TORQUE the STA-LOK nut (545) to between 0.3 and 0.4 m.daN (26.54 and
35.39 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 479
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Compensation Mechanism Adjustment

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 480
Feb 01/02
R
CES
Compensation Mechanism Adjustment

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 481
Feb 01/02
R
CES
and tighten them.
(14) Install the washer (519) and the spacer (520) on the torsion tube
(518).
(15) Install the torsion tube (518) in the bearing (523).
and tighten them.
(18) Install the spacer (526), the bellcrank (527) and the washer (529) on
the torsion tube (518).
NOTE : When you install the bellcrank (527) on the torsion tube
____
(518), make sure that the grooves are aligned.
(19) Install the STA-LOK nut (530) on the torsion tube (518) (Ref. TASK
20-22-00-400-001).
35.39 lbf.in).
(21) Install the torsion bar (514) so that there is an angle of 90 deg.
between the bellcranks (527) and (539).
(22) Install the washers (516) and (534) and the retaining rings (515) and
(533).
(23) Install the half bushings (531) and the clamps (532).
(24) Make sure that the clearance J14 between the half bushings (531) and
the STA-LOK nut (530) is 1 +0 +3 mm (0.0393 +0.0000 +0.1181 in.).
(a) Install RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) in the bellcrank (527) (door

in the up position).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 482
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(d) Turn the barrel of the rod (528) until you can connect it.
(e) Install the bushes (551) and (552) with SPECIAL MATERIALS
(f) Install the washer (550) and the nut (548).
30.97 lbf.in).
(h) Install a new cotter pin (549).

____
(i) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
(26) Connect the link (510).
(a) Install the yoke (540).
(b) Install the washer (511), the bolt (512), the washer (504) and
the nut (505) and tighten it.
(c) Install a new cotter pin (506).

____
(27) Preload of the compensation mechanism.
(a) Turn the screw (565) until you get the dimension L3 of 30 +10 -0
mm (1.1811 +0.3937 -0.0000 in.).
(28) Remove the unwanted sealant from the bearing assemblies (542), (535),
(523) and (517) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 483
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-21-420-059
J. Installation of the Upper and Lower Connection Links

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-11-21-991-021, 419/TASK 52-11-21-991-022)
(2) Connect the upper connection link (461).
(a) Install the washer (464) on the bush (463) with COMMON GREASE
(b) Install the bushes (463) and (460) with COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-004) in the door structure.
(c) Install the adjustable washer (462) on the bolt (459).
(d) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the surface of the
bolt (459) in contact with the bushes (460) and (463).
(e) Put the upper connection link (461) in position and install the
bolt (459).
(f) Install the bushing (465) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004), the washer (466) and the nut (467).
119.46 lbf.in).
(h) Make sure that the clearance J17 is 0 +0 +0.1 mm (0.0000 +0.0000
+0.0039 in.).
(i) If the clearance J17 is not in the tolerances, adjust the

thickness of the adjustable washer (462).
(j) Install a new cotter pin (450).

____
(3) Connect the lower connection link (423).
No. 04-004) on the door structure.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 484
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Upper and Lower Lifting Levers-Adjustment
Figure 419/TASK 52-11-21-991-022

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 485
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(e) Put the lower connection link (423) in position and install the
bolt (419).
(f) Make sure that the clearance J17 is 0 +0 +0.1 mm (0.0000 +0.0000
+0.0039 in.).
(g) If the clearance J17 is not in the tolerances, adjust the

(h) Install the bushing (429) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
(i) TORQUE the nut (402) to between 1.2 and 1.35 m.daN (106.19 and
119.46 lbf.in).

____
(b) Install the washer (432) and the bolt (431).
61.94 lbf.in).

____

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 486
Aug 01/08
R
CES
30.97 lbf.in).

____
(6) Connect the upper and lower connection links (423) and (461) on the
support arm (410).
(a) Install the washers (404) and (452), the bolts (403) and (451),
the set of washers (409) and (458), the washers (418) and (455)
and the nuts (405) and (456).
(b) TORQUE the nuts (405) and (456) to between 1.2 and 1.35 m.daN
(106.19 and 119.46 lbf.in).
(c) Install a new cotter pin (401) and a new cotter pin (450).
(d) Put the bonding leads (425) and (468) in position and install the
bolt (429) and (469).
(e) Install the bonding leads (407) and (453) and the nuts (408) and
NOTE : When you install the bonding leads (407) and (453), do an
____
electrical bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-002).
(7) Open the door.
(8) With the door in the up position, rig the bellcrank (472) with
RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
(9) If the rigging is not correct, adjust the length of the rod (417) as
follows:
(c) Turn the barrel of the rod (417) until you get the correct
rigging.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 487
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(d) Tighten the nuts (470) and make sure that the lockwashers (471)
are correctly positioned.
(e) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
(10) Install the window (Ref. TASK 56-31-11-400-002).
(11) Install the plate assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-21-991-011)
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the surface of the plate
assembly (181) in contact with the door structure.
(b) Put the plate assembly (181) in position.
(c) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) in the housing of the screws
(182) and (184).
tighten them.
Subtask 52-11-21-420-060
K. Adjustment of the Tension of the Compensation Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-21-991-012)
NOTE : It is necessary to adjust the tension of the torsion bar only if

____
these components have been removed:
- outer control handle
- gearbox
- upper and lower connection links
- compensation mechanism
- reducer shaft.
(1) Use a dynamometer to measure the load on the inner control handle.
(2) Adjust the tension of the torsion bar to get a load less than or
equal to 16 daN (35.9694 lbf) to open and close the door with the
inner control handle.
(3) To do this, turn the screw (1).
(4) Safety the screw (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 488
Aug 01/08
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-21-820-052
A. Adjustment
(1) Do an adjustment of the door locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-11-21-

820-001).
Subtask 52-11-21-640-050
B. Lubrication
(1) Lubricate the ends of the girt bar with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-004).
(2) Lubricate the mating surfaces of the girt bar and the girt bar
fittings with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017).
Subtask 52-11-21-916-050
C. Protective Treatment
(1) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) to the ends of the screw
threads and heads.
(2) Apply another coat of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002).
(3) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws of the
mechanism.
(4) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-007) to the metal parts
which are not painted.
(5) Apply a coat of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) to all the
parts installed.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 489
Aug 01/08
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-21-410-060
D. Installation of Components

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
(a) For the FWD passenger/crew door: 831 831AZ, 831BZ, 831CZ, 831DZ,
831EZ.
(b) For the passenger/crew door: 841 841AZ, 841BZ, 841CZ, 841DZ,
841EZ.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-21-410-060-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
(a) For the FWD passenger/crew door: 831 831AZ, 831BZ, 831CZ, 831DZ,
831EZ.
(b) For the passenger/crew door: 841 841AZ, 841BZ, 841CZ, 841DZ,
841EZ.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-21

Page 490
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-21-865-059
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-11-21-410-061
F. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.
(4) Close the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001) 831 or

841.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 491
Aug 01/08

CES
MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________________
TASK 52-11-21-820-001
Adjustment/Test of the Door Locking Mechanism of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 cotter pin 53-16-01 23A-020

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 501
May 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Door
Door
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-21-991-001 Fig. 501
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
52-11-21-991-034 Fig. 502
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-21-991-034-A Fig. 502A
**ON A/C ALL
52-11-21-991-002 Fig. 503

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-21-010-050
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
(2) Open the FWD passenger/crew door 831 (841) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-11-21-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 503
Nov 01/98
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-21-010-051
(a) For the left passenger/crew door 831 831EZ.
(b) For the right passenger/crew door 841 841EZ.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
Subtask 52-11-21-820-053
A. Adjustment of the Locking Hook

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-21-991-001, 502/TASK 52-11-21-991-034)
(1) Open the door
(2) Put two shims in position between the upper fittings (1) and the
rollers (2).
(3) Close the door.
(4) Make sure that there is contact between the locking hook (4) and the
roller (3).
(5) If there is no contact adjust as follows:
(b) Loosen the nuts (5) and the clamps (8).
(c) Make sure that the lockwashers (6) are released.
(d) Turn the barrel of the rod (7) until you get the contact between
(e) Tighten the nuts (5) and the clamp (8).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 504
May 01/05

CES
R Locking Hook Adjustment
R Figure 501/TASK 52-11-21-991-001

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 505
Nov 01/98

CES
Figure 502/TASK 52-11-21-991-034

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-21

Page 506
May 01/05

CES
(g) Safety the nuts (5) and the lockwashers (6) with MISCELLANEOUS
(6) Open the door and remove the shims located between the upper fittings
(1) and the rollers (2).
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-21-820-053-A

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-21-991-001, 502A/TASK 52-11-21-991-034-A)
(1) Open the door.
rollers (2).
(3) Close the door.
roller (3) and the clearance M1 is 0.5 +0.3 -0.3 mm (0.0196 +0.0118 -
0.0118 in.).

that follows:
(b) Loosen the nuts (5) and the clamp (8).
(d) Turn the barrel of the the rod (7) until the locking hook (4)
(e) Install the new cotter pin (10).
(f) Tighten the nuts (5) and the clamp (8).
(g) Make sure that the lockwashers (6) are correctly positioned.
(h) Safety the nuts (5) and the lockwashers (6) with MISCELLANEOUS

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-21

Page 507
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-21

Page 508
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-21

Page 509
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
follows:
(d) Turn the rod (7) one turn to make it shorter.
(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (10) and remove the nut (9).
(f) Pull out the bush (11) by 4 mm (0.1574 in.) to disengage it from
the stop flat (13).
(g) Turn the bush (11) by the required correction value:

-0.9, -0.6, +0.6, +1.5 or 1.2.
____
(h) Push back the bush (11) until the correction value aligns with
(i) Install and tighten the nut (9).
(j) Turn the barrel of the the rod (7) until the locking hook (4)
(k) Install the new cotter pin (10).
(l) Tighten the nuts (5) and the clamp (8).
(m) Make sure that the lockwashers (6) are correctly positioned.
(n) Safety the nuts (5) and the lockwashers (6) with MISCELLANEOUS

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-21

Page 510
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-21-820-050
B. Adjustment of the Safety Pin

R (Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-11-21-991-002)
(1) Close the door
(2) Make sure that the clearance J1 between the safety pin (23) and the
frame fitting (20) is 4 -1 +1 mm (0.1574 -0.0393 +0.0393 in.).
(3) If the clearance J1 is not in the tolerance, adjust as follows:
(a) Open the door.
(b) Remove the screw (21) and the adjustable washer (22).
(c) Put a new adjustable washer (22) to get the correct clearance J1.
(d) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-007A) on

the threads of the screw (21).
(e) Install the screw (21).
(f) TORQUE the screw (21) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and
61.94 lbf.in).
Subtask 52-11-21-820-054
C. Adjustment of the Proximity Switch of the Locking Hook
(1) Do an adjustment of the proximity switches (11WV1 or 11WV2)

(Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 511
Nov 01/98

CES
R Figure 503/TASK 52-11-21-991-002

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 512
Nov 01/98

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-21-410-051
A. Install of Components
Subtask 52-11-21-865-052
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV.
Subtask 52-11-21-410-050
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
00-410-001).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 513
Nov 01/98

CES
MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________
TASK 52-11-21-220-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Locking Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Door
Door
52-11-21-000-001 Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism
52-11-21-991-024 Fig. 601
52-11-21-991-025 Fig. 602
52-11-21-991-026 Fig. 603
52-11-21-991-027 Fig. 604
52-11-21-991-028 Fig. 605
52-11-21-991-029 Fig. 606
52-11-21-991-030 Fig. 607

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 601
Feb 01/98

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-21-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 52-11-21-010-062
B. Get Access
_______
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______

10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
Subtask 52-11-21-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 602
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-11-21-020-061
D. Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism

(Ref. TASK 52-11-21-000-001)
(1) Remove the lowering shaft, if not removed.
(2) Remove the inner control handle, the outer control handle and the
gearbox, if not removed.
(3) Remove the reducer shaft mechanism, if not removed.
(4) Remove the upper and lower connection links, if not removed.
(5) Remove the compensation mechanism, if not removed.
(6) Remove the locking shaft mechanism, if not removed.
(7) Remove the safety pin and the locking hook, if not removed.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-21-220-052
A. Inspection of the Lowering Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-11-21-991-024)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes, the bearing and the
parts of the lowering shaft.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 603
Feb 01/98

CES
Lowering Shaft

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 604
Feb 01/98

CES
Lowering Shaft

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 605
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD1 | 10.966 | 10.980 | | | 10.949 | | |
| | (0.4317)| (0.4324)| | | (0.4314)| | |
| | | | 0.016 | 0.052 | | | 0.103 |
| | | | (0.0006)| (0.0020)| | |(0.0040)|
| ID2 | 11.000 | 11.108 | | | | 11.052 | |
| | (0.4330)| (0.4370)| | | |(0.4354) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| EE | | | | | | | |
| OD4 | 6.344 | 6.353 | | | 6.332 | | |
| | (0.2497)| (0.2501)| | | (0.2492)| | |
| | | | 0.005 | 0.036 | | | 0.072 |
| | | | (0.0001)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID5 | 6.358 | 6.380 | | | | 6.404 | |
| | (0.2503)| (0.2511)| | | |(0.2523) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) If the bearing (3) is worn or unserviceable:
(a) Replace the flange bearing assy.
Subtask 52-11-21-220-053
B. Inspection of the Inner and Outer Contol Handles and Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-11-21-991-025)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes, the link assemblies

(at rod level) and the parts of the inner and outer control handles
and the geabox.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 606
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD11 | 6.344 | 6.353 | | | 6.332 | | |
| | (0.2497)| (0.2501)| | | (0.2492)| | |
| | | | 0.005 | 0.036 | | | 0.072 |
| | | | (0.0001)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID12 | 6.358 | 6.380 | | | | 6.404 | |
| | (0.2503)| (0.2511)| | | |(0.2523) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) If the link assembly (13) is worn or unserviceable:
(a) Replace the rod end of the link assembly (13).
Subtask 52-11-21-220-054
C. Inspection of the Reducer Shaft Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 52-11-21-991-026)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the link assemblies (at rod level)
and the parts of the reducer shaft mechanism.
(2) If the link assemblies (22) and (23) are worn or unserviceable:
(a) Replace the rod end of the link assemblies (22) and (23).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 607
Feb 01/98

CES
Inner and Outer Control Handles and Gearbox

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 608
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 609
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 610
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 611
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-11-21-220-055
D. Inspection of the Upper and Lower Connection Links

(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 52-11-21-991-027)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes, the connection links

(at rod level) and the parts of the upper and lower connection links.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| BB | | | | | | | |
| OD31 | 15.882 | 15.893 | | | 15.870 | | |
| | (0.6252)| (0.6257)| | | (0.6252)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.036 | | | 0.0072 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID30 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.942 | |
| | (0.6257)| (0.6266)| | | |(0.6281) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD33 | 15.882 | 15.893 | | | 15.870 | | |
| | (0.6252)| (0.6257)| | | (0.6252)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.036 | | | 0.0072 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID32 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.942 | |
| | (0.6257)| (0.6266)| | | |(0.6281) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| BB | | | | | | | |
| OD37 | 12.704 | 12.715 | | | 12.691 | | |
| | (0.5001)| (0.5006)| | | (0.4996)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.037 | | | 0.074 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0029)|
| ID36 | 12.715 | 12.741 | | | | 12.765 | |
| | (0.5006)| (0.5016)| | | |(0.5025) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD39 | 12.704 | 12.715 | | | 12.691 | | |
| | (0.5001)| (0.5006)| | | (0.4996)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.037 | | | 0.074 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0029)|

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 612
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| ID38 | 12.715 | 12.741 | | | | 12.765 | |
| | (0.5006)| (0.5016)| | | |(0.5025) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) If the connection links (34) and (35) are worn or unserviceable:
(a) Replace the rod end of the connection links (34) and (35).
Subtask 52-11-21-220-056
E. Inspection of the Compensation Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 52-11-21-991-028)

(at rod level) and the parts of the compensation mechanism.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 613
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 614
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 615
Feb 01/98

CES
Compensation Mechanism
Figure 605/TASK 52-11-21-991-028

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 616
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| B | | | | | | | |
| OD41 | 22.235 | 22.248 | | | 22.220 | | |
| | (0.8753)| (0.8759)| | | (0.8748)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.043 | | | 0.086 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0016)| | |(0.0033)|
| ID40 | 22.248 | 22.278 | | | | 22.306 | |
| | (0.8759)| (0.8770)| | | |(0.8781) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| B | | | | | | | |
| OD42 | 34.842 | 34.958 | | | 34.923 | | |
| | (1.3756)| (1.3762)| | | (1.3749)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.057 | | | 0.114 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0022)| | |(0.0044)|
| ID40 | 34.958 | 34.999 | | | | 35.037 | |
| | (1.3762)| (1.3779)| | | |(1.3794) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| B | | | | | | | |
| OD44 | 22.235 | 22.248 | | | 22.220 | | |
| | (0.8753)| (0.8759)| | | (0.8748)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.043 | | | 0.086 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0016)| | |(0.0033)|
| ID43 | 22.248 | 22.278 | | | | 22.306 | |
| | (0.8759)| (0.8770)| | | |(0.8781) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| B | | | | | | | |
| OD44 | 28.959 | 28.980 | | | 28.938 | | |
| | (1.1401)| (1.1409)| | | (1.1393)| | |
| | | | 0.0020 | 0.062 | | | 0.124 |
| | | | (0.0007)| (0.0024)| | |(0.0068)|
| ID45 | 29.000 | 29.021 | | | | 29.062 | |
| | (1.1417)| (1.1425)| | | |(1.1441) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 617
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-11-21-220-057
F. Inspection of the Locking Shaft Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 52-11-21-991-029)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes, the bearing, the link
assemblies (at rod level) and the parts of the locking shaft
mechanism.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD52 | 28.595 | 28.608 | | | 28.577 | | |
| | (1.1257)| (1.1262)| | | (1.1250)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.054 | | | 0.108 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0021)| | |(0.0042)|
| ID51 | 28.608 | 28.649 | | | | 28.868 | |
| | (1.1262)| (1.1279)| | | |(1.1293) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD57 | 25.411 | 25.420 | | | 24.396 | | |
| | (1.0004)| (1.0007)| | | (0.9998)| | |
| | | | -0.005 | 0.045 | | | 0.090 |
| | | |-(0.0002)| (0.0017)| | |(0.0034)|
| ID56 | 25-425 | 25.456 | | | | 25.486 | |
| | (1.0009)| (1.0022)| | | |(1.0033) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD61 | 7.941 | 7.950 | | | 7.930 | | |

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 618
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| | (0.3126)| (0.3129)| | | (0.3122)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.032 | | | 0.0064 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0012)| | |(0.0025)|
| ID60 | 7.950 | 7.973 | | | | 7.994 | |
| | (0.3129)| (0.3138)| | | |(0.3147) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD63 | 7.941 | 7.950 | | | 7.930 | | |
| | (0.3126)| (0.3129)| | | (0.3122)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.032 | | | 0.0064 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0012)| | |(0.0025)|
| ID62 | 7.950 | 7.973 | | | | 7.994 | |
| | (0.3129)| (0.3138)| | | |(0.3147) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD64 | 28.595 | 28.608 | | | 28.577 | | |
| | (1.1257)| (1.1262)| | | (1.1250)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.054 | | | 0.108 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0021)| | |(0.0042)|
| ID65 | 28.608 | 28.649 | | | | 28.868 | |
| | (1.1262)| (1.1279)| | | |(1.1293) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) If the link assemblies (53), (54), (55) and (59) are worn or
unserviceable:
(a) Replace the rod end of the link assemblies (53), (54), (55) and
(59).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 619
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 620
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 621
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-11-21-220-058
G. Inspection of the Locking Hook and Safety Pin

(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 52-11-21-991-030)

(at rod level) and the parts of the locking hook and safety pin.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD71 | 14.183 | 14.194 | | | 14.182 | | |
| | (0.5583)| (0.5588)| | | (0.5583)| | |
| | | | 0.006 | 0.035 | | | 0.070 |
| | | | (0.0002)| (0.0013)| | |(0.0026)|
| ID70 | 14.200 | 14.218 | | | | 14.242 | |
| | (0.5590)| (0.5597)| | | |(0.5607) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| GG | | | | | | | |
| OD73 | 19.053 | 19.064 | | | 19.041 | | |
| | (0.7501)| (0.7505)| | | (0.7496)| | |
| | | | 0.006 | 0.048 | | | 0.096 |
| | | | (0.0002)| (0.0018)| | |(0.0036)|
| ID75 | 19.070 | 19.101 | | | | 19.125 | |
| | (0.7507)| (0.7520)| | | |(0.7529) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 622
Feb 01/98

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-21-420-061
A. Installation of the Door Locking Mechanism

(Ref. TASK 52-11-21-400-001)
(1) Install the lowering shaft.
(2) Install the inner control handle, the outer control handle and the
gearbox.
(3) Install the reducer shaft mechanism.
(4) Install the upper and lower connection links.
(5) Install the compensation mechanism.
(6) Install the locking shaft mechanism.
(7) Install the safety pin and locking hook.
Subtask 52-11-21-865-061
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-11-21-410-062
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.
001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 623
Feb 01/98

CES
Locking Hook and Safety Pin

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 624
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 625
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-11-21-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-21

Page 626
Feb 01/98

CES
RELEASE MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________
TASK 52-11-22-000-001
Removal of the Release Mechanism of the Emergency Escape Slide of the FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific non-metallic scraper
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Door

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 401
Nov 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
52-11-22-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
52-11-22-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
52-11-22-991-002 Fig. 402

52-11-22-991-009 Fig. 403
52-11-22-991-003 Fig. 404
52-11-22-991-004 Fig. 405
52-11-22-991-010 Fig. 406
52-11-22-991-006 Fig. 407
52-11-22-991-011 Fig. 408
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-22-010-062
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 402
Nov 01/06
R
CES
door 831 or 841.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-11-22-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-22-010-063
(2) Remove the door lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-001) 831FZ,
831GZ, 831EZ, 831DZ, 831CZ, 831BZ, 831AZ.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-22-010-063-A
831GZ, 831EZ, 831DZ, 831CZ, 831BZ, 831AZ.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-22-860-050
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Close the applicable passenger/cew door.
(2) Put the emergency contol handle in the ARMED position.
(3) Slowly open the applicable passenger/cew door from the inside.
NOTE : Be careful to open the door, as the escape slide is not

____
installed.
Without weight, the door up movement is more rapid.
(4) Make sure that the girt bar is in the girt bar fittings.
(5) Remove the girt bar from the girt bar fittings.
(6) Put the emergency escape slide contol handle in the DISARMED
position.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-22-020-051
A. Removal of the Emergency Control Handle
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-22-991-001)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-11-22-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Remove the cotter pin (3) and discard it. Remove the nut (4), the
washer (5) and the taper pin (2).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 404
Nov 01/06
R
CES
Control Handle of the Emergency Escape Slide
Figure 401/TASK 52-11-22-991-001

R

EFF :

001-002, 051-052, 52-11-22

Page 405
Nov 01/06

CES
Figure 401A/TASK 52-11-22-991-001-A

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 406
Nov 01/06

CES
(2) Remove the lever (1).
(3) Remove the cotter pin (28), the nut (29), the washer (30), the bolt
(37) and the washer (35).
(4) Remove the rod (32), the spring (33), the bushing (34) and the
washers (39).
washer (27), the bolt (38) and the washer (36) and disconnect the rod
(9).
washer (13), the bolt (11), the washer (12) and disconnect the rod
(10).
(8) Remove the emergency control handle (21) and the washer (22).
(10) Remove the emergency control handle axle (19), the washer (22), the
spacer (23), the bellcrank (24).
Subtask 52-11-22-020-052
B. Removal of the Escape Slide Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-22-991-002)
(1) Removal of the plate assembly

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-22-991-009)
(a) Remove the screw (70), the washer (71) and the closing plate
(72).
(b) Remove the old sealant with a non-metallic scraper and clean the
surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
(3) Remove the nut (44), the washers (42), the bolt (40), the washers
(41) and disengage the telescopic rod (45).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 407
Nov 01/06
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-11-22

Page 408
Nov 01/06

CES
Escape Slide Gearbox
Figure 402/TASK 52-11-22-991-002

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 409
Nov 01/99
R
CES
Plate Assembly
Figure 403/TASK 52-11-22-991-009

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 410
Nov 01/99
R
CES
(5) Remove the nut (50), the washer (48), the bolt (46), the washer (47)
and remove the telescopic rod (45).
(6) Remove the bolts (53), the washers (52), the bolt (55), the washer
(54) and remove the escape slide gearbox assembly (51).
Subtask 52-11-22-020-053
C. Removal of the Percussion System

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-22-991-003)
(3) Remove the bolts (186), the washers (185) and disconnect the rods
(160), (184) and the flexible control (168).
(4) Remove the nut (162), the bolt (163) and the crank (187) from the
internal door structure.
(6) Remove the nut (174), the washers (175), the bolt (178), the washer
(177) and remove the rod (184).
(8) Remove the nut (170), the washer (171), the bolt (181), the washers
(179), (180) and remove the bellcrank assembly (176) and the spacer
(172).
(9) Remove the sealant from the crank (187) and from the door structure
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
Subtask 52-11-22-020-054
D. Removal of the Flexible Control Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-22-991-004)
(1) Measure the dimension of the old flexible control

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-22-991-010)
(a) Measure and note the dimensions X1, X2, X3, X4.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 411
Nov 01/06
R
CES
Percussion System
Figure 404/TASK 52-11-22-991-003

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 412
Nov 01/06
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-11-22

Page 413
Nov 01/99

CES
Flexible Control

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 414
Nov 01/99
R
CES
Flexible Control

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 415
Nov 01/99
R
CES
Flexible Control - Record of Dimensions
Figure 406/TASK 52-11-22-991-010

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 416
Nov 01/99
R
CES
(3) Remove the nut (84), the washer (83), the bolt (80) and the washer
(81).
(93).
(6) Remove the nuts (90), the washer (91) and the bolts (98).
(7) Removal of the flexible control assembly (87).
(a) Release the lockwasher (101).
(c) Remove the eye end assembly (100).
(d) Remove the seal nut (103).
(e) Loosen and remove the nut (105) and the washer (106).
(f) Pull the flexible control through the hole at the bottom of the
door.
(8) Disassembly of the flexible control (108).
(a) Remove the washer (104).
(b) Loosen and remove the nut (107).
(c) Release the lockwasher (116).
(d) Loosen the nut (115).
(e) Remove the eye end assembly (117).
(f) Remove the lockwasher (116) and the nut (115).
(g) Remove the seal nut (114).
(h) Loosen and remove the nut (113).
(i) Remove the washer (112), the fitting (111) and the washer (110).
(j) Loosen and remove the nut (109).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 417
Nov 01/06
R
CES
(k) Remove the flexible control (108).
Subtask 52-11-22-020-055
E. Removal of the Girt Bar Control Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-11-22-991-006)
(1) Remove the nuts (142) the bolts (140) and the telescopic forks (143).
(3) Remove the nut (148), the washers (150), (151), the bolt (153) and
disconnect the flexible control cable (152).
(4) Remove the nuts (146), (162), the washers (147), (163), the tapper
pins (144), (165) and the levers (145), (164).
(5) Remove the nuts (157), (158) the washers (156), (161) and the tapper
pins (154), (160).
(6) Disengage and remove the shaft (167) and remove the bellcrank (155)
and the spacer (159).
Subtask 52-11-22-020-050
F. Removal of the Escape Slide Control Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-22-991-011)
(1) Remove the cotter pin (193).
(2) Remove the nut (194), the washer (192), the bolt (185), the washer
(186) and disengage the rod (180).
(188) and disengage the rod end (199).
(5) Remove the rod end (199), the spring (200) and the bushing (201).
(7) Remove the nut (196), the washer (197), the bolt (181) and the
washers (182), (183).
(8) Remove the hook (198) and the spacer (184).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 418
Nov 01/06
R
CES
Telescopic Forks and Control Shaft of the Girt Bar
Figure 407/TASK 52-11-22-991-006

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 419
Nov 01/06
R
CES
Escape Slide Control Mechanism
Figure 408/TASK 52-11-22-991-011

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 420
Nov 01/99
R
CES
TASK 52-11-22-400-001
Installation of the Release Mechanism of the Emergency Escape Slide of the FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific grease gun

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 421
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 cotter pin 52-11-22 02A-010

3 cotter pin 52-11-22 02B-010
7 cotter pin 52-11-22 02A-010
7 cotter pin 52-11-22 02B-010
15 cotter pin 52-11-22 02A-010
15 cotter pin 52-11-22 02B-010
16 cotter pin 52-11-22 02A-010
16 cotter pin 52-11-22 02B-010
25 cotter pin 52-11-22 02A-010
25 cotter pin 52-11-22 02B-010
28 cotter pin 52-11-22 02A-010
28 cotter pin 52-11-22 02B-010
43 cotter pin 52-11-22 03B-010
49 cotter pin 52-11-22 03B-010
85 cotter pin 52-11-22 01J-010
85 cotter pin 52-11-22 01P-010
85 cotter pin 52-11-22 01Q-010
95 cotter pin 52-11-22 01J-010
95 cotter pin 52-11-22 01P-010
95 cotter pin 52-11-22 01Q-010
149 cotter pin 52-11-22 01J-010
149 cotter pin 52-11-22 01P-010
149 cotter pin 52-11-22 01Q-010
166 cotter pin 52-11-22 01J-010
166 cotter pin 52-11-22 01P-010
166 cotter pin 52-11-22 01Q-010
169 cotter pin 52-11-22 01J-360
169 cotter pin 52-11-22 01P-360
169 cotter pin 52-11-22 01Q-360

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 422
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
173 cotter pin 52-11-22 01J-010

173 cotter pin 52-11-22 01P-010
173 cotter pin 52-11-22 01Q-010
190 cotter pin 52-11-11 10 -010
193 cotter pin 52-11-11 10 -010
195 cotter pin 52-11-11 10 -010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
52-11-22-220-001 Detailed Visual Inspection of the Ralease Mechanism
of the Emergency Escape Slide of the FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
52-11-22-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 423
Nov 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
52-11-22-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
52-11-22-991-002 Fig. 402

52-11-22-991-003 Fig. 404
52-11-22-991-004 Fig. 405
52-11-22-991-010 Fig. 406
52-11-22-991-006 Fig. 407
52-11-22-991-011 Fig. 408
52-11-22-991-012 Fig. 409
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
52-11-22-991-013 Fig. 410
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
52-11-22-991-013-A Fig. 410A
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
52-11-22-991-017 Fig. 411
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
52-11-22-991-017-A Fig. 411A

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 424
Nov 01/06
R
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-22-860-051
(2) Make sure that the door linings and the insulation are removed.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-11-22-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-11-22-110-050
C. Cleaning

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
MATERIAL.
(2) Clean all the other components with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 425
May 01/05
R
CES
(Ref. TASK 52-11-22-220-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-22-420-050
A. Installation of the Girt Bar Control Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-11-22-991-006)
(1) Put the bellcrank (155) and the spacer (159) in position.
(2) Install the shaft (167).
(3) Install the taper pins (154), (160) with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-004).
(4) Install the washers (156), (161), the nuts (157), (158) and tighten
them.
(5) Install the levers (145), (164) on the shaft (167).
04-004).
them.
(8) Put the flexible control (152) in position.
(9) Install the washer (151), the bolt (153), the washer (150) and the
nut (148).
lbf.in).
NOTE : If you install a new bolt (153) drill a hole of 1.9 mm (0.0748
____
in.).
(12) Install the telescopic forks (143), the bolts (140), the nuts (142).
lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 426
May 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-22-420-051
B. Installation of the Flexible Control Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-22-991-004, 406/TASK 52-11-22-991-010)
(1) Remove the grease nipple (99) from the new flexible control (108).
(2) Assembly of the flexible control
(a) Install the nut (109) on the flexible control (108).
(b) Install the washer (110), the fitting (111), the washer (112) on
the flexible control (108).
(c) Install the nut (113) on the flexible control (108).
(d) Put the nut (109) in position so that you get the dimension X3.
(e) TORQUE the nuts (109), (113) to 1.2 m.daN (106.19 lbf.in).
(f) Install the seal nut (114).
R (g) TORQUE the seal nut (114) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97
and 39.82 lbf.in).
(h) Install the nut (115), the lockwasher (116) and the eye end
assembly (117).
(i) Put the nut (115) in position so that you get the dimension X4.
61.94 lbf.in).
(k) Safety the nut (115) with the lockwasher (116).
(l) Install the nut (107) on the flexible control (108).
(m) Install the washer (104).
(3) Installation of the flexible control.
(a) Before installation, slightly bend the flexible control (115) to

the final shape.
(b) Push the flexible control (108) through the hole at the bottom of
the door.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 427
Nov 01/03

CES
(c) Install the grease nipple (99) on the new flexible control (108).
(d) Make sure that the dimension X5 between the flexible control
(108) and the grease nipple (99) is 1 mm (0.0393 in.).
NOTE : When you install the flexible control (108), make sure
____
that the grease nipples (86) and (99) point inboard.
(e) Install the washer (106).
(f) Install the nut (105) on the flexible control (108).
(g) Put the nut (107) in position so that you get the dimension X2.
(h) TORQUE the nuts (105) and (107) to 1.2 m.daN (106.19 lbf.in).
(i) Install the seal nut (103).
R (j) TORQUE the seal nut (103) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97
and 39.82 lbf.in).
(k) Install the nut (102), the lockwasher (101) and the eye end
assembly (100).
(l) Put the nut (102) in position so that you get the dimension X1.
(m) TORQUE the nut (102) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and
61.94 lbf.in).
(n) Safety the nut (102) with the lockwasher (101).
(4) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) on contact surfaces between the
fitting (111) and the door structure.
(5) Install the bolts (98), the washer (91) and the nuts (90).
lbf.in).
(7) Install the bolt (80), the washers (81), (83) and the nut (84).
lbf.in).
NOTE : If you install a new bolt (80), drill a hole of 1.9 mm (0.0748
____
in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 428
Nov 01/03

CES
lbf.in).
____
in.).
Subtask 52-11-22-640-052
C. Lubrication of the Flexible Control Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-22-991-004)
(1) Loosen the seal nut (114) by three turns minimum.
(2) Connect a grease gun to the grease nipple (86). Apply COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004) until it comes out of the holes in the seal nut
(114).
R (3) TORQUE the seal nut (114) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and
R 39.82 lbf.in).
(4) Loosen the seal nut (103) by three turns minimum and make sure that
you can see grease.
(5) If not, connect a grease gun to the grease nipple (86). Apply COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-004) until it comes out of the holes in the
seal nut (103).
R (6) TORQUE the seal nut (103) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and
R 39.82 lbf.in).
Subtask 52-11-22-420-052
D. Installation of the Percussion System

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-22-991-003, 409/TASK 52-11-22-991-012)
(1) Install the bellcrank assembly (176), the bolt (181) the washers
(180) and (179), and the nut (170).
lbf.in).
(3) Install the cotter pin cotter pin (169).
____
in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 429
Nov 01/03

CES
Percussion System - Rigging Point Location
Figure 409/TASK 52-11-22-991-012

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 430
Nov 01/01
R
CES
(4) Install the bolt (178) and the washer (177). Apply COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004) on the bolt shank and install the rod (184),
the washer (175) and the nut (74).
lbf.in).
____
in.).
(7) Install the crank (187) and apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019)
between the crank (187) and the door structure.
(8) Install the bolts (163), the nut (162) and tighten them.
(9) Rig the triple lever with the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) and put
the emergency control handle in the armed position.
(10) Put the rod (160) in position and adjust its length if necessary.
(11) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the bolt shank and
install the bolt (186), the washer (185).
(12) Install the rods (160), (184), the flexible control (168), the
washers (165) and the nuts (167).
lbf.in).
(15) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
Subtask 52-11-22-420-053
E. Installation of the Escape Slide Gear Box

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-22-991-002)
R **ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-11-22-991-013)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 431
May 01/05

CES
Escape Slide Gearbox - Telescopic Rod Adjustment
Figure 410/TASK 52-11-22-991-013

R

EFF :

001-002, 051-052, 52-11-22

Page 432
May 01/05

CES
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 410A/TASK 52-11-22-991-013-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Install the escape slide gear box (51) and apply SEALANTS (Material
No. 09-019) on the contact surfaces between the escape slide gear box
and the door structure.
(2) Install the washers (52), the bolts (53) and tighten them.
(3) Install the washer (54), the bolt (55) and tighten it.
(4) Put the inner control handle and the outer control handle in the
locked down position.
(6) Install a RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
(7) Keep the contact between the cam (57) and the lower part of the
roller (58).
(8) Measure the dimension X1 when the operations above are completed.
(9) Adjust the length of the rod (45) in the maximum extended position so
that the length is equal to X1+ 0.1 +0.1 -0.1 mm (0.0039 +0.0039 -
0.0039 in.).
(10) Make sure that the clearance X2 is 0 +0.1 +1.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0039
+0.0590 in.)
(12) Install the washers (41), (42), the bolt (40) and the nut (44).
lbf.in).
____
in.).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 433
May 01/05

CES
Figure 410A/TASK 52-11-22-991-013-A

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 434
May 01/05
R
CES
(15) Install the bolt (46), the washers (47), (48), the nut (50) and
tighten it.
NOTE : If you install a new bolt (46), drill a hole of 2 mm (0.0787

____
in.).
(17) Install the plate assembly (72) as follows.
(a) Apply a coat of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) on the contact

surface between the plate assembly and the door structure.
(b) Put the plate assembly in position.
(c) Install the washers (71) and the bolts (70).
(d) Tighten the bolts (70).
Subtask 52-11-22-420-054
F. Installation of the Emergency Control Handle
R **ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-22-991-001)
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-11-22-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-11-22-991-012)
(1) Put the bellcrank (24), the spacer (23) and the washers (22) in
position.
(2) Install the escape slide handle axle (19).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 435
May 01/05

CES
(3) Install the taper pin (31), the washer (6), the nut (8) and the
cotter pin (7).
(4) Install the emergency control handle (21).
cotter pin (16).
(6) Install the lever (1).
(7) Install the taper pin (2), the washer (5), the nut (4) and the cotter
pin (3).
(8) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the sliding part of the
rod (32).
(9) Install the spring (33), the washers (39), the bush (34) and the rod
(32).
(10) Install the washer (35), the bolt (37). Connect the rod (32). Install
lbf.in).
____
in.).
(13) Install the washer (12), the bolt (11). Connect the telescopic rod
(10).
lbf.in).
____
in.).
(17) Rig the triple lever with RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) and put the
emergency control handle in the ARMED position.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 436
May 01/05
R
CES
(19) Install the washer (36), the bolt (38) and connect the rod (9).
lbf.in).
____
in.).
Subtask 52-11-22-420-055
G. Installation of the Escape Slide Control Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-22-991-011)
(1) Put the hook (198) and the spacer (184) in position.
(2) Apply a coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the bolt
(181).
(3) Install the washers (183), (182), (197), the nut (196) and tighten
it.

____
(0.1102 in.).
(5) Put the rod (180) in position and adjust it as follows:
R **ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-11-22-991-017)
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 411A/TASK 52-11-22-991-017-A)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 437
May 01/05

CES
Escape Slide Control Mechanism - Adjustment
Figure 411/TASK 52-11-22-991-017

R

EFF :

001-002, 051-052, 52-11-22

Page 438
May 01/05

CES
Figure 411A/TASK 52-11-22-991-017-A

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 439
May 01/05

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-11-22

Page 440
May 01/05

CES
**ON A/C ALL
(a) Put the emergency control handle in the DISARMED position.
(b) Install the washers (186), (192), the bolt (185) and the nut
(194).
(c) Adjust the length of the rod (180) to get the clearance J1 of 2
+0 +0.5 mm (0.0787 +0.0000 +0.0196 in.) between the hook (198)
and the emergency control handle.
30.97 lbf.in)

____
(0.0748 in.).
(7) Install the bushing (201) and the spring (200).
(8) Apply a coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the axle of
the rod end (199) and install it.
(9) Put the rod end (199) in position.
lbf.in).

____
(0.0748 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 441
Nov 01/01
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-22-820-053
A. Adjustment
(1) Check the adjustment of the escape slide release mechanism (Ref. TASK
52-11-22-820-001).
(2) Do an adjustment of the percussion bellcrank finger of the door

(3) Check the adjustement of proximity switch 4WN1 or 4WN2 (Ref. TASK 52-
71-00-820-002).
Subtask 52-11-22-640-050
B. Lubrication
04-004).
Subtask 52-11-22-916-050
threads and heads.
mechanism.
parts installed.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 442
Nov 01/01
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-22-010-064
(2) Install the door lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-001) 831FZ,
831GZ, 831EZ, 831DZ, 831CZ, 831BZ, 831AZ.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-22-010-064-A
831GZ, 831EZ, 831DZ, 831CZ, 831BZ, 831AZ.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-22-865-052
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-11-22-010-065
F. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 443
Feb 01/10

CES
items.
00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 444
Nov 01/01

CES
RELEASE MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________________
TASK 52-11-22-820-001
Adjustment/Test of the Release Mechanism of the Emergency Escape Slide
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-007 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE II

THREADLOCKER/SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R LOCKWIRE STAINLSS S TL OR NICKEL ALLOY
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 501
Aug 01/09

CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26 cotter pin 52-11-22 01J-010

26 cotter pin 52-11-22 01P-010
26 cotter pin 52-11-22 01Q-010
34 cotter pin 52-11-22 04 -350
34 cotter pin 52-11-22 04A-420
R
53 cotter pin 52-11-22 03B-010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Door
Door
52-73-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Emergency Escape Slide
Release System of the Passenger/Crew Doors

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 502
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
52-11-22-991-014 Fig. 501
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
52-11-22-991-014-A Fig. 501A
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
52-11-22-991-015 Fig. 502
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
52-11-22-991-015-A Fig. 502A
**ON A/C ALL
52-11-22-991-018 Fig. 503
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
52-11-22-991-020 Fig. 504
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
52-11-22-991-020-A Fig. 504A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-22-991-016 Fig. 505

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C ALL
52-11-22-991-022 Fig. 506

52-11-22-991-023 Fig. 507
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-22-010-068
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 504
Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 52-11-22-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-22-010-066
(1) Remove the escape-slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-002).
831GZ, 831EZ, 831DZ, 831CZ, 831BZ, 831AZ.

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-22-010-066-A
831GZ, 831EZ, 831DZ, 831CZ, 831BZ, 831AZ.

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-22-820-050
A. Adjustment of the Emergency Control Handle
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-22-991-014)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-11-22-991-014-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Close the door from the inside and rig the emergency control handle
in the ARMED position with RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
(2) Make sure that there is contact between the stop (4) and the
(3) If there is no contact, do the adjustment below:
(a) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) and disarm the handle.
(b) Loosen the screw (7) and remove it.
(c) Remove the adjustable washers (5) and (6).
(d) Install the new adjustable washers (5) and (6) and the screw (7)
with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-007) and
tighten the screw.
(6) Fully engage the hook (1) on the emergency control handle.

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 506
Aug 01/08

CES
Emergency Control Handle
Figure 501/TASK 52-11-22-991-014

R

EFF :

001-002, 051-052, 52-11-22

Page 507
Aug 01/08

CES
Figure 501A/TASK 52-11-22-991-014-A

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 508
Nov 01/99

CES
(7) Make sure that the clearance J1 is 0.1 +0 +0.1 mm (0.0039 +0.0000
+0.0039 in.).
(8) If the clearance J1 is not in the tolerances, adjust the stop (2).
(9) TORQUE the stop (2) to between 0.3 and 0.4 m.daN (26.54 and 35.39
lbf.in).
Subtask 52-11-22-820-051
B. Adjustment of the Lever Visual Indicator
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-11-22-991-015)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-11-22-991-015-A)
**ON A/C ALL
position.
(2) Put the inner control handle (15) in the door locked down position.
(3) Make sure that the boundary line between the red and green zones of
the lever (10) is aligned with the upper edge of the indicator plate
(13).
(4) If it is not aligned, adjust as follows:
(a) Loosen the stop (12) to get the alignment. TORQUE the stop (12)
to between 0.3 and 0.4 m.daN (26.54 and 35.39 lbf.in) and make
sure that there is contact between the stop (12) and the lever
(10).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 509
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Lever Visual Indicator
Figure 502/TASK 52-11-22-991-015

R

EFF :

001-002, 051-052, 52-11-22

Page 510
May 01/05

CES
Figure 502A/TASK 52-11-22-991-015-A

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 511
Nov 01/99

CES
(5) Put the emergency control handle in the DISARMED position and make
sure that the clearance J2 between the hook (14) and the emergency
control handle is 2 +0 +0.5 mm (0.0787 +0.0000 +0.0196 in.), the stop
(12) is in contact with the lever (10).
(6) If the clearance J2 is not in the tolerances, adjust as follows:
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (16) and the
lockwashers (17).
(b) Loosen the nuts (16) and release the lockwashers (17) at each rod
end.
(c) Turn the barrel of the rod (11) to adjust the clearance J2.
(d) Tighten the nuts (16) at each rod end.
(e) Make sure that the lockwashers (17) are correctly positioned.
(f) Safety the nuts (16) and the lockwashers (17) with MISCELLANEOUS
Subtask 52-11-22-820-054
C. Check of the Triple Lever Rigging

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-11-22-991-018)
(1) Rig the triple lever (43) with RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
(2) If you can not get the rigging, adjust as follows:
(a) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120), remove and discard the
lockwire from the nuts (41) and the lockwashers (42).
end.
(c) Turn the barrel of the rod (40) until you can rig the triple
lever (43) with RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 512
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Percussion System - Triple Lever Rigging Check
Figure 503/TASK 52-11-22-991-018

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 513
May 01/98
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-22-820-055
D. Adjustement of the Telescopic Rod
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-11-22-991-020)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 504A/TASK 52-11-22-991-020-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (53), remove the nut (54), the
washers (51), (52) and the bolt (50).
(4) Rig the emergency control handle with RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
(5) Keep the contact between the cam (56) and the upper part of the
roller (57).
(7) If the length of the rod (55) in the maximum extended position is not
equal to X1 + 0.1 +0.1 -0.1 mm (0.0039 +0.0039 -0.0039 in.), adjust
as follows:
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nut (59) and the
lockwasher (58).
(b) Secure the rod (45), loosen the nut (59) and release the
lockwasher (58).
(c) Turn the rod end (60) and adjust the length.
(d) Tighten the nut (59).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 514
Aug 01/08

CES
Figure 504/TASK 52-11-22-991-020

R

EFF :

001-002, 051-052, 52-11-22

Page 515
Aug 01/08

CES
Figure 504A/TASK 52-11-22-991-020-A

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 516
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(e) Make sure that the lockwasher is correctly positioned.
(f) Safety the nut (59) and the lockwasher (58) with MISCELLANEOUS
(8) Make sure that the clearance X2 is 0 +0 +1.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0000

+0.0590 in.).
lbf.in).
____
in.) for the cotter pin installation.
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-22-820-052
E. Adjustment of the Escape-Slide Girt-Bar Travel

(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-11-22-991-016)
(1) Put the outer and the inner control handles in the door locked down
position.
(3) Make sure that the clearance J3 between the girt bar and the
telescopic fork end is 0.8 +0 +1.2 mm (0.0314 +0.0000 +0.0472 in.).
(4) If the clearance J3 is not in the tolerances, do the adjustment

below:
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (26).
(b) Remove the nut (27), the washers (25) and (24) and the bolt (23).
(c) Adjust the position L of the lower eye-end assembly (20) to get
the correct clearance J3.
(d) Install the bolt (23), the washers (24) and (25), the nut (27).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 517
Nov 01/09

CES
Escape Slide Travel
Figure 505/TASK 52-11-22-991-016

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 518
May 01/98

CES
(e) TORQUE the nut (27) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).
If you install a new bolt (23) drill a hole of 1.9 mm (0.0748
in.).
(6) Make sure that the travel J4 is 31 -0.5 +1 mm (1.2204 -0.0196 +0.0393
in.).
(7) If the travel J4 is not in the tolerances, do the adjustment below:
(c) Adjust the radius R. To do this, adjust the position of the

serrated bellcrank (31) to get the correct radius R.
NOTE : If it is necessary to install a new bolt (30) you must

____
drill a hole of 2 mm (0.0787 in.).
(9) Make sure that the clearance J5 is 5 mm (0.1968 in.) minimum.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-22-820-052-A
E. Adjustment of the Escape Slide/Raft Girt-Bar Travel

(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-11-22-991-016)
(1) Put the outer and the inner control handles in the door locked down
position.

below:

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-22

Page 519
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
30.97 lbf.in).
If it is necessary to install a new bolt (23) drill a hole of
dia. 1.9 mm (0.0748 in.).
in.).

NOTE : If it is necessary to install a new bolt (30) drill a hole

____
of 2 mm (0.0787 in.).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-22-820-056
F. Adjustement of the Escape-Slide Release Mechanism
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-22-991-014)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 520
Aug 01/08
R
CES
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-11-22-991-014-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-11-22-991-022, 507/TASK 52-11-22-991-023)
(1) Rig the emergency control handle in ARMED position with RIGGING PIN
(98DNSA20206120).
(2) Make sure that the clearances J6 and J7 between the girt bar (71) and
the girt bar fittings (70) are as follows:
(a) J6 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
(b) J7 is 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) to 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).
(3) If the clearances are not in the tolerances, adjust as follows:
(a) Remove the sealant around the girt bar fittings (81), (83) and
the head of the screws (80), (82) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-004) and MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), loosen the
screws (80), (82).
(b) Identify the position of the girt bar fitting serrations (81),
(83).
(c) Move the girt bar fittings (81), (83) from the serrations on X
and Y axis to adjust the clearances J6 and J7.
(d) Tighten the screws (80), (82) and seal the girt bar fittings
(81), (83) and the head of the screws (80) and (82) with SEALANTS
(4) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) and put the emergency control
handle in the DISARMED position.
(5) Take a dynamometer, operate the emergency control handle several

times, make sure that the load necessary to operate the handle does
not exceed 10 daN (22.4808 lbf).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 521
May 01/05

CES
Girt Bar Fittings - Adjustments
Figure 506/TASK 52-11-22-991-022

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 522
May 01/98

CES
Girt Bar Fittings - Installation
Figure 507/TASK 52-11-22-991-023

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 523
May 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-11-22-820-057
G. Check the Bellcranck Finger Adjustement of the Door-Damper and

Emergency-Operation Cylinder.
(1) Do a check of the bellcranck finger of the door-damper and

emergency-operation cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-820-002).
Subtask 52-11-22-865-058
H. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-11-22-710-050
J. Tests
(1) Do an operational test of the emergency escape-slide release

(Ref. TASK 52-73-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-22-410-063
A. Installation of Components

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
(3) Install the escape-slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006).
831GZ, 831EZ, 831DZ, 831CZ, 831BZ, 831AZ.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 524
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-22-410-063-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
831GZ, 831EZ, 831DZ, 831CZ, 831BZ, 831AZ.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-22-410-064
B. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).

001).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 525
Feb 01/10

CES
RELEASE MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 52-11-22-220-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Ralease Mechanism of the Emergency Escape

Slide of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Door
Door
52-11-22-000-001 Removal of the Release Mechanism of the Emergency
Escape Slide of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
52-11-22-400-001 Installation of the Release Mechanism of the
Emergency Escape Slide of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
52-11-22-991-024 Fig. 601
52-11-22-991-025 Fig. 602
52-11-22-991-026 Fig. 603
52-11-22-991-027 Fig. 604

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 601
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-11-22-991-028 Fig. 605

52-11-22-991-029 Fig. 606
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-22-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 52-11-22-010-070
B. Get Access
_______
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______

10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 602
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-11-22-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-11-22-020-058
D. Removal of the Release Mechanism of the Emergency Escape Slide

(Ref. TASK 52-11-22-000-001)
(1) Remove the emergency control handle, if not removed.
(2) Remove the escape slide gearbox, if not removed.
(3) Remove the percussion system, if not removed.
(4) Remove the flexible control, if not removed.
(5) Remove the telescopic forks and the girt bar control shaft, if not
removed.
(6) Remove the escape slide control mechanism, if not removed.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-22-220-053
A. Inspection of the Emergency Control Handle

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-11-22-991-024)
and the parts of the emergency control handle.
unserviceable:
(a) Replace the rod end at the link assemblies (1), (2), (4) and (5).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 603
Feb 01/98

CES
Figure 601/TASK 52-11-22-991-024

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 604
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-11-22-220-054
B. Inspection of the Escape Slide Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-11-22-991-025)
and the parts of the escape slide gearbox.
Subtask 52-11-22-220-055
C. Inspection of the Percussion System

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 52-11-22-991-026)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes, the eye end assembly,
the link assemblies (at rod level) and the parts of the percussion
mechanism.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| EE | | | | | | | |
| OD23 | 15.882 | 15.893 | | | 15.870 | | |
| | (0.6252)| (0.6257)| | | (0.6252)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.036 | | | 0.0072 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID22 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.942 | |
| | (0.6257)| (0.6266)| | | |(0.6281) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| FF | | | | | | | |
| OD28 | 9.531 | 9.540 | | | 9.520 | | |
| | (0.3752)| (0.3755)| | | (0.3748)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.032 | | | 0.064 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0012)| | |(0.0024)|
| ID27 | 9.540 | 9.563 | | | | 9.584 | |
| | (0.3755)| (0.3764)| | | |(0.3773) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 605
Feb 01/98

CES
Figure 602/TASK 52-11-22-991-025

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 606
Feb 01/98

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

52-11-22

Page 607
Feb 01/98

CES
Percussion System

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 608
Feb 01/98

CES
Percussion System

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 609
Feb 01/98

CES
(4) If the link assemblies (21), (24) and (25) are worn or unserviceable:
(a) Replace the rod end of the link assemblies (21), (24) and (25).
(5) If the eye end assembly (26) is worn or unserviceable:
(a) Replace the eye end assembly (26).
Subtask 52-11-22-220-056
D. Inspection of the Flexible Control

(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 52-11-22-991-027)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the eye end assemblies (30) and
(31) and the parts of the flexible control.
(2) If the eye end assemblies (30) and (31) are worn or unserviceable:
(a) Replace the eye end assemblies (30) and (31).
Subtask 52-11-22-220-057
E. Inspection of the Telescopic Forks and the Girt Bar Control Shaft
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 52-11-22-991-028)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bearings, the link assemblies

(at rod level) and the parts of the telescopic forks and the girt bar
control shaft.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 610
Feb 01/98

CES
Flexible Control
Figure 604/TASK 52-11-22-991-027

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 611
Feb 01/98

CES
Telescopic Forks and Girt Bar Control Shaft
Figure 605/TASK 52-11-22-991-028

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 612
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD43 | 14.980 | 14.994 | | | 14.959 | | |
| | (0.5897)| (0.5903)| | | (0.5938)| | |
| | | | 0.022 | 0.063 | | | 0.0126 |
| | | | (0.0008)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0049)|
| ID44 | 15.016 | 15.043 | | | | 15.085 | |
| | (0.5911)| (0.5922)| | | |(0.59.38 | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD43 | 14.980 | 14.994 | | | 14.959 | | |
| | (0.5897)| (0.5903)| | | (0.5938)| | |
| | | | 0.022 | 0.063 | | | 0.0126 |
| | | | (0.0008)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0049)|
| ID45 | 15.016 | 15.043 | | | | 15.085 | |
| | (0.5911)| (0.5922)| | | |(0.59.38 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5) If the bearings (40), (41) and (42) are worn or unserviceable:
(a) Replace the flange bearing assemblies (40), (41) and (42).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 613
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-11-22-220-058
F. Inspection of the Escape Slide Control Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 52-11-22-991-029)

(at rod level) and the parts of the escape slide control mechanism.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| EE | | | | | | | |
| OD51 | 15.882 | 15.893 | | | 15.870 | | |
| | (0.6252)| (0.6257)| | | (0.6252)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.036 | | | 0.0072 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID50 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.942 | |
| | (0.6257)| (0.6266)| | | |(0.6281) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-22-420-058
A. Installation of the Release Mechanism of the Emergency Escape Slide

(Ref. TASK 52-11-22-400-001)
(1) Install the emergency control handle.
(2) Install the escape slide gearbox.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 614
Feb 01/98

CES
(3) Install the percussion system.
(4) Install the flexible control.
(5) Install the telescopic forks and the girt bar control shaft.
(6) Install the escape slide control mechanism.
Subtask 52-11-22-865-060
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-11-22-410-065
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.
001).
Subtask 52-11-22-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 615
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 616
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-11-22

Page 617
Feb 01/98

CES
LATCH AND STOP FITTINGS - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 52-11-31-000-001
Removal of the Lining Flap
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Door
52-11-31-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 401
Nov 01/06

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-31-010-050
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
(1) Put the access platform in front of the passenger/crew door 831(841).
(2) Open the passenger/crew door 831 (841).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-11-31-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 402
May 01/98
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-31-010-051

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-31-010-051-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-31-020-050
A. Removal of the Lining Flap

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-31-991-001)
(1) Disengage the rods (1) as follows:
(a) Remove the cotter pins (2) and discard them.
(b) Remove the pins (3) and the washers (4).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
Lining Flap
Figure 401/TASK 52-11-31-991-001

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 404
May 01/04
R
CES
(2) Disengage the lining flap (5) from the bellcrank assy (6) as follows:
(3) Disengage the lining flap (5) from the rods (1) and from the
bellcrank assy (6).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 405
May 01/04
R
CES
TASK 52-11-31-400-001
Installation of the Lining Flap
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 cotter pin 52-11-11 18 -090

7 cotter pin 52-11-11 18 -200
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 406
Nov 01/06

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-31-860-050
(2) Make sure that the door lining panels, the door frame lining panels
and the insulation are removed.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-11-31-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-31-420-050
A. Installation of the Lining Flap
(1) Engage the lining flap (5) on the bellcrank assy (6) and on the rods
(1) and install the components below:
(a) Install the pins (8) and the washers (9).
(b) Install the new cotter pin (7).
(c) Install the pins (3) and the washers (4).
(d) Install new cotter pin (2).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 407
May 01/98
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-31-410-050

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-31-410-050-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-31-865-053
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-11-31-410-051
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.
(4) Close the passenger/crew door 831 (841) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 409
May 01/98
R
CES
TASK 52-11-31-000-002
Removal of the Stop Fittings, Buffer, Guide Fittings, Rollers, Door Stop
Fittings, Roller Fittings and Guide Arm Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific non metallic scraper
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 410
May 01/98
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Passenger/Crew Door
Passenger/Crew Door
Doors
Door
52-11-31-991-002 Fig. 402
52-11-31-991-004 Fig. 403
52-11-31-991-005 Fig. 404
52-11-31-991-006 Fig. 405
52-11-31-991-007 Fig. 406
52-11-31-991-008 Fig. 407
52-11-31-991-009 Fig. 408
52-11-31-991-010 Fig. 409
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-31-010-052
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 411
Nov 01/06

CES
_______
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-11-31-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-31-010-053
(3) Remove the door frame lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005) or
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002).

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 412
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-31-010-053-A
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002).

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-31-020-051
A. Removal of the Stop Fittings (FR16 and FR20)

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-31-991-002)
(1) Remove the old sealant with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004),
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a non metallic scraper from
the stop fitting (10).
(2) Loosen the nuts (11) and remove them.
(4) Remove the top fitting (10).
Subtask 52-11-31-020-052
B. Removal of the Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-31-991-004)
(1) Remove the old sealant with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) ,
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and a non metallic scraper from
the buffer.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES
Stop Fittings
Figure 402/TASK 52-11-31-991-002

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 414
May 01/98
R
CES
Buffer FR20
Figure 403/TASK 52-11-31-991-004

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 415
May 01/04
R
CES
(4) Remove the buffer (20).
Subtask 52-11-31-020-053
C. Removal of the Guide Fittings
(1) Removal of the upper guide fitting at FR20

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-31-991-005)
(a) Remove the old sealant with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004), MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a non metallic
scraper around the guide fitting (31).
(b) Loosen the screws (32) and remove them.
(c) Remove the washers (33), the fitting (31) and the shim (34).
(2) Removal of the upper guide fitting at FR16

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-31-991-005)
(3) Removal of the lower fittings at FR16 and FR20

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-31-991-006)
(c) Remove the washer (53), the fitting (51) and the shim (54).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 416
May 01/04
R
CES
Upper Guide Fittings
Figure 404/TASK 52-11-31-991-005

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 417
May 01/98
R
CES
Lower Guide Fittings
Figure 405/TASK 52-11-31-991-006

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 418
May 01/98
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-31-020-054
D. Removal of the Rollers

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-31-991-007)
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a non metallic scraper around
the roller (60).
(3) Remove the bolts (62).
R (4) Disassemble the roller (70) as follows:
(b) Loosen the nut (72) and remove it.
(c) Remove the washer (73), the bolt (74) and the washer (75).
(d) Remove the bushing (76), the roller (70) and the bushing (77).
Subtask 52-11-31-020-055
E. Removal of the Door Stop Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-11-31-991-008)
the door stop fitting (85).
(2) Loosen the nut (82) and remove it.
(3) Remove the lock plate (83) and discard it.
(4) Remove the screw (86).
(5) Loosen and remove the screws (84).
(6) Remove the nuts (81).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 419
Feb 01/09

CES
Roller
Figure 406/TASK 52-11-31-991-007

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 420
Feb 01/02
R
CES
Door Stop Fittings
Figure 407/TASK 52-11-31-991-008

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 421
May 01/98
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-31-020-056
F. Removal of the Roller

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-31-991-009)
(3) Remove the roller (90) from the door.
(4) Disassemble the roller (90) as follows:
(c) Remove the washer (95).
(d) Remove the bolt (96), the roller assembly (97), the spacer (98)
and the fitting (90).
Subtask 52-11-31-020-057
G. Removal of the Fittings of the Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-11-31-991-010)
(1) Disengage the guide arms (100) and (101) (Ref. TASK 52-11-12-000-
003).
(3) Remove the bolts (106) and the washers (103).
(4) Remove the fitting pivots (105) and (108).
R (5) Remove the serrated plates (107) and (104).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 422
Feb 01/09

CES
Roller Fitting
Figure 408/TASK 52-11-31-991-009

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 423
Feb 01/02
R
CES
Fittings of the Guide Arms
Figure 409/TASK 52-11-31-991-010

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 424
May 01/98
R
CES
TASK 52-11-31-400-002
Installation of the Stop Fittings, the Buffer, the Guide Fittings, the Rollers,
the Door Stop Fittings, the Roller Fittings and the Guide Arm Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-047 C Z-11.904

ANTI COR. COMPOUND(HIGH TEMP.SILICONE SEALANT)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71 cotter pin 52-11-11 21 -100

71 cotter pin 52-11-11 21A-100
83 lock plate 52-11-11 21 -040
83 lock plate 52-11-11 21A-040
93 cotter pin 52-11-11 21 -100
93 cotter pin 52-11-11 21A-100

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 425
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
52-11-31-220-001 Detailed Visual Inspection of the Rollers
52-11-31-991-002 Fig. 402
52-11-31-991-004 Fig. 403
52-11-31-991-005 Fig. 404
52-11-31-991-006 Fig. 405
52-11-31-991-007 Fig. 406
52-11-31-991-008 Fig. 407
52-11-31-991-009 Fig. 408
52-11-31-991-010 Fig. 409
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-31-869-051
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 426
Nov 01/06

CES
Subtask 52-11-31-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-11-31-220-053
(Ref. TASK 52-11-31-220-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-31-420-051
A. Installation of the Stop Fittings (at FR 16 and FR20)

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-31-991-002)
(1) Clean all the contact surfaces between the components with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
if necessary.
(2) Put a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) on the contact surface
between the stop fitting and the structure.
(3) Install the stop fitting (10) and the screws (12).
(4) Install the nuts (11) and tighten them.
(5) Make sure that the bead of sealant is continuous around the fitting.
(6) Remove the unwanted sealant if necessary.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 427
May 01/98
R
CES
Subtask 52-11-31-420-052
B. Installation of the Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-31-991-004)
(1) Clean the contact surfaces between the components with CLEANING
if necessary.
(2) Put a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) on the contact areas
between the buffer and the structure.
R (3) Put the buffer (20) in position.
Subtask 52-11-31-420-053
C. Installation of the Guide Fittings
(1) Clean the contact surfaces between all the components and the
structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) if necessary.
(2) Installation of the upper guide fitting at FR20:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-31-991-005)
(a) Put a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) on the contact

surface between the guide fitting and the structure.
(b) Install the shim (34) and the guide fitting (31).
(c) Install the washers (33), the screws (32) and tighten them.
(d) Remove the unwanted sealant if necessary around the guide

fitting.
(3) Installation of the upper guide fitting at FR16:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-31-991-005)

(c) Install the washers (43) and the screws (42) and tighten them.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 428
Feb 01/09

CES
(4) Installation of the lower guide fittings at FR16 and FR20:
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-31-991-006)

surface between the guide fittings and the structure.
(c) Install the washer (53) and the bolt (52) and tighten them.
(5) Adjust the clearance between the rollers and the guide fittings
(Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-001).
Subtask 52-11-31-420-054
D. Installation of the Roller

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-31-991-007)
(1) Clean the contact surface between the fitting and the structure with
19-003) if necessary.
(2) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) on the contact

surface between the fitting and the structure.
(4) Install the bolts (62).
R (6) Install the roller (70) as follows:
(a) Install the bushing (77).
(b) Put the roller (70) in position.
R (c) Install the bushing (76), the washer (75), the bolt (74) and the
R washer (73).
(d) Install the nut (72) and tighten it.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 429
Feb 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-11-31-420-055
E. Installation of the Door Stop Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-11-31-991-008)
(1) Clean the contact surface between the door and the stop fittings with

surface between the fittings and the structure.
(6) Install the screw (86).
(7) Install a new lock plate (83).
(8) Install the nut (82).
(9) Adjust the stop screw (86) to get a correct clearance in the Y axis
(Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-001).
R (10) TORQUE the nut (82) to between 2 and 2.2 m.daN (14.74 and 16.22
lbf.ft).
(11) Safety the nut with the lock plate (83).
Subtask 52-11-31-420-056
F. Installation of the Roller Fitting

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-31-991-009)
(1) Clean all the components with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) if necessary.

surfaces between the fitting and the structure.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 430
Feb 01/09

CES
(6) Install the spacer (98) and the roller (97).
(7) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) along the
axle of the bolt (96).
(8) Install the bolt (96).
lbf.in).
NOTE : If you install a new bolt (96), drill a hole of dia 1.93 mm
____
(0.0759 in.) +0 mm (+0.0000 in.) +0.1 mm (+0.0039 in.).
Subtask 52-11-31-420-057
G. Installation of the Fittings of the Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-11-31-991-010)
(1) Clean the contact surfaces between all the components with CLEANING
if necessary.
R (2) Install the serrated plates (107) and (104).
(3) Install the fitting swivel pieces (105) and (108).
(4) Make sure that the slots of the swivel pieces are orientated in the
aircraft centerline direction.
(5) Install the bolts (106) and the washers (103).
(7) Engage the guide arm fittings (100) and (101) (Ref. TASK 52-11-12-
400-003).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 431
Feb 01/09

CES
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-11-31-080-050

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
(3) Install the door frame lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007)>
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-006).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-31-080-050-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
(3) Install the door frame lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007)>
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-006).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 432
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-31-865-055
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-11-31-410-052
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 433
Feb 01/02
R
CES
TASK 52-11-31-000-003
Removal of the Girt Bar Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
52-11-31-991-011 Fig. 410

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 434
Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-31-010-055
A. Get Access
R
R (1) Put the access platform in front of the passenger/crew door 831(841).
R (2) Open the passenger/crew door 831 (841) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-31-020-058
A. Removal of the Girt Bar Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-11-31-991-011)
(1) Remove the old sealant around the girt bar fittings and on the heads
of the screws (111) and (121) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004), MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a non metallic scraper.
(2) Loosen the screws (111) (121) and remove them.
(3) Remove the girt bar fittings (110) (120).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 435
Aug 01/09

CES
Girt Bar Fittings
Figure 410/TASK 52-11-31-991-011

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 436
Aug 01/09
R
CES
TASK 52-11-31-400-003
Installation of the Girt Bar Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
R
52-11-31-991-011 Fig. 410
52-11-31-991-012 Fig. 411

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 437
Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-31-869-052
R (1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the applicable
R passenger/crew door.
R (2) Make sure that the passenger/crew door 831 (841) is open (Ref. TASK
R 52-10-00-010-001).
R (3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-31-420-058
A. Installation of the Girt Bar Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-11-31-991-011, 411/TASK 52-11-31-991-012)
(1) Clean all the contact surfaces between components with CLEANING
if necessary.
(2) Put the girt bar fittings (110) and (120) in position.
(3) Adjust the position of the girt bar fittings (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-
001).
(4) Install the screws (111) and (121).
(5) Tighten the screws (111) and (121).
(6) Make sure that the peripheral clearance J1 is 4 +0 -0.5 mm (0.1574

+0.0000 -0.0196 in.).
(7) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) between the fittings
(110) and (120) and the plate assy blankings (112) and (122).
(8) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) on the head of the screws (111)
and (121).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 438
Aug 01/09

CES
Girt-Bar Fitting Adjustment
Figure 411/TASK 52-11-31-991-012

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 439
Aug 01/09
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-31-410-057
R A. Close Access
R
R (1) Remove all the ground support equipment, the maintenance equipment,
items.
R (3) Close the passenger/crew door 831 (841) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 440
Aug 01/09

CES
TASK 52-11-31-000-004
Removal of the Roller and Proximity Switch Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
Doors
Door
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
52-11-31-991-015 Fig. 412
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-31-991-015-A Fig. 412A

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 441
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-31-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 52-11-31-010-058
B. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
(1) Put the access platform in position at the zone 831 (841).
(2) Open the fwd passenger/crew door 831 (841) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 442
Aug 01/09
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-11-31

Page 443
Aug 01/09

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-11-31

Page 444
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-11-31-865-061
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-11-31-010-059

831EZ, 831DZ, 831CZ.

841EZ, 841DZ, 841CZ.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
Subtask 52-11-31-020-060
A. Removal of the Roller and Proximity Switch Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-11-31-991-015)
(1) Remove the two nuts (28), the two bolts (24) and the two washers
(25).
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector of the proximity switch (26).
(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(4) Remove the fitting (27) and the proximity switch (26).
(6) Remove the nut (14).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 445
May 01/05

CES
Roller and Proximity Switch Mechanism
Figure 412/TASK 52-11-31-991-015

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-31

Page 446
May 01/05

CES
(8) Remove the spacer (13), the washers (10) and (12) and the roller
(11).
(9) Remove the nut (4), the bolt (16) and the washer (17).
(10) Remove the lever (6) and the shouldered bushes (5) and (18).
(12) Remove the bellcrank (30) and the spring (29).
(15) Remove the washer (3) and the pin (2).
(16) Remove and discard the rivet (7), the trunnion (21) and the spring
(20).
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-31-020-060-A

(Ref. Fig. 412A/TASK 52-11-31-991-015-A)
(1) Remove the two nuts (28), the two bolts (24) and the two washers
(25).
(7) Remove the bushes (13) and (9) and the washer (10).
(8) Remove the eccentric yoke (12) and the roller (11).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-31

Page 447
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Figure 412A/TASK 52-11-31-991-015-A

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-31

Page 448
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(9) Remove the nut (4), the bolt (16) and the washer (17).
(12) Remove the bellcrank (30) and the spring (29).
(20).

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-31

Page 449
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-11-31-400-004
Installation of the Roller and Proximity Switch Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 04-001 F DCSEA 359/A

WHEEL BEARING MINERAL GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 450
May 01/09

CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 pin cotter 53-16-01 23 -010

1 pin cotter 53-16-01 23A-010
7 rivet 53-16-01 23 -120
7 rivet 53-16-01 23A-120
15 cotter pin 53-16-01 23 -020
15 cotter pin 53-16-01 23A-020
38 cotter pin 53-16-01 23 -020
38 cotter pin 53-16-01 23A-020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Door
Door
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
52-11-31-991-015 Fig. 412
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-31-991-015-A Fig. 412A

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 451
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
52-11-31-991-016 Fig. 413
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-11-31-991-016-A Fig. 413A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-31-860-051
(1) Make sure that the access platforms are in position.
00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the drain holes in the door structure are not
obstructed.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 452
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-11-31-865-062
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
Subtask 52-11-31-420-060
A. Installation of the Roller and Proximity Switch Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-11-31-991-015)
NOTE : Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-001) to the
____
bushes (5) and (18) and the roller (11).
(1) Install the rivet (7) the trunnion (21) and the spring (20) on the
lever (6).
(2) Put in position the pin (2) and the washer (3).
(3) Safety the pin (2) with a new pin cotter (1).
(4) Install the bolt (23) and the washer (22) on the bellcrank (30).
(5) Put in position the spring (29) and the bellcrank (30).
(6) Put in position the spacer (19).
(7) Install the shouldered bushes (5) and (18) and the lever (6).
(8) Install the bolt (16), the washer (17) and the nut (4). Tighten the
nut (4).
(9) Put in position the roller (11), the washers (10) and (12) and the
spacer (13).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 453
May 01/05

CES
(10) Install the washer (9), the bolt (8) and the nut (14). Do not tighten
the nut (14).
(11) Install the fitting (27) and the proximity switch (26).
(12) Install the two washers (25), the two bolts (24) and the two nuts
(28). Tighten the two nuts (28).
(13) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(14) Connect the electrical connector to the proximity switch (26).
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-31-420-060-A

(Ref. Fig. 412A/TASK 52-11-31-991-015-A)
____
bushes (5) and (18) and the roller (11).
(1) Install the rivet (7) the trunnion (21) and the spring (20) on the
lever (6).
(2) Put in position the pin (2) and the washer (3).
(3) Safety the pin (2) with a new pin cotter (1).
(4) Install the bolt (23) and the washer (22) on the bellcrank (30).
(5) Put in position the spring (29) and the bellcrank (30).
(6) Put in position the spacer (19).
(8) Install the bolt (16), the washer (17) and the nut (4). Tighten the
nut (4).
(9) Put in position the roller (11) and the eccentric yoke (12).
(10) Put in position the bushes (13) and (9) and the washer (10).
(11) Install the nut (14) and the bolt (8). Do not tighten the nut (14).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-31

Page 454
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(13) Install the two washers (25), the two bolts (24) and the two nuts
(28). Tighten the two nuts (28).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-11-31-710-050
B. Adjustment of the Proximity Switch 11WV1 (11WV2)
(1) Adjust the proximity switch 11WV1 (11WV2) of the locking hook of the
passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-001).
(2) Tighten the nut (14). Safety the nut (14) with a new cotter pin (15).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-056,
Subtask 52-11-31-210-053
C. Adjustment of the Upper Hook

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-11-31-991-016)
(1) Open the door.
(2) Make sure that the two shims are in position in the upper fittings on
the door frame.
(a) Turn the barrel of the rod (32) until you get the contact between
(d) Safety the nuts (35) and the lockwashers (34) with MISCELLANEOUS

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 455
May 01/05

CES
Figure 413/TASK 52-11-31-991-016

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-056, 52-11-31

Page 456
May 01/05

CES
(4) Remove the two shims from the upper sliders and the positioning
freely.
R **ON A/C 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-11-31-210-053-A

(Ref. Fig. 413A/TASK 52-11-31-991-016-A)
(1) Open the door
upper guide fittings.
(3) Close the door.
(4) Make sure that the clearance M1 between the locking hook (41) and the
roller (34) is 0.5 +0.3 -0.3 mm (0.0196 +0.0118 -0.0118 in.).
(e) Remove the nut (37).
the stop flat (39).

-0.9, -0.6, +0.6, +1.5 or +1.2.
____

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-11-31

Page 457
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-31

Page 458
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 057-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-11-31

Page 459
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R (h) Push back the bush (36) until the correction value aligns with
R the mark of the stop flat (39).
R (i) Install and tighten the nut (37).
R (j) Turn the barrel of the rod (44) until the locking hook (41)
R touches the roller (34).
R (k) Install the new cotter pin (38).
R (l) Tighten the nuts (42) and the clamp (45).
R (m) Make sure that the lockwashers (43) are correctly positioned.
R (n) Safety the nuts (42) and the lockwashers (43) with MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-010).
R (5) Remove the two shims (thickness 0.2 mm (0.0078 in)) from the upper
R guide fittings.
R (6) Make sure that when the door is closed, the roller (34) turns freely.
R **ON A/C ALL
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-11-31-865-063
R breaker(s):
R 48WV, 13WN, 15WN.
R Subtask 52-11-31-410-059
R B. Installation of the Component
R (1) Install the door insulation blankets.
R (2) Install the door lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-001).
R (a) For the left door:

R 831EZ, 831CZ, 831DZ.
R (b) For the right door:

R 841EZ, 841CZ, 841DZ.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 460
Nov 01/00

CES
R Subtask 52-11-31-410-060
R C. Close Access
R 52-10-00-860-002).
R (3) Close the fwd passenger/crew door 831 (841) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
R 001).
R Subtask 52-11-31-862-051
R (1) De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 461
Nov 01/00

CES
TASK 52-11-31-000-005
Removal of the Girt-Bar Fitting Blanking-Plates
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R
52-11-31-000-003 Removal of the Girt Bar Fittings
52-11-31-991-017 Fig. 414
52-11-31-991-018 Fig. 415

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 462
Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-31-010-060
A. Get Access
R
(1) Put the access platform in front of the passenger/crew door 831
(841).
(2) Open the passenger/crew door 831 (841) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
R
Subtask 52-11-31-010-061
R B. Remove the girt bar fittings (Ref. TASK 52-11-31-000-003).

R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-31-020-061
A. Removal of the Blanking Plates

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-11-31-991-017, 415/TASK 52-11-31-991-018)
(1) Pull the cords (4) up to remove the sealant from the floor panel
joints.
(2) Remove the remaining sealant around the blanking plates (1) and (2)
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004), MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003) and a non-metallic scraper.
(3) Loosen the screws (3) and remove them.
(4) Remove the blanking plates (1) and (2).

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 463
Aug 01/09

CES
Girt-Bar Fitting Blanking-Plates
Figure 414/TASK 52-11-31-991-017

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 464
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Blanking Plates Sealing
Figure 415/TASK 52-11-31-991-018

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 465
Aug 01/09
R
CES
TASK 52-11-31-400-005
Installation of the Girt-Bar Fitting Blanking-Plates
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-027 F NSA3811
WHITE CORD-BRAIDED (NYLON) (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
R
52-11-31-400-003 Installation of the Girt Bar Fittings
52-11-31-991-017 Fig. 414
52-11-31-991-018 Fig. 415

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 466
Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-31-869-053
R 52-10-00-010-001).
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-31-420-061
A. Installation of the Girt-Bar Fitting Blanking-Plates

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-11-31-991-017, 415/TASK 52-11-31-991-018)
(1) Clean all the surfaces between the components with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-004) and MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) if
necessary.
(2) Put the blanking plates (1) and (2) in position.
(3) Install the cords (4) MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-027) in the
joints around the blanking plates (1) and (2).
(4) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) between the blanking
plates (1) and (2) and the structure.
(5) Install the screws (3).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-31-410-061
R A. Install the girt bar fittings (Ref. TASK 52-11-31-400-003).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 467
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-11-31-410-062
R B. Close Access
R
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 468
Aug 01/09

CES
LATCH AND STOP FITTINGS - DOOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________
TASK 52-11-31-220-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Rollers
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Door
Door
52-11-31-000-002 Removal of the Stop Fittings, Buffer, Guide Fittings,
Rollers, Door Stop Fittings, Roller Fittings and
Guide Arm Fittings
52-11-31-991-013 Fig. 601
52-11-31-991-014 Fig. 602

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 601
Feb 01/98

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-11-31-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 52-11-31-010-057
B. Get Access
_______
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______

10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
Subtask 52-11-31-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 602
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-11-31-020-059
(1) Remove the rollers, if not removed (Ref. TASK 52-11-31-000-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-11-31-220-051
A. Inspection of the Guide Rollers

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-11-31-991-013)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bush, and the parts of the
guide rollers.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD2 | 12.715 | 12.730 | | | 12.701 | | |
| | (0.5005)| (0.5011)| | | (0.5004)| | |
| | | | 0.0000 | 0.052 | | | 0.084 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0016)| | |(0.0033)|
| ID1 | 12.730 | 12.727 | | | | 12.785 | |
| | (0.5011)| (0.5022)| | | | (0.5038)| |
| | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) If the wear of the bush is not in the tolerances.
(a) Replace the bush (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-915-001).
(b) or replace the part on which it is installed.

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 603
Feb 01/98

CES
Guide Rollers
Figure 601/TASK 52-11-31-991-013

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 604
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-11-31-220-052
B. Inspection of the Roller

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-11-31-991-014)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the parts of the roller.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD11 | 8.483 | 8.495 | | | 8.473 | | |
| | (0.3339)| (0.3344)| | | 0.3389 | | 0.064 |
| | | | 0.010 | 0.031 | | |(0.0024)|
| | | | (0.0004)| (0.0012)| | | |
| ID10 | 8.505 | 8.514 | | | | 8.534 | |
| | (0.3348)| (0.3351)| | | | (0.3359)| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-11-31-420-059
A. Installation of the Rollers
(1) Install the rollers (Ref. TASK 52-11-31-000-002).
Subtask 52-11-31-865-060
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 605
Feb 01/98

CES
Roller
Figure 602/TASK 52-11-31-991-014

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 606
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-11-31-410-058
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.
001).
Subtask 52-11-31-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-11-31

Page 607
Feb 01/98

CES
AFT PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. General
_______
**ON A/C 001-002,
The doors are in the aft section of the fuselage, between FR66 and FR68.
The doors have two different mechanisms :

- the emergency evacuation mechanism.
handles.
The emergency escape slide is operated by the emergency control handle on
the inner side of the door.
If you open the door from the outside, the emergency escape slide
automatically disarmed.

- Height: 1829 mm (72.0079 in.).
- Width: 813 mm (32.0078 in.).

- without the escape slide 90 kg (198.4159 lb).
- with the escape slide 114 kg (251.3269 lb).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The doors are in the rear section of the fuselage, between FR66 and FR68.
The doors have two different mechanisms:

- the emergency evacuation mechanism.
The door locking mechanism can be operated by the inner and the outer
control handles from the outside.
The emergency slide/raft is operated by the emergency control handle on the
inner side of the door.
If you open the door from the outside, the slide/raft is automatically
disarmed.

- Height: 1829 mm (72.0079 in.).
- Width: 813 mm (32.0078 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
- with the slide/raft 147 kg (324.0794 lb).
- without the slide/raft 90 kg (198.4159 lb).
**ON A/C ALL
2. Description
___________
A. Structure of the Door

(Ref. Fig. 001)
The primary structural elements of the door are :
- the horizontal longerons
- the vertical curved members
- the outer skin
- the inner skin
- the edge members.
All these elements are attached with rivets.
These elements are attached to the door :

- the adjustable stops which give the safety if the pressurization system
is defective. They are adjusted to put the door flush with the fuselage
- the guide rollers engage in the sliders on the frame of the door. They
are positioned so that the stops can disengage or move in the correct
position when you lift or lower the door
- you can see the warning light panel through the door window when you
open the door from the outside
- a seal is installed around the door on the inner side. It has holes at
equal intervals.
When the door is closed, the seal is pushed against the frame of the
fuselage. When the passenger cabin is pressurized, the seal inflates.
The lower guide fittings on the door frame have holes to drain the
rainwater.
The four air stoppers are installed between the door and the door frame.
They prevent the cold air from penetrating into the cabin.
An additional thermal insulation is installed behind the emergency escape
slide and around the door/support arm connections.
On the upper edge of the door, there is a silicone tape shim between the
door seal and the door seal channel.
On the lower edge of the door, there is a stainless steel seal-retainer
under the door seal.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 2
May 01/05
R
CES
R Door Structure
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 3
Aug 01/03

CES
3. Operation
_________
A. Locking and Compensation Mechanism
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
**ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 002A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 002B)
**ON A/C ALL
The door is locked with a hook at the upper section of the door.
This hook is attached to the locking shaft with a rod and a bellcrank.
An arm on the locking shaft gives a visual indication.
A spring rod holds the door in the locked position.
A safety pin stops the door if there is a malfunction of the locking
mechanism or the lifting mechanism.
The inner and outer control handles are slaved one to another by a
gearbox assembly.
The gearbox assembly is attached to the locking shaft and the reducer
shaft. It stops the outer handle when the door is released with the inner
control handle
When the door closes, the inner control handle puts the outer control
handle in its housing, through the gearbox.
When the door is open, in the up position, a safety pin prevents the
gearbox from turning.
The lifting lever lifts the door. The door moves upwards until the
lowering shaft is no longer in contact with the stop fitting on the
frame.
The compensation mechanism is a torsion bar.

It lets the door open and close easily by weight compensation when it is
released.
The force that is necessary to release the door must be equal to or less
than 16 daN (35.9694 lbf).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 002

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-13-00

Page 5
Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 002A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
52-13-00

Page 6
Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 002B

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES
The recess of the lock safety pin has a draining hole.
**ON A/C 001-002,
B. Escape Slide Control Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 003)
The escape slide is installed at the bottom of the door.
When the emergency control handle is in the ARMED position, the escape
slide girt bar engages into the fittings on the door threshold. It stays
attached to the door when the emergency control handle is in the DISARMED
position.
escape slide automatically when the door is opened with the exterior
control handle.
A hook prevents from arming of the escape slide when the door is open.
The locking shaft locks the emergency control handle in the DISARMED
position.
The escape slide inflation mechanism is a striker attached to the
bellcrank assembly on the escape slide control mechanism.
When the emergency control handle is put in the ARMED position, the
striker turns about its axis and moves under the striker mechanism
attached to the damper actuator and emergency operation cylinder.
The emergency control handle is in the ARMED position.
There is a special sealing ring on the escape slide flexible controls.
The special sealing ring reduces the control loads of flexible controls
under adverse freezing conditions.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
B. Slide/raft Control Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 003A)
A slide/raft is installed at the bottom of the door. A slide/raft girt
bar has a built-in quick release mechanism.
When the emergency control handle is in the ARMED position, the
slide/raft girt bar engages into the fittings on the door threshold. It
stays attached to the door when the emergency control handle is in the
DISARMED position.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10

CES
Escape Slide Release Mechanisms
Figure 003

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-13-00

Page 9
Nov 01/09

CES
Slide/Raft Release Mechanisms
Figure 003A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
esape slide automatically when the door is opened with the outer control
handle.
The slide raft control mechanism puts the escape slide control lever in
A hook prevents from arming of the slide/raft when the door is open.
The locking shaft locks the emergency control handle in the DISARMED
position.
The slide/raft inflation mechanism is a striker attached to the bellcrank
assembly on the slide/raft control mechanism.
When the emergency control handle is put in the ARMED position, the
striker turns about its axis and moves under the striker mechanism
attached to the damper actuator and emergency operattion cylinder.
The emergency control handle is in the ARMED position.
There is a special sealing ring on slide/raft flexible controls. The
special sealing ring reduces the control loads of flexible controls under
adverse freezing conditions.
**ON A/C ALL
C. Support Arm of the Door
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
**ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 002A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 002B)
**ON A/C ALL
The support arm is attached to the door with the upper connection link
and the lower connection link (lifting lever) that is attached to the
reducer shaft with an adjustable rod.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10

CES
The support arm and the two upper and lower guide arms move the door
forward and out of the aircraft.
D. Indicating and Warning
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 004A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Mechanical indicating
(a) A visual indicator on the shaft of the locking mechanism

indicates the position of the door (open or closed).
(b) A visual indicator on the girt bar indicates the position of the
girt bar (engaged or not).
(2) Electrical indicating
(a) The proximity switches transmit the position of:

- the escape slide control lever on the escape-slide control
mechanism.
- the door handle on the shaft of the locking mechanism.
- the hook on the upper frame of the door.
(3) SLIDE ARMED indicator light and CABIN PRESSURE warning light panel
(a) The SLIDE ARMED indicator light comes on if a person tries to

open the door when the escape-slide is in the ARMED position.
(b) When the cabin pressure is greater than 2.5 mb, with engines
stopped and slides disarmed, the CABIN PRESSURE warning light
panel comes on and flashes. This prevents sudden opening when a
person tries to open the door.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 12
Feb 01/10

CES
Indicating and Warning of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 004

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-13-00

Page 13
Nov 01/09

CES
Indicating and Warning of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 004A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-00

Page 14
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
AFT PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - SERVICING
___________________________________
TASK 52-13-00-610-001
Servicing of the AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 301
Nov 01/03

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Door
Door
56-21-13-100-002 Cleaning the Outer Surface of the Outer Window Panes
3. __________
Job Set-up
_______
65 KNOTS.
_______
INSTALLED.
_______

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 302
Nov 01/06

CES
Subtask 52-13-00-010-059
A. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position at the aft

passenger/crew door:
(a) For the left passenger/crew door at the zone 832.
(b) For the right passenger/crew door at the zone 842.
(2) Open the aft passenger/crew door 832 (842) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-00-010-060
C. Removal of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002)

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 303
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-00-010-060-A
C. Removal of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002)
(2) Remove the escape-slide raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012).

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-00-110-050
A. Cleaning
(1) Clean the ends of the girt bar with a brush and CLEANING AGENTS
(2) Clean the window of the door (Ref. TASK 56-21-13-100-002).
Subtask 52-13-00-916-050

_______

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 304
Feb 01/10

CES
STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) on all the parts, but not
on the mechanisms.
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-00-410-060

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-00-410-060-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
(3) Install the escape-slide raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 305
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-00-865-053
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-13-00-410-061
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
(2) Close the aft passenger/crew door 832 (842) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 306
May 01/04
R
CES
AFT PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________
TASK 52-13-00-820-001
Adjustment of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R To adjust the door immediately after replacement of the door/door

R components, or if a door malfunction is reported.
NOTE : The values given in this procedure are not applicable for general
____
R inspections/checks.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 501
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 cotter pin 52-13-04 04B-170

13 cotter pin 52-13-04 04D-170
13 cotter pin 52-13-04 04E-170
47 cotter pin 53-46-04 80B-060
53 lock plate 52-13-11 21 -040
53 lock plate 52-13-11 21A-040
208 cotter pin 52-13-04 05B-040
208 cotter pin 52-13-04 05H-040

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 502
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-23-45-000-003 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-004 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
Passenger/Crew Door
Doors
Door
Slide

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 503
Nov 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-13-31-400-001 Installation of the Lining flap
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-00-991-013 Fig. 501
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
52-13-00-991-005 Fig. 502
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-00-991-005-A Fig. 502A
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
52-13-00-991-006 Fig. 503
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
52-13-00-991-006-A Fig. 503A
**ON A/C ALL
52-13-00-991-015 Fig. 504

52-13-00-991-001 Fig. 505
52-13-00-991-003 Fig. 506
52-13-00-991-012 Fig. 507

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 201-207,
52-13-00-991-019 Fig. 508
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-00-991-019-A Fig. 508A
**ON A/C ALL
52-13-00-991-014 Fig. 509
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
52-13-00-991-004 Fig. 510
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-00-991-004-A Fig. 510A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-00-991-021 Fig. 511
**ON A/C ALL
52-13-00-991-007 Fig. 512
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-220, 224-224, 231-249,

R 251-299, 303-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-00-991-017 Fig. 513

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 221-223, 225-230, 301-302,
52-13-00-991-017-A Fig. 513A
**ON A/C ALL
52-13-00-991-020 Fig. 514
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-00-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 52-13-00-010-061
B. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______

door 832 or 842.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 506
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 52-13-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-00-010-051-B
832GZ.
842GZ.
(4) Remove the door-frame lining panels:
(a) For the left door: 261TW, 261UW, 261VW, 261WW (Ref. TASK 25-23-
45-000-003).
(b) For the right door: 262TW, 262UW, 262VW, 262WW (Ref. TASK 25-23-
45-000-004).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 507
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-13-00-420-053

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

____
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-00-010-051-C
832GZ.
842GZ.
(4) Remove the door-frame lining panels:
45-000-003).
45-000-004).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-00

Page 508
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-13-00-420-053-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

____
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
Subtask 52-13-00-820-050

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-13-00-991-013, 502/TASK 52-13-00-991-005)
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-13-00-991-006)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 503A/TASK 52-13-00-991-006-A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-13-00-991-015)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 509
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Adjustment of the Door Stop Fittings of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 501/TASK 52-13-00-991-013

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 510
May 01/05

CES
Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Fittings of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 502/TASK 52-13-00-991-005

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203, 52-13-00

Page 511
May 01/05

CES
Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Fittings of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 502A/TASK 52-13-00-991-005-A

R

EFF : 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-13-00

Page 512
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Adjustment of the Girt Bar and Load on the Inner Control Handle of the AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 503/TASK 52-13-00-991-006

R EFF :

001-002, 051-052,

52-13-00 Page 513
May 01/05

CES
Adjustment of the Girt Bar and Load on the Inner Control Handle of the AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 503A/TASK 52-13-00-991-006-A

EFF :

ALL

52-13-00 Page 514
May 01/05
R
CES
Adjustment of the Girt Bar Fittings of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 504/TASK 52-13-00-991-015

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 515
May 01/05

CES
(2) Slowly close the door. Make sure that there is no hard point (between
the door stops (21) and the door frame stops (22)) for the overlap H3
of 3 mm (0.1181 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.).
(37) and (38) and the upper and lower guide fittings (32), (36).
(b) Loosen the bolts (40) and move the guide fittings (32), (36) to
get the clearance H2 and temporarily tighten the bolts (40).
(c) Close the door.
(2) ends and the girt bar fitting (1)) is 4 mm (0.1574 in.) minimum.
(92), (95) and the plates (93), (94).
axes, to get the correct clearance.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203, 52-13-00

Page 516
Aug 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-00-820-050-A

503A/TASK 52-13-00-991-006-A, 504/TASK 52-13-00-991-015)
(2) Slowly close the door. Make sure that there is no hard point (between
the door stops (21) and the door frame stops (22)) for the overlap H3
of 3 mm (0.1181 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.).
(b) Loosen the bolts (40) and move the guide fittings (32), (36) to

(d) Temporarily tighten the bolts (40).
(e) Close the door.
(2) ends and the girt bar fitting (1)) is 4 mm (0.1574 in.) minimum.

R

EFF : 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-13-00

Page 517
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(92), (95) and the plates (93), (94).
axes, to get the correct clearance.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-00-820-052
B. Adjustment of the Door in the Down Position

52-13-00-991-012)
(1) Install two positioning templates on the X axis, on the door frame.
(2) If the templates do not touch the door frame or the door contour,
adjust the door in the X axis as follows:
(a) Close and lock the door.
(b) Disconnect the upper and lower connection links (11) from each
side of the yoke.
(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (13).
(d) Remove the nuts (14), the washers (15) and the bolts (16) to
disconnect the upper and lower connection links (11).
(e) Adjust the door on the X axis with washers (12) of a different
thickness.
(f) Make sure that the clearance B is less than or equal to 0.1 mm
(0.0039 in.).
____
thickness.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 518
Aug 01/08
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-13-00

Page 519
May 01/05

CES
X and Y Adjustment Axes - Aft Passenger/Crew Door

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 520
May 01/05
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 521
May 01/05
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 522
May 01/05
R
CES
Adjustment of the Y Axis and Stops of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 506/TASK 52-13-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 523
May 01/05
R
CES
Clearances - Adjustment on Z Axis of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 507/TASK 52-13-00-991-012

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 524
May 01/05
R
CES
The clearance B must be in the tolerances.
(g) Connect the upper and lower connection links (11).
(h) Install the washers (15), the bolts (16).
(i) Install the nuts (14).
119.46 lbf.in).
0.0275 in.).
frame:
(a) At FR66, E1 is 4 +1 -1 mm (0.1574 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).
(b) At FR68, E2 is 4 +1.8 -1.8 mm (0.1574 +0.0708 -0.0708 in.).

____ (0.1574 +0.0866 -0.0866 in.)
is permitted on the rear part for a maximum length of 400
mm (15.7480 in.).
(c) E3 is 4 +1.5 -2.5 mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0984 in.).
(a) E5 is 1.5 +1 -1 mm (0.0590 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).

____
in.) is permitted on the rear part for a maximum length of
400 mm (15.7480 in.).
(a) For the FWD stops at FR66, E6 is 13.5 +1 -1 mm (0.5314 +0.0393 -

0.0393 in.).
(b) For the aft stops at FR68, E6 is 13.5 +2 -2 mm (0.5314 +0.0787 -

0.0787 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 525
Aug 01/08
R
CES
in.).
(8) Make sure that the seal is compressed by E9: 4.5 +2 -2 mm (0.1771
+0.0787 -0.0787 in.).
(9) When you start to open the door make sure that, the clearance E10
X axis, change the door position as follows:
side of the yoke.
(b) Remove the nuts (14), the washers (13) and the bolts (16) to
disconnect the upper and lower connection links.
(c) Adjust the door on the X axis with the washers (12) of a
(0.0039 in.)
____
thickness.
The clearance B must be in the tolerance.
(g) Install the nuts (14).
(h) TORQUE the nuts to between 1.2 and 1.35 m.daN (106.19 and 119.46
lbf.in).
(11) If the clearances E5 and E9 on the Y axis are not in the tolerances,
(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-13-00-991-003)
(a) Remove the nuts (52) and the lock plate lock (53).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 526
Aug 01/08
R
CES
1
+0 +0.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0000 +0.0196 in.).
2
3
_ Make sure that a minimum of stop screws touch the door frame
with:
- two stop screws on one side of the door frame and,
- one stop screw on the opposite of the frame.
and 16.22 lbf.ft).
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 52-13-00-991-012)
(a) Remove the lockwire from the nuts (61) and (63) and discard it.
configuration.
(d) Tighten the nuts (61) and (63) and safety the rod (62) with
(e) Make sure that the clearances are correct.
(13) Remove the positioning templates from the frame.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 527
Aug 01/08
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
Subtask 52-13-00-820-053
Fittings
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-13-00-991-005)
with the clearances below.
1
_ C1 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
2
_ C2 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 2.2 mm (0.0866 in.).
(36).
(c) Tighten the screws (40).

____
is permitted.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203, 52-13-00

Page 528
Aug 01/08

CES
(0.0078 in.) between the rollers (31) and the stop screws (35).
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-00-820-053-A
Fittings
(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-13-00-991-005-A)
with the clearances below.
1
_ C1 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
2
_ C2 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 2.2 mm (0.0866 in.).
(36).
(c) Make sure that the eccentric screws (39):

(d) Tighten the screws (40).

____
is permitted.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-00

Page 529
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(0.0078 in.) between the rollers (31) and the stop screws (35).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 201-207,
Subtask 52-13-00-820-054
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-13-00-991-005)
**ON A/C 062-099, 105-105, 151-154, 204-207,
(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-13-00-991-005-A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 201-207,
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 52-13-00-991-019)
(1) Close the door.
(2) Make sure that:
(a) The clearance C6 between the rollers (31) and bolts (35) is 0.2
mm (0.0078 in.).
(b) The locking hook (41) is in contact with the roller (40).
(3) If the clearance C6 is not in the tolerances, do the adjustment

below:
(a) Open the door.
(35).
(d) Put the two shims (thickness 0.2 mm (0.0078 in)) in position in
and the bolts (35).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-00

Page 530
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Adjustment of the Upper Hook of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 508/TASK 52-13-00-991-019

R

EFF :
201-207,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 52-13-00

Page 531
May 01/05

CES
shims.

below:
(b) Close the door.
(f) Turn the barrel of the rod (44) until you get the contact between
(5) Make sure that when the door is closed the roller (40) turns freely.

R

EFF :
201-207,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 52-13-00

Page 532
May 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-00-820-054-A

(1) Close the door.
(2) Make sure that:
0.2 mm (0.0078 in.).
(b) The locking hook (41) is in contact with the roller (40) and the
clearance M1 is 0.5 +0.3 -0.3 mm (0.0196 +0.0118 -0.0118 in.).
(3) If the clearance C6 is not in the tolerances, do the adjustment that

follows:
(a) Open the door.
(35).
(d) Put the two shims (thickness 0.2 mm (0.0078 in)) in position in
and the bolts (35).
shims.

that follows:

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-00

Page 533
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-00

Page 534
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-00

Page 535
Feb 01/10

CES
(b) Close the door.
(f) Turn the barrel of the rod (44) until the locking hook (41)

follows:
(b) Close the door.
(f) Turn the rod (44) one turn to make it shorter.
(g) Remove and discard the cotter pin (47) and remove the nut (46).
(h) Pull out the bush (48) by 4 mm (0.1574 in.) to disengage it from
the stop flat (50).
(i) Turn the bush (48) by the required correction value:

-0.9, -0.6, +0.6, +1.5 or +1.2.
____

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-00

Page 536
Feb 01/10

CES
(j) Push back the bush (48) until the correction value aligns with
(k) Install and tighten the nut (46).
(l) TORQUE the nut to between 1.25 and 1.5 m.daN (110.61 and 132.74
lbf.in).
(m) Turn the barrel of the rod (44) until the locking hook (41)
(n) Install the new cotter pin (47).
(o) Tighten the nuts (42) and the clamp (45).
(p) Make sure that the lockwashers (43) are correctly positioned.
(q) Safety the nuts (42) and the lockwashers (43) with MISCELLANEOUS
(r) Open the door and remove the two shims.
(6) Make sure that when the door is closed the roller (40) turns freely.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-00-820-055
E. Safety Pin Adjustment

(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 52-13-00-991-014)
(1) Close the door.
(2) Make sure that the clearance G1 between the fitting (71) and the
(3) If the clearance G1 is not in the tolerance adjust the safety pin as
follows:
(a) Open the door.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 537
May 01/05
R
CES
Adjustments of the Safety Pin of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 509/TASK 52-13-00-991-014

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 538
May 01/05

CES
the head of the stop screw (74).
(f) Torque the stop screw (74), to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09
and 61.94 lbf.in).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
Subtask 52-13-00-820-056
F. Check and Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 510/TASK 52-13-00-991-004)

(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 52-13-00-991-021)
(a) For the door that has a door damper and emergency-operation
cylinder P/N series FE174 and FE196.
1
_ Put the door in the up closed position to touch the seal.
(b) For the door equipped with door damper and emergency-operation
1
_ Put the door in the up closed position to touch the seal at
FR68.
a

____
- the clearance J1 must be equal to the difference between

the flushness D1 measured between the door and the door
frame forward of the door, and the flushness D2 measured
between the door and the door frame aft of the door.
- the maximum clearance J1 must be of 5 mm (0.1968 in.).
(c) Make sure that the bolts (88) at the guide arm/door attachment
are not stressed.

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 539
May 01/05

CES
Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms - Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 510/TASK 52-13-00-991-004

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203, 52-13-00

Page 540
May 01/05

CES
Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms - Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 510A/TASK 52-13-00-991-004-A

R

EFF : 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-13-00

Page 541
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Upper and Lower Guide Arms X axis Adjustment
Figure 511/TASK 52-13-00-991-021

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 542
May 01/05

CES
(d) If they are stressed do an adjustment of the the upper guide arm
(87) and lower guide arm (84) as follows:
1
(85).
2
3
correct position.
4
(2) Adjustment on the Y axis
(b) Make sure that the bolts (88) at the guide arm/door attachment
are not stressed.
(c) If they are stressed adjust the upper guide arm (87) and lower
guide arm (84) as follows:
1
(85).
2
3
correct position.
4

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203, 52-13-00

Page 543
May 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-00-820-056-A
F. Check and Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 510A/TASK 52-13-00-991-004-A)

(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 52-13-00-991-021)
(a) For the door that has the door damper and emergency-operation
cylinder P/N series FE174 and FE196.
1
_ Put the door in the up closed position, to touch the seal.
(b) For the door that has the door damper and emergency-operation
1
_ Put the door in the up closed position, to touch the seal at
FR68.
a
_ Do a check of the clearance J1 at FR66. The clearance J1
must be equal to the difference between:
- the flushness D1 measured between the door and the door
frame forward of the door,
- and the flushness D2 measured between the door and the
door frame aft of the door.
The maximum clearance J1 must be of 5 mm (0.1968 in.).

____
(c) Make sure that there is no stress on the bolts (88) at the guide
(d) If there is stress, do an adjustment of the the upper guide arm

(87) and lower guide arm (84) as follows:
1
(85).
2
3
correct position.

R

EFF : 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-13-00

Page 544
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
4
5
(2) Adjustment on the Y axis
(b) Make sure that there is no stress on the bolts (88) at the guide
(c) If there is stress, adjust the upper guide arm (87) and lower
guide arm (84) as follows:
1
(85).
2
3
correct position.
4
5
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-00-820-057
G. Adjustment of the Escape Slide and Girt Bar Fittings
R **ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-13-00-991-006)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 545
May 01/05

CES
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 503A/TASK 52-13-00-991-006-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-13-00-991-015)
(1) Put the door in the closed position.

handle.
(a) F1 is between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 1.2 mm (0.0472 in.).
(b) F2 is between 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) and 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).
(a) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
girt bar fitting plates (93) and (94).
the Y axis to get the correct clearances F1 and F2.
(e) Tighten the nuts (91), (96) on the girt bar fittings (92), (95).
(91), (96) and around the girt bar fittings (92), (95).
(6) Use a dynamometer to measure the load. Operate the emergency control
handle several times. Make sure that the load necessary to operate
the handle is not more than 10 daN (22.4808 lbf).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 546
May 01/05

CES
Subtask 52-13-00-820-058
H. Adjustment of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
(1) Do a check of the adjustment of the bellcrank finger of the

door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-820-
002).
Subtask 52-13-00-820-059
J. Adjustment of the Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 512/TASK 52-13-00-991-007)
(2) Make sure that the support arm locks correctly on the fuselage frame
when the door is open.
(3) Make sure that the clearance G2 between the buffer (201) and the
fuselage is between 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) and 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.).
(4) If the clearance G2 is not in the tolerances, adjust the buffer as

follows:
(a) Put the door in the center position.
(c) Remove the nut (207) and the cap (206).
(d) Release the bushing (205), the washer (204) and the adjusting
washers (203).
(e) Release the bolt (209) and the buffer (201). Retain the adjusting
washer (202).
(f) Move the adjusting washers (202) and (203) to get the correct
clearance G2.
(g) Install the bolt (209), the buffer (201) and the adjusting
washers (202) on the support (210).
(h) Install the adjusting washers (203), the washer (204) and the
bushing (205).
(i) Install the cup (206) and the nut (207).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 547
May 01/05
R
CES
Adjustment of the Buffer of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 512/TASK 52-13-00-991-007

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 548
May 01/05

CES
(j) Tighten the nut (207). Install the new cotter pin (208).
(k) Fully open the door.
Subtask 52-13-00-820-060
K. Check and Adjustment of the Compensation Mechanism

52-13-00-820-002).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-220, 224-224, 231-249,

R 251-299, 303-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-00-820-061

(Ref. Fig. 513/TASK 52-13-00-991-017)
side.

____
(a) Loosen the nut (301), remove the stop (303) and the adjustable
shim (302).
(c) Install the stop (303) with the adjustable shim (302) and the nut
(301).
(d) TORQUE the nut (301) to 0.68 m.daN (60.17 lbf.in).
(e) Do step (3).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 549
Feb 01/10

CES
Adjustment of the Outer Control Handle of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 513/TASK 52-13-00-991-017

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-220, 224-224, 231-249, 251-299, 303-399,
52-13-00

Page 550
Feb 01/10
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 221-223, 225-230, 301-302,
Subtask 52-13-00-820-061-A

(Ref. Fig. 513A/TASK 52-13-00-991-017-A)
side.

____
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-00-820-062
M. Check of the Emergency Control Handle Disarming
(1) Close the door.
(3) Open the door with the outer control handle.
(4) Make sure that the emergency control handle moves to the DISARMED
position.
Subtask 52-13-00-820-063
N. Check of the Door Locking in the Up Position

(Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 52-13-00-991-020)
(1) Make sure that during the opening of the door, the handle (405) locks
(405), you feel no hard points caused by the non retraction of the
hooks (404).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 551
May 01/05
R
CES
Adjustment of the Outer Control handle of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 513A/TASK 52-13-00-991-017-A

R

EFF :

221-223, 225-230, 301-302, 52-13-00

Page 552
May 01/05

CES
Adjustment of the Inner Control Handle of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 514/TASK 52-13-00-991-020

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 553
May 01/05
R
CES
(3) If necessary, do the adjustment below.
(b) Decrease the length of the rod (403) so that when you close the
door, there is no hard point caused by the non-retraction of the
hook with the door in the up position.
(c) Tighten the nuts (401), (403) and safety them with MISCELLANEOUS
(d) Put the door in the up position and make sure that you can
(4) If you continue to feel the hard points apply COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-004) to the contact surface of the hook (404) and the handle
(405).
Subtask 52-13-00-820-065
P. Check of Preload of the Cover Plate
007).
____
door.
____
Subtask 52-13-00-820-066
Q. Check and Adjustment of the Proximity Switch
(1) Do an adjustment of the proximity switch of the locking mechanism

13WV1 or 13WV2 (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 554
May 01/05
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-00-020-053

ballast weight).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-00-020-053-A

**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-00-865-051
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 555
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-00-410-051-B
C. Installation of the Component
832GZ.
842GZ.
(3) Install the door-frame lining panels.
45-000-005).
45-400-008).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-00-410-051-C
C. Installation of the Components
832GZ.
842GZ.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-00

Page 556
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(3) Install the door-frame lining panels.
45-400-005).
45-400-008).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-00-410-062
D. Close Access
52-10-00-860-00200).
00-410-001).
items.
Subtask 52-13-00-862-050
E. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 557
Nov 01/06

CES
TASK 52-13-00-820-002
Load Adjustment of the Control Handle of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door without
the Emergency Escape Slide
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 558
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
**ON A/C 001-002,
52-13-00-991-008 Fig. 515
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-00-991-008-A Fig. 515A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-00-941-052
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 559
Feb 01/10

CES
_______

door 832 or 842.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-00-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-00-010-058
(2) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002)
832AZ
842AZ.

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 560
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-00-010-058-A
(2) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002)
832AZ
842AZ.

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 515/TASK 52-13-00-991-008)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 515A/TASK 52-13-00-991-008-A)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 561
Feb 01/10

CES
Load Adjustment of the Control Handle of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 515/TASK 52-13-00-991-008

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-13-00

Page 562
Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 515A/TASK 52-13-00-991-008-A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-00

Page 563
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-00-820-051
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 515/TASK 52-13-00-991-008)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 515A/TASK 52-13-00-991-008-A)
**ON A/C ALL
lbf).
(3) If the load is not in the tolerances, adjust as follows:
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the tension bolt (1),
(b) Adjust the tension bolt (1) to get the correct load,
(c) Safety the tension bolt (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010),
(4) Make sure that the inner control handle (2) comes to its initial
position with the door in the up position and the low position.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 564
Feb 01/10

CES
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-00-410-053

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
832AZ
842AZ.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-00-410-053-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
832AZ
842AZ.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 565
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-00-942-054
B. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
00-410-001) .
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 566
Nov 01/07

CES
TASK 52-13-00-820-002- 01
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is applicable with the escape slide or escape slide/raft

installed.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 567
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
**ON A/C 001-002,
52-13-00-991-008 Fig. 515
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-00-991-008-A Fig. 515A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-00-941-060
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 568
Feb 01/10

CES
door 832 or 842.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-00-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-00-820-067
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 515/TASK 52-13-00-991-008)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 515A/TASK 52-13-00-991-008-A)
**ON A/C ALL
lbf).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 569
Feb 01/10

CES
R (3) If the load is not in the tolerances, adjust as follows:
R (b) Remove and discard the lockwire from the tension bolt (1).
R (c) Adjust the tension bolt (1) to get the correct load.
R (d) Safety the tension bolt (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 010).
R (4) Close the door and measure the load necessary to open and close the
R door with the inner control handle (2). If the load is not in the
R tolerances, do the adjustment again.
R (5) Make sure that the inner control handle (2) comes back to its initial
R position with the door in the up position and the down position.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-13-00-865-058
R breaker(s):
R 13WN, 15WN, 48WV
R Subtask 52-13-00-942-063
R B. Close Access
R 52-10-00-860-002).
R (3) Close the applicable passenger/crew door 832 or 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-
R 00-410-001).
R items.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 570
Feb 01/08

CES
AFT PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________
TASK 52-13-00-200-001
R Detailed Inspection of Door Stop Assemblies on Aft Passenger/Crew Door, LH/RH

R
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
52-13-31-000-002 Removal of the Stop Fittings, the Buffer, the Guide
Fittings, the Rollers, the Door Stop Fittings, the
Roller Fittings and Guide Arm Fittings
52-13-00-991-009 Fig. 601

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 601
May 01/03

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-00-010-054
A. Get Access
(2) Open the applicable aft passenger/Crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-00-220-052
A. Inspection
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-13-00-991-009)
R (1) Do a detailed inspection of the door stop assemblies of the aft L and
R R passenger/crew doors.
(2) Make sure that there are no cracks or signs of corrosion on the stop
fittings and the stop screws.
R (3) Do a check of the door stop screws for damage.
R (a) Make sure that the minimum thickness for all the stop screw heads
R is 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.).
(b) If the thickness is less than 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.), replace the
door stop screws (Ref. TASK 52-13-31-000-002) (Ref. TASK 52-13-
31-400-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 602
May 01/03

CES
R Door Stop Fittings
Figure 601/TASK 52-13-00-991-009

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 603
May 01/02

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-00-410-058
A. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002)
(2) Close the applicable aft passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 604
May 01/02
R
CES
R TASK 52-13-00-210-001
R General Visual Inspection of Door Stop Assemblies on Aft Passenger/Crew Door,

R LH/RH
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
R 52-10-00-860-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
R Door
R 52-10-00-860-002 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
R Door
R 52-13-00-991-023 Fig. 602

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 605
May 01/03

CES
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-13-00-010-062
R A. Get Access
R (2) Open the aft passenger/crew door 832 (842), (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
R 001).
R (3) Obey the special precautions before you start the work on the door
R (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
R Subtask 52-13-00-110-053

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), if
R necessary.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 606
May 01/03

CES
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-13-00-210-054
R A. Inspection
R (Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-13-00-991-023)
R (1) Do a visual inspection of the door stop assemblies of the aft left
R and right passenger/crew doors.
R (2) Make sure that there is no:
R (a) Corrosion damage

R - If you find corrosion damage, refer to the Stuctural Repair
R Manual (Ref. SRM 512200 P.Block 001) for types, inspection,
R removal and corrosion protection.
R (b) Other damage (cracks, scratches, stress, marks, dents,

R bumps,...):
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-13-00-410-063
R A. Close Access
R 52-10-00-860-002).
R (2) Close the aft passenger/crew door 832 (842), (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
R 001).
R items.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 607
May 01/03

CES
R Aft Passenger/Crew Doors - Door Stop Assemblies
R Figure 602/TASK 52-13-00-991-023

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 608
May 01/03

CES
R TASK 52-13-00-210-002
R General Visual Inspection of Aft Passenger/Crew Door Skin, External Surface,

R LH/RH
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 52-13-00-991-022 Fig. 603

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 609
May 01/03

CES
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-13-00-010-063
R A. Get Access
R Subtask 52-13-00-110-052

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), if
R necessary.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-13-00-210-055
R A. Inspection
R (Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 52-13-00-991-022)
R (1) Do a visual inspection of the external surface of the aft

R passenger/crew door skin, left and right sides.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 610
May 01/03

CES
R Aft Passenger/Crew Doors - External Surface
R Figure 603/TASK 52-13-00-991-022

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 611
May 01/03

CES
R (2) Make sure that there is no:
R (a) Corrosion damage:

R - If you find corrosion damage, refer to the Structural Repair
R Manual (Ref. SRM 512200 P.Block 001) for types, inspection,
R removal and corrosion protection.
R (b) Other damage (cracks, scratches, stress, marks, dents,

R bumps,...):
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-13-00-410-064
R A. Close Access
R items.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 612
May 01/03

CES
TASK 52-13-00-200-002
Detailed Inspection of Aft Passenger/Crew Door, Internal Structure, LH/RH
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific masking paper

Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 613
Feb 01/04
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Door
Door
52-13-00-991-010 Fig. 604
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-00-010-055
A. Get Access
(1) Put an access platform in position :
(a) For the left passenger/crew door, at the zone 832.
(b) For the right passenger/crew door, at the zone 842.
(2) Open the applicable aft passenger/Crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
(4) Remove the lining panels from the passenger/crew door.
(a) for the aft passenger/crew door 832: 832DZ, 832EZ, 832CZ,
832AZ, 832BZ (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 614
Nov 01/06

CES
(b) for the aft passenger/crew door 842: 842DZ, 842EZ, 842CZ,
842AZ, 842BZ (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002)
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-00-020-051
B. Removal of the Component
(2) Remove the insulation blankets.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-00-020-051-A
B. Removal of the component
(2) Remove the insulation blankets.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-00-110-051
necessary.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 615
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-00-220-053
A. Inspection
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 52-13-00-991-010)
(1) Do a detailed inspection of:

-The internal structure
-The inner skin
-The vertical curved members
-The longerons of the passenger/crew door.
(2) Make sure that there is no :
(a) Corrosion damage :

(b) Other damage (cracks, scratches, stress, marks, dents,

bumps,...):
- If you find this type of damage, refer to the Structural Repair
Manual (Ref. SRM 511100 P.Block 001) for damage classification
and corrective action.
Subtask 52-13-00-916-051
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEMS.

_______
MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPORARY PROTECTION DOES NOT GET:
-ON COMPOSITE PARTS, CONTROL CABLES, PULLEYS,TEFLON BEARINGS.
-ON LUBRICATED SURFACES.
-IN DRAIN VALVES OR OTHER ORIFICES.
TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON OR IN THESE PARTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

_______
(1) Apply masking paper or masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-074) on the items adjacent to the area : the seals,
bellows, door mechanisms, proximity switches and fittings.

STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the inspection area.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 616
Nov 01/06
R
CES
Internal Structure of the Aft Passenger/Crew Doors
Figure 604/TASK 52-13-00-991-010

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 617
Nov 01/06
R
CES
(3) Remove the masking paper or the masking tape.
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-00-420-051
(1) Install the insulation blankets.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-00-420-051-A
(1) Install the insulation blankets.
(2) Install the escape slide/raft(Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-00-410-059
B. Close Access
(1) Install the lining panels on the passenger/crew door.
(a) For the aft passenger/crew door 832: 832DZ, 832EZ, 832CZ 832AZ,
832BZ (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002)
(b) For the aft passenger/crew door 842: 842DZ, 842EZ, 842CZ 842AZ,
842BZ (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002)
52-10-00-860-002)
(3) Close the applicable aft passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 618
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-00

Page 619
May 01/03

CES
DOOR - PASSENGER/CREW, AFT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________
TASK 52-13-11-000-001
Removal of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
Doors
Door
52-13-11-991-002 Fig. 401
52-13-11-991-004 Fig. 402
52-13-11-991-005 Fig. 403

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 401
Nov 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-11-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 52-13-11-010-051
B. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 402
Feb 01/98

CES
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-11-010-050

832GZ, 832FZ, 832EZ, 832DZ, 832CZ, 832BZ, 832AZ.

842GZ, 842FZ, 842EZ, 842DZ, 842CZ, 842BZ, 842AZ.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-11-010-050-A

832GZ, 832FZ, 832EZ, 832DZ, 832CZ, 832BZ, 832AZ.

842GZ, 842FZ, 842EZ, 842DZ, 842CZ, 842BZ, 842AZ.
(3) Remove the door frame lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-00300) (Ref.
TASK 25-23-45-000-00400).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-11

Page 403
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-11-420-053

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-11-991-002)
R (3) Remove the hoist fitting (2) from the SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS

R (98A52008509000).
(4) Install the hoist fittings (2) on the door housing.

hoist fittings (2).
R (7) Use the hoist fittings (2) which are on the tool SLING-
R UNIVERSAL,DOORS (98A52008509000).

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-11-020-053
sheaths.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 404
Nov 01/09

CES
Door Hoist Fittings
Figure 401/TASK 52-13-11-991-002

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 405
May 01/98
R
CES
Subtask 52-13-11-020-054
002).
Subtask 52-13-11-020-055
C. Disconnection of the Door Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-11-991-004)
(3) Remove the bolt (33), the lockwasher (32) and the spacer (30).
(4) Disengage the telescopic rod (31) from the eyebolt (26) and fold it
back to the support arm (19).
(5) Remove the eyebolt (26).
(a) Remove the cotter pin (41).
(c) Remove the nut (48) and the bolt (44).
(d) Remove the flange (47).
(e) Remove the eyebolt (26) with the washer (46) and the bush (45).
Subtask 52-13-11-020-056-A
D. Disconnection of the Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-11-991-005)
(1) Remove the screws (51) and the washers (52).
(2) Disconnect the bonding leads (53).
(3) Remove and discard the cotter pins (56).
(5) Make sure that the bolts (60) move smoothly.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 406
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Door Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
Figure 402/TASK 52-13-11-991-004

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 407
May 01/98
R
CES
R Door Attachment to the Support Arm
Figure 403/TASK 52-13-11-991-005

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 408
Aug 01/08

CES
R (6) Adjust the tension of SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS (98A52008509000) (10), if
necessary.
(7) Remove the bolts (60), the washers (61) and the washers sets (62)
from the connection links (59).
(8) Disengage and remove the door assy from the upper and lower
R connection links (59) with the SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS
R (98A52008509000).
Subtask 52-13-11-020-057
E. Removal of the Sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-11-991-002)
sling (10).
(3) Install the blanking plugs (1) in the hoisting points.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-11-481-050
A. Installation of the Safety Barrier
(1) Install the safety barrier in the opening of the removed door
(Ref. TASK 52-00-00-481-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 409
Nov 01/09

CES
TASK 52-13-11-400-001
Installation of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98D52103006000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 410
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 self adhesive patches 11-21-52 08 -010

3 self adhesive patches 11-21-52 08A-010
27 cotter pin 52-13-04 02B-010
56 cotter pin 52-13-04 04B-170
56 cotter pin 52-13-04 04D-170
56 cotter pin 52-13-04 04E-170
128 cotter pin 53-46-04 80B-060
152 lock plate 52-13-11 21 -040
152 lock plate 52-13-11 21A-040
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
05-51-29-200-001 Inspection after Abnormal Movement of the Pax/Crew

Door
the External Power
Passenger/Crew Door
Passenger/Crew Door

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 411
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
Slide
52-13-11-991-002 Fig. 401
52-13-11-991-004 Fig. 402
52-13-11-991-005 Fig. 403
R **ON A/C 001-002,
52-13-11-991-007 Fig. 404

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 412
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-11-991-007-A Fig. 404A
**ON A/C ALL
52-13-11-991-018 Fig. 405
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
52-13-11-991-011 Fig. 406
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-11-991-011-A Fig. 406A
**ON A/C ALL
52-13-11-991-016 Fig. 407

52-13-11-991-006 Fig. 408
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 201-207,
52-13-11-991-019 Fig. 409
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-11-991-019-A Fig. 409A
**ON A/C ALL
52-13-11-991-012 Fig. 410

52-13-11-991-008 Fig. 411

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-11-991-017 Fig. 412
**ON A/C ALL
52-13-11-991-013 Fig. 413

52-13-11-991-022 Fig. 414
52-13-11-991-015 Fig. 415
52-13-11-991-003 Fig. 416
52-13-11-991-020 Fig. 417
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-11-860-050
00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the drain holes in the door structure are not blocked.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-13-11-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-13-11-210-050
C. Check of the Rigging
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-11-991-007)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-13-11-991-007-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Before you install the door, do a check with the rigging pins:
(a) Door in the up position:
1
- rigging of the door lowering shaft (F)
2
(b) Door in the down position:
1
(emergency control handle armed)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES
Door Rigging
Figure 404/TASK 52-13-11-991-007

R

EFF :

001-002, 52-13-11

Page 416
Nov 01/09

CES
Door Rigging
Figure 404A/TASK 52-13-11-991-007-A

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-11

Page 417
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
2
3
mechanism (E).
Subtask 52-13-11-081-050
door (Ref. TASK 52-00-00-081-001).
Subtask 52-13-11-420-054
E. Installation of the Eyebolt on the Door

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-11-991-004)
(1) Put the eyebolt (26) on the door fitting with the washer (46) and the
bush (45).
(2) Install the flange (47).
(6) Tighten the nut (42).
lbf.in).
Subtask 52-13-11-010-054-A
F. Removal of the Lining Panels
(1) Remove the frame lining flap (Ref. TASK 52-13-31-000-001).
(2) Remove the frame lining panels.
(a) For the left door (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003):

261TW, 261UW, 261VW, 261WW.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 418
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(b) For the right door (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004):
262TW, 262UW, 262VW, 262WW.
Subtask 52-13-11-420-055
G. Installation of the Sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-11-991-002)
(3) Remove the hoist fittings (2) from the tool and install it on the
R (4) Install the SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS (98A52008509000) (10) on the hoist

fittings (2).
(5) Carefully move the door to the installation position.
Subtask 52-13-11-420-061
H. Loosening of the Girt Bar Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-11-991-018)
(1) Loosen the screws (71), (76) from the girt bar fittings (72), (75).
(2) Remove the sealant located on the periphery of the girt bar fittings
(72), (75) and on the heads of the screws (71), (76) use a CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
Subtask 52-13-11-020-059
J. Removal of the Washers of the Upper Guide Fittings
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-11-991-011)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 419
Nov 01/09

CES
Girt Bar Fitting
Figure 405/TASK 52-13-11-991-018

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 420
Nov 01/07
R
CES
Figure 406/TASK 52-13-11-991-011

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203, 52-13-11

Page 421
May 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-13-11-991-011-A)
**ON A/C ALL
upper guide fitting (82).
(83).
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-11-420-060

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

____
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-11-420-060-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

____
door slide/raft on the escape during the adjustment (as an

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 406A/TASK 52-13-11-991-011-A

R

EFF : 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-13-11

Page 423
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-11-420-056
A. Temporary Installation of the Door on the Door Support

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-11-991-005)
(1) Put the upper connection link (59) in position.
(2) Install the washers (62) on the each side of the yoke (54).
(5) Put the lower connection link (59) in position.
Subtask 52-13-11-420-057
B. Installation of the Door

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-11-991-005)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-11-991-011)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-13-11-991-011-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-11-991-016)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES
R Adjustment of the Door Stop Fittings
Figure 407/TASK 52-13-11-991-016

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 425
May 01/06

CES
(2) Make sure that the guide rollers (81) of the door enter in to the
guide fittings (82) and (86).
(4) If the contact is not correct:
(a) On the Z axis:

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-13-11-991-006)
1
it.
2
3
configuration.
4
_ Tighten, the nuts (101) and (103), and safety the rod (102)
(b) On the X axis:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-11-991-005, 408/TASK 52-13-11-991-006)
1
_ Disconnect the upper and lower connection links (59) from each
2
_ Remove the nuts (57), the washers (58), (61) and the bolts
(60) to disconnect the upper and lower connection links (59).
3
_ Adjust the door in the X axis with the washers (62) of a
4
_ Make sure that the clearance B1 is less than or equal to 0.1
mm (0.0039 in.).

____
nominal thickness.
Clearance B1 must be in the tolerances.
5
_ Connect the upper and lower connection links (59).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 426
Nov 01/07
R
CES
Clearances - Adjustments on Z Axis
Figure 408/TASK 52-13-11-991-006

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 427
Nov 01/07
R
CES
6
_ Install the washers (61), the bolts (60).
7
_ Install the washers (58) and the nuts (57).
(5) Make sure that when you start to open the door the clearance H1
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
Subtask 52-13-11-820-052
C. Adjustment of the Door in its Frame During the Door Closing Operation
52-13-11-991-019, 410/TASK 52-13-11-991-012)
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-13-11-991-008)
(2) The clearance H2 must be 0.2 mm minimum for an overlap H3 of 3 mm

(0.1181 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.).
The guide rollers (81) are in contact with the guide fittings (82)
and (86).
(89) and (90), and the upper and lower guide fittings (82), (86).

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-13-11-991-019)

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 428
Nov 01/07

CES
Figure 409/TASK 52-13-11-991-019

R

EFF :
201-207,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 52-13-11

Page 429
Nov 01/07

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-11

Page 430
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-11

Page 431
Feb 01/10

CES
Girt Bar Fittings - Clearances and Adjustments
Figure 410/TASK 52-13-11-991-012

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 432
Feb 01/04
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-13-11

Page 433
Feb 01/04

CES
Adjustment of the Door on the Door Frame

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 434
Feb 01/04
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 435
Feb 01/04
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 436
Feb 01/04
R
CES
(131).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-11-991-012)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-11-820-052-A
C. Adjustment of the Door in its Frame During the Door Closing Operation
**ON A/C 062-099, 105-105, 151-154, 204-207,
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-13-11-991-019)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-13-11-991-019-A)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-11-991-012)
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-13-11-991-008)

(0.1181 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.).
(89) and (90), and the upper and lower guide fittings (82), (86).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-11

Page 437
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 062-099, 105-105, 151-154, 204-207,
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-13-11-991-019)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-13-11-991-019-A)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(131).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-11-991-012)

R

EFF : 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-13-11

Page 438
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-11-820-053
D. Adjustment of the Door in the Down Position

52-13-11-991-008)
(1) Install two positioning templates on the X axis, on the door frame:
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-13-11-991-008)
(2) If the templates do not touch the door frame or the door contour in
the X axis:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-11-991-005)
(0.0039 in.).

____
nominal thickness.
Clearance B must be in the tolerance.
frame:
(a) At FR66, E1 is 4 +1 -1 mm (0.1574 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 439
Nov 01/07
R
CES
(b) At FR68, E2 is 4 +1.8 -1.8 mm (0.1574 +0.0708 -0.0708 in.).

____ (0.1574 +0.0866 -0.0866 in.)
is permitted on the rear part along a maximum length of
400 mm (15.7480 in.).
(c) E3 is 4 +1.5 -2.5 mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0984 in.).
(a) E5 is 1.5 +1 -1 mm (0.0590 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).

____
of 400 mm (15.7480 in.).
(a) For the FWD stops, at FR66 E6 is 13.5 +1 -1 mm (0.5314 +0.0393 -

0.0393 in.).
(b) For the aft stops, at FR68 E6 is 13.5 +2 -2 mm (0.5314 +0.0787 -

0.0787 in.).

in.).
(7) Make sure that the seal is compressed by E9 of 4.5 +2 -2 mm (0.1771

+0.0787 -0.0787 in.).
X axis, modify the door position as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-11-991-005)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 440
Nov 01/07
R
CES
(0.0039 in.).

____
nominal thickness.
modify the door position as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-13-11-991-006)
(a) Remove the lockwire from the nut (101) and the nut (103), and
discard it.
configuration.
(d) Tighten the nut (101) and (103), and safety the rod (102) with
(11) If the clearances E5 and E7, on the Y axis, are not in the
tolerances, modify the door position as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-13-11-991-008)
(a) Loosen and remove the nuts (151) and the lock plates (152).
1
+0 +0.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0000 +0.0196 in.).
2
_ The dimension of J2 must be 6 mm (0.2362 in.) maximum.
3
_ Make sure that a minimum of three stop screws are in contact
with the door frame with:

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 441
Nov 01/07
R
CES
- two stop screws on one side of the door frame and,
and 16.22 lbf.ft).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
Subtask 52-13-11-820-054
Fittings
52-13-11-991-017)
(a) The guide rollers (81) move off the guide fittings (82) and (86)
1
_ C1 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
2
_ C2 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 2.2 mm (0.0866 in.).
fittings (82) (86) as specified below:
plates (90) (89) and on the upper and lower guide fittings (82),
(86).
(b) Loosen the screws (80) and move the guide fittings (82) (86) to
(c) Temporarily tighten the screws (80).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 442
Nov 01/07
R
CES
Adjustment of the Upper Connection Link
Figure 412/TASK 52-13-11-991-017

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 443
Feb 01/04

CES
(a) The rollers (81) of the guide fittings (82) and (86) turn freely.
(6) Open the door.
roller (81).
(9) Open the door, remove the nuts (84), the bolts (85) and the shims.
(10) Adjust the thickness of the washer (83) until the roller (81) touches
the shim when the door is closed.
(11) Install the washer (83), the bolt (85) and the nuts (84), tighten
them.
(12) Install the two shims in the upper sliders (82).
(13) Close the door

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-11-991-005, 412/TASK 52-13-11-991-017)
(14) Make sure that the screw (60) of the upper connection link (59) is
not stressed when installed in its hole.
(15) If the screw is stressed, modify the radius R of the upper connection
link (54) as follows:
(54).

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203, 52-13-11

Page 444
Nov 01/07
R
CES
washers (62).
links (59).
119.46 lbf.in).
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-11-820-054-A
Fittings
412/TASK 52-13-11-991-017)
1
_ C1 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
2
_ C2 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 2.2 mm (0.0866 in.).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-11

Page 445
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
fittings (82) (86) as specified below:
plates (90) (89) and on the upper and lower guide fittings (82),
(86).
(b) Loosen the screws (80) and move the guide fittings (82) (86) to

(6) Open the door.
roller (81).
(11) Install the washer (83), the bolt (85) and the nuts (84), tighten
them.

R

EFF : 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-13-11

Page 446
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(13) Close the door.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-11-991-005, 412/TASK 52-13-11-991-017)
(14) Make sure that there is no stress on the screw (60) of the upper
connection link (59) when installed in its hole.
(15) If there is stress on the screw, modify the radius R of the upper
(54).
washers (62).
links (59).
119.46 lbf.in).

R

EFF : 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-13-11

Page 447
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 201-207,
Subtask 52-13-11-820-055

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-13-11-991-019)
(1) Open the door.
(2) Make sure that the two shims are position in the upper fittings on
the door frame.
freely.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-11-820-055-A

(Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-13-11-991-019-A)
(1) Open the door.
the door frame.
(3) Close the door.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-11

Page 448
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES

-0.9, -0.6, +0.6, +1.5 or +1.2.
____
132.74 lbf.in).
(k) Make sure that the lockwashers (124) are correctly positioned.
freely.

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-11

Page 449
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-11-820-056
G. Check of the Door Adjustment
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-11-991-011)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-13-11-991-011-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-13-11-991-008)
(1) Operate the door several times and make sure that the clearances
between the rollers and the fittings are correct (with the door in
the up and down positions).
0.0275 in.).
Subtask 52-13-11-820-064
H. Adjustment of the Safety Pin

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-13-11-991-013)
(1) Close the door.
(162) as follows:
(a) Open the door.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 450
Feb 01/10

CES
Safety Pin - Clearances and Adjustments
Figure 413/TASK 52-13-11-991-013

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 451
Feb 01/04
R
CES
(f) TORQUE the stop screw (164) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09
and 61.94 lbf.in).
Subtask 52-13-11-420-058
J. Final Installation of the Door Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-11-991-005)
(2) Install the bonding leads (53), the washers (52) and the bolts (51).
(3) Tighten the bolt (51).
NOTE : Do an electrical bonding when you install the bolts (51)

____
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
Subtask 52-13-11-420-050
K. Connection of the Electrical Harness
(1) Install the attachment clamps on the cable sheaths.
(2) Connect the electrical connectors : 2819VC for the left side or
2818VC for the right side.
Subtask 52-13-11-420-059
L. Installation of the Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-13-11-991-022)
(1) For the door equipped with the door damper and emergency-operation
cylinder, serie P/N FE174 and FE196, connect the guide arms (132) and
(133) on the door side (Ref. TASK 52-13-12-400-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 452
Feb 01/04
R
CES
Guide Arms - Installation
Figure 414/TASK 52-13-11-991-022

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 453
Feb 01/04
R
CES
(2) For the door equipped with door damper and emergency-operation
cylinder, serie P/N FE240, connect the guide arms as follows:
(a) Put the door in the up closed position in contact with the seal
(134) at FR68.
1

____
- the clearance L1 must be equal to the difference between the

flushness D1 measured between the door and the door frame
forward of the door, and the flushness D2 measured between
the door and the door frame aft of the door.
- if necessary, adjust the fittings (130) and (131) on the X
axis.
(b) Connect the guide arms (133) and (132) (Ref. TASK 52-13-12-400-
002).
Subtask 52-13-11-420-052
M. Connection of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-11-991-004)
(1) Put the telescopic rod (31) in position on the eyebolt (26).
(2) Install the spacer (30) and the screw (33) with the lockwasher (32).
(3) Install the washer (29) and the nut (28) and tighten it.
Subtask 52-13-11-020-052
N. Removal of the Sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-11-991-002)
(1) Remove the sling (10) from the hoist fitting.
sling (10).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 454
Feb 01/04
R
CES
(4) Install new self adhesive patches (3) on the door at the hoisting
points.
(5) If necessary, paint the self adhesive patches to the same color as
the adjacent area (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-003).
Subtask 52-13-11-820-057
P. Check and Adjustment of the Escape Slide

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-11-991-018, 410/TASK 52-13-11-991-012)
(1) Close the door

hanle (rigging point).
(a) F1 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
(b) F2 is 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) to 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).
(a) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) from the emergency

control handle.
girt bar fittings.
(75).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-11-991-018)
(75).
the emergency control handle several times and make sure that the
R load necessary to operate the handle is not more than 10 daN (22.48
R lbf).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 455
Feb 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-13-11-820-062
Q. Check and Adjustment of the Door Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 52-13-11-991-015)
(1) Put the door in the up closed position, in contact with the frame,
with the seal compressed.
(2) Make sure that the clearance K2, between the telescopic rod (41) and
the fitting (42) is 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.).
Subtask 52-13-11-820-058
R. Check and Adjustment of the Compensation Mechanism

R 52-13-00-820-002).
Subtask 52-13-11-220-050
S. Check of the Outer Control Handle Locking

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 52-13-11-991-003)
(1) Open the door from the outside and close the door from the inside.

____
(a) Loosen the screw (171), remove the stop (173) and the adjustable
shim (172).
screw (171).
(d) Tighten the screw (171).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 456
May 01/07

CES
Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder - Adjustment
Figure 415/TASK 52-13-11-991-015

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 457
Feb 01/04
R
CES
Adjustment of the Outer Control Handle
Figure 416/TASK 52-13-11-991-003

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 458
Feb 01/04

CES
(e) Repeat step (3).
Subtask 52-13-11-820-059
T. Check of the Emergency Escape-Slide Control-Handle Disarming
(1) Close the door.
(3) Open the door from the outside.
(4) Make sure that the emergency escape slide moves to the DISARMED
position.
Subtask 52-13-11-820-060
U. Check of the Door Locking in the Up Position

(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 52-13-11-991-020)
(1) Make sure that during the opening of the door, the handle locks
(185), you feel no hard points caused by the non-retraction of the
hook (184).
(3) If necessary, do the adjustment below:
(b) Decrease the length of the rod (183) so that when you close the
door, there is no hard point caused by the non-retraction of the
hook (194) with the door in the up position.
(c) Tighten the nuts (181) and (183) and safety them with
(d) Open the door in the up position and make sure that you can
(4) If you still feel the hard point apply COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-004) on the contact surface of the hook (184) with the handle
(185).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 459
Feb 01/04

CES
Adjustment of the Inner Control Handle
Figure 417/TASK 52-13-11-991-020

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 460
Feb 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-13-11-820-061
V. Check of Preload of the Cover Plate
007).
____
door.
NOTE : After adjustment of the door, you can posibly see a permitted
____
Subtask 52-13-11-820-063
W. Check and Adjustment of the Proximity Switch
(1) Do a adjustment of the proximity switch of the door locking mechanism

15WV1 or 15WV2 (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-001).
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-11-730-050
(1) Adjust the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-001).

22-820-001) .

(Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-001).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-11-730-050-A
(1) Adjust the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-001).

52-13-22-820-001) .

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 461
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-11-865-051
breaker(s):
48WV, 13WN, 15WN
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-11-410-050-B

ballast weight).

832GZ, 832FZ, 832EZ, 832CZ, 832BZ, 832AZ.

842GZ, 842FZ, 842EZ, 842CZ, 842BZ, 842AZ.
(4) Install the frame lining panels:
(a) For the left door (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-008): 261TW, 261UW,
261VW, 261WW.
(b) For the right door (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-005): 262TW, 262UW,
262VW, 262WW.
(5) Install the escape slide on the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 462
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-11-410-050-C

(3) Install the door lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002)

832GZ, 832FZ, 832EZ, 832CZ, 832BZ, 832AZ.

842GZ, 842FZ, 842EZ, 842CZ, 842BZ, 842AZ.

261TW, 261UW, 261VW, 261WW.

262TW, 262UW, 262VW, 262WW.
(5) Install the emergency escape slide/raft on the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-
44-400-007).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-11-410-054
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 463
Feb 01/10

CES
001).
Subtask 52-13-11-862-051
(1) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 464
May 01/07

CES
TASK 52-13-11-000-003
Removal of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door with Support Arm
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives you access for the removal of large parts such as
galleys.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
Doors
Door
52-13-11-991-002 Fig. 401
52-13-11-991-023 Fig. 418

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 465
Nov 01/09

CES
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-13-11-861-052
R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R Subtask 52-13-11-010-055
R B. Get Access
R WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE
_______
R THAN 65 KNOTS.
R WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR, MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
R - THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
R - THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR-DAMPER AND
R EMERGENCY-OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
_______
R (1) Put an access platform in position at the zone 832 (842).
R (2) Open the aft passenger/crew door 832 (842) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
R 001).
R (3) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the door
R (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
R Subtask 52-13-11-865-055
R C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 466
Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-11-010-056

832GZ, 832FZ, 832EZ, 832DZ, 832CZ, 832BZ, 832AZ.

842GZ, 842FZ, 842EZ, 842DZ, 842CZ, 842BZ, 842AZ.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-11-010-056-A

832GZ, 832FZ, 832EZ, 832DZ, 832CZ, 832BZ, 832AZ.

842GZ, 842FZ, 842EZ, 842DZ, 842CZ, 842BZ, 842AZ.
(3) Remove the door frame lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-00300) (Ref.
TASK 25-23-45-000-00400).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-11-420-063

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-11-991-002)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 467
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Remove the hoist fittings (2) from the SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS
(98A52008509000).
(4) Install the hoist fittings (2) on the door housing.
(6) Install the SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS (98A52008509000) (10) on the door

hoist fittings (2).
(7) Use the hoist fittings (2) which are on the tool SLING-
UNIVERSAL,DOORS (98A52008509000).

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-11-020-061
sheaths.
Subtask 52-13-11-020-062
002).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 468
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-13-11-020-063
C. Disconnection of the Door Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 52-13-11-991-023)
(2) Disconnect the support arm (20) as follows:
(d) Hold the support arm (20).
(e) Remove the bolts (27) and (34), the lockwasher (26) then the
bushes (24) and (35).
(g) Disconnect the support arm (20).
NOTE : If necessary, you must remove the components from the

____
support arm.
(3) Remove the bush (28), the adjustment washer (29), then the bush (25).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SUPPORT ARM OF THE REMOVED DOOR DOES NOT
_______
TOUCH THE SIDES OF THE DOOR FRAME.
R (4) Remove the door.
Subtask 52-13-11-020-064
D. Removal of the Sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-11-991-002)
sling (10).
(3) Install the blanking plugs (1) in the hoisting points.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 469
May 01/08

CES
R Figure 418/TASK 52-13-11-991-023

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 470
Feb 01/08

CES
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-13-11-481-051
R A. Installation of the Safety Barrier
R (1) Install the safety barrier in the opening of the removed door
R (Ref. TASK 52-00-00-481-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 471
Feb 01/08

CES
TASK 52-13-11-400-003
Installation of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door with Support Arm
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98D52103006000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 472
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 self-adhesive patches 11-21-52 08 -010

3 self-adhesive patches 11-21-52 08A-010
21 cotter pin 52-13-04 04B-290
21 cotter pin 52-13-04 04D-290
21 cotter pin 52-13-04 04E-290
26 lockwasher 52-13-04 04B-370
26 lockwasher 52-13-04 04D-370
26 lockwasher 52-13-04 04E-370
128 cotter pin 53-46-04 80B-060
152 lock plate 52-13-11 21 -040
152 lock plate 52-13-11 21A-040
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
05-51-29-200-001 Inspection after Abnormal Movement of the Pax/Crew

Door
the External Power
Passenger/Crew Door
Passenger/Crew Door

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 473
Aug 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
Slide
52-13-11-991-002 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 001-002,
52-13-11-991-007 Fig. 404

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 474
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-11-991-007-A Fig. 404A
**ON A/C ALL
52-13-11-991-018 Fig. 405
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
52-13-11-991-011 Fig. 406
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-11-991-011-A Fig. 406A
**ON A/C ALL
52-13-11-991-016 Fig. 407

52-13-11-991-006 Fig. 408
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 201-207,
52-13-11-991-019 Fig. 409
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-11-991-019-A Fig. 409A
**ON A/C ALL
52-13-11-991-012 Fig. 410

52-13-11-991-008 Fig. 411
52-13-11-991-013 Fig. 413
52-13-11-991-022 Fig. 414

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 475
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-13-11-991-003 Fig. 416

52-13-11-991-020 Fig. 417
52-13-11-991-023 Fig. 418
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-11-860-051
00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the drain holes in the door structure are not blocked.
Subtask 52-13-11-865-056
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-13-11-210-051
C. Check of the Rigging
R **ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-11-991-007)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 476
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-13-11-991-007-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Before you install the door, do a check with the rigging pins:
(a) Door in the up position:
1
- rigging of the door lowering shaft (F)
2
(b) Door in the down position:
1
(emergency control handle armed)
2
3
mechanism (E).
Subtask 52-13-11-081-051
door (Ref. TASK 52-00-00-081-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 477
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-13-11-010-057
E. Removal of the Lining Panels
(1) Remove the frame lining flap (Ref. TASK 52-13-31-000-001).
(2) Remove the frame lining panels:

261TW, 261UW, 261VW, 261WW.

262TW, 262UW, 262VW, 262WW.
Subtask 52-13-11-420-064
F. Installation of the Sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-11-991-002)
(3) Remove the hoist fittings (2) from the tool and install them on the
R (4) Install the SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS (98A52008509000) (10) on the hoist

fittings (2).
(5) Carefully move the door to the installation position.
Subtask 52-13-11-420-065
G. Loosening of the Girt Bar Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-11-991-018)
(1) Loosen the screws (71), (76) from the girt bar fittings (72), (75).
(2) Remove the sealant on the periphery of the girt bar fittings (72),
(75) and on the heads of the screws (71), (76). Use CLEANING AGENTS

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 478
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-13-11-020-065
H. Removal of the Washers of the Upper Guide Fittings
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-11-991-011)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-13-11-991-011-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(83).
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-11-420-066

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

____

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 479
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-11-420-066-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

____
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-11-420-067
A. Installation of the Door
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-11-991-011)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-13-11-991-011-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-11-991-016)
(2) Connect the door support arm.
(3) Make sure that the guide rollers (81) of the door go into the guide

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 480
Feb 01/10

CES
R (4) Make sure that the contact of the door and the seal is correct at the
R (5) If the contact is not correct:
(a) On the Z axis:

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-13-11-991-006)
1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (101) and (103) and discard
it.
2
3
configuration.
4
_ Tighten the nuts (101) and (103) and safety the rod (102) with
R (6) Make sure that when you start to open the door, the clearance H1
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
Subtask 52-13-11-820-065
B. Adjustment of the Door in its Frame During the Door Closing Operation
52-13-11-991-019, 410/TASK 52-13-11-991-012)
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-13-11-991-008)

(0.1181 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 481
May 01/08

CES

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-13-11-991-019)
(131).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-11-991-012)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-11-820-065-A
B. Adjustment of the Door in its Frame During the Door Closing Operation
**ON A/C 062-099, 105-105, 151-154, 204-207,
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-13-11-991-019)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-13-11-991-019-A)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-11-991-012)
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-13-11-991-008)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-11

Page 482
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(0.1181 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.).

**ON A/C 062-099, 105-105, 151-154, 204-207,
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-13-11-991-019)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-13-11-991-019-A)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(131).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-11-991-012)

R

EFF : 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-13-11

Page 483
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C ALL
R Subtask 52-13-11-820-066
R C. Adjustment of the Door in the Down Position

R (1) Install two positioning templates on the X axis, on the door frame:
R (Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-13-11-991-008)
R (a) Install one template between the longerons L5 and L6.
R (b) Install the other template between the longerons L2 and L3.
R (2) Do a check of the peripheral clearance between the door and the door
R frame:
R (a) At FR66, E1 is 4 +1 -1 mm (0.1574 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).
R (b) At FR68, E2 is 4 +1.8 -1.8 mm (0.1574 +0.0708 -0.0708 in.).
R NOTE : A clearance of 4 +2.2 -2.2 mm

____ (0.1574 +0.0866 -0.0866 in.)
R is permitted on the rear part along a maximum length of
R 400 mm (15.7480 in.).
R (c) E3 is 4 +1.5 -2.5 mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0984 in.).
R (3) Do a check of the flushness between the door and the door frame at
R door stop levels L1 to L7.
R (a) E5 is 1.5 +1 -1 mm (0.0590 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).
R NOTE : A clearance of 1.5 +1.3 -1.3 mm (0.0590 +0.0511 -0.0511

____
R in.) is permitted on the rear part along a maximum length
R of 400 mm (15.7480 in.).
R This maximum total length can be the addition of smaller
R (4) Make sure that the overlap E6 of the stop axis is:
R (a) For the FWD stops, at FR66 13.5 +1 -1 mm (0.5314 +0.0393 -0.0393
R in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 484
Feb 01/08

CES
R (b) For the aft stops, at FR68 13.5 +2 -2 mm (0.5314 +0.0787 -0.0787
R in.).
R (5) Make sure that the clearance E7 is 0 +1 -1 mm (0.0000 +0.0393 -0.0393

R in.).
R (6) Make sure that the seal is compressed by E9 of 4.5 +2 -2 mm (0.1771

R +0.0787 -0.0787 in.).
R (7) When you start to open the door, make sure that the clearance E10
R between the stop and the door frame is 5 mm (0.1968 in.).
R (8) If the clearances E3 and E7 are not in the tolerances, on the Z axis,
R change the door position as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-13-11-991-006)
R (a) Remove the lockwire from the nut (101) and the nut (103) and
R discard it.
R (b) Loosen the nuts (101) and (103).
R (c) Adjust the length of the rod (102) until you get the correct
R configuration.
R (d) Tighten the nuts (101) and (103) and safety the rod (102) with
R (9) If the clearances E5 and E7, on the Y axis, are not in the
R tolerances, change the door position as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-13-11-991-008)
R (a) Loosen and remove the nuts (151) and the lock plates (152).
R (b) Adjust the stop screws (153) to get the conditions below:
R 1
R +0 +0.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0000 +0.0196 in.).
R 2
_ The dimension of J2 must be 6 mm (0.2362 in.) maximum.
R 3
R frame with:
R - two stop screws on one side of the door frame and,
R - one stop screw on the opposite side of the frame.
R (c) Make sure that the clearances E5 and E9 are correct.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 485
Feb 01/08

CES
R (d) Install the nuts (151) with the new lock plate (152).
R (e) Tighten the nuts (151). TORQUE to between 2 and 2.2 m.daN (14.74
R and 16.22 lbf.ft).
R (f) Fold the lugs of the lock plate (152).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
R Subtask 52-13-11-820-067
R D. Check and Adjustment of the Clearances between the Rollers and the Guide
R Fittings
R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-11-991-011)
R (1) Operate the door many times.
R (2) With the door in the up position, make sure that:
R (a) The guide rollers (81) move off the guide fittings (82) and (86)
R with the clearances below:
R 1
_ C1 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
R 2
_ C2 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 2.2 mm (0.0866 in.).
R (3) If the clearances are not in the tolerances, adjust the guide
R fittings (82), (86) as follows:
R (a) Open the door and identify the position of the serrations of the
R plates (90), (89) and on the upper and lower guide fittings (82),
R (86).
R (b) Loosen the screws (80) and move the guide fittings (82), (86) to
R get the correct clearances C1 and C2.
R (c) Temporarily tighten the screws (80).
R (4) With the door in the down position, make sure that:
R (a) The rollers (81) of the guide fittings (82) and (86) turn freely.
R (b) The clearance C3 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) minimum.
R (c) The clearance C4 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 486
Feb 01/08

CES
(6) Open the door.
(8) Close the door and measure the dimension between the shim and the
roller (81).
(11) Install the washer (83), the bolt (85) and the nuts (84) and tighten
them.
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-11-820-067-A
D. Check and Adjustment of the Clearances between the Rollers and the Guide
Fittings
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-13-11-991-011-A)
(1) Operate the door many times.
1
_ C1 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
2
_ C2 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 2.2 mm (0.0866 in.).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-11

Page 487
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
fittings (82), (86) as follows:
plates (90), (89) and on the upper and lower guide fittings (82),
(86).

(6) Open the door.
(8) Close the door and measure the dimension between the shim and the
roller (81).
(9) Open the door and remove the nuts (84), the bolts (85) and the shims.
(11) Install the washer (83), the bolt (85) and the nuts (84) and tighten
them.

R

EFF : 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-13-11

Page 488
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 201-207,
Subtask 52-13-11-820-068

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-13-11-991-019)
(1) Open the door.
the door frame.
freely.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-11-820-068-A

(Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-13-11-991-019-A)
(1) Open the door.
the door frame.
(3) Close the door.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-11

Page 489
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(c) Pull the bush (129) out by 4 mm (0.1574 in.) to disengage it from
(d) Turn the bush (129) by the necessary correction value:

-0.9, -0.6, +0.6, +1.5 or +1.2.
____
132.74 lbf.in).
(k) Make sure that the lockwashers (124) are in the correct position.
freely.

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-11

Page 490
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-11-820-069
F. Check of the Door Adjustment
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-104, 201-203,
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-11-991-011)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 105-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-13-11-991-011-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-13-11-991-008)
(1) Operate the door many times and make sure that the clearances between
the rollers and the fittings are correct (with the door in the up and
down positions).
0.0275 in.).
Subtask 52-13-11-820-070
G. Adjustment of the Safety Pin

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-13-11-991-013)
(1) Close the door.
(162) as follows:
(a) Open the door.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 491
Feb 01/10

CES
R (d) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-007A) to
R the thread of the stop screw (164).
R (e) Install the stop screw (164).
R (f) TORQUE the stop screw (164) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09
R Subtask 52-13-11-420-068
R H. Installation of the Support Arm

R (Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 52-13-11-991-023)
R (1) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-008) on the surface of the ball
R joints (33) that moves.
R (2) Put the door support arm (20) in position at the attach fittings.
R Hold it in position.
R (3) Install the bushes (24), (35), (25) and (28) and the washer (29).
R (4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the bolts (27) and (34)
R before you install them.
R (5) Install the bolts (27) and (34), the washers (23), the lockwasher
R (26) and the nuts (22).
R NOTE : If you install new bolts (27) and (34), drill a hole of 2 mm
____
R (0.0787 in.).
R hole.
R (8) Install a new cotter pin (21).
R (9) Install the bonding leads (30) on the supports, the washers (32) and
R the screws (31).
R NOTE : When you install the bonding leads (30), do an electrical

____
R bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 492
Feb 01/08

CES
R Subtask 52-13-11-420-069
R J. Connection of the Electrical Harness
R (1) Install the attachment clamps on the cable sheaths.
R (2) Connect the electrical connectors : 2819VC for the left side or
R 2818VC for the right side.
R Subtask 52-13-11-420-070
R K. Installation of the Guide Arms

R (Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-13-11-991-022)
R (1) For the door with the door damper and emergency-operation cylinder,
R serie P/N FE174 and FE196, connect the guide arms (132) and (133) on
R the door side (Ref. TASK 52-13-12-400-002).
R (2) For the door with the door damper and emergency-operation cylinder,
R serie P/N FE240, connect the guide arms as follows:
R (134) at FR68.
R 1

____
R - the clearance L1 must be equal to the difference between the

R - the maximum clearance L1 must be 5 mm (0.1968 in.).
R - if necessary, adjust the fittings (130) and (131) on the X
R axis.
R (b) Connect the guide arms (133) and (132) (Ref. TASK 52-13-12-400-
R 002).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 493
Feb 01/08

CES
R Subtask 52-13-11-020-066
R L. Removal of the Sling

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-11-991-002)
R (1) Remove the sling (10) from the hoist fitting.
R (2) Remove the hoist fittings (2) from the door and attach them to the
R sling (10).
R (3) Install the blanking plugs (1) in the hoisting point holes.
R (4) Install new self-adhesive patches (3) on the door at the hoisting
R points.
R (5) If necessary, paint the self-adhesive patches to the same color as

R the adjacent area (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-003).
R Subtask 52-13-11-820-071
R M. Check and Adjustment of the Escape Slide

R (3) Install the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) on the emergency control

R handle (rigging point).
R (a) F1 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
R (b) F2 is 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) to 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).
R (4) If the clearances F1 and F2 are not in the tolerances, adjust the
R girt bar fittings as follows:
R (a) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) from the emergency

R control handle.
R (b) Put the emergency control handle in the DISARMED position.
R (c) Open the door and identify the position of the serrations of the
R girt bar fittings.
R (d) Adjust the position of the girt bar fittings on the X axis and
R the Y axis to get correct clearances F1 and F2.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 494
Feb 01/08

CES
(75).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-11-991-018)
(75).
the emergency control handle many times. Make sure that the load
Subtask 52-13-11-820-072
N. Check and Adjustment of the Compensation Mechanism

52-13-00-820-002).
Subtask 52-13-11-220-051
P. Check of the Outer Control Handle Locking

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 52-13-11-991-003)
side.

____
(a) Loosen the screw (171) and remove the stop (173) and the
adjustable shim (172).
screw (171).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 495
Feb 01/09

CES
R (d) Tighten the screw (171).
R (e) Do step (3) again.
R Subtask 52-13-11-820-073
R Q. Check of the Emergency Escape-Slide Control-Handle Disarming
R (3) Open the door from the outer side.
R (4) Make sure that the emergency escape slide moves to the DISARMED
R position.
R Subtask 52-13-11-820-074
R R. Check of the Door Locking in the Up Position

R (Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 52-13-11-991-020)
R (1) Make sure that during the opening of the door, the handle locks
R before release of the rollers from the guide fittings.
R (2) Make sure that when you close the door with the inner control handle
R (185), you feel no hard points caused by the non-retraction of the
R hook (184).
R (3) If necessary, do the adjustment below:
R (a) Remove the lockwire from the nuts (181), (183) and discard it.
R (b) Decrease the length of the rod (183) so that when you close the
R door, there is no hard point caused by the non-retraction of the
R hook (194) with the door in the up position.
R (c) Tighten the nuts (181) and (183) and safety them with
R (d) Open the door in the up position and make sure that you can
R correctly install the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
R (4) If you continue to feel the hard point, apply COMMON GREASE (Material
R No. 04-004) on the contact surface of the hook (184) with the handle
R (185).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 496
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 52-13-11-820-075
S. Check of Preload of the Cover Plate
007).
____
door.
____
Subtask 52-13-11-820-076
T. Check and Adjustment of the Proximity Switch
(1) Do an adjustment of the proximity switch of the door locking

mechanism 15WV1 or 15WV2 (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-001).
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-11-730-051
U. Adjustment/Test of the Components
(1) Adjust the aft passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-001).

22-820-001).

(Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-001).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-11-730-051-A
U. Adjustment/Test of the Components
(1) Adjust the aft passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-001).
(2) Adjust the emergency-escape-slide raft release-mechanism (Ref. TASK

52-13-22-820-001) .

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 497
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-11-865-057
breaker(s):
48WV, 13WN, 15WN.
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-11-410-055

000-002) if kept in position before (as an alternative to the ballast
weight).
(3) Install the door lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002):

832GZ, 832FZ, 832EZ, 832CZ, 832BZ, 832AZ.

842GZ, 842FZ, 842EZ, 842CZ, 842BZ, 842AZ.
(a) For the left door (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-008): 261TW, 261UW,
261VW, 261WW.
(b) For the right door (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-005): 262TW, 262UW,
262VW, 262WW.
(5) Install the escape slide on the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 498
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-11-410-055-A

62-44-000-012) if kept in position before (as an alternative to the
ballast weight).
(3) Install the door lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002):

832GZ, 832FZ, 832EZ, 832CZ, 832BZ, 832AZ.

842GZ, 842FZ, 842EZ, 842CZ, 842BZ, 842AZ.

261TW, 261UW, 261VW, 261WW.

262TW, 262UW, 262VW, 262WW.
(5) Install the emergency escape slide/raft on the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-
44-400-007).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-11-410-056
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page 499
Feb 01/10

CES
R (3) Close the aft passenger/crew door 832 (842) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
R 001).
R Subtask 52-13-11-862-053
R (1) De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-11

Page A400
Feb 01/08

CES
________________________________________
TASK 52-13-12-000-001
Removal of the Support Arm, Door Buffer, Door Pushbutton Switch and Door Stay
Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-13-11-000-001 Removal of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Cylinder
52-13-12-991-001 Fig. 401
52-13-12-991-002 Fig. 402
52-13-12-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
_______
65 KNOTS.
_______
INSTALLED.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 401
Feb 01/98

CES
_______
Subtask 52-13-12-010-053
A. Get Access

(2) Open the Aft passenger/crew door 832 (842) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).
Subtask 52-13-12-020-052
B. Removal of the Component
(1) Remove the aft passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-11-000-001).
(2) Remove the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder (Ref. TASK

52-13-14-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-12-020-053
A. Removal of the Door Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-12-991-001)
(2) Remove the support arm (1) as follows:
(d) Hold the support arm (1).
R (e) Remove the bolts (8) and (15), the lockwasher (7) then the bushes
R (5) and (16).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 402
May 01/01

CES
Figure 401/TASK 52-13-12-991-001

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 403
May 01/01

CES
(g) Remove the support arm (1).

____
(3) Remove the bush (9), the adjustment washer (10), then the bush (6).
Subtask 52-13-12-020-054
B. Removal of the Door Buffer and the Door Unlocking Pushbutton Switch
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-12-991-002)
(1) Remove the nuts (27) and the screws (25).
(2) Remove the door buffer (26).
(3) Remove the nuts (24), the washers (22) and the screws (21).
(4) Remove the fitting (20).
(5) Remove the pushbutton switch (23) from the support arm.
Subtask 52-13-12-020-055
C. Removal of the Door Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-12-991-003)
(1) Remove and discard the four cotter pins (30).
(2) Remove the four nuts (31) and the washers (32) from the pins (34).
(3) Remove the door stay mechanism (33).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 404
Feb 01/98

CES
Door Buffer and the Door Unlocking Handle
Figure 402/TASK 52-13-12-991-002

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 405
Feb 01/98

CES
Door Stay Mechanism
Figure 403/TASK 52-13-12-991-003

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 406
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 52-13-12-400-001
Installation of the Support Arm, Door Buffer, Door Pushbutton Switch and Door
Stay Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 407
Aug 01/05
R
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 cotter pin 52-13-04 04B-290

2 cotter pin 52-13-04 04D-290
2 cotter pin 52-13-04 04E-290
7 lockwasher 52-13-04 04B-370
7 lockwasher 52-13-04 04D-370
7 lockwasher 52-13-04 04E-370
30 cotter pin 52-13-04 06 -010
51 bolt 52-13-04 05B-110
51 bolt 52-13-04 05H-110
R 51 bolt 52-13-04 05H-110A
57 cotter pin 52-13-04 05B-040
57 cotter pin 52-13-04 05H-040
61 washers 52-13-04 05B-100
61 washers 52-13-04 05H-100
62 washers 52-13-04 05B-150
62 washers 52-13-04 05H-150
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-10-00-720-001 Functional Test of the Suspension of the
Passenger/Crew Door
Door
52-13-11-400-001 Installation of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
52-13-12-220-001 Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Suspension
Mechanism
52-13-12-991-001 Fig. 401
52-13-12-991-002 Fig. 402
52-13-12-991-003 Fig. 403
52-13-12-991-004 Fig. 404

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-12-860-051
00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-12-220-056
(Ref. TASK 52-13-12-220-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-12-420-055
A. Installation of the Buffer and the Door-Locking Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-12-991-002)
(1) Put the buffer (26) in position.
(3) Install the pushbutton switch assembly (23) in the support arm (1).
(5) Install the screws (21) and the washers (22) and tighten them.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 409
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 52-13-12-820-051
B. Adjustment of the Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-12-991-004)
(1) Fully open the door against the fuselage.
(2) Make sure that the door stay mechanism locks the door in the open
position.
(3) Make sure that clearance R1 between the stop (65) and the fuselage is
1 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.0393 +0.0196 -0.0196 in.).
R (4) If clearance R1 is not correct, do the adjustment below:
(a) Push the button of the door stay mechanism and move the door away
from the fuselage.
(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (57).
R (c) Remove the nut (58), the washer (59) and the spherical cup (60).
(d) Remove the bolt (51), the washer (52), the buffer (65) and the
spherical cup (64).
(e) Remove the guide bush (63), the washers (53) and the washers
(62).
(f) Remove the guide bush (56), the washers (55) and the washers
(61).
(g) Adjust the adjustable washers (55) and (62) to get the correct
clearance R1.
(h) Install the washers (55) and (61) and the guide bush (56).
(i) Install the washers (53) and (62) and the guide bush (63).
(j) Install the spherical cup (64), the buffer (65), the washer (52)
and the bolt (51).
(k) Install the spherical cup (60), the washer (59) and the nut (58).
(l) Fully open the door against the fuselage (door locked) and make
sure that clearance R1 is correct.
(m) If necessary, do the adjustment procedure again.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 410
Aug 01/05

CES
(n) Tighten the nut (58) and safety with cotter pin (57).
Subtask 52-13-12-220-053
C. Check of the Load of the Door-Locking Mechanism
(1) Check that the load necessary to unlock the door when open is not
more than 6 daN (13.4885 lbf) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-720-001).
Subtask 52-13-12-420-056
D. Installation of the Door Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-12-991-003)
(1) Put the mechanism (33) in position on the pins (34).
(2) Install the nuts (31) with the washers (32). TORQUE the nuts to
between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in).
Subtask 52-13-12-420-051
E. Installation of the Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-12-991-001)
(1) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-008) on the surface of the ball
joints (14) that moves.
(2) Put the door support arm (1) in position at the attach fittings.
Hold it in position.
(3) Install the bushes (5), (16), (6) and (9) and the washer (10).
(4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the bolts (8) and (15)
before you install them.
(5) Install the bolts (8) and (15), the washers (4) and the lockwasher
NOTE : If you install new bolts (8) and (15), drill a hole of 2 mm
____
(0.0787 in.).
lbf.in). If it was not possible to install the safety pin, lightly
over torque the nuts (3) to align the nut slot with the safety pin
hole.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 411
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Door Buffer

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 412
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Door Buffer

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 413
Aug 01/05
R
CES
(7) Safety the bolt (8) with the lockwasher (7).
(9) Install the bonding leads (11) on the supports, the washers (13) and
the screws (12).
NOTE : When you install the bonding leads (11), do an electrical

____
bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-12-420-054

52-13-14-400-001).
(2) Install the Aft passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-11-400-001).
Subtask 52-13-12-410-053
B. Close Access
(2) Close the Aft passenger/crew door 831 or (841) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 414
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 52-13-12-000-002
Removal of the Guide Arms
WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 65
_______
KNOTS.
_______
WARNING : STOP THE OPENING PROCEDURE IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES. RESIDUAL
_______
PRESSURE COULD CAUSE THE DOOR TO OPEN WITH A SUDDEN FORCE AND INJURE
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
Door
52-13-12-991-005 Fig. 405

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 415
Feb 01/98

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-12-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 52-13-12-010-054
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the Aft passenger/crew door at
the zone 832 or 842.
(2) Open the applicable Aft passenger/crew door 832 or 842 (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-12-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-13-12-020-057
D. Removal of the Lining Flap

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 416
Feb 01/98

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-12-020-051
A. Removal of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-12-991-005)
(2) Remove the nuts (85), the washers (82), the bolts (72) and the
washers (71).
(3) Disengage the upper and lower guide arms (74) and (83) and fold them
back.
(4) Remove the bushes (73) and (81).
(5) Remove the caps (78).
(7) Hold the upper guide arm (74) and remove the nut (86) and the washers
(75) and (79).
(8) Hold the lower guide arm (83) and remove the nut (86) and the washers
(75) and (79).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 417
Feb 01/98

CES
Upper and Lower Guide Arms
Figure 405/TASK 52-13-12-991-005

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 418
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 52-13-12-400-002
Installation of the Guide Arms
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

(Ref. 20-31-00)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
80 cotter pin 52-13-04 03 -080

84 coller pin 52-13-04 03 -010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Door
52-13-12-991-005 Fig. 405
52-13-12-991-006 Fig. 406
52-13-12-991-010 Fig. 407

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 419
May 01/03

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-12-860-050
00-860-001).

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 52-13-12-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-12-420-052
A. Installation of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-12-991-005)
(1) Install the washers (75).
(2) Put the upper and lower guide arms (74) and (83) in position in the
(3) Install the washers (79) and the nuts (86), do not tighten them.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 420
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-13-12-820-052
B. Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms in the X Axis

52-13-12-991-010)
(a) Put the door in the up closed position in contact with the seal.
R at FR68.
R 1

____
R - the clearance J1 must be equal to the difference between the

R
R - the maximum clearance J1 must be of 5 mm (0.1968 in.).
(3) Install the upper and lower guide arms (74) and (83) in the door
fitting (70). Make sure that the screws (72) undergo no stress, when
you install them in their holes.
arms in the X axis as follows:
(95).
(c) Move the fittings (76) and (77) on the X axis to get the correct
position.
(d) Temporarily tighten the nuts (90) and (91).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 421
Feb 01/02

CES
Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms
Figure 406/TASK 52-13-12-991-006

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 422
Feb 01/98

CES
R Upper and Lower Guide Arms - Adjustment X Axis
Figure 407/TASK 52-13-12-991-010

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 423
Feb 01/02

CES
Subtask 52-13-12-820-053
C. Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms in the Y Axis

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-12-991-005, 406/TASK 52-13-12-991-006)
(1) Open the door until the nominal axes of the upper and lower guide
arms (74) and (83) and the support arm (92) are aligned.
(2) Make sure that the bolts (72) undergo no stress, when you install
them in their holes.
arms in the Y axis as follows:
(95).
(c) Move the fittings (76) and (77) in the Y axis to get the correct
position, do not modify the X axis adjustment.
(d) Tighten the nuts (90) and (91).
Subtask 52-13-12-420-058
D. Final Installation of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-12-991-005)
(1) Install the bushes (73) and (81).
(2) Install the washers (71), the bolts (72) with COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-004), the washers (82) and the nuts (83).
NOTE : If a new bolt (72) is installed, drill a hole of 2.8 mm

____
(4) Safety the nuts (85) with a new coller pin (84).
(6) Install the caps (78).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 424
Feb 01/02
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-12-420-059
Subtask 52-13-12-865-055
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV.
Subtask 52-13-12-410-054
C. Close Access
(2) Close the Aft passenger/crew door 832 or 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).
Subtask 52-13-12-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 425
Feb 01/02
R
CES
SUSPENSION - DOOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________
TASK 52-13-12-220-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Suspension Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Door
Door
52-13-12-000-001 Removal of the Support Arm, Door Buffer, Door
Pushbutton Switch and Door Stay Mechanism
52-13-12-400-001 Installation of the Support Arm, Door Buffer, Door
Pushbutton Switch and Door Stay Mechanism
52-13-12-991-008 Fig. 601
52-13-12-991-009 Fig. 602

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 601
Feb 01/98

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-12-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 52-13-12-010-055
B. Get Access
_______
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
(1) Put the access platform in position at the applicable aft

10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
Subtask 52-13-12-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 602
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-13-12-020-056
D. Removal of the Door Suspension Mechanism

(Ref. TASK 52-13-12-000-001)
(1) Remove the door stay mechanism, if not removed.
(2) Remove the support arm, if not removed.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-12-220-054
A. Inspection of the Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-13-12-991-008)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes and the part of the
support arms.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD1 | 15.880 | 15.893 | | | 15.867 | | |
| | (0.6251)| (0.6257)| | | (0.6246)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.038 | | | 0.078 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0015)| | |(0.0030)|
| ID2 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.944 | |
| | (0.6257)| (0.6266)| | | | (0.6277)| |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD3 | 12.704 | 12.715 | | | 12.691 | | |
| | (0.5001)| (0.5006)| | | (0.4996)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.037 | | | 0.0074 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.014)| | |(0.0029)|
| ID4 | 12.715 | 12.741 | | | | 12.765 | |
| | (0.5006)| (0.5016)| | | | (0.5025)| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 603
Feb 01/98

CES
Door Support Arm
Figure 601/TASK 52-13-12-991-008

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 604
Feb 01/98

CES
(b) Or replace the part on which they are installed.
Subtask 52-13-12-220-055
B. Inspection of the Door Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-13-12-991-009)
door stay mechanism.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| EE | | | | | | | |
| OD21 | 7.956 | 7.965 | | | 7.947 | | |
| | (0.3132)| (0.3136)| | | (0.3129)| | |
| | | | -0.015 | 0.017 | | | 0.036 |
| | | |-(0.0006)| (0.0007)| | |(0.0013)|
| ID20 | 7.950 | 7.973 | | | | 7.981 | |
| | (0.3130)| (0.3139)| | | |(0.3142) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD23 | 7.956 | 7.965 | | | 7.947 | | |
| | (0.3132)| (0.3136)| | | (0.3129)| | |
| | | | -0.015 | 0.017 | | | 0.034 |
| | | |-(0.0006)| (0.0007)| | |(0.0013)|
| ID22 | 7.950 | 7.973 | | | | 7.981 | |
| | (0.3130)| (0.3139)| | | |(0.3142) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD25 | 7.956 | 7.965 | | | 7.947 | | |
| | (0.3132)| (0.3136)| | | (0.3129)| | |
| | | | -0.015 | 0.017 | | | 0.034 |
| | | |-(0.0006)| (0.0007)| | |(0.0013)|
| ID24 | 7.950 | 7.973 | | | | 7.981 | |
| | (0.3130)| (0.3139)| | | |(0.3142) | |

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 605
Feb 01/98

CES
Door Stay Mechanism

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 606
Feb 01/98

CES
Door Stay Mechanism

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 607
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| EE | | | | | | | |
| OD27 | 3.992 | 4.000 | | | 3.987 | | |
| | (0.1572)| (0.1575)| | | (0.1570)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.020 | | | 0.030 |
| | | | (0.000) | (0.0028)| | |(0.0012)|
| ID26 | 4.000 | 4.102 | | | | 4.017 | |
| | (0.1575)| (0.1580)| | | |(0.1581) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD28 | 3.992 | 4.000 | | | 3.987 | | |
| | (0.1572)| (0.1575)| | | (0.1570)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.020 | | | 0.030 |
| | | | (0.000) | (0.0028)| | |(0.0012)|
| ID29 | 4.000 | 4.102 | | | | 4.017 | |
| | (0.1575)| (0.1580)| | | |(0.1581) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-12-420-057
A. Installation of the Door Suspension Mechanism

(Ref. TASK 52-13-12-400-001)
(1) Install the door stay mechanism.
(2) Install the support arm.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 608
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-13-12-865-059
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-13-12-410-055
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.
(4) Close the aft passenger/crew door 832 or 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).
Subtask 52-13-12-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-12

Page 609
Feb 01/98

CES
_____________________________________________________________________
TASK 52-13-14-000-001
Removal of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Door
52-13-14-991-007 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 401
Feb 01/98

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-14-010-065
R A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______


832, 842.
(3) Apply the safety precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-14-865-067
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-13-14-862-056
C. Not Applicable

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 402
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-13-14-010-066
R D. Removal of the Door Support-Arm Lining
(1) Remove the support arm lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-14-020-057
A. Removal of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-14-991-007)
(4) Remove the bushes (15) and disengage the fork (11) from the
telescopic rod (14).
(9) Remove the bolt (9), the washer (8) and the bush (7).
(10) Remove the damper and emergency-operation cylinder (10).
(11) Remove the two circlips (4) from the pin (5) of the yoke.
(12) Remove the yoke pin (5) and the yoke (6) from the cylinder.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 403
Aug 01/99

CES
Figure 401/TASK 52-13-14-991-007

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 404
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 52-13-14-400-001
Installation of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98D52103003000 1 ADJUSTING-CYLINDER LENGHT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 cotter pin 52-13-04 01B-010

R
18 cotter pin 52-13-04 01B-100
R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 405
May 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
52-13-14-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Door-Damper and Emergengy- Operation Cylinder
52-13-14-991-007 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-14-860-056
(2) Make sure that the aft passenger/crew door is open (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-001).
00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 406
Nov 01/00
R
CES
Subtask 52-13-14-865-068
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Subtask 52-13-14-862-057
R C. Not Applicable
Subtask 52-13-14-220-053
R D. Preparation for Installation
(Ref. TASK 52-13-14-220-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-14-820-054
A. Adjustment of the Length of the Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-14-991-007)
(1) Manually put the door damper and emergency-operation cylinder in the
fully compressed position.
(2) Make sure that the protrusion length J2 of the piston rod:
(a) for the damper serie P/N FE174 and FE196 is 16.8 -1.8 +1.8 mm
(0.6614 -0.0708 +0.0708 in.).
(b) for the damper serie P/N FE240 is 21.8 -1.8 +1.8 mm (0.8582 -
0.0708 +0.0708 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 407
Aug 01/99

CES
(3) If the protrusion length J2 is not in the tolerances, send the damper
and emergency-operation cylinder to the manufacturer for overaul.
R (4) In this configuration, adjust the length J3 with the ADJUSTING-

R CYLINDER LENGHT (98D52103003000):
(a) Remove the lockwire from the nut (20).
(c) Adjust the cylinder (19) to get the length J3.
1
FE174 and FE196 358 mm (14.0944 in.).
2
FE240 363 +0.0 -2.0 mm (14.2913 +0.0000 -0.0787 in.).
(d) Tighten the nut (20) and safety with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
Subtask 52-13-14-420-058
B. Installation of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-14-991-007)
(1) Put the yoke (6) in position and install the yoke pin (5) in the
cylinder end fitting.
(2) Install the two circlips (4) at the two ends of the yoke pin (5).
(3) Put the cylinder end fitting on the support arm and hold it.
(4) Install the bush (7).
(5) Install the washer (8) and the bolt (9).
(6) Install the washer (3) and the nut (2). Do not tighten the nut (2).
(8) Install the washer (13), the bushes (15), the end of the door-damper
and emergency-operation cylinder (10), the washer (16), the fork
(11), the bolt (12) and the nut (17).
NOTE : If you install a new bolt (12) drill a hole of dia. 2 mm

____

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 408
Nov 01/07

CES
lbf.in), and the nut (17) to between 1 and 1.7 m.daN (88.49 and
150.44 lbf.in).
(10) Install the cotter pin (1), and the cotter pin (18).
R Subtask 52-13-14-740-051
R C. Not Applicable
Subtask 52-13-14-220-056
R D. Check of the Door Opening/Closing

R
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-14-991-007)
R
R (1) When you open/close the door, make sure that the clearance J4 between
R the telescopic rod and the door attach fitting (23) is 1.5 mm (0.0590
R in.) minimum.
Subtask 52-13-14-210-061
R E. Check of the Pressure
(1) Do a check of the pressure of the door-damper and emergency-operation

Subtask 52-13-14-820-055
R F. Adjustment of the Percussion Bellcrank Finger
(1) Adjust the percussion bellcrank finger (Ref. TASK 52-13-14-820-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-14-410-070
A. Installation of the Support Arm Lining
(1) Install the door support arm lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-
002).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 409
Aug 01/99

CES
R Subtask 52-13-14-861-055
R B. Not Applicable
Subtask 52-13-14-865-069
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-13-14-410-071
R D. Close Access
(1) Arm the percussion mechanism of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder. To do this, obey the special precautions after
the work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 410
Aug 01/99

CES
TASK 52-13-14-000-002
Removal of the Telescopic Rod
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Door
52-13-14-991-008 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-14-010-067
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 411
Feb 01/98

CES
_______


832, 842.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-14-865-070
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-13-14-010-068
C. Removal of the Door Support-Arm Lining
(1) Remove the support arm lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002).
(a) For the left passenger/crew door: 832FZ, 832FZ.
(b) For the right passenger/crew door: 842FZ, 842FZ.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-14-020-059
A. Removal of the Telescopic Rod

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-14-991-008)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 412
Feb 01/98

CES
Telescopic Rod
Figure 402/TASK 52-13-14-991-008

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 413
Feb 01/98

CES
(4) Remove the bushes (4) and disengage the fork (6) from the telescopic
spring rod (12).
(9) Remove the bolt (7), the washer (8) and the spacer (9).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 414
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 52-13-14-400-002
Installation of the Telescopic Rod
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 cotter pin 52-13-04 01B-100

R
15 cotter pin 52-13-04 02B-010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
Door-Damper and Emergengy- Operation Cylinder
52-13-14-991-008 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 415
May 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-14-860-057
(2) Make sure that the aft passenger/crew door is open (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-001).
00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-14-865-071
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-13-14-220-055
(Ref. TASK 52-13-14-220-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-14-420-060
A. Installation of the Telescopic Rod

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-14-991-008)
(1) Install the spacer (9), the washer (8), the bolt (7), the washer (13)
and the nut (14).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 416
Nov 01/00
R
CES
lbf.in).
and emergency-operation cylinder (5), the washer (15), the fork (6),
the bolt (10) and the nut (2).
lbf.in).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-14-410-072
A. Installation of the Door Support-Arm Lining
(1) Install the door support-arm lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002).
Subtask 52-13-14-865-072
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-13-14-410-073
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 417
Nov 01/00
R
CES
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________________________________
TASK 52-13-14-820-002
Adjustment of the Percussion Bellcrank Finger of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-23-46-000-002 Removal of the Door Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew

R Doors
R 25-23-46-400-002 Installation of the Door Linings at the AFT
R Passenger/Crew Doors
Door
Door
52-13-14-991-003 Fig. 501

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 501
Aug 01/07

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-14-010-059
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door 832 (842). (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-001)
(3) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the
passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-14-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 502
Aug 01/07
R
CES
R Subtask 52-13-14-010-071
R C. Removal of the Door Support-Arm Lining
R (1) Remove the door support-arm lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002).
Subtask 52-13-14-860-058
_______
(2) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) and put the
(3) Put the door in the full up position :

- Carefully move the door adjacent to the frame. The guide rollers
must go into their guide fittings. The door must be on its seal at
the front and at the rear.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-14-820-052
A. Adjustment of the Percussion Bellcrank Finger

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-13-14-991-003)
(1) Adjustment of the finger of the percussion bellcrank on the Z axis:
(a) Loosen the nut (1), remove the finger (3) and the new adjustable
washer (2).
(b) Put the finger (3) and a new adjustable washer (2) to get the
clearance J1 of 5 -1 +1 mm (0.1968 -0.0393 +0.0393 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 503
Aug 01/07

CES
Adjustment of the Percussion BellcranK Finger
Figure 501/TASK 52-13-14-991-003

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 504
Feb 01/98

CES
(2) Adjustment of the finger of the percussion bellcrank in the X axis:
(a) Loosen the nut (5).
(b) Adjust the length of the rod (4) to get the clearance J2 7.5 -1
+1 mm (0.2952 -0.0393 +0.0393 in.).
(c) Tighten the nut (5).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-14-860-053
(1) Close the door.
(2) Put the emergency control handle in the disarmed position. Install
the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000).
R Subtask 52-13-14-410-076
R B. Installation of the Door Support-Arm Lining
R (1) Install the door support-arm lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002).
Subtask 52-13-14-865-055
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-13-14-410-063
R D. Close Access
(1) Obey the special precautions after you work on the passenger/crew
door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 505
Aug 01/07

CES
(3) Close the applicable passenger/crew door 832 or 842. (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-410-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 506
Aug 01/07

CES
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________________________
TASK 52-13-14-200-001
Inspection/Check of the Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder of the Aft

Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Door
Door
52-13-14-991-005 Fig. 601

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 601
May 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-14-010-069
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______

door 832 or 842.
(2) Open the passenger/crew door 832, 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-14-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-13-14-010-070
C. Removal of Component.

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002).
(a) For the left passenger/crew door 832FZ, 832GZ.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 602
May 01/08

CES
(b) For the right passenger/crew door 842FZ, 842GZ.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-14-210-051
A. Inspection of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-13-14-991-005)
(2) Do a visual inspection of the the door-damper and emergency-operation

cylinder. Make sure that there are no fluid leakage, corrosion,
cracks, marks or dents and that the components are correctly
attached.
(3) Do a visual inspection of the paint. Make sure that the paint is not
flaked or peeled.
(4) Check of the Pressure.
CAUTION : THE PRESSURE ON THE PRESSURE INDICATOR OF THE BOTTLE MUST

_______
BE RELATED TO THE PRESSURE CORRECTED FOR TEMPERATURE.
(a) Write the pressure value shown on the pressure gauge (1).
(b) Compare this value with the value on the placard (2) for the
NOTE : Let the air bottle stabilize to the ambient temperature

____
before you do the inspection. This is to get a correct
pressure value.
NOTE : Bubbles in the pressure gauge with a maximum diameter

____
equal to the dial itself are acceptable.
If the oil level, in the pressure gauge, is not sufficient
to have the pointer in the liquid (with the dial
horizontal) you must discard the pressure gage.
(c) If the pressure is not correct charge the cylinder bottle.

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-614-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 603
Feb 01/98

CES
Bottle of the Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder of the Aft Door
Figure 601/TASK 52-13-14-991-005

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 604
Feb 01/98

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-14-410-074
A. Installation of Component.

(Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002).
(a) For the left passenger/crew door 832FZ, 832GZ.
(b) For the right passenger/crew door 842FZ, 842GZ.
Subtask 52-13-14-865-051
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-13-14-410-075
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
(3) Close the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001) 832, 842.
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 605
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 52-13-14-220-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Mechanism of the Door-Damper and Emergengy-

Operation Cylinder
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Door
Door
Cylinder
52-13-14-000-002 Removal of the Telescopic Rod
R
52-13-14-991-009 Fig. 602
52-13-14-991-010 Fig. 603

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 606
May 01/03

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-14-861-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 52-13-14-010-072
B. Get Access
_______
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
(1) Put the access platform in position at the applicable aft passenger
crew/door 832 or 842.
10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
Subtask 52-13-14-865-073
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 607
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-13-14-020-061
D. Removal of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
(1) Remove the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder, if not

removed (Ref. TASK 52-13-14-000-001).
(2) Remove the telescopic rod (Ref. TASK 52-13-14-000-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-14-220-050
A. Inspection of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-13-14-991-009)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes, the parts, the link
assemblies of the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD2 | 15.882 | 15.893 | | | 15.870 | | |
| | (0.6252)| (0.6257)| | | (0.6252)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.036 | | | 0.072 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | | (0.028)|
| ID1 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.942 | |
| | (0.6257)| (0.6266)| | | |(0.6270) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD4 | 12.983 | 12.994 | | | 12.965 | | |
| | (0.5111)| (0.5116)| | | (0.5104)| | |
| | | | 0.006 | 0.035 | | | 0.070 |
| | | | (0.0002)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID3 | 13.000 | 13.018 | | | | 13.035 | |
| | (0.5118)| (0.5125)| | | |(0.5132) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| FF | | | | | | | |
| OD12 | 19.054 | 19.070 | | | 19.036 | | |

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 608
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| | (0.7501)| (0.7507)| | | (0.7494)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.053 | | | 0.106 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0021)| | |(0.0042)|
| ID13 | 19.070 | 19.107 | | | | 19.143 | |
| | (0.7507)| (0.7522)| | | |(0.7536) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) If the wear of the bushes (1) and (3) is not in the tolerances.
(b) Or replace the parts on which the bushes are installed.
(4) If the wear of the bushes (13) is not in the tolerances and the link
assembly (11) is worn or unserviceable.
R (a) Replace the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder

R (Ref. TASK 52-13-14-000-001) (Ref. TASK 52-13-14-400-001).
Subtask 52-13-14-220-051
B. Inspection of the Telescopic Rod Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 52-13-14-991-010)
telescopic rod mechanism.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 609
May 01/03

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 610
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 611
Feb 01/98

CES
Telescopic Rod
Figure 603/TASK 52-13-14-991-010

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 612
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD11 | 15.882 | 15.893 | | | 15.870 | | |
| | (0.6252)| (0.6257)| | | (0.6252)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.036 | | | 0.036 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID10 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.942 | |
| | (0.6257)| (0.6267)| | | |(0.6281) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD13 | 19.057 | 19.070 | | | 19.042 | | |
| | (0.7502)| (0.7508)| | | (0.7496)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.044 | | | 0.048 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0017)| | |(0.0034)|
| ID12 | 19.070 | 19.101 | | | | 19.130 | |
| | (0.7508)| (0.7520)| | | |(0.7531) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD19 | 15.882 | 15.893 | | | 15.870 | | |
| | (0.6252)| (0.6257)| | | (0.6252)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.036 | | | 0.036 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID20 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.942 | |
| | (0.6257)| (0.6267)| | | |(0.6281) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD22 | 12.700 | 12.715 | | | 12.686 | | |
| | (0.5000)| (0.5006)| | | (0.4994)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.041 | | | 0.0082 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0016)| | |(0.0032)|
| ID21 | 12.715 | 12.741 | | | | 12.768 | |
| | (0.5006)| (0.5021)| | | |(0.5026) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD23 | 12.704 | 12.715 | | | 12.691 | | |
| | (0.5001)| (0.5006)| | | (0.4996)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.0037 | | | 0.074 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0029)|

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 613
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| ID24 | 12.715 | 12.741 | | | | 12.765 | |
| | (0.5006)| (0.5021)| | | |(0.5025) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) If the wear of the bushes is not in the tolerances.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-14-420-064
A. Installation of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

52-13-14-400-001).
(2) Install the telescopic rod (Ref. TASK 52-13-14-400-001).
Subtask 52-13-14-865-074
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-13-14-410-077
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 614
Feb 01/98

CES
001).
Subtask 52-13-14-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-14

Page 615
Feb 01/98

CES
__________________________________
TASK 52-13-18-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
52-13-18-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-18-010-055
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 401
Feb 01/98

CES
_______
(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door 832, 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-18-020-052
A. Removal of the Door Seal.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-18-991-001)
the screws (21).
the screws (21).
the screws (21).
the screws (21).
the screws (21).
the screws (21).
the screws (21).
the screws (21).
the screws (21).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 402
Feb 01/98

CES
Seal of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 401/TASK 52-13-18-991-001

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 403
Feb 01/98

CES
the screws (21).
the screws.
the screws (21).
the screws (21).
the screws (21).
the screws (22).
the screws (22).
(19) Remove the seal (20) of the passenger/crew door.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 404
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 52-13-18-400-001
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 405
May 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
52-13-18-991-001 Fig. 401
R 52-13-18-991-006 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-18-010-056
(1) Make sure that the platform is in position.
(2) Make sure that the applicable passenger/crew door 832, 842 are open.
00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-18-110-050
B. Cleaning.
(1) Clean the seal and the working surface and apply the CLEANING AGENTS
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-18-420-052

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-18-991-001)
(1) Put the seal (20) on the passenger/crew door.
(2) Install the retainer (17), the screws (21), (22), and the nuts (2)
and tighten them with your hand.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 406
Nov 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 407
Nov 01/98
R
CES
(20) Make sure that the clearances between the retainers are 2 +1 -1 mm
(0.0787 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).
R (21) Tighten all the nuts (2) to between 0.17 and 0.20 m.daN (15.04 and
R 17.69 lbf.in).
Subtask 52-13-18-220-050
B. Check of the Clearance

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-18-991-006)
(1) Check of the seal compression
(a) Close the door.
(b) Make sure that the door seal is correctly compressed on all its
length and that the seal compression clearance J1 is 4.5 +2 -2 mm
(0.1771 +0.0787 -0.0787 in.).
(c) Open the door.
(2) Check of the screw/nut installation
(a) Make sure that the screw (22) is flush with the nut (2). The
out-of-flush tolerance J2 is:
- for the round section seals: 0 +0 -0.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0000 -
0.0196 in.)
- for the square section seals: 0 +0 -1 mm (0.0000 +0.0000 -
0.0393 in.).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-18-410-055
A. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
(3) Close the passenger/crew door 832, 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 408
Aug 01/00

CES
R Door Seal - Clearances
R Figure 402/TASK 52-13-18-991-006

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 409
Nov 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 410
Nov 01/98

CES
_____________________
TASK 52-13-18-300-001
Repair of the Seal of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clamp
R No specific emery cloth
No specific fine emery paper
No specific spatula
R No specific very fine emery cloth
No specific very fine emery paper
R No specific wooden bonding block
No specific Wooden Bonding Block
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-024
Material No. 08-004A USA MIL-A-46106 TYPE I
R Material No. 08-026
R ADHESIVE/SEALANT ONE PART,RTV SILICONE RUBBER
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 801
May 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
52-13-18-991-004 Fig. 801
52-13-18-991-002 Fig. 802
52-13-18-991-005 Fig. 803
52-13-18-991-003 Fig. 804
R 52-13-18-991-009 Fig. 805
R 52-13-18-991-008 Fig. 806
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-18-941-052
A. Get Access
_______
_______

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 802
Aug 01/08

CES
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-18-020-051
B. Seal Removal
4. Procedure
_________

R 52-13-18-991-005, 804/TASK 52-13-18-991-003, 805/TASK 52-13-18-991-009,
806/TASK 52-13-18-991-008)
Subtask 52-13-18-340-052
A. Repair Signs of Chafing on the Seal

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Lightly rub the chafing area with very fine emery paper.
(2) Carefully remove the grease from the chafing area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and a lint-free cloth.
08-004) to the chafing area and make it smooth with a spatula.
(4) Make sure that dust does not touch the chafing area. Let the adhesive
dry between 10 hours and 12 hours.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 803
Aug 01/08

CES
R Repair of Damage

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 804
Feb 01/09

CES
R Repair of Damage

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 805
Feb 01/09

CES
Figure 802/TASK 52-13-18-991-002

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 806
Feb 01/09
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-13-18

Page 807
Feb 01/09

CES
R Repair of Damage

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 808
Feb 01/09

CES
R Repair of Damage

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 809
Feb 01/09

CES
Figure 804/TASK 52-13-18-991-003

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 810
Feb 01/09
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-13-18

Page 811
Feb 01/09

CES
R Repair of Damage

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 812
Feb 01/09

CES
R Repair of Damage

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 813
Feb 01/09

CES
Figure 806/TASK 52-13-18-991-008

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 814
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 52-13-18-340-050
B. Repair of Cuts with a Small Depth (not more than one third of the
thickness of the seal)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Lightly rub the cut area with very fine emery paper.
(2) Carefully remove the grease from the cut area with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-004) and a lint-free cloth.
R (3) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) or BONDING
R AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to the cut and make it
R smooth with a spatula.
(4) Make sure that dust does not touch the cut. Let the adhesive dry for
between 10 hours and 12 hours.
Subtask 52-13-18-340-051
R C. Permanent Repair of Cuts with a Large Depth (more than one third of the
R thickness of the seal) and Small Punctures

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
____
R than 25.4 mm (1.0 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 815
Feb 01/09

CES
R 200.0 mm (7.87 in.).
R (refer to para 4.E.: Repair of Heavily Damaged Areas).
emery paper.
R (3) Carefully remove the grease the cut area with CLEANING AGENTS
R 08-004) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to
for some minutes.
R (6) Cut a piece of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) to put on the
R cut. Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
R No. 08-004) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026)
R on the surface that touches the repair area.

____
R (7) Put the piece of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) on the cut
the repair area. Put the seal in the wooden bonding block.
R (8) Compress the seal with the wooden block and a clamp. Let it dry for
24 hours.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 816
Feb 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-13-18-340-054
R D. Temporary Repair of Cuts with a Large Depth (more than one third of the
R thickness of the seal) and Small Punctures

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
____
R than 25.4 mm (1.0 in.).
R 200.0 mm (7.87 in.).
R (refer to para 4.E.: Repair of Heavily Damaged Areas).
NOTE : This temporary repair has a limit of 4 flight cycles.

____
emery paper.
R (3) Carefully remove the grease the cut area with CLEANING AGENTS
R 08-004A) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to
for some minutes.
R (6) Cut a piece of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) to put on the
R cut. Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
R No. 08-004A) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026)
R on the surface that touches the repair area.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 817
Feb 01/09

CES
____
R (7) Put the piece of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) on the cut
the repair area. Put the seal in the Wooden Bonding Block.
R (8) Compress the seal with the wooden block and a clamp. Let it dry for 2
hours.
Subtask 52-13-18-340-055
E. Repair of Heavily Damaged Areas (Splice Repair)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

____
- For a straight section, 200.0 mm (7.87 in.)
- For a curved section, 200.0 mm (7.87 in.) measured from the
edge of the corner.
NOTE : The replacement seal must have the same quantity of inflation
____
holes as the removed section.
ends of the seal and the replacement sections on a length of 25.4 mm
(1.0 in.) (repair area).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 818
Feb 01/09

CES
(7) Make sure that the inflation holes of the replacement section are in
the same position as on the remaining seal.
NOTE : If the inflation holes are not installed in the correct

____
position, the door seal cannot inflate correctly during the
flight. This causes the cabin pressure to decrease and can
result in a disruption of the flight.
(8) Push and hold the ends of the replacement section and the seal
(9) Cut a piece of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) to a size of

the repair areas.
(10) Apply a layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004)
(12) Apply a layer of foil SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-023) to the
(13) Compress the seal for a period of 24 hours in the wooden bonding
block with a clamp.
the seal.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-18-420-051
A. Installation of the Door Seal
(1) Install the door seal (Ref. TASK 52-13-18-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 819
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 52-13-18-942-053
B. Close Access
items.
52-10-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 820
Feb 01/09

CES
TASK 52-13-18-300-002
Repair of the Rubbing Strip of the Cover Plate of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific paper adhesive tapes
No specific spatula
No specific stiff brush
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-018 USA MMM-A-121

SOLVENT-BASED SYNTHETIC RUBBER ADHESIVE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 821
Feb 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
R ASRM 51211100
R ASRM 51751200
52-13-18-991-007 Fig. 807
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-18-941-053
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 822
Feb 01/10

CES
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-18-340-053
A. Repair of the Rubbing Strip of the Cover Plate

(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 52-13-18-991-007)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Remove the defective rubbing strip.
(2) Use a nonmetallic scraper and a stiff brush to remove the damaged
sealant.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
(3) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) or
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004). Use the minimum quantity of
cleaning agent that is necessary to clean the area. Dry the area
immediately with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(4) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(5) If necessary, do the protection treatment and the paint coating

repair on the cover plate with PRETREATMENT FOR PAINTING (Material
R No. 13-002) and STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) (Ref. ASRM
R 51211100) (Ref. ASRM 51751200).
(6) Use paper adhesive tapes to show the limits of the bonding areas on
the cover plate.
(7) Mix BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-018) with a
spatula.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 823
Feb 01/10

CES
AFT Passenger/Crew Door - Rubbing Strips
Figure 807/TASK 52-13-18-991-007

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 824
Feb 01/09

CES
(8) Use a brush to apply a thin and constant layer of BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-018) to the cover plate.
(9) Use a brush to apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
018) to the neoprene side of the rubbing strip.
(10) Let the adhesive cure until it is not tacky (evaporation of

solvents).
(11) Put the rubbing strip on the cover plate and make sure that it is in
(12) Apply pressure to all the surface of the rubbing strip. Make sure
that there are no bubbles under the rubbing strip.
(13) Remove the paper adhesive tapes.
(14) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) along the bottom edge
of the rubbing strip.
(15) For a better bonding, it is recommended to apply a constant pressure

to all the surface of the rubbing strip during 24 hours.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-18-942-055
A. Close Access
items.
52-10-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-18

Page 825
Feb 01/09

CES
_______________________________________________
TASK 52-13-21-000-001
Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 401
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-22-00-000-001 Removal of STA-LOK Nuts and Lockwashers

Doors
Door
56-31-13-000-001 Removal of the Window of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door
52-13-21-991-007 Fig. 401
52-13-21-991-010 Fig. 402
52-13-21-991-006 Fig. 403
52-13-21-991-008 Fig. 404
52-13-21-991-005 Fig. 405
52-13-21-991-012 Fig. 406
52-13-21-991-014 Fig. 407
52-13-21-991-015 Fig. 408
52-13-21-991-016 Fig. 409
52-13-21-991-018 Fig. 410
52-13-21-991-020 Fig. 411

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 402
Nov 01/06

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-21-010-059
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______

door 831 or 841.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-21-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 403
Nov 01/06
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-21-010-060

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
(a) For the passenger/crew door 832 832AZ, 832BZ, 832CZ, 832DZ,
832EZ.
(b) For the passenger/crew door 842 842AZ, 842BZ, 842CZ, 842DZ,
842EZ.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-21-010-060-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
(a) For the passenger/crew door 832 832AZ, 832BZ, 832CZ, 832DZ,
832EZ.
(b) For the passenger/crew door 842 842AZ, 842BZ, 842CZ, 842DZ,
842EZ.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-21

Page 404
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-21-020-055
A. Release the Compensation Mechanism:
NOTE : It is necessary to release the tension of the torsion bar only for
____
the removal of the outer control handle:
- the gearbox
- the upper and lower connection links
- the compensation mechanism
- the reducer shaft.
(2) Loosen the screw (1) until the tension is released from the torsion
bar.
Subtask 52-13-21-020-051
B. Removal of the Outer Control Handle

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-21-991-007)
(1) Put the outer control handle in the open position until is locked.
(2) Removal of the plate assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-21-991-010)
004) and lint-free cloth.
(5) Push the shaft (191), disengage the outer control handle (192) and
remove it.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 405
Nov 01/06
R
CES
Outer Control Handle
Figure 401/TASK 52-13-21-991-007

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 406
May 01/98
R
CES
Plate Assembly
Figure 402/TASK 52-13-21-991-010

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 407
May 01/98
R
CES
Subtask 52-13-21-020-052
C. Removal of the Inner Control Handle

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-21-991-006)
(3) Remove the inner control handle (173).
Subtask 52-13-21-020-053
D. Removal of the Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-21-991-008)
(1) Removal of the plate assy

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-21-991-010)
(a) Remove the screws (182) (184) and the washers (183).
004) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(2) Remove the inner and the outer control handles (222) and (238).
(4) Remove the nuts (204), the washers (203) the bolts (210) and the
washers (209).
(5) Disengage the rods (207) and (223).
(6) Remove the bushes (232), (233), (234) and (235).
(8) Remove the nut (219), the washer (218) and the bolt (216).
(9) Disengage the rod (217).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 408
Nov 01/06
R
CES
Inner Control Handle
Figure 403/TASK 52-13-21-991-006

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 409
Nov 01/06
R
CES
Gearbox
Figure 404/TASK 52-13-21-991-008

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 410
Nov 01/06
R
CES
(12) Remove the nut (230) and the bolts (221).
(13) Remove the stop (229).
(14) Remove the washers and the set of washers (202) and (228).
(15) Remove the spacers (227) and (226).
(17) Remove the bearing (212).
(18) Remove the gearbox assembly (214).
(19) Remove the sealant from the contact surface of the bearing (212).
Subtask 52-13-21-020-054
E. Remove the Lowering Shaft
(1) Open the door.

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-21-991-005)
(3) Remove the nut (72) and the washer (73) and the bolt (81) and
disconnect the rod (74) from the lever assy (75) and remove the
spacer (70).
(5) Remove the lever assembly (75).
(6) Remove the nuts (78), the bolts (80) and the bearing (79).
(8) Remove the lever (80) from the lowering shaft (82).
(11) Remove the lowering shaft (82) from the door structure.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 411
Nov 01/06
R
CES
Lowering Shaft
Figure 405/TASK 52-13-21-991-005

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 412
May 01/98
R
CES
(12) Remove the sealant from the contact surface of the plate (84) with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003).
Subtask 52-13-21-020-056
F. Removal of the Safety Pin and the Locking Hook

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-21-991-012)
(1) Open the door.
(3) Removal of the locking hook (2).
1
2
3
_ Remove the bolt (16) and the washer (17) and bushes (21) and
(22).
4
_ Remove the rod (23).
(b) Disconnect the rod (48).
1
_ Release the rod (48) as follows:
2
3
4
_ Remove the clamp (53).
5
_ Turn the barrel of the rod (48) to retract the rod.
6
7
8
_ Remove the bolt (13) and the washer (12) and the bushes (10)
and (11).
9

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 413
Nov 01/06

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 414
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 415
Feb 01/98

CES
10
__ Remove the bolt (51), the nuts (49) the plate (51) and the
bellow (50).
(c) Remove the locking pin hook (2).
1
2
_ Remove the nut (5), the bolt (15), the washer (14) and the
shouldered bush (4).
3
_ Remove the locking hook (2) and the washers (2) and (3).
(4) Removal of the locking pin.
1
2
3
(39).
4
(b) Removal of the fitting (56) including the locking pin.
1
_ Remove the bolts (57) and (54) and the washers (55).
2
_ Disengage the fitting (56) from and the locking pin.
(c) Disassembly of the locking pin.
1
_ Remove the bolt (24), the adjustable washers (25), the caps
(26) (27) and (28) and the adjustable washer (29).
2
_ Remove the locking pin (30) from the fitting (56).
1
2
3
(39).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 416
Nov 01/06
R
CES
4
_ Remove the locking pin (30).
(e) Remove the sealant from the fitting (56), the door structure, the
thread of the bolt (24) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
Subtask 52-13-21-020-057
G. Removal of the Locking Shaft Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-21-991-014)
(1) Close the door.
(a) Remove the nuts (116), the bolts (114) and the set of washers
(115).
(b) Remove the set of washers (112) and the plate (113).
(3) Disconnect the rods (67).
(65).
(c) Remove the bolt (89) and the bush (88).
(a) Release the rod (75)

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-13-21-991-015)
1

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 417
Nov 01/06
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 418
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 419
Feb 01/98

CES
Locking Shaft Mechanism - Adjustment

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 420
Nov 01/06
R
CES
Locking Shaft Mechanism - Adjustment

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 421
Nov 01/06
R
CES
2
3
_ Loosen the clamp (147).
4
_ Turn the barrel of the rod (75) to retract the hook (138) so
that it does not touch the roller (137).
(c) Remove the nut (69) and the washer (70).
(d) Remove the bolt (74) the washer (73) and the bushes (71) and
(72).
(e) Disconnect the rod (75).
(79).
(c) Remove the bolt (94), and the bushes (93) and (98).
(8) Disassembly of the locking shaft
(a) Remove the lever assy (104).
(b) Remove the cotter pin (106), and discard it.
(c) Remove the nut (107) the washer (108).
(d) Push the shaft (117).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 422
Nov 01/06
R
CES
(e) Remove the bush (128).
(f) Remove the lever assembly (127) and (129) and the bush (130) and
the lever assembly (101).
(g) Remove the bush (126).
(h) Remove the bellcranck assembly (125).
(i) Remove the spacer (124).
(j) Remove the lever assembly (122) and the bellcranck assy (123).
(k) Remove the bush (121) and the washer (120) and remove the shaft
(117).
(l) Remove the bush (119) and the washer (118).
(9) Removal of the bearing assembly (110).
(b) Remove the bearing assembly (110).
(10) Remove the sealant from the contact surface of the bearing assembly
(110).
(11) Clean with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and MISCELLANEOUS
Subtask 52-13-21-020-058
H. Removal of the Reducer Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-13-21-991-016)
(312).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 423
Nov 01/06
R
CES
Figure 409/TASK 52-13-21-991-016

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 424
Nov 01/06
R
CES
(319).
(9) Remove the bearing assy (328).
(10) Push the shaft (330) and remove the spacer (334) the bellcranck (331)
(332) and (333) the washer (329) and remove the shaft (330).
(11) Remove the nuts (306), the bolt (304) and the bearing assy (305) and
the fitting (335).
(12) Remove the sealant, from the bearing assy (305) and (328) and the
door structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and
Subtask 52-13-21-020-059
J. Removal of the Compensation Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-21-991-018)
(2) Open the door.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 425
Nov 01/06
R
CES
Torsion Bar - Compensation Mechanism
Figure 410/TASK 52-13-21-991-018

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 426
Nov 01/06
R
CES
(3) Disconnect the link (510).
(a) Remove cotter pin (506) and discard it.
(b) Remove the nut (505) the washer (504) the bolt (512) and the
washer (511).
(c) Remove the yoke (540).
(d) Disconnect the link (510).
(552).
(5) Remove the retaining rings (515) and (533) and the washers (516) and
(534).
(6) Remove the clamp (532) and the half bushings (531).
(7) Disengage the torsion bar (514). To do this push it through one side
of the door.
(9) Remove the washer (529) and the bellcranck (527) and the spacer
(526).
(10) Remove the nut (546) the bolt (547) and remove the bearing assy
(517).
(11) Push the torsion tube (518) and remove it.
(12) Remove the spacer (520) and the washer (519).
(13) Remove the nut (522), the bolt (524) and the bearing assy (523).
(15) Remove the washer (544).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 427
Nov 01/06
R
CES
(16) Remove the nuts (501) the bolt (502) and the bearing assy (535).
(17) Pull the sleeve (537) towards the outer side of the door.
(18) Remove the nuts (513) the bolt (503) and the bearing assy (542) and
the spacer (543).
(19) Push the sleeve (537) towards the inner side of the door.
(20) Remove the sleeve (537) equipped with the cranck (539) and the spacer
(538) and (541).
(21) Remove the cranck (539) the spacer (538) and (541).
(22) Remove the sealant from the bearing assy (517) (535) and (542) and
the door structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and
Subtask 52-13-21-020-060
K. Removal of the Upper and Lower Connection Links

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-13-21-991-020)
(1) Remove the plate assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-21-991-010)
004) and lint free cloth.
(2) Remove the window to remove the upper connection link (Ref. TASK 56-
31-13-000-001).
(5) Disconnect the upper and lower connection links (423) and (461) from
the support arm (410).
(a) Remove the nuts (408) and (454) and disconnect the bonding leads
(407) and (468).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 428
Nov 01/06
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-13-21

Page 429
Nov 01/06

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 430
May 01/98
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 431
May 01/98
R
CES
(b) Remove the bolts (424) and (469) and disconnect the bonding leads
(424) and (464).
(c) Remove the cotter pins (406) and (457) and discard them.
(d) Remove the nuts (405) and (456), the washers (418) and (455) the
bolts (403) and (451) the washers (404) and (452) and the set of
(e) Disconnect the support arm (410) from the upper and lower
connection links (461) and (423).
(6) Disconnect the upper connection link (461).
(b) Remove the nut (467), the washer (466) the bushing (465).
(c) Remove the bolt (459) and remove the upper connection link (461).
(c) Remove the bolt (431) and the washer (432) and the bushes (433)
and (434).
(c) Remove the bolt (411), the washer (412) and the bushes (413) and
(414).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 432
Nov 01/06
R
CES
(9) Disconnect the lower connection link (423).
(b) Remove the nut (402), the washer (430) and the bushing (429).
(c) Remove the bolt (419) and the lower connection link (423).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 433
Nov 01/06
R
CES
TASK 52-13-21-400-001
Installation of the Door Locking Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific dynamometer capacity 20 daN (44.9617 lbf)
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98D52103006000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 06-005 USA AS 87132 TYPE III
LUBRICANT FOR FASTENERS (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 434
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 cotter pin 52-11-11 09 -060

6 cotter pin 52-13-11 09 -150
7 cotter pin 52-11-11 07 -180
7 cotter pin 52-13-11 07 -190
20 cotter pin 52-11-11 18 -010
20 cotter pin 52-13-11 18 -010
37 cotter pin 52-11-11 09 -200
37 cotter pin 52-13-11 09 -220
45 cotter pin 52-11-11 09 -200
45 cotter pin 52-13-11 09 -220
68 cotter pin 52-13-11 07 -180
71 cotter pin 52-13-11 06 -010
76 cotter pin 52-13-11 09 -220
85 cotter pin 52-13-11 07 -010
97 cotter pin 52-13-11 02F-150

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 435
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
106 cotter pin 52-13-11 08 -050

134 lockwasher 52-13-11 08 -370
171 cotter pin 52-13-11 02F-010
195 cotter pin 52-13-11 02F-470
205 cotter pin 52-13-11 02F-150
220 cotter pin 52-13-11 06 -010
294 cotter pin 52-13-11 05 -010
301 cotter pin 52-13-11 14 -230
308 cotter pin 52-13-11 02F-150
321 cotter pin 52-13-11 13 -010
325 cotter pin 52-13-11 14 -150
343 lockwasher 52-13-11 14 -340
401 cotter pin 52-13-11 12 -060
416 cotter pin 52-13-11 13 -010
420 cotter pin 52-13-11 14 -010
450 cotter pin 52-13-11 12 -060
506 cotter pin 52-13-11 13 -170
549 cotter pin 52-13-11 13 -010
602 cotter pin 53-46-04 80B-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-22-00-400-001 Installation of STA-LOK Nuts and Lockwashers

Door
Door

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 436
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-13-21-220-001 Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Locking

Mechanism
Passenger/Crew Door
56-31-13-400-002 Installation of the Window of the AFT Passenger/Crew
Door
52-13-21-991-010 Fig. 402
52-13-21-991-006 Fig. 403
52-13-21-991-008 Fig. 404
52-13-21-991-005 Fig. 405
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-21-991-012 Fig. 406
**ON A/C ALL
52-13-21-991-014 Fig. 407

52-13-21-991-016 Fig. 409
52-13-21-991-018 Fig. 410
52-13-21-991-020 Fig. 411
52-13-21-991-009 Fig. 412
52-13-21-991-022 Fig. 413
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-21-991-013 Fig. 414
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 201-207,
52-13-21-991-030 Fig. 415

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 437
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-21-991-030-A Fig. 415A
**ON A/C ALL
52-13-21-991-017 Fig. 416

52-13-21-991-019 Fig. 417
52-13-21-991-021 Fig. 418
52-13-21-991-011 Fig. 419
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-21-860-050
(2) Make sure that the door lining and the insulation are removed.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-21-865-058
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 438
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-13-21-110-050
C. Cleaning

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
MATERIAL.
(2) If necessary, clean the components with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
(Ref. TASK 52-13-21-220-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-21-420-050
A. Installation of the Inner Control Handle

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-21-991-006)
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the axle (174) of the
gearbox.
(2) Put the inner control handle (173) in position on the axle (174).
Make sure that the grooves are aligned.
lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 439
Aug 01/08
R
CES
NOTE : If you must install a new axle (174), drill a hole of dia. 3
____
(6) Adjustment of the inner control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-13-21-991-009)
(a) Put the inner control handle in the door-down position.
(b) Remove the lockwire from the nut (254) and adjust the length of
the eye bolt (251) until:
1
_ The bellcranck (252) and the stop (253) are in contact.
2
_ The position X1 is 46 +1 -1 mm (1.8110 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.)
when the inner control handle is in the fully down position.
61.94 lbf.in).
(d) Safety the nut (254) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(e) Make sure that the clearance J1 is 1 -0 +0.5 mm (0.0393 -0.0000

+0.0196 in.).

below:
1
_ Adjust the thickness of the washers (257) and (259) so that it
is not necessary to adjust the length of the spring (258).
(7) Adjustment of the friction point of the inner control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-13-21-991-009)
(a) Put the stop assembly (260) in position and make sure that in
relation to the ramp (262):
- the clearance J3 is 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) minimum.
- the ball goes into the ramp by 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) to 0.5 mm
(0.0196 in.) (friction point plus normal operation force).
- the clearance J7 is 4 -0.2 +0.2 mm (0.1574 -0.0078 +0.0078
in.).
(b) Adjust the screw (261) so that the force necessary to lock the
inner control handle is 10 daN (22.4808 lbf) (friction point plus
normal operation force).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 440
Aug 01/08
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-13-21

Page 441
Aug 01/08

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 442
Aug 01/08
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 443
Aug 01/08
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 444
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 52-13-21-420-051
B. Installation of the Outer Control Handle

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-21-991-010)
(1) Make sure that the axle (191) is pushed.
(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) in the housing of the axle
(191) of the outer control handle (192).
(3) Put the outer control handle (192) in position. Make sure that the
grooves are aligned.
(4) Push the axle (191) in its housing.
lbf.in).
NOTE : If you must install a new axle (191), drill a hole of 3 mm

____
(0.1181 in.).
(8) Adjustment of the outer control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-13-21-991-009)
(a) Close the door from the outside.
(b) Apply a manual pressure on the handle flap (267) until it touches
the stop (268). Release the handle flap and make sure that the
handle flap (267) goes back to its initial position.

____
(c) Make sure that the out-of-flushness J4 is 0 -0.5 +0.5 mm (0.0000-

0.0196 +0.0196 in.).
(d) If the clearance is not in the tolerances, modify the

out-of-flushness with the eccentric roller (263).
(e) Make sure that the clearance J2 is 0.1 -0 +0.2 mm (0.0039 -0.0000
+0.0078 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 445
Aug 01/08
R
CES
below:
1
_ Remove the nuts (266) and the screw (264).
2
_ Adjust the shim (265) to get the clearance.
3
_ Install the nuts (264) and the screws (266) and tighten the
screws.
(g) Make sure that the handle flap (267) comes back to its initial
(h) Repeat step (b).
(i) If necessary, adjust the position of the stop (268) with new
adjustable washers (269).
(j) Make sure that the peripheral clearance J5 between the outer
control handle and the door is 1.5 +1.0 -0.5 mm (0.0590 +0.0393 -
0.0196 in.).
(k) If the clearance J5 is not in the tolerances, adjust the control

handle position. To do this, use a new adjustable spacer (20).
(9) Installation of the plate assy.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-21-991-010)
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the contact surface of

the plate assy (181).
(b) Put the plate assy (181) in position.
(c) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the housings of the

screws (182) and (184).
tighten them.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 446
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 52-13-21-420-052
C. Installation of the Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-21-991-008)
(1) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the door structure in contact
with the bearing (212) and the gearbox assembly (214).
(2) Install the bearing (212) on the gearbox assembly (214).
(4) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the surface of the spacer
(226) in contact with the door structure.
(5) Put the spacer (226) in position.
(6) Install the spacer (227), the washer and the set of washers (202) and
(228).
(7) Adjustment of the gearbox.

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-13-21-991-009)
(a) Adjust the set of washers (271) to get the clearance J6 of 0.1 -0
+0.1 mm (0.0039 -0.0000 +0.0039 in.).
(8) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the surface of the stop (229)
in contact with the spacer (226).
(9) Put the stop (229) in position.
(13) Install the inner and outer control handles (222) and (238).
(14) Put the inner and outer control handle in the door-closed position.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-21-991-008, 413/TASK 52-13-21-991-022)
(a) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000) on the bellcrank (275)

of the locking shaft mechanism (door down position).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 447
Aug 01/08
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 448
May 01/98
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 449
May 01/98
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 450
May 01/98
R
CES
(d) Turn the barrel of the rod (223) to get the connection.
the nut (204).
30.97 lbf.in).

If you install a new bolt (210), drill a hole of 1.9 mm (0.0748

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-21-991-008, 413/TASK 52-13-21-991-022)
(a) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000) in the bellcrank (280)

of the reducer shaft mechanism (door down position).
(d) Turn the barrel of the rod (207) until you get the connection.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 451
Aug 01/08
R
CES
the nut (204).
30.97 lbf.in).

____

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-13-21-991-022)
(b) Install the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) on the lowering shaft

(293).
(c) Put the hook (292) in contact with the inner control handle
(238).
(d) Make sure that the clearance J18 between the hook (292) and the
inner control handle (238) is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 1 mm (0.0393
in.).
(e) If the clearance J18 is not in the tolerances adjust the hook
(292) as follows.
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (294).
2
3
_ Adjust the hook (292) to get the correct clearance.
4
_ Tighten the nut (295).
5

____

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 452
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(f) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (291).
(g) Loosen the nuts (291) and release the lockwashers (292).
(h) Turn the barrel of the rod (217) to get the connection.
(i) Tighten the nuts (291).
(j) Make sure that the lockwashers (292) are correctly positioned.
(k) Safety the nuts (291) and the lockwashers (290) with
(l) Install the spacer (236).
(m) Install the washer (218), the bolt (216) and the nut (219).
15.04 lbf.in).
(o) Install a new cotter pin (220).

____
(p) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) from the lowering shaft
(293).
004) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
Subtask 52-13-21-420-053
D. Installation of Lowering Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-21-991-005)
(1) Put the lowering shaft (82) in position.
contact with the plate (84).
(3) Install the plate (84), the bolts (83) and the nuts (88).
lbf.in).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 453
Aug 01/08

CES
(5) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the surface in contact
with the lever (86).
(6) Install the lever (86). Make sure that the grooves are aligned.
Install the bolt (87) and the nut (85). Tighten the nut.
contact with the bearing (79).
(8) Put the bearing (79) in position.
(9) Install the bolt (80) and the nuts (78).
lbf.in).
(11) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the surface of the
lowering shaft (82) in contact with the lever assy (75).
(12) Install the lever assy (75). Make sure that the grooves are aligned.
lbf.in).
(16) Install the spacer (70), the bolt (81), the washer (73) and the nut
(72).
lbf.in).
NOTE : If you must install a new bolt (81), drill a hole of dia. 1.8
____
mm (0.0708 in.).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 454
Aug 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 201-207,
Subtask 52-13-21-420-055

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-21-991-012)
30.97 lbf.in).

____


R

EFF :
201-207,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 52-13-21

Page 455
Aug 01/08

CES

(c) Do not tighten the bolt (24). You must adjust the safety pin
(30).
30.97 lbf.in).

____

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-13-21-991-013)
(a) With the door in the up position, make sure that the safety pin
covers the shoulder of the bush located on the fitting (56), and
that the clearance J10 is 0 -0.3 +0.3 mm (0.0000 -0.0118 +0.0118
in.).
(b) With the door in the down position (door closed and locked), make
sure that the clearance J11 between the frame structure and the
safety pin is 4 -1 +1 mm (0.1574 -0.0393 +0.0393 in.).
1
the caps (26) (27) and (28).
2

EFF :
201-207,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 52-13-21

Page 456
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Safety Pin - Adjustment
Figure 414/TASK 52-13-21-991-013

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 457
Aug 01/08

CES
3
61.94 lbf.in).
1
2
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the sliding part
of the shouldered bush (4).
3
4
119.46 lbf.in).
5

____
1
2
39.82 lbf.in).
3
4
5
70.79 lbf.in).
6

____

EFF :
201-207,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 52-13-21

Page 458
Aug 01/08
R
CES
1
2
3
15.04 lbf.in).
4

____

(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 52-13-21-991-030)
(a) Open the door.
(b) Put two shims in the upper fittings located on the frame.
(c) Close the door and adjust the locking hook (2) as follows:
1
_ Turn the barrel of the rod (48) until you get the contact
2
3
4
(d) Open the door and remove the shims located on the upper fittings
(located on the frame).

R

EFF :
201-207,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 52-13-21

Page 459
Aug 01/08

CES
Figure 415/TASK 52-13-21-991-030

R

EFF :
201-207,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 52-13-21

Page 460
Aug 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-21-420-055-A

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-21-991-012)
30.97 lbf.in).

____


R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-21

Page 461
Feb 01/10

CES

(30).
30.97 lbf.in).

____

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-13-21-991-013)
(a) With the door in the up position, make sure that the safety pin
covers the shoulder of the bush located on the fitting (56), and
that the clearance J10 is 0 -0.3 +0.3 mm (0.0000 -0.0118 +0.0118
in.).
(b) With the door in the down position (door closed and locked), make
sure that the clearance J11 between the frame structure and the
safety pin is 4 -0.5 +0.5 mm (0.1574 -0.0196 +0.0196 in.).
1
the caps (26) (27) and (28).
2

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-21

Page 462
Feb 01/10

CES
3
61.94 lbf.in).
1
2
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the sliding part
of the shouldered bush (4).
3
4
119.46 lbf.in).
5

____
1
2
39.82 lbf.in).
3
4
5
70.79 lbf.in).
6

____

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-21

Page 463
Feb 01/10

CES
1
2
3
15.04 lbf.in).
4

____

(Ref. Fig. 415A/TASK 52-13-21-991-030-A)
(a) Open the door.
(b) Put two shims in the upper fittings located on the frame.
(c) Close the door.
(d) Make sure that the clearance M1 between the locking hook (52) and
If the clearance is not in the tolerances, do as follows:
1
_ Turn the rod (48) one turn to make it shorter.
2
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (602) and remove the nut
(601).
3
_ Pull out the bush (603) by 4 mm (0.1574 in.) to disengage it
from the stop flat (605).
4
_ Turn the bush (603) by the required correction value:
-0.9, -0.6, +0.6, +1.5 or +1.2.
Make sure that the bush (603) stays engaged with its slots in
the eccentric yoke (604).
NOTE : The slotted drive between the bush (603) and the
____
eccentric yoke (604) has a foolproofing device (one
position only).
5
_ Push back the bush (603) until the correction value aligns
with the mark of the stop flat (605).

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-21

Page 464
Feb 01/10

CES
6
_ Install and tighten the nut (601).
7
8
_ Install the new cotter pin (602).
9
10
__ Make sure that the lockwashers (47) are correctly positioned.
11
__ Safety the nuts (46) and the lockwashers (47) with
(e) Open the door and remove the shims located on the upper fittings
(located on the frame).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-21-420-056
F. Installation of the Locking Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-21-991-014)
(1) Make sure that the door is closed.
(2) Installation of the bearing assembly (110).
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the surface of the

bearing assembly (110) in contact with the door structure.
(b) Install the bearing assembly (110), the bolts (111) and the nuts
(c) Remove the unwanted sealant with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
(3) Install the bush (119) and the washer (118) on the shaft upper
locking (117).
(4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the surface of the shaft
NOTE : When you install the lever assemblies (122), (127) and (129)
____
and the bellcrank assemblies (125) and (121) on the upper
locking shaft (117), make sure that the grooves are aligned.

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 465
Nov 01/08

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-21

Page 466
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-21

Page 467
Feb 01/10

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-13-21

Page 468
Nov 01/08

CES
(5) Put the shaft upper locking (117) in position.
(6) Install the washer (120) and the bush (121).
(7) Install the bellcrank assy (123) and the lever assembly (122).
(9) Install the bellcranck assemblies (125) and (101).
(10) Install the lever assemblies (127) and (129) and the bushes (130) and
(128).
NOTE : If you install a new shaft upper locking (117), drill a hole
____
of 3.7 mm (0.1456 in.) for the cotter pin installation.
lbf.ft).
30.97 lbf.in).

____
(b) Install the bush (88), the bolt (89), the washer (86) and the nut
(84).
(c) TORQUE the nut (84) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and 61.94
lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 469
Aug 01/08
R
CES

____
(b) Install the bushes (79) and (81), the washer (82) and the bolt
(83).
30.97 lbf.in).

____
(17) Install PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000) on the bellcrank assembly (125).
(18) Connect the rod (92) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-21-991-014, 409/TASK 52-13-21-991-016)
(c) Turn the barrel of the rod (92) to get the connection.
(d) Install the bushes (93), (98) and the bolt (94).
(e) Install the washer (95) and the nut (96) and tighten it.

____
(g) Tighten the nuts (142).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 470
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(i) Safety the nuts (142) and the lockwashers (143) with
(19) Adjustment of the upper stops.
(a) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000) is in position in

the bellcrank assembly (125).
(b) Make sure that there is contact between the kinematic stop (132)
of the bellcrank assy (125) and the door structure.
(c) If there is no contact, adjust as follows:
1
2
(135).
3
_ Adjust the setscrew (136) to get the contact.
4
setscrew (136).
5
(133).
6
35.39 lbf.in).
7
(d) Put the lever assembly (122) in contact with the bellcrank assy
(123). Make sure that the clearance J6 is 0.5 +0 +0.1 mm (0.0196
+0.0000 +0.0039 in.).
(e) If the clearance J6 is not in the tolerances, adjust as follows:
1
2
(135).
3
_ Adjust the setscrew (136) to get the clearance.
4
setscrew (136)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 471
Aug 01/08
R
CES
5
(133).
6
35.39 lbf.in).
7
(20) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000).
(d) TORQUE the nut (69) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and 61.94
lbf.in).

____
(22) Check and adjustment of the locking hook (138) (Ref. TASK 52-13-21-
820-001).
(a) Open the door and put two shims in the upper guide fittings.
(b) Close the door.
(c) Adjust the locking hook (138) as follows:
1
is in contact with the roller (137).
2
3
4
(d) Open the door and remove the shims.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 472
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(23) Installation of the plate (113).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-21-991-014)
(a) Install the set of washers (112) and put the plate (113) in
position.
(b) Make sure that the clearance J8 is 0.3 +0 +0.5 mm (0.0118 +0.0000
+0.0196 in.).
(c) If the clearance J8 is not in the tolerances, adjust the set of

washers (112).
(d) Install the set of washers (112), the plate (113), the bolts
(114), the washers (115) and the nuts (116) and tighten them.
(24) Adjustment of the visual indicator.

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-21-991-014)
(a) Make sure that the emergency control handle is in the DISARMED
position.
(b) Put the inner control handle in the door down-locked position.
(c) Make sure that the boundary line between the red and green zones
of the lever (129) is aligned with the upper edge of the
indicator plate (113).
(d) If it is not aligned, adjust as follows:
1
_ Loosen the stop (146) to get the alignment.
2
_ TORQUE the stop (146) to between 0.3 and 0.4 m.daN (26.54 and
35.39 lbf.in).
(e) Put the emergency control handle in the ARMED position and make
sure that the clearance J7 between the hook (138) and the
emergency control handle is 2 +0 +0.5 mm (0.0787 +0.0000 +0.0196
in.).
(f) If the clearance is not in the tolerances, adjust the rod (67) as
follows:
1
2

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 473
Aug 01/08
R
CES
3
_ Turn the barrel of the rod (67) until you get the clearance
J7. The lever (129) is in contact with the lever (127).
4
_ Tighten the nuts (144).
5
_ Make sure that the lockwashers are correctly positioned.
6
(25) Do an adjustment of the proximity switches 17WV1 or 17WV2 (Ref. TASK

52-71-00-820-002).
Subtask 52-13-21-420-057
G. Installation of the Reducer Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-13-21-991-016)
(3) Install the bearing assy (305), the fitting (335), the bolts (304)
and the nuts (306) and tighten them.
(4) Put the shaft (330) in position and install the washer (329), the
bellcranks (331), (332) and (333) and the spacer (334).
(5) Make sure that the grooves located on the bellcranks (331), (332) and
(333) are aligned.
(7) Install the bearing assy (327), the bolts (323) and the nuts (324).
(9) Install the washers (303), the nuts (302), the washers (327) and the
nuts (326).
(10) TORQUE the nuts (302) and (326) to between 0.2 and 0.4 m.daN (17.69
and 35.39 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 474
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(11) Install a new cotter pin (301) and a new cotter pin (325).
NOTE : If you install a new shaft (330), drill a hole of 2.8 mm

____
(0.1102 in.) for the cotter pin (301) installation and drill a
hole of 3.7 mm (0.1456 in.) for the cotter pin (325)
installation.
(12) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000) in the fitting (306) and in


(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 52-13-21-991-017)
(c) Turn the barrel of the rod (310) to adjust its length.
(d) Tighten the nuts (341).
(e) Make sure that the lockwashers (340) are correctly installed.
(f) Safety the nuts (341) and the lockwashers (340) with
(14) Install the bushes (311) and (312) with SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material
lbf.in).

____
(b) Install the bushes (320) and the nut (322).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 475
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Reducer Shaft Mechanism - Adjustment
Figure 416/TASK 52-13-21-991-017

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 476
Aug 01/08
R
CES
61.94 lbf.in).

____
(20) Open the door (door up position).
(21) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D52103006000) in the fitting (306) and the
bellcrank (333).
(22) Make sure that there is contact between the stop (348) fitted on the
bellcrank (333) and the door structure.
(23) If there is no contact, adjust as follows:
(a) Remove the nut (347).
(b) Remove and discard the lockwasher (343). Remove the washer (342).
(c) Adjust the setscrew (346) to get the contact.
(d) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-005) on the threads of the

setscrew (346).
(e) Install the washer (342) and a new lockwasher (343).
(f) Install the nut (348) and tighten it.
(g) Safety the nut (347) with the lockwasher (340).
(24) Do a check of the rigging of the bellcrank (348) located on the

compensation mechanism with the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120). The
door is in the up position.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 477
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 52-13-21-420-058
H. Installation of the Compensation Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-21-991-018, 417/TASK 52-13-21-991-019)
(2) Install the spacer (538), the crank (539) and the spacer (541) on the
sleeve (537).
NOTE : When you install the crank (539) on the sleeve (537), make
____
sure that the grooves are aligned.
(3) Put the sleeve (537) in position and push it to the outer side of the
door.
and tighten them.
(6) Install the sleeve (537) on the bearing assy (542) and put the spacer
(543) between the sleeve (537) and the bearing assy (542).
and tighten them.
(10) Install the STA-LOK nut (545) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001).
35.39 lbf.in).
and tighten them.
(14) Install the washer (519) and the spacer (520) on the torsion tube
(518).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 478
Aug 01/08
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-13-21

Page 479
Nov 01/07

CES
Compensation Mechanism - Adjustment

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 480
Aug 01/08

CES
Compensation Mechanism - Adjustment

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 481
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(15) Install the torsion tube (518) in the bearing (523).
and tighten them.
(18) Install the spacer (526), the bellcrank (527) and the washer (529) on
the torsion tube (518).
NOTE : When you install the bellcrank (527) on the torsion tube
____
(518), make sure that the grooves are aligned.
(19) Install the STA-LOK nut (530) on the torsion tube (518) (Ref. TASK
20-22-00-400-001).
35.39 lbf.in).
(21) Install the torsion bar (514) so that there is an angle of 90 deg.
between the bellcranks (527) and (539).
(22) Install the washers (516) and (534) and the retaining rings (515) and
(533).
(23) Install the half bushings (531) and the clamps (532).
(24) Make sure that the clearance J14 between the half bushings (531) and
the STA-LOK nut (530) is 1 +0 +3 mm (0.0393 +0.0000 +0.1181 in.).
(a) Install RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) in the bellcranck (527)

(door in the up position).
(d) Turn the barrel of the rod (528) until you can connect it.
(e) Install the bushes (551) and (552) with SPECIAL MATERIALS
(f) Install the washer (550) and the nut (548).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 482
Aug 01/08
R
CES
30.97 lbf.in).
(h) Install a new cotter pin (549).

____
(i) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
(26) Connect the link (510).
(a) Install the yoke (540).
(b) Install the washer (511), the bolt (512), the washer (504) and
the nut (505) and tighten it.
(c) Install a new cotter pin (506).

____
(27) Preload of the compensation mechanism.
(a) Turn the screw (565) until you get the dimension L3 of 30 +10 -03
mm (1.1811 +0.3937 -0.1181 in.).
(28) Remove the unwanted sealant from the bearing assemblies (542), (535),
(523) and (517) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and
Subtask 52-13-21-420-059
J. Installation of the Upper and Lower Connection Links

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-13-21-991-020, 418/TASK 52-13-21-991-021)
(2) Connect the upper connection link (461).
No. 04-004) in the door structure.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 483
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Upper and Lower Connection Links - Adjustment
Figure 418/TASK 52-13-21-991-021

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 484
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(e) Put the upper connection link (461) in position and install the
bolt (459).
(f) Install the bushing (465) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
119.46 lbf.in).
(h) Make sure that the clearance J17 is 0 +0 +0.1 mm (0.0000 +0.0000
+0.0039 in.).
(i) If the clearance J17 is not in the tolerances, adjust the


____
(3) Connect the lower connection link (423).
No. 04-004) on the door structure.
(e) Put the lower connection link (423) in position and install the
bolt (419).
(f) Make sure that the clearance J17 is 0 +0 +0.1 mm (0.0000 +0.0000
+0.0039 in.).
(g) If the clearance J17 is not in the tolerances, adjust the

(h) Install the bushing (429) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 485
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(i) TORQUE the nut (402) to between 1.2 and 1.35 m.daN (106.19 and
119.46 lbf.in).

____
61.94 lbf.in).

____
30.97 lbf.in).

____

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 486
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(6) Connect the upper and lower connection links (423) and (461) on the
support arm (410).
(a) Install the washers (404) and (452), the bolts (403) and (451),
the set of washers (409) and (458), the washers (418) and (455)
(b) TORQUE the nuts (405) and (456) to between 1.2 and 1.35 m.daN
(106.19 and 119.46 lbf.in).
(c) Install a new cotter pin (401) and a new cotter pin (450).
(d) Put the bonding leads (425) and (468) in position and install the
bolt (429) and (469).
(e) Install the bonding leads (407) and (453) and the nuts (408) and
NOTE : When you install the bonding leads (407) and (453), do an
____
electrical bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(7) Open the door.
(8) With the door in the position, rig the bellcrank (472) with RIGGING
PIN (98DNSA20206120).
(9) If the rigging is not correct, adjust the length of the rod 417 as
follows:
(c) Turn the barrel of the rod (417) until you get the correct
rigging.
(d) Tighten the nuts (470) and make sure that the lockwashers (471)
are correctly positioned.
(e) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
(10) Install the window (Ref. TASK 56-31-13-400-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 487
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(11) Install the plate assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-21-991-010)
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the surface of the plate
assembly (181) in contact with the door structure.
(b) Put the plate assembly (181) in position.
(c) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) in the housing of the screws
(182) and (184).
tighten them.
Subtask 52-13-21-420-060
K. Adjust the Tension of the Compensation Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 52-13-21-991-011)
NOTE : It is necessary to adjust the tension of the torsion bar only if

____
these components have been removed:
- outer control handle
- gearbox
- upper and lower connection links
- compensation mechanism
- reducer shaft.
(1) Take a dynamometer capacity.
(2) Adjust the tension of the torsion bar to get a load less than or
equal to 16 daN (35.9694 lbf) to open and close the door with inner
control handle.
(3) To do this, turn the screw (1).
(4) Safety the screw (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 488
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Figure 419/TASK 52-13-21-991-011

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 489
Aug 01/08
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-21-820-052
A. Adjustment
(1) Do an adjustment of the door locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-13-21-

820-001).
Subtask 52-13-21-640-050
B. Lubrication
(1) Lubricate the ends of the girt bar with No. COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-004).
Subtask 52-13-21-916-050
threads and heads.
mechanism.
parts installed.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 490
Aug 01/08
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-21-410-060

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
(a) For the passenger crew/door 832 832AZ, 832BZ, 832CZ, 832DZ,
832EZ.
(b) For the passenger crew/door 842 842AZ, 842BZ, 842CZ, 842DZ,
842EZ.
(5) Install the flap lining (Ref. TASK 52-13-31-400-001).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-21-410-060-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
(a) For the passenger crew/door 832 832AZ, 832BZ, 832CZ, 832DZ,
832EZ.
(b) For the passenger crew/door 842 842AZ, 842BZ, 842CZ, 842DZ,
842EZ.
(5) Install the flap lining (Ref. TASK 52-13-31-400-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-21

Page 491
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-21-865-059
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-13-21-410-061
F. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.
(4) Close the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001) 832 or

842.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 492
Aug 01/08

CES
MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________________
TASK 52-13-21-820-001
Adjustment of the Locking Hook of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 cotter pin 53-46-04 80B-060

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 501
May 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Door
Door
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-21-991-001 Fig. 501
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 201-207,
52-13-21-991-031 Fig. 502
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-21-991-031-A Fig. 502A
**ON A/C ALL
52-13-21-991-002 Fig. 503

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-21-010-050
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
(2) Open the aft passenger/crew door 832 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-21-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 503
Feb 01/01
R
CES
Subtask 52-13-21-010-051
(a) For the left passenger/crew door 832EZ.
(b) For the right passenger/crew door 842EZ.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 201-207,
Subtask 52-13-21-820-053

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-13-21-991-001, 502/TASK 52-13-21-991-031)
(1) Open the door
rollers (2).
(3) Close the door.
roller (3).
(5) If there is no contact adjust as follows:
(b) Loosen the nuts (5) and the clamps (8).
(d) Turn the barrel of the rod (7) until you get the contact between

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 504
May 01/05

CES
Figure 501/TASK 52-13-21-991-001

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 505
Feb 01/01
R
CES
Figure 502/TASK 52-13-21-991-031

R

EFF :
201-207,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 52-13-21

Page 506
May 01/05

CES
(f) Make sure that the lockwashers (6) are correctly positionned.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-21-820-053-A

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-13-21-991-001, 502A/TASK 52-13-21-991-031-A)
(1) Open the door.
rollers (2).
(3) Close the door.
roller (3) and the clearance M1 is 0.5 +0.3 -0.3 mm (0.0196 +0.0118 -
0.0118 in.).

that follows:
(d) Turn the barrel of the the rod (7) until the locking hook (4)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-21

Page 507
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-21

Page 508
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-21

Page 509
Feb 01/10

CES
follows:
(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (10) and remove the nut (9).
the stop flat (13).

-0.9, -0.6, +0.6, +1.5 or 1.2.
____
(j) Turn the barrel of the the rod (7) until the locking hook (4)
(m) Make sure that the lockwashers (6) are correctly positioned.

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-21

Page 510
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-21-820-050
B. Adjustment of the Safety Pin

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-13-21-991-002)
(1) Close the door
(2) Make sure that the clearance J1 between the safety pin (23) and the
frame fitting (20) is 4 -1 +1 mm (0.1574 -0.0393 +0.0393 in.).
(3) If the clearance J1 is not in the tolerance, adjust as follows:
(a) Open the door.
(b) Remove the screw (21) and the adjustable washer (22).
(c) Put a new adjustable washer (22) to get the correct clearance J1.
(d) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-007A) on

the threads of the screw (21).
(e) Install the screw (21).
(f) TORQUE the screw (21) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and
61.94 lbf.in).
Subtask 52-13-21-820-054
C. Adjustment of the Proximity Switch of the Locking Hook
(1) Do an adjustment of the proximity switches (15WV1 or 15WV2)

(Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 511
Feb 01/01

CES
Figure 503/TASK 52-13-21-991-002

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 512
Feb 01/01

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-21-410-050
A. Install of Components
Subtask 52-13-21-865-052
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-13-21-410-051
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
00-410-001).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 513
Feb 01/01

CES
MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________
TASK 52-13-21-220-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Locking Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Door
Door
52-13-21-000-001 Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism
52-13-21-991-023 Fig. 601
52-13-21-991-024 Fig. 602
52-13-21-991-025 Fig. 603
52-13-21-991-026 Fig. 604
52-13-21-991-027 Fig. 605
52-13-21-991-028 Fig. 606
52-13-21-991-029 Fig. 607

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 601
Feb 01/98

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-21-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 52-13-21-010-062
B. Get Access
_______
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______

(2) Open the applicable aft passenger/crew door 832 or 842 (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
Subtask 52-13-21-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 602
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-13-21-020-061
D. Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism

(Ref. TASK 52-13-21-000-001)
(1) Remove the lowering shaft, if not removed.
(2) Remove the inner control handle, the outer control handle and the
gearbox, if not removed.
(3) Remove the reducer shaft mechanism, if not removed.
(4) Remove the upper and lower connection links, if not removed.
(5) Remove the compensation mechanism, if not removed.
(6) Remove the locking shaft mechanism, if not removed.
(7) Remove the safety pin and the locking hook, if not removed.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-21-220-051
A. Inspection of the Lowering Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-13-21-991-023)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes, the bearing and the
parts of the lowering shaft.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 603
Feb 01/98

CES
Lowering Shaft

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 604
Feb 01/98

CES
Lowering Shaft

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 605
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD1 | 10.966 | 10.980 | | | 10.949 | | |
| | (0.4317)| (0.4324)| | | (0.4314)| | |
| | | | 0.016 | 0.052 | | | 0.103 |
| | | | (0.0006)| (0.0020)| | |(0.0040)|
| ID2 | 11.000 | 11.108 | | | | 11.052 | |
| | (0.4330)| (0.4370)| | | |(0.4354) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| EE | | | | | | | |
| OD4 | 6.344 | 6.353 | | | 6.332 | | |
| | (0.2497)| (0.2501)| | | (0.2492)| | |
| | | | 0.005 | 0.036 | | | 0.072 |
| | | | (0.0001)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID5 | 6.358 | 6.380 | | | | 6.404 | |
| | (0.2503)| (0.2511)| | | |(0.2523) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-13-21-220-052
B. Inspection of the Inner and Outer Contol Handles and Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-13-21-991-024)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes, the assemblies link

(at rod level) and the parts of the inner and outer control handles
and the geabox.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 606
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD11 | 6.344 | 6.353 | | | 6.332 | | |
| | (0.2497)| (0.2501)| | | (0.2492)| | |
| | | | 0.005 | 0.036 | | | 0.072 |
| | | | (0.0001)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID12 | 6.358 | 6.380 | | | | 6.404 | |
| | (0.2503)| (0.2511)| | | |(0.2523) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-13-21-220-053
C. Inspection of the Reducer Shaft Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 52-13-21-991-025)
and the parts of the reducer shaft mechanism.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 607
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 608
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 609
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 610
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 611
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-13-21-220-054
D. Inspection of the Upper and Lower Connection Links

(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 52-13-21-991-026)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes, the connection link

(at rod level) and the parts of the upper and lower connection link.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| BB | | | | | | | |
| OD31 | 15.882 | 15.893 | | | 15.870 | | |
| | (0.6252)| (0.6257)| | | (0.6252)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.036 | | | 0.0072 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID30 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.942 | |
| | (0.6257)| (0.6266)| | | |(0.6281) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD33 | 15.882 | 15.893 | | | 15.870 | | |
| | (0.6252)| (0.6257)| | | (0.6252)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.036 | | | 0.0072 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID32 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.942 | |
| | (0.6257)| (0.6266)| | | |(0.6281) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| BB | | | | | | | |
| OD37 | 12.704 | 12.715 | | | 12.691 | | |
| | (0.5001)| (0.5006)| | | (0.4996)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.037 | | | 0.074 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0029)|
| ID36 | 12.715 | 12.741 | | | | 12.765 | |
| | (0.5006)| (0.5016)| | | |(0.5025) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD39 | 12.704 | 12.715 | | | 12.691 | | |
| | (0.5001)| (0.5006)| | | (0.4996)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.037 | | | 0.074 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0029)|

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 612
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| ID38 | 12.715 | 12.741 | | | | 12.765 | |
| | (0.5006)| (0.5016)| | | |(0.5025) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) If the connection links (34) and (35) are worn or unserviceable:
(a) Replace the rod end of the connection links (34) and (35).
Subtask 52-13-21-220-055
E. Inspection of the Compensation Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 52-13-21-991-027)

(at rod level) and the parts of the compensation mechanism.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 613
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 614
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 615
Feb 01/98

CES
Figure 605/TASK 52-13-21-991-027

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 616
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| B | | | | | | | |
| OD41 | 22.235 | 22.248 | | | 22.220 | | |
| | (0.8753)| (0.8759)| | | (0.8748)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.043 | | | 0.086 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0016)| | |(0.0033)|
| ID40 | 22.248 | 22.278 | | | | 22.306 | |
| | (0.8759)| (0.8770)| | | |(0.8781) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| B | | | | | | | |
| OD42 | 34.842 | 34.958 | | | 34.923 | | |
| | (1.3756)| (1.3762)| | | (1.3749)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.057 | | | 0.114 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0022)| | |(0.0044)|
| ID40 | 34.958 | 34.999 | | | | 35.037 | |
| | (1.3762)| (1.3779)| | | |(1.3794) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| B | | | | | | | |
| OD44 | 22.235 | 22.248 | | | 22.220 | | |
| | (0.8753)| (0.8759)| | | (0.8748)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.043 | | | 0.086 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0016)| | |(0.0033)|
| ID43 | 22.248 | 22.278 | | | | 22.306 | |
| | (0.8759)| (0.8770)| | | |(0.8781) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| B | | | | | | | |
| OD44 | 28.959 | 28.980 | | | 28.938 | | |
| | (1.1401)| (1.1409)| | | (1.1393)| | |
| | | | 0.0020 | 0.062 | | | 0.124 |
| | | | (0.0007)| (0.0024)| | |(0.0068)|
| ID45 | 29.000 | 29.021 | | | | 29.062 | |
| | (1.1417)| (1.1425)| | | |(1.1441) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 617
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-13-21-220-056
F. Inspection of the Locking Shaft Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 52-13-21-991-028)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes, the bearing, the link
assemblies (at rod level) and the parts of the locking shaft
mechanism.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD52 | 28.595 | 28.608 | | | 28.577 | | |
| | (1.1257)| (1.1262)| | | (1.1250)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.054 | | | 0.108 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0021)| | |(0.0042)|
| ID51 | 28.608 | 28.649 | | | | 28.868 | |
| | (1.1262)| (1.1279)| | | |(1.1293) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD57 | 25.411 | 25.420 | | | 24.396 | | |
| | (1.0004)| (1.0007)| | | (0.9998)| | |
| | | | -0.005 | 0.045 | | | 0.090 |
| | | |-(0.0002)| (0.0017)| | |(0.0034)|
| ID56 | 25-425 | 25.456 | | | | 25.486 | |
| | (1.0009)| (1.0022)| | | |(1.0033) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD61 | 7.941 | 7.950 | | | 7.930 | | |

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 618
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| | (0.3126)| (0.3129)| | | (0.3122)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.032 | | | 0.0064 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0012)| | |(0.0025)|
| ID60 | 7.950 | 7.973 | | | | 7.994 | |
| | (0.3129)| (0.3138)| | | |(0.3147) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD63 | 7.941 | 7.950 | | | 7.930 | | |
| | (0.3126)| (0.3129)| | | (0.3122)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.032 | | | 0.0064 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0012)| | |(0.0025)|
| ID62 | 7.950 | 7.973 | | | | 7.994 | |
| | (0.3129)| (0.3138)| | | |(0.3147) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD64 | 28.595 | 28.608 | | | 28.577 | | |
| | (1.1257)| (1.1262)| | | (1.1250)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.054 | | | 0.108 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0021)| | |(0.0042)|
| ID65 | 28.608 | 28.649 | | | | 28.868 | |
| | (1.1262)| (1.1279)| | | |(1.1293) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
unserviceable:
(a) Replace the rod end of the link assemblies (53), (54), (55) and
(59).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 619
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 620
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 621
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-13-21-220-057
G. Inspection of the Locking Hook and Safety Pin

(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 52-13-21-991-029)

(at rod level) and the parts of the locking hook and safety pin.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD71 | 14.183 | 14.194 | | | 14.182 | | |
| | (0.5583)| (0.5588)| | | (0.5583)| | |
| | | | 0.006 | 0.035 | | | 0.070 |
| | | | (0.0002)| (0.0013)| | |(0.0026)|
| ID70 | 14.200 | 14.218 | | | | 14.242 | |
| | (0.5590)| (0.5597)| | | |(0.5607) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| GG | | | | | | | |
| OD73 | 19.053 | 19.064 | | | 19.041 | | |
| | (0.7501)| (0.7505)| | | (0.7496)| | |
| | | | 0.006 | 0.048 | | | 0.096 |
| | | | (0.0002)| (0.0018)| | |(0.0036)|
| ID75 | 19.070 | 19.101 | | | | 19.125 | |
| | (0.7507)| (0.7520)| | | |(0.7529) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 622
Feb 01/98

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-21-420-061
A. Installation of the Door Locking Mechanism

(Ref. TASK 52-13-21-400-001)
(1) Install the lowering shaft.
(2) Install the inner control handle, the outer control handle and the
gearbox.
(3) Install the reducer shaft mechanism.
(4) Install the upper and lower connection links.
(5) Install the compensation mechanism.
(6) Install the locking shaft mechanism.
(7) Install the safety pin and locking hook.
Subtask 52-13-21-865-061
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-13-21-410-062
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.
001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 623
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 624
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 625
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-13-21-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-21

Page 626
Feb 01/98

CES
RELEASE MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________
TASK 52-13-22-000-002
Removal of the Release Mechanism of the Emergency Escape Slide of the Aft
Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific non-metallic scraper
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Door

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 401
Nov 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
52-13-22-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
52-13-22-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
52-13-22-991-002 Fig. 402

52-13-22-991-012 Fig. 403
52-13-22-991-003 Fig. 404
52-13-22-991-004 Fig. 405
52-13-22-991-013 Fig. 406
52-13-22-991-006 Fig. 407
52-13-22-991-014 Fig. 408
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-22-010-058
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 402
Nov 01/06
R
CES
door 832 or 842.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-22-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-22-010-059
(2) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002) 832FZ, 832GZ,
832EZ, 832DZ, 832CZ, 832BZ, 832AZ.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-22-010-059-A
(2) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002) 832FZ, 832GZ,
832EZ, 832DZ, 832CZ, 832BZ, 832AZ.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-22-020-051
A. Removal of the Emergency Control Handle
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-22-991-001)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-13-22-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(2) Remove the lever (1).
(3) Remove the cotter pin (28), the nut (29), the washer (30), the bolt
(4) Remove the rod (32), the spring (33), the bushing (34) and the
washers (39).
washer (27), the bolt (38) and the washer (36) and disconnect the rod
(9).
washer (13), the bolt (11), the washer (12) and disconnect the rod
(10).
(8) Remove the emergency control handle (21) and the washer (22).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 404
Nov 01/06
R
CES
Figure 401/TASK 52-13-22-991-001

R

EFF :

001-002, 051-052, 52-13-22

Page 405
May 01/05

CES
Figure 401A/TASK 52-13-22-991-001-A

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 406
Nov 01/99

CES
(10) Remove the emergency control handle axle (19), the washer (22), the
spacer (23), the bellcrank (24).
Subtask 52-13-22-020-052
B. Removal of the Escape Slide Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-22-991-002)
(1) Removal of the plate assembly

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-22-991-012)
(a) Remove the screw (70), the washer (71) and the closing plate
(72).
(b) Remove the old sealant with a non-metallic scraper and clean the
surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003)
(3) Remove the nut (44), the washers (42), the bolt (40), the washers
(41) and disengage the telescopic rod (45).
(5) Remove the nut (50), the washer (48), the bolt (46), the washer (47)
and remove the telescopic rod (45).
(6) Remove the bolts (53), the washers (52), the bolt (55), the washer
(54) and remove the escape slide gearbox assembly (51).
Subtask 52-13-22-020-053
C. Removal of the Percussion System

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-22-991-003)
(3) Remove the bolts (186), the washers (185) and disconnect the rods
(160), (184) and the flexible control (168).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 407
Nov 01/06
R
CES
Figure 402/TASK 52-13-22-991-002

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 408
May 01/98
R
CES
Plate Assembly
Figure 403/TASK 52-13-22-991-012

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 409
May 01/98
R
CES
Percussion System
Figure 404/TASK 52-13-22-991-003

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 410
Nov 01/06
R
CES
(5) Remove the nut (174), the washers (175), the bolt (178), the washer
(177) and remove the rod (184).
(7) Remove the nut (170), the washer (171), the bolt (181), the washers
(179), (180) and remove the bellcrank assembly (176) and the spacer
(172).
Subtask 52-13-22-020-054
D. Removal of the Flexible Control Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-22-991-004)
(1) Measure the dimension of the old flexible control

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-22-991-013)
(a) Measure and note the dimensions X1, X2, X3, X4.
(81).
(93).
(7) Removal of the flexible control assembly (90).
(a) Release the lockwasher (116).
(c) Remove the eye end assembly (117).
(d) Remove the seal nut (114).
(e) Loosen and remove the nut (113) and the washer (112).
(f) Release the lockwasher (101).
(g) Loosen the nut (102).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 411
Nov 01/06
R
CES
Flexible Control

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 412
May 01/98
R
CES
Flexible Control

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 413
May 01/98
R
CES
Flexible Control - Record of Dimensions
Figure 406/TASK 52-13-22-991-013

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 414
May 01/98
R
CES
(h) Remove the eye end assembly (100).
(i) Remove the lockwasher (101) and the nut (102).
(j) Remove the seal nut (103).
(k) Loosen and remove the nut (105).
(l) Remove the washer (106), the fitting (87) and the washer (104).
(m) Disengage the flexible control (90) from the fittting (118).
(n) Remove the flexible control (90) through the hole at the bottom
of the door.
(8) Disassembly of the flexible control (90).
(a) Remove the washer (110).
(b) Loosen and remove the nut (109).
(c) Loosen and remove the nut (107).
(d) Remove the flexible control (108).
Subtask 52-13-22-020-055
E. Removal of the Girt Bar Control Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-22-991-006)
(1) Remove the nuts (142) the bolts (140) and the telescopic forks (143).
(3) Remove the nut (148), the washers (150), (151), the bolt (153) and
disconnect the flexible control cable (152).
(4) Remove the nuts (146), (162), the washers (147), (163), the tapper
pins (144), (165) and the levers (145), (164).
(5) Remove the nuts (157), (158) the washers (156), (161) and the tapper
pins (154), (160).
(6) Disengage and remove the shaft (167) and remove the bellcrank (155)
and the spacer (159).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 415
Nov 01/06
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-13-22

Page 416
Nov 01/06

CES
Telescopic Forks and Control Shaft
Figure 407/TASK 52-13-22-991-006

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 417
Nov 01/99
R
CES
Subtask 52-13-22-020-050
F. Removal of the Escape Slide Control Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-13-22-991-014)
(186) and disengage the rod (180).
(188) and disengage the rod end (199).
(5) Remove the rod end (199), the spring (200) and the bushing (201).
(7) Remove the nut (196), the washer (197), the bolt (181) and the
washers (182), (183).
(8) Remove the hook (198) and the spacer (194).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 418
Nov 01/06
R
CES
Figure 408/TASK 52-13-22-991-014

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 419
Nov 01/06
R
CES
TASK 52-13-22-400-001
Installation of the Release Mechanism of the Emergency Escape Slide of the Aft
Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific grease gun

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 420
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 cotter pin 52-13-22 02B-010

7 cotter pin 52-11-22 02A-010
7 cotter pin 52-11-22 02B-010
15 cotter pin 52-13-22 02B-010
16 cotter pin 52-11-22 02A-010
16 cotter pin 52-11-22 02B-010
25 cotter pin 52-13-22 02B-010
28 cotter pin 52-13-22 02B-010
43 cotter pin 52-13-22 03B-010
49 cotter pin 52-13-22 03B-010
85 cotter pin 52-13-22 01G-010
85 cotter pin 52-13-22 01J-010
85 cotter pin 52-13-22 01K-010
85 cotter pin 52-13-22 01P-010
85 cotter pin 52-13-22 01Q-010
95 cotter pin 52-13-22 01G-010
95 cotter pin 52-13-22 01J-010
95 cotter pin 52-13-22 01K-010
95 cotter pin 52-13-22 01P-010
95 cotter pin 52-13-22 01Q-010
149 cotter pin 52-13-22 01G-010
149 cotter pin 52-13-22 01J-010
149 cotter pin 52-13-22 01K-010
149 cotter pin 52-13-22 01P-010
149 cotter pin 52-13-22 01Q-010
166 cotter pin 52-13-22 01G-010
166 cotter pin 52-13-22 01J-010

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 421
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
166 cotter pin 52-13-22 01K-010

166 cotter pin 52-13-22 01P-010
166 cotter pin 52-13-22 01Q-010
169 cotter pin 52-13-22 01G-360
169 cotter pin 52-13-22 01J-360
169 cotter pin 52-13-22 01K-360
169 cotter pin 52-13-22 01P-360
169 cotter pin 52-13-22 01Q-360
173 cotter pin 52-13-22 01G-010
173 cotter pin 52-13-22 01J-010
173 cotter pin 52-13-22 01K-010
173 cotter pin 52-13-22 01P-010
173 cotter pin 52-13-22 01Q-010
190 cotter pin 52-13-11 10 -010
193 cotter pin 52-13-11 10 -010
195 cotter pin 52-13-11 10 -010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
52-13-22-220-001 Detailed Visual Inspection of the Release Mechanism
of the Emergency Escape Slide of the Aft
Passenger/Crew Door

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 422
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
52-13-22-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
52-13-22-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
52-13-22-991-002 Fig. 402

52-13-22-991-003 Fig. 404
52-13-22-991-004 Fig. 405
52-13-22-991-013 Fig. 406
52-13-22-991-006 Fig. 407
52-13-22-991-014 Fig. 408
52-13-22-991-015 Fig. 409
R **ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
52-13-22-991-016 Fig. 410
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
52-13-22-991-016-A Fig. 410A
R **ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
52-13-22-991-017 Fig. 411
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
52-13-22-991-017-A Fig. 411A

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 423
May 01/05

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-22-860-050
(2) Make sure that the door linings and the insulation are removed.
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-22-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-13-22-110-050
C. Cleaning

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 424
Nov 01/00
R
CES
_______
MATERIAL.
(2) Clean all the other components with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
(Ref. TASK 52-13-22-220-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-22-420-050
A. Installation of the Girt Bar Control Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-22-991-006)
(1) Put the bellcrank (155) and the spacer (159) in position.
(2) Install the shaft (167).
04-004).
them.
(5) Install the levers (145), (164) on the shaft (167).
04-004).
them.
(8) Put the flexible control (152) in position.
(9) Install the washer (151), the bolt (153), the washer (150) and the
nut (148).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 425
Nov 01/00
R
CES
lbf.in).
____
in.).
(12) Install the telescopic forks (143), the bolts (140), the nuts (142).
lbf.in).
Subtask 52-13-22-420-051
B. Installation of the Percussion System

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-22-991-003, 409/TASK 52-13-22-991-015)
(1) Install the bellcrank assembly (176), the bolt (181) the washers
(180), (179), and the nut (170).
lbf.in).
(3) Install the cotter pin cotter pin (169).
____
in.).
(4) Install the bolt (178) and the washer (177). Apply COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004) on the bolt shank and install the rod (184),
lbf.in).
____
in.).
(7) Rig the triple lever with the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) and put
the escape slide control handle in the ARMED position.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 426
Nov 01/00
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-13-22

Page 427
Nov 01/00

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-13-22

Page 428
Nov 01/00

CES
Percussion System - Rigging Point Location
Figure 409/TASK 52-13-22-991-015

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 429
May 01/00
R
CES
(9) Install the bolt (186), the washer (185) and apply COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004) on the bolt shanks.
(10) Install the rods (160) and (184), the flexible control (168), the
washers (165) and the nuts (167).
lbf.in).
Subtask 52-13-22-420-052
C. Installation of the Flexible Control Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-22-991-004, 406/TASK 52-13-22-991-013)
(1) Remove the grease nipple (91) from the new flexible control (108).
(2) Assembly of the flexible control
(a) Install the nut (109) on the flexible control (108).
(b) Install the washer (110).
(c) Install the nut (107) on the flexible control (108).
(3) Installation of the flexible control (108)
(a) Before installation, slightly bend the flexible control (108) to

its final shape.
(b) Put the flexible control (108) into the hole at the bottom of the
door.
(c) Engage the flexible control (108) in the fitting (118).
(d) Install the grease nipple (91) on the new flexible control (108).
(e) Make sure that the dimension X5 between the flexible control
(108) and the grease nipple (91) is 1 mm (0.0393 in.).
NOTE : When you install the flexible control (108), make sure
____
that the grease nipples (89) and (91) point inboard.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 430
May 01/00
R
CES
(f) Install the washer (104), the fitting (87) and the washer (106)
on the flexible control (108).
(g) Install the nut (105) on the flexible control (108).
(h) Put the nut (107) in position so that you get the dimension X2.
(i) TORQUE the nuts (107) and (105) to 1.2 m.daN (106.19 lbf.in).
(j) Install the seal nut (103).
(k) TORQUE the seal nut (103) to 0.4 m.daN (35.39 lbf.in).
(l) Install the nut (102), the lockwasher (101) and the eye end
assembly (100).
(m) Put the nut (102) in position so that you get the dimension X1.
61.94 lbf.in).
(o) Safety the nut (102) with the lockwasher (101).
(p) Install the washer (112).
(q) Install the nut (113) on the flexible control (108).
(r) Put the nut (109) in position so that you get the dimension X3.
(s) TORQUE the nuts (109), (113) to 1.2 m.daN (106.19 lbf.in).
(t) Install the seal nut (114).
(u) TORQUE the seal nut (114) to 0.4 m.daN (35.39 lbf.in).
(v) Install the nut (115), the lockwasher (116) and the eye end
assembly (117).
(w) Put the nut (115) in position so that you get the dimension X4.
(x) TORQUE the nut (115) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09 and
61.94 lbf.in).
(y) Safety the nut (115) with the lockwasher (117).
(4) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on contact surfaces between the
fitting (87) and the door structure.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 431
May 01/00
R
CES
(7) Install the bolts (80), the washers (81), (83) and the nut (84).
lbf.in).
____
in.).
lbf.in).
____
in.).
Subtask 52-13-22-640-051
D. Lubrication of the Flexible Control Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-22-991-004)
(1) Loosen the seal nut (114) by three turns minimum.
(2) Connect a grease gun to the grease nipple (89). Apply COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004) until it comes out of the holes in the seal nut
(114).
(3) TORQUE the seal nut (114) to 0.4 m.daN (35.39 lbf.in).
(4) Loosen the seal nut (103) by three turns minimum and make sure that
you can see the grease.
(5) If not, connect a grease gun to the grease nipple (89). Apply COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-004) until it comes out of the holes in the
seal nut (103).
(6) TORQUE the seal nut (103) to 0.4 m.daN (35.39 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 432
May 01/00

CES
Subtask 52-13-22-420-053
E. Installation of the Escape Slide Gear Box

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-22-991-002)
R **ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-22-991-016)
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 410A/TASK 52-13-22-991-016-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Install the escape slide gear box (51) and apply SEALANTS (Material
No. 09-019) on contact surfaces between the escape slide gear box and
the door structure.
(2) Install the washers (52), the bolts (53) and tighten them.
(3) Install the washer (54), the bolt (55) and tighten it.
locked-down position.
(6) Install a RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
(7) Keep the contact between the cam (57) and the lower part of the
roller (58).
(9) Adjust the length of the rod (45) in the maximum extended position so
that the length is equal to X1+ 0.1 +0.1 -0.1 mm (0.0039 +0.0039 -
0.0039 in.).
(10) Make sure that the clearance X2 is 0 +0.1 +1.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0039
+0.0590 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 433
May 01/05

CES
Figure 410/TASK 52-13-22-991-016

R

EFF :

001-002, 051-052, 52-13-22

Page 434
May 01/05

CES
Figure 410A/TASK 52-13-22-991-016-A

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 435
May 01/00
R
CES
lbf.in).
____
in.).
(15) Install the bolt (46), the washers (47), (48), the nut (50) and
tighten it.
NOTE : If you install a new bolt (46), drill a hole of 2 mm (0.0787

____
in.).
(17) Install the plate assembly (72) as follow.
(a) Apply a coat of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) on the contact

surface between the plate assembly and the door structure.
(b) Put the plate assembly in position.
(c) Install the washers (71) and the bolts (70).
(d) Tighten the bolts (70).
Subtask 52-13-22-420-054
F. Installation of the Emergency Control Handle
R **ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-22-991-001)
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-13-22-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 436
May 01/05

CES
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-13-22-991-015)
(1) Put the bellcrank (24), the spacer (23) and the washers (22) in
position.
(2) Install the escape slide handle axle (19).
cotter pin (7).
(4) Install the emergency control handle (21).
cotter pin (16).
(6) Install the lever (1).
(7) Install the taper pin (2), the washer (5), the nut (4) and the cotter
pin (3).
(8) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the sliding part of the
rod (32).
(9) Install the spring (33), the bush (34) and the rod (32).
(10) Install the washer (35), the bolt (37), connect the rod (32). Install
lbf.in).
____
in.).
(13) Install the washer (12), the bolt (11), connect the telescopic rod
(10).
(14) Install the washer (13), the nut (14).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 437
May 01/00
R
CES
lbf.in).
____
in.).
(17) Rig the triple lever with RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) and put the
emergency control handle in the ARMED position.
(19) Install the washer (36), the bolt (38) and connect the rod (9).
lbf.in).
____
in.).
Subtask 52-13-22-420-055
G. Installation of the Escape Slide Control Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-13-22-991-014)
(1) Put the hook (198) and the spacer (184) in position.
(2) Apply a coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the bolt
(181).
(3) Install the washers (183), (182), (197) and the nut (196) and tighten
it.
____
in.).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 438
May 01/00

CES
(5) Put the rod (180) in position and adjust it as follow:
R **ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-13-22-991-017)
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 411A/TASK 52-13-22-991-017-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(a) Put the emergency control handle in the DISARMED position.
(b) Install the washers (186), (192), the bolt (185) and the nut
(194).
(c) Adjust the length of the rod (180) to get the clearance J1 of 2
+0 +0.5 mm (0.0787 +0.0000 +0.0196 in.) between the hook (198)
and the emergency control handle.
30.97 lbf.in).

____
(0.0748 in.).
(7) Install the bushing (201) and the spring (200).
(8) Apply a coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the axle of
the rod end (199) and install it.
(9) Put the end rod (199) in position.
lbf.in).

____
(0.0748 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 439
May 01/05

CES
Figure 411/TASK 52-13-22-991-017

R

EFF :

001-002, 051-052, 52-13-22

Page 440
May 01/05

CES
Figure 411A/TASK 52-13-22-991-017-A

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 441
May 01/00
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-22-820-053
A. Adjustment
(1) Check the adjustment of the escape slide release mechanism (Ref. TASK
52-13-22-820-001).
(2) Do an adjustment of the percussion bellcranck finger of the door

(3) Check the adjustement of the proximity switch 7WN1 or 7WN2 (Ref. TASK
52-71-00-820-002).
Subtask 52-13-22-640-050
B. Lubrication
04-004).
Subtask 52-13-22-916-050
threads and heads.
mechanism.
(5) Apply a coat of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to all the
parts installed.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 442
May 01/00
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-22-010-060
(2) Install the door lining. (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002) 832FZ, 832GZ,
832EZ, 832DZ, 832CZ, 832BZ, 832AZ.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-22-010-060-A
(2) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002) 832FZ, 832GZ,
832EZ, 832DZ, 832CZ, 832BZ, 832AZ.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-22-865-052
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-13-22-010-061
F. Close Access
(1) Obey the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 443
Feb 01/10

CES
items.
00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 444
May 01/00

CES
RELEASE MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________________
TASK 52-13-22-820-001
Adjustment/Test of the Release Mechanism of the Emergency Escape Slide
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-007 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE II

THREADLOCKER/SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R LOCKWIRE STAINLSS S TL OR NICKEL ALLOY
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 501
Aug 01/09

CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26 cotter pin 52-13-22 01G-010

26 cotter pin 52-13-22 01J-010
26 cotter pin 52-13-22 01K-010
26 cotter pin 52-13-22 01P-010
26 cotter pin 52-13-22 01Q-010
34 cotter pin 52-13-22 04 -370
34 cotter pin 52-13-22 04A-440
53 cotter pin 52-13-22 03B-010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Door
Door

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 502
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-73-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Emergency Escape Slide

Release System of the Passenger/Crew Doors
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
52-13-22-991-009 Fig. 501
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
52-13-22-991-009-A Fig. 501A
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
52-13-22-991-010 Fig. 502
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
52-13-22-991-010-A Fig. 502A
**ON A/C ALL
52-13-22-991-018 Fig. 503
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
52-13-22-991-020 Fig. 504
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
52-13-22-991-020-A Fig. 504A

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 503
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-22-991-011 Fig. 505
**ON A/C ALL
52-13-22-991-022 Fig. 506

52-13-22-991-023 Fig. 507
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-22-010-064
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-13-22-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-22-010-062
(1) Remove the escape-slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-002).
832GZ, 832EZ, 832DZ, 832CZ, 832BZ, 832AZ.

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-22-010-062-A
832GZ, 832EZ, 832DZ, 832CZ, 832BZ, 832AZ.

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-22-820-050
A. Adjustment of the Emergency Control Handle
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-13-22-991-009)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-13-22-991-009-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Close the door from the inside and rig the emergency control handle
in the ARMED position with RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
(2) Make sure that there is contact between the stop (4) and the
(3) If there is no contact, do the adjustment below:
(a) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120) and disarm the handle.
(c) Remove the adjustable washers (5) and (6).
(d) Install the new adjustable washers (5) and (6) and the screw (7)
with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-007) and
tighten the screw.
(6) Fully engage the hook (1) in the emergency control handle.

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 506
Aug 01/08

CES
Figure 501/TASK 52-13-22-991-009

R

EFF :

001-002, 051-052, 52-13-22

Page 507
Aug 01/08

CES
Figure 501A/TASK 52-13-22-991-009-A

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 508
Nov 01/99

CES
(7) Make sure that the clearance J1 is 0.1 +0 +0.1 mm (0.0039 +0.0000
+0.0039 in.).
(8) If the clearance J1 is not in the tolerances, adjust the stop (2).
(9) TORQUE the stop (2) to between 0.3 and 0.4 m.daN (26.54 and 35.39
lbf.in).
Subtask 52-13-22-820-051
B. Adjustment of the Lever Visual Indicator
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-13-22-991-010)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-13-22-991-010-A)
**ON A/C ALL
position.
(2) Put the inner control handle (15) in the door locked-down position.
(3) Make sure that the boundary line between the red and green zones of
the lever (10) is aligned with the upper edge of the indicator plate
(13).
(4) If it is not aligned, adjust as follows:
(a) Loosen the stop (12) to get the alignment. TORQUE the stop (12)
to between 0.3 and 0.4 m.daN (26.54 and 35.39 lbf.in) and make
sure that there is contact between the stop (12) and the lever
(10).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 509
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Figure 502/TASK 52-13-22-991-010

R

EFF :

001-002, 051-052, 52-13-22

Page 510
May 01/05

CES
Figure 502A/TASK 52-13-22-991-010-A

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 511
Nov 01/99

CES
(5) Put the emergency control handle in the DISARMED position and make
sure that the clearance J2 between the hook (14) and the emergency
control handle is 2 +0 +0.5 mm (0.0787 +0.0000 +0.0196 in.), the stop
(12) is in contact with the lever (10).
(6) If the clearance is not in the tolerances, adjust as follows:
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (16) and the
lockwashers (17).
end.
(c) Turn the barrel of the rod (11) to adjust the clearance J2.
(e) Make sure that the lockwashers are correctly positioned.
Subtask 52-13-22-820-054
C. Check of the Triple Lever Rigging

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-13-22-991-018)
(1) Rig the triple lever (43) with RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
(2) If you can not get the rigging, adjust as follows:
(a) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120), remove and discard the
lockwire from the nuts (41) and the lockwashers (42).
end.
(c) Turn the barrel of the rod (40) until you can rig the triple
lever (43) with RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 512
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Percussion System - Triple Lever Rigging Check
Figure 503/TASK 52-13-22-991-018

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 513
May 01/98
R
CES
Subtask 52-13-22-820-055
D. Adjustement of the Telescopic Rod
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-13-22-991-020)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 504A/TASK 52-13-22-991-020-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (53), remove the nut (54), the
washers (51), (52) and the bolt (50).
(4) Rig the emergency control handle with RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120).
(5) Keep the contact between the cam (56) and the upper part of the
roller (57).
(7) If the length of the rod (55) in the maximum extended position is not
equal to X1 + 0.1 +0.1 -0.1 mm (0.0039 +0.0039 -0.0039 in.), adjust
as follows:
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire between the nut (59) and the
lockwasher (58).
(b) Secure the rod (55), loosen the nut (59) and release the
lockwasher (58).
(c) Turn the rod end (60) and adjust the length.

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 514
Aug 01/08

CES
Figure 504/TASK 52-13-22-991-020

R

EFF :

001-002, 051-052, 52-13-22

Page 515
Aug 01/08

CES
R Escape Slide Gearbox
Figure 504A/TASK 52-13-22-991-020-A

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 516
Aug 01/08

CES
(e) Make sure that the lockwasher (58) is correctly positioned.
(f) Safety the nut (59) and the lockwasher (58) with MISCELLANEOUS
(8) Make sure that the clearance X2 is 0 +0 +1.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0000

+0.0590 in.).
lbf.in).
____
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-22-820-052
E. Adjustment of the Escape-Slide Girt-Bar Travel

(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-13-22-991-011)
(1) Put the outer and the inner control handles in the door locked-down
position.

below:

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 517
Nov 01/09

CES
Escape Slide Travel
Figure 505/TASK 52-13-22-991-011

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 518
May 01/98
R
CES
30.97 lbf.in).
If you install a new bolt (23) drill a hole of 1.9 mm (0.0748
in.).
in.).

NOTE : If it is necessary to install a new bolt (30) you must

____
drill a hole of dia. 2 mm (0.0787 in.).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-22-820-052-A
E. Adjustment of the Escape Slide/Raft Girt-Bar Travel

(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-13-22-991-011)
(1) Put the outer and the inner control handles in the door locked-down
position.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-22

Page 519
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
below:
30.97 lbf.in).
If it is necessary to install a new bolt (23) drill a hole of
dia. 1.9 mm (0.0748 in.).
in.).

NOTE : If it is necessary to install a new bolt (30) drill a hole

____
of dia. 2 mm (0.0787 in.).

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-22

Page 520
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-22-820-056
F. Adjustement of the Escape-Slide Release Mechanism
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-13-22-991-009)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 52-1097 For A/C 001-002,051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-13-22-991-009-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-13-22-991-022, 507/TASK 52-13-22-991-023)
(1) Rig the emergency control handle in ARMED position with RIGGING PIN
(98DNSA20206120).
(2) Make sure that the clearances J6 and J7 between the girt bar (71) and
the girt bar fittings (70) are as follows:
R (a) J6 is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 1.2 mm (0.0472 in.).
(b) J7 is 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) to 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).
(3) If the clerances are not in the tolerances, adjust as follows:
(a) Remove the sealant around the girt bar fittings (81), (83) and
the head of the screws (80),(82) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-004) and MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), loosen the
bolts (80), (82).
(b) Identify the position of the girt bar fitting serrations (81),
(83).
(c) Move the girt bar fittings (81), (83) from the serrations on X
and Y axis to adjust the clearances J6 and J7.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 521
Nov 01/09

CES
Girt Bar Fittings - Adjustments
Figure 506/TASK 52-13-22-991-022

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 522
May 01/98

CES
Girt Bar Fittings - Installation
Figure 507/TASK 52-13-22-991-023

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 523
May 01/98

CES
(d) Tighten the bolts (80), (82) and seal the girt bar fittings and
the head of the screws (81), (83) with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
005).
(4) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20206120), put the emergency control
handle in the DISARMED position.
R (5) Take a dynamometer 20 daN (44.96 lbf), operate the emergency control
handle several times, make sure that the load necessary to operate
the handle does not exceed 10 daN (22.4808 lbf).
Subtask 52-13-22-820-057
G. Check the Bellcranck Finger Adjustement of the Door-Damper and

Emergency-Operation Cylinder.
(1) Do a check of the bellcranck finger of the door-damper and

emergency-operation cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-820-002).
Subtask 52-13-22-865-058
H. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-13-22-710-050
J. Tests
(1) Do an operational test of the emergency escape-slide release

mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-73-00-710-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 524
May 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-13-22-865-061
K. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-22-410-063

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
(3) Install the escape-slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006).
832GZ, 832EZ, 832DZ, 832CZ, 832BZ, 832AZ.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-22-410-063-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
(4) Install the door linings panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002) 832FZ,
832GZ, 832EZ, 832DZ, 832CZ, 832BZ, 832AZ.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 525
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-22-865-062
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-13-22-410-064
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
00-410-001) .
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 526
May 01/04
R
CES
RELEASE MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 52-13-22-220-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Release Mechanism of the Emergency Escape

Slide of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Door
Door
52-13-22-000-002 Removal of the Release Mechanism of the Emergency
Escape Slide of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
52-13-22-400-001 Installation of the Release Mechanism of the
Emergency Escape Slide of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
52-13-22-991-024 Fig. 601
52-13-22-991-025 Fig. 602
52-13-22-991-026 Fig. 603
52-13-22-991-027 Fig. 604

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 601
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-13-22-991-028 Fig. 605

52-13-22-991-029 Fig. 606
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-22-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 52-13-22-010-066
B. Get Access
_______
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______

10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 602
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-13-22-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-13-22-020-058
D. Removal of the Release Mechanism of the Emergency Escape Slide

(Ref. TASK 52-13-22-000-002)
(1) Remove the emergency control handle, if not removed.
(2) Remove the escape slide gearbox, if not removed.
(3) Remove the percussion system, if not removed.
(4) Remove the flexible control, if not removed.
(5) Remove the telescopic forks and the girt bar control shaft, if not
removed.
(6) Remove the escape slide control mechanism, if not removed.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-22-220-053
A. Inspection of the Emergency Control Handle

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-13-22-991-024)
and the parts of the emergency control handle.
unserviceable:
(a) Replace the rod end of the link assemblies (1), (2), (4) and (5).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 603
Feb 01/98

CES
Figure 601/TASK 52-13-22-991-024

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 604
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-13-22-220-054
B. Inspection of the Escape Slide Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-13-22-991-025)
and the parts of the escape slide gearbox.
Subtask 52-13-22-220-055
C. Inspection of the Percussion System

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 52-13-22-991-026)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes, the eye end assembly,
the connection links (at rod level) and the parts of the percussion
system.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| EE | | | | | | | |
| OD23 | 15.882 | 15.893 | | | 15.870 | | |
| | (0.6252)| (0.6257)| | | (0.6252)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.036 | | | 0.0072 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID22 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.942 | |
| | (0.6257)| (0.6266)| | | |(0.6281) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| FF | | | | | | | |
| OD28 | 9.531 | 9.540 | | | 9.520 | | |
| | (0.3752)| (0.3755)| | | (0.3748)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.032 | | | 0.064 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0012)| | |(0.0024)|
| ID27 | 9.540 | 9.563 | | | | 9.584 | |
| | (0.3755)| (0.3764)| | | |(0.3773) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 605
Feb 01/98

CES
Figure 602/TASK 52-13-22-991-025

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 606
Feb 01/98

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

52-13-22

Page 607
Feb 01/98

CES
Percussion System

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 608
Feb 01/98

CES
Percussion System

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 609
Feb 01/98

CES
(4) If the connection links (21), (24) and (25) are worn or
unserviceable:
(5) If the eye end assembly (26) is worn or unserviceable:
(a) Replace the eye end assembly (26).
Subtask 52-13-22-220-056
D. Inspection of the Flexible Control

(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 52-13-22-991-027)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the eye end assemblies (30) and
(31) and the parts of the flexible control.
(2) If the eye end assemblies (30) and (31) are worn or unserviceable:
(a) Replace the eye end assemblies (30) and (31).
Subtask 52-13-22-220-057
E. Inspection of the Telescopic Forks and the Girt Bar Control Shaft
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 52-13-22-991-028)

(at rod level) and the parts of the telescopic forks and the girt bar
control shaft.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 610
Feb 01/98

CES
Percussion Mechanism
Figure 604/TASK 52-13-22-991-027

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 611
Feb 01/98

CES
Telescopic Forks and Girt Bar Control Shaft
Figure 605/TASK 52-13-22-991-028

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 612
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD43 | 14.980 | 14.994 | | | 14.959 | | |
| | (0.5897)| (0.5903)| | | (0.5938)| | |
| | | | 0.022 | 0.063 | | | 0.0126 |
| | | | (0.0008)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0049)|
| ID44 | 15.016 | 15.043 | | | | 15.085 | |
| | (0.5911)| (0.5922)| | | |(0.59.38 | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD43 | 14.980 | 14.994 | | | 14.959 | | |
| | (0.5897)| (0.5903)| | | (0.5938)| | |
| | | | 0.022 | 0.063 | | | 0.0126 |
| | | | (0.0008)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0049)|
| ID45 | 15.016 | 15.043 | | | | 15.085 | |
| | (0.5911)| (0.5922)| | | |(0.59.38 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5) If the bearings (40), (41) and (42) are worn or unserviceable:
(a) Replace the flange bearing assemblies (40), (41) and (42).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 613
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-13-22-220-058
F. Inspection of the Escape Slide Control Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 52-13-22-991-029)

(at rod level) and the parts of the escape slide control mechanism.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| EE | | | | | | | |
| OD51 | 15.882 | 15.893 | | | 15.870 | | |
| | (0.6252)| (0.6257)| | | (0.6252)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.036 | | | 0.0072 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID50 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.942 | |
| | (0.6257)| (0.6266)| | | |(0.6281) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-22-420-058
A. Installation of the Release Mechanism of the Emergency Escape Slide

(Ref. TASK 52-13-22-400-001)
(1) Install the emergency control handle.
(2) Install the escape slide gearbox.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 614
Feb 01/98

CES
(3) Install the percussion system.
(4) Install the flexible control.
(5) Install the telescopic forks and the girt bar control shaft.
(6) Install the escape slide control mechanism.
Subtask 52-13-22-865-060
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-13-22-410-065
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.
001).
Subtask 52-13-22-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 615
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 616
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-13-22

Page 617
Feb 01/98

CES
LATCH AND STOP FITTINGS - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 52-13-31-000-001
Removal of the Lining Flap
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
Door
52-13-31-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 401
Nov 01/06

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-31-010-050
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-31-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 402
May 01/98
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-31-010-051

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-31-010-051-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-31-020-050
A. Removal of the Lining Flap

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-31-991-001)
(1) Disengage the rods (1) as follows:

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
Lining Flap
Figure 401/TASK 52-13-31-991-001

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 404
May 01/04
R
CES
(2) Disengage the lining flap (5) from the bellcrank assy (6) as follows:
(3) Disengage the lining flap (5) from the rods (1) and from the
bellcrank assy (6).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 405
May 01/04
R
CES
TASK 52-13-31-400-001
Installation of the Lining flap
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 cotter pin 52-11-11 18 -090

7 cotter pin 52-11-11 18 -200
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 406
Nov 01/06

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-31-860-050
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
clean and in the correct conditions.
Subtask 52-13-31-865-052
tagged
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-31-420-050
(1) Engage the lining flap (5) on the bellcrank assy (6) and on the rods
(1) and install the components below:
(a) Install the pins (8) and the washers (9).
(b) Install new cotter pin (7).
(c) Install the pins (3) and the washers (4).
(d) Install new cotter pin (2).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 407
May 01/98
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-31-410-050

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-31-410-050-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-31-865-053
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-13-31-410-051
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 409
May 01/98
R
CES
TASK 52-13-31-000-002
Removal of the Stop Fittings, the Buffer, the Guide Fittings, the Rollers, the
Door Stop Fittings, the Roller Fittings and Guide Arm Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 410
May 01/98
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Passenger/Crew Door
Passenger/Crew Door
Doors
Door
52-13-31-991-002 Fig. 402
R 52-13-31-991-004 Fig. 403
R 52-13-31-991-005 Fig. 404
R 52-13-31-991-006 Fig. 405
R 52-13-31-991-007 Fig. 406
R 52-13-31-991-008 Fig. 407
R 52-13-31-991-009 Fig. 408
R 52-13-31-991-010 Fig. 409
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-31-010-052
A. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 411
Feb 01/09

CES
_______
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-31-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-31-010-053
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004).

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 412
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-31-010-053-A
(1) Remove the escape slide raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012).
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004).

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-001).
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-31-020-051
A. Removal of the Stop Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-31-991-002)
the stop fitting (10).
(4) Remove the top fitting (10).
Subtask 52-13-31-020-054
B. Removal of the Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-31-991-004)
the buffer.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES
Stop Fittings
Figure 402/TASK 52-13-31-991-002

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 414
May 01/98
R
CES
Buffer
R Figure 403/TASK 52-13-31-991-004

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 415
Feb 01/09

CES
(4) Remove the buffer (20).
Subtask 52-13-31-020-055
C. Removal of the Guide Fittings
(1) Removal of the upper guide fitting

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-31-991-005)
(2) Removal of the upper guide fitting

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-31-991-005)
(3) Removal of the lower fittings

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-31-991-006)
scraper around the guide fittings (51).
(c) Remove the washer (53), the fitting (51) and the shim (54).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 416
Feb 01/09

CES
Upper Guide Fittings
R Figure 404/TASK 52-13-31-991-005

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 417
Feb 01/09

CES
Lower Guide Fittings
R Figure 405/TASK 52-13-31-991-006

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 418
Feb 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-13-31-020-056

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-31-991-007)
the roller (60).
R (4) Disassemble the roller (70) as follows:
(c) Remove the washer (73), the bolt (74) and the washer (75).
(d) Remove the bushing (76), the roller (70) and the bushing (77).
Subtask 52-13-31-020-057
E. Removal of the Door Stop Fittings

R (Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-31-991-008)
the door stop fitting (85).
(2) Loosen the nut (82) and remove it.
(3) Remove the lock plate (83) and discard it.
(4) Remove the screw (86).
(5) Loosen and remove the screws (84).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 419
Feb 01/09

CES
Roller
R Figure 406/TASK 52-13-31-991-007

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 420
Feb 01/09

CES
Door Stop Fittings
R Figure 407/TASK 52-13-31-991-008

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 421
Feb 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-13-31-020-058
F. Removal of the Roller

R (Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-13-31-991-009)
(3) Remove the roller (90) from the door.
(4) Disassemble the roller (90) as follows:
(c) Remove the washer (95).
(d) Remove the bolt (96), the roller assembly (97), the spacer (98)
and the fitting (90).
Subtask 52-13-31-020-059
G. Removal of the Fittings of the Guide Arms

R (Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-13-31-991-010)
(1) Disengage the guide arms (100) and (101) (Ref. TASK 52-11-12-000-
003).
(3) Remove the bolts (106) and the washers (103).
(4) Remove the fitting pivots (105) and (108).
R (5) Remove the serrated plates (107) and (104).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 422
Feb 01/09

CES
Roller Fitting
R Figure 408/TASK 52-13-31-991-009

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 423
Feb 01/09

CES
Fittings of the Guide Arms
R Figure 409/TASK 52-13-31-991-010

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 424
Feb 01/09

CES
TASK 52-13-31-400-002
Installation of the Stop Fittings, the Buffer, the Guide Fittings, the Rollers,
the Door Stop Fittings, the Roller Fittings and the Guide Arm Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANTI COR. COMPOUND(HIGH TEMP.SILICONE SEALANT)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 425
Aug 01/09

CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71 cotter pin 53-46-04 82A-100

83 lock plate 52-13-11 21 -040
83 lock plate 52-13-11 21A-040
93 cotter pin 52-13-11 21 -100
93 cotter pin 52-13-11 21A-100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
52-13-31-220-001 Detailed Visual Inspection of the Rollers
52-13-31-991-002 Fig. 402
R 52-13-31-991-004 Fig. 403
R 52-13-31-991-005 Fig. 404
R 52-13-31-991-006 Fig. 405
R 52-13-31-991-007 Fig. 406
R 52-13-31-991-008 Fig. 407
R 52-13-31-991-009 Fig. 408
R 52-13-31-991-010 Fig. 409

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 426
Feb 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-31-869-051
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-13-31-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-13-31-220-053
(Ref. TASK 52-13-31-220-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 427
Feb 01/09
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-31-420-051
A. Installation of the Stop Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-31-991-002)
(1) Clean all the contact surfaces between the components with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003) if necessary.
(2) Put a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) on the contact surface
between the stop fitting and the structure.
(3) Install the stop fitting (10) and the screws (12).
(5) Make sure that the bead of sealant is continuous around the fitting.
(6) Remove the unwanted sealant if necessary.
Subtask 52-13-31-420-053
B. Installation of the Buffer

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-31-991-004)
(1) Clean the contact surfaces between the components with CLEANING
if necessary.
(2) Put a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) on the contact areas
between the buffer and the structure.
R (3) Put the buffer (20) in position.
Subtask 52-13-31-420-054
C. Installation of the Guide Fittings
(1) Clean the contact surfaces between all the components and the
structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) if necessary.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 428
Feb 01/09

CES
(2) Installation of the upper guide fitting:
R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-31-991-005)

(c) Install the washers (33), the screws (32) and tighten them.
(d) Remove the unwanted sealant if necessary around the guide

fitting.
(3) Installation of the upper guide fitting:

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-31-991-005)

(c) Install the washers (43) and the screws (42) and tighten them.
(4) Installation of the lower guide fittings:

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-31-991-006)

surface between the guide fittings and the structure.
(c) Install the washer (53) and the bolt (52) and tighten them.
(5) Adjust the clearance between the rollers and the guide fittings
(Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-001).
Subtask 52-13-31-420-055
D. Installation of the Roller

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-31-991-007)
(1) Clean the contact surface between the fitting and the structure with

surface between the fitting and the structure.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 429
Feb 01/09

CES
R (6) Install the roller (70) as follows:
(a) Install the bushing (77).
(b) Put the roller (70) in position.
R (c) Install the bushing (76), the washer (75), the bolt (74) and the
R washer (73).
(d) Install the nut (72) and tighten it.
Subtask 52-13-31-420-056
E. Installation of the Door Stop Fittings

R (Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-31-991-008)
(1) Clean the contact surface between the door and the stop fittings with

surface between the fittings and the structure.
(6) Install the screw (86).
(7) Install a new lock plate (83).
(9) Adjust the stop screw (86) to get a correct clearance in the Y axis
(Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 430
Feb 01/09

CES
lbf.ft).
(11) Safety the nut with the lock plate (83).
Subtask 52-13-31-420-057
F. Installation of the Roller Fitting

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-13-31-991-009)
(1) Clean all the components with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) if necessary.

surfaces between the fitting and the structure.
(6) Install the spacer (98) and the roller (97).
(7) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) along the
axle of the bolt (96).
(8) Install the bolt (96).
(11) TORQUE the nut (94) to to between 0.75 and 0.8 m.daN (66.37 and 70.79
lbf.in).
NOTE : If you install a new bolt (96), drill a hole of dia 1.93 mm
____
(0.0759 in.) +0 mm (+0.0000 in.) +0.1 mm (+0.0039 in.).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 431
May 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 52-13-31-420-058
G. Installation of the Fittings of the Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-13-31-991-010)
(1) Clean the contact surfaces between all the components with CLEANING
if necessary.
(2) Install the serrated plates (107) and (104).
(3) Install the fitting swivel pieces (105) and (108).
(4) Make sure that the slots of the swivel pieces are orientated in the
aircraft centerline direction.
(5) Install the bolts (106) and the washers (103).
(7) Engage the guide arms (100) and (101) (Ref. TASK 52-13-12-400-002).
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 52-13-31-080-050

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
(3) Install the door frame lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-005) or
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-008).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 432
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-31-080-050-A

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-001).
(3) Install the door frame lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-005) or
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-008).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-31-865-055
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-13-31-410-052
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 433
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 52-13-31-000-003
Removal of the Girt Bar Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-13-31-991-011 Fig. 410

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 434
Nov 01/09
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-31-010-057
A. Get Access
R
R (2) Open the passenger/crew door 832 (842) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-31-020-053
A. Removal of the Girt Bar Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-31-991-011)
(1) Remove the old sealant around the girt bar fittings and on the heads
of the screws (111) and (121) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004), MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a non metallic scraper.
(2) Loosen the screws (111) (121) and remove them.
(3) Remove the girt bar fittings (110) (120).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 435
Aug 01/09

CES
Girt Bar Fittings
Figure 410/TASK 52-13-31-991-011

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 436
Aug 01/09
R
CES
TASK 52-13-31-400-003
Installation of the Girt Bar Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
R
52-13-31-991-011 Fig. 410
52-13-31-991-012 Fig. 411

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 437
Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-31-869-052
R 52-10-00-010-001).
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-31-420-052
A. Installation of the Girt Bar Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-31-991-011, 411/TASK 52-13-31-991-012)
(1) Clean all the contact surfaces between components with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003),
if necessary.
(2) Put the girt bar fittings (110) and (120) in position.
(3) Install the screws (111) and (121).
(4) Adjust the position of the girt bar fittings (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-
001).
(5) Tighten the screws (111) and (121).
(6) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) between the fittings
(110) and (120) and the blanking plates (112) and (122).
(7) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) on the heads of the screws (111)
and (121).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 438
Aug 01/09

CES
Girt Bar Fitting - Sealant Application
Figure 411/TASK 52-13-31-991-012

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 439
Aug 01/09
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-31-410-057
R A. Close Access
R
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 440
Aug 01/09

CES
TASK 52-13-31-000-006
Removal of the Roller and Proximity Switch Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
Doors
Door
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 201-207,
52-13-31-991-019 Fig. 412
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-31-991-019-A Fig. 412A

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 441
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-31-861-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 52-13-31-010-064
B. Get Access
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______
_______
001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 442
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 52-13-31-865-067
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-13-31-010-065

832EZ, 832DZ, 832CZ.

842EZ, 842DZ, 842CZ.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 201-207,
Subtask 52-13-31-020-063

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-13-31-991-019)
(1) Remove the two nuts (28) and the two washers (29).
(2) Remove the two bolts (35) and the two washers (34).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 443
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Figure 412/TASK 52-13-31-991-019

R

EFF :
201-207,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 52-13-31

Page 444
Aug 01/09

CES
(9) Remove the spacer (8), the washers (9) and (13), the washers (10) and
(12) and the roller (11).
(13) Remove the spacer (25) and the washers (26) and (27).
(14) Remove the bellcrank assy (22) and the bumper (23).
(15) Remove the spring (19).
(14).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-31-020-063-A

(Ref. Fig. 412A/TASK 52-13-31-991-019-A)
(1) Remove the two nuts (28) and the two washers (29).
(2) Remove the two bolts (35) and the two washers (34).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-13-31

Page 445
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Figure 412A/TASK 52-13-31-991-019-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-31

Page 446
Feb 01/10

CES
(7) Remove the nut (6) and the bush (5).
(8) Remove the bolt (32) and the bush (33).
(9) Remove the eccentric yoke (8), the washer (13) and the roller (11).
(13) Remove the spacer (25) and the washers (26) and (27).
(14) Remove the bellcrank assy (22) and the bumper (23).
(15) Remove the spring (19).
(14).

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-31

Page 447
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-13-31-400-006
Installation of the Roller and Proximity Switch Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-001 F DCSEA 359/A

WHEEL BEARING MINERAL GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 cotter pin 53-46-04 80A-150

4 cotter pin 53-46-04 80B-150
7 cotter pin 53-46-04 80B-060
16 rivet 53-46-04 80A-210
16 rivet 53-46-04 80B-210
49 cotter pin 53-46-04 80B-060

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 448
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the External Power
Door
Door
15WV1, 15WV2) of the Locking Hook of the
Passenger/Crew Doors with the ECAM DU
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 201-207,
52-13-31-991-019 Fig. 412
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-31-991-019-A Fig. 412A
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 201-207,
52-13-31-991-016 Fig. 413
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-31-991-016-A Fig. 413A

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 449
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-31-860-053
00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the drain holes in the door structure are not
obstructed.
Subtask 52-13-31-865-068
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 201-207,
Subtask 52-13-31-420-062

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-13-31-991-019)
____
bushes (15) and (24), and the roller (11).
(1) Install the rivet (16), the trunnion (17) and the spring (14) on the
lever (18).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 450
Aug 01/09

CES
(2) Install the pin (36) and the washer (3).
(3) Safety the pin (36) with a new cotter pin (4).
(4) Install the bolt (20) and the washer (21) on the bellcrank assy (22).
(5) Put in position the spring (19).
(6) Install the bellcrank assy (22) and the bumper (23).
(7) Put in position the washers (26) and (27) and the spacer (25).
(9) Install the bolt (37) and the washer (38).
(10) Install the nut (2) and the washer (1). Tighten the nut (2).
(11) Put in position the roller (11), the washers (9), (10), (12) and (13)
and the spacer (8).
(13) Install the washer (5) and the nut (6). Tighten the nut (6).
(14) Safety the nut (6) with a new cotter pin (7).
(18) Install the two washers (34) and the two bolts (35).
(19) Install the two washers (29) and the two nuts (28). Tighten the two
nuts (28).

R

EFF :
201-207,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 52-13-31

Page 451
Aug 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-31-420-062-A

(Ref. Fig. 412A/TASK 52-13-31-991-019-A)
____
bushes (15) and (24), and the roller (11).
(1) Install the rivet (16), the trunnion (17) and the spring (14).
(2) Install the pin (36) and the washer (3).
(3) Safety the pin (36) with a new cotter pin (4).
(4) Install the bolt (20) and the washer (21) on the bellcrank assy (22).
(5) Put in position the spring (19).
(6) Install the bellcranck assy (22) and the bumper (23).
(7) Put in position the washers (26) and (27) and the spacer (25).
(10) Install the nut (2) and the washer (1). Tighten the nut (2).
(11) Put in position the roller (11), the washer (13) and the eccentric
yoke (8).
(12) Install the bolt (32) and the bush (33).
(13) Install the bush (5) and the nut (6). Do not tighten nut (6).
(17) Install the two washers (34) and the two bolts (35).

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-31

Page 452
Feb 01/10

CES
(18) Install the two washers (29) and the two nuts (28). Tighten the two
nuts (28).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-13-31-710-050
B. Adjustment of the Proximity Switch 15WV1 (15WV2)
(1) Adjust the proximity switch 15WV1 (15WV2) of the locking hook of the
passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-001) or (Ref. TASK 52-
71-00-820-001).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 201-207,
Subtask 52-13-31-210-053

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-13-31-991-016)
(1) Open the door.
upper fittings on the door frame.
(a) Turn the barrel of the rod (44) until you get the contact between
(b) Tighten the nuts (42) and the clamp (45).
(d) Safety the nuts (42) and the lockwashers (43) with MISCELLANEOUS
(4) Remove the two shims from the upper sliders and the positioning
freely.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 453
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Figure 413/TASK 52-13-31-991-016

EFF :
201-207,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-154, 52-13-31

Page 454
Aug 01/09
R
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-13-31-210-053-A

(Ref. Fig. 413A/TASK 52-13-31-991-016-A)
upper guide fittings.
(2) Close the door.
(3) Make sure that the clearance M1 between the locking hook (41) and the
roller (40) is 0.5 +0.3 -0.3 mm (0.0196 +0.0118 -0.0118 in.).
(e) Remove the nut (48).
the stop flat (50).

-0.9, -0.6, +0.6, +1.5 or +1.2.
____
(j) Turn the barrel of the rod (44) until the locking hook (41)

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-31

Page 455
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-31

Page 456
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 155-199, 208-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-13-31

Page 457
Feb 01/10

CES
(m) Make sure that the lockwashers (43) are in the correct position.
(4) Remove the two shims (thickness 0.2 mm (0.0078 in)) from the upper
guide fittings.
(5) Make sure that when the door is closed, the roller (40) turns freely.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-31-865-069
breaker(s):
48WV, 13WN, 15WN.
Subtask 52-13-31-410-063

832EZ, 832CZ, 832DZ.

842EZ, 842CZ, 842DZ.
Subtask 52-13-31-410-064
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 458
Aug 01/09

CES
001).
Subtask 52-13-31-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 459
Aug 01/09
R
CES
TASK 52-13-31-000-007
Removal of the Girt-Bar Fitting Blanking-Plates
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R
52-13-31-000-003 Removal of the Girt Bar Fittings
52-13-31-991-021 Fig. 414
52-13-31-991-022 Fig. 415

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 460
Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-31-010-066
A. Get Access
R
(1) Put the access platform in front of the passenger/crew door 832
(842).
(2) Open the passenger/crew door 832 (842) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
R
Subtask 52-13-31-010-067
R B. Remove the girt bar fittings (Ref. TASK 52-13-31-000-003).

R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-31-020-066
A. Removal of the Blanking Plates

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-13-31-991-021, 415/TASK 52-13-31-991-022)
(1) Pull the cords (5) up to remove the sealant from the floor panel
joints.
(2) Remove the remaining sealant around the blanking plates (2) and (4)
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004), lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a non-metallic scraper.
(3) Remove the screws (3) and the spacers (1).
(4) Remove the blanking plates (2) and (4).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 461
Aug 01/09

CES
Girt-Bar Fitting Blanking-Plates
Figure 414/TASK 52-13-31-991-021

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 462
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Blanking Plates Sealing
Figure 415/TASK 52-13-31-991-022

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 463
Aug 01/09
R
CES
TASK 52-13-31-400-007
Installation of the Girt-Bar Fitting Blanking-Plates
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-027 F NSA3811
WHITE CORD-BRAIDED (NYLON) (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
R
52-11-31-400-003 Installation of the Girt Bar Fittings
52-13-31-991-021 Fig. 414
52-13-31-991-022 Fig. 415

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 464
Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-31-869-053
R
R 52-10-00-010-001).
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-31-420-065
A. Installation of the Girt-Bar Fitting Blanking-Plates

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-13-31-991-021, 415/TASK 52-13-31-991-022)
(1) Clean all the surfaces between the components with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-004) and lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003), if necessary.
(2) Put the blanking plates (2) and (4) in position.
(3) Install the cords (5) MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-027) in the
joints around the blanking plates (2) and (4).
(4) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) between the blanking
plates (2) and (4) and the structure.
(5) Install the spacers (1) and the screws (3).

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 465
Aug 01/09

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-31-410-065
R A. Install the girt bar fittings (Ref. TASK 52-11-31-400-003).

R
Subtask 52-13-31-410-066
R B. Close Access
R
R (1) Remove all ground support equipment, maintenance equipment, standard

and special tools and all other items.
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 466
Aug 01/09

CES
LATCH AND STOP FITTINGS - DOOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________
TASK 52-13-31-220-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Rollers
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Door
Door
52-13-31-000-002 Removal of the Stop Fittings, the Buffer, the Guide
Fittings, the Rollers, the Door Stop Fittings, the
Roller Fittings and Guide Arm Fittings
52-13-31-991-013 Fig. 601
52-13-31-991-014 Fig. 602

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 601
Feb 01/98

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-13-31-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 52-13-31-010-059
B. Get Access
_______
_______
THAN 65 KNOTS.
_______

10-00-010-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001)
Subtask 52-13-31-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 602
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-13-31-020-060
(1) Remove the rollers, if not removed (Ref. TASK 52-13-31-000-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-13-31-220-051
A. Inspection of the Guide Rollers

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-13-31-991-013)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bush, and the parts of the
guide rollers.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD2 | 12.715 | 12.730 | | | 12.701 | | |
| | (0.5005)| (0.5011)| | | (0.5004)| | |
| | | | 0.0000 | 0.052 | | | 0.084 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0016)| | |(0.0033)|
| ID1 | 12.730 | 12.727 | | | | 12.785 | |
| | (0.5011)| (0.5022)| | | | (0.5038)| |
| | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) If the wear of the bush is not in the tolerances.
(a) Replace the bush (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-915-001).
(b) Or replace the part on which it is installed.

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 603
Feb 01/98

CES
Guide Rollers
Figure 601/TASK 52-13-31-991-013

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 604
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-13-31-220-052
B. Inspection of the Roller

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-13-31-991-014)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the parts of the roller.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD11 | 8.483 | 8.495 | | | 8.473 | | |
| | (0.3339)| (0.3344)| | | 0.3389 | | 0.064 |
| | | | 0.010 | 0.031 | | |(0.0024)|
| | | | (0.0004)| (0.0012)| | | |
| ID10 | 8.505 | 8.514 | | | | 8.534 | |
| | (0.3348)| (0.3351)| | | | (0.3359)| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-13-31-420-059
A. Installation of the Rollers
(1) Install the rollers (Ref. TASK 52-13-31-000-002).
Subtask 52-13-31-865-060
breaker(s):
13WN, 15WN, 48WV

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 605
Feb 01/98

CES
Roller
Figure 602/TASK 52-13-31-991-014

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 606
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-13-31-410-058
C. Close Access
52-10-00-860-002).
items.
001).
Subtask 52-13-31-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-13-31

Page 607
Feb 01/98

CES
EMERGENCY EXIT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________
1. General
_______
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
In an emergency, the flight crew and the passengers can use the subsequent
openings for the evacuation:
In the cockpit there are two sliding windows as the emergency exits for the
pilots.
NOTE : For more details of the emergency operation refer to 56-00-00 and
____
25-61-00.
In the passenger compartment there are four regular passenger crew doors and
four overwing hatches as the emergency exits.
In an emergency, the cabin attendents can unlock the two FWD and AFT
passenger/crew doors manually. The passenger/crew doors open pneumatically.
This operation releases and inflates the related escape slides on each door
automatically.
____
25-62-00.
In an emergency, each passenger can open the four overwing emergency exit
hatches manually. This operation releases and inflates the related off-wing
escape slides in the wing-to-fuselage fairing.
____
25-62-00.
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
pilots.

EFF :

ALL 52-20-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
Location of Emergency Exits
Figure 001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-20-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES
Location of Emergency Exits
Figure 001A

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-20-00

Page 3
Aug 01/05

CES
____
25-61-00.
In the passenger compartment there are four regular passenger crew doors and
two overwing hatches as the emergency exits.
passenger/crew doors manually. The passenger/crew doors open pneumatically.
automatically.
____
25-62-00.
In an emergency, each passenger can open the two overwing emergency exit
hatches manually. This operation releases and inflates the related off-wing
escape slides in the wing-to-fuselage fairing.
____
25-62-00.
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
pilots.
NOTE : For more details of the emergency operation refer to the chapters
____
56-00-00 and 25-61-00.
In the passenger compartment there are four regular passenger/crew doors and
four emergency exit doors as the emergency exits.
passenger crew doors manually. The passenger/crew doors open pneumatically.
automatically.
NOTE : For more details of the emergency operation refer to the chapters
____
52-10-00 and 25-62-00.

R

EFF :

151-199, 301-399, 401-499, 52-20-00

Page 4
Aug 01/05

CES
R Location of Emergency Exits
R Figure 001B

EFF :

301-399, 52-20-00

Page 5
May 01/04

CES
R In an emergency, each passenger or the cabin attendents can unlock the four
R emergency exit doors manually. The emergency exit doors open pneumatically.
R This operation releases and inflates the related escape slides located in
R the fuselage below the opened emergency exit.
R NOTE : For more details of the emergency operation refer to the chapters
____
R 52-22-00 and 25-62-00.

EFF :

301-399, 52-20-00

Page 6
Aug 01/04

CES
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT EMERGENCY EXIT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 001)

For the evacuation of the passengers there are four overwing emergency exits
as well as four regular passenger/ crew doors. The emergency exits are
closed with plug-in type hatches made of aluminum alloy. Two emergency exit
hatches are installed on each side of the center fuselage.
The four emergency exit hatches specified as type III have the same
function. It is possible to open them from the inner and outer side of the
passenger compartment. The locations of the four emergency exit hatches in
the center fuselage are as follows:
- the forward left emergency exit hatch in Z833 between FR38 and FR39 ,
- the rear left emergency exit hatch in Z834 between FR40 and FR41,
- the forward right emergency exit hatch in Z843 between FR38 and FR39,
- the rear right emergency exit hatch in Z844 between FR40 and FR41.
The technical data of the emergency exit hatches are as follows:
Size: 508 x 1020 mm (20 x 40.1 in.) - Weight: 15.0 kg (33.07 lb.)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)

For the evacuation of the passengers there are two overwing emergency exits
as well as four regular passenger/ crew doors. The emergency exits are
closed with plug-in type hatches made of aluminum alloy. One emergency exit
hatch is installed on each side of the center fuselage.
The two emergency exit hatches specified as type III have the same
function. It is possible to open them from the inner and outer side of the
passenger compartment. The locations of the two emergency exit hatches in
the center fuselage are as follows:
- the left emergency exit hatch in Z834 between FR40 and FR41,
- the right emergency exit hatch in Z844 between FR40 and FR41.
The technical data of the emergency exit hatches are as follows:
Size: 508 x 1020 mm (20 x 40.1 in.) - Weight: 15.0 kg (33.07 lb.)

EFF :

ALL 52-21-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
General View of the Emergency Exit Hatches
Figure 001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-21-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES
General View of the Emergency Exit Hatches
Figure 001A

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-21-00

Page 3
Aug 01/05

CES
**ON A/C ALL
2. __________________
Component Location
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
NOTE : The components of the emergency exit hatch Z843 are shown in the
____
table below. The components of the emergency exit hatches Z833, Z834
and Z844 are the same.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HATCH STRUCTURE 843 52-21-00
CABIN WINDOW 843 56-21-00
HATCH SEAL 843 52-21-11
INSULATION 843 52-21-13
HATCH LINING 843 25-23-47
SLIDE RELEASE MECHANISM 843 52-21-11
HATCH CONTROL HANDLE 843 52-21-11
LOCKING SHAFT UNIT 843 52-21-11
ROLLER GUIDE ASSEMBLIES 843 52-21-11
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 002A, 003A)
NOTE : The components of the emergency exit hatch Z834 are shown in the
____
table below. The components of the emergency exit hatch Z844 are the
same.

EFF :

ALL 52-21-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES
Location of the Components
Figure 002

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-21-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 002A

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-21-00

Page 6
Aug 01/05

CES
Figure 003

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-21-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 003A

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-21-00

Page 8
Aug 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R HATCH STRUCTURE 834 52-21-00
R CABIN WINDOW 834 56-21-00
R HATCH SEAL 834 52-21-11
R INSULATION 834 52-21-13
R HATCH LINING 834 25-23-47
R SLIDE RELEASE MECHANISM 834 52-21-11
R HATCH CONTROL HANDLE 834 52-21-11
R LOCKING SHAFT UNIT 834 52-21-11
R ROLLER GUIDE ASSEMBLIES 834 52-21-11
**ON A/C ALL
3. Description
___________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Each emergency exit hatch has a slide release mechanism with two operation
modes. These are the NORMAL mode and the MAINTENANCE mode.
During the NORMAL mode, the latch pin of the slide release mechanism is in
the ARMED position (the latch pin is extended). When the emergency exit
hatch is removed, the slide release mechanism operates the emergency escape
slide automatically.
During the MAINTENANCE mode, the latch pin is in the DISARMED position (the
latch pin is retracted). This prevents an operation of the emergency escape
slide when the emergency exit hatch is removed during the maintenance
procedure.
A proximity switch monitors the ARMED/DISARMED position of the latch pin. If

the latch pin is retracted, the proximity switch sends a signal to the
Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring (ECAM) system.
To prevent accidental operation of the hatch locking mechanism, the release

warning system gives two different warning signals. One signal is sent to
the ECAM system and the other gives a visual warning in the cabin.

EFF :

ALL 52-21-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. _____________________
Component Description
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The primary components of each emergency exit hatch are:

- the Hatch Structure,
- the Hatch Seal,
- the Lining and Insulation,
- the Locking Mechanism,
- the Slide Release Mechanism,
- the Roller Guide Assemblies.
A. Hatch Structure
The primary hatch structure is the beam framing, the inside framing and
the chemically milled outer skin. These components are made of aluminum
alloy sheet metal. They are riveted together to give the hatch its
rigidity.
The beam framing is the formed horizontal beams and the formed vertical
frame segments. A forged window frame is riveted in the center of the
beam framing to install the cabin window into the hatch.
The inside framing is the formed vertical and horizontal edge beams and
the formed edge curves. A retaining channel, made of formed sheet metal,
is riveted on each horizontal edge beam to attach the hatch seal. A stop
profile with an included retaining channel is riveted on each vertical
edge beam. The profiles keep the hatch during the installation in line
with the fuselage. They also hold the hatch against the cabin pressure
when the aircraft is in flight.
To prevent the corrosion of the primary hatch structure, all components

have a surface protection and are installed with a sealing compound. The
surface protection of the stop profiles and the seal retaining channels
is sulphuric acid anodizing plus epoxy primer and polyurethane top coat.
The surface protection of all other components is chromic acid anodizing
plus epoxy primer and polyurethane top coat. On the inside of the
emergency exit hatch there is a water repellent agent.

EFF :

ALL 52-21-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES
B. Hatch Seal
The hatch seal is a special lip-type seal with a reinforced lip edge. The
hatch seal is made of silicone rubber reinforced with strong fabric. It
is installed in the retaining channels around the hatch. When the
emergency exit hatch is installed, the seal lip is in contact with the
hatch frame. Thus, the emergency exit is pressure-tight, when closed.
C. Lining and Insulation
Differently formed insulation packets are installed between the

components of the primary structure for sound and thermal protection.
They are attached with VELCRO tapes on the inner face of the outer skin.
The insulation packets are made of glasswool blankets which are covered
with a wrapped foil.
A hatch lining, which is part of the cabin lining, is attached with

screws to the inside framing to cover the primary structure. It has a
cut-out for the cover flap to get access to the hatch control handle.
Around the hatch lining there is a gap seal to decrease the possible
pressure leaks.
D. Locking Mechanism
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 004A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The primary components of the locking mechanism are the locking shaft
unit and the hatch control handle. They are installed in the upper
section of the emergency exit hatch.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Locking Mechanism
Figure 004

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-21-00

Page 12
Feb 01/10

CES
Locking Mechanism
Figure 004A

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-21-00

Page 13
Aug 01/05

CES
The locking shaft unit includes the two locking hooks and the locking
shaft. When the emergency exit hatch is correctly locked, the locking
hooks engage in the upper roller fitting on the fuselage. A connection
rod attaches the hatch control handle to the locking shaft unit. When the
hatch control handle is released, the connection rod causes a movement of
the locking shaft unit. The hatch control handle has two tension springs
which retain the handle in the up position.
Part of the hatch control handle are the pull lever and the flush panel
which operates the locking mechanism. When the pull lever is set down,
the flush panel still remains in the handle frame. The spring-loaded
linkage then blocks the pull lever in its lower position. An outboard
operation of the flush panel moves the pull lever down and operates the
locking shaft unit.
E. Slide Release Mechanism
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 005)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The slide release mechanism includes the guiding fitting, the spring and
the latch pin. The guiding fitting is installed on the left or right edge
curve of the hatch structure. A guide pin is installed in the guiding
fitting and engages in the keyway of the latch pin. The spring pin locks
the spring-loaded latch pin in its ARMED position if the extended latch
pin is turned clockwise. If the latch pin is turned counterclockwise, the
spring retracts the latch pin to its DISARMED position.
F. Roller Guide Assemblies
The roller guide assemblies include the subsequent components:

- the hook brackets and their pivot fittings,
- the lateral guide fittings,
- the upper roller fittings.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 14
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Slide Release Mechanism
Figure 005

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-21-00

Page 15
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 005A

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-21-00

Page 16
Aug 01/05

CES
The hook brackets, attached on the hatch bottom beam, engage in their
pivot fittings attached on the opening sill. Both components together put
the emergency exit hatch in line with the fuselage during the
installation.
A lateral guide fitting is attached on each vertical edge member of the

emergency exit hatch. These fittings put the hatch in the center position
during the installation. The upper roller fittings are mounted on the
lintel of the fuselage. If the emergency exit hatch is locked, the
locking hooks engage in the roller fittings.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Operation
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
A. Removal of Emergency Exit Hatch from the Inner Side
To get access to the hatch control handle, pull the cover flap down from
the recess. When the cover flap is removed, a proximity switch is
operated and gives two different warning signals. The warnings tell the
flight crew that the hatch is not correctly locked.
One signal is sent to the ECAM system and the MASTER CAUTION LIGHT on
cockpit panels 130VU and 131VU come on. This causes the DOOR page to come
into view on the lower ECAM display unit and the related hatch symbol is
on in amber. The other signal causes the white indicator light SLIDE
ARMED in the cabin lining to come on.
The condition of the hatch is also shown on the cabin status page of the
flight attendant panel (FAP) (refer to ATA 23-73-00).
For the maintenance procedure only, open the cover flap to get access to
the head of the latch pin. To release the latch pin, turn it a quarter
turn counterclockwise. The spring of the slide release mechanism extends
and causes the latch pin to retract to the DISARMED position. This causes
a spring-loaded pin to operate the proximity switch which sends a signal
to the ECAM system.
Pull the lever of the hatch control handle down and hold the emergency
exit in position. This causes the spring-loaded linkage to fall down and
engage the special bolt of the pull lever and to block it. The operation
of the hatch control handle disengages the locking hooks from the upper
roller fittings. Because of the shape of the emergency exit hatch, it
will fall into the cabin if you do not hold it.

EFF :

ALL 52-21-00

Page 17
Feb 01/10

CES
Carefully let the top of the hatch fall to the inner side so that it
comes clear of the structure. When the emergency exit hatch moves
inboard, the latch pin of the escape slide mechanism moves the release
lever. This lever operates the slide release mechanism which inflates the
emergency escape slide. At the same time, a spring-loaded pin operates
the proximity switch which sends a signal to the ECAM system. If the
escape slide mechanism is in the maintenance mode, the retracted latch
pin cannot operate the release lever.
Hold the lower handle of the lining with your free hand and pull the
emergency exit hatch from the recess. The hook brackets disengage from
their pivot fittings. Lift the emergency exit hatch and pull it away from
the opening.
For the maintenance procedure only, install a rigging pin in the

provision of the hatch frame. This prevents an accidental operation of
the escape slide.
B. Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch from the Outside
Push the flush panel of the hatch control handle to the inside of the
handle frame. This operation moves the pull lever down and releases the
locking hooks. The pull lever moves the main cover flap to the open
position.
A special switch design prevents that the warnings in the cabin and
cockpit come on when the emergency exit hatch is opened. Because of the
shape of the emergency exit hatch, it falls into the cabin when the flush
panel is pushed. The release lever operates the slide release mechanism
which inflates the emergency escape slide. Push the emergency exit hatch
away from the opening into the cabin.
C. Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
Make sure that the latch pin of the slide release mechanism is in the
DISARMED position. If installed, remove the rigging pin from the hatch
frame. Take the emergency exit hatch and set it with the hook brackets on
their pivot fitting. Push the bottom of the hatch into the opening so
that the hook brackets engage in the pivot fitting. Make sure that the
lip of the hatch seal is not caught in the pivot fitting.
Push the top of the hatch into the opening so that the stop profiles
touch the hatch frame. Hold the emergency exit hatch in this position
until it is correctly locked.
Lift the spring-loaded linkage to release the blockage of the pull lever.
Then push the pull lever up until it is above the overcenter position.
This operation turns the locking shaft unit and the locking hooks engage

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 18
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
in the upper roller fittings. Make sure that the emergency exit hatch is
in the correct position and correctly locked.
To extend the latch pin of the slide release mechanism in the ARMED
position, push it against the spring. To lock this spring-loaded pin,
turn its head a quarter turn clockwise. Then the slide release mechanism
is in the NORMAL mode.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 19
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT EMERGENCY EXIT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________________________________
TASK 52-21-00-710-003
Operational Test of the Unlocking and the Opening from the Cabin in the ARMED
Mode
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED IN THE
_______
REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR.
THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL:
- DISCHARGE OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR
- DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TLW101 1 TEST TOOL - RELEASE CABLE , ESCAPE SLIDE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire,corrosion-resistance steel, dia.0.8mm

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 501
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-62-00-081-001 Special Precautions after Work on the Offwing

Escape-Slide Systems
25-62-00-481-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Offwing
52-21-11-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-21-00-991-001 Fig. 501
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-21-00-991-001-A Fig. 501A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-21-00-010-052
A. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the AFT cargo-compartment

door.
(3) Remove the linings 151CW and 152CW in the AFT cargo compartment to
get access to the inflation reservoirs 7506MM and 7507MM.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-21-00-860-051
B. Preparation for the Test
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-21-00-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-21-00-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(1) Make sure that the hatch is correctly closed and its extended latch
pin is engaged with the related release lever (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-
400-001).
(2) Install the lockpin assembly in the operating head of the inflation
reservoir to prevent an accidental operation of the inflation
reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).
(3) Remove the inflation reservoir assembly from the flexible control
assembly as follows:
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH THE END OF THE WIRE INTO THE WIRE-CONTROL
_______
ASSEMBLY. THIS CAN CAUSE A KINK IN THE WIRE.
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the knurled sleeve nut.
(b) Loosen the knurled sleeve nut and disassemble the two collets
from the flexible control assembly.
(c) Disengage the inflation cable from the release cable.
(4) Install the TEST TOOL - RELEASE CABLE , ESCAPE SLIDE (TLW101) on the
flexible control assembly as follows:
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT WEIGHT ON THE FWD PULLEY WHEN YOU CONNECT THE
_______
WIRE- CONTROL ASSEMBLY TO THE FLEXIBLE CONTROL-ASSEMBLY.
WEIGHT ON THE PULLEY CAUSES TENSION IN THE WIRE, WHICH CAN
CAUSE THE END OF THE WIRE TO BREAK.
(a) Remove the cover cap from the test tool.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 503
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Operation of Emergency Exit Hatch

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-21-00

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES
Operation of Emergency Exit Hatch

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-21-00

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES
R Operation of Emergency Exit Hatch

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-21-00

Page 506
Nov 01/06

CES
R Operation of Emergency Exit Hatch

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-21-00

Page 507
Nov 01/06

CES
(b) Engage the adapter with the release cable and put the collets in
position around the joint.
(c) Turn the knurled sleeve nut to safety the connection of the test
tool and the flexible control assembly.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-21-00-710-050
A. Operational Test
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-21-00-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-21-00-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(1) Do this test to examine the operation of the hatch locking mechanism
from the inner side.
(2) Do this test to examine the operation of the slide release mechanism
from the inner side.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the center of the cabin: In the center of the cabin:
- pull down and remove the cover - the white indicator light SLIDE ARMED
flap from the hatch. comes on.
- pull the pull-lever of the - the hooks of the locking mechanism

hatch control handle down and disengage from the upper roller
hold the hatch in position. fittings.
- the linkage of the hatch control
handle locks the pull lever in this
lower position.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 508
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- carefully lower the top of the - the extended latch pin moves the
hatch into the cabin until it release lever of the slide release
comes free of the cabin lining. mechanism to its end position.
- the slide release mechanism operates
the flexible control assembly.
- the white indicator light SLIDE ARMED
goes off.
In the AFT cargo compartment:

- the end of the release cable retracts
and operates the spring-loaded test
tool.
- remove the hatch from the - the spring-loaded test tool extents
opening. the release cable as soon as the
latch pin disengages from the release
lever.
2. On the hatch structure: On the hatch structure:
- push the latch pin against the - the latch pin retracts to the
spring and turn its head a DISARMED position.
quarter turn counterclockwise.
- install the hatch correctly. - the opening of the emergency exit is

closed.
- push the latch pin against the - the latch pin extends in its ARMED
spring and turn its head a position and operates the pin of the
quarter turn clockwise. related proximity switch.
- the white indication light SLIDE
ARMED comes on.
- install the cover flap on the - the white indicator light SLIDE ARMED
hatch lining and push it goes off.
against the hatch.
- examine the position of the - make sure that the position of the
hatch seal. hatch seal is correct.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 509
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-21-00-860-050
A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-21-00-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-21-00-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(1) Remove the TEST TOOL - RELEASE CABLE , ESCAPE SLIDE (TLW101) from the
_______
(a) Loosen the knurled sleeve nut and disassemble the two collets
(b) Disengage the adapter from the release cable.
(2) Connect the flexible control assembly with the inflation reservoir
_______
(a) Engage the inflation cable on the release cable.
(b) Put the collets in position and tighten the knurled sleeve nut.
(c) Safety the knurled sleeve nut with lockwire,corrosion-resistance

steel, dia.0.8mm.
(3) Remove the lockpin assembly from the operating head of the inflation
reservoir and put it into its bag (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-081-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 510
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-21-00-410-053
B. Close Access
(1) Install the linings 151CW and 152CW in the AFT cargo compartment.
(2) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the AFT cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 511
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
TASK 52-21-00-720-001
Functional Test of the Automatic and the Manual Slide Release Signal
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 512
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-62-00-640-001 Lubrication of the Flexible Control Assembly
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-21-00-991-001 Fig. 501
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-21-00-991-001-A Fig. 501A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-21-00-010-050
A. Get Access
locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

door.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 513
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-21-00-860-057
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-21-00-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-21-00-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(1) Make sure that the emergency exit hatch (referred to the hatch) is
correctly closed and its extended latch pin is engaged with the
related release lever (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
_______
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the knurled sleeve nut (2).
(b) Loosen the knurled sleeve nut and remove the two collets from the
flexible control assembly.
(c) Disconnect the inflation cable from the release cable.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 514
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
_______
(d) Make sure that the cursor of the test tool touches the stop of
the housing.
(e) Measure the initial position of the cursor at the housing scale.
NOTE : The cursor does not stay accurately at zero because of the
____
own weight of the test tool.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-21-00-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-21-00-991-001-A)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 515
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-21-00-720-050
A. Functional Test of the Automatic Slide Release Signal
(1) Do this test to examine:

- the automatic operation of the slide release mechanism during the
removal of the hatches,
- the manual operation of the slide release mechanism,
- the operation of the hatch locking mechanism from the inner and the
outer side.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lower position.
- carefully lower the top of the - the extended latch pin moves the
hatch into the cabin until it release lever of the slide release
comes free from the cabin mechanism to its end position.
lining. - the flexible control assembly of the
slide release mechanism transmits
this movement (as the automatic slide
release signal) to the inflation
reservoir in the AFT cargo
compartment.
goes off.
In the AFT cargo compartment:

- the end of the release cable retracts
and operates the spring-loaded test
tool.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 516
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- remove the hatch from the - the latch pin disengages from the
opening. release lever.
2. In the AFT cargo compartment: In the AFT cargo compartment:
- measure the travel of the - the cursor of the test tool must stay
release cable with the test in the green area of the scale.
tool. - the travel value must be 50.0 mm
3. In the center of the cabin: In the AFT cargo compartment:
- remove the red pull handle of - the end of the release cable retracts
the slide release mechanism and operates the spring-loaded test
from its stowage position and tool.
pull it down (manual operation
of the offwing escape slide).
In the center of the cabin:
- release the red pull handle and - the release lever moves automatically
put it back in its stowage to its normal position.
position.
- install the hatch correctly - the opening of the emergency exit is

(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001). closed.
comes on.
against the hatch.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 517
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- examine the position of the - the hatch seal is in its correct
hatch seal. position.
(2) Do the lubrication procedure of the flexible control assembly

(Ref. TASK 25-62-00-640-001) if:
- the curser of the test tool does not stay in the green area of the
scale or
- the travel value is not 50.0 mm (1.9685 in.) minmum.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-21-00-860-056
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-21-00-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-21-00-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
_______

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 518
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
_______
(a) Engage the inflation cable with the release cable.
(c) Safety the knurled sleeve nut with the lockwire,corrosion-

resistance steel, dia.0.8mm.
Subtask 52-21-00-410-051
B. Close Access
(1) Install the linings 151CW and 152CW in the AFT cargo compartment.
(2) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 519
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
TASK 52-21-00-710-004
Operational Test of the Unlocking and the Opening from the Outer Side in the
ARMED Mode
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the locking mechanism and the slide release mechanism of
each emergency exit hatch (referred to as hatch) operates satisfactorily.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 520
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-21-00-991-001 Fig. 501
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-21-00-991-001-A Fig. 501A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-21-00-010-053
A. Get Access
locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

door.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 521
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-21-00-860-053
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-21-00-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-21-00-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(1) Make sure that the hatch is correctly closed and its extended latch
pin is engaged with the related release lever (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-
400-001).
_______
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the knurled sleeve nut (2).
(b) Loosen the knurled sleeve nut and disassemble the two collets
(c) Disengage the inflation cable from the release cable.
_______

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 522
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-21-00-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-21-00-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-21-00-710-051
A. Operational Test from the Outer side
and the slide release mechanism from the outer side.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the wing: In the center of the cabin:
- push the flush panel of the - the pull handle of the hatch control
hatch control handle inboards. handle moves down and operates the
hooks of the locking mechanism.
NOTE : Make sure that a second

____
person stops the movement
when the hatch comes free
of the cabin lining.
- the hatch comes inboards and its

extended latch pin operates the
release lever of the slide release
mechanism.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 523
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. In the AFT cargo compartment: In the AFT cargo compartment:
- make sure that the end of the - the cursor of the test tool should
release cable is retracted. reach in the green area.
- install the hatch correctly - the opening of the emergency exit is

(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001). closed.
ARMED comes on.
against the hatch.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-21-00-860-052
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-21-00-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-21-00-991-001-A)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 524
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
_______
_______
(a) Engage the inflation cable with the release cable.
(c) Safety the knurled sleeve nut with the lockwire,corrosion-

resistance steel, dia.0.8mm.
Subtask 52-21-00-410-055
B. Close Access
(1) Install the linings 151CW and 152CW of the AFT cargo compartment.
(2) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 525
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
TASK 52-21-00-710-005
Operational Test of the Emergency Exit Hatch and Escape Slide Arming and
Disarming
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the removal of each emergency exit hatch (referred to as
hatch) with a retracted latch pin (Disarmed Mode) is possible.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-21-00-991-001 Fig. 501
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-21-00-991-001-A Fig. 501A

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 526
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-21-00-860-054
(1) Make sure that the hatch is correctly closed and locked (Ref. TASK
52-21-11-400-001).
(2) Install the lockpin assemblies on the inflation reservoirs in the AFT
cargo compartment to prevent an accidental escape slide operation
(Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-21-00-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-21-00-991-001-A)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 527
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-21-00-710-052
A. Operational Test
from the inner and outer side,
(2) Do this test to examine the operation of the latch pin from the Armed
in the Disarmed Mode.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the center of the cabin:
- the retracted latch pin does not
operate the adjacent pin of the
proximity switch,
ARMED goes off.
3. In the center of the cabin:

lowered position.
- carefully lower the top of the - the opening of the emergency exit is
hatch into the cabin and remove free.
the hatch

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 528
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- put the hatch correctly in - the opening of the emergency exit is
position of the opening and closed and the hatch is correctly
lift the pull lever in its locked.
overcenter position .
4. On the wing: In the center of the cabin:
- push the flush panel of the - the pull handle of the hatch control
hatch control handle inboards. handle moves down and operates the
hooks of the locking mechanism.
NOTE : Make sure that a second

____
person stops the movement
when the hatch comes free
of the cabin lining.
- the hatch comes inboards and its

retracted latch pin does not operates
the release lever of the slide
release mechanism.
- put the hatch correctly in - the opening of the emergency exit is

position of the opening and closed and the hatch is correctly
lift the pull lever in its locked.
overcenter position .
ARMED comes on.
against the hatch.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 529
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-21-00-860-055
(1) Remove the lockpin assemblies from the inflations reservoirs

(Ref. TASK 25-62-00-081-001).
(2) Make sure that the hatch is correctly closed and locked (Ref. TASK
52-21-11-400-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 530
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT EMERGENCY EXIT - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________________________
TASK 52-21-00-200-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Emergency Exits, Internal Structure and Load
Transmitting Profile LH/RH
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific wooden or plastic scraper
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-47-000-001 Removal of the Lining from the Emergency Exit Hatches

25-23-47-400-001 Installation of the Lining on the Emergency Exit
Hatches
51-73-11-300-002 Repair of Minor Damage on Titanium, Forged Aluminum,
or Steel Components
51-74-11-300-001 Repair of Corroded Areas
51-75-12-300-001 Repair of Major Paint Damage on Light Alloy and
Composite Material
51-78-00-916-001 Application of Temporary Protection System (TPS)
52-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
ASRM 52-20-00-201
52-21-00-991-005 Fig. 601

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 601
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-21-00-010-054
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
(2) Remove the hatch lining from the emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 25-
23-47-000-001).
R (3) Carefully disengage the Velcro tapes and remove the insulation packs.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-21-00-220-050
A. Detailed Visual Inspection of the Emergency Exits, Internal Structure and

Load Transmitting Profile LH/RH
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-21-00-991-005)
(1) Examine the subsequent components of the hatch structure for

corrosion, scratches, marks and dents:
- the inside framing (edge beams and edge curves),
- the beam framing (horizontal beams, vertical frame segments and
window frame).
- the LH/RH load transmitting profile
NOTE : Dents are not permitted on these components.

____
(2) If you find a damage, continues as follows:
(a) Determine the limits of the allowable damage (Ref. ASRM 52-20-00-
201).
(b) Repair the scratches and marks (Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-002).
(c) Repair the corrosion (Ref. TASK 51-74-11-300-001).
(3) Make a general inspection of the emergency exits:
(a) Examine the drain holes at the bottom of the hatch structure to
make sure that they are not blocked.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 602
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Hatch Structure
Figure 601/TASK 52-21-00-991-005

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 603
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(b) Examine all rivets of the hatch structure.
- If you find an empty rivet hole, install the rivet with the
correct sealant.
- If you find damaged or loose rivets, replace them.
(c) Examine the sealant of all structure components for the correct
condition. If necessary, remove the old sealant with a wooden or
plastic scraper and apply new sealant.
(d) Make sure that all attachment screws and bolts of the hatch
structure are correctly tightened.
(e) Make sure that the paint is in the correct condition (Ref. TASK
51-75-12-300-001).
Subtask 52-21-00-916-050
B. Do the procedure for the application of the temporary protection system

(Ref. TASK 51-78-00-916-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-21-00-410-056
A. Close Access
items.
R (2) Install the insulation packs and attach the Velcro tapes.
(3) Install the hatch lining to the emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 25-
23-47-400-001) .
(4) Install the emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 604
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
TASK 52-21-00-200-002
Inspection of the Emergency Exit Hatch Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-027

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Hatches
51-73-11-300-001 Repair of Minor Damage on Aluminum Clad Components
52-21-11-000-002 Removal of the Hatch Locking Mechanism
52-21-11-000-003 Removal of the Slide Release Mechanism
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-21-00-010-055
A. Get Access
23-47-000-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 605
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(3) Carefully disengage the VELCRO tapes and remove the insulation packs.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-21-00-210-052
A. Inspection of the Hatch Locking Mechanism and Slide Release Mechanism
(1) Examine the locking hooks, the locking shaft and the connection rod
of the hatch locking mechanism for corrosion, marks and deformation.
NOTE : Replace the deformed components of the hatch locking mechanism

____
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-002).
(2) Examine the latch pin and the guide fitting of the slide release
mechanism for corrosion, marks and deformation.
NOTE : Replace the deformed components of the slide release mechanism

____
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-003).
(3) Examine the components of the roller guide assemblies for corrosion,
marks and deformation.
NOTE : Replace the deformed hook bracket, the related pivot fitting,
____
the lateral guide fittings and the upper roller fitting
immediately.
(4) If you find a damage, continues as folloows:
(a) repair the corroded area (Ref. TASK 51-74-11-300-001),
(b) repair the marks (Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-001).
(5) Examine the springs of the hatch control handle for the correct
condition.
(6) Examine the spring of the latch pin for the correct condition.
NOTE : If the spring is not in the correct condition, replace it

____
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-003).
(7) Make sure that there is SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) on
the movable components of the locking and the slide release
mechanism.
(8) Make sure that all attachment screws and bolts are correctly
tightened.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 606
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(9) Make sure that the attachment bolts of the fittings are correctly
tightened.
(10) Make sure that there is SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) on
the movable components of the roller guide assemblies.
Subtask 52-21-00-220-052
B. Inspection of the Hatch Seal
(1) Examine the hatch seal for the correct condition.
(2) Make sure that the hatch seal is correctly installed in the retaining
profile of the hatch structure.
(3) Do an inspection of the hatch seal from the outer side of the
installed emergency exit hatch.
NOTE : Make sure that the lip of the hatch seal is correctly
____
installed behind the inner side of the fuselage skin.
Subtask 52-21-00-710-053
C. Operational Test
(1) Operate the hatch control handle to make sure that the hatch locking
mechanism is serviceable.
(2) Extent and retract the latch pin to make sure that the slide release
mechanism is serviceable.
(3) Make sure that the rollers of the lateral guide fittings are
serviceable.
(4) Make sure that the rollers of the upper roller fittings are
serviceable.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-21-00-410-057
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the insulation packs and attach the VELCRO tapes.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 607
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
23-47-400-001) .

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 608
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT EMERGENCY EXIT - CLEANING/PAINTING
________________________________________________________
TASK 52-21-00-100-001
Cleaning/Painting of the Emergency Exit Hatch
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To remove dirt or unwanted material from the structure and the components of
the emergency exit hatch. To repair paint damage of the top coat.
NOTE : For repair of paint damage refer to 51-75-12-300-001.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific abrasive cloth (grade 320)

No specific brush
No specific masking material
No specific vacuum cleaner
No specific weak soap solution
No specific wood or plastic scraper

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 701
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-005 USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE II

CORROSION PREVENTIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-006
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (EPOXY-IMPRVD ADHESION)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-004
WHITE TALCUM POWDER (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Hatches
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-21-00-010-056
A. Get Access
23-47-000-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 702
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(3) Carefully disengage the VELCRO tapes and remove the insulation packs.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-21-00-160-050
A. Cleaning of the Hatch Structure
(1) Remove all loose particles and dirt with a vacuum cleaner and/or a
dry brush.
(2) Put masking material on the window and on the rollers around the
hatch structure.
(3) Use a lint-free cloth or a brush and carefully clean the painted
components of the hatch structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-004).
NOTE : Make sure that the cleaning agent does not dry on the surface.
____
(4) Dry the cleaned components with a dry and clean lint-free cloth or
with dry, compressed air.
(5) Examine the drain holes to make sure that there is no blockage.
(6) Make sure that the corners and the recesses are free of all unwanted
and loose material.
(7) Remove the masking material from the window and the rollers.
(8) Remove the remaining dirt and all old sealant with a wood or plastic
scraper.
(9) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the internal

structure of the emergency exit hatch.
(10) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005) to the outer side of
the inside framing.
Subtask 52-21-00-140-050
B. Cleaning of the Hatch Seal
(1) Clean the hatch seal with a weak soap solution.
(2) Dry the cleaned hatch seal with a lint-free cloth or with dry,
compressed air.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 703
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(3) Apply MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-004) to the hatch seal.
Subtask 52-21-00-160-051
C. Cleaning of the Locking Mechanism
(1) Clean the locking hooks, the locking shaft, the hatch control handle
and the connection rod with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(2) Dry the cleaned components with dry and clean lint-free cloth.
(3) Clean the related bearings with a dry and clean lint-free cloth.
(4) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the cleaned

components of the locking mechanism.
Subtask 52-21-00-370-050
D. Top Coat Repair
(1) Remove damage of the paint top coat with abrasive cloth (grade 320).
(2) Make sure that the edge of the satisfactory paint top coat is
feathered to the repair area.
(3) Put masking material to the adjacent area.
(4) Use a lint-free cloth and clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS
(5) Apply PRETREATMENT FOR PAINTING (Material No. 13-002) to the metal
surface of the repair area.
(6) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-006) to the repair area and
let it dry.
(7) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the primer and let it
dry.
(8) Remove the masking material from the adjacent area.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 704
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-21-00-210-051
E. Visual Inspection of the Hatch Mechanism
(1) Operate the hatch control handle to make sure that the locking
mechanism is is serviceable.
(2) Make sure that the slide release mechanism of the emergency exit
hatch is serviceable.
(3) Make sure that the rollers around the hatch structure are serviceable
and have a protection of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-21-00-410-058
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the insulation packs and attach the VELCRO tapes.
23-47-400-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-00

Page 705
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
EXIT - EMERGENCY, PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________
TASK 52-21-11-000-001
Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE LATCH PIN IS RETRACTED IN THE DISARMED POSITION
_______
DURING THE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURE. THIS PREVENTS AN
ACCIDENTAL OPERATION OF THE ESCAPE SLIDE MECHANISM DURING THE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED IN THE HATCH
_______
FRAME IF THE EMERGENCY EXIT HATCH IS REMOVED. THIS PREVENTS AN
MAINTENANCE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D52207507000 1 PINS - EMERGENCY SLIDE, EMERGENCY EXITS
98D52207543000 1 DEVICE-SAFETY - EMERGENCY EXIT

R

EFF :

ALL 52-21-11

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-62-46-000-001 Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal

R ASRM 522200
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-21-11-991-002 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-21-11-991-002-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-21-11-991-001 Fig. 402
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-21-11-991-001-A Fig. 402A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-21-11-991-009 Fig. 403
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-21-11-991-009-A Fig. 403A

R

EFF :

ALL 52-21-11

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-21-11-860-053
(1) Open the FWD or the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).
(2) Make sure that the membrane switch TEST EMER LIGHT SYST (on the
programming and test panel 110RH at the forward attendant station) is
not pushed for 30 sec.
(3) Make sure that the pushbutton LIGHT EMER on the forward attendant
panel 120RH (at the forward attendant station) is in the OFF
position.
(4) Make sure that the EMER EXIT LT switch 4WL on the SIGNS panel 25VU in
the cockpit is set to the OFF position.
(5) Make sure that the NO SMOKING switch 190RH on the SIGNS panel 25VU in
the cockpit is set to the OFF position.
(6) Install the lockpin assembly on the inflation reservoir in the AFT
cargo-compartment to prevent the operation of the escape slides
(Ref. TASK 25-62-46-000-001).
Subtask 52-21-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07

R

EFF :

ALL 52-21-11

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-21-11-010-058
A. Removal of the related Hatch
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-21-11-991-002)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-21-11-991-002-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-21-11-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-21-11-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C ALL
(1) Pull down the cover flap from the hatch and remove it.
NOTE : The white indicator light SLIDE ARMED in the cabin lining
____
between the emergency exits comes on.
(2) Push the latch pin against the spring and turn it a quarter turn
counterclockwise.
(3) Release the latch pin and make sure that it is retracted in its fully
DISARMED position.
NOTE : The white indicator light SLIDE ARMED goes off.

____
(4) Pull the lever of the hatch control handle down and hold the hatch in
position.
NOTE : The spring-loaded linkage blocks the pull lever of the hatch
____
control handle in its lower overcenter position.

R

EFF :

ALL 52-21-11

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES
Emergency Exit Hatch
Figure 401/TASK 52-21-11-991-002

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-21-11

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES
R Emergency Exit Hatch
Figure 401A/TASK 52-21-11-991-002-A

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-21-11

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
Operation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
Figure 402/TASK 52-21-11-991-001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-21-11

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
Operation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
Figure 402A/TASK 52-21-11-991-001-A

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-21-11

Page 408
Aug 01/05

CES
(5) Put the DEVICE-SAFETY - EMERGENCY EXIT (98D52207543000) onto the
linkage to make sure that the blockage of the pull lever is set to
off (during maintenance).
(6) Carefully lower the top of the hatch to the inner side so that it
comes clear of the cabin lining.
(7) Hold the lower handle of the lining with your free hand and pull the
emergency exit hatch from the recess.
(8) Lift the hatch, pull it away from the opening and put it in the
related fixture.
(9) Install the PINS - EMERGENCY SLIDE, EMERGENCY EXITS (98D52207507000)

on the release lever to prevent an accidental operation of the
escape-slide release mechanism.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-21-11-991-009)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-21-11-991-009-A)
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R Subtask 52-21-11-210-054-A
R A. Visual Inspection of the Hatch Structure
R (1) Examine the formed edge curves of the hatch structure for chafe
R marks.
R (2) If necessary, repair the chafe marks (Ref. ASRM 522200).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-21-11

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES
Emergency Exit Hatch
Figure 403/TASK 52-21-11-991-009

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-21-11

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES
R Emergency Exit Hatch
Figure 403A/TASK 52-21-11-991-009-A

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-21-11

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-21-11-400-001
Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To install the emergency exit hatch (referred to as hatch) after maintenance

from the inner side of the passenger compartment.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98D52207507000 1 PINS - EMERGENCY SLIDE, EMERGENCY EXITS

98D52207543000 1 DEVICE-SAFETY - EMERGENCY EXIT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-001 USA SAE-AS8660

INSULATING AND SEALING GREASE SILICONE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

R

EFF :

ALL 52-21-11

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-62-46-400-001 Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide -

Installation
52-21-11-820-001 Adjustment of the Emergency Exit Hatch
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-21-11-991-002 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-21-11-991-002-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-21-11-991-009 Fig. 403
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-21-11-991-009-A Fig. 403A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-21-11-991-008 Fig. 404

52-21-11-991-011 Fig. 405

R

EFF :

ALL 52-21-11

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-21-11-860-051
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-21-11-991-002)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-21-11-991-002-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-21-11-991-009)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-21-11-991-009-A)
R **ON A/C ALL
(1) Make sure that the latch pin of the slide release mechanism is
retracted to the DISARMED position.
(2) Remove the PINS - EMERGENCY SLIDE, EMERGENCY EXITS (98D52207507000)

from the release lever of the escape-slide release mechanism.
(3) Remove the DEVICE-SAFETY - EMERGENCY EXIT (98D52207543000) from the

pull lever of the hatch control handle.

R

EFF :

ALL 52-21-11

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-21-11-220-050
B. Check of the Hatch Seal
(1) Measure the clearance A between the contour of the hatch skin and
the lip of the hatch seal
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-21-11-991-008)
R **ON A/C ALL
NOTE : The clearance must be between 9.0 mm (0.36 in.) and 10.0 mm
____
(0.40 in.)
(2) If the clearance A is smaller, manually put the hatch seal in its
correct form so that the clearance is in the specified limits.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-21-11-410-059
A. Installation of the Hatch
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-21-11-991-002)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-21-11-991-002-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-21-11-991-009)

R

EFF :

ALL 52-21-11

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES
Detail Check of Emergency Exit Hatch
Figure 404/TASK 52-21-11-991-008

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 416
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-21-11-991-009-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-21-11-991-008)
(2) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-001) to the area where
the hatch seal touches the adjacent fuselage.
(3) Put the hatch in position on the door sill until the hook brackets
engage correctly with the pivot fittings.
(4) Make sure that the hatch seal is in the correct position.
(5) Examine the hatch position to make sure that there is an offset
between the hatch lining and the dado panels.
(6) Push the top of the hatch into the opening of the fuselage and hold
it in this position.
(7) Lift the spring-loaded linkage to release the blockage of the hatch
control handle.
(8) Lock the hatch in the closed position as follows:
CAUTION : STOP THE LOCKING PROCEDURE IMMEDIATELY IF THE OPERATION

_______
FORCE ON THE PULL LEVER IS VERY HIGH. THIS PREVENTS THE
INCORRECT INSTALLATION OF THE EMERGENCY EXIT HATCH.
(a) Push the pull lever of the hatch control handle in its overcenter
position to lock the hatch into the opening.
NOTE : If the operation force of the pull lever is very high,

____
stop the locking procedure immediately. The high operation
force is the result of an incorrect engagement of the hook
brackets with the pivot fittings. If this occurs, remove
the hatch and install it again.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 417
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(9) Push the latch pin against the spring and turn it a quarter of a turn
clockwise to extend it in the ARMED position.
NOTE : The white indicator light SLIDE ARMED in the cabin lining
____
comes on.
(10) Install the cover flap on the hatch and push it against the hatch.
NOTE : The white indicator light SLIDE ARMED goes off.

____
(11) Examine the position of the replaced hatch from the outboard side as
follows:
(a) Make sure that skin offset between the hatch contour and the
fuselage contour is correct (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-820-001).
(b) Make sure that the clearances between the hatch and the fuselage
are correct (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-820-001).
(c) Make sure that the hatch seal is in its correct installation
position
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-21-11-991-011)
NOTE : If necessary, do the installation of the hatch again.

____
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-21-11-865-051
breaker(s):
1WL, 2WL, 3WL

R

EFF :

ALL 52-21-11

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES
Correct Installation Position of Hatch Seal
Figure 405/TASK 52-21-11-991-011

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 419
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-21-11-410-060
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the lockpin assembly from the inflation reservoir (Ref. TASK
25-62-46-400-001).
items.
(3) Close the FWD or the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 420
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
TASK 52-21-11-000-002
Removal of the Hatch Locking Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To replace the locking shaft unit and/or the hatch control handle.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-21-11-991-003 Fig. 406
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-21-11-010-053
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD or the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).
(2) Remove the applicable emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-
001).
(3) Remove the lining from the applicable emergegecy exit hatch
(Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 421
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-21-11-991-003)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-21-11-020-050
A. Removal of the Hatch Locking Mechanism
(1) Remove the hatch control handle (14) as follows:
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (16) from the nut (15).
(b) Remove the nut (15), the washers (13) and the bolt (12) to
disconnect the connection rod (9) from the hatch control handle
(14).
(c) Remove the nuts (34), the washers (35) and the bolts (41) and
(42) from the hatch control handle (14).
(d) Remove the nuts (33), the washers (32) and the bolts (31) from
the hatch control handle (14).
(e) Remove the hatch control handle (14) and the plate (30) from the
hatch structure.
(2) Remove the locking shaft unit (17) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (10) and the washer (8) from the bolt (7).
(c) Remove the bolt (7) with the washer (8) and disconnect the
connection rod (9) from the locking hook (18).
(d) Remove the nut (4) and the bolt (6) to disconnect the bonding
jumper (5).
(e) Remove the nuts (3) and the bolts (1) from the bearing brackets
(2).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 422
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Locking Mechanism
Figure 406/TASK 52-21-11-991-003

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-21-11

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES
(f) Remove the locking shaft unit (17) and the shim plate (44) from
the hatch structure.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 424
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
TASK 52-21-11-400-002
Installation of the Hatch Locking Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 cotter pin 52-21-11 40 -040

11 cotter pin 52-21-11 40A-040
16 cotter pin 52-21-11 40 -040
16 cotter pin 52-21-11 40A-040

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 425
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Hatches
52-21-00-200-001 Detailed Visual Inspection of the Emergency Exits,
Internal Structure and Load Transmitting Profile
LH/RH
52-21-11-820-002 Adjustment of the Hatch Control Handle
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-21-11-991-003 Fig. 406
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-21-11-860-054
(1) Make sure that the FWD or the AFT passenger/crew door is opened
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(2) Make sure that the applicable emergency exit hatch is removed
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
(3) Make sure that the lining is removed from the applicable emergegecy
exit hatch (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 426
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-21-11-910-050
A. Preparation for Installation
(2) Make sure that the mating areas of the bearing brackets (2) and the
hatch structure are clean and in the correct condition.
(3) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolts (1), (6), (7),
(12),(31), (41) and (42).
(4) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the mating area of the hatch
control handle (14) and the bearing brackets (2).
(5) Make sure that the bonding areas of the bolts (6) and (42) are
correctly prepared (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
Subtask 52-21-11-420-050
B. Installation of the Hatch Locking Mechanism
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-21-11-991-003)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(1) Install the hatch control handle (14) as follows:
(a) Put the hatch control handle (14) with the plate (30) in
position.
NOTE : Make sure that the handle seal (38) touches the frame
____
panel (37).
(b) Install the bolts (31), the washers (32) and nuts (33).
NOTE : Make sure that the push plate (39) is installed

____
symmetrically in the opening of the hatch skin.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 427
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(c) Make sure that the push plate (39) is in line with the outer skin
of the hatch structure.
(d) To adjust the offset, change the position of the washers (32)
between the hatch control handle (14) and the hatch structure.
NOTE : Make sure that the handle seal (38) touches the frame
____
panel (37).
(e) Measure the distance between the push plate (39) and the opening
of the outer hatch skin on all the sides.
NOTE : The distance must be between 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) and 2.5
____
mm (0.0984 in.) and symmetrical.
(f) If the distance is not symmetrical, change the position of the

push plate (39) as follows:
- Loosen the screws (40) and move the push plate (39) so that the
clearance is correct.
- TORQUE the screws (40) to between 0.039 and 0.045 m.daN (3.45
and 3.98 lbf.in).
(g) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) at the mating surfaces of

the push plate (39) and the flash panel (36).
(h) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the ends of the screws
(40) and on the inner area of the flush panel (36).
(i) Install the bolts (41) and (42), the washers (35) and the nuts
(34).
NOTE : The bolt (42) is a bonding point (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-

____
004).
(j) Adjust the overcenter position of the hatch control handle (14)
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-820-002).
(k) Attach the connection rod (9) on the hatch control handle (14)
with the bolt (12), the washers (13) and the nut (15).
(l) Tighten the nut (15) and safety it with cotter pin (16).
(2) Install the locking shaft unit (17) as follows:
(a) Put the locking shaft unit (17) and the shim plate (44) in the
installation position.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 428
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(b) Attach the bearing brackets (2) of the locking shaft unit (17)
with the bolts (1) and the nuts (3).
(c) Put the bonding jumper in position to the bearing bracket (2) and
install the bolt (6) and the nut (4) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-
004).
(d) Install the connection rod (9) on the locking hook (18) with the
bolt (7), the washers (8) and the nut (10).
(e) Tighten the nut (10) and safety it with the new cotter pin (11).
(f) Adjust the overcenter position of the hatch control handle (1)
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-820-002).
Subtask 52-21-11-210-050
C. Visual Inspection
NOTE : Do not remove the lockpin assembly on the inflation reservoir

____
at this stage and make sure that the latch pin remains in the
disarmed position.
(2) Make sure that the handle seal (38) of the flush panel (36) is in the
correct position to prevent that the cabin pressure decreases.
NOTE : If necessary, change the position of the hatch control handle

____
(14) so that the handle seal (38) and the push plate (39) are
correctly installed.
(3) Operate the hatch control handle (14) to make sure that the locking
function is correct.
(4) Make sure that the skin offset between the emergency exit hatch and
the fuselage is correct (Ref. TASK 52-21-00-200-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 429
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-21-11-410-053
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the lining on the applicable emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK
25-23-47-400-001).
(3) Close the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 430
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
TASK 52-21-11-000-003
Removal of the Slide Release Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To replace a damaged component of the slide release mechanism or to change

its installation position.
NOTE : This change makes it possible to install an emergency exit hatch to

____
the opposite or the adjacent position.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-21-11-991-004 Fig. 407
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-21-11-991-004-A Fig. 407A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-21-11-010-054
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the emergency exit hatch (referred to as hatch) (Ref. TASK 52-
21-11-000-001).
(2) If necessary, remove the lining from the applicable hatch (Ref. TASK
25-23-47-000-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 431
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-21-11-020-051
A. Removal of the Slide Release Mechanism
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-21-11-991-004)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 407A/TASK 52-21-11-991-004-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(1) Remove the nuts (24) and the bolts (23) from the edge curve of the
hatch structure.
(2) Remove the slide release mechanism (25) from the hatch structure.
(3) If necessary, remove and discard the spring pin (26) from the guide
fitting (22).
(4) Remove the latch pin (20) and the spring (21) from the guide fitting
(22).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 432
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Figure 407/TASK 52-21-11-991-004

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-21-11

Page 433
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 407A/TASK 52-21-11-991-004-A

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-21-11

Page 434
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 52-21-11-400-003
Installation of the Slide Release Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26 spring pin 52-21-11 35 -100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Hatches
52-21-00-200-001 Detailed Visual Inspection of the Emergency Exits,
Internal Structure and Load Transmitting Profile
LH/RH
52-21-00-720-001 Functional Test of the Automatic and the Manual Slide
Release Signal

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 435
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-21-11-991-004 Fig. 407
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-21-11-991-004-A Fig. 407A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-21-11-100-050
A. Preparation for the Installation
(3) For the opposide installation, remove the self-adhesive cover from
the inner edge curve of the emergebcy exit hatch (referred to as
hatch).
NOTE : In this case, you must also install the opposite guide fitting
____
(22).
(4) Make sure that the new installation area is clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the mating area of the guide
fitting (22), the bolts (23) and the new spring pin (26).
(6) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the latch pin (20).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 436
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-21-11-420-051
A. Installation of the Slide Release Mechanism
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-21-11-991-004)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 407A/TASK 52-21-11-991-004-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(1) Install the latch pin (20) and the spring (21) to the guide fitting
(22) and assemble with the spring pin (26).
(2) Put the slide release mechanism (25) in the installation position of
the hatch structure.
(3) Attach the guide fitting (22) with the bolts (23) and the nuts (24)
at the edge curve of the hatch structure.
(4) After the change of the installation position, install the

self-adhesive cover on the inner side of the opposite edge curve.
Subtask 52-21-11-720-051
B. Test Procedure
(1) Install the hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001) and make sure that the
skin offset between the hatch and the fuselage is correct (Ref. TASK
52-21-00-200-001).
(2) Remove the armed hatch to make sure the slide release mechanism
operates correctly (Ref. TASK 52-21-00-720-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 437
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-21-11-410-055
A. Close Access
items.
(2) If removed, install the lining on the applicable hatch (Ref. TASK 25-
23-47-400-001).
(3) Make sure that the applicable hatch is correctly closed (Ref. TASK
52-21-11-400-001).

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 438
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
EXIT - EMERGENCY, PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________________________
TASK 52-21-11-820-001
Adjustment of the Emergency Exit Hatch
_______
_______
_______
MAINTENANCE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To adjust the emergency exit hatches (referred to as hatch) immediately

after replacement of the hatch/hatch components, or if a door malfunction is
reported.
NOTE : The values given in this procedure are not applicable for the general
____
inspection/checks
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific wooden scraper

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 501
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SEALANT-BRUSH CONSIS TENCY (OBSOLETE) (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Hatches
52-21-11-991-006 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-21-11-010-055
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the hatch lining from the hatch structure (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-
000-001).
(2) If necessary, carefully remove the insulation packs from the work
area.
(3) Make sure that the hatch is correctly installed (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-
400-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 502
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-21-11-991-006)
Subtask 52-21-11-820-050
A. Adjustment of the Skin Offset
(1) Measure the skin offset A between the hatch contour and the fuselage
contour.
NOTE : The skin offset A must be between 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) (into
____
wind) and -2.5 mm (-0.0984 in.) (out of wind).
(2) If the skin offset A is out of tolerance, remove the hatch (3)
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
(3) Loosen the bolts (2),(9) to change the position of the upper roller
fitting (1) and the pivot fitting (8).
(4) Put the upper roller fitting (1) and the pivot fitting (8) in the
correct position and tighten the bolts (2),(9).
(5) Install the hatch (3) (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001) and make sure that
the skin offset and the lateral gap C are correct.
Subtask 52-21-11-820-052
B. Adjustment of the Gaps
(1) Measure the gaps B through D between the outer skin of the hatch and
the fuselage. The subsequent tolerances are permitted:
- the upper gap B must be between 4.5 mm (0.1771 in.) and 2.5 mm
(0.0984 in.),
- the lateral gap C must be between 4.5 mm (0.1771 in.) and 1.5 mm
(0.0590 in.),
- the lower gap D must be between 4.0 mm (0.1574 in.) and 2.0 mm
(0.0787 in.).
(2) Adjust the upper gap B and the lower gap D as follows:
(a) Remove the hatch (3) (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
(b) Remove the nuts (4), the screws (6) and the hook bracket (7) from
the bottom of the hatch (3).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 503
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Adjustment of the Hatch Position
Figure 501/TASK 52-21-11-991-006

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 504
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(c) Remove the old sealant from the hook bracket (7) and the hatch
bottom with a wooden scraper.
(d) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the mating surfaces of

the shims (5), the hook bracket (7) and the hatch bottom.
(e) Put the hook bracket (7) together with the shims (5) to the hatch
bottom and install the screws (6) and the nuts (4).
(f) Install the hatch (3) (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001) and make sure
that the gaps B and D are correct.
(3) Adjust the lateral gap C as follows:
(a) Remove the hatch (3) (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
(b) Loosen the bolts (9) and move the pivot fitting (8) laterally.
(c) Tighten the bolts (9).
(d) Install the hatch (3) (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001) and make sure
that the lateral gap C, the lateral clearance E and the skin
offset are correct.
Subtask 52-21-11-820-053
C. Adjustment of the Lateral Clearance
(1) Measure the lateral clearance E between the fuselage frame and the
roller of the lateral guide fitting (11).
NOTE : The clearance E must be between 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) and 0.7 mm
____
(0.0275 in.).
NOTE : Make sure that the lateral clearance E is the same on the two
____
sides of the hatch.
(2) Remove the hatch (3) (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
(3) Remove the nuts (12), the screws (10) and the lateral guide fitting
(11) together with the shims (13).
(4) Remove the old sealant with a wooden scraper from the fuselage frame
and the removed components.
(5) Remove or add the shims (13) as necessary.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 505
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(6) Install the lateral guide fitting (11) together with the shims (13)
and attach them with the screws (10) and the nuts (12).
(7) Install the hatch (3) (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001) and make sure that
the clearance E is correct.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-21-11-410-057
A. Close Access
items.
(2) If removed, install the insulation packs in the work area.
(3) Install the hatch lining on the hatch structure (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-
400-001).
(4) Make sure that the applicable hatch is correctly installed(Ref. TASK
52-21-11-400-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 506
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
TASK 52-21-11-820-002
Adjustment of the Hatch Control Handle
_______
_______
_______
MAINTENANCE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To adjust the hatch control handle of the locking mechanism.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98D52207539000 1 TOOL SET - EMERGENCY DOORS, ADJUSTMENT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.8 mm

(0.032 in.)
Material No. 05-027
(Ref. 20-31-00)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 507
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Hatches
52-21-11-000-002 Removal of the Hatch Locking Mechanism
52-21-11-400-002 Installation of the Hatch Locking Mechanism
52-21-11-991-006 Fig. 501
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-21-11-991-007 Fig. 502
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-21-11-991-007-A Fig. 502A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-21-11-010-057
A. Get Access
(2) Remove the hatch lining from the hatch structure (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-
000-001).
(3) If necessary, carefully remove the insulation packs from the work
area.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 508
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-21-11-991-007)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-21-11-991-007-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-21-11-820-051
A. Adjustment of the Hatch Control Handle
(1) Remove the connection rod (22) from the locking hook (21) and the
pull lever (29) (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-002).
(2) Remove the spring (23) from the pull lever (29).
NOTE : This is only necessary on the side of the connection rod (22).
____
(3) Remove the cotter pin (26), the washer (27) and the pivot pin (28)
from the pull lever (29). Discard the cotter pin (26).
(4) Install the TOOL SET - EMERGENCY DOORS, ADJUSTMENT (98D52207539000)

between the locking hook (21) and the pull lever (29) as follows:
(a) Attach the dead point gage with the rigging pin to the pull lever
(29).
(b) Attach the dead point gage with the pip-pin to the locking hook
(21).
(5) Release the jam nuts (24) to move the adjustment screws (25).
(6) Turn the adjustment screws (25) until the adjustment pin of the TOOL
SET - EMERGENCY DOORS, ADJUSTMENT can engage in the hole of the pull
lever (29).
(7) Tighten the jam nut (24) to safety the overcenter position of the
pull lever (29).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 509
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Figure 502/TASK 52-21-11-991-007

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-21-11

Page 510
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 502A/TASK 52-21-11-991-007-A

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-21-11

Page 511
Aug 01/05

CES
(8) Remove the rigging pin, the adjustment pin, the pip-pin and the dead
point gage from the pull lever (29) and the locking hook (21).
(9) Install the pivot pin (28), the washer (27) and the new cotter pin
(26) to the pull lever (29).
(10) Install the spring (23) on the pull lever (29).
(11) Make sure that there is a minimum clearance of 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.)
between the pull lever and the roller of the flush panel
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-21-11-991-006)
(12) Install the connection rod (22) between the locking hook (21) and the
pull lever (29) with a nominal dimension of 124.0 mm (4.8818 in.)
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-002).
(14) Adjust the length of the connection rod (22) as follows:
(a) Remove the lockwire from the locking devices (31) and the jam
nuts (30).
(b) Release the jam nuts (30) and turn the turn buckle (33) until the
locking hooks (21) touch the upper roller fittings (1).
(c) If the locking hooks (21) touch the upper roller fittings, turn
back the turn buckle (33) one-half thread.
(d) Make sure that:

- the threaded end of the fork end (30),
- the threaded end of the eye end (34)
covers the related check hole of the turn buckle (33).
(e) Examine the position of the locking devices (31) and tighten the
jam nuts (30).
(f) Safety the jam nuts (30) on the locking devices (31) with
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
(15) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to all components of

the locking mechanism which have no paint protection.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 512
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-21-11-410-058
A. Close Access
(1) If removed, install the insulation packs in the work area.
(2) Install the hatch lining on the hatch structure (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-
400-001).
(3) Make sure that the emergency exit hatch is correctly installed
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-11

Page 513
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
SEAL - HATCH - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________
TASK 52-21-18-960-003
Replacement of the Hatch Seal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 SCRAPER - PLASTIC

No specific 1 SCRAPER - WOODEN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 19-004

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-21-00-100-001 Cleaning/Painting of the Emergency Exit Hatch

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-21-18-991-003 Fig. 401

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-18

Page 401
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-21-18-991-003-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-21-18-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the applicable emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-21-18-991-003)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-21-18-991-003-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-21-18-020-051
A. Removal of the Hatch Seal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
(1) Remove the hatch seal (1) as follows:
(a) Carefully pull the hatch seal (1) out of the seal retainer (3).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-18

Page 402
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Hatch Seal
Figure 401/TASK 52-21-18-991-003

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-21-18

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
Hatch Seal
Figure 401A/TASK 52-21-18-991-003-A

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-21-18

Page 404
Aug 01/05

CES
Subtask 52-21-18-210-051
B. Check of the Seal Retainer
(1) Do a visual check of the seal retainer (3) and make sure that it is
Subtask 52-21-18-420-051
C. Installation of the Hatch Seal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
(1) Install the hatch seal (1) as follows:
(a) Clean the adjacent area of the hatch seal (1) (Ref. TASK 52-21-
00-100-001).
(b) Apply the talcum powder MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-004) to

the hatch seal (1).
(c) Put the hatch seal (1) in the correct position on the emergency
exit hatch (2).
NOTE : Do not install the hatch seal (1) with a sharp tool.
____
(d) Push the hatch seal (1) into the seal retainer (3) with a SCRAPER
- PLASTIC or SCRAPER - WOODEN.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-21-18-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the applicable emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-
001).
(3) Make sure that the lip of the hatch seal is in the correct position.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-18

Page 405
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
SEAL - HATCH - REPAIRS
______________________
TASK 52-21-18-300-001
R Repair of the Seal at the Emergency Exit Hatches
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific emery cloth

No specific very fine emery cloth
No specific wooden bonding block
No specific 1 SPATULA - NON METALLIC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-024
Material No. 08-026
ADHESIVE/SEALANT ONE PART,RTV SILICONE RUBBER
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-016 USA BOEING BAC 5000 BAC 5504 BAC 5750
CLEANING SOLVENT (Ref. 20-31-00)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-18

Page 801
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-21-18-960-003 Replacement of the Hatch Seal
52-21-18-991-004 Fig. 801
52-21-18-991-005 Fig. 802
52-21-18-991-006 Fig. 803
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-21-18-860-050
(1) Remove the applicable emergency exit hatch (referred to as hatch) as

required (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
(2) Remove the door seal (Ref. TASK 52-21-18-960-003)
4. Procedure
_________

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
Subtask 52-21-18-350-050
A. Repair of the Chafe Marks
NOTE : If the chafe marks are in the area where the door seal touches,
____
replace the section (splice repair).
(1) Prepare the chafe mark with very fine emery cloth.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-18

Page 802
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(2) Carefully degrease the chafe mark with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-016) and a lint-free cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
08-004) to the chafe mark with a SPATULA - NON METALLIC.
(4) Prevent a dust layer on the treated chafe marks during the BONDING
AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) dry for a period of 10
to 12 hours.
Subtask 52-21-18-330-050
B. Repair of Minor Tears and Small Splits

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 52-21-18-991-004)
NOTE : A repair of tears is only permitted if they are not longer than
____
the half of the seal blade width.
A repair of splits is only permitted if they are not longer than
50.0 mm (1.9685 in.).
In all other cases prepare a splice repair of the applicable seal.
(1) Drill stop holes of 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) dia. at each end of the
damage.
(2) Push the seal to open the cut and very carefully prepare the faces of
the damage with emery cloth.
(3) Carefully degrease the repair area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-004) and a lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
(4) Apply a thin layer of the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No. 08-004) to the faces of the damage.
(5) Press the faces of the damage together and let them dry for some
minutes.
(6) Cut a piece of the tissue SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) to
a size necessary to cover the repair area (10.0 mm (0.3937 in.)
larger than the damage).
No. 08-004) to the repair area and fill the stop holes.
(8) Put the prepared replacement tissue onto the repair area until it is
as smooth as the seal surface.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-18

Page 803
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R Repair Areas and Limitations of the Seal at the Rear Emergency ExitHatches
Figure 801/TASK 52-21-18-991-004

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-18

Page 804
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(9) Remove the unwanted bonding and adhesive compound from the seal.
(10) Give protection to the repair area against dust and let the bonding
and adhesive compound dry for 10 to 12 hours.
Subtask 52-21-18-330-051
C. Repair of Blade and Bulb

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 52-21-18-991-005, 803/TASK 52-21-18-991-006)
NOTE : A
____ repair of missing blade or bulb is only permitted if:
- the damage is not longer than 50.0 mm (1.9685 in.)
- the damage is not larger than one third of the seal width
- the damage area is not in the curved section of the primary
seal.
In all other cases prepare a splice repair of the applicable seal.
(1) Prepare the damaged area with a emery cloth.
(2) Carefully degrease the damaged area with the CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-004) and a lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003).
a size necesarry to cover the missing area (10.0 mm (0.3937 in.)
larger than the damage).
(4) Make sure that the missing area is covered on both sides.
(5) Fill the contour of the missing part with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) and cover it with the cut piece of
tissue.
(6) Put a layer of foil SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-023) over the
repair area and put the seal in the related wooden bonding block.
(7) Compress the seal in the wooden bonding block using the C-clamp.
(8) Let the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) dry for
24 hours.
(9) Remove the wooden bonding block and the foil from the repaired area
of the seal.
(10) Prepare the repair area with emery cloth to get a smooth surface on
the door seal.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-18

Page 805
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Wooden Bonding Block for Seal Profile in Lower Area
Figure 802/TASK 52-21-18-991-005

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-18

Page 806
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Wooden Bonding Block for Seal Profile in Upper Area
Figure 803/TASK 52-21-18-991-006

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-18

Page 807
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-21-18-330-052
D. Repair of Large Damaged Areas (Splice Repair)

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 52-21-18-991-005, 803/TASK 52-21-18-991-006)
(1) Cut the seal to remove the damaged section.

____
- for a straight section 200.0 mm (7.8740 in.)
- for a curved section 200.0 mm (7.8740 in.) measured from the
edge of the corner.
(3) Carefully abrade the ends of the applicable seal and the replacement
sections with emery cloth.
(4) Carefully degrease the surface with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-016) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
No. 08-004) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
026) to the ends of the seal and the replacement sections.
(6) Press and hold the ends of the replacement section and the seal
the size of the repair area.
(8) Apply a layer of the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
004) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to
the mating surface of the replacement tissue and the repair areas.
(11) Compress the seal over a period of 24 hours in the wooden bonding
block with a clamp.
the seal.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-18

Page 808
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-21-18-860-051
A. Close Access
(1) Install the hatch seal (Ref. TASK 52-21-18-960-003).
items.
(3) Install the applicable hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-21-18

Page 809
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT EMERGENCY EXIT ((DOORS)) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R
R (Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
R
R For the evacuation of the passengers there are four emergency exit doors as
R well as four regular passenger/crew doors.
R The emergency exit doors specified as type C are of the fail-safe and
R plug-type design and made of aluminum alloy.
R Two emergency exit doors are installed on each side of the cabin. They open
R outboard and move forward parallel to the fuselage when their locking
R mechanism is operated from the inner or outer side of the aircraft.
R
R The location of the four emergency exit doors in the cabin are as follows:
R - the forward left emergency exit door in Z833 between FR35.1 and FR35.3
R - the rear left emergency exit door in Z834 between FR47.2 and FR47.4
R - the forward right emergency exit door in Z843 between FR35.1 and FR35.3
R - the rear right emergency exit door in Z844 between FR47.2 and FR47.4
R
R The technical data of the forward left emergency exit door in Z833 (referred
R as to 73 door) are as follows:
R Size: 1854 x 762 mm (73.0 x 30.0 in.)
R Weight (without lining): 80.0 kg (176.4 lb)
R
R The technical data of all other emergency exit doors (referred to as 60
R door) are as follows:
R Size: 1524 x 762 mm (60.0 x 30.0 in.)
R Weight (without Lining): 68.0 kg (150.0 lb)
2. __________________
Component Location
R
R (Ref. Fig. 003, 004)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
R | | | | DOOR | REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1600WM ACTUATOR EMERGENCY EXIT 833 52-22-14
R
R The main components of the emergency exit doors are:
R - the Door Structure ( ATA Ref. 52-22-00)
R - the Cabin Window (ATA Ref. 56-21-00)

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 1
Aug 01/04

CES
R General Internal View of the Emergency Exit Doors
R Figure 001

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 2
Aug 01/04

CES
R General External View of the Emergency Exit Doors
R Figure 002

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 3
Aug 01/04

CES
R Components of the 73 Emergency Exit Door
R Figure 003

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 4
Aug 01/04

CES
R Components of the 60 Emergency Exit Door
R Figure 004

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 5
Aug 01/04

CES
R - the Door Seal (ATA Ref. 52-22-18)
R - the Door Lining (ATA Ref. 25-23-47)
R - the Door Suspension (ATA Ref. 52-22-12)
R - the Locking Mechanism (ATA Ref. 52-22-21)
R - the Escape Slide-Release Mechanism (ATA Ref. 52-22-22)
R - the Door Stop and Roller Fittings (ATA Ref. 52-22-31).
3. Description
___________
R
R The emergency exit doors (referred to as doors) are installed with the
R support arm on the related hinge fittings of the fuselage. Each door has a
R locking mechanism to release or lock the door and to operate the lifting
R mechanism. The lifting mechanism moves the door up so that the lateral guide
R rollers come free from the fuselage guide fittings. The balance mechanism
R decreases the force necessary to operate the locking mechanism.
R
R Each door has an escape-slide release mechanism which operates the automatic
R inflation system (ATA Ref. 25-62-00). There are two operation modes for the
R escape slide-release mechanism:
R - the DISARMED MODE for the operation during maintenance,
R - the ARMED MODE for the operation during the flight.
R The DISARMED MODE prevents the operation of the escape-slide release
R mechanism when the door is manually opened.
R
R When the door is unlocked from the inner side of the cabin in the ARMED
R MODE:
R - the emergency operation cylinder opens the door in its fully open position
R within 10 seconds,
R - the escape slide-release mechanism operates the automatic inflation system
R which inflates the escape slide below the applicable door.
R When the door is unlocked from the outer side, the ARMED MODE of the escape
R slide-release mechanism changes automatically to the DISARMED MODE.
Two proximity sensors and their targets monitor the UNLOCKED/LOCKED
condition and the DISARMED/ARMED mode of the door. One proximity sensor
which is part of the Escape Slide-Warning System (circuit WN) transmits a
signal to the Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring (ECAM) System. It
indicates a warning in the cockpit on the lower ECAM display panel when a
person tries to open the door in the ARMED MODE. At the same time the white
indicator light SLIDE ARMED located near the door window comes on. The other
proximity sensor is part of the Door Warning System (circuit WS) and also
transmits a signal to the ECAM system. It shows on the lower display panel
that the door is unlocked.
An additional proximity sensor and its target are installed in the fuselage
above the door. This sensor is also a part of the Door Warning System
(circuit WS) and monitors the OPEN/CLOSE position. When the switch mechanism

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 6
Aug 01/04

CES
of the target is operated, the sensor transmits a signal to the ECAM system.
It shows on the lower ECAM control panel that the door is opened.
There is a red warning light CABIN PRESSURE near the door window. It flashes
on the ground if a person tries to open the door from the inner or outer
side when:
- the door is in the DISARMED MODE,
- there is a difference between the inside and outside pressure and
- one engine is off.
4. _____________________
R
R The main components of each emergency exit door (referred to as door) are:
R (Ref. Fig. 003, 004)
R - the Door Structure,
R - the Door Seal,
R - the Lining and Insulation,
R - the Door Suspension,
R - the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder,
R - the Locking Mechanism,
R - the Escape Slide-Release Mechanism,
R - the Door Stop and Roller Fittings.
A. Door Structure
(Ref. Fig. 005, 006)

The primary structural elements of each door are:
- the chemically milled outer skin,
- the frame segments,
- the edge members,
- the upper and lower members
- the curved members,
- the horizontal beams,
- the window frame.
These formed and milled components are made of aluminum alloy. They are
riveted together to give the door its rigidity. In the outer skin panel
there are cut-outs for the door window and the outboard handle. A
pressure-tight handle housing covers the handle cut-out to the inner side
of the door. The horizontal beams have some cut-outs and holes to
decrease the weight of the door. The holes at the lowest collection
points of the horizontal beams allow liquids to flow from the internal
door structure.
The door has two hoisting points integrated in the frame segments above
the door center. The hoisting points have threaded inserts to receive the
hoist lugs.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 7
Aug 01/04

CES
Structure of the 73 Emergency Exit Door
Figure 005

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 8
May 01/04

CES
Structure of the 60 Emergency Exit Doors
Figure 006

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 9
May 01/04

CES
To prevent the corrosion of the primary door structure, all components
have a surface protection and are installed with sealing compound. The
surface protection of the structure components is chromic acid anodizing
plus epoxy primer and polyurethane top coat. On the inner side of the
door there is a water repellant agent.
B. Door Seal
R
The door seal is an extruded rubber seal profile with equally-spaced
pressurization holes. Retainers attached with bolts and nuts around the
inner edge of the outer skin hold the door seal in the position. When the
door is closed, the door seal touches with the sealing section of the
fuselage door frame. When the cabin is pressurized, the door seal
inflates and makes the door pressure-tight.
R
Differently formed insulation packets and panels are installed in the
interspaces of the primary structure for sound and thermal protection.
They are attached with VELCRO tapes on the inner face of the outer skin.
The insulation panels are made of polyethylene foam. They are only
installed in the area where the movable components of the door mechanism
are located.
The insulation packets are made of glasswool blankets which are covered
with a wrapped foil. An additional insulation mat made of polyethylene
foam is attached with VELCRO tapes on the inner skin of the door.
The door lining which is in several sections covers the inner side of the
door. It has different cut-outs for the subsequent components:
- the interior control handle of the locking mechanism,
- the door window and the warning indicator lights,
- the LOCKING/UNLOCKING indicator,
- the DISARMED/ARMED indicator.
D. Door Suspension
(Ref. Fig. 007)

The primary components of the door suspension are:
- the support arm,
- the upper and lower guide arms,
- the adjustable door buffer,
- the door stay mechanism.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 10
Aug 01/04

CES
Door Suspension
Figure 007

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 11
May 01/04

CES
The support arm and the guide arms hold the door in balance and keep it
parallel to the fuselage when it moves. The support arm is a cast alloy
box section with integral connection forks. It is linked to the fuselage
hinge fittings and to the link lever of the door locking mechanism to
connect the door with the fuselage. The guide arms are installed between
the fuselage attachment fitting and the guide fitting mounted on the
door.
The adjustable door buffer operates as a limit stop and a shock absorber
when the door is fully opened. The door buffer is installed to the inner
face of the support arm.
The door stay mechanism is installed on the support arm to lock the door
in its fully open position. To close the door manually, operate the
release button so that the spring-loaded linkage releases the locking
hook.
E. Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
(Ref. Fig. 008)

The door damper and emergency operation cylinder is installed on the
inner side of the support arm. The door damper operates hydraulically and
limits the speed of the door under normal operation conditions (e.g.,
heavy wind load on the door).
Under emergency conditions the function of the door damper changes to an

actuator to open the door. When the release lever is raised, the
percussion mechanism breaks the diaphragm of the pressure accumulator.
This causes the nitrogen gas from the pressure accumulator to extent the
actuator piston rod.
The main components of the door damper and emergency operation cylinder
are:
- the cylinder body,
- the pressure accumulator,
- the valve block,
- the pressure gage housing,
- the percussion housing,
The cylinder body contains the hydraulic assembly for the speed
regulation and the damper assembly for smooth and safe door operation.
The accumulator pressure contains the pneumatic power required for the
automatic emergency operation. It is filled with nitrogen to a pressure
of 123 bar (1783.9637 psi). The valve block which is installed on the
cylinder body includes the charging valve and the pressure reducing
valve.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 12
May 01/04

CES
Figure 008

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 13
May 01/04

CES
The pressure gage housing which is directly mounted on the pressure
accumulator includes the pressure gage and the pressure microswitch. The
pressure gage has a red, yellow and green indicator area to show the
actual pressure in the gas cylinder. The pressure microswitch sends a
signal to the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (Ref. 23-73-00) and
the Centralized Fault Display System (Ref.31-30-00). These systems inform
the flight crew that the pressure in the pressure accumulator decreases
below the limit of 100 bar (1450.3770 psi).
F. Door Locking Mechanism
(Ref. Fig. 009, 010)

The door locking mechanism which is manually operated locks and keeps the
door in the safety closed position. It also lifts the door before you can
move the unlocked door to the open position.
The primary components of the door locking mechanism are:

- the door handle mechanism,
- the locking shaft mechanism,
- the balance mechanism,
- the lifting mechanism.
(1) Door Handle Mechanism

The door handle mechanism includes the inboard handle assembly and
the outboard handle assembly.
The inboard handle assembly contains the inboard handle, the internal
control shaft, the push rod and the pull rod. The inboard handle is
attached to the internal control shaft which has a twin lever and a
shaft lever. A push rod is installed between the shaft lever and the
engaging lever of the locking shaft assembly. The pull rod connects
the twin lever and the adjustment lever unit of the lifting
mechanism. The movement of the inboard handle turns the internal
control shaft so that the locking shaft mechanism and the lifting
mechanism are operated.
The outboard handle assembly contains the outer handle, the control
mechanism and the handle flap. The movement of the handle flap
operates the control mechanism. This causes the outboard handle to
connect with the external control shaft. A connection rod is
installed between the external control shaft and the internal control
shaft. Thus, the outboard handle operates the locking shaft mechanism
and the lifting mechanism during its outboard movement.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 14
May 01/04

CES
Mechanism of the 73 Emergency Exit Door
Figure 009

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 15
May 01/04

CES
Mechanism of the 60 Emergency Exit Door
Figure 010

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 16
May 01/04

CES
On the external control shaft there are a hollow shaft with two
levers. One lever is connected to the transmission shaft of the
escape slide-release mechanism through the related push rod. The
other lever engages with the control mechanism as soon as the handle
flap is operated. This causes the transmission shaft to turn when the
outboard handle is moved. It also disarms the slide-release
mechanism. The control mechanism also prevents the operation of the
outboard handle if the inboard handle is moved up or down.
(2) Locking Shaft Mechanism
NOTE : The locking shaft mechanism of the 73 door and 60 doors are
____
the same:
The locking shaft mechanism of the 73 door contains the subsequent
components:
(Ref. Fig. 011)
- the locking shaft assembly,
- the intermediate shaft assembly
- the locking indication,
- the locking hook assembly,
- the drift pin assembly.
The locking shaft assembly includes the engaging lever, the fork
lever, the actuation lever, the indication lever, and the locking
shaft.
A push rod is installed between the internal control shaft and the
engaging lever. It transmits the movement of the inboard or outboard
handles through the fork lever to the locking shaft. The indication
lever operates the locking indicator which shows the actual condition
of the locking mechanism. The actuation lever is connected to the
intermediate lever through the push rod. Thus, a rotation of the
locking shaft turns the intermediate shaft.
On the intermediate shaft there are an actuation lever, a twin lever

and a target lever. On the actuation lever there is an actuation rod
to lower and lift the guide arm cover.
A connection rod is installed between the intermediate shaft and the

locking hook. The locking hook which engages with the upper lock
fitting of the door frame keeps the door in the closed position.
The twin lever transmits the rotation of the intermediate shaft to
the drift pin assembly. Also, a spring unit is installed between the
twin lever and the door structure. It makes sure that the locking
shaft mechanism is always in the overcenter position.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 17
May 01/04

CES
Door Handle and Locking Shaft Mechanism of 73 Emergency Exit Door

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 18
May 01/04

CES
Door Handle and Locking Shaft Mechanism of 73 Emergency Exit Door

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 19
May 01/04

CES
The drift pin assembly includes the fork link, the guide fitting and
the drift pin. The fork link connects the twin lever of the locking
shaft to the drift pin. The extended drift pin prevents an accidental
movement of the locking shaft mechanism during the flight.
The locking shaft mechanism of the 60 door contains the subsequent
components:
(Ref. Fig. 012)
- the locking shaft assembly,
- the locking indication,
- the locking hook,
- the drift pin assembly.
The locking shaft assembly includes the engaging lever, the fork
lever, the actuation lever, the indication lever, the double lever
and the locking shaft.
A push rod is installed between the internal control shaft and the
engaging lever. It transmits the movement of the inboard or outboard
handles through the fork lever to the locking shaft. Then, the
actuation lever operates the locking hook through the push rod. The
locking hook which engages with the upper lock fitting of the door
frame keeps the door in the closed position. The indication lever
operates the locking indicator which shows the actual condition of
the locking mechanism. The double lever transmits the rotation of the
locking shaft to the drift pin assembly. Also, a spring unit is
installed between the twin lever and the door structure. It makes
sure that the locking shaft mechanism is always in the overcenter
position.
The drift pin assembly includes the fork link, the guide fitting and
the drift pin. The fork link connects the double lever of the locking
shaft to the drift pin. The extended drift pin prevents an accidental
movement of the locking shaft mechanism during the flight.
(3) Balance Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 013)
The balance mechanism includes the torsion bar assembly, the
pretension unit and the connection rod. All components are installed
in the lower section of the door.
The torsion bar assembly contains the pretension lever, the torsion
spring, the torsion lever and the torsion bar. The link connects the
torsion lever and the transmission lever of the lifting shaft. The
rotation of the lifting shaft causes a tension of the torsion bar and
the related torsion spring.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 20
May 01/04

CES
The primary components of the pretension unit are the pretension rod
and the adjustment unit. The pretension rod connects the pretension
lever with the adjustment unit. The pretension condition of the
torsion bar is set when the adjustment screw of the adjustment unit
is turned.
(4) Lifting Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 013)
The lifting mechanism is installed in the lower section of the door.
It includes the lifting shaft assembly, the door detent shaft and the
adjustment lever unit.
The adjustment lever unit contains the inverting lever, the lever
shaft and the bellcrank. The inverting lever is connected to the
transmision lever ot the lifting shaft through the fork rod. The
bellcrank is connected to the twin lever of the internal control
shaft through the connection shaft.
The lifting shaft assembly includes the transmission lever, the

blocking lever and the lifting shaft. The transmission lever is
connected to the torsion lever of the torsion bar through the fork
rod .
The door detent assembly contains the detent spring, the roller lever
and the detent shaft. The roller lever turns the detent shaft as soon
as the roller lever does no longer touch the door frame fitting. This
loads the detent spring and operates the safety catch which engages
with the blocking lever. The lifting mechanism is blocked to safety
the opened door in its lifted position.
G. Escape Slide-Release Mechanism

The escape slide-release mechanism has the subsequent primary components:
(Ref. Fig. 014)
- the Arm/Disarm Unit,
- the Release Assembly,
- the Transmission Shaft,
- the Intermediate Shaft.
(1) Arm/Disarm Unit

Parts of the arm/disarm unit are the slide-control handle, the cam
arrangement and the roller lever. The cam arrangement is engaged with
the roller lever if the slide control handle is in the ARMED
position. The operation of the roller lever via the transmission
shaft sets the slide control handle in the DISARMED position
automatically. When the slide control handle is the DISARMED
position, you can install a rigging pin into the relataed rigging
bracket to safety the arm/disarm unit.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 21
May 01/04

CES
Door Handle and Locking Shaft Mechanism of 60 Emergency Exit Doors

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 22
May 01/04

CES
Door Handle and Locking Shaft Mechanism of 60 Emergency Exit Doors

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 23
May 01/04

CES
Balance and Lifting Mechanism
Figure 013

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 24
May 01/04

CES
Escape Slide-Release Mechanism
Figure 014

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 25
May 01/04

CES
The arm/disarm unit controls the release shaft assembly through the
intermediate shaft when the slide control handle is operated.
(2) Release Shaft Assembly

The release shaft assembly includes the release lever, the operation
lever, the spring element and the release shaft. The release lever
engages with the actuation lever on the door frame if the slide-
control handle is in the ARMED position. The operation lever is then
in a position below the gas release lever of the door damper and
emergency operation cylinder. The spring element is installed between
the door structure and the lever of the release shaft. It makes sure
that the release shaft is always in the overcenter position.
(3) Transmission Shaft

The transmission shaft which transfers the operation of the outboard
handle to the arm/disarm unit has two levers. One lever is connected
to the external control shaft through the push rod. The other lever
is connected to the roller lever of the arm/disarm unit through the
connection rod.
(4) Intermediate Shaft

The intermediate shaft includes the two shaft levers and the combined
lever. One lever shaft is connected to the linkage of the Arm/Disarm
unit through the link rod. The other shaft lever is connected to the
release shaft through the connection rod.
The combined lever contains the stop cam and the target lever. The
stop cam limits the travel of the intermediate shaft. The target
lever operates the proximity sensor of the Escape Slide-Warning
System (circuit WN).
H. Door Stop Assemblies and Door Guide Assemblies

(Ref. Fig. 015, 016)
The door stop assemblies include the adjustable stops and the related
stop fittings. The adjustable stops are attached to each longeron of the
door. The adjustable stops touch the stop fittings and take the load when
the fuselage is pressurized during the flight. The stop fittings are
attached to the door frame of the fuselage.
The door guide assemblies contain the guide rollers with the related
guide fittings as well as the roller guides with the related guide
fittings.
The roller guides touch the guide fittings when the door is moved
inboards. This causes the door to move in the correct position of the
fuselage opening.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 26
May 01/04

CES
Door Stop Assemblies
Figure 015

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 27
May 01/04

CES
Door Guide Assemblies
Figure 016

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 28
May 01/04

CES
The roller guides are mounted on the rear edge member of the door
structure. The guide fittings are installed at the door frame of the
fuselage.
The guide rollers engage the slots of the guide fittings when the door is
in the closed position. Thus, the guide rollers put the door in the
correct position during the door is lowered.
The guide rollers are mounted on each edge members of the door structure.
The guide fittings are installed at the door frame of the fuselage.
5. Operation
_________
R
R A. Opening of the Emergency Exit Door from the Passenger Compartment (Armed
R Mode)
R NOTE : In the subsequent description the emergency exit door is referred

____
R to as door.
R
R To get access to the inboard handle, the operator must pull the handle
R cover from the inboard handle. When the inboard handle is moved from its
R LOCKED position, this operates the internal control shaft so that the
R locking shaft turns. Thus, the target lever moves away so that the target
R does not align to the proximity sensor. The proximity sensor then gives
R two different signals to warn the crew that the door is not correctly
R locked.
R One signal is sent to the ECAM system so that the MASTER CAUTION LIGHT in
R the cockpit comes on. At the same time it gives a single chime warning
R for the flight crew. The other signal causes the white indicator light
R SLIDE ARMED to come on.
When the inboard handle moves from the LOCKED to the UNLOCKED position,
the subsequent occurs:
- The drift pin retracts and the locking hook disengages from the lock
fitting of the door frame. This releases the spring-loaded switch
mechanism so that its target is not aligned with the related proximity
switch. It sends a signal to the ECAM system to warn the flight crew
that the door is in the UNLOCKED condition.
- The indication window shows the red color UNLOCKED.
- The cover mechanism lowers the guide arm cover of the door lining so
that the guide arms come free.
- The lifting shaft turns and lifts then the door until its guide rollers
are clear from the fuselage guide fitting. The support arm holds the
door in balance.
When the door is lifted, the operation lever of the escape slide-release
mechanism operates the release lever of the door damper and the emergency

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 29
Aug 01/04

CES
operation cylinder. The percussion mechanism is activated and the door
moves automatically in the open direction. In the door open sequence a
short interruption of max. 10 seconds occurs before the door is fully
opened to make sure that the related escape-slide is deployed.
During the door movement the release lever of the escape-slide release
mechanism operates the actuation lever on the door frame. Thus, the
escape- slide control mechanism inflates the emergency escape-slide below
the door.
When the door moves in the forward direction, the guide arms keep the
door parallel to the fuselage. The door buffer at the support arm stops
the door travel when it touches the fuselage. Then, the latch of the door
stay mechanism engages with the latch fitting mounted on the door frame
and the door is locked in its fully open position.
B. Opening of the Emergency Exit Door from the Passenger Compartment

(DISARMED Mode)
NOTE : In the subsequent description the emergency exit door is referred

____
to as door.
For the maintenance procedure only, the operator must open the apron
cover to get access to the slide control handle. To set the escape-slide
release mechanism to the disarmed condition, the operator must pull the
slide control handle. In the indication window you can see the red color
DISARMED.
This operation turns the intermediate shaft so that the target on the
combined lever does is no longer aligned with the proximity sensor. This
gives a signal to the ECAM system to show that the door is in the
disarmed condition.
The connection rod transmits the rotation of the intermediate shaft to
the release shaft which turns then. Thus, the release lever does not
engage with the actuation lever on the door frame. This prevents the
operation of the escape-slide control mechanism when the door is manually
opened during maintenance. At the same time the operation lever is no
longer engaged with the release lever of the door damper. This prevents
its operation when the door is open.
When the inboard handle is moved, this operates the internal control
shaft so that the locking sshaft turns. Thus, the target lever moves away
so that the target is no longer aligned to the proximity sensor. The
proximity sensor then gives two different signals to warn the crew that
the door is not correctly locked.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 30
Aug 01/04
R
CES
One signal is sent to the ECAM system so that the MASTER CAUTION LIGHT in
the cockpit comes on. At the same time it gives a single chime warning
for the flight crew. The other signal causes the white indicator light
SLIDE ARMED to come on.
During the movement of the inboard handle from the LOCKED to the UNLOCKED
position, the subsequent occurs at the same time:
- The cover mechanism lowers the guide arm cover of the door lining so
that the guide arms come free.
- The drift pin retracts and the locking hook disengages from the upper
lock fitting of the door frame. This releases the spring-loaded switch
mechanism so that its target is not aligned with the related proximity
switch. It sends a signal to the ECAM system to warn the flight crew
that the door is unlocked.
- The indication window shows the red color UNLOCKED.
are clear of the fuselage guide fitting. The support arm holds then the
door in balance.
When the door is lifted, the lowered operation lever prevents the
operation of the gas release lever. Thus, the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder does not open the lifted door.
To open the door, the operator must push against the assist andle so that
the door moves outboard and forward. When the door moves forward, the
guide arms keep the door parallel to the fuselage. When the opening is
free, the door buffer at the support arm touches the fuselage and stops
the door movement. The latch of the door stay mechanism then engages with
the latch fitting mounted on the door frame. Thus, the door is locked in
its fully opened position.
C. Opening of the Emergency Exit Door from the Outer Side
NOTE : In the subsequent description, the emergency exit door is referred

____
to as door.
To get access to the outboard handle, the operator must push the handle
flap inboard. This operates the control mechanism so that the outboard
handle engages with the external control shaft. When the outboard handle
is pulled away from the door to release the locking mechanism, the
subsequent occurs:
- The transmission shaft turns and operates the arm/disarm unit so that
the intermediate shaft turns. This causes the release shaft to turn and
its release lever does not engage with the actuation lever on the door
frame. This prevents the operation of the escape slide-control
mechanism during the door is opened from the outer side.
- The external control shaft turns and operates the internal control
shaft so that the locking shaft turns. Thus, the drift pin retracts and
the locking hook disengages from the upper lock fittting.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 31
May 01/04

CES
are clear of the guide fittings. The support arm holds then the door in
balance.
When the door lifts, the lowered operation lever prevents an operation of
the gas release lever. Thus, the door damper and the emergency operation
cylinder do not open the lifted door.
To open the door, the operator must pull on the outboard handle so that
the door moves outboard and forward. When the door moves forward, the
guide arms keep the door parallel to the fuselage. When the opening is
free, the door buffer of the door arm touches the fuselage and stops the
door movement. The latch of the door stay mechanism engages then with the
latch fitting mounted on the door frame. Thus, the door is locked in its
fully open position.
D. Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
NOTE : In the subsequent description the emergency exit door is referred

____
to as door.
To close the door, the operator must push the release button in the grip
fitting on the support arm. This operates the spring-loaded linkage of
the door stay mechanism so that its latch disengages from the latch
fitting. The operator must pull on the assist handle or the outboard
handle to move the door to the closing position. The guide rollers are in
position so that they engage with the guide fittings when the door
lowers. The roller of the door detent shaft touches the related frame
fitting and operates the shaft assy. The safety shaft turns and moves the
safety catch so that it disengages from the blocking hook. This releases
the blocking of the lifting mechanism and the operator can pull down the
inboard or outboard handle.
When one of these handles is moved toin the LOCKED position, the locking
shaft turnes and the subsequent occurs:
- The other handle automatically moves down and is safetied in its
locking position.
- The lifting shaft turns and lowers the door until the guide rollers
touch the integral stops of the guide fittings.
- The drift pin extents and the locking hook engages with the upper lock
fitting of the door frame. This operates the spring-loaded switch
mechanism so that its target aligns with the related proximity switch.
Then it sends a signal to the ECAM system to inform the flight crew
that the door is locked.
- The indication window shows the green color LOCKED.
- The cover mechanism lifts the guide arm cover of the door lining so
that the guide arms are no more visible.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 32
May 01/04

CES
- The target lever of the locking shaft is aligned with the proximity
sensor. It then gives a signal to the ECAM system to show that the door
is correctly locked.
To set the escape slide-control mechanism in the ARMED mode, the operator
must push the slide handle down. In the indication window you can see the
green color ARMED
The intermediate shaft transmits the movement of the slide control handle
to the release shaft which then turns. Thus, the release lever engages
with the actuation lever on the door frame. This causes the escape-slide
control mechanism to operate when you open the door in the ARMED mode.
The operation lever is in position below the gas release lever. Thus, the
door damper can open the armed door when it is in the unlocked condition.
At the same time the target of the combined lever is aligned with the
proximity sensor. It gives then a signal to the ECAM system to show that
the door is in the armed condition.
To complete the procedure, the operator must push the handle cover over
the inboard handle. Thus, the inboard lever is safetied to prevent an
accidental operation.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 33
May 01/04

CES
R PASSENGER COMPARTMENT EMERGENCY EXIT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________________________
TASK 52-22-00-010-001
Opening of the Emergency Exit Doors from the Passenger Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE
98D52207551000 1 PIN-SAFETY - SLIDE RELEASE LEVER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-62-00-820-002 Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lock pin in the
Regulator Valve Assembly of the Inflation Reservoir -
Door 2/3
52-22-00-991-027 Fig. 201
52-22-00-991-001 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-00-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 201
Feb 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-22-00-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the applicable door.
(2) Make sure that the applicable passenger/crew door is open (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-010-001).
Subtask 52-22-00-860-082
C. Installion of the Lock Pin on the Inflation Reservoir

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-22-00-991-027)
(1) Open the access door of the overhead stowage compartment above the
applicable door.
(2) Loosen the quick-release fasteners and remove the rear inside fairing
of the applicable overhead stowage compartment.
(3) Remove the lock pin from the stowage pocket of the inflation
reservoir.
(4) Install the lock pin in the regulator valve assembly to prevent the
accidental inflation of the escape slide below the applicable door.
NOTE : On the CICS programming and test panel 110RH the indication
____
SLIDE PRESS LOW comes on, which is only simulated.
(5) If you cannot install the lock pin easily, adjust the regulator valve
assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-820-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-00-860-050
A. Disarming of the Escape Slide-release Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 52-22-00-991-001)
(1) Open the protection cover to get access to the slide control handle.
(2) Pull up the slide control handle to set the escape slide-release
mechanism of the door to the DISARMED mode.
NOTE : The indication window must show DISARMED in green.

____

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 202
May 01/08
R
CES
R Lock Pin on the Inflation Reservoir
Figure 201/TASK 52-22-00-991-027

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 203
Aug 01/06

CES
Normal Operation from the Passenger Compartment
Figure 202/TASK 52-22-00-991-001

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 204
May 01/04

CES
(3) Install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) to safety the slide
control handle in its disarmed position.
Subtask 52-22-00-010-051
B. Opening of the Emergency Exit Doors

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-22-00-991-027, 202/TASK 52-22-00-991-001)
(1) Open the handle cover to get access to the inboard handle.
(2) Pull up the inboard handle to the OPEN position so that the door
lifts.
NOTE : The indication window must show UNLOCKED in red.

____
(3) With the assist handle, push the door outboard to get access to the
door damper and emergency operation cylinder.
(4) Do the special precaution on the door damper and emergency operation
(5) Open the door so that the door stay mechanism locks the door in its
fully open position.
R (6) Install the PIN-SAFETY - SLIDE RELEASE LEVER (98D52207551000) in the

slide release lever and the frame fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-22-00-991-027)
NOTE : This prevents the accidental operation of the escape-slide

____
release mechanism.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 205
May 01/08

CES
TASK 52-22-00-410-001
Closing of the Emergency Exit Doors from the Passenger Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 98D52207551000 1 PIN-SAFETY - SLIDE RELEASE LEVER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
the External Power
52-22-00-991-027 Fig. 201
52-22-00-991-001 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-00-860-058
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the opened
door.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 206
May 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-00-410-051

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-22-00-991-027, 202/TASK 52-22-00-991-001)
(1) Push the release button so that the door stay mechanism releases the
door.
(2) With the assist handle, pull the door rearward until you get access
to the door damper and emergency operation cylinder.
R (4) Remove the PIN-SAFETY - SLIDE RELEASE LEVER (98D52207551000) from the
slide release lever at the fuselage door frame.
(5) Move the door rearward and inboard until it is in the correct
position at the opening.
(6) Push down the inboard handle so that the door lowers into the
opening.
NOTE : The indication window must show LOCKED in green.

____
(7) Close the handle cover to prevent the accidental operation of the
inboard handle.
Subtask 52-22-00-860-060
B. Arming of the Escape Slide-release Mechanism
(1) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) from the slide control
handle.
(2) Push down the slide control handle to set the escape slide-release
mechanism of the door to the ARMED mode.
(3) Close the protection cover to prevent the direct access to the slide
control handle.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 207
May 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-00-860-061
(1) Remove the lock pin from the inflation reservoir as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-22-00-991-027)
(a) Remove the lock pin from the operation valve of the inflation
reservoir.
(b) Put the lock pin in the stowage pocket of the inflation
reservoir.
(c) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(d) Install the rear inside fairing in the applicable overhead

stowage compartment.
(e) Close the access door of the applicable overhead stowage

compartment.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 208
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-00-010-002
Opening of the Emergency Exit Doors from the Outside
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
52-22-00-991-027 Fig. 201
52-22-00-991-001 Fig. 202
52-22-00-991-002 Fig. 203
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-00-860-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 209
May 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-00-010-055
A. Opening of the Door

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 52-22-00-991-002)
(1) Look through the door window to make sure that the red warning light
CABIN PRESSURE does not flash.
WARNING : STOP THE OPENING PROCEDURE IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT

_______
FLASHES. RESIDUAL PRESSURE COULD CAUSE THE DOOR TO OPEN
WITH A SUDDEN FORCE AND INJURE PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE THE
AIRCRAFT.
(2) Push the handle flap in and pull the outboard handle away from the
door.
NOTE : The escape slide-release mechanism is automatically put in the

____
DISARMED mode.
(3) Lift the outboard handle so that the door moves up and comes free
from the opening.
(4) Pull the door outboard and move it forward to get access to the door
damper and emergency operation cylinder.
(5) Do the special precaution procedure on the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-003).
(6) Move the door in the forward direction so that the door stay
mechanism locks the door in its fully open position.
Subtask 52-22-00-860-053

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-22-00-991-027, 202/TASK 52-22-00-991-001)
R (1) Install the PIN-SAFETY - SLIDE RELEASE LEVER (98D52207551000) in the

NOTE : This prevents the accidental operation of the escape

____
slide-release mechanism.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 210
May 01/08

CES
Normal Operation from the Outer Side
Figure 203/TASK 52-22-00-991-002

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 211
May 01/04

CES
(2) Safety the disarmed escape slide-release mechanism as follows:
(a) Open the protection cover to get access to the slide control
handle.
R (b) Make sure that the slide control handle is lifted and the escape
R slide-release mechanism is in the DISARMED mode.
NOTE : The indication window must show DISARMED in green.

____
R (c) Install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) to safety the

R slide control handle in its lifted position.
(3) Install the lock pin on the inflation reservoir as follows:
(a) Open the access door of the overhead stowage compartment above
the applicable door.
(b) Loosen the quick-release fasteners and remove the rear inside
fairing of the applicable overhead stowage compartment.
(c) Remove the lock pin from the stowage pocket of the inflation
reservoir.
(d) Install the lock pin on the operation valve to prevent the
accidental inflation of the escape slide below the applicable
door.
NOTE : On the CICS programming and test panel 110RH the

____
indication SLIDE PRESS LOW which is only simulated in
this case comes on.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 212
Aug 01/06

CES
TASK 52-22-00-410-002
Closing of the Emergency Exit Doors from the Outside
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
52-22-00-991-027 Fig. 201
52-22-00-991-001 Fig. 202
52-22-00-991-002 Fig. 203
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-00-860-062
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
door.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 213
May 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-00-010-056

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-22-00-991-027, 203/TASK 52-22-00-991-002)
(1) Push the release button so that the door stay mechanism releases the
door.
(2) Pull the door rearward until you get access to the door damper and
emergency operation cylinder.
(3) Do the special operation procedure on the door damper and emergency
R (4) Remove the PIN-SAFETY - SLIDE RELEASE LEVER (98D52207551000) from the
(5) Move the door rearward and inboard until it is in the correct
position at the opening.
(6) Push down the outboard handle so that the door lowers into the
opening.
Subtask 52-22-00-860-063
B. Final Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-22-00-991-027, 202/TASK 52-22-00-991-001)
(2) Arm the escape slide-release mechanism of the door as follows:
(a) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) from the slide
control handle.
(b) Push down the slide control handle to the ARMED position.
(c) Close the protection cover to prevent the direct access to the
slide control handle.
(3) Remove the lock pin from the inflation reservoir as follows:
(a) Remove the lock pin from the operation valve of the inflation
reservoir.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 214
May 01/08

CES
(b) Put the lock pin in the stowage pocket of the inflation
reservoir.
(c) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(d) Install the rear inside fairing in the applicable overhead

stowage compartment.
(e) Close the access door of the applicable overhead stowage

compartment.
(4) Make sure that the handle cover is over the inboard handle.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-00-010-058
A. Close Access

001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 215
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-00-860-003
Special Precaution before Maintenance on the Door Damper and Emergency

Operation Cylinder
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-22-00-010-001 Opening of the Emergency Exit Doors from the

Passenger Compartment
52-22-00-991-003 Fig. 204
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-00-860-075
(1) Make sure that the slide control handle (1) is pulled up and the PIN-
SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) (3) is installed.
NOTE : In the indication window (2) the DISARMED sign is in view.

____
(2) Make sure that the applicable emergency exit door is partly opened to
get access to the door damper (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the
applicable emergency exit door.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 216
Aug 01/09

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-00-860-076
A. Disarming of the Door Damper

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 52-22-00-991-003)
R (1) Install the PIN-RIGGING (701-2978000) (12) on the percussion housing

(13) to block the percussion mechanism of the door damper.
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire from the pin of the release lever
(11) and the knurled screw (15).
(3) Loosen the knurled screw (15) so that the release lever (11) is
moveable.
(4) Move the release lever (11) so that it does not engage with the
percussion striker (14).
(5) Tighten the knurled screw (15).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 217
Aug 01/09

CES
Special Precaution Procedure on the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder
Figure 204/TASK 52-22-00-991-003

EFF :

301-399,

52-22-00 Page 218
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-00-860-004
Special Precaution after Maintenance on the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-00-991-003 Fig. 204

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 219
Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-00-860-077
(1) Make sure that the slide control handle (1) is pulled up and the PIN-
SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) (3) is installed.
NOTE : In the indication window (2) the DISARMED sign is in view.

____
(2) Make sure that the applicable emergency exit door is partly opened to
get access to the door damper (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
applicable emergency exit door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-00-860-078
A. Arming of the Door Damper

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 52-22-00-991-003)
(1) Loosen the knurled screw (15) so that the release lever (11) is
moveable.
(2) Move the release lever (11) to its armed position.
(3) Tighten the knurled screw (15) and safety it with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the pin of the release lever
(11).
R (4) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (1) from the percussion housing (2).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 220
Aug 01/09

CES
TASK 52-22-00-860-002
Diaphragm Replacement at the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25 shear pin 52-22-14 01 -030

32 diaphragm 52-22-14 01 -050
32 diaphragm 52-22-14 01 -050A
33 seal 52-22-14 01 -080
34 packings 52-22-14 01 -070

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 221
Feb 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
52-22-00-410-001 Closing of the Emergency Exit Doors from the
52-22-00-614-002 Charging of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinders (1600WM, 1601WM, 1602WM, 1603WM) at the
52-22-00-991-005 Fig. 205
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-00-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 52-22-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-00-010-060
C. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable emergency exit door (referred to as door) as

applicable door.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 222
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-00-860-084

(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 52-22-00-991-005)
(1) Set the release lever (23) in its swiveled position as follows:
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the knurled screw (22).
(b) Loosen the knurled screw (22) so that the release lever (23) is
moveable.
(c) Move the release lever (23) rearward so that it comes free from
the guide (26).
(d) Turn the release lever (23) through 90 degrees to get access to
the striker assembly (35).
(e) Tighten the knurled screw (22) to safety the swiveled release
lever (23).
(2) Operate the pressure charging valve (29) to make sure that the door
damper and emergency cylinder (21) is bled.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 52-22-00-991-005)
Subtask 52-22-00-020-050
A. Removal of the Diaphragm (32)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE DOOR-DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION CYLINDER
_______
IS FULLY DEPRESSURIZED BEFORE YOU REMOVE THE STRIKER ASSEMBLY.
IF NOT, REMAINING PRESSURE CAN CAUSE INJURY.
(1) Remove the striker assembly (35) as follows:
(a) Remove the screws (36) from the striker assembly (35).
(b) Remove the the striker assembly (35) from the housing assy (28).
(2) Remove and discard the shear pin (25) from the operation lever (27).
(3) Remove the diaphragm (32), the spring (33) and the spacer (30).
NOTE : Discard the diaphragm (32).

____

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 223
May 01/04

CES
Diaphragm Replacement
Figure 205/TASK 52-22-00-991-005

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 224
May 01/04

CES
(4) Remove and discard the seal (33) and the packings (34) from the
striker assembly (35).
Subtask 52-22-00-860-085
(4) Make sure that the inside bore of the spacer (30) is clear.
(5) Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-001) to the new seal (33) and
the two new packings (34).
Subtask 52-22-00-420-050
C. Installation of the Diaphragm (32)
_______
(1) Install the spacer (30), the spring (31) and a new diaphragm (32) in
the housing assy (28).
(2) Install the striker assembly (35) as follows:
(a) Install the seal (33) and the packings (34) to the striker
assembly (35).
(b) Put the striker assembly (35) in position on the housing assy
(28) and attach with it the screws (36).
NOTE : Make sure that the clearance between the striker assembly
____
(35) and the housing assy (28) is within 0.3 to 0.4 mm
(0.012 to 0.016 in).
(3) Install a new shear pin (25) to the operation lever (27).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 225
May 01/04

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-00-865-053
breaker(s):
48WV, 13WN, 15WN
Subtask 52-22-00-860-086
B. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.
(1) Set the release lever (23) in its armed position as follows:
(a) Loosen the knurled screw (22) and turn the release lever (23) 90
degrees in the counterclockwise direction so that it can engage
with the guide (26).
(b) Carefully push the release lever (23) in the forward direction so
that it moves smoothly through the guide (26).
(c) Move the release lever (23) to the end position and tighten the
knurled screw (22) to safety the armed release lever (23).
(d) Safety the knurled screw (22) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
(e) Make sure that the release lever (23) engages correctly with the
valve guide (35).
(2) Fill the pressure accumulator to 123 bar (1783.9637 psi) (Ref. TASK
52-22-00-614-002).
(3) Remove the rigging pin (24) from the housing assy (28).

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)
Subtask 52-22-00-410-055
C. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 226
May 01/04

CES

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 227
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-00-860-005
Replacement of the Charging Valve and Percussion Mechanism Seals
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
R (2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 shear pin 52-22-14 01 -030

9 packing 52-22-14 01 -110
15 seal 52-22-14 01 -080
16 packings 52-22-14 01 -070

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 228
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
52-22-00-991-031 Fig. 206
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-00-861-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 52-22-00-865-066
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-00-010-076
C. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable emergency exit door (referred to as the door)
(Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
(2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
position below the applicable door.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 229
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-00-860-087

(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 52-22-00-991-031)
(1) Make sure that the rigging pin (4) is correctly installed in the
percussion mechanism.
(2) Remove and discard the shear pin (5).
(3) Set the release lever (3) as follows:
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the knurled screw (2).
(b) Loosen the knurled screw (2) sufficiently until you can move the
release lever (3).
(c) Move the release lever (3) rearward until it is free from the
guide (6).
(d) Turn the release lever (3) through 90 degrees clockwise to get
access to the striker assembly (17).
(e) Tighten the knurled screw (2) sufficiently to safety the release
lever (3).
(4) Remove the dust cap (11) from the pressure charging valve (10).
(5) Operate the pressure charging valve (10) until the door damper and
emergency operation cylinder (1) is fully depressurized.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-00-020-052
A. Removal of the Percussion Mechanism Seal (15) and the Packings (16)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE DOOR-DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION CYLINDER
_______
IS FULLY DEPRESSURIZED BEFORE YOU REMOVE THE STRIKER ASSEMBLY.
IF NOT, REMAINING PRESSURE CAN CAUSE INJURY.
(1) Remove the striker assembly (17) as follows:
(a) Remove the screws (18) from the striker assembly (17).
(b) Carefully remove the striker assembly (17) from the housing
assembly (8).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 230
May 01/04

CES
Charging Valve Seal
Figure 206/TASK 52-22-00-991-031

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 231
May 01/04

CES
(c) Remove the diaphragm (14), the spacer (12) and the spring (13)
from the striker assembly (17).
(d) Remove and discard the packings (16) from the striker assembly
(17).
(e) Remove and discard the seal (15) from the striker assembly (17).
Subtask 52-22-00-020-053
B. Removal of the Charging Valve Packing (9)
(1) Remove the charging valve (10) from the housing assembly (8).
R (2) Remove and discard the packing (9) from the charging valve (10).
Subtask 52-22-00-860-088
Subtask 52-22-00-420-052
D. Installation of the Percussion Mechanism Seal (15) and the Packings (16)
_______
(1) Apply the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-001) to the new seal (15)
and the new packings (16).
(2) Install the seal (15) and the packings (16) to the striker assembly
(17).
(3) Install the spacer (12), the spring (13) and the diaphragm (14) in
the striker assembly (17).
(4) Install the striker assembly (17) into the housing assembly (8) with
the screws (18).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 232
Aug 01/09

CES
(5) Make sure that the clearance between the striker assembly (17) and
the housing assembly (8) is between 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) and 0.4 mm
(0.0157 in.).
Subtask 52-22-00-420-053
R E. Installation of the Charging Valve Packing
(1) Apply the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-001) to the new packing
(9).
R (2) Install the packing (9) on the charging valve (10).
(3) Install the charging valve (10) into the housing assembly (8).
R (4) TORQUE the charging valve (10) to 3.0 m.daN (22.12 lbf.ft).
(5) Install a new shear pin (5) in the guide (6).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-00-860-089
A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.
(1) Charge the pressure accumulator to the correct pressure (Ref. TASK
52-22-00-614-002).
(2) Set the release lever (3) to its armed position as follows:
(a) Loosen the knurled screw (2) and turn the release lever (3)
through 90 degrees (in a counterclockwise direction) until it
engages with the guide (6).
(b) Push the release lever (3) forward through the guide (6).
(c) Make sure that the release lever (3) is fully engaged with the
guide (6).
(d) Move the release lever (3) fully forward and tighten the knurled
screw (2) to hold the release lever (3) in the armed position.
(e) Safety the knurled screw (2) with the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
(3) Remove the rigging pin (4) from the housing assembly (8).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 233
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-22-00-865-067
breaker(s):
48WV, 13WN, 15WN
Subtask 52-22-00-410-066
C. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the applicable emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-
001).
(3) De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 234
May 01/04

CES
Disarm Procedure of Slide Control Handle
Figure 207/TASK 52-22-00-991-030

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 235
May 01/04

CES
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT EMERGENCY EXIT ((DOORS)) - SERVICING
__________________________________________________________
TASK 52-22-00-614-002
Charging of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinders (1600WM, 1601WM,
1602WM, 1603WM) at the Emergency Exit Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific extension adapter with a union of dia. 0.305 inch
and 32 thread per inch
No specific filling system for Nitrogen
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R 98F52107520001 1 TBD
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
52-22-00-991-019 Fig. 301

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 301
May 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-00-860-079
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 52-22-00-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1601WM, 1603WM
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
Subtask 52-22-00-010-069
C. Get Access
(1) Open the emergency exit door (referred to as door) as required

(Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position below the opened door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-00-614-052
R A. Pressurization of the Pressure Accumulator

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 52-22-00-991-019)
_______
_______

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 302
Nov 01/06

CES
Charging of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
Figure 301/TASK 52-22-00-991-019

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 303
May 01/04

CES
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED TORQUE TO THE NUT OF THE
_______
FILLING VALVE.
OVERTORQUE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE VALVE, AND WILL THUS CAUSE
LEAKAGE OF NITROGEN FROM THE CYLINDER.
(1) Remove the yellow protection cap (6) from the pressure filling valve
(2).
R (2) Put the TBD (98F52107520001) (7) in position on the filling valve nut
(3).
(3) Connect a filling system for Nitrogen to the pressure filling valve
(2) as follows:
(a) Install the extension adapter with a union of dia. 0.305 inch and
32 thread per inch on the pressure filling valve (2).
(b) Connect the extension adapter to the filling system.
(4) Loosen the filling valve nut (3) to open the pressure filling valve
(2).
(5) Fill the pressure accumulator (5) with the correct pressure as
follows:
(a) Carefully open the control valve of the filling system and close
it when the pressure gage (4) shows 55 bar (797.7073 psi).
(b) After 3 sec. open the control valve again and close it when the
pressure gage (4) shows 83 bar (1203.8129 psi).
(c) After 3 sec. open the control valve again and close it when the
pressure gage (4) shows 123 bar (1783.9637 psi).
NOTE : The power accumulator (5) is correctly pressurized when

____
the pointer of the pressure gage (4) is in the green area
(121 bar (1754.9561 psi) and 125 bar (1812.9712 psi)).
R (6) Remove the TBD (98F52107520001) (7) from the filling valve nut (3)
when the pointer of the pressure gage (4) is in the green area and
stable.
(7) Close the control valve of the filling system.
(8) Remove the extension adapter from the pressure filling valve (2).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 304
May 01/08

CES
(9) TORQUE the filling valve nut (3) to 1.0 m.daN (88.49 lbf.in).
R
R (10) Install the yellow protection cap (6) on the pressure filling valve
(2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-00-410-061
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).
Subtask 52-22-00-865-061
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 360RH6, 360RH8
Subtask 52-22-00-860-080
C. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 305
May 01/08

CES
R PASSENGER COMPARTMENT EMERGENCY EXIT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________________________________
TASK 52-22-00-710-001
Operational Check of Door Locking /Unlocking and Opening/Closing from Inside

and Outside with Door Latching/Unlatching and Functional Check of Hand Force
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific dynamometer of 20.0 daN (44.96117 lbf.)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-00-991-020 Fig. 501

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 501
May 01/09

CES
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-22-00-010-061
R A. Get Access
R (1) Put the access platform in position below the applicable emergency
R exit door (referred to as door).
R (2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-22-00-710-050
R A. Operational Test of the Door Mechanism from the Inner Side

R (Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-22-00-991-020)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. Open the protection cover and The green DISARMED label comes in view
R pull up the slide control handle. at the indication window and the escape
R slide-release mechanism is set to off.
R 2. Install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE The escape slide-release mechanism is

R (98A52107632000). safetied in the DISARMED mode.
R 3. Open the handle cover and pull up The red UNLOCKED label comes in view at
R the inboard handle to the OPEN the locking indication window and the
R position. door lifts.
R 4. Use the assist handle and push The door moves with a constant speed
R the door with force outboard to the outboard and forward parallel to the
R fully open position. fuselage until the door damper stops
R its movement.
R 5. Try to move the door rearwards. The door stay mechanism blocks the
R door.
R 6. Push and hold the release button The door stay mechanism releases.
R at the support arm.
R 7. Pull the door with the assist The door moves with a constant speed
R handle rearward until the door is in rearward parallel to the fuselage.
R front of the opening.

R

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 502
May 01/04

CES
R Operation of the Emergency Exit Door
R Figure 501/TASK 52-22-00-991-020

R

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 503
May 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 8. Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE and The movement of the slide control
R try to push down the slide control handle is blocked.
R handle.
R 9. Install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.
R 10. Try to pull down the inboard The movement of the inboard handle is
R handle when the door is still blocked and the door does not lower.
R opened.
R 11. Pull the door with the assist The door moves in the correct position
R handle fully inboard. to the fuselage.
R 12. Push down the inboard handle and The door lowers into the fuselage
R close the handle cover. opening and the green LOCKED label
R comes in view at the locking indication
R window.
R 13. Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE The red ARMED label comes in view at
R and push down the slide control the indication window and the escape
R handle. slide-release mechanism is ready for
R operation.
R 14. Close the protection cover. The slide control handle is safetied
R for accidental operation.
R Subtask 52-22-00-720-051
R B. Functional Test of the Hand Force
R (1) Make sure that the special precaution procedure for the door damper
R and emergency operation cylinder is done (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-
R 003).
R (2) Make sure that the applicable door is closed and the slide control
R handle is in the disarmed position (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).
R NOTE : Make sure that the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE is installed.

____
R (3) Put a dynamometer of 20.0 daN (44.96117 lbf.) in position on the

R inboard handle.
R NOTE : Make sure that the dynamometer is always at right-angle with

____
R the inboard handle during the complete test.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 504
May 01/04

CES
R (4) Do this test to make sure that the hand force on the inboard handle
R is satisfactory during the door operation.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1.Slowly operate the inboard handle The force must be less than 15.0 daN
R up and measure the force which is (33.7213 lbf)
R necessary to open the door.
R 2.Slowly operate the inboard handle The force must be less than 15.0 daN
R down and measure the force which is (33.7213 lbf)
R necessary to close the door.
R 3.Look for the differences between The differences must be less than 5.0
R the open and close force. daN (11.2404 lbf).
R (5) Make sure that the applicable door is closed and the slide control
R handle is in the armed position (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).
R Subtask 52-22-00-710-051
R C. Operational Test of the Door Mechanism from the Outer Side
_______
R (1) Make sure that the applicable Emergency Exit Door is closed and the
R slide control handle is in the armed position (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
R 410-001).
R (2) Look through the door window to make sure that the red warning light
R CABIN PRESSURE does not flash.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 505
May 01/04

CES
R (3) Do this test to examine the door locking/unlocking from the outer
R side and the automatic disarming of the escape-slide release
R mechanism
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. Push the handle flap in and pull The slide control handle is
R the outboard handle away from the automatically moved so that
R door skin. - the green DISRMED label comes in view
R at the indication window
R - the escape slide-release mechanism is
R set to off.
R 2. Fully lift the outboard handle The door comes free from the fuselage
R until it is level with the green opening and lifts.
R horizontal line at the door skin.
R 3. Pull the door outboard and move The door moves outboard and forward
R it in the forward direction. parallel to the fuselage until the door
R buffer stops its movement.
R 6. Pull the door rearward and push The door moves in the correct position
R it inboard. at the fuselage opening.
R 7. Push down the outboard handle in The door lowers into the fuselage
R the recess of the outer skin. opening.
R Subtask 52-22-00-710-053
R D. Operational Test of the Door Damping Mechanism
R (1) Open the applicable emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
R (2) Do the special precaution before you start the test (Ref. TASK 52-22-
R 00-860-003).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 506
May 01/04

CES
R (3) Do this test to examine the damping function of the door damper and
R emergency operation cylinder ( referred to as door damper):
R (Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-22-00-991-020)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2. Use the assist handle and pull The door moves with a constant speed
R the door rearward until the door is rearward parallel to the fuselage.
R in its closing positon.
R You can feel the door damping function

R because the speed reduces when the door
R moves into its opening.
R Examine that there is no hard impact on

R the door stop fittings at the end of
R the door travel.
R 3. Wait for 30 seconds before you do The damping device of the door damper
R the next step. becomes stable.
R 4. Use the assist handle and push The door moves with a constant speed
R the door with force outboard to the outboard and forward parallel to the
R fully open position. fuselage.
R You can feel door damping function

R because the speed reduces when the door
R is at the end of the travel.
R Examine that there is no hard impact

R between the door buffer and the
R fuselage.
R (4) Do the special precaution when you finish this test (Ref. TASK 52-22-
R 00-860-004).
R (5) Close the applicable emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-
R 001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 507
May 01/04

CES
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-22-00-410-056
R A. Close Access
R (1) Push down the slide control handle to set the escape slide-release
R mechanism of the door to the ARMED mode.
R (2) Make sure that the handle cover is over the inboard handle.
R (3) Close the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-

R 001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 508
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-00-720-001
Check of Door Unlocking from Inside/Outside in Armed Position and of Slide

Release Mechanism Arming/Disarming, Functional Check of Slide Cable Movement
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific dynamometer of 20.0 daN (44.9617 lbf)

No specific nylon strip
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion-resistance steel, dia 0.8 mm

(0.032 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-47-000-004 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the LH FWD

Emergency Exit Door, zone 231
25-23-47-000-009 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the RH FWD
R 25-23-47-000-010 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the LH/RH AFT
R Emergency Exit Doors, zones 251/252.
25-23-47-400-004 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the LH FWD
25-23-47-400-009 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the RH FWD

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 509
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-47-400-010 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the LH/RH

AFT Emergency Exit Doors, zones 251/252.
25-24-41-000-001 Removal of the Overhead Stowage Compartments
25-24-41-400-001 Installation of the Overhead Stowage Compartments
52-22-00-991-025 Fig. 502
52-22-00-991-028 Fig. 503
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-00-010-070
A. Get Access
(1) Open the access door of the overhead stowage compartment above the
R applicable emergency exit door (referred to as door).
R (2) Loosen the quick-release fasteners and remove the rear inner fairing
R of the applicable overhead stowage compartment.
(3) If necessary, remove the overhead stowage compartment (Ref. TASK 25-
24-41-000-001) and/or the related door frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-
R 23-47-000-004), (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-009) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-
R 000-010) to get sufficent clearance.
Subtask 52-22-00-860-072

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-22-00-991-025)
(1) Install the lock pin on the operation valve of the inflation
reservoir to prevent an accidental operation
(2) Disconnect the inflation reservoir from the release lever as follos:
(a) Remove the lockwire and open the safety clamp on the release
lever.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 510
Aug 01/09

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-22-00

Page 511
Feb 01/10

CES
R Measurement of Actuation Travel

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 512
May 01/04

CES
R Measurement of Actuation Travel

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 513
May 01/04

CES
(b) Remove the release cable from the release lever.
(3) Make a mark to identify the start position of the bellcrank lever.
(4) Make sur that the special precaution on the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder are done (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-003).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-00-710-054
A. Operational Test of Door Unlocking from Inside/Outside in Armed

Position
(1) Make sure that the applicable door is closed and locked and the slide
control handle is in the ARMED position (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).
(2) Do this test to make sure that the locking mechanism of the
applicable door operates satisfactorily.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Open the handle cover and pull up The white indication light SLIDE comes
the inboard handle to the OPEN on when the inboard handle is moved up.
position. The red UNLOCK indication comes into
view of the locking indication window.
The door lifts and the door release
lever operates the override-clutch
release lever so that the bellcrank
lever moves rearward.
2. Push the inboard handle down to The door moves down in its locked
the locked position and close the position.
handle cover. The green LOCKED indication comes into
view of the locking indication window.
The white indication light SLIDE goes

off when the inboard handle is fully
moved down.
3. Push the handle flap in and pull The escape slide-relase mechanism moves
the outboard lever away from the automatically to the DISARMED mode.
door. The door moves up and comes free from
its opening.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 514
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Push the outboard lever down so The door lowers into its opening and
that it engages in the recess of the moves down.
door.
Subtask 52-22-00-710-055
B. Operational Test of the Slide Release-Mechanism Arming/Disarming
(1) Make sure that the applicable door is closed and locked and the slide
control handle is in the ARMED position (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).
(2) Do this test to make sure that the escape-slide release-mechanism

operates satisfactorily.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Open the protection cover and The green DISARMED indication comes
pull up the slide control handle to into view on the indication window of
the disarmed position. the door lining.
The lateral release lever moves down
until it comes free from the slide
release lever of the frame fitting.
The operation lever moves down until it
comes free from the release lever of
the door damper.
NOTE : The lateral release lever and

____
the operation lever are part of
the release shaft assembly.
2. Push down the slide control The red ARMED indication comes into
handle to the armed position. view on the indication window of the
door lining.
The lateral release lever moves up and
engages with the slide release lever of
the frame fitting.
The operation lever moves up and
engages with the release lever of the
door damper.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 515
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 52-22-00-720-050
C. Functional Test of the Escape-Slide Release Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-22-00-991-025, 503/TASK 52-22-00-991-028)
(1) Make sure that the applicable door is locked and in the ARMED mode.
(2) To reduce the play in the release lever assembly, do the subsequent:
(a) Assemble a nylon strip on the release lever to attach the

dynamometer.
(b) Put a dynamometer of 20.0 daN (44.9617 lbf) in position to the

nylon strip to connect it with the release lever.
(c) Pull on the dynamometer with a force of max. 10.0 daN (22.4808
lbf) during the complete test.
(3) Do this test to make sure that the

- release travel of the slide control cable is correct
- escape-slide release mechanism operates satisfactorily
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Open the handle cover and pull up The door lifts and the door release
the inboard handle to the open lever operates the override-clutch
position. release lever so that the bellcrank
lever moves rearward.
2. Measure the distance between the The distance must be between 35.0 mm
start position and the end position (1.3779 in.) and 21.0 mm (0.8267 in.).
of the bellcrank lever.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-00-860-073
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-22-00-991-025)
(1) Pull up the slide control handle in the disarmed position and install
the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000).
(2) Remove the dynamometer and the nylon strip from the release lever.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 516
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Location of the Slide Release Components
Figure 503/TASK 52-22-00-991-028

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 517
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(3) Connect the release lever assembly with the inflation reservoir as
follows:
(a) Put the release cable in position to the release lever.
(b) Close the safety clamp and safety it with the lockwire,
corrosion-resistance steel, dia 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
(4) Remove the lock pin from the operation valve of the inflation
reservoir and put it into the related stowage pocket.
Subtask 52-22-00-410-062
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the rear inside fairing in the applicable overhead stowage
compartment.
(3) If removed, install the overhead stowage compartment (Ref. TASK 25-
24-41-400-001) and/or the related door frame lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-
47-400-004), (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-009) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-
400-010).
(4) Close the access door of the applicable overhead stowage compartment.
(6) Close the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001) and remove the
PIN-RIGGING - SLIDE RELEASE MECHANISM.

R

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 518
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 52-22-00-820-002
Adjustment of the Emergency Exit Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To adjust the emergency exit doors (referred to as door) immediately after

R replacement of the door/door components, or if a door malfunction is
R reported.
____
inspection/checks
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific tape
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98D52207557000 1 BALLAST WEIGHT - EMERGENCY EXIT
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 cotter pin 52-22-02 04A-330

32 lock plates 52-22-31 02 -040
50 cotter pin 52-22-04 06 -070A
60 cotter pin 52-22-04 06 -070A

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 519
Feb 01/10

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-22-00

Page 520
Feb 01/07

CES
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-23-47-000-004 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the LH FWD

R Emergency Exit Door, zone 231
R 25-23-47-000-010 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the LH/RH AFT
R Emergency Exit Doors, zones 251/252.
R 25-23-47-000-012 Removal of the Door Linings of the LH FWD Emergency
R Exit Door, zone 231
R 25-23-47-000-013 Removal of the Door Linings of the RH FWD Emergency
R Exit Door at zone 251 or RH AFT at zone 252 or LH AFT
R at zone 232.
R 25-23-47-400-004 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the LH FWD
R 25-23-47-400-009 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the RH FWD
R 25-23-47-400-012 Installation of the Door Linings of the LH FWD
R 25-23-47-400-013 Installation of the Door Linings of the RH FWD
R Emergency Exit Door at zone 251, or RH AFT at zone
R 252, or LH AFT at zone 232.
R 52-22-00-010-001 Opening of the Emergency Exit Doors from the
R Passenger Compartment
R 52-22-00-410-001 Closing of the Emergency Exit Doors from the
R 52-22-00-820-005 Adjustment of the Balance Mechanism
R 52-22-00-860-003 Special Precaution before Maintenance on the Door
R Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
R 52-22-00-860-004 Special Precaution after Maintenance on the Door
R 52-22-31-820-001 Adjustment of the Stop and Guide Fittings
R 52-22-00-991-006 Fig. 504
R 52-22-00-991-007 Fig. 505
R 52-22-00-991-008 Fig. 506
R 52-22-00-991-009 Fig. 507
R 52-22-00-991-010 Fig. 508
R 52-22-00-991-011 Fig. 509
R 52-22-00-991-012 Fig. 510

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 521
May 01/04

CES
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-22-00-010-062
R A. Get Access
R (1) Partly open the applicable emergency exit door (referred to as door)
R (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
R (2) Make sure that the special precaution on the door damper and
R emergency operation cylinder is done (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-003).
R Subtask 52-22-00-865-054
R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Subtask 52-22-00-860-068
R C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Make sure that the door linings and the door frame linings are
R removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-012) (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013)
R (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-004).
R (2) Install the BALLAST WEIGHT - EMERGENCY EXIT (98D52207557000) on the

R door to replace the weight of the door linings during the adjustment
R procedure.
R (3) Make sure that the door stays in the lifted position. If not,
R increase the tension of the torsion spring (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-820-
R 005).
R (4) Make sure that the stops at the door frame and the fuselage are in
R the center position (Ref. TASK 52-22-31-820-001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 522
May 01/04

CES
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-22-00-820-050
R A. Adjustment for the Parallel Motion

R (Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-22-00-991-006)
R (1) Measure the distance A between the front and rear edges of the door
R and the fuselage .
R (2) Move the door in the open direction until the upper guide arm (5) is
R in the rectangular position.
R NOTE : The dimension must be the same at all positions. The tolerance
____
R is 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) maximum.
R (3) If the distance A is out of tolerance, disconnect the lower guide
R arm (6) from the guide fitting (7) of the door as follows:
R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (12) from the nut (11).
R (b) Remove the nut (11), the washers (9), the bush (10) and the bolt
R (8) from the guide fitting (7).
R (c) Disconnect the eye-end of the guide arm (6) from the fork-end of
R the guide fitting (7).
R (d) Attach the guide arm (6) with tape to the door frame of the
R fuselage.
R (4) Adjust the position of the upper attachment fitting (4) as follows:
R (a) Loosen the nuts (1) to disconnect the attachment fitting (4) and
R the serrated plate (2) from the door frame.
R (b) Change the position of the attachment fitting (4) and/or the
R serrated plate (2) until the distance A is as specified.
R (c) Tighten the nuts (1) again.
R (5) Attach the lower guide arm (6) on the guide fitting (7) as follows:
R (a) Release the lower guide arm (6) from the door frame.
R (b) Connect the eye-end of the lower guide arm (6) in the related
R fork-end of the guide fitting (7)

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 523
May 01/04

CES
R Parallel Motion for Emergency Exit Door
R Figure 504/TASK 52-22-00-991-006

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 524
May 01/04

CES
R (c) Install the bush (10), the bolt (8), the washers (9) and the nut
R (11).
R NOTE : The bolt (8) must go in smoothly.

____
R (d) If you can not install the bolt (8) smoothly, adjust the position
R of the lower attachment fitting (3).
R NOTE : This adjustment is the same as for the upper attachment

____
R fitting (4).
R (e) Tighten the nut (11) and safety it with the new cotter pin (12).
R (6) Make sure that the motion of the door is parallel to the fuselage.
R Subtask 52-22-00-820-051
R B. Adjustment of the Skin Offset (Y-Axis of the Door)

52-22-00-991-009)
R (1) Move the door rearwards and pull it inboard until the guide rollers
R (21) and (23) engage the guide fittings (22) and (24).
R (2) Measure the clearance B between the guide rollers (21) and (23) and
R the guide fittings (22) and (24).
R NOTE : The clearance must be between 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) and 0.5 mm
____
R (0.0196 in.).
R (3) If the clearance B is out of tolerance, change the position of the
R guide fittings (22) and (24) parallel to the loftline.
R (4) Make sure that the distance D between the head of the stop bolts
R (35) and the surface of the stop bracket (34) is pre-adjusted with
R 4.0 mm (0.1574 in.).
R (5) Operate the outboard locking handle to close the door from the outer
R side.
R (6) Examine that a minimum of three stop bolts (35) touch the related
R fuselage fitting (31).
R NOTE : Make sure that a minimum of one stop bolt (35) on each side
____
R has contact.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 525
May 01/04

CES
R Emergency Exit Door - Guide Assembly Adjustment
R Figure 505/TASK 52-22-00-991-007

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 526
May 01/04

CES
R Skin Offset Fuselage/Emergency Exit Door
R Figure 506/TASK 52-22-00-991-008

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 527
May 01/04

CES
R Skin Offset Fuselage/Emergency Exit Door
R Figure 507/TASK 52-22-00-991-009

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 528
May 01/04

CES
R (7) Measure the skin offset C which must be always out of wind between
R the door contour and the fuselage contour.
R NOTE : The skin offset at the forward doors must be between 0.4 mm
____
R (0.0157 in.) and 3.6 mm (0.1417 in.).
R The skin offset at the rear doors must be between 0.1 mm
R (0.0039 in.) and 3.1 mm (0.1220 in.).
R (8) If the skin offset C is out of tolerance, adjust the stop bolts
R (35) as follows:
R (a) If necessaary, bend the lock plates (32) to release the nuts
R (33).
R NOTE : In this case, replace the lock plates (32).

____
R (b) Loosen the nuts (33) and turn the stop bolts (35) as required
R until the skin offset is correct.
R NOTE : Make sure that the distance D is not more than 6.0 mm
____
R (0.2362 in.).
R (c) TORQUE the nuts (33) to between 2.0 and 2.2 m.daN (14.74 and
R 16.22 lbf.ft).
R (d) Safety the nuts (33) with the lock plates (32).
R Subtask 52-22-00-820-052
R C. Adjustment of the Gaps around the Door (X-Axis of the Door)

52-22-00-991-012)
R (1) Make sure that the door is closed (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).
R (2) Measure the distance G between the door edge member and the door
R frame.
R NOTE : The distance G must be between 71.5 mm (2.8149 in.) and 68.5
____
R mm (2.6968 in.).
R (3) Measure the lateral gaps E and the lower gap F between the door
R and the fuselage from the outboard side.
R NOTE : The gaps must be between 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.) and 5.5 mm
____
R (0.2165 in.).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 529
May 01/04

CES
R Lateral and Lower Gaps Fuselage/Emergency Exit Door
R Figure 508/TASK 52-22-00-991-010

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 530
May 01/04

CES
R Adjustment of Lateral Gaps
R Figure 509/TASK 52-22-00-991-011

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 531
May 01/04

CES
R Adjustment of Lower Gaps
R Figure 510/TASK 52-22-00-991-012

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 532
May 01/04

CES
R (4) If the lateral gaps E or the distance G are out of tolerance,
R change the quantity of the adjustment washers (42) as follows:
R NOTE : The adjustment washers (42) are installed between the fork-end
____
R of the support arm (43) and the control lever (48).
R (b) Remove the nut (49), the washers (46), the upper hinge bolt (45)
R and the bracket (67) from the control lever (48).
R (c) Remove the bracket (67), the washer (41), the adjustment washers
R (42) and the bushes (47) from the spacer tube (44).
R (d) Change the quantity of the adjustment washers (42) as required

R until the lateral gaps E are correct.
R (e) Put the bracket (67), the adjustment washers (42) and the washer
R (41) in position and install the bushes (47) into the journal
R tube (44).
R (f) Install the upper hinge bolt (45), the washers (46) and the nut
R (49) on the control lever (48).
R (g) Measure the clearance H between the adjustment washers (42) and
R the spacer tube (44).
R NOTE : A clearance of 0.05 mm (0.0019 in.) is permitted.

____
R (5) If the lower gap F is out of tolerance, change the quantity of the
R adjustment washers (63) as follows:
R (a) Remove the nut (49), the washers (46) and the upper hinge pin
R (45) from the control lever (48).
R (b) Remove the journal pin (61) from the upper fork-end of the
R support arm (43).
R (c) Change the quantity of the adjustment washers (63) as required

R until the lower gaps F are correct.
R (d) Install the journal pin (61) in the upper fork-end (43).
R (e) Measure the clearance J between the adjustment washers (63) and

____

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 533
May 01/04

CES
R (f) Install the upper hinge pin (45), the washers (46) and the nut
R (49) to the control lever (48).
R (g) Tighten the nut (49) and safety it with the new cotter pin (50).
R (6) To set the door in the vertical position, change the quantity of the
R adjustment washers (52) as follows:
R (b) Remove the nut (59), the washers (56) and the lower hinge bolt
R (55) from the lifting lever (58).
R (c) Remove the bracket (68), the washer (51), the adjustment washers
R (52) and the bushes (57) from the spacer tube (54).
R (d) Change the quantity of the adjustment washers (52) as required

R until the lateral gaps E are correct.
R (e) Put the adjustment washers (52), the washer (51) and the bracket
R (68) in position and install the bushes (58) in the spacer tube
R (54).
R (f) Install the lower hinge bolt (55), the washers (56) and the nut
R (59) on the lifting lever (58).
R (g) Measure the clearance H between the adjustment washers (52) and

____
R (7) Change the quantity of the adjustment washers (66) as follows:
R (a) Remove the nut (59), the washers (56) and the lower hinge pin
R (55) from the lifting lever (58).
R (b) Remove the journal pin (64) from the lower fork-end of the
R support arm (53).
R (c) Change the quantity of the adjustment washers (66) as required

R until the lower gaps F are correct.
R (d) Install the journal pin (64) in the lower fork-end (53).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 534
May 01/04

CES
R (e) Measure the clearance J between the adjustment washers (66) and

____
R (f) Install the lower hinge pin (55), the washers (56) and the nut
R (59) to the lifting lever (57).
R (g) Tighten the nut (59) and safety it with the new cotter pin (60).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-22-00-410-057
R A. Close Access
R (1) Remove the BALLAST WEIGHT - EMERGENCY EXIT from the door.
R items.
R (3) Install the door linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-012) and (Ref. TASK
R 25-23-47-400-013) and the door frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-
R 004) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-009).
R (4) Do the special precaution on the door damper and emergency operation
R cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-004).
R (5) Close the door correctly (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).
R Subtask 52-22-00-865-055
R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

R 13WN, 15WN, 48WV

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 535
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-00-820-003
Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adjustment gage

R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
98D52208282000 1 PIN - RIGGING, DOOR MECHANISM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion resistance steel, dia 0.8 mm

(0.30 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-47-000-012 Removal of the Door Linings of the LH FWD Emergency

Exit Door, zone 231
25-23-47-000-013 Removal of the Door Linings of the RH FWD Emergency
Exit Door at zone 251 or RH AFT at zone 252 or LH AFT
at zone 232.
25-23-47-400-012 Installation of the Door Linings of the LH FWD
25-23-47-400-013 Installation of the Door Linings of the RH FWD
Emergency Exit Door at zone 251, or RH AFT at zone
252, or LH AFT at zone 232.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 536
May 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 52-22-00-710-001 Operational Check of Door Locking /Unlocking and
R Opening/Closing from Inside and Outside with Door
R Latching/Unlatching and Functional Check of Hand
R Force
R 52-22-00-820-002 Adjustment of the Emergency Exit Door
R 52-22-00-820-005 Adjustment of the Balance Mechanism
R 52-71-00-820-007 Adjustment of the Proximity Switches (19WV1, 19WV2,
R 21WV1,21WV2) of the Emergency Exits with the ECAM DU
R 52-22-00-991-013 Fig. 511
R 52-22-00-991-014 Fig. 512
R 52-22-00-991-015 Fig. 513
R 52-22-00-991-018 Fig. 514
R 52-22-00-991-016 Fig. 515
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-22-00-010-064
R A. Get Access
R (1) Partly open the applicable emergency exit door (referred to as door)
R (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
R (2) Make sure that the special precaution procedure for the door damper
R and emergency operation cylinder is done (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-
R 003).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 537
May 01/04

CES
R Subtask 52-22-00-865-056
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Subtask 52-22-00-860-069
R C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Make sure that the door linings are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-
R 012) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013).
R (2) Add a BALLAST WEIGHT - EMERGENCY EXIT (98D52207557000) on the door to

R replace the weight of the door linings during the adjustment
R procedure.
R (3) Make sure that the door stays in the lifted position. If not,
R increase the tension of the torsion spring (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-820-
R 005).
R (4) Make sure that the door is adjusted to its correct center position
R (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-820-002).
R (5) Close the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-22-00-820-053
R A. Adjustment of the Inboard Handle

R (1) Measure the distance A between the head of the stop bolt (76) and
R the surface of the upper stop fitting (71).
R NOTE : The distance A must be between 13.3 mm (0.5236 in.) and 13.5
____
R mm (0.5314 in.).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 538
May 01/04

CES
R Adjustment of the Inboard Handle
R Figure 511/TASK 52-22-00-991-013

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 539
May 01/04

CES
R Location of the Rigging Pins
R Figure 512/TASK 52-22-00-991-014

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 540
May 01/04

CES
R (2) If the distance A is out of tolerance, adjust the stop bolt (76) as
R follows:
R (a) Remove the stop bolt (76), the washers (72) and (73), the spacers
R (74) and the shim washer (75).
R (b) Prepare the shim washer (75) so that the distance A is correct.
R (c) Install the stop bolt (76) together with the shim washer (75),
R the spacers (74) and the washers (72) and (73).
R (3) Measure the distance B between the head of the stop bolt (82) and
R the surface of the lower stop fitting (83).
R NOTE : The distance B must be between 13.2 mm (0.5196 in.) and 13.4
____
R mm (0.5275 in.).
R (4) If the distance B is out of tolerance, adjust the stop bolt (82) as
R follows:
R (a) Move the inboard handle (77) up to get access to the stop bolt
R (82).
R (b) Remove the stop bolt (82), the washers (78) and (79), the spacers
R (80) and the shim washer (81).
R (c) Prepare the shim washer (81) so that the distance B is correct.
R (d) Install the stop bolt (82) together with the shim washer (81),
R the spacers (80) and the washers (78) and (79).
R (e) Move the inboard handle (77) down and make sure that the door is
R correctly closed.
R (5) Install the rigging pin (91) into the intervening lever (92) and make
R sure that it engages also into the door structure.
R NOTE : The rigging pin (91) is part of the PIN - RIGGING, DOOR
____
R MECHANISM (98D52208282000).
R (6) Adjust the length of the connection rod (93) as follows:
R (a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire and loosen the jam nuts
R (96).
R (b) Turn the rod (94) until the inboard lever (77) touches the stop
R bolt (82).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 541
May 01/04

CES
R (c) Tigthen the jam nuts (96) and safety them with the lockwire,
R corrosion resistance steel, dia 0.8 mm (0.30 in.) on the locking
R devices (95).
R Subtask 52-22-00-820-055
R B. Adjustment of the Locking Shaft

52-22-00-991-015)
R (1) Make sure that the inboard handle (77) is correctly adjusted and the
R rigging pin (91) is installed into the intervening lever (92).
R (2) Install the rigging pin (97) into the target lever (98) and make sure
R that it engages in the door structure.
R NOTE : The rigging pin (97) is part of the PIN - RIGGING, DOOR
____
R MECHANISM (98D52208282000).
R (3) If you can not install the rigging pin (97), adjust the length of the
R connection rod (107) as follows:
R (108).
R (b) Turn the rod (110) until you can install the rigging pin (97)
R into the door structure.
R (c) Make sure that the engaging lever (111) touches the fork lever
R (112).
R (d) If not, turn the rod (110) as required.
R (e) Measure the clearance C between the adjustment screw (114) of
R the fork lever (112) and the engaging lever (111).
R NOTE : The clearance C must be between 1.8 mm (0.0708 in.) and
____
R 2.2 mm (0.0866 in.).
R (f) If required, cut and remove the lockwire, loosen the nut (113)
R and turn the adjustment screw (114) to adjust the clearance C
R correctly.
R (g) Tigthen the nut (113) and safety it with the lockwire, corrosion
R resistance steel, dia 0.8 mm (0.30 in.) on the fork lever (112).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 542
May 01/04

CES
R Clearances at the Locking Shaft
R Figure 513/TASK 52-22-00-991-015

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 543
May 01/04

CES
R (h) Tigthen the jam nuts (108) and safety them with the lockwire,
R devices (109).
R (4) Measure the distance D between the head of the stop bolt (119) and
R the actuation lever (105).
R NOTE : The distance D must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.4
____
R mm (0.0157 in.).
R (5) If the distance D is out of tolerance, adjust the stop bolt (119)
R as follows:
R (a) Remove the nut (122), the washers (120) and (123), the shim
R washer (121) and the stop bolt (119) from the stop fitting (106).
R (b) Prepare the shim washer (121) so that the distance D is
R correct.
R the washers (120) and (123) and the nut (122).
R (6) Measure the distance E between the head of the stop bolt (124) and
R the twin lever (104).
R NOTE : The distance E must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.4
____
R mm (0.0157 in.).
R (7) If the distance E is out of tolerance, adjust the stop bolt (124)
R as follows:
R (a) Remove the nut (127), the washers (125) and (128), the shim
R washer (126) and the stop bolt (124) from the stop fitting (118).
R (b) Prepare the shim washer (126) so that the distance E is
R correct.
R the washers (125) and (128) and the nut (127).
R (8) Remove the rigging pins (91) and (97).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 544
May 01/04

CES
R (9) Adjust the dead center position of the locking shaft (103) as
R follows:
R (a) Move the inboard lever (77) up and put an adjustment gage (129)
R between the stop bolt (119) and the actuation lever (105).
R NOTE : The thickness of the adjustment gage (129) must be between

____
R 2.6 mm (0.1023 in.) and 2.8 mm (0.1102 in.).
R (b) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the nut (116).
R (c) Turn the adjustment screw (115) of the actuation lever (105)
R until it touches the surface of the indication lever (117).
R (d) Tigthen the nut (116) and safety it with the lockwire, corrosion
R resistance steel, dia 0.8 mm (0.30 in.) on the actuation lever
R (105).
R (10) Adjust the indication of the locking mechanism as follows:
R (a) Move the inboard lever (77) up so that the door is fully lifted.
R (b) Make sure that the red UNLOCKED label (100) is in the center of
R the indication plate (101).
R (c) If not, loosen the screws (102), put the indication plate (101)
R in the correct position as required and tighten the screws (102)
R again.
R (d) Move the inboard lever (77) down to close the door.
R (e) Make sure that the green LOCKED label (99) is in the center of
R the indication plate (101).
R (f) If not, replace the self-adhesive labels (99) and (100) so that
R they are in the correct center position of the indication plate
R (101).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 545
May 01/04

CES
R Subtask 52-22-00-820-056
R C. Adjustment of the Drift Pin Assembly and the Locking Hook

R (Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 52-22-00-991-018)
R (1) Measure the clearance J between the top of the drift pin assembly
R (141) and the fuselage beam (142).
R NOTE : The clearance J must be between 2.7 mm (0.1062 in.) and 3.3
____
R mm (0.1299 in.).
R (2) If the clearance J is out of tolerance, add or remove the upper the
R adjustment washers (143) and (144) as follows:
R (a) Open the door to get access to the top of the drift pin assembly
R (141).
R (b) Remove the stop screw (147) together with the adjustment washers
R (143) and (144) and the sealing assy (146).
R (c) Add or remove the upper the adjustment washers (143) and (144) as
R required until the clearance J is correct.
R (d) Install the stop screw (147) together with the adjustment washers
R (143) and (144) and the sealing assy (146).
R (e) TORQUE the stop screw (147) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09
R (f) Close the door again.
R (3) Measure the clearance G and H between the locking hook (133) and
R the lock fitting (132).
R NOTE : The clearance G and H must be between 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.)
____
R and 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).
R (4) If the clearance G is out of tolerance, adjust the length of the
R (134).
R (b) Turn the rod (137) until the clearance G is correct.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 546
May 01/04

CES
R Adjustment of the Drift Pin and the Locking Hook
R Figure 514/TASK 52-22-00-991-018

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 547
May 01/04

CES
R devices (135).
R (5) If the clearance H is out of tolerance, change the position of the
R lock fitting (132) as follows:
R (a) Loosen the nuts (138) and the bolts (140).
R (b) Change the position between the lock fitting (132) and the
R serrated plate (131) until the clearance H is correct.
R (c) Tighten the bolts (140) and the nuts (138).
R Subtask 52-22-00-820-057
R D. Adjustment of the Outboard Handle

R (Ref. Fig. 515/TASK 52-22-00-991-016)
R (1) Make sure that the outboard handle (152) is in its fully moved down
R position.
R (2) Make sure that the contour of the outboard handle (152) is align with
R the door skin.
R (3) If not, adjust the skin offset of the outboard handle (152) as
R follows:
R (a) Move the outboard handle (152) fully up.
R (b) Loosen the screw (168) and turn the eccentric roller (167) as
R required to adjust the skin offset.
R (c) If the skin offset is correct, tighten the screw (168).
R (4) Measure the clearance K between the roller (155) of the outboard
R handle (152) and the support fitting (153).
R NOTE : The clearance K must be between 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) and 0.2
____
R mm (0.0078 in.).
R (5) If the clearance K is out of tolerance, adjust the position of the
R support fitting (153) as follows:
R (a) Move the outboard handle (152) fully up.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 548
May 01/04

CES
R Adjustment of the Outboard Handle
R Figure 515/TASK 52-22-00-991-016

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 549
May 01/04

CES
R (b) Remove the screws (162), the washers (161) and the support
R fitting (153) with the shim set (160).
R (c) Add or remove the shim sheets (156), (157), (158) or (159) as
R required until the clearance K is correct.
R (d) Put the support fitting (153) and the shim set (160) in position
R and attach them with the screws (162) and the washers (161).
R (6) Operate the outboard handle (152) fully up so that the door is in the
R lifted position.
R (7) Move the door inboard and operate the outboard handle down into the
R recess of the door skin.
R (8) Make sure that the safety handle (151) moves automatically in
R position to align with the contour of the outboard handle (152).
R (9) If the safety handle (151) does not move in its correct position,
R adjust the thickness of the shim set (154) as follows:
R (a) Remove the screws (163) and the shim set (154) from the door
R structure.
R (b) Add or remove the shims (164), (165) and (166) as required.
R (c) Install the shim set (154) and the screws (163) on the door
R structure.
R Subtask 52-22-00-710-052
R E. Test Procedure
R (1) Do an operational test to make sure that the applicable door operates
R satisfactorily (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-710-001).
R (2) Make sure that the proximity switches of the applicable door operates
R satisfactorily (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-007).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 550
May 01/04

CES
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-22-00-410-058
R A. Close Access
R (1) Remove the BALLAST WEIGHT - EMERGENCY EXIT from the door.
R items.
R (3) Install the door linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-012) and (Ref. TASK
R 25-23-47-400-013) on the applicable door.
R Subtask 52-22-00-865-057
R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

R 13WN, 15WN, 48WV

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 551
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-00-820-004
Adjustment of the Slide Release Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific sharp pencil
No specific universal AL-rivet, dia. 4,8 mm (0.19 in.)
R 98D52207552000 1 PIN-RIGGING - SLIDE RELEASE MECHANISM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion resistance steel, dia 0.8 mm

(0.30 in.)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
196 cotter pin 52-22-21 09A-400

236 tab washer 52-22-22 06 -170

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 552
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
25-24-41-000-001 Removal of the Overhead Stowage Compartments
25-24-41-400-001 Installation of the Overhead Stowage Compartments
52-22-00-720-001 Check of Door Unlocking from Inside/Outside in Armed
Position and of Slide Release Mechanism
R Arming/Disarming, Functional Check of Slide Cable
Movement
6WN1, 6WN2) of the Emergency Exits
52-22-00-991-021 Fig. 516
52-22-00-991-023 Fig. 517
52-22-00-991-029 Fig. 518
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-00-010-073
A. Get Access
(1) Open the emergency exit door (referred to as door) (Ref. TASK 52-22-
00-010-001).
(2) Make sure that the special precaution on the door damper and
emergency operation cylinder is done (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-003).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 553
May 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-22-00-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-00-860-074
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Remove the door linings as required (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-012) and
(Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013).
(2) Install the BALLAST WEIGHT - EMERGENCY EXIT (98D52207557000) to the

emergency exit door (referred to as door) to replace the weight of
the door linnigs during the adjustment procedure.
(3) Make sure that the door is closed and the slide control handle is in
the armend position (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).
(4) Remove the overhead stowage compartments above the applicable door
(Ref. TASK 25-24-41-000-001).
(5) Install the PIN-RIGGING - SLIDE RELEASE MECHANISM (98D52207552000)

(171) in the bellcrank lever (172) and make sure that it engagaes in
the door structure.
(Ref. Fig. 516/TASK 52-22-00-991-021)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-00-820-058
R A. Adjustment of the Arm/Disarm Unit

(Ref. Fig. 517/TASK 52-22-00-991-023)
(1) Measure the distance L between the jam nut (193) of the spring rod
R assy (192) and the top edge of the retainer cap (191).
R NOTE : The distance L must be between 83.0 mm (3.2677 in.)and 85.0
____
mm (3.3464 in.).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 554
Aug 01/09

CES
R Installation of the Rigging pin
R Figure 516/TASK 52-22-00-991-021

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 555
May 01/04

CES
R Adjustment of Slide Release Mechanism

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 556
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 557
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 558
Aug 01/09

CES
(2) If the distance L is out of tolerance, adjust the length of spring
rod assy (191) as follows:
(a) Cut and remove the cotter pin (196) from the pin (198).
(b) Remove the washer (197) and the pin (198) and disconnect the
upper eye-end (195) from the lever (199).
(c) If required, cut and remove the lockwire and loosen the jam nut
(193).
(d) Turn the upper eye-end (195) until the distance L is correct.
(e) Tigthen the jam nut (193) and safety it with the lockwire,
corrosion resistance steel, dia 0.8 mm (0.30 in.) on the locking
devices (194).
(f) Put the upper eye-end (195) in position to the lever (199) and
attach it with the pin (198) and the washer (197).
(g) Safety the pin (198) with the new cotter pin (196).
R (3) Measure the distance M between the surface of the guide fitting
R (190) and the top edge of the retainer cap (191).
R NOTE : The distance M must be between 38.0 mm (1.4960 in.) and 40.0
____
R mm (1.5748 in.).
(4) If the distance M is out of tolerance, adjust the spring rod assy
(192) as follows:
(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire and loosen the jam nut
(189).
(b) Turn the lower eye-end (188) until the distance M is correct.
(c) Tigthen the jam nut (189) and safety it with the lockwire,
corrosion resistance steel, dia 0.8 mm (0.30 in.) on the locking
devices (194).
(5) Make sure that there is no play at the slide control handle (187).
(6) If there is a play at the slide control handle (187), adjust the
length of the connection rod (180) as follows:
(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire and loosen the jam nuts
(182).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 559
Aug 01/09

CES
(b) Turn the rod (183) until there is no play at the slide control
handle (187).
(7) Adjust the indication of the arm/disarm unit as follows:
(a) Make sure that the slide control handle (187) is moved up in the
disarmed position.
R (b) Make sure that the green DISARMED label (186) is in the center
R of the indication plate (184).
R (c) If not, remove the self-adhesive green DISARMED label (186) and
R attach it in the correct center position of the indication plate
(184).
(d) Move down the slide control handle (187) in the armed position.
(e) Carefully mark the position of the red ARMED label (185) in the
center of the indication plate (184).
R (f) Put the self-adhesive red ARMED lable (185) in the correct
R position on the indication plate (184).
Subtask 52-22-00-820-059
B. Adjustment of the Release Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 517/TASK 52-22-00-991-023)
(1) Measure the distance P between the override-clutch release lever
(218) and the release lever pin (217).
NOTE : The distance P must be between 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) and 1.5
____
mm (0.0590 in.).
(2) If the distance P is out of tolerance, adjust the position of the
release lever pin (217) as follows:
(a) Loosen the nut (216) and move the release lever pin (217) in the
vertical direction until the clearance P is correct.
(b) Tighten the nut (216).
(3) Install the rigging pin (202) into the shaft lever (201) and make
sure that it engages also into the door structure.
NOTE : The rigging pin (202) is part of the PIN - RIGGING, DOOR
____
MECHANISM (98D52208282000).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 560
Aug 01/09

CES
R (4) If you can not install the rigging pin (202), adjust the length of
R the link rod (215) as follows:
R (213).
R (b) Turn the rod (214) until you can install the rigging pin (202)
R into the door structure.
R devices (212).
R (5) Make sure that the clearance between the target of the actuation
R lever (207) and the proximity sensor 5WN or 6WN is correctly adjusted
R (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-009).
R (6) Measure the distance N between the head of the stop bolt (203) and
R the actuation lever (207).
R NOTE : The distance N must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.4
____
R mm (0.0157 in.).
R (7) If the distance N is out of tolerance, adjust the stop bolt (203)
R as follows:
R (a) Remove the nut (206) and the stop bolt (203) together with the
R washers set (204) from the stop fitting (205).
R (b) Prepare the thickness of the washers set (204) so that the
R distance N is correct.
R (c) Install the stop bolt (203) together with the washers set (204)
R and the nut (206).
R (8) Pull up the slide control handle (187) in the disarmed position and
R safety it with the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000).
R (9) Measure the distance R between the forward edge of the
R override-clutch release lever (218) and the release lever pin (217).
R NOTE : The distance R must be between 10.0 mm (0.3937 in.) and 14.0
____
R mm (0.5511 in.).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 561
May 01/04

CES
R (10) If the distance R is out of tolerance, adjust the length of the
R (208).
R (b) Turn the rod (210) until the clearance R is correct.
R devices (209).
R (11) Make sure that the release travel between the release lever (233) of
R the door damper and the operation lever (231) is correct (refer also
R para.C.).
R (Ref. Fig. 518/TASK 52-22-00-991-029)
R (12) Measure the distance S between the rivet head (219) of the
R override-clutch release lever (218) and the stop (220).
R NOTE : The distance S must be between 1.4 mm (0.0551 in.) and 3.4
____
R mm (0.1338 in.).
R (13) If the distance S is out of tolerance, add or remove the washer of
R the washer set (221) as required.
R NOTE : If required, use a new universal AL-rivet, dia. 4,8 mm (0.19

____
R in.) (219).
R (14) Do the subsequent clearance check after a simulated emergency

R opening:
R NOTE : In the simulated emergency opening

____
R - the override-clutch release lever (218) is in the activated
R position
R - the door is in the fully open position.
R (a) Make sure that the aircraft is in the maintenance configuration

R as described in the functional test (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-720-001).
R (b) Measure the distance T between the rivet end (219) and the stop
R (220) when the door is closed after a simulated emergency
R opening.
R (c) If the distance T is less than 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.), rework the
R rivet end (219) as required.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 562
May 01/04

CES
R Adjustment of the Release Travel
R Figure 518/TASK 52-22-00-991-029

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 563
May 01/04

CES
(15) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE and push down the slide control handle
(187) in the armed position.
Subtask 52-22-00-820-062
C. Adjustment of the Release Travel between the Door Damper and the
Operation Lever
(Ref. Fig. 518/TASK 52-22-00-991-029)
R (1) Make sure that the related door is closed and in this condition:
R - the release lever (233) of the door damper is fully retracted in
R the safetied position
R - the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE is removed and the slide control handle of
R related door is in the armed position
- the percussion mechanism of the door damper is blocked with the
related stowage pin (239)
(2) Measure the distance U between the lower edge of the release lever
(233) and the top of the stop bolt (234) as follows:
R (a) Pull up the inboard handle to the OPEN position until the door
R lifts in its fully up position.
R NOTE : The door must be flush with the opening of the door frame
____
R lining and not opened.
R (b) Loosen the knurled screw (232) and carefully extend the release
R lever (233) until it touches the stop bolt (234).
R (c) Put a mark on the stop bolt (234) to show the position of the
R lower edge of the release lever (233).
R NOTE : A sharp pencil is necessary to put a mark on the stop bolt

____
R (234).
R (d) Retract the release lever (233) and safety it with the knurled
R screw (232).
(e) Measure the distance between the pencil mark and the top of the
stop bolt (234):
NOTE : The dimension must be between 5.5 mm (0.2165 in.) and 6.5
____
mm (0.2559 in.).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 564
Aug 01/09

CES
(3) If the distance U is out of tolerance, adjust the position of the
stop bolt (234) as follows:
R (a) If necessary, bend the tab washer (236) to release the adjustment
R nut (235).
R NOTE : A bent tab washer (236) must be replaced.

____
(b) Loosen the jam nut (238) and the adjustment nut (235).
R (c) Turn the stop bolt (234) until the distance U is correct.
(d) Tighten the adjustment nut (235) and the jam nut (238).
(e) Safety the adjustment nut (235) with the tab washer (236).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-00-410-063
A. Close Access
(1) Remove the BALLAST WEIGHT - EMERGENCY EXIT from the door.
(2) Install the door linings as removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-012) and
(Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-013).
(3) Remove the PIN-RIGGING - SLIDE RELEASE MECHANISM (98D52207552000)

(171) from the bellcrank lever (172).
(4) Install the overhead stowage compartments above the applicable door
(Ref. TASK 25-24-41-400-001).
(6) Close the door correctly (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).
Subtask 52-22-00-865-063
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 565
Aug 01/09

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-22-00

Page 566
May 01/09

CES
R TASK 52-22-00-820-005
R Adjustment of the Balance Mechanism
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific dynamometer of 20.0 daN (44.9617 lbf)

R 98D52207557000 1 BALLAST WEIGHT - EMERGENCY EXIT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific lockwire, corrosion resistant steel, dia. 0.8 mm

R (0.30 in.)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-23-47-400-001 Installation of the Lining on the Emergency Exit

R Hatches
R 25-23-47-400-012 Installation of the Door Linings of the LH FWD
R 25-23-47-400-013 Installation of the Door Linings of the RH FWD
R Emergency Exit Door at zone 251, or RH AFT at zone
R 252, or LH AFT at zone 232.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 567
May 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 52-22-00-991-017 Fig. 519
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-22-00-860-081
R (1) Make sure that the applicable door is partly opened (Ref. TASK 52-22-
R 00-010-001).
R (3) Make sure that the door lining is installed (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-
R 001).
R NOTE : If not, add the BALLAST WEIGHT - EMERGENCY EXIT

____
R (98D52207557000) into the applicable door to replace the
R weight of the door lining.
R Subtask 52-22-00-865-058
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-22-00-820-054
R A. Adjustment of Tension Spring

R (Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 52-22-00-991-017)
R (1) Manually move the roller lever (223) outboard to turn the detent
R shaft (225) which release the safety catch (224) from the blocking
R lever (226).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 568
May 01/04

CES
R Adjustment of the Torsion Spring
R Figure 519/TASK 52-22-00-991-017

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 569
May 01/04

CES
R (2) Make sure that the door remains in the lifted position.
R (3) If the door moves down, increase the tension of the torsion spring
R (221) as follows:
R (a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the adjustment
R screw (222).
R (b) Turn the adjustment screw (222) clockwise until the balance
R mechanism holds the opened door in the lifted position.
R (4) Put a dynamometer of 20.0 daN (44.9617 lbf) in position on the

R inboard handle.
R NOTE : Make sure that the dynamometer is always at right-angle with

____
R the inboard handle during the whole measurement sequence.
R (5) Slowly operate the inboard handle down and measure the force which is
R necessary to close the door.
R NOTE : The force must be less than 15.0 daN (33.7213 lbf).
____
R (6) Slowly operate the inboard handle up and measure the force which is
R necessary to open the door.
R NOTE : The force must be less than 15.0 daN (33.7213 lbf). The
____
R difference between the open and close force must be less
R than 5.0 daN (11.2404 lbf).
R (7) If the force is more than permitted, turn the adjustment screw (222)
R clockwise to increase the tension of the torsion spring.
R (8) Repeat the check of the operational force again.
R (9) If the adjustment of the balance mechanism is correct, safety the

R adjustment screw (222) with lockwire, corrosion resistant steel, dia.
R 0.8 mm (0.30 in.).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-22-00-865-059
R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

R 13WN, 15WN, 48WV

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 570
May 01/04

CES
R Subtask 52-22-00-410-060
R B. Close Access
R items.
R (2) Make sure that the BALLAST WEIGHT - EMERGENCY EXIT is removed and the
R door lining is installed (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-012) and (Ref. TASK
R 25-23-47-400-013).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 571
May 01/04

CES
R TASK 52-22-00-820-006
R Adjustment of the Door Buffer
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
R B. Expendable Parts
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 8 cotter pin 52-22-12 03 -060
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 52-22-00-991-034 Fig. 520

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 572
Feb 01/10

CES
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-22-00-010-077
R A. Get Access
R (1) Open the emergency exit door (referred to as door) (Ref. TASK 52-22-
R 00-010-001).
R Subtask 52-22-00-865-068
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-22-00-820-063
R A. Adjustment of the Door Buffer

R (Ref. Fig. 520/TASK 52-22-00-991-034)
R (1) Make sure that the locking hook (18) touches the locking roller (17).
R (2) Measure the clearance between the stop (15) of the door buffer (19)
R and the fuselage.
____
R (0.1181 in.).
R (3) If necessary, adjust the clearance as follows:
R (a) Move the door away from the fuselage (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-
R 001).
R (b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (8) from the nut (7).
R (c) Remove the nut (7), the washer (9) and the spherical cup (6).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 573
Feb 01/10

CES
R Adjustment of the Door Buffer
R Figure 520/TASK 52-22-00-991-034

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 574
Feb 01/10

CES
R (d) Remove the bolt (1), the washer (2), the stop (15) and the
R spherical cup (14).
R (e) Remove the guide bush (3) and the washers (13) and (4).
R (f) Remove the guide bush (10) and the washers (11) and (5).
R (g) Change the number of the washers (4) and (5) as necessary to
R adjust the clearance correctly.
R (h) Install the washers (5) and (11) and the guide bush (10).
R (i) Install the washers (4) and (13) and the guide bush (3).
R (j) Install the spherical cup (14), the stop (15), the washer (2) and
R the bolt (1).
R (k) Install the spherical cup (6), the washer (9) and the nut (7).
R (l) Open the door and make sure that the clearance between the door
R buffer and the fuselage is correct. If necessary do the
R adjustment again.
R (m) Install the nut (7) and safety it with a new cotter pin (8).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-22-00-865-069
R breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Subtask 52-22-00-410-067
R B. Close Access

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 575
Feb 01/10

CES
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT EMERGENCY EXIT ((DOORS)) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________________________
TASK 52-22-00-200-001
Pressure Check of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinders
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : The pressure check is necessary only if the Forward Attendant Panel
____
(FAP) does not show the pressure of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinders .
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
52-22-00-991-032 Fig. 601

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 601
May 01/06

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-00-860-090
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
operation cylinder (referred to as door damper) (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
860-003).
(3) Make sure that the emergency exit door is sufficiently open to get
access to the applicable door damper (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-00-210-052
A. Pressure Check of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinders

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-22-00-991-032)
(1) Look on the pressure gauge of the applicable door damper to make sure
that the shown pressure is correct.
(2) If the pressure is not in the given limits, pressurize the

accumulator of the door damper (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-614-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-00-860-091
(2) Make sure that the emergency exit door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 602
May 01/06

CES
Pressure Check of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
Figure 601/TASK 52-22-00-991-032

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-00

Page 603
May 01/06

CES
DOOR - EMERGENCY EXIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________
TASK 52-22-11-000-001
Removal of the Emergency Exit Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
R No specific 1 CRANE 100KG (220 LB)
R 98A52008509000 1 SLING - UNIVERSAL, DOORS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
52-22-11-991-001 Fig. 401
52-22-11-991-002 Fig. 402
52-22-11-991-003 Fig. 403
52-22-11-991-004 Fig. 404

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 401
May 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-11-010-050
A. Get Access

NOTE : Make sure that the outboard handle is aligned with the door
____
contour.
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the partly
opened door.
emergency operation cylinder is completed (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-
003).
Subtask 52-22-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-11-010-051
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the door linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-012) and (Ref. TASK
25-23-47-000-013) from the door.
(2) Carefully disengage the VELCRO tapes and remove the insulation mat
from the inner side of the door.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 402
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-11-860-050
R D. Installation of the Hoisting Sling

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-11-991-001)
R NOTE : The hoisting sling of the pax. doors (PN 98A52008509042) is part
____
R of the SLING - UNIVERSAL, DOORS (98A52008509000). The hoisting
R sling includes the three-leg sling (PN 98A52008509104), the
R turnbuckle (PN 98A52008509100), the rope (PN 98A52008509506) and
R the ring bolt (PN 98A52008509102).
R (1) Attach the ring of the three-leg sling to the CRANE 100KG (220 LB)
R and attach one of the three hooks (2) to the ring.
R (2) Attach the rings of the turnbuckles (3) to the hooks (2) of the sling
R (1).
R (3) Remove the disks (10) from the hoisting points (8).
R (4) Remove the plastic caps (11) from the hoisting points (8).
R (5) Install the ring bolts (6) with the rubber washers (7) in the
R hoisting points (8).
R (6) Tighten the ring bolts (6) only with your hand.
R (7) Attach the ropes (5) to the rings (9) of the ring bolts (6).
R (8) Attach the ends of the ropes (5) to the hooks (4) of the turnbuckles
R (3).
R (9) Carefully operate the crane until the legs of the hoisting sling are
R under load.
R

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 403
May 01/08

CES
R Attachment of the Sling
R Figure 401/TASK 52-22-11-991-001

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 404
May 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-11-020-051
A. Removal of the applicable Door
(1) Remove the wire harness (18) and the bonding straps (23) between the
door and the fuselage frame as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-11-991-002)
(a) Disconnect the connector (14) of the wire harness (18) from the
receptacle (13) of the fuselage strucutre (refer to the
subsequent table):
----------------------------------------------------------
| DOOR | CONNECTOR | RECEPTACLE | FRAME | CABLE LOOM |
__________________________________________________________
| FWD LH | 2821VC-A | 2821VC | FR35 | 4251VB |
| FWD RH | 2820VC-A | 2820VC | FR35 | 4250VB |
| AFT LH | 6721VC-A | 6721VC | FR47.2| 4253VB |
| AFT RH | 6720VC-A | 6720VC | FR47.2| 4252VB |
----------------------------------------------------------
(b) Remove the nuts (30), the washers (26), the screws (27), the
spacers (28) and the clamps (25) from the fuselage structure
(29).
(c) Remove the nuts (17), the washers (16), the screws (20) and the
clamps (19) from the support arm (15).
(d) Disconnect the connector (11) of the wire harness (18) from the
receptacle (12) of the door damper and emergency operation
cylinder (referred to as door damper) (refer to the subsequent
table):
---------------------------------------------------------
| DOOR | CONNECTOR | DOOR DAMPER | FRAME | CABLE LOOM |
_________________________________________________________
| FWD LH | 360RH5-A | 1600WM | FR35 | 4251VB |
| FWD RH | 360RH6-A | 1600WM | FR35 | 4250VB |
| AFT LH | 360RH7-A | 1600WM | FR47.2| 4253VB |
| AFT RH | 360RH8-A | 1600WM | FR47.2| 4252VB |
----------------------------------------------------------
(e) Temporarily attach the cable loom to the door structure.

R

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 405
May 01/08

CES
Electrical Components

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 406
May 01/04

CES
Electrical Components

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 407
May 01/04

CES
(f) Remove the nuts (24), the washers (24), the bolts (21) and the
bonding straps (23) from the support arm (15).
(2) Disconnect the upper and lower guide arms (35) and (36) from the
guide fitting (33) of the door as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-11-991-003)
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (39) from the castle nuts
(38).
(b) Remove the castle nuts (38), the washers (32), the bush (37) and
the bolt (31) from the guide fitting (33).
(c) Disconnect the eye-ends of the guide arms (35) and (36) from the
fork ends of the guide fitting (33).
(d) Temporarily attach the guide arms (35) and (36) to the door
frame.
(e) Remove the bushes (34) from the guide fitting (33).
(3) Disconnect the sliding sleeve (50) from the door attachment fitting
(46) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-11-991-004)
(b) Remove the nut (48), the washers (49) and the bolt (53) from the
fork-end of the sliding sleeve (50).
(c) Remove the spacer sleeve (54) and disconnect the fork end of the
sliding sleeve (50) from the traverse (55).
(4) Disconnect the support arm from the door as follows :

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-11-991-004)
(a) Remove the lower hinge bolt (82) from the control lever (88) as
follows:
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (87) from the nut (86),
2
_ Remove the nut (86) and the washer (83) from the hinge bolt
(82),
3
_ Remove the hinge bolt (82) with the bracket (90), the washers
(83), the bushes (84) and the adjustment washers (80) from the
fork-end (85).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 408
May 01/08
R
CES
Guide Arm Attachment
Figure 403/TASK 52-22-11-991-003

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 409
May 01/04

CES
Support Arm Attachment

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 410
May 01/08
R
CES
Support Arm Attachment

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 411
May 01/08
R
CES
NOTE : Make sure to write down the quantity and the sequence
____
of the washers (83) and the adjustment washers (80).
(b) Remove the upper hinge bolt (68) from the lifting lever (74) as
follows:
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (73) from the nut (72),
2
_ Remove the nut (72) and the washer (69) from the hinge bolt
(68),
3
_ Remove the hinge bolt (68) with the bracket (89), the washers
(69), the bushes (70) and the adjustment washers (66) from the
fork-end (71).
NOTE : Make sure to write down the quantity and the sequence
____
of the washers (69) and the adjustment washers (66).
(5) Carefully disengage the connection forks (62) and (76) of the support
arm from the lifting lever (74) and the control lever (88).
(6) Carefully remove the door from the fuselage and put it in the correct
fixture.
(7) Remove the spacer tube (65) from the connection fork (62) of the
support arm as follows:
(a) Remove the journal pin (61) from the connection fork (62).
(b) Remove the washers (63), the adjustment washers (64) and the
spacer tube (65) from connection fork (62).
(8) Remove the spacer tube (79) from the connection fork (76) of the
(a) Remove the journal pin (75) from the connection fork (76).
(b) Remove the washers (77), the adjustment washers (78) and the
spacer tube (79) from the connection fork (76).
(9) Remove the traverse (55) from the door attachment fitting (46) as
follows:
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (41) from the castle nut (42).
(b) Remove the nut (42) and the washer (43) from the traverse (55).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 412
May 01/08
R
CES
(c) Remove the nuts (51), the bolts (57) with the washers (56) and
the flange (52) from the traverse (55).
(d) Remove the traverse (55) together with the bush (44) from the
door attachment fitting (46).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-11-860-052
R A. Removal of the Hoisting Sling

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-11-991-001)
R (1) Remove the ends of the ropes (5) from the hooks (2) of the
R turnbuckles (3).
R (2) Remove the ropes (5) from the rings (9) of the ring bolts (6).
R (3) Remove the rings of the turnbuckles (3) from the hooks (2) of the
R sling (1).
R (4) Remove the ring bolts (6) with the rubber washers (7) from the
R (5) Remove the ring of the three-leg sling from the crane.
R (6) Remove the hooks (3) from the ring of the three-leg sling.
R (7) Install the plastic caps (11) in the hoisting points (8).
R

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 413
May 01/08

CES
TASK 52-22-11-400-001
Installation of the Emergency Exit Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 CRANE 100KG (220 LB)

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R 98A52008509000 1 SLING - UNIVERSAL, DOORS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
39 cotter pin 52-22-04 04 -220

47 cotter pin 52-22-02 01 -070
73 cotter pin 52-22-04 06 -070A
87 cotter pin 52-22-04 06 -070A

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 414
May 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 05-51-29-200-001 Inspection after Abnormal Movement of the Pax/Crew or

R Emergency Exit
52-22-00-710-001 Operational Check of Door Locking /Unlocking and
Opening/Closing from Inside and Outside with Door
Latching/Unlatching and Functional Check of Hand
Force
Arming/Disarming, Functional Check ofSlide Cable
Movement
52-22-00-820-002 Adjustment of the Emergency Exit Door
52-22-11-991-001 Fig. 401
52-22-11-991-002 Fig. 402
52-22-11-991-003 Fig. 403
52-22-11-991-004 Fig. 404

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 415
Nov 01/05

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-11-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-11-860-051
(1) Make sure that the replacement emergency exit door (referred to as
door) is in the subsequent condition:
- the inboard handle is in the unlocked position,
- the outboard handle is aligned with the door contour,
- the slide release lever is in the disarmed position.
(2) Make sure that the special precautions for the door damper and
emergency operation cylinder are completed (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-
003).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-11-910-050
R A. Preparation for the Replacement Components

R
R (4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all movable parts.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 416
May 01/08

CES
R (5) Attach the hoisting sling to the door as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-11-991-001)
R NOTE : The hoisting sling of the pax. doors (PN 98A52008509042) is

____
R part of the SLING - UNIVERSAL, DOORS (98A52008509000). The
R hoisting sling includes the three-leg sling (PN
R 98A52008509104), the turnbuckle (PN 98A52008509100), the rope
R (PN 98A52008509506) and the ring bolt (PN 98A52008509102).
R (a) Attach the ring of the three-leg sling to the CRANE 100KG (220
R LB) and attach one of the three hooks (2) to the ring.
R (b) Attach the rings of the turnbuckles (3) to the hooks (2) of the
R sling (1).
R (c) Remove the plastic caps (11) from the hoisting points (8).
R (d) Install the ring bolts (6) with the rubber washers (7) in the
R (e) Tighten the ring bolts (6) only with your hand.
R (f) Attach the ropes (5) to the rings (9) of the ring bolts (6).
R (g) Attach the ends of the ropes (5) to the hooks (4) of the
R turnbuckles (3).
R (h) Carefully operate the crane until the legs of the hoisting sling
R are under load.
R
Subtask 52-22-11-420-051
B. Preparation for the Installation
(1) Install the spacer tube (65) on the upper fork-end (62) of the
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-11-991-004)
(a) Calculate the thickness N of the washer set as follows:
NOTE : The washer set includes the washers (63) and the
____
adjustment washers (64).
1
_ Measure the distance M between the fork-end (62),
2
_ Measure the length P of the related spacer tube (65),

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 417
May 01/08

CES
3
_ Calculate the thickness N of the washer set (N = M-P) to
get a clearance of 0.05 mm (0.0019 in.) maximum between the
spacer tube (65) and the fork-end (62).
4
_ Add the adjustment washers (64) as necessary to make allowance
for the clearance between the fork-end (65) and the washer
sets.
(b) Put the washers (63), the adjustment washers (64) and the journal
spacer (65) in position.
(c) Install the journal pin (61) in the fork-end (62).
(2) Install the spacer tube (79) on the lower fork-end (76) of the
(a) Calculate the thickness S of the washer set as follows:
NOTE : The washer set includes the washers (77) and the
____
1
_ Measure the distance R between the fork-end (76),
2
_ Measure the length T of the related spacer tube (79),
3
_ Calculate the thickness S of the washer sets (S = R-T) to
get a clearance of 0.05 mm (0.0019 in.) maximum between the
fork-end (76) and the spacer tube (79).
4
_ Add adjustment washers (78) as necessary to make allowance for
the clearance between the spacer tube (79) and the washer
set.
(b) Put the washers (77), the adjustment washers (78) and the spacer
tube (79) in position.
(c) Install the journal pin (75) in the fork-end (76).
(3) Install the traverse (55) on the door attachment fitting (46) of the
door as follows:
(a) If removed, install the shouldered bushes (45) on the door

attachment fitting (46).
(b) Install the traverse (55) together with the bush (44) on the door

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 418
May 01/08
R
CES
(c) Install the washer (43) and the nut (42) on the traverse (55).
(d) Install the flange (52) on the traverse (55) and attach it with
the bolts (57), the washers (56) and the nuts (51) on the
structural bracket (46).
Subtask 52-22-11-820-050
C. Adjustment of Clearances between the Door and the Support Arm
(1) Calculate the thickness U of the washer set as follows:
NOTE : The washer set includes the bracket (89) and the
____
(a) Measure the dimension W between the fork-end (71).
(b) Measure the thickness V of the spacer tube (65).
(c) Calculate the thickness U of the washer set (U = W-V) to get
a lateral clearance of 0.05 mm (0.0019 in.) between the spacer
tube (65) and the fork-end (71).
(d) Add the adjustment washers (66) as necessary to make allowance

for the clearance between the fork-end (71) and the washer set.
(2) Calculate the thickness X of the washer set as follows:
NOTE : The washer set includes the bracket (90) and the adjustment
____
washers (80).
(a) Measure the dimension Z between the fork-end (85).
(b) Measure the thickness Y of the spacer tube (79).
(c) Calculate the thickness X of the washer set (X = Z-Y) to get
a lateral clearance of 0.05 mm (0.0019 in.) between the fork-end
(85) and the spacer tube (79).
(d) Add the adjustment washers (80) as necessary to make allowance

for the clearance between the fork-end (85) and the washer set.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 419
May 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 52-22-11-420-050
R D. Installation of the Replacement Door
R (1) Operate the crane carefully until it lifts the door.
(2) Carefully move the door in its installation position.
R (3) Connect the door to the support arm as follows:
R (a) Make sure that:

R - The upper connection forks (62) and (76) of the support arm
R engages with the control lever (74).
R - The lower connection forks 76) of the support arm engages with
R the lifting lever (88).
R (b) Install the upper hinge bolt (68) on the control lever (74) as
R follows:
1
_ Put the bracket (89) and the adjustment washers (66) in
R position and install the bushes (70) into the spacer tube
R (65).
R 2
_ Install the hinge bolt (68) , the washers (69) and the nut
R (72) on the fork-end (71).
NOTE : The hinge bolt (68) must go in smoothly.

____
3
_ Safety the nut (72) with the new cotter pin (73).
(c) Install the lower hinge bolt (82) on the control lever (88) as
follows:
1
_ Put the bracket (90) and the adjustment washers (80) in
position and install the bushes (84) into the spacer tube
(79).
R 2
_ Install the hinge bolt (82) , the washers (83) and the nut
R (86) on the fork-end (85).
NOTE : The hinge bolt (82) must go in smoothly.

____
3

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 420
May 01/08

CES
R (4) Remove the hoisting sling from the door as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-11-991-001)
R (a) Remove the ends of the ropes (5) from the hooks (4) of the
R turnbuckles (3).
R (b) Remove the ropes (5) from the rings (9) of the ring bolts (6).
R (c) Remove the rings of the turnbuckles (3) from the hooks (2) of the
R sling (1).
R (d) Remove the ring bolts (6) with the rubber washers (7) from the
R (e) Remove the ring of the three-leg sling from the crane.
R (f) Remove the hooks (2) from the ring of the three-leg sling.
R (g) Install the plastic caps (11) in the hoisting points (8).
R (5) Attach the lower guide arm (36) on the guide fitting (33) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-11-991-003)
R (a) Release the lower guide arm (36) from the door frame.
R (b) Install the bush (34) in the guide fitting (33).
R (c) Connect the eye-end of the lower guide arm (36) in the fork-end
R of the guide fitting (33).
R (d) Install the bush (37), the bolt (31), the washers (32) and the
R nut (38).
R (e) Tighten the nut (38) and safety it with the new cotter pin (39).
Subtask 52-22-11-820-051
E. Adjustment of the Parallel Motion
(1) Carefully move the door in its half-open position.
(2) Measure the distances between the door edges and the outer skin of
the fuselage.
NOTE : The distances must be the same. The tolerance is 2.0 mm

____
(0.0787 in.) maximum.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 421
May 01/08

CES
(3) If the tolerance is more than is permitted, push the door manually to
(4) If it is not possible, adjust the position of the related attachment

fitting mounted on the door frame.
Subtask 52-22-11-420-052
F. Final Installation
(1) Attach the upper guide arm (35) on the guide fitting (33) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-11-991-003)
(a) Release the upper guide arm (35) from the door frame.
(b) Install the bush (34) in the guide fitting (33).
(c) Connect the eye-end of the upper guide arm (35) in the related
fork-end of the guide fitting (33)
(d) Install the bush (37), the bolt (31), the washers (32) and the
nut (38).
NOTE : The bolt (31) must go in smoothly.

____
(e) If not, adjust the position of the related attachment fitting

mounted on the door frame.
(f) Tighten the nut (38) and safety it with the new cotter pin (39).
(2) Connect the sliding sleeve (50) on the door attachment fitting (46)
as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-11-991-004)
(a) Put the fork-end of the sliding sleeve (50) on the traverse (55)
and install the spacer sleeve (54).
(b) Install the bolt (53), the washers (49) and the nut (48) on the
sliding sleeve (50).
(c) TORQUE the nut (48) to to 0.59 m.daN (52.21 lbf.in) and safety it
with the new cotter pin (47).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 422
May 01/08
R
CES
(3) Install the wire harness (18) and the bonding straps (23) between the
door and the support arm as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-11-991-002)
(a) Install the bonding straps (23) with the bolts (21), the washers
(22) and the nuts (24) on the support arm (15) (Ref. TASK 20-28-
00-912-004).
(b) Connect the connector (11) of the wire harness (18) to the
receptacle (12) of the door damper (refer to the subsequent
table).
---------------------------------------------------------
_________________________________________________________
| FWD LH | 360RH5-A | 1600WM | FR35 | 4251VB |
| FWD RH | 360RH6-A | 1601WM | FR35 | 4250VB |
| AFT LH | 360RH7-A | 1602WM | FR47.2| 4253VB |
| AFT RH | 360RH8-A | 1603WM | FR47.2| 4252VB |
---------------------------------------------------------
(c) Install the clamps (19) with the screws (20), the washers (16)
and the nuts (17) on the support arm (15).
(d) Measure a distance A at the wire harness (18) between the last
clamp (19) of the support arm (15) and the first clamp (25).
NOTE : The distance A at the forward doors must be 250.0 mm

____
(9.8425 in.).
The distance A at the aft doors must be 290.0 mm
(11.4173 in.).
(e) Put a mark on the wire harness (18) to identify the correct
position of the first clamp (25).
(f) Put the first clamp (25) to the mark at the wire harness (18).
(g) Attach the clamps (25) with the bolts (27), the washers (26), the
spacers (28) and the nuts (30) on the fuselage frame (29).
(h) Connect the connector (24) of the wire harness (18) to the
receptacle (23) at the fuselage frame (refer to the subsequent
table):

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 423
May 01/08
R
CES
----------------------------------------------------------
| DOOR | CONNECTOR | RECEPTACLE | FRAME | CABLE LOOM |
__________________________________________________________
| FWD LH | 2821VC-A | 2821VC | FR35 | 4251VB |
| FWD RH | 2820VC-A | 2820VC | FR35 | 4250VB |
| AFT LH | 6721VC-A | 6721VC | FR47.2| 4253VB |
| AFT RH | 6720VC-A | 6720VC | FR47.2| 4252VB |
----------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-11-820-052
G. Adjustment Procedure
(1) Adjust the door to the correct position in the fuselage (Ref. TASK
52-22-00-820-002).
(2) Make sure that the proximity sensors 19WV, 21WV and 61WV are
correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-001).
Subtask 52-22-11-720-050
H. Test Procedure
(1) Do a opertional test (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-710-001) to make sure that

the locking mechanism is correctly adjusted.
(2) Do a functional test (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-720-001) to make sure that

the slide release mechanism is correctly adjusted.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-11-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install the insulation mat on the inner side of the door and attach
it with the VELCRO tapes.
(2) Install the the door Lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-012) and
(Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-013) on the replacement door.
Subtask 52-22-11-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

13WN, 15WN, 48WV, 153RH

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 424
May 01/08

CES
Subtask 52-22-11-410-051
C. Close Access
items.
(2) Do the special precaution for the door damper and emergency operation
(3) Close applicable the door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 425
May 01/08

CES
DOOR - EMERGENCY EXIT - INSPECTION/CHECK
________________________________________
TASK 52-22-11-200-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Internal Structure of the Forward Emergency

Exit Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 601
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Composite Material
R 51-78-00-916-001 Application of Temporary Protection System (TPS)
ASRM 522000201
52-22-11-991-005 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR

_______ MAKE SURE THAT: - THE SLIDE
CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED. - THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS
Subtask 52-22-11-010-052
A. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable emergency exit door (referred to as door)

(Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 602
Nov 01/09

CES
(3) Remove the lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-012) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-
47-000-013) from the applicable door.
(4) Carefully disconnect the Velcro-tapes and remove the insulation mats
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-22-11-991-005)
Subtask 52-22-11-615-050
A. Cleaning Procedure

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
MATERIAL.
and a lint-free cloth .
Subtask 52-22-11-220-051
B. Detailed Visual Inspection of the Internal Door Structure
(1) Examine the subsequent components of the internal door structure for
- the junction plates
- the inside framing (such as edge member, lower and upper members
and curved members),
- the beam framing (such as horizontal beams, vertical frame segments
and window frame).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 603
May 01/04

CES
Emergency Exit Doors (Example)
Figure 601/TASK 52-22-11-991-005

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 604
May 01/04

CES

____
(a) Determine the limits of the allowable damage (Ref. ASRM

522000201).
(c) Remove the corrosion (Ref. TASK 51-74-11-300-001).
Subtask 52-22-11-210-050
C. General Inspection of the Door
(1) Examine the drain holes at the bottom of the door structure. Make
sure that they are not blocked.
(2) Examine all rivets of the door structure.
(a) If you find an empty rivet hole, install the rivet with the
correct sealant.
(b) If you find damaged or loose rivets, replace them.
(3) Examine the sealant of all structure components for the correct
(4) Make sure that all attachment screws and bolts of the door structure
are correctly tightened.
(5) Make sure that the paint is in the correct condition (Ref. TASK 51-
75-12-300-001).
Subtask 52-22-11-916-051
R D. Do the procedure for the application of the temporary protection system

R (Ref. TASK 51-78-00-916-001).
R

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 605
Nov 01/09

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-11-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Put the insulation mats in the door structure and attach them with
the Velcro-tapes.
(3) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-012) and (Ref. TASK
25-23-47-400-013) on the door.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 606
Nov 01/09
R
CES
TASK 52-22-11-200-002
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Internal Structure of the AFT Emergency Exit
Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

at zone 232.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 607
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Composite Material
ASRM 522000201
52-22-11-991-005 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-11-010-054

(Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
(3) Remove the lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013) from the applicable
door.
(4) Carefully disconnect the Velcro-tapes and remove the insulation mats

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 608
Nov 01/09

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-22-11-991-005)
Subtask 52-22-11-615-051

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
MATERIAL.
Subtask 52-22-11-220-052
B. Detailed Visual Inspection of the Internal Door Structure
(1) Examine the subsequent components of the internal door structure for
- the junction plates
- the inside framing (such as edge member, lower and upper members
and curved members),
- the beam framing (such as horizontal beams, vertical frame segments
and window frame).

____
(a) Determine the limits of the allowable damage (Ref. ASRM

522000201).
(c) Remove the corrosion (Ref. TASK 51-74-11-300-001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 609
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-11-210-051
C. General Inspection of the Door
(1) Examine the drain holes at the bottom of the door structure. Make
sure that they are not blocked.
(2) Examine all rivets of the door structure.
(a) If you find an empty rivet hole, install the rivet with the
correct sealant.
(4) Make sure that all attachment screws and bolts of the door structure
are correctly tightened.
(5) Make sure that the paint is in the correct condition (Ref. TASK 51-
75-12-300-001).
Subtask 52-22-11-916-050
R D. Do the procedure for the application of the temporary protection system

R (Ref. TASK 51-78-00-916-001).
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-11-410-054
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Put the insulation mats in the door structure and attach them with
the Velcro-tapes.
(3) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-012) and (Ref. TASK
25-23-47-400-013) on the door.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 610
Nov 01/09

CES

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 611
Nov 01/09
R
CES
TASK 52-22-11-200-004
R Detailed Inspection of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-001 Electrical Bonding of Components with Rivets

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-11-010-056
A. Get Access


EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 612
May 01/05

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-11-210-052
R A. Detailed Inspection of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
(1) Examine the the door damper and emergency operation cylinder
(referred to as door damper) as follows:
R (a) Make sure that there is no fluid leakage around the door damper.
(b) Make sure that there are no corrosion, cracks, marks or dents on
the door damper.
(c) Make sure that the door damper is correctly attached.
R (d) Make sure that the paint is in the correct condition.
R (2) Examine the bonding straps of the door damper and their attachments
R for correct condition (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-001).
(3) Make sure that the pressure of the door damper shown on the pressure
gauge is correct.
R
R (4) If the pressure is not correct, charge the door damper (Ref. TASK 52-
22-00-614-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-11-410-056
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 613
May 01/05

CES
TASK 52-22-11-200-005
General Visual Inspection of Forward Emergency Exits, External Surface, LH/RH
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

51-73-11-300-003 Repair of Dents in Skin Panels
Composite Material
ASRM 51730000100
ASRM 52200000200
ASRM 52200010100
52-22-11-991-007 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-11-941-050
A. Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the closed
forward emergency exit 833 (843).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 614
May 01/04

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-22-11-991-007)
Subtask 52-22-11-210-053
A. General Visual Inspection Procedure
(2) Examine the external surface of the forward emergency exit for
scratches and dents to the surface protection.
(a) If you find scratches, dents or other damage:
1
_ Find the dimensions of the damage and the allowable damage
limits (Ref. ASRM 52200010100).
a
_ If you find damage that is less than the limit, remove it
(Ref. ASRM 51730000100) or (Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-001) or
(Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-003).
b
_ If you find damage to the surface protection only, repair
it (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-001) or (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-
003), as necessary.
c
_ If you find damage that is more than the limit, repair it
(Ref. ASRM 52200000200).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-11-942-051
A. Remove the access platform(s).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 615
May 01/04

CES
Forward Emergency-Exit External Surface
Figure 602/TASK 52-22-11-991-007

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 616
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-11-200-006
General Visual Inspection of Door Stop Assemblies and Locking Hook on Forward
Emergency Exit Doors, LH/RH
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

or Steel Components
ASRM 52200010100
52-22-11-991-008 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-11-010-057
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the Fwd
emergency exit door 833 (843).
(2) Open the Fwd emergency exit door 833 (843) (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-
001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 617
May 01/04

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 52-22-11-991-008)
Subtask 52-22-11-210-054
R A. General Visual Inspection Procedure
(2) Examine the locking hooks for cracks, distortion, fretting, gouges,
nicks, scratches, other damage and correct installation.
(a) If you find cracks, distortion, fretting, gouges, nicks,

scratches or other damage:
- Repair the locking hooks, refer to (Ref. ASRM 52200010100) or

(Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-002).
(b) Make sure the locking hooks are correctly installed.
(3) Examine the bushes and bolts of the locking hook mechanisms for
R cracks, gouges, nicks, scratches, wear or damage and correct
R installation.
(a) If you find cracks, gouges, nicks, scratches, wear or other

damage:
R - Repair the parts of the locking hook mechanisms, refer to (Ref.
R ASRM 52200010100) or (Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-002).
(b) Make sure the bushes and bolts of the locking hook mechanisms are
(4) Examine the door stop assemblies for cracks, distortion, fretting,
gouges, nicks, scratches or other damage and correct installation.

- Repair the door stop assemblies, refer to (Ref. ASRM
52200010100).
(b) Make sure the door stop assemblies are correctly installed.
R (c) Make sure that the length of each stop bolt is minimum 28.3 mm
R (1.1141 in.).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 618
Aug 01/08

CES
R Door Stop Assemblies and Locking Hooks
Figure 603/TASK 52-22-11-991-008

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 619
Aug 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-11-410-057
A. Close the LH/RH Forward Emergency-Exit Door
items.
(2) Close the Fwd emergency exit door 833 (843) (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-
001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 620
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-11-200-007
General Visual Inspection of Aft Emergency Exits, External Surface, LH/RH
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Composite Material
ASRM 52200010100
52-22-11-991-009 Fig. 604
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-11-941-051
aft emergency exit 834 (844).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 621
May 01/04

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 52-22-11-991-009)
Subtask 52-22-11-210-055
A. General Visual Inspection Procedure of the LH/RH Aft Emergency Exit
(2) Examine the external surface of the aft emergency exit for scratches
and dents to the surface protection.
(a) If you find scratches, dents or other damage:
- Find the dimensions of the damage and the allowable damage

(b) If you find damage to the surface protection only, repair it

(Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-001) or (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-003), as
necessary.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-11-942-052

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 622
May 01/04

CES
Aft Emergency-Exit External Surface
Figure 604/TASK 52-22-11-991-009

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 623
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-11-200-008
General Visual Inspection of Door Stop Assemblies and Locking Hook on Aft
Emergency Exit Doors, LH/RH
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ASRM 52200010100
52-22-11-991-010 Fig. 605
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-11-010-058
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the Aft
emergency exit door 834 (844).
(2) Open the Aft emergency exit door 834 (844) (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-
001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 624
May 01/04

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 52-22-11-991-010)
Subtask 52-22-11-210-056
(2) Examine the locking hooks for cracks, distortion, fretting, gouges,
nicks, scratches, other damage and correct installation.

- Repair the locking hooks, refer to (Ref. ASRM 52200010100).
(b) Make sure the locking hooks are correctly installed.
(3) Examine the bushes and bolts of the locking hook mechanisms for
R cracks, gouges, nicks, scratches, wear or damage and correct
R installation.
(a) If you find cracks, gouges, nicks, scratches, wear or other

damage:
R - Repair the parts of the locking hook mechanisms, refer to (Ref.
ASRM 52200010100).
(b) Make sure the bushes and bolts of the locking hook mechanisms are
(4) Examine the door stop assemblies for cracks, distortion, fretting,
gouges, nicks, scratches or other damage and correct installation.

- Repair the door stop assemblies, refer to (Ref. ASRM
52200010100).
(b) Make sure the door stop assemblies are correctly installed.
R (c) Make sure that the length of each stop bolt is minimum 28.3 mm
R (1.1141 in.).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 625
Aug 01/08

CES
R Door Stop Assemblies and Locking Hooks
Figure 605/TASK 52-22-11-991-010

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 626
Aug 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-11-410-058
A. Close the LH/RH Aft Emergency-Exit Door
items.
(2) Close the Aft emergency exit door 834 (844) (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-
001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-11

Page 627
May 01/04

CES
________________________________________
TASK 52-22-12-000-001
Removal of the Support Arm of the Emergency Exit Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Doors
52-22-14-000-001 Removal of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder
52-22-12-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 401
May 01/04

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-12-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-12-010-050
B. Get Access
(2) Partly open the emergency exit door as required (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
010-001).
003).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-12-020-050
A. Removal of the Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-12-991-001)
(1) Remove the door damper and emergency operation cylinder (Ref. TASK
52-22-14-000-001).
(2) Remove the applicable emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-11-000-
001).
NOTE : Make sure that the door stay mechanism (19) is disengaged and
____
the support arm (1) moves free.
(3) Remove the screw (10) and the washer (11) to disconnect the bonding
strap (12).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 402
May 01/04

CES
Suspension at Door Frame Side
Figure 401/TASK 52-22-12-991-001

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 403
May 01/04

CES
(4) Remove the bolt (13) from the lower hinge of the support arm (1) as
follows:
(b) Remove the nut (17), the washers (16) and (19) and the bolt (13)
with the lockwasher (14) and the spacers (15) and (6).
(5) Remove the bolt (3) from the upper hinge of the support arm (1) as
follows:
(b) Remove the nut (8), the stop (7) and the spacer (6) from the bolt
(3).
(c) Hold the support arm (1) and remove the bolt (3) with the washer
(4), the bushings (2) and (5).
(6) Remove the support arm (1) from the fuselage fittings.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 404
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-12-400-001
Installation of the Support Arm of the Emergency Exit Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 cotter pin 52-22-02 06 -260

18 cotter pin 52-22-02 06 -260

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 405
May 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-11-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Doors
52-22-14-400-001 Installation of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder
52-22-12-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-12-860-054
(1) Make sure that the applicable emergency exit door (referred to as
door) is opened as required (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
003).
opened door.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 406
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-12-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-12-910-050
(3) Examine the spacers (6) and (15) and the bushings (2) and (5) for
surface damage.
(4) Lubricate the bolts (3) and (13) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004).
Subtask 52-22-12-420-050
B. Installation of the Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-12-991-001)
(1) Install the spacers (6) and (15) and the bushings (2) and (5) to the
related hinge fittings.
(2) Put the support arm (1) into the position at the attachment fittings
of the fuselagre frame and attach it as follows:
(a) Put the bolt (3) with the washer (4) into the upper hinge
fitting.
(b) Assemble the stop (7) and the nut (8) on the bolt (3).
(c) Tighten the nut (8) and safety it with the new cotter pin (9).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 407
May 01/04

CES
(3) Install the lower bolt (13) as follows:
(a) Put the bolt (13) together with the lockwasher (14) into the
lower hinge fitting.
(b) Assemble the washers (16) and (19) and the nut (17) on the bolt
(13).
(4) Make sure that the support arm (1) moves easily.
(5) Connect the bonding strap (12) with the screw (10) and the washer
(11) to the support arm (1) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(6) Install the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-11-400-001).
(7) Install the door damper and emergency operation cylinder (Ref. TASK
52-22-14-400-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-12-865-052
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-12-410-050
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Make sure that the door damper and emergency operation cylinder is
correctly pressurized (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-614-002).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 408
May 01/04

CES

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 409
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-12-000-002
Removal of the Door Stay Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-12-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-12-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 410
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-12-010-051
B. Get Access
010-001).
003).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-12-020-051
A. Removal of the Door Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-12-991-002)
(1) Remove the release rod (21) from the support arm as follows:
(a) Remove the screws (22) and the washers (23) and (25).
(b) Remove the handle (24).
(c) Remove the release rod (21).
(2) Remove the release assy (28) from the support arm as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (26) and the washers (27).
(b) Remove the screws (29).
(c) Remove the release assy (28).
(3) Remove the lock assy (31) from the support arm as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (34) and the washers (33).
(b) Remove the screws (30).
(c) Remove the lock assy (31) and the washers (32).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 411
May 01/04

CES
Door Stay Mechanism
Figure 402/TASK 52-22-12-991-002

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 412
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-12-400-002
Installation of the Door Stay Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 16-001

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-12-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 413
Nov 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-12-860-055
R door) is opened as required (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
003).
opened door.
Subtask 52-22-12-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-12-420-051
A. Installation of the Door Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-12-991-002)
(3) Install the release rod (21) on the support arm as follows:
(a) Put the release rod (21) into the related bore of the support
arm.
(b) Put the handle (24) over the top-end of the release rod (21).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 414
Feb 01/08

CES
(c) Put the washers (25) in position between the handle (24) and the
support arm.
(d) Install the screws (22) and the washers (23) at the handle (24).
(e) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and

STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the screws (22).
(4) Install the release assy (28) on the support arm as follows:
(a) Put the release assy (28) in its installation position and attach
it temporarily with the bolts (29).
(b) Install the washers (27) and the nuts (26) on the bolts (29).
(c) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and

STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the screws (29) and the
nuts (26).
(5) Install the lock assy (31) on the support arm as follows:
(a) Put the lock assy (31) together with the washers (32) into their
installation position and attach them temporarily with the bolts
(30).
(b) Install the washers (33) and the nuts (34) on the bolts (30).
(c) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and

STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the screws (30) and
nuts (34).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-12-865-055
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 415
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-12-410-051
B. Close Access
items.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 416
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-12-000-003
Removal of the Door Buffer
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-12-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-12-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 417
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-12-010-052
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform into position below the applicable door.
010-001).
003).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-12-020-052
A. Removal of the Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-12-991-003)
(1) Remove the nuts (44), the washers (43) and the bolts (42).
(2) Remove the door buffer (41) from the support arm.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 418
May 01/04

CES
Door Buffer
Figure 403/TASK 52-22-12-991-003

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 419
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-12-400-003
Installation of the Door Buffer
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 16-001

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-12-991-003 Fig. 403

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 420
Nov 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-12-860-056
R door) is opened as required (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
003).
opened door.
Subtask 52-22-12-865-057
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-12-991-003)
Subtask 52-22-12-420-052
A. Installation of the Door Buffer
(1) Put the door buffer (41) into position at the support arm and attach
it temporarily with the bolts (42).
(2) Install the washers (43) and the nuts (44) on the bolts (42).
(3) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and STRUCTURE
PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the bolts (42) and nuts (44).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 421
Feb 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-12-865-058
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-12-410-052
B. Close Access
items.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 422
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-12-000-004
Removal of the Guide Arm Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-12-991-004 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-12-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 423
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-12-010-053
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform into position below the applicable emergency
exit door.
(2) Partly open the applicable emergency exit door as required (Ref. TASK
52-22-00-010-001).
003).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-12-020-053
A. Removal of the Guide Arm

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-12-991-004)
(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (60) from the nut (61).
(2) Remove the nut (61) with the washer (62).
(3) Remove the bolt (66) with the washer (65).
(4) Remove the rod end of the guide arm (52) from the attachment fitting
(51).
(5) Remove the bushings (64) and (63) from the attachment fitting (51).
(6) Remove the cap (59) from the pin of the attachment fittng (53)
(8) Support the guide arm (52) and remove the nut (57) with the washers
(56) and (55).
(9) Remove the guide arm (52) from the attachment fitting (53).
(10) Remove the bushing (54) from the pin of the attachment fitting (53).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 424
May 01/04

CES
Guide Arm Assy
Figure 404/TASK 52-22-12-991-004

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 425
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-12-400-004
Installation of the Guide Arm Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
58 cotter pin 52-22-02 04A-260

60 cotter pin 52-22-02 04A-330
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-12-991-004 Fig. 404

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 426
May 01/04

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-12-860-057
003).
opened door.
Subtask 52-22-12-865-060
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-12-991-004)
Subtask 52-22-12-420-053
A. Installation of the Guide Arm Assy
(1) Examine the bushings (64), (63) and (54) for surface damage.
(4) Install the bushing (54) on the pin of the attachment fitting (53).
(5) Install the rod eye of the guide arm (52) on the pin of the

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 427
May 01/04

CES
(6) Install the nut (57) with the washers (56) and (55).
(7) Tighten the nut (57) and safety it with a new cotter pin (58).
(8) Put the cap (59) on the nut (57).
(9) Install the bushings (64) and (63) at the attachment fitting (51).
(10) Put the rod end of the guide arm (52) into the mounting fork of the
(11) Install the bolt (66) with the countersunk washer (65).
(13) Tighten the nut (61) and safety it with a new cotter pin (60).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-12-865-061
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-12-410-053
B. Close Access
items.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-12

Page 428
May 01/04

CES
_____________________________________________________________________
TASK 52-22-14-000-001
Removal of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-14-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-14-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 401
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-14-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Partly open the applicable emergency exit door (referred to as door)
as required (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
opened door.
(3) Make sure that the special precaution procedure for the door damper
and emergency operation cylinder is completed (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
860-003).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-14-991-001)
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR

INSTALLED. - THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS
Subtask 52-22-14-020-050
A. Removal of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
(1) Remove the electrical connections from the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder (referred to as door damper) as follows:
(a) Disconnect the applicable connector (22) from the related

receptacle (24) (refer to the subsequent table):
---------------------------------------------------------
_________________________________________________________
| FWD LH | 360RH5-A | 1600WM | FR35 | 4251VB |
| FWD RH | 360RH6-A | 1601WM | FR35 | 4250VB |
| AFT LH | 360RH7-A | 1602WM | FR47.2 | 4253VB |
| AFT RH | 360RH8-A | 1603WM | FR47.2 | 4252VB |
---------------------------------------------------------
R (b) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).
(c) Temporarily attach the cable loom to the support arm.
(2) Remove the screw (13), the washer (12) and the bonding strap (11)
from the door damper (1).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 401/TASK 52-22-14-991-001

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 403
May 01/04

CES
(3) Operate the filler valve (23) to make sure that the pressure
accumulator of the door damper is bleed.
(4) Remove the door damper (1) from the guide arm fitting (7) as follows:
(c) Hold the door damper (1) and remove the bolt (10), the washer (9)
and the safety plates (2).
(5) Remove the piston end of the door damper (1) from the yoke assembly
(18) as follows:
(c) Hold the piston end of the door damper (1) and carefully remove
the bolt (20), the washer (19) and the spacer (17).
(6) Remove the door damper (1).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 404
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-14-400-001
Installation of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific sharp pencil

B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 cotter pin 52-22-02 03 -190

14 cotter pin 52-22-02 03 -090
66 tab washer 52-22-22 06 -170
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-73-00-740-005 BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System

R (CIDS) through the CFDS
52-22-14-991-001 Fig. 401
52-22-14-991-003 Fig. 402

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-14-860-050
door) is partly opened as required (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
opened door.
860-003).
Subtask 52-22-14-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-14-991-001)
R WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR

R CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
R INSTALLED. - THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS
R IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
Subtask 52-22-14-910-050
(2) Examine the bushes (3) and (8) of the support arm fitting (7) for
damage.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 406
Aug 01/09

CES
(3) Make sure that the bushes of the yoke assembly (18) and the
telescopic rod assembly (21) are in the correct condition.
Subtask 52-22-14-420-051
B. Installation of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
(1) Put the door damper and emergency operation cylinder (referred to as
door damper) (1) in position between the support arm fitting (7) and
the yoke assembly (18).
(2) Install the door damper (1) on the support arm fitting (7) as
follows:
(a) Put the safety plates (2) in position at the rod end of the door
damper.
(b) Install the rod-end together with the safety plates (2) in the
support arm fitting (7).
(c) Install the bolt (10) with the washer (9) to the support arm
fitting (7).
(d) Install the washer (4) and the nut (5).
(e) Tighten the nut (5) and safety it with a new cotter pin (6).
(3) Install the door damper (1) to the yoke assembly (18) as follows:
(a) Put the piston rod of the door damper (1) into position at the
yoke assembly (18) and the telescopic rod assembly (21).
(b) Install the bolt (20) with the washer (19).
(c) Install the spacer (17), the washer (16) and the nut (15) to the
bolt (20).
(d) Tighten the nut (15) and safety it with a new cotter pin (14).
(4) Connect the bonding strap (11) to the door damper (1) with the screw
(5) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 407
May 01/04

CES
(6) Release the temporarily attached cable loom from the support arm.
(7) Connect the applicable connector (22) to the related receptacle (24)
(refer to the subsequent table):
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| FWD LH | 360RH5-A | 1600WN | FR35 | 4251VB |
| FWD RH | 360RH6-A | 1601WN | FR35 | 4250VB |
| AFT LH | 360RH7-A | 1602WN | FR47.2 | 4253VB |
| AFT RH | 360RH8-A | 1603WN | FR47.2 | 4252VB |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
(8) Fill the pressure accumulator of the door damper (1) with nitrogen to
123 bar (1783.9637 psi) (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-614-002).
(9) Close and open the door for several times to make sure that the door
damper (1) operates satisfactory.
Subtask 52-22-14-820-050
C. Adjustment of the Release Travel between the Door Damper and the
Operation Lever
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-14-991-003)
(1) Make sure that the applicable door is closed and in the subesquent
condition:
- the release lever (63) of the door damper is fully retracted in the
safetied position
- the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE is removed and the slide control handle of
applicable door is in the armed position
- the percussion mechanism of the door damper is blocked with the
related stowage pin (69)
(2) Measure the distance U between the lower edge of the release lever
(63) and the top of the stop bolt (64) as follows:
(a) Pull up the inboard handle so that the door lifts but do not open
it at this stage.
(b) Loosen the knurrled screw (62) and carefully extend the release
lever (63) until it contacts the stop bolt (64).
(c) Put a mark on the stop bolt (64) to indicate the position of the
lower edge of the release lever (63).
NOTE : Use a sharp pencil to make a mark on the stop bolt (64).
____

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 408
May 01/04

CES
Adjustment of the Release Travel
Figure 402/TASK 52-22-14-991-003

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 409
May 01/04

CES
(d) Retract the release lever (63) and safety it with the knurrled
screw (62).
(e) Measure the distance between the pencil mark and the top of the
stop bolt (64):
NOTE : The dimension must be between 5.5 mm (0.2165 in.) and 6.5
____
mm (0.2559 in.).
(3) If the distance U is out of tolerance, adjust the position of the
stop bolt (64) as follows:
(a) If required, bend the tab washer (66) to release the adjustment
nut (65).
NOTE : In this case, replace the tab washer (66).

____
(b) Loosen the jam nut (68) and the adjustment nut (65).
(c) Turn the stop bolt (64) as required until the distance U is
correct.
(d) Tighten the adjustment nut (65) and the jam nut (68).
(e) Safety the adjustment nut (65) with the tab washer (66).
R Subtask 52-22-14-865-052
R D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 153RH
R Subtask 52-22-14-740-050
R E. BITE Test
R (1) Do a BITE test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

R (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-14-410-050
R A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 52-22-14-000-002
Removal of the Telescopic Rod Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-14-991-002 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-14-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Partly open the applicable emergency exit door (referred to as door)
as required (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
opened door.
860-003).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 412
Feb 01/10
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-14-991-002)
Subtask 52-22-14-020-051
A. Removal of the Telescopic Rod Assembly
(1) Disconnect the telescopic rod assembly (57) from the yoke assembly
(52) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (49) and the washer (50) from bolt (54).
(c) Remove the bolt (54) and the washer (53) from the yoke assembly
(52).
(d) Hold the piston of the door damper (55) and disassemble the
fork-end (56) from the yoke assembly (52).
(e) If neceesary, remove the bush (51) from the yoke assembly (52).
(2) Disconnect the telescopic rod assembly (57) from the door fitting
(35) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (42), the washer (43), tab plate (44), the washer
NOTE : Remove lock plate (59) if installed as an alternative to

____
the washer (43) and the tab plate (44).
(c) Hold the telescopic rod assembly (57) and carefully remove the
spacer (45) from the sliding sleeve (58).
(d) Disassemble the sliding sleeve (58) from the transversal link
(40).
(3) If necessary, remove the transveral link (40) from the door fitting
(35) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (32) and the washer (33) from the transversal link
(40).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 413
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Telescopic Rod Assembly
Figure 403/TASK 52-22-14-991-002

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 414
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(c) Remove the nuts (39), the washers (37) and the bolts (36) from
the door fitting (35).
(d) Hold the transversal link (40) and remove the bearing bracket
(38) from the door fitting (35).
(e) Disassemble the transveral link (40) from the door fitting (35).
(f) If required, remove the bush (34) from the door fitting (35).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 415
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 52-22-14-400-002
Installation of the Telescopic Rod Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31 cotter pin 52-22-02 01 -070

41 cotter pin 52-22-02 01 -070
48 cotter pin 52-22-02 03 -090

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 416
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-14-991-002 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-14-860-051
door) is partly opened as required (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
opened door.
860-003).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-14-991-002)
Subtask 52-22-14-910-051

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 417
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all movable parts
Subtask 52-22-14-420-052
B. Installation of the Telescopic Rod Assembly
(1) If removed, install the transversal link (40) in the door (35) as
follows:
(a) If remove, install the bush (34) in the door fitting (35).
(b) Assemble the transversal link (40) in the door fitting (35) and
install the bearing bracket (38) with the bolts (36), the washers
(c) Install the washer (33) and the nut (32) on the transerval link
(40).
95.57 lbf.in) and safety it with the new cotter pin (31).
(2) Connect the telscopic rod assembly (57) on the door fitting (35) as
follows:
(a) Assemble the sliding sleeve (58) to the tranversal link (40) and
install the spacer (45).
(b) Install the bolt (46), the washer (47), the tab plate (44), the
washer (43) and the nut (42) on the sliding sleeve (58).
NOTE : You can install a lock plate (59) as an alternative to the

____
washer (43) and the tab plate (44).
(c) Tighten the nut (42) and safety it with the cotter pin (41).
(3) Connect the telescopic rod assembly (57) to the yoke assembly (52) as
follows:
(a) If remove, install the bush (51) in the yoke assembly (52).
(b) Assemble the fork-end (56) to the yoke assembly (52) and the
piston of the door damper (55).
(c) Install the bolt (54), the washers (53) and (50) and the nut
(49).
(d) Tighten the nut (49) and safety it with the cotter pin (48).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 418
Feb 01/10
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-14-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-14

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES
SEAL - DOOR - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________
TASK 52-22-18-300-001
Preventive Seepage Procedure
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-012 USA VV-P-236

PURE MINERALVASELINE OR PETRO- LATUM (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Composite Material

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-18

Page 201
May 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-18-991-002 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-18-010-051
A. Get Access

(Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform in position below the opened door.
(3) Make sure that the special precaution procedure on the door damper
and emergency operation cylinder is done (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-
003).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-18-390-050
A. Seepage Prevention at the Sealing Profile

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-22-18-991-002)
(1) Clean the lower area of the sealing profile with CLEANING AGENTS
(2) If necessary, repair the paint coating of the sealing profile

(Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-001).
(3) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012) on the contact
area of the sealing profile.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-18

Page 202
May 01/04

CES
Sealing Profile at the Emergency Exit - Seepage Prevention
Figure 201/TASK 52-22-18-991-002

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-18

Page 203
May 01/04

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-18-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
cylinder after maintenance (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-004).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-18

Page 204
May 01/04

CES
__________________________________
TASK 52-22-18-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-18-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-18-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-18

Page 401
Feb 01/07

CES
Subtask 52-22-18-010-050
B. Get Access

opened door.
003).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-18-991-001)
_______
INSTALLED.
Subtask 52-22-18-020-050
A. Removal of the Door Seal
(2) Remove the screws (10) and the retainers (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5).
(3) Remove the screws (11) and the retainers (6), (7) and (8).
NOTE : Identify the screws (10) and (11) for the installation
____
procedure.
(4) Remove the door seal (12).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-18

Page 402
May 01/04

CES
Door Seal
Figure 401/TASK 52-22-18-991-001

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-18

Page 403
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-18-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 04-011 USA SAE-AMS-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-18

Page 404
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-18-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-18-860-050
door.
003).
Subtask 52-22-18-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-18

Page 405
May 01/04

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-18-991-001)
Subtask 52-22-18-910-050

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(3) Clean all retainers and the inner skin of the door area with a wooden
or plastic scraper and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016).
(4) Clean the countersinks with a wooden or plastic scraper and CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-016).
Subtask 52-22-18-420-050
B. Installation of the Door Seal

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Put the door seal (12) in position at the door.
(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the countersinks before you
install the screws (10) and (11).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-18

Page 406
May 01/04

CES
(3) Install the retainers (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5) with the screws (10)
and the nuts (9). Tighten the nuts.
(4) Install the retainers (6), (7) and (9) with the screws (11) and the
nuts (9). Tighten the nuts.
NOTE : Make sure that the door seal (12) is installed correctly.
____
(5) Fill up all joints and spaces between all retainers with SEALANTS
(6) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) in the corner between
the retainers and the inner skin of the door area.
(7) Remove the unwanted sealant from the door and/or the adjacent area
with a lint-free cloth.
(8) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the door seal.
PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts.
(10) Repair the paint damage of the outer skin of the emergency exit door
(Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-18-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-18

Page 407
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-18-865-052
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-18

Page 408
May 01/04

CES
_____________________
TASK 52-22-18-300-002
Repair of the Seal at the Emergency Exit Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 SPATULA - NON METALLIC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-024
R Material No. 08-004 AIB AIMS-04-05-003
Material No. 08-026
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-18

Page 801
Feb 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-18-860-051

opened door.
(3) Make sure that you obey the special precaution for the door damper
and emergency operation cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-003).
(4) Remove the door seal (Ref. TASK 52-22-18-000-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-18-350-050
NOTE : If the chafe marks are in the area where the door seal touches,
____
replace the section (splice repair).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-18

Page 802
May 01/04

CES
(2) Carefully degrease the chafe mark with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-016) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
08-004) to the chafe mark with a SPATULA - NON METALLIC.
AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) dry for a period of 10
to 12 hours.
Subtask 52-22-18-330-050
B. Repair of Minor Cuts and Small Punctures
NOTE : A
____ repair of the minor cuts is only permitted if:
- the cuts are not longer than 25.4 mm (1.0 in.)
- the cuts are not in the area where the door seal touches.
A repair of the smallpunctures is only permitted if:
- the punctures are less than 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) diameter and the
distance between each puncture is more than 25.4 mm (1.0 in.)
- there are not more than three punctures in a length of 200.0 mm
(7.87 in.) and not in the area where the door seal touches.
In all other cases prepare a splice repair of the door seal (refer
to para: Repair of Large Damaged Areas).
(1) Drill stop holes of 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) dia. at each end of the cut.
(2) Push the seal to open the cut and very carefully prepare the surfaces
of the cut or the puncture with a very fine emery cloth.
(3) Carefully remove the first layer of the reinforced tissue from the
door seal for a distance of 10.0 mm (0.3937 in.) around the cut.
(4) Prepare the surface of the repair area with a very fine emery cloth.
(5) Carefully degrease the repair area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-016) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
(6) Apply a thin coat of the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
the opposite surfaces of the cut.
(7) Press the surfaces of the cut/puncture together and leave them to dry
for some minutes.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-18

Page 803
May 01/04

CES
(8) Cut a piece of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) to the
size of the repair area.
the repair area and fill the stop holes.
(10) Put the prepared replacement tissue onto the repair area so that it
is as smooth as the seal surface.
(11) Cover the repair area with a layer of foil SPECIAL MATERIALS
(Material No. 05-023) and put the seal in the wooden bonding block.
block with a clamp.
the seal.
Subtask 52-22-18-330-051
C. Repair of Large Damaged Areas (Splice Repair)

____
- for a straight section, 200.0 mm (7.87 in.)
- for a curved section, 200.0 mm (7.87 in.) measured from the
edge of the corner.
NOTE : Make sure that the quantity of the inflation holes are the
____
same as in the removed section.
ends of the seal and the replacement sections over a length of 25.4
mm (1.0 in.) (repair area).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-18

Page 804
May 01/04

CES
(5) Carefully degrease the surface with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-016) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
No. 08-004) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026)
to the ends of the seal and the replacement sections.
(7) Press and hold the ends of the replacement section and the seal
(8) Cut a piece of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) to the
size of the repair area.
(9) Apply a layer of the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
004) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to the
surface of the replacement tissue and the repair areas.
block with a clamp.
the seal.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-18-860-052
A. Close Access
(1) Installation the door seal (Ref. TASK 52-22-18-400-001).
items.
(3) Obey the special precaution for the door damper and emergency
(4) Close the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-18

Page 805
May 01/04

CES

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-18

Page 806
May 01/04

CES
_______________________________________________
TASK 52-22-21-000-001
Removal of the Inboard Handle Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D52208282000 1 PIN - RIGGING, DOOR MECHANISM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
52-22-22-000-001 Removal of the Arm/Disarm Unit
52-22-21-991-008 Fig. 401
52-22-21-991-001 Fig. 402

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 401
May 01/04

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-21-010-059
A. Get Access

opened door.
003).
Subtask 52-22-21-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-21-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the door linings from the door as required (Ref. TASK 25-23-
47-000-012) or (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013).
(4) Remove the arm/disarm unit (Ref. TASK 52-22-22-000-001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 402
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-21-860-056
D. Safety Precautions
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-21-991-008)
(1) Install the rigging pin (39) into the target lever (173) of the
locking shaft assembly and the door structure.
(2) Install the rigging pin (40) into the inverting lever of the
adjustment unit and the door structure.
NOTE : The rigging pins (39) and (40) are parts of the tool set PIN -
____
RIGGING, DOOR MECHANISM (98D52208282000).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-21-020-050
A. Removal of the Inboard Handle Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-21-991-001)
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT: - THE SLIDE
_______
INSTALLED. - THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER
IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
(1) Remove the push rod (1) from the shaft lever (5) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (9), the washers (7), the bush (3) and the bolt
(8).
(c) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the push rod (1) from the
fork-end of the shaft lever (5).
(d) If necessary, remove the bush (2) from the shaft lever (5).
(2) Remove the nut (6), the clamp screw (4) and the shaft lever (5) from
the inboard handle shaft (32).
(3) Remove the connection rod (28) from the twin lever (31) as follows:
(30).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 403
May 01/04

CES
Access Plate and Rigging Pins
Figure 401/TASK 52-22-21-991-008

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 404
May 01/04

CES
Inboard Handle Assembly
Figure 402/TASK 52-22-21-991-001

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 405
May 01/04

CES
(c) Remove the lower eye-end of the connection rod (28) from the
fork-end of the twin lever (31).
(d) If necessary, remove the bush (29) from the twin lever (31).
(4) Remove the pull rod (15) from the shaft lever (31) as follows:
(19).
(c) Remove the lower eye-end of the pull rod (15) from the fork-end
of the twin lever (31).
(d) If necessary, remove the bush (20) from the twin lever (31).
(5) Remove the nut (17) and the clamp screw (23) from the twin lever
(31).
(6) Remove the nut (14) and the clamp screw (11) from the inboard handle
(13).
(7) To get access to the inboard handle shaft (32), remove the screws
(43), the washers (42) and the access plate (41) from the door
structure.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-21-991-008)
(8) Remove the washers (33) and (34) from the inboard handle shaft (32).
(9) Move the inboard handle shaft (32) rearwards until it comes free from
the bearing bush (38).
(10) Remove the twin lever (31), the inboard handle (13) and the washer
set (12) from the inboard handle shaft (32).
(11) Remove the inboard handle shaft (32) from the door structure.
(12) If necessary, remove the bearing bush (38) from the door structure.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 406
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-21-400-001
Installation of the Inboard Handle Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 cotter pin 52-22-21 09A-400

21 cotter pin 52-22-21 12 -150
24 cotter pin 52-22-21 12 -120

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 407
May 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
Force
52-22-21-991-008 Fig. 401
52-22-21-991-001 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-21-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 408
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-21-860-050
(1) Make sure that the special precaution of the door damper and
R emergency operation cylinder is completed (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-
003).
opened emergency exit door (referred to as door) (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
010-001).
(3) Make sure that the door lining is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-
012) or (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013).
(4) Make sure that the arm/disarm unit is removed (Ref. TASK 52-22-22-
000-001).
(5) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING, DOOR MECHANISM (98D52208282000) are
installed.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-21-991-008)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-21-910-050

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-21-991-008, 402/TASK 52-22-21-991-001)
(2) Make sure that the seal of the access plate (41) is in the correct
condition.
(4) Make sure that the bushes (2), (3), (16), (20), (27) and (29) and the
bearing bush (38) are in the correct condition.
(5) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all surfaces of parts
which move.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 409
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 52-22-21-420-050
B. Installation of the Inboard Handle Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-21-991-008, 402/TASK 52-22-21-991-001)
NOTE : Make sure that the punch mark on each lever aligns with the notch
____
of the inboard handle shaft during the installation.
(1) If removed, install the bearing bush (38) to the door structure .
(2) Put the inboard handle shaft (32) in position in the door structure.
(3) Assemble the twin lever (31), the inboard handle (13) and the washer
set (12) on the inboard handle shaft (32).
(4) Move the inboard handle shaft (32) forward so that it engages in the
bearing bush (38).
(5) Install the twin lever (31) as follows:
(a) Move the twin lever (31) so that its attachment hole aligns with
the groove of the inboard handle shaft (32).
(b) Attach the twin lever (31) with the the clamp screw (23) and the
nut (17).
(6) Install the inboard handle (13) as follows:
(a) Move the inboard handle (13) so that its attachment hole aligns
with the groove of the inboard handle shaft (32).
(b) Attach the inboard handle (13) with the clamp scew (11) and the
nut (14).
(7) Make sure that the end of the inboard handle shaft (32) engagaes in
the structural bearing.
(8) Put the access plate (41) in position and attach it with the screws
(43) and the washers (42).
(9) Move the shaft lever (5) on the inboard handle shaft (11) and attach
it with the screw (4) and the nut (6).
(10) Attach the pull rod (15) to the twin lever (31) as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (20) on the lower fork-end of the
twin lever (31).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 410
May 01/04

CES
(b) Put the upper eye-end of the pull rod (15) in position in the
lower fork-end of the twin lever (31).
(c) Install the bolt (19), the washers (18), the bush (16) and the
nut (22).
(d) Tighten the nut (22) and safety it with the new cotter pin (21).
(11) Attach the connection rod (28) to the twin lever (31) as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (29) in the upper fork-end of the
twin lever (31).
(b) Put the lower eye-end of the connection rod (28) in position in
the upper fork-end of the twin lever (31).
nut (25).
(12) Attach the push rod (1) to the shaft lever (5) as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (2) in the fork-end of the shaft
lever (5).
(b) Put the lower eye-end of the push rod (1) in position in the
(c) Install the bolt (8), the washers (7), the bush (3) and the nut
(9).
(13) Remove the PIN - RIGGING, DOOR MECHANISM from the adjustment lever
unit and the locking shaft assembly.
(14) Install the arm/disarm unit (Ref. TASK 52-22-22-000-001).
Subtask 52-22-21-720-050
C. Do the operational test to make sure that the door handle mechanism
operates satisfactorily (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-710-001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 411
May 01/04

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-21-865-052
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-22-21-410-051
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the insulation mats in the door structure.
(3) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-012) or (Ref. TASK
25-23-47-400-013).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 412
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-21-000-002
Removal of the Outboard Handle Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
52-22-21-991-008 Fig. 401
52-22-21-991-002 Fig. 403

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 413
May 01/04

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-21-010-060
A. Get Access

opened door.
003).
Subtask 52-22-21-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-21-010-053
C. Get Access
47-000-012) or (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013).
(3) Remove the arm/disarm unit (Ref. TASK 52-22-22-000-001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 414
May 01/04

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-21-020-052
A. Removal of the Outboard Handle Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-21-991-008, 403/TASK 52-22-21-991-002)
_______
(1) Remove the screws (43), the washers (42) and the access plate (41)
(2) Remove the connection rod (60) from the shaft lever (56) as follows:
(57).
(c) Remove the upper eye-end of the connection rod (60) from the
(d) If necessary, remove the bush (61) from the shaft lever (56).
(3) Bend the lock washer (55) and remove the clamp screw (54) from the
shaft lever (56).
(4) Remove the push rod (67) from the hollow shaft lever (75) as follows:
(69).
(c) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the push rod (67) from the
fork-end of the hollow shaft lever (75).
(d) If necesarry, remove the bush (68) from the hollow shaft lever
(75).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 415
May 01/04

CES
Outboard Handle Assembly
Figure 403/TASK 52-22-21-991-002

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 416
May 01/04

CES
(5) Remove the flange bearing (50) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (45), the washers (46) and the distance washers
(47) and (48) from the outboard handle shaft (64).
(c) Remove the nuts (51) and the bolts (49) from the flange bearing
(50).
(d) Remove the flange bearing (50) from the outboard handle shaft
(64).
(e) Remove the washers (52) and (53) from the outboard handle shaft
(64).
(6) Remove the outboard handle shaft (64) as follows:
(a) Bend the key washer (90) and loosen the spline nut (91).
(b) Pull the outboard handle shaft (64) forward untill it comes free
from the door frame.
(c) Remove the spline nut (90), the key washer (91) and the circlip
(66) from the outboard handle shaft (64).
(d) Hold the outboard handle (95) and move the outboard handle shaft
(64) forward until it comes free from the hollow shaft (84).
(e) Remove the outboard handle (95) from the recess of the outboard
skin.
(f) Remove the packing (65) and the shaft lever (56) from the
outboard handle shaft (64).
(g) Remove the outboard handle shaft (64) from the door structure.
(h) Remove the serrated washers (92) from the outboard handle shaft
(64).
(7) Remove the hollow shaft (84) from the door structure as follows:
(a) Remove the nut (79) and the clamp screw (77) from the engaging
lever (78).
(b) Remove the engaging lever (78), the spacer (80) and the washers
(81),(82) and (83) from the hollow shaft (84).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 417
May 01/04

CES
(c) Remove the hollow shaft (84) with the hollow shaft lever (75) and
the spacers (85) and (86) from the flange bearing (88).
(8) If necessary, disassemble the hollow shaft (84) as follows:
(a) Bend the lock washer (71) and remove the clamp screw (72) from
the hollow shaft lever (75).
(b) Remove the holllow shaft lever (75), the spacer (86) and the
washer (85) from the hollow shaft (84).
(9) If necessary, remove the flange bearing (88) as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (89) and the bolts (87) from the flange bearing
(88).
(b) Remove the flange bearing (88) from the door structure.
(10) Remove and discard the lock washers (55) and (71) from the clamp
screws (54) and (72).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 418
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-21-400-002
Installation of the Outboard Handle Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-006
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
44 cotter pin 52-22-21 13A-350A

55 lock washer 52-22-21 13A-250
62 cotter pin 52-22-21 12 -090
65 packing 52-22-21 13A-370
71 lock washer 52-22-21 13A-250
73 cotter pin 52-22-21 11 -270
90 key washer 52-22-21 13A-100

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 419
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
Force
52-22-22-400-001 Installation of the Arm/Disarm Unit
52-22-21-991-008 Fig. 401
52-22-21-991-002 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-21-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 420
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-21-860-051
(1) Make sure that the emergency exit door (referred to as door) is
R opened as required (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
opened door.
003).
012) or (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013).
(5) Make sure that the arm/disarm unit is removed (Ref. TASK 52-22-22-
000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-21-910-051

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-21-991-008, 403/TASK 52-22-21-991-002)
(2) Make sure that the seal of the access plate (41) is in the correct
condition.
(4) Make sure that the bushes (59), (61), (68) and (76), the flange
bearings (50) and (88) are in the correct condition.
which move.
(6) Install a new packing (65) on the outboard handle shaft (64).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 421
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 52-22-21-420-052
B. Installation of the Outboard Handle Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-21-991-008, 403/TASK 52-22-21-991-002)
____
of the outboard handle shaft during the installation.
(1) If removed, put the flange bearing (88) in position and attach it
with the bolts (87) and the nuts (89) on the door structure.
NOTE : Do not tighten the nuts (89) at this time.

____
(2) Put the spacer (86), the washer (85) and the hollow shaft lever (75)
on the hollow shaft (84).
(3) Set the hollow shaft lever (75) in the correct position as follows:
(a) Prepare the clamp screw (72) with a new lock washer (71).
(b) Move the hollow shaft lever (75) so that its attachment holes
aligns with the groove of the hollow shaft (84).
(c) Attach the hollow shaft lever (75) with the clamp screw (72).
(d) Safety the clamp screw (72) with the new lock washer (71).
(4) Install the hollow shaft (84) into the flange bearing (88) as
follows:
(a) Move the hollow shaft (84) into the flange bearing (88).
(b) Assemble the washers (81), (82) and (83), the spacer (80) and the
engaging lever (78) on the hollow shaft (84).
(5) Put the engaging lever (78) in the correct position as follows:
(a) Move the engaging lever (78) so that its attachment holes aligns
with the groove of the hollow shaft (84).
(b) Attach the engaging lever (78) with the clamp screw (77) and the
nut (79) on the hollow shaft (84).
(6) Install the outboard handle shaft (64) as follows:
(a) Install the serrated washers (96) and the new packing (65) to the
outboard handle shaft (64).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 422
May 01/04

CES
(b) Put the outboard handle shaft (64) in position to the door
structure.
(c) Move the outboard handle shaft (64) rearwards through the hollow
shaft (84).
(d) Install the circlip (66) to the outboard handle shaft (64).
(e) Put the outboard handle (95) in the recess of the outboard skin.
(f) Move the outboard handle shaft (64) rearwards to assemble it with
the outboard handle (95).
(g) Make sure that the punch marks on the outboard handle shaft (64)
and on the outboard handle (95) align.
(h) Put the new key washer (90) and the spline nut (91) in position
on the outboard handle shaft (64).
(i) Move the outboard handle shaft (64) in rearward direction until
it engages with the member bearing (94).
(7) Install the flange bearing (50) as follows:
(a) Put the washers (52) and (53) on the outboard handle shaft (64).
(b) Move the flange bearing (50) on the outboard handle shaft (64) so
that it touches the door structure.
(c) Attach the flange bearing (50) with the bolts (49) and the nuts
(51) to the door structure.
(d) Tighten the nuts (51) and protect them with STRUCTURE PAINTS
(Material No. 16-006) and STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002).
(e) Install the distance washers (47) and (48), the washers (46) and
the nut (45) on the outboard handle shaft (64)
(f) Tighten the nut (45) and safety it with the new cotter pin (44).
(8) Tighten the nuts (89) and (92) and protect them with STRUCTURE PAINTS
(Material No. 16-006) and STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002).
(9) Attach the push rod (67) to the hollow shaft lever (75) as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (68) in the fork-end of the hollow
shaft lever (75).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 423
May 01/04

CES
(b) Put the lower eye-end of the push rod (67) into the fork-end of
the hollow shaft lever (75).
(c) Install the bush (76), the bolt (69), the washers (70) and the
nut (74).
(10) Put the hollow shaft lever (56) in the correct position as follows:
(a) Prepare the clamp screw (54) with a new lock washer (55).
(b) Move the shaft lever (56) so that its attachment holes aligns
with the groove of the outboard handle shaft (64).
(c) Attach the shaft lever (56) with the clamp screw (54) and safety
it with the now lock washer (55).
(11) Attach the connection rod (60) to the shaft lever (56) as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (61) in the fork-end of the shaft
lever (56).
(b) Put the lower eye-end of the connection rod (60) into the
(c) Install the bush (59), the bolt (57), the washers (58) and the
nut (63).
(12) Put the access plate (41) in position at the door and attach it with
the screws (43) and the washers (42).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-21-991-008)
Subtask 52-22-21-720-051
C. Do the operational test to make sure that the door handle mechanism

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 424
May 01/04

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-21-410-053
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the arm/disarm (Ref. TASK 52-22-22-400-001).
25-23-47-400-013).
Subtask 52-22-21-865-055

13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-22-21-410-054
C. Close Access
items.
(2) Do the special precaution procedure for the door damper and emergency

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 425
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-21-000-003
Removal of the Locking Shaft Mechanism (60 Door)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

at zone 232.
52-22-21-991-003 Fig. 404
52-22-21-991-004 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-21-010-062
A. Get Access

opened door.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 426
May 01/04

CES
003).
Subtask 52-22-21-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-21-010-061
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the door linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013) from the door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-21-020-053
A. Removal of the Locking Hook Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-21-991-003)
(1) Disconnect the connection rod (118) from the actuation lever (123) as
follows:
(b) Remove the nut (125), the washers (121), the bush (119) and the
bolt (122) from the actuation lever (123).
(c) Disconnect the eye-end of the connection rod (118) from the
fork-end of the actuation lever (123).
(d) If required, remove the bush (120) from the fork-end of the
actuation lever (123).
(2) Cut and discard the tie-wrap (115) and remove the bellows (114) from
the door structure.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 427
May 01/04

CES
Locking Hook and Drift Pin Assembly (60 Door)
Figure 404/TASK 52-22-21-991-003

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 428
May 01/04

CES
(3) Disconnect the locking hook (107) from the door structure as follows:
(a) Remove the nut (101) and the bolt (105) with the washer (104)
from the door fitting (103).
(b) Hold the locking hook (107) and remove the sleeve (102) together
with the washers (108) and (109) from the door fitting (103).
(c) Remove the locking hook (107) together with the connection rod
(118) and the bellows (114) from the door structure.
(4) If required, cut and discard the tie-wrap (113) and remove the
bellows (114) from the connection rod (118).
Subtask 52-22-21-020-054
B. Removal of the Drift Pin Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-21-991-003)
(1) Disconnect the fork link (139) from the twin lever (152) as follows:
bolt (147) from the fork link (139).
(c) Disconnect the fork link (139) from the twin lever (123) and
support the spacer (145).
(d) If required, remove the bush (146) from the fork-end of the fork
link (139).
(2) Disconnect the fork link (139) from the drift pin (129) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (137), the washers (138), the bush (131), the
sleeve (130) and the bolt (140) from the fork link (139).
(c) Disconnect the fork link (139) from the drift pin (129) .
(d) If required, remove the bush (135) from the fork link (139).
(3) Remove the drift pin assembly (128) as follows:
(a) Remove the bolts (134) with the washers (133) from the guide
fitting (127) and the upper member (132).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 429
May 01/04

CES
(b) Remove the drift pin assembly (128) from the upper member (132).
(4) If required, remove the spring unit (154) as follows:
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE SPRING. THE

_______
TENSION IN THE SPRING CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (158) from the pin (155).
(b) Remove the washer (157) and the pin (155) from the fitting (156).
(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (149) from the nut (148).
(d) Remove the nut (148), the washers (150), the bushes (153) and the
bolt (151) from the twin lever (152).
(e) Remove the spring unit (154) from the twin lever (152).
Subtask 52-22-21-020-055
C. Removal of the Locking Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-22-21-991-004)
_______
(1) Remove the locking indicator assembly (160) as follows:
(b) Remove the washer (165) and the pin (167) from the joint (168).
(c) Remove the indication lever (166) from the joint (168).
(d) Hold the locking indicator assembly (160) and remove the nuts
(161) and the bolts (162).
(e) Remove the locking indicator assembly (160) from the door
structure.
(2) Disconnect the push rod (190) from the engaging lever (184) as
follows:

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 430
May 01/04

CES
bolt (193) from the engaging lever (184).
(c) Disconnect the eye-end of the push rod (190) from the fork-end of
the engaging lever (184).
engaging lever (184).
(3) Disconnect the actuation rod (197) from the engaging lever (184) as
follows:
(c) Disconnect the eye-end of the actuation rod (197) from the
fork-end of the engaging lever (184).
follows:
(c) Disconnect the fork link (139) from the twin lever (152) and
support the spacer (145).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 431
May 01/04

CES
Locking Shaft Assembly (60 Door)

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 432
May 01/04

CES

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 433
May 01/04

CES
(6) Disconnect the spring unit (154) from the twin lever (152) as
follows:

_______
(b) Remove the nut (148), the washers (150), the bushes (153) and the
(c) Disconnect the eye-end of the spring unit (154) from the fork-end
(7) Disconnect the spring rod assembly (179) from the indication lever
(166) as follows:

_______
(b) Remove the washer (180) and the pin (178) from the indication
lever (166).
(c) Disconnect the fork-end of the spring rod assemby (179) from the
indication lever (166).
(8) Disconnect the support fitting (177) from the door structure as
follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (198) and (200) from the bolts (199), (207) and
(209).
(b) Remove the bolts (207) and (209) and disconnect the stop fitting
(208) from the support fitting (177).
(c) Remove the bolts (199) and (207) to disconnect the support
fitting (177) from the door structure.
(9) Remove the nuts (201), the bolts (203) and the flange bearing (202)
(10) Move the locking shaft (176) in the rear direction so that the shaft
end comes free from the door structure.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 434
May 01/04

CES
(11) Loosen the attachment screw and remove the target lever (173) from
the locking shaft (176).
(12) Remove the locking shaft (176) from the door struture.
(13) If required, remove the nuts (206), the screws (204) and the stop
fitting (205) from the door structure.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 435
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-21-400-003
Installation of the Locking Shaft Mechanism (60 Door)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
110 cotter pin 52-22-21 06 -120

113 tie-wrap 52-22-21 06 -160
115 tie-wrap 52-22-21 06 -170
124 cotter pin 52-22-21 06 -210
136 cotter pin 52-22-21 04A-120
141 cotter pin 52-22-21 04A-120
149 cotter pin 52-22-21 04A-120
158 cotter pin 52-22-21 04A-240
164 cotter pin 52-22-21 09A-370
181 cotter pin 52-22-21 09A-400
186 cotter pin 52-22-11 04 -070
187 cotter pin 52-22-21 09A-400

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 436
May 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
52-22-00-820-003 Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism
52-22-21-991-003 Fig. 404
52-22-21-991-004 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-21-865-057
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 437
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-21-860-052
(1) Make sure that emergency exit door (referred to as door) is opened as
and emergency operation cylinder are done (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-
003).
opened door.
012) or (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-21-910-052
(3) Make sure that all bushes are in the correct condition.
which move.
Subtask 52-22-21-420-053
B. Installation of the Locking Hook Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-21-991-003)
(1) If removed, install the connection rod (118) to the locking hook
(107) as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (116) to the locking hook (107).
(b) Put the eye-end of the connection rod (118) in position at the
locking hook (107).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 438
May 01/04

CES
nut (111) to the locking hook (107).
(2) If removed, install the bellows (114) to the connection rod (118) and
attach it with the tie-wrap (113).
(3) Connect the locking hook (107) to the door fitting (103) as follows:
(a) Put the locking hook (107) together with the connection rod (118)
and the bellows (114) in position to door fitting (103).
(b) Put the washers (108) and (109) in position and attach the
locking hook (107) with the sleeve (102) on the door fitting
(103).
(c) Install the bolt (105), the washer (104) and the nut (101) to the
door fitting (103).
(4) Install the bellows (114) on the door fitting (103) and attach it
with the tie-wrap (115).
(5) Connect the connection rod (118) with the actuation lever (123) as
follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (120) to the actuation lever (123).
(b) Put the eye-end of the connection rod (118) in position to the
nut (125) to the actuation lever (123).
(d) Tighten the nut (125) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(124).
Subtask 52-22-21-420-054
C. Installation of the Drift Pin Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-21-991-003)
(1) If removed, install the spring unit (154) as follows:

_______

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 439
May 01/04

CES
(a) Put the upper eye-end of the spring unit (154) in position to the
fork end of the twin lever (152).
(b) Install the bolt (151), the washers (150), the bushes (153) and
the nut (148) to the twin lever (152).
(c) Tighten the nut (148) and safety it with the cotter pin (149).
(d) Put the fork-end of the spring unit (154) in position to the
fitting (156) and attach it with the pin (155).
(e) Safety the pin (155) with the washer (157) and the new cotter pin
(158).
(2) Install the drift pin assembly (128) as follows:
(a) Put the drift pin assembly (128) in position to the upper member
(132).
(b) Attach the guide fitting (127) with the bolts (134) and the
washers (133) to the upper member (132).
(3) Connect the fork link (139) with the drift pin (128) as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (135) to the fork link (139).
(b) Put the fork link (139) in position to the eye- end of the drift
pin (129).
(c) Install the bolt (140), the washers (138), the spacer (130), the
bush (131) and the nut (137) to the fork link (139).
(136).
(4) Connect the fork link (139) with the twin lever (152) as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (146) to the fork-end (139).
(b) Put the fork link (139) in position at the twin lever (152).
(c) Install the bolt (147), the washers (143), the bush (144), the
spacer (145) and the nut (142) to the fork link (139).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 440
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-21-420-055
D. Installation of the Locking Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-22-21-991-004)
____
of the locking shaft during the installation.
(1) If removed, install the stop fitting (205) with the bolts (204) and
the nuts (206) to the door structure.
(2) Put the locking shaft (176) in position to the door structure and
assemble the target lever (173 on the locking shaft (176).
(a) Put the flange bearing (202) in position to the door structure.
(b) Make sure that flange bearing (202) engages with the end of the
locking shaft (176).
(4) Attach the support fitting (177) to the door structure as follows:
(a) Make sure that the attachment holes of the support fitting (177)
and the door structure are align.
(b) Attach the support fitting (177) with the bolts (199) and (207)
(c) Put the stop fitting (208) in position to the support fitting
(177) and attach it with the bolts (207) and (209) and the nuts
(198) and (200).
(5) Turn the locking shaft (176) to make sure that it moves easily.
(6) Put the target lever (173) in the correct position on the locking
shaft (176) as follows:
(a) Move the the target lever (173) so that its attachment screw
engages in the groove of the locking shaft (176).
NOTE : Make sure that the target lever (173) is in the correct
____
position to the related proximity sensor.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 441
May 01/04

CES
(b) Tighten the attachment screw of the target lever (173).
(7) Connnect the spring rod assembly (179) with the indication lever
(166) as follows:

_______
(a) Put the fork-end of the spring rod assembly (179) in position to
the indication lever (166) and attach it with the pin (178).
(b) Safety the pin (178) with the washer (180) and the new cotter pin
(181).
(8) Connnect the spring unit (154) with the twin lever (152) as follows:

_______
(a) Put the eye-end of the spring unit (154) in position to the
(b) Install the bolt (151), the bushes (153), the washers (150) and
(c) Tighten the nut (148) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(149).
(9) Connnect the fork link (139) with the twin lever (152) as follows:
(b) Put the fork link (139) in position to the twin lever (152).
(c) Install the bolt (147), the washers (1490, the spacer (145), the
bush (144) and the nut (142) to the twin lever(152).
(141).
(10) Connnect the connection rod (118) with the actuation lever (123) as
follows:

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 442
May 01/04

CES
nut (125) on the actuation lever (123).
(124).
(11) Connnect the actuation rod (197) with the engaging lever (184) as
follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (196) to the engaging lever (184).
(b) Put the eye-end of the actuation rod (197) in position to the
fork-end of the engaging lever (184).
nut (185) to the engaging lever (184).
(186).
(12) Connnect the push rod (190) with the engaging lever (184) as follows:
(b) Put the eye-end of the push rod (190) in position to the fork-end
of the engaging lever (184).
(187).
(13) Install the locking indicator assembly (160) as follows:
(a) Put the locking indicator assembly (160) in position to the door
structure and attach it with the bolts (162) and the nuts (161).
(b) Put the indication lever (166) in position to the joint (168) and
attach it with the pin (167).
(c) Safety the pin (167) with the washer (165) and the new cotter pin
(164).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 443
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-21-820-050
E. Make sure that the locking shaft mechanism is correctly adjusted

(Ref. TASK 52-22-00-820-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-21-865-058

13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-22-21-410-056
B. Close Access
items.
(3) Install the door linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-013).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 444
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-21-000-004
Removal of the Locking Shaft Mechanism (73 Door)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
52-22-21-991-005 Fig. 406
52-22-21-991-006 Fig. 407
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-21-010-063
A. Get Access

opened door.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 445
May 01/04

CES
003).
Subtask 52-22-21-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-21-010-058
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the door linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-012) from the door as
required.
from the inner side of the door as required.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-21-020-058
A. Removal of the Locking Hook Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-22-21-991-005)
_______
(1) Disconnect the connection rod (226) from the intermediate lever (229)
as follows:
bolt (230) from the intermediate lever (229).
fork-end of the intermediate lever (229).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 446
May 01/04

CES
Locking Hook and Drift Pin Assembly (73 Door)
Figure 406/TASK 52-22-21-991-005

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 447
May 01/04

CES
intermediate lever (229).
(2) Cut and discard the tie-wrap (224) and disassemble the bellows (223)
from the door fitting (219).
(3) Disconnect the locking hook (210) from the door fitting (219) as
follows:
(a) Remove the nut (217) and the bolt (221) together with the washer
(220) from the door structure.
(b) Hold the locking hook (210) and remove the sleeve (218) together
with the washers (211) and (212) from the door fitting (219).
(c) Remove the locking hook (210) together with the connection rod
(226) and the bellows (223) from the door fitting (219).
(4) If required, cut and discard the tie-wrap (222) and remove the
bellows (223) from the connection rod (226).
Subtask 52-22-21-020-059
B. Removal of the Drift Pin Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-22-21-991-005)
(c) Disconnect the fork link (254) from the twin lever (262) and hold
the spacer (257).
(2) Disconnect the fork link (254) from the drift pin (239) as follows:
(c) Disconnect the fork link (254) from the drift pin (239) and hold
the spacer (242).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 448
May 01/04

CES
(3) Remove the drift pin assembly (240) as follows:
(a) Remove the washers (244) and the bolts (245) to disconnect the
guide fitting (238) from the upper member (243).
(b) Remove the drift pin assembly (240) from the upper member (243).
(4) If required, remove the spring unit (275) as follows:

_______
(b) Remove the washers (268), the bush (265) and the bolt (273) from
the fitting (271).
(d) Remove the nut (258), the washers (260), the bush (264) and the
(e) Disconnect the spring unit (275) from the twin lever (262) and
remove it from the fitting (271).
(f) If required, remove the bush (276) from the fork-end of the twin
lever (254).
(g) If required, remove the nuts (272), the washers (270), the bolts
(269) and the fitting (271) from the door structure.
(h) If required, remove the bush (274) from the fork-end of the
fitting (271).
Subtask 52-22-21-020-060
C. Removal of the Locking Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-22-21-991-006)
(1) Remove the locking indicator assembly (280) from the door structure
as follows:
(b) Remove the washer (285) and the pin (287) from the joint (288).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 449
May 01/04

CES

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 450
May 01/04

CES

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 451
May 01/04

CES

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 452
May 01/04

CES
(c) Disconnect the indication lever (286) from the joint (288).
(d) Hold the locking indicator assembly (280) and remove the nuts
(e) Remove the locking indicator assembly (280) from the door
structure.
(2) Disconnect the push rod (304) from the engaging lever (298) as
follows:
the engaging lever (298).
(3) Disconnect the push rod (290) from the actuation lever (297) as
follows:
the actuation lever (297).
(4) Disconnect the spring rod assembly (300) from the indication lever
(286) as follows:

_______
(b) Remove the washer (301) and the pin (299) from the indication
lever (286).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 453
May 01/04

CES
(c) Disconnect the fork-end of the spring rod assemby (300) from the
indication lever (286).
(5) Remove the nuts (313) and the bolts (311) and disconnect the flange
bearing (312) from the door structure.
(6) Move the locking shaft (293) in the rear direction so that the shaft
end comes free from the structural bearing (317).
(7) Remove the locking shaft (293) from the door struture.
Subtask 52-22-21-020-061
D. Removal of the Intermediate Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-22-21-991-006)
(c) Disconnect the fork link (254) from the twin lever (262) and hold
the spacer (257).
(2) Disconnect the spring unit (275) from the twin lever (262) as
follows:

_______
(c) Disconnect the eye-end of the spring unit (275) from the fork-end
(d) If required, remove the bush (276) from the fork-end of the twin
lever (262).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 454
May 01/04

CES
(3) Disconnect the connection rod (226) from the intermediate lever (229)
as follows:
fork-end of the intermediate lever (229).
(4) Disconnect the push rod (290) from the intermediate lever (229) as
follows:
the intermediate lever (229).
follows:
(6) Remove the support fitting (326) from the door structure as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (342) and (348) and the bolts (341) and (343) and
disconnect the stop fitting (344) from the support fitting (326).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 455
May 01/04

CES
(b) Remove the nuts (342) and (348) and the bolts (341) and (343) and
disconnect the support fitting (326) from the door structure.
(7) Remove the nuts (347), the bolts (345) and the flange bearing (346)
(8) Move the intermediate shaft (325) in the rear direction so that the
shaft end comes free from the door structure.
(9) Loosen the attachment screw and remove the target lever (322) from
the intermediate shaft (325).
(10) Remove the intermediate shaft (325) from the door structure.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 456
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-21-400-004
Installation of the Locking Shaft Mechanism (73 Door)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
213 cotter pin 52-22-21 05 -120

222 tie-wrap 52-22-21 05 -160
224 tie-wrap 52-22-21 05 -170
232 cotter pin 52-22-21 05 -210
246 cotter pin 52-22-21 03 -120
251 cotter pin 52-22-21 03 -120
259 cotter pin 52-22-21 03 -240
266 cotter pin 52-22-21 03 -240
284 cotter pin 52-22-21 08 -260
295 cotter pin 52-22-21 07A-260
302 cotter pin 52-22-21 08 -290
310 cotter pin 52-22-21 08 -290
331 cotter pin 52-22-21 07A-240

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 457
May 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
52-22-21-991-005 Fig. 406
52-22-21-991-006 Fig. 407
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-21-865-063
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-21-860-055
(1) Make sure that emergency exit door (referred to as door) is opened as
003).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 458
May 01/04

CES
opened door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
(4) Make sure that the door linings are removed as required (Ref. TASK
25-23-47-000-012).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-21-910-054
(3) Make sure that all bushes and spacers are in the correct condition.
which move.
Subtask 52-22-21-420-058
B. Installation of the Locking Hook Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-22-21-991-005)
(1) If removed, install the connection rod (226) to the locking hook
(210) as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (234) to the locking hook (210).
locking hook (210).
nut (214) to the locking hook (210).
(213).
(2) If removed, install the bellows (223) to the connection rod (226) and
attach it with the tie-wrap (222).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 459
May 01/04

CES
(3) Connect the locking hook (210) with the door fitting (219) as
follows:
(a) Put the locking hook (210) together with the connection rod (226)
and the bellows (223) in position to the door structure.
(b) Attach the locking hook (210) with the sleeve (218) and the
washers (211) and (212) on the door fitting (219).
(c) Install the bolt (221), the washers (220) and the nut (217).
(4) Install the bellows (223) to the door fitting (219) and attach it
with the tie-wrap (224).
(5) Connect the connection rod (226) with the actuation lever (229) as
follows:
(232).
Subtask 52-22-21-420-059
C. Installation of the Drift Pin Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-22-21-991-005)
(1) If removed, install the spring unit (275) as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (276) to the twin lever (262).
(b) Put the upper eye-end of the spring unit (275) in position to the
fork end of the twin lever (262).
(c) Install the bolt (261), the washers (260), the bushes (264) and
(e) If removed, install the bush (274) to the fitting (271).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 460
May 01/04

CES
(f) If removed, put the the fitting (271) in position and attach it
with the bolts (269), the washers (270) and the nuts (272).
(g) Put the lower eye-end of the spring unit (275) in position to the
fitting (271).
(h) Install the bolt (273), the washers (268), the bush (265) and the
nut (267) to the fitting (271).
(i) Tighten the nut (267) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(266).
(2) Install the drift pin assembly (240) as follows:
(a) Put the drift pin assembly (240) in position to the upper member
(243).
(b) Attach the guide fitting (238) with the bolts (245) and the
washers (244) to the upper member (243).
(3) Connect the fork link (254) with the drift pin (239) as follows:
(b) Put the fork link (254) in position to the eye- end of the drift
pin (239).
(246).
(4) Connect the fork link (254) with the twin lever (262) as follows:
(c) Install the bolt (255), the washers (253), the bush (256), the
spacer (257) and the nut (252) to the fork link (254).
(251).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 461
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-21-420-060
D. Installation of the Intermediate Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-22-21-991-006)
____
of the intermediate shaft during the installation.
(1) Put the intermediate shaft (325) in position to the door structure.
(3) Install the support fitting (326) to the door structure as follows:
(a) Put the support fitting (326) in position to the door structure
so that the attachment holes are align.
(b) Attach the support fitting (326) with the bolts (341) and (343)
(c) Put the stop fitting (344) in position and attach it with the
bolts (341) and (343) and the nuts (342) and (348).
(4) Turn the intermediate shaft (325) to make sure that it moves easily.
(5) Put the target lever (322) in the correct position on the
intermediate shaft (325) as follows:
(a) Assemble the target lever (322) to the intermediate shaft (325)
so that its attachment screw engages in the groove of the shaft.
NOTE : Make sure that the target lever (322) is in the correct
____
position to the related proximity sensor.
(b) Tighten the attachment screw of the target lever (322).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 462
May 01/04

CES
(6) Connnect the spring unit (275) with the twin lever (262) as follows:

_______
(a) If removed, install the bush (276) to the twin lever (262).
(b) Put the eye-end of the spring unit (275) in position to the
(c) Install the bolt (261), the bush (264), the washers (260) and the
nut (258) to the twin lever (262).
(259).
(7) Connnect the fork link (254) with the twin lever (262) as follows:
(251).
(8) Connnect the push rod (290) with the intermediate lever (229) as
follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (329) to the intermediate lever

(229).
of the intermediate lever (229).
nut (332) to the intermediate lever (229).
(331).
(9) Connnect the connection rod (339) with the actuation lever (337) as
follows:

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 463
May 01/04

CES
(336).
Subtask 52-22-21-420-061
E. Installation of the Locking Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-22-21-991-006)
____
of the locking shaft during the installation.
(1) Put the locking shaft (293) in position at the door structure so that
it engages with the structural bearing (317).
(3) Turn the locking shaft (293) to make sure that it moves easily.
(4) Connnect the spring rod assembly (300) with the indication lever
(286) as follows:

_______
(a) Put the fork-end of the spring rod assembly (300) in position to
the indication lever (286) and attach it with the pin (299).
(302).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 464
May 01/04

CES
(5) Connnect the push rod (290) with the actuation lever (297) as
follows:
of the actuation lever (297).
(295).
(6) Connnect the push rod (304) with the engaging lever (298) as follows:
of the engaging lever (298).
(310).
(7) Install the locking indicator assembly (280) as follows:
(a) Put the locking indicator assembly (280) in position to the door
(b) Put the indication lever (286) in position to the joint (288) and
attach it with the pin (287).
(c) Safety the pin (287) with the washer (285) and the new cotter pin
(284).
Subtask 52-22-21-820-052
F. Make sure that the locking shaft mechanism is correctly adjusted

(Ref. TASK 52-22-00-820-003).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 465
May 01/04

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-21-865-064

13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-22-21-410-060
B. Close Access
items.
(3) Install the door linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-012).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 466
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-21-000-005
Removal of the Balance Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
52-22-21-991-007 Fig. 408
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-21-010-064
A. Get Access

opened door.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 467
May 01/04

CES
003).
Subtask 52-22-21-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-21-010-056
C. Get Access
47-000-012) or (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013).
Subtask 52-22-21-860-053
D. Decrease the tension of the torsion spring as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-22-21-991-007)
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the adjustment screw (365).
(2) Loosen the adjustment screw (365) until the pretension lever (356)
touches the stop (390).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-21-020-056
A. Removal of the Torsion Bar Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-22-21-991-007)
(1) Disconnect the connection link (386) from the torsion lever (381) as
follows:

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 468
May 01/04

CES
Balance Mechanism
Figure 408/TASK 52-22-21-991-007

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 469
May 01/04

CES
bolt (388) from the torsion lever (381).
(c) Disconnect the eye-end of the connection link (386) from the
fork-end of the torsion lever (381).
torsion lever (381).
(2) Remove the retaining rings (354) and (377) from the pretension sleeve
(371) and the torsion tube (372).
(3) Release the clamp (393) and remove the bushing halves (392) from the
torsion tube (372).
(4) Move the torsion spring (373) through the flange bearing (352) until
it comes free from the door member.
(5) Remove the torsion tube (372) as follows:
(a) Release the lock washer (397) and remove the screw (396) from the
torsion lever (381).
(b) Remove the torsion lever (381) from its splined area of the
torsion tube (372).
(c) Move the torsion tube (372) rearwards until it comes free from
the door member.
(d) Remove the torsion tube (372) from the door structure.
(e) If required, remove the nuts (395), the bolts (396) and the
flange bearing (389).
(6) Disconnect the pretension rod (364) from the pretension lever (356)
as follows:
bolt (360) from the pretension lever (356).
(c) Disconnect the eye-end of the pretension rod (364) from the
fork-end of the pretension lever (356).
pretension lever (356).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 470
May 01/04

CES
(7) Remove the pretension sleeve (371) as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (351), the bolts (353) and the flange bearing
(352).
(b) Move the pretension sleeve (371) forward until it comes free from
the door member.
(c) Remove the washers (368), (369) and (370) from the pretension
sleeve (371).
NOTE : Write down the quantity and the sequence of the washers
____
(368), (369) and the (370).
(d) Remove the pretension sleeve (371) with the pretension lever
(356) from the door structure.
(e) If required, remove the nut (355), the bolt (357) and the
pretension lever (356) from the pretention sleeve (371).
(f) Remove the retaining ring (391) and the stop (390) from the door
structure.
Subtask 52-22-21-020-057
B. Removal of the Pretension Unit

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-22-21-991-007)
NOTE : Make sure that the tension of the torsion spring is fully
____
decreased.
(1) Disconnect the pretension rod (364) from the pretension lever (356)
as follows:
bolt (360) from the pretension lever (356).
(c) Disconnect the eye-end of the pretension rod (364) from the
pretension lever (356).
(2) Hold the pretension rod (364) and remove the adjustment screw (365)
from the bearing fitting (367).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 471
May 01/04

CES
(3) Remove the pretension rod (364) from the bearing fitting (367).
(4) If required, remove the spherical bearing (366) from the bearing
fitting (367).
(5) If required, remove the nuts (398), the bolts (399) and the bearing
fitting (367) from the lower door structure.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 472
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-21-400-005
Installation of the Balance Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific ballast weight of 8.0 kg (17.637 lb)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion resistance steel, dia. 0.8 mm

(0.030 in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
363 cotter pin 52-22-21 22A-160

382 cotter pin 52-22-21 20 -060
397 lock washer 52-22-21 21A-090

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 473
May 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
52-22-21-991-007 Fig. 408
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-21-865-060
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 474
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-21-860-054
(1) Make sure that the emergency exit door (referred to as door) is
opened as required (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
003).
opened door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
012) or (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-21-910-053
(3) Make sure that all bushes are in the correct condition.
which move.
Subtask 52-22-21-420-062
B. Installation of the Torsion Bar Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-22-21-991-007)
(1) Install the pretension sleeve (371) as follows:
(a) Put the stop (390) in position to the door structure and safety
it with the retaining ring (391).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 475
May 01/04

CES
(b) If required, put the pretension lever (356) in the correct
position to the splined area of the pretension sleeve (371).
NOTE : Make sure that the punch mark of the pretension lever
____
(356) is two splines from the notch of the pretension
sleeve (371) in the counterclockwise direction.
(c) Attach the pretension lever (356) with the bolt (357) and the nut
(355) to the pretension sleeve (371).
(d) Put the pretension sleeve (371) together with the pretension
lever (356) in position to the door structure.
(e) Install the washers (368), (369) and (370) to the pretension
sleeve (371).
NOTE : Obey the sequence and the quantity of the washers (368),
____
(369) and (370) as written down before.
(f) Move the pretension sleeve ((371) in the rear direction until it
engages with the door structure.
(g) Put the flange bearing (352) in position to the door member and
make sure that it engages with the pretension sleeve (371).
(h) Attach the flange bearing (352) with the bolts (353) and the nuts
(2) Install the torsion tube (372) as follows:
(a) If removed, put the flange bearing (389) in position to the door
(b) Put the torsion lever (381) in position and move the torsion tube
(372) forward until the torsion lever (381) is on its splined
position.
NOTE : Make sure that the punch mark on torsion lever (381)
____
aligns with the notch of the torsion tube (372).
(c) Make sure that the torsion lever (381) is in the correct position
and install the screw (396) and the new lock washer (397).
(d) Tighten the screw (396) and safety it with the lock washer (397).
(e) Move the torsion tube (372) in position to the door structure
until it engages with the structural bearing of the door frame.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 476
May 01/04

CES
(3) Connect the connection link (386) with the torsion lever (381) as
follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (387) to the fork-end of the torsion
lever (381).
(b) Put the lower eye-end of the connection link (386) in position to
the fork-end of the torsion lever (381).
nut (383).
(382).
(4) Move the torsion spring (373) into the flange bearing (379) or (352)
and make sure that it engages with the torsion sleeve (372) and the
pretension sleeve (371).
(5) Make sure that the notches of the torsion spring (373), the torsion
tube (372) and the pretension sleeve (371) align.
(6) Install the retaining rings (377) and (354) into the flange bearings
(379) and (352).
(7) Put the bushings halves (392) in the position on the torsion spring
(373) and attach it with clamp (393).
Subtask 52-22-21-420-056
C. Installation of the Pretension Unit

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-22-21-991-007)
(1) If removed, put the bearing fitting (367) in position and attach it
with the bolts (399) and the nuts (398) to the door structure.
(2) If removed, install the spherical bearing (366) into the bearing
fitting (367).
(3) Connect the pretension rod (364) with the pretension lever (356) as
follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (358) to the fork-end of the

pretorsion lever (356).
(b) Put the eye-end of the pretension rod (364) in position to the

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 477
May 01/04

CES
nut (362).
(363).
(4) Put the pretension rod (364) in position to the bearing fitting (367)
and install the adjustment screw (365).
(5) Tighten the adjustment screw (365) until the gap X between the
adjustment rod (364) and the bearing fitting (367) is maximum 5.0 mm
(0.1968 in.).
Subtask 52-22-21-820-051
D. Adjustment of the Pretension Unit
(1) Install a ballast weight of 8.0 kg (17.637 lb) to compare the weight
of the door lining.
(2) Close the door and measure the force which is necessary to operate
the the inboard handle.
NOTE : The force must be less than 15.0 daN (33.7213 lbf).
____
(3) Operate the inboard handle and measure the force which is necessary
to open the door.
NOTE : The force must be less than 15.0 kg (33.0693 lb). The
____
difference between the open and close force must be
smaller than 5.0 daN (11.2404 lbf).
(4) If the force is more than permitted, turn the adjustment screw (365)
clockwise to increase the tension of the torsion spring (373).
(5) Do the subsequent check of the balance mechanism:
(a) Make sure that the door is partly opened.
(b) Move the roller lever outbord to release the door detent
assembly.
(c) Make sure that the opened door remains in its fully lifted
position.
(d) If the door moves down, turn the adjustment screw (365) until the
door remains in the position.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 478
May 01/04

CES
(6) If the tension of the torsion spring (373) is correct, safety the
adjustment screw (365) with lockwire, corrosion resistance steel,
dia. 0.8 mm (0.030 in.).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-21-865-061

13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-22-21-410-058
B. Close Access
items.
25-23-47-400-013).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-21

Page 479
May 01/04

CES
MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE RELEASE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________
TASK 52-22-22-000-001
Removal of the Arm/Disarm Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
52-22-22-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 401
May 01/04

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-22-010-054
A. Get Access

opened door.
003).
Subtask 52-22-22-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-22-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the door linings as required (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-012)

(Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013) from the door.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 402
May 01/04

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-22-020-050
A. Removal of the Arm/Disarm Unit

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-22-991-001)
(1) Remove the push rod (1) from the arm/disarm unit (11) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (5), the washers (6) and (2), the spacer (3) and
the bolt (35) from the fork-lever of the arm/disarm unit (11).
(2) Remove the spring rod assy (40) from the arm/disarm unit (11) as
follows:

_______
(b) Remove the washer (42) and the pin (39) and disconnect the spring
rod assy (40) from the lever of the arm/disarm unit (11).
(3) Remove the spring unit (33) from the structure bracket (28) as
follows:

_______
(b) Remove the nut (30), the washers (27) and (29), the bush (32) and
the bolt (26).
(c) Remove the lower eye-end of the spring unit (33) from the
fork-end structure bracket (28).
(d) If necessary, remove the bush (34) from the structure bracket
(28).
(4) Remove the link rod (15) from the intermediate shaft lever (21) as
follows:

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 403
May 01/04

CES
Arm/Disarm Unit
Figure 401/TASK 52-22-22-991-001

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 404
May 01/04

CES
(22).
(c) Remove the eye-end of the link rod (15) from the fork-end of the
intermediate shaft lever (21).
(d) If necssary, remove the bush (20) from the intermediate shaft
lever (21).
(5) Remove the nuts (43), the washers (44), the screws (9) and the
indicator plate (10) from the door structure.
(6) Remove the bolts (8), the washers (7) and the arm/disarm unit (11)
(7) If necessary, remove the spring unit (33) from the arm/disarm unit
(11) as follows:
(b) Remove the washer (37) and the pin (36) and remove the spring
unit (33) from the lever of the arm/disarm unit (11).
(8) If necessary, remove the link rod (15) from the arm/disarm unit (11)
as follows:
(16).
(c) Remove the fork-end of the link rod (15) from the lever of the
arm/disarm unit (11).
(d) If necessary, remove the bush (17) from the link rod (15).
(9) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) from the arm/disarm
unit (11) only when you replace the arm/disarm unit (11).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 405
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-22-400-001
Installation of the Arm/Disarm Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 cotter pin 52-22-22 03 -100

13 cotter pin 52-22-22 04 -100
31 cotter pin 52-22-22 04 -100
38 cotter pin 52-22-22 04 -100
41 cotter pin 52-22-22 03 -100

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 406
May 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
Movement
52-22-22-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-22-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 407
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-22-860-050
door) is closed (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the closed
door.
003).
(4) Make sure that the door linings are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-
012) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-22-910-050
(3) Make sure that the bushes (17), (18), (19), (20), (32) and (34) are
in the correct condition.
which move.
(5) If necessary, pull up the slide control handle of the replacement

arm/disarm unit and install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000)
Subtask 52-22-22-420-050
B. Installation of the Arm/Disarm Unit

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-22-991-001)
(1) If removed, install the link rod (15) on the arm/disarm unit (11) as
follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (17) in the fork-end of the link rod
(15).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 408
May 01/04

CES
(b) Put the fork-end of the link rod (15) in position on the lever of
the arm/disarm unit (11).
nut (12).
(2) If removed, install the spring unit (33) on the arm/disarm unit (11)
as follows:
(a) Put the fork-end of the spring unit (33) on the lever of the
arm/disarm unit (11).
(b) Install the pin (36) and the washers (37).
(c) Safety the pin (36) with the new cotter pin (38).
(3) Put the arm/disarm unit (11) in position and attach it the bolts (8)
and the washers (7) on the door structure.
(4) Put the indicator plate (10) in position and attach it the screws
(9), the washers (44), and the nuts (43) on the door structure.
(5) Attach the spring unit (33) on the structure bracket (28) as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (34) in the fork-end of the strucure
bracket (28).
(b) Put the eye-end of the spring unit (33) in position in the
fork-end of the structure bracket (28).
(c) Install the bolt (26), the washers (27) and (29), the bush (32)
and the nut (30).
(6) Attach the spring rod assy (40) to the lever of the arm/disarm unit
(11) as follows:
(a) Put the fork-end of the spring rod assy (40) in position on the
lever of the arm/disarm unit (11).
(b) Install the pin (39) and the washer (42).
(c) Safety the pin (39) with the new cotter pin (41).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 409
May 01/04

CES
(7) Attach the push rod (1) to the arm/disarm unit (11) as follows:
(a) Put the lower eye-end of the push rod (1) in position on the
fork-lever of the arm/disarm unit (11).
(b) Install the bolt (35), the washers (2) and (6), the spacer (3)
and the nut (5).
Subtask 52-22-22-720-050
C. Do the functional test to make sure that the slide release mechanism
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-22-865-052

13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-22-22-410-051
B. Close Access
items.
(3) Install the door linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-012) and (Ref. TASK
25-23-47-400-013) as required.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 410
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-22-000-002
Removal of the Transmission Shaft
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
52-22-22-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-22-010-055
A. Get Access

opened door.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 411
May 01/04

CES
003).
Subtask 52-22-22-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-22-010-051
C. Get Access
47-000-012) or (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-22-020-051
A. Removal of the Transmission Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-22-991-002)
(1) Remove the push rods (1) and (68) from the shaft levers (59) and (61)
as follows:
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (65) from the nuts (66).
(b) Remove the nuts (66), the washers (64), the bushes (70) and the
bolts (63) from the shaft levers (59) and (61).
(c) Remove the eye-ends of the push rods (59) and (61) from the
fork-ends of the shaft levers (59) and (61).
(d) If required, remove the bushes (69) from the shaft levers (59)
and (61).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 412
May 01/04

CES
Transmission Shaft
Figure 402/TASK 52-22-22-991-002

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 413
May 01/04

CES
(2) Remove the transmission shaft (60) and the shaft levers (59) and (61)
from the structure as follows:
(a) Remove the nut (67) and the bolt (62) from the shaft lever (61).
(b) Release the lockwasher (57) and remove the screw (58) from the
fork lever (59).
(c) Cut and remove the cotter pin (50) from the nut (51).
(d) Remove the nut (51), the washers (52), (53), (54) and (55) from
the transmission shaft (60).
(e) Move the shaft levers (59) and (61) from the splines of the
transmission shaft (60).
(f) Move the transmission shaft (60) until you can disassemble the
washers (55) and (56) and the shaft levers (61) and (58).
(g) Remove the transmission shaft (60) from the structure.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 414
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-22-400-002
Installation of the Transmission Shaft
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 50 cotter pin 52-22-21 11 -080A

57 lockwasher 52-22-21 11 -160
65 cotter pin 52-22-21 11 -270

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 415
May 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
Movement
52-22-22-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-22-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 416
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-22-860-051
opened door.
003).
012) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-22-910-051
(3) Make sure that the bushes (69) and (70) are in the correct condition.
which move.
Subtask 52-22-22-420-051
B. Installation of the Transmission Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-22-991-002)
(1) Install the transmission shaft (60) and the shaft levers (59) and
(61) as follows:
(a) Partly insert the transmission shaft (60) into the related
structure bearing.
(b) Assemble the shaft levers (59) and (61) on their splines of the
transmission shaft (60) and put the washers (56) and (55) in
position.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 417
May 01/04

CES
(c) Fully insert the transmission shaft (60) into the opposite
structure bearing.
(d) Install the washers (55) ,(54), (53) and (52) and the nut (51) on
the transmission shaft (60).
(e) Tighten the nut (51) and safety with a new cotter pin (50).
(f) Make sure that the shaft levers (59) and (61) are correctly
installed on their splines.
(g) Attach the shaft lever (61) with the boltw (62) and the nut (67).
(h) Install the new lockwasher (57) and the screw (58) to attach the
shaft lever (59).
(i) Tighten the screw (58) and safety it with the lockwasher (57).
(2) Attach the push rods (1) and (68) to the shaft levers (59) and (61)
as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bushes (69) on the fork-end of the shaft
levers (59) and (61).
(b) Put the eye-ends of the push rods (1) and (68) in position to the
fork-ends of the shaft levers (59) and (61).
(c) Install the bolts (63), the washers (64), the bushes (70) and the
nuts (66).
(d) Tighten the nuts (66) and safety each with a new cotter pin (65).
Subtask 52-22-22-720-051
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-22-865-055

13WN, 15WN, 48WV

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 418
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-22-410-053
B. Close Access
items.
25-23-47-400-013) as required.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 419
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-22-000-003
Removal of the Intermediate Shaft Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
52-22-22-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-22-010-056
A. Get Access

opened door.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 420
May 01/04

CES
003).
Subtask 52-22-22-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-22-010-052
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the door linings as required (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-012)

(Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013) from the door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-22-020-052
A. Removal of the Intermediate Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-22-991-003)
(1) Remove the connection rod (76) from the intermediate shaft (71) as
follwos:
(78).
shaft lever (145).
(d) If required, remove the bush (77) from the shaft lever (145).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 421
May 01/04

CES
Intermediate Shaft
Figure 403/TASK 52-22-22-991-003

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 422
May 01/04

CES
(2) Remove the link rod (88) from the fork lever (83) as follows:
(85).
(c) Remove the eye-end of the link rod (88) from the fork lever (83).
(d) If required, remove the bush (89) from the fork lever (83).
(3) Remove the intermediate shaft assemblly (71) from the door structure
as follows:
(a) Remove the nut (82), the washers (81) and the bolt (86) from the
fork lever (83).
(b) Disassemble the fork lever (83) from the end of the intermediate
shaft (141)
(c) Remove the circlip (80) and the washers (79) from the
intermediate shaft (141).
(d) Remove the nuts (148), the washers (147) and the bolts (149) from
the actuation lever (146).
(e) Remove the nut (144), the washers (143) and the bolt (142) from
the shaft lever (145).
(f) Remove the nuts (96), the washers (97) and the bolts (99) from
the bearing bracket (98).
(g) Move the intermediate shaft (141) rearward and remove the bearing
bracket (98) and the bearing (100) from the intermediate shaft
(141).
(h) If required, remove the shaft lever (145) and the actuation shaft
(146) from the intermediate shaft (141).
(i) Remove the intermediate shaft (141) from the structure.
(4) If required, remove the nuts (92), the washers (93), the bolts (95)
and the stop fitting (94) from the structure.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 423
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-22-400-003
Installation of the Intermediate Shaft Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72 cotter pin 52-22-22 05 -110

90 cotter pin 52-22-22 04 -100

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 424
May 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
Movement
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-22-865-057
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 425
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-22-860-052
opened door.
003).
012) or (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-22-910-052
(3) Make sure that the bushes (75), (77), (87) and (89) are in the
correct condition.
which move.
Subtask 52-22-22-420-052
B. Installation of the Intermediate Shaft Assembly
(1) If removed, attach the stop fitting (94) with the bolts (95), washers
(93) and the nuts (92) on the structure.
(2) Install the intermediate shaft assembly (71) on the door structure as
follows:
(a) Assemble the actuation lever (146) and the shaft lever (145) on
the intermediate shaft (141).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 426
May 01/04

CES
(b) Move the intermediate shaft (141) into the related structure
bearing.
(c) Put the bearing (100) and the bearing bracket (98) in position on
the intermediate shaft (141)
(d) Attach the bearing bracket (98) with the bolts (99), the washers
(97) and the nuts (96) on the structure.
(e) Put the shaft lever (145) in postion and attach it with the bolt
(142), the washers (143) and the nut (144) to the intermediate
shaft (141).
(f) Put the actuation lever (146) in postion and attach it with the
bolts (149), the washers (147) and the nuts (148) to the
intermediate shaft (141).
(g) Install the washers (79) and the circlip (80) on the intermediate
shaft (141).
(h) Assemble the fork lever (83) on the intermediate shaft (141) and
attach it with the bolt (86), the washers (81) and the nut (82).
(3) Attach the connection rod (76) on the intermediate shaft assembly
(71) as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (75) in the shaft lever (145).
(b) Put the eye-end of the connection rod (76) into position at the
shaft lever (145).
nut (73).
(4) Assemble the fork lever (83) on the intermediate shaft (71) and
atttach it with the bolt (86), the washers (81) and the nut (82).
(5) Attach the link rod (88) at the fork lever (83) as follows:
(a) Install the bush (87) on the fork lever (83).
(b) Put the link rod (88) in position to the fork lever (83).
(c) Install the bolt (85), the washers (84),the bush (89) and the nut
(91).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 427
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-22-720-052
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-22-865-058

13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-22-22-410-055
B. Close Access
items.
25-23-47-400-013) as required.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 428
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-22-000-004
Removal of the Release Shaft Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
52-22-22-991-004 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-22-010-057
A. Get Access

opened door.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 429
May 01/04

CES
003).
Subtask 52-22-22-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-22-22-010-053
C. Get Access
47-000-012) or (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-22-020-053
A. Removal of the Release Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-22-991-004)
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE SPRING. THE TENSION
_______
IN THE SPRING CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.
(1) Carefully disconnect the spring element (102) from the lever (112)
and the structure bracket (101).
(2) Remove the connection rod (128) from the operation lever (122) as
follows:
bolt (126).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 430
May 01/04

CES
Release Shaft Assembly
Figure 404/TASK 52-22-22-991-004

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 431
May 01/04

CES
(c) Remove the eye-end of the connection rod (128) from the fork-end
of the operation lever (122).
(d) If required, remove the bush (127) from the operation lever
(122).
(3) Remove the operation lever (122) from the release shaft (117) as
follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (124), the washers (123) and the bolts (130) from
the operation lever (122).
(b) Disassemble the operation lever (122), the circlip (121) and the
washers (120) from the release shaft (117).
(4) Remove the release lever (105) from the release shaft (117) as
follows:
(a) Remove the nut (106), the washers (104) and the bolt (103) from
the release lever (105).
(b) Disassemble the release lever (105) and the washers (107) from
the release shaft (117).
(5) Remove the release shaft (117) from the structure as follows:
(a) Remove the nut (111), the washers (110) and the bolt (113) from
the lever (112).
(b) Hold the lever (112) and remove the release shaft (117) from the
structure.
(6) Remove the bearing brackets (108) and (118) from the structure as
follows:
(a) Remove the bearings (109) and (119) from the bearing brackets
(108) and (109).
(b) Remove the nuts (114) and (133), the washers (115) and (134) and
the bolts (116) and (135) from the bearing brackets (108) and
(118).
(c) Remove the bearing brackets (108) and (118) from the structure.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 432
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-22-400-004
Installation of the Release Shaft Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
131 cotter pin 52-22-22 05 -110

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 433
May 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
Movement
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-22-865-060
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 434
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-22-22-860-053
opened door.
003).
012) or (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-22-910-053
(3) Make sure that the bush (129) is in the correct condition.
which move.
Subtask 52-22-22-420-053
B. Installation of the Release Shaft Assembly
(1) Install the bearing brackets (108) and (118) on the structure as
folows:
(a) Install the bearings (109) and (119) in the bearing brackets
(108) and (109).
(b) Put the bearing brackets (108) and (118) in position on the
structure.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 435
May 01/04

CES
(c) Install the bolts (116) and (135), the washers (115) and (134)
(2) Install the release shaft (117) to the structure as follows:
(a) Move the release shaft (117) into the bearing (109).
(b) Put the lever (112) in position on the release shaft (117) and
move the release shaft (117) into the bearing (119).
(c) Make sure that the lever (112) is in the correct position and
install the bolt (113), the washers (110) and the nut (111).
(3) Install the release lever (105) on the release shaft (117) as
follows:
(a) Install the washers (107) and the release lever (105) on the end
of the release shaft (117).
(b) Make sure that the release lever (105) is in the correct position
and install the bolt (103), the washers (104) and the nut (106).
(4) Install the operation lever (122) on the release lever (117) as
follows:
(a) Assemble the washers (120), the circlip (121) and the operation
lever (122) on the end of the release shaft (117).
(b) Make sure that the operation lever (122) is in the correct
position and install the bolts (130), the washers (123) and the
nuts (124).
(5) Attach the connection rod (128) to the operation lever (122) as
follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (129) in the fork-end of the

operation lever (122).
(b) Put the eye-end of the push rod (128) into position at the fork
lever (122).
nut (132) to the operation lever (122).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 436
May 01/04

CES

_______
(6) Attacht the spring element (102) on the structure bracket (101) and
the lever (112).
Subtask 52-22-22-720-053
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-22-865-061

13WN, 15WN, 48WV
Subtask 52-22-22-410-057
B. Close Access
items.
(3) Install the door linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-012) or (Ref. TASK
25-23-47-400-013).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-22

Page 437
May 01/04

CES
FITTINGS - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 52-22-31-000-001
Removal of the Adjustable Stops and Roller Guides from the Emergency Exit Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
52-22-31-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 401
May 01/04

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-31-010-050
A. Get Access

003).
(3) Make sure that the access platform in position below the applicable
door.
(4) Remove the door linings as required (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-012) or

(Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013).
(5) Carefully disconnect the VELCRO-tapes and remove the insulation mat
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-31-020-050
A. Removal of the Adjustable Stops and Roller Guides

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-31-991-001)
(1) Remove the adjustable stops (5) as follows:
(a) If required, release the lock plate (4) and remove the nut (3),
the lock washer (4) and the stop bolt (6) from the stop fitting
(5).
(b) Remove the nuts (2) and the bolts (1).
(c) Remove the stop fitting (5) from the door member.
(2) Remove the guide rollers (8) as follows:
(b) Remove the guide roller (8) from the door member.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 402
May 01/04

CES
Adjustable Stops and Roller Guides at the Emergency Exit Door
Figure 401/TASK 52-22-31-991-001

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 403
May 01/04

CES
(3) Remove the roller guides (11) as follows:
(b) Remove the guide roller (11) from the door member.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 404
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-31-400-001
Installation of Adjustable Stops and Roller Guides at the Emergency Exit Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R SEALANT-BRUSH CONSIS TENCY (OBSOLETE) (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 lock plate 52-22-31 01 -040

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 405
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exit Door, zone 231
at zone 232.
52-22-31-991-001 Fig. 401
52-22-31-991-006 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-31-860-050
003).
opened door.
(4) Make sure that the applicable door linnings are removed as required
(Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-012) or (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-013).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 406
May 01/04

CES
(5) Make sure that the insulation mat is removed from the inner side of
the door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-31-910-050

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-31-991-001)
(1) Remove the old sealant from the door frame , the stop fittings (5),
the guide rollers (8) and the roller guides (11).
NOTE : Use a wooden or plastic scraper.

____
(4) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the mating surface
of the stop fittings (5), the guide rollers (8) and the roller guides
(11).
of the bolts (1), (7) and (10) and the nuts (2), (9) and (12).
Subtask 52-22-31-420-050
B. Installation of the Adjustable Stops and the Roller Guides

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-31-991-001)
(1) Install the adjustable stops (5) as follows:
(a) Put the stop fitting (5) in position at the door member and
attach it with the bolts (1) and the nuts (2).
(b) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the edges of the stop
fitting (5).
(c) If removed, install the stop bolt (6), the new lock plate (4) and
the nut (3).
NOTE : Safety the nut (3) when the skin offset between the door
____
and fuselage is correct adjusted.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 407
May 01/04

CES
(2) Install the guide rollers (8) as follows:
(a) Put the guide roller (8) in position at the door member and
(b) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the edges of the
guide roller (8).
(3) Install the roller guides (11) as follows:
(a) Put the roller guide (11) in position at the door member and
(b) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the edges of the
roller guide (11).
Subtask 52-22-31-820-050
C. Adjustment Procedure
(1) Pre-adjust the adjustable stops as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-31-991-006)
(a) Measure the distance A between the head of the stop bolts (6)
and the surface of the stop fitting (5).
NOTE : The distance A must be between the 4.0 mm (0.1574 in.)
____
and 6.0 mm (0.2362 in.).
(b) If the distance A is out of tolerance, loosen the nut (3) and
turn the stop bolt (6) as required.
(2) Make sure that the skin offset between the fuselage and the door is
R (3) TORQUE the nut (3) to between 2.0 m.daN (14.74 lbf.ft) and 2.2 m.daN
R (16.22 lbf.ft).
(4) Safety the nut (3) with the lock plate (4).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 408
Feb 01/06

CES
Pre-Adjustment of the Adjustable Stops
Figure 402/TASK 52-22-31-991-006

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 409
May 01/04

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-31-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Put the insulation mat on the inner side of the door and attach it
with the VELCRO tapes.
(3) Install the door linings on the door (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-012) or
(Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-013).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 410
May 01/04

CES
TASK 52-22-31-000-002
Removal of the Stop and Guide Fittings from the Door Frame
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-23-47-000-010 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the LH/RH AFT
Emergency Exit Doors, zones 251/252.
52-22-31-991-002 Fig. 403

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 411
May 01/04

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-31-010-051
A. Get Access

003).
door.
(4) Remove the door frame linings as required (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-
004), (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-009) or (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-010).
(5) Carefully disconnect the VELCRO-tapes and remove the insulation

blankets from the door frame as required.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-31-020-051
A. Removal of the Stop and Guide Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-31-991-002)
(1) Remove the stop fittings (23) as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (21) and the bolts (22) from the door frame.
(b) Remove the stop fitting (23) from the door frame.
(2) Remove the upper guide fittings (26) as follows:
(b) Remove the upper guide fitting (26) and the serrated plate (25)
NOTE : The serrated plate (24) is riveted to the door frame.

____

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 412
May 01/04

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-22-31

Page 413
Nov 01/05

CES
Stop and Guide Fittings at the Door Frame

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 414
May 01/04

CES
Stop and Guide Fittings at the Door Frame

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 415
May 01/04

CES
(3) If necessary, disassmble the upper guide fitting (26) as follows:
(a) Remove the nut (29) from the stop bolt (30).
(b) Remove the stop bolt (30) and the washers (27) and (28) from the
(4) Remove the lower guide fitting (35) as follows:
(b) Remove the lower guide fitting (35) and the serrated plate (34)

____
(5) Remove the upper guide fitting (40) as follows:
(b) Remove the upper guide fitting (40) and the shim (39) from the
door frame.
(6) Remove the lower guide fittings (48) as follows:
(b) Remove the lower guide fitting (48) and the shim (49) from the
door frame.
(7) Remove the guide fittings (43) as follows:
(b) Remove the guide fitting (43) and the shim (44) from the door
frame.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 416
Nov 01/05
R
CES
TASK 52-22-31-400-002
Installation of the Stop and Guide Fittings at the Door Frame
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-23-47-400-004 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the LH FWD
25-23-47-400-009 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the RH FWD

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 417
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-47-400-010 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the LH/RH

AFT Emergency Exit Doors, zones 251/252.
52-22-31-820-001 Adjustment of the Stop and Guide Fittings
52-22-31-991-002 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-31-860-051
003).
opened door.
(4) Make sure that the applicable door frame linning is removed as
required (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-004), (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-009)
or (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-010).
(5) Make sure that the applicable insulation blankets are removed from
the door frame as required.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 418
Nov 01/08
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-31-910-051

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-31-991-002)
(1) Remove the old sealant from the door frame , the stop fittings (23)
and the guide fittings (26), (35), (40), (43) and (48).

____
of the stop fittings (23) and the guide fittings (26), (35), (40),
(43) and (48).
of the bolts (22), (31) (36), (41), (42) and (47) the nuts (21),
(32), (37), (38), (46) and (50).
Subtask 52-22-31-420-051
B. Installation of the Stop and Guide Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-31-991-002)
(1) Install the stop fittings (23) as follows:
(a) Put the stop fitting (23) in position at the door frame and
(b) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) aruond the edges
of the stop fitting (23).
(2) Assemble the upper guide fitting (26) as follows:
(a) Put the stop bolt (30) together with the washers (27) and (28)
inposition at the upper guide fitting (26).
(b) Install the nut (29) at the stop bolt (30) and tighten it.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 419
Nov 01/05
R
CES
(3) Install the upper guide fittings (26) as follows:
(a) Put the upper guide fitting (26) and the serrated plate (25) in
position at the serrated plate (24).

____
(b) Make sure that their identification notches align.
(c) Install the screws (31) and the nuts (32.
(4) Install the lower guide fittings (35) as follows:
(a) Put the lower guide fitting (35) and the serrated plate (34) in
position at the serrated plate (33).
NOTE : The serrated plate (33)is riveted at the door frame.

____
(b) Make sure that their identification notches align.
(c) Install the bolts (36) and the nuts (37) and tighten them.
(5) Install the upper guide fitting (40) as follows:
(a) Put the upper guide fitting (40) and the shim (39) in position at
the door frame.
(b) Install the bolts (41) and the nuts (38).
(6) Install the guide fitting (43) as follows:
(a) Put the guide fitting (43) and the shim (44) in position at the
door frame.
(b) Install the bolts (42), the washers (45) and the nuts (37).
(7) Install the lower guide fitting (48) as follows:
(a) Put the lower guide fitting (48) and the shim (49) in position at
the door frame.
Subtask 52-22-31-820-051
C. Adjust the stop and guide fittings at the door frame (Ref. TASK 52-22-31-
820-001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 420
Nov 01/05
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-31-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Put the insulation blankets on the door frame and attach them with
the VELCRO tapes.
(3) Install the removed door frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-004),
(Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-009) or (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-010).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 421
Nov 01/05
R
CES
TASK 52-22-31-820-001
Adjustment of the Stop and Guide Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Hatches

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 422
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-31-991-002 Fig. 403
52-22-31-991-007 Fig. 404
52-22-31-991-008 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-31-010-055
A. Get Access

003).
door.
(4) Remove the door frame lining as required (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-


EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 423
Nov 01/05
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-31-820-055
A. Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Fittings (26) and (35)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-31-991-002, 404/TASK 52-22-31-991-007)
(1) Move the open door in the adjustment position as follows:
(a) Move the door in front of the opening of the fuselage.
(b) Pull the door carefully inboard so that the rollers of the roller
guides (8) engage with the upper and lower guide fittings (26)
and (35).
(2) Measure the clearance B between the rollers of the roller guides
(8) and the upper and lower guide fittings (26) and (35).
NOTE : The clearance B must be between 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) and 0.5
____
mm (0.0196 in.).
(3) If necessary, adjust the vertical position of the upper and lower
guide fittings (26) and (35) as follows:
(a) Loosen the nuts (32) and (37).
(b) Move the upper and lower guide fittings (26) and (35) up or down
until the clearance A is correct.
(c) Tighten the nuts (32) and (37).
(d) Make a mark to identify the correct vertical position.
(4) Pull the door fully inboard and move the inboard handle down so that
the door lowers fully down.
(5) Measure the clearances C, D and E arond the roller of the
roller guide (8) and the lower guide fitting (35).
NOTE : The clearance C must be min. 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.).

____
The clearance D must be min. 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).
The clearance E must be max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.)
(6) If necessary, adjust the horizontal position of the lower guide

fitting (35) as follows:
(a) Loosen the nuts (37).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 424
Nov 01/05
R
CES
Adjustment of the Guide Fittings
Figure 404/TASK 52-22-31-991-007

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 425
Nov 01/05
R
CES
(b) Move the lower guide fitting (35) inboard or outboard until the
clearancesC, D and E are correct.
(c) Tighten the nuts (37).
(7) Measure the clearance F between the roller of the roller guide (8)
and the head of the stop bolt (30).
NOTE : The clearance F must be max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.).

____
(8) If necessary, adjust the clearance F as follows:
(a) Remove the nut (29) and the stop bolt (30) together with the
(b) Add or remove the washers (27) and (28) as required.
(c) Install the stop bolt (30) together with the washers (27 and (28)
and the nut (29).
(9) Measure the clearances C and E around the roller of the roller
guide (8) and the upper guide fitting (26).
NOTE : The clearance C must be min. 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.)

____
The clearance E must be max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.).
(10) If necessary, adjust the horizontal position of the upper guide

fitting (26) as follows:
(a) Loosen the nuts (32).
(b) Move the upper guide fitting (26) inboard or outboard untill the
clearances C and E are correct.
(11) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the edges of
the upper and lower guide fittings (26) and (35).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 426
Nov 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 52-22-31-820-056
B. Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Fittings (40) and (48)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-22-31-991-008)
(b) Pull the door inboard so that the rollers of the roller guides
(8) touche the inner surface of the guide fittings (26) and (35).
(2) Measure the clearance H between the rollers of the roller guides
(8) and the upper and lower guide fittings (26) and (35).
NOTE : The clearance H must be between 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.) and 2.2
____
mm (0.0866 in.).
(3) If necessary, adjust the clearance H as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (38) and (50), the bolts (41) and (47), the guide
fittings (40) and (48) and the shims (39) and (49).
(b) Prepare the shims (39) and (49) as required.
(c) Install the guide fittings (40) and (48) with the related shims
(39) and (49) and attach them with the bolts (41) and (47) and
the nuts (38) and (50).
the guide fittings (40) and (48).
Subtask 52-22-31-820-057
C. Adjustment of the Guide Fitting (43)

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-22-31-991-008)
(b) Pull the door inboard so that the distance between the center of
the roller (8) and the surface of the guide fittings (26) is 55.0
mm (2.1653 in.) (measurement K).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 427
Nov 01/05
R
CES
Adjustment of the Guide Fittings and the Actuation Lever Fitting
Figure 405/TASK 52-22-31-991-008

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 428
Nov 01/05
R
CES
(2) Measure the clearance J between the roller at the door member and
the guide fitting (43).
NOTE : The clearance J can be max. 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).

____
(3) If necessary, adjust the clearance J as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (46), the bolts (42), the guide fitting (43) and
the shim (44).
(b) Prepare the shim (44) as required.
(c) Install the guide fittings (43) with the related shim (44) and
attach them with the bolts (42) and the nuts (46).
the guide fitting (43).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-31-410-055
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Put the removed insulation blankets on the door frame and attach them
with the VELCRO-tapes.
(3) Install the removed door frame lining at the door (Ref. TASK 25-23-
47-400-001).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 429
Nov 01/05
R
CES
TASK 52-22-31-000-003
Removal of the Guide-Arm Hinge Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-12-000-004 Removal of the Guide Arm Assy
52-22-31-991-003 Fig. 406

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 430
Nov 01/05
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-31-010-052
A. Get Access

003).
door.

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-31-020-052
A. Removal of the Guide-Arm Hinge Fitting

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-22-31-991-003)
(1) Remove the applicable guide arm from the guide-arm hinge fittings
(54) or (59) (referred to as hinge fitting) (Ref. TASK 52-22-12-000-
004).
(2) Remove the hinge fitting (54) from the door frame as follows:
(a) Hold the hinge fitting (54) and remove the nuts (51), the washers
(b) Remove the hinge fitting (54) and the serrated plates (53) and
(52) from the filler plates at the door frame.
(3) Remove the hinge fitting (59) from the door frame as follows:
(a) Hold the hinge fitting (59) and remove the nuts (51), the washers

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 431
Nov 01/05
R
CES
Guide-Arm Hinge Fittings
Figure 406/TASK 52-22-31-991-003

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 432
Nov 01/05
R
CES
(b) Remove the hinge fitting (59) and the serrated plates (57) and
(58) from the filler plates at the door frame.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 433
Nov 01/05
R
CES
TASK 52-22-31-400-003
Installation of the Guide-Arm Hinge Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-006
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 434
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-12-400-004 Installation of the Guide Arm Assy
52-22-31-991-003 Fig. 406
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-31-860-052
003).
opened door.
or (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-010).
(5) Make sure that the insulation blakets are removed as required.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 435
Nov 01/05
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-31-910-052

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-22-31-991-003)
(1) Remove the old sealant from the hinge fittings (54) and (59), the
serrated plates (52), (53), (57) and (58) and the door frame

____
of the bolts (56) and the nuts (51).
Subtask 52-22-31-420-052
B. Installation of the Guide-Arm Attachment Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-22-31-991-003)
(1) Install the guide-arm hinge fitting (54) (referred to as hinge

fitting) as follows:
(a) Put the hinge fitting (54) and the serrated plates (52) and (53)
in position at the filler plates of the door frame.
NOTE : Make sure that their identification notches align.

____
(2) Install the guide-arm hinge fitting (59) (referred to as hinge

(a) Put the hinge fitting (59) and the serrated plates (58) and (57)
in position at the filler plates of the door frame.
NOTE : Make sure that their identification notches align.

____
(3) Install the guide arm on the applicable hinge fitting (54) or (59)
(Ref. TASK 52-22-12-400-004).

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 436
Nov 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 52-22-31-820-052
C. Adjust the parallel motion of the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-
00-820-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-31-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
the hinge fittings (54) and (59).
PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts (56) and the bolts (59).
with the VELCRO tapes.
(5) Install the door frame lining as required (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 437
Nov 01/05
R
CES
TASK 52-22-31-000-004
Removal of the Lock Fitting from the Door Frame
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-31-991-004 Fig. 407

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 438
Nov 01/05
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-31-010-053
A. Get Access

003).
door.
(5) Remove the insulation blankets from the door frame as required.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-31-020-053
A. Removal of the Lock Fitting

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-22-31-991-004)
(1) Hold the lock fitting (64) and remove the nuts (65), the washers (63)
and the bolts (62).
(2) Remove the latch fitting (64) and the serrated plate (61) from the
door frame.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 439
Nov 01/05
R
CES
Latch Fitting
Figure 407/TASK 52-22-31-991-004

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 440
Nov 01/05
R
CES
TASK 52-22-31-400-004
Installation of the Lock Fitting at the Door Frame
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 441
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-31-991-004 Fig. 407
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-31-860-053
003).
opened door.
or (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-010).
(5) Make sure that the insulation blankets are removed as required.
Subtask 52-22-31-910-053

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-22-31-991-004)
(1) Remove the old sealant from the door frame and the lock fitting (64).

____

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 442
Nov 01/05
R
CES
of the bolts (62) and the nuts (65).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-31-420-053
A. Installation of the Lock Fitting

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-22-31-991-004)
(1) Put the lock fitting (64) and the serrated plate (61) in position at
the door frame.
(2) Install the bolts (62) with the washers (63) and the nuts (65) and
tighten them. nuts.
(3) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) around the latch fitting (74).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-31-820-053
A. Adjust the clearance between the locking hook and the lock fitting
(Ref. TASK 52-22-00-820-003).
Subtask 52-22-31-410-053
B. Close Access
items.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 443
Nov 01/05
R
CES
TASK 52-22-31-000-005
Removal of the Support-Arm Hinge Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-31-991-005 Fig. 408

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 444
Nov 01/05
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-31-010-054
A. Get Access

003).
door.
(5) Carefully disconnect the VELCRO-tapes and remove the the insulation
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-31-020-054
A. Removal of the Upper and Lower Support-Arm Hinge Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-22-31-991-005)
(1) Remove the lower support-arm hinge fitting (73) (referred to as hinge
(a) Hold the hinge fitting (73) and remove the nuts (71) and the
bolts (71).
(b) Remove the hinge fitting (73) and the shim (72) from the door
frame.
(2) Remove the upper support-arm hinge fitting (77) (referred to as hinge
(a) Hold the hinge fitting (77) and remove the nuts (75) and the
bolts (78).
(b) Remove the hinge fitting (77) and the shim (76) from the door
frame.

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 445
Nov 01/05
R
CES
Upper and Lower Support Arm Fitting
Figure 408/TASK 52-22-31-991-005

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 446
Nov 01/05
R
CES
TASK 52-22-31-400-005
Installation of the Support-Arm Hinge Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 447
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-12-400-001 Installation of the Support Arm of the Emergency Exit
Door
52-22-31-991-005 Fig. 408
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-22-31-860-054
003).
opened door.
or (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-010). (referrd to as door).
(5) Make sure that the insulation blankets are removed as required.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-22-31-910-054

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-22-31-991-005)
(1) Remove the old sealant from the door frame and the support-arm hinge

____

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 448
Nov 01/05
R
CES
of the bolts (74) and (78) and the nuts (71) and (75).
Subtask 52-22-31-420-054
B. Installation of the Upper and Lower Support-Arm Hinge Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-22-31-991-005)
(1) Install the upper support-arm hinge fitting (77) as follows:
(a) Put the hinge fitting (77) andh the shim (76) in position at the
door frame.
(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) around the upper support arm
fitting (84) and the lower support arm
(3) Install the lower support-arm hinge fitting (73) as follows:
(a) Put the hinge fitting (73) andh the shim (72) in position at the
door frame.
(4) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) around the upper and lower hinge
(5) Install the support arm (Ref. TASK 52-22-12-400-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-22-31-410-054
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Put the removed insulation blankets on the door frame and attach the

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 449
Nov 01/05
R
CES

EFF :

301-399, 52-22-31

Page 450
Nov 01/05

CES
CARGO - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________
1. General
_______
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 221-221, 224-224, 228-228, 251-299,
There are three cargo compartment doors on the right side of the lower
fuselage. They are referred to as FWD, AFT and BULK cargo-compartment doors
and give access to the related cargo compartment.
The FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors are equivalent but they are not
interchangeable because of different electrical pin connections of the door
plug . If it is necessary to replace the AFT cargo compartment door with the
FWD cargo compartment door (or vice versa), the pin connections of the
applicable door plug must be changed to agree with the related door
position.
The FWD and AFT cargo compartment doors have a manual locking mechanism and
open hydraulically away from the aircraft. It is only possible to open or
close the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors from the outer side.
The BULK cargo-compartment door also has a manual locking mechanism. It

opens manually into the BULK cargo compartment and up. It is possible to
open or close it from both inner and outer sides.
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
There are two cargo compartment doors on the right side of the lower
fuselage. They are referred to as FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors and
give access to the related cargo compartment.
interchangeable because of different structural design. They have a manual
locking mechanism and open hydraulically away from the aircraft. It is only
possible to open or close the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors from the
outer side.

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 1
Nov 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 201-220, 222-223, 225-227, 229-249, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
There are two cargo compartment doors on the right side of the lower
fuselage. They are referred to as FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors and
give access to the related cargo compartment.
interchangeable because of different electrical pin connections of the door
plug . If it is necessary to replace the AFT cargo compartment door with the
FWD cargo compartment door (or vice versa), the pin connections of the
applicable door plug must be changed to agree with the related door
position.
The FWD and AFT cargo compartment doors have a manual locking mechanism and
open hydraulically away from the aircraft. It is only possible to open or
close the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors from the outer side.
**ON A/C ALL
2. __________________
Component Location
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 221-221, 224-224, 228-228, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
R **ON A/C 201-220, 222-223, 225-227, 229-249, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R **ON A/C 201-220, 222-223, 225-227, 229-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 001C)

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES
Locations of Cargo Compartment Doors
Figure 001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 221-221,
224-224, 228-228, 251-299,
52-30-00

Page 3
Nov 01/08

CES
Location of Cargo Compartment Doors
Figure 001A

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-30-00

Page 4
Aug 01/05

CES
Locations of Cargo Compartment Doors
Figure 001B

R

EFF : 201-220, 222-223, 225-227, 229-249,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES
R Location of Cargo Compartment Doors
R Figure 001C

EFF :

301-399, 52-30-00

Page 6
Aug 01/04

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. Description
___________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 221-221, 224-224, 228-228, 251-299,
A. FWD Cargo-Compartment Door (Zone 825)

The FWD cargo-compartment door is installed on the right side of the
lower fuselage between FR24A and FR28.
For more details refer to the subsequent chapters:
- FWD Cargo-Comparment Door (Ref.52-31-00)
- Electrical Door Control System (Ref. 52-35-00)
- Door Hydraulic System (Ref.52-36-00)
B. AFT Cargo-Compartment Door (Zone 826)

The AFT cargo-compartment door is installed on the right side of the
- AFT Cargo-Comparment Door (Ref.52-32-00)
C. BULK Cargo-Compartment Door (Zone 827)

The BULK cargo-compartment door is installed on the right side of the
lower fuselage between FR60 and FR62.
- BULK Cargo-Comparment Door (Ref.52-32-00)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,



EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 7
Nov 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 201-220, 222-223, 225-227, 229-249, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,


**ON A/C ALL
4. _____________________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 221-221, 224-224, 228-228, 251-299,
A. FWD Cargo-Compartment Door

The FWD cargo-compartment door is made of sheet metal and machined parts.
It is torsion-resistant and safe to operate at wind speeds up to 50
knots. A manually operated locking mechanism is installed internally to
keep the FWD cargo-compartment door in the closed position.
The electrical door control-system starts the electric pump of the Yellow
hydraulic system which pressurizes the door hydraulic system. The door
hydraulic system operates the duplex door actuators to open or close the
FWD cargo-compartment door. If there is an electrical failure, it is
possible to operate the FWD cargo-compartment door with the handpump.
The pressurization of the door hydraulic system does not occur when the
locking mechanism is in the locked condition.
If the FWD cargo-compartment door is not correctly closed, an electrical
circuit sends a signal to the door warning system. This signal comes to
the Electronic-Centralized Aircraft-Monitoring (ECAM) system and the
MASTER CAUTION lights in the cockpit come on.

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10

CES
B. AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
The AFT cargo-compartment door is almost the same as the FWD
cargo-compartment door. It has one fairing more attached to the outer
skin.
C. BULK Cargo-Compartment Door

The BULK cargo-compartment door is a plug-type door which is made of
aluminum alloy components.
The operation of the control handle releases the locking mechanism of the
BULK cargo-compartment door. To open or close the BULK cargo-compartment
door, move it up or down manually.
An electrical circuit sends a signal to the door warning system when the
BULK cargo door is not correctly closed. This signal comes to the ECAM
system and the MASTER CAUTION lights in the cockpit come on.
D. Technical Data
(1) FWD Cargo-Compartment Door

Size : 1855 x 2025 mm (73 x 80 in.)
Weight : 106.0 kg (233.7 lbs)
(2) AFT Cargo-Compartment Door

Size : 1855 x 2025 mm (73 x 80 in.)
Weight : 106.0 kg (233.7 lbs)
E. BULK Cargo-Compartment Door

Size : 1200 x 940 mm (47 x 37 in.)
Weight : 32.2 kg (71.0 lbs)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
221-221, 224-224, 228-228, 251-299, 401-499,
52-30-00

Page 9
Nov 01/08

CES
The AFT cargo-compartment door has a different structural design than the
FWD cargo-compartment door. There is one fairing more attached to the
outer skin. The door locking mechanism, the door hydraulic system and the
electrical door control-system of the AFT cargo-compartment door are
almost the same as for the FWD cargo-compartment door.
C. Technical Data

Size : 1855 x 2025 mm (73 x 80 in.)
Weight : 106.0 kg (233.7 lbs)

Size : 1855 x 2025 mm (73 x 80 in.)
Weight : 108.0 kg (238.1 lbs)
R **ON A/C 201-220, 222-223, 225-227, 229-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 151-199, 201-220, 222-223, 225-227,
229-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES

cargo-compartment door. It has one fairing more attached to the outer
skin.
C. Technical Data

Size : 1855 x 2025 mm (73 x 80 in.)
Weight : 106.0 kg (233.7 lbs)

Size : 1855 x 2025 mm (73 x 80 in.)
Weight : 106.0 kg (233.7 lbs)
**ON A/C 301-399,

cargo-compartment door.

R

EFF : 201-220, 222-223, 225-227, 229-249,
301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10

CES
CARGO - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________________
TASK 52-30-00-860-001
Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the Yellow Electric Pump
CAUTION : YOU MUST CLOSE THE CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS BEFORE THE WIND SPEED IS
_______
MORE THE 65 KNOTS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT
STRUCTURE.
CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE
_______
THAN 40 KNOTS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT
STRUCTURE.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU OPEN AND CLOSE THE CARGO DOORS, MAKE SURE THAT THE ACCESS
_______
PLATFORM IS AT THE CORRECT HEIGHT. IF IT IS TOO HIGH, IT WILL PREVENT
FREE MOVEMENT OF THE DOORS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-29-611-001 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

External Power
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
29-24-00-864-001 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
52-30-00-480-001 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 201
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00-991-001 Fig. 201
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-30-00-991-001-A Fig. 201A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00-991-005 Fig. 202
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-30-00-991-005-B Fig. 202A
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-30-00-991-005-A Fig. 202B
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-30-00-860-050
(1) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system reservoir is pressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
(2) Make sure that the level of the hydraulic fluid in the Yellow
reservoir is correct (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
(3) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002).

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 202
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-30-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30
122VU DOORS/CARGO 1MJ T12
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03
Subtask 52-30-00-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Put an access platform in position below the FWD or AFT

CAUTION : WHEN YOU OPEN AND CLOSE THE CARGO DOORS, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
ACCESS PLATFORM IS AT THE CORRECT HEIGHT. IF IT IS TOO
HIGH, IT WILL PREVENT FREE MOVEMENT OF THE DOORS.
(2) Open the access panel 134AR or 154AR as required.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-30-00-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 201A/TASK 52-30-00-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 52-30-00-991-005)

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 203
Feb 01/10

CES
Normal Operation - FWD Cargo Compartment Door
Figure 201/TASK 52-30-00-991-001

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-30-00

Page 204
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Normal Operation - FWD Cargo Compartment Door
Figure 201A/TASK 52-30-00-991-001-A

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-30-00

Page 205
Nov 01/06

CES
Normal Operation - AFT Cargo Compartment Door
Figure 202/TASK 52-30-00-991-005

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00

Page 206
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 202A/TASK 52-30-00-991-005-B)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 202B/TASK 52-30-00-991-005-A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-061, 101-105, 201-203,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-050
A. Opening of the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGE OF THE CARGO DOOR IS CLEAR
_______
R BEFORE YOU UNLOCK IT. STAY AFT OF (LEFT OF) THE DOOR WHEN YOU
R UNLOCK IT BECAUSE IT CAN OPEN SUDDENLY AND CAUSE INJURY.
CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS IF THE WIND SPEED IS
_______
MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE
AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
NOTE : If you put the aircraft nose into the wind, the maximum wind speed
____
can be 50 knots.
(1) Push the handle flap in to release the door handle from the catch of
the door structure.
(2) Pull the door handle away and up from the door structure to the fully
UNLOCKED position.
NOTE : The unlatched cargo door opens to the vertical position

____
because of the force of gravity.
(3) Operation on the control panel:
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL
_______
SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 151-199,
201-203, 401-499,
52-30-00

Page 207
Aug 01/07

CES
R Normal Operation - AFT Cargo Compartment Door
R Figure 202A/TASK 52-30-00-991-005-B

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-30-00

Page 208
May 01/05

CES
Normal Operation - AFT Cargo Compartment Door
Figure 202B/TASK 52-30-00-991-005-A

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-30-00

Page 209
Aug 01/05

CES
R (a) Move the selector of the control panel to the OPEN position and
R hold it until the green indicator light comes on.
NOTE : The green indicator light shows that the cargo door is in
____
its fully open position. The door actuators are in their
extended positions and internally locked.
R (4) If the cargo door does not open, do these steps:
NOTE : It is not open the cargo door immediately after it is closed.

____
R The unlocked cargo door cannot move to the vertical position
R because of the remaining internal pressure in the door
R actuators.
(a) Make sure that no person operates the other cargo door during
this procedure.
(b) Pull the door handle down to the LOCKED position and push it into
the recess of the door structure.
R (c) After 30 seconds (minimum), continue with the subsequent steps.
NOTE : This causes the E-pump 3075GX to stop and the selector
____
valve 2500MJ is in its closed position.
(d) Move the selector of the control panel to the CLOSE position and
hold it for approximately 5 seconds.
(e) Move the selector of the control panel to the OPEN position and
hold it for approximately 5 seconds to release the internal
pressure.
R (f) Pull the door handle up to the UNLOCKED position and the related
R cargo door opens to its vertical position.
R (g) If the cargo door does not move to its vertical position, do the
R steps (a) thru (f) again.
(h) Move the selector of the control panel to the OPEN position and
hold it until the green indicator light comes on.
R (5) Release the selector when the green indicator light is on.
NOTE : The selector must go back automatically to the NEUTRAL

____
R position. If not, put it manually in the NEUTRAL position to
R prevent a permanent operation of the yellow hydraulic pump.

EFF :

001-049, 053-061, 101-105, 201-203, 52-30-00

Page 210
May 01/07

CES
(6) Install the applicable safety support equipment (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
480-001) to safety the opened cargo door.
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-050-B
_______
_______
AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
____
can be 50 knots.
(1) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle away from the
cargo door.
(2) Make sure that you can see the red mark of each safety cam through
the indication windows of the access panel 825AR and/or 826AR.
(3) Turn the locking handle down to the UNLOCKED position.
NOTE : The unlocked cargo door opens to the vertical position because
____
of the force of gravity.
_______
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(a) Move the selector of the control panel to the OPEN position and
____

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 52-30-00

Page 211
Aug 01/07

CES
R (5) If the cargo door does not open, do these steps:
NOTE : It is not possible to open the cargo door immediately after it

____
is closed. The unlocked cargo door cannot move to the vertical
R position because of the remaining internal pressure in the
R door actuators.
this procedure.
(b) Turn the locking handle to the LOCKED position and push it into
the recess of the handle flap.
R (c) After 30 seconds (minimum), continue with the subsequent steps.
____
hold it there for approximately 5 seconds.
hold it there for approximately 5 seconds to release the internal
pressure.
R (f) Turn the locking handle to the UNLOCKED position and the related
R cargo door opens to its vertical position.
R (g) If the cargo door does not move to its vertical position, do the
R steps (a) thru (f) again.
R (6) Release the selector when the green indicator light is on.

____
R position. If not, put it manually in the NEUTRAL position to
R prevent a permanent operation of the yellow hydraulic pump.
R (7) Install the applicable safety support equipment (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-

EFF :

051-052, 52-30-00

Page 212
May 01/07

CES
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-050-A
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGE OF THE CARGO DOOR IS CLEAR
_______
BEFORE YOU UNLOCK IT. STAY AFT OF (LEFT OF) THE DOOR WHEN YOU
UNLOCK IT BECAUSE IT CAN OPEN SUDDENLY AND CAUSE INJURY.
_______
AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
____
can be 50 knots.
(1) Push the handle flap in to release the door handle from catch of the
door structure.
UNLOCKED position.

____
_______
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(a) Move the selector of the control panel to the OPEN position and
____
(4) If the cargo door does not open, do these steps:
NOTE : It is not possible to open the cargo door immediately after it

____
is closed. The unlocked cargo door cannot move to the vertical
position because of the remaining internal pressure in the
door actuators.

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-30-00

Page 213
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
this procedure.
(b) Pull the door handle down to the LOCKED position and push it into
(c) After 30 seconds (minimum), continue with the subsequent steps.
____
hold it for approximately 5 seconds.
hold it there for approximately 5 seconds to release the internal
pressure.
(f) Pull the door handle up to the UNLOCKED position and the related
cargo door opens to its vertical position.
(g) If the cargo door does not move to its vertical position, do the
steps (a) thru (f) again.
(5) Release the selector when the green indicator light is on.

____
position. If not, put it manually in the NEUTRAL position to
prevent a permanent operation of the yellow hydraulic pump.

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-30-00

Page 214
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-30-00-860-051
(1) Make sure that the Yellow auxiliary hydraulic system is depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).
(3) Close the access panel 134AR or 154AR.

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 215
Nov 01/06
R
CES
TASK 52-30-00-860-002
Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the Yellow Electric Pump
WARNING : BEFORE YOU CLOSE THE CARGO DOOR, BLEED THE DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM IF:
_______
- THE DOOR WAS OPEN FOR MAINTENANCE WORK ON THE YELLOW HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM, AND/OR
- THE DOOR WAS OPEN FOR MORE THAN 12 HOURS.
IF YOU DO NOT BLEED THE DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, THE CARGO DOOR CAN
CLOSE SUDDENLY (WHEN YOU PUT THE OPERATION LEVER IN THE CLOSED
POSITION) AND THUS CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
_______
STRUCTURE.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU OPEN AND CLOSE THE CARGO DOORS, MAKE SURE THAT THE ACCESS
_______
PLATFORM IS AT THE CORRECT HEIGHT. IF IT IS TOO HIGH, IT WILL PREVENT
FREE MOVEMENT OF THE DOORS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 216
Nov 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-29-611-001 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic
Service Cart
External Power
52-30-00-080-001 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-36-00-600-001 Hydraulic System for the Cargo Compartment Doors -
Servicing
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00-991-001 Fig. 201
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-30-00-991-001-A Fig. 201A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00-991-005 Fig. 202
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-30-00-991-005-B Fig. 202A
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-30-00-991-005-A Fig. 202B

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 217
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-30-00-860-052
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
(2) Make sure that the level of the hydraulic fluid in the Yellow
reservoir is correct (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-
12-29-611-002).
(3) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002).
(4) Make sure that an access platform is in position below the FWD or AFT
CAUTION : WHEN YOU OPEN AND CLOSE THE CARGO DOORS, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
ACCESS PLATFORM IS AT THE CORRECT HEIGHT. IF IT IS TOO
HIGH, IT WILL PREVENT FREE MOVEMENT OF THE DOORS.
(5) Make sure that the access panel 134AR or 154AR is opened as required.
Subtask 52-30-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-30-00-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 218
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 201A/TASK 52-30-00-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 52-30-00-991-005)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 202A/TASK 52-30-00-991-005-B)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 202B/TASK 52-30-00-991-005-A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
Subtask 52-30-00-860-055
WARNING : BEFORE YOU CLOSE THE CARGO DOOR, BLEED THE DOOR HYDRAULIC
_______
SYSTEM IF:
- THE DOOR WAS OPEN FOR MAINTENANCE WORK ON THE YELLOW
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, AND/OR
IF YOU DO NOT BLEED THE DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, THE CARGO DOOR
CAN CLOSE SUDDENLY (WHEN YOU PUT THE OPERATION LEVER IN THE
CLOSED POSITION) AND THUS CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) If necessary, do the bleed procedure (Ref. TASK 52-36-00-600-001).
(2) If installed, remove the safety support equipment from the opened
cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-001).
(3) To close the FWD cargo door, make sure that the manual YZ-latches of
the door sill latches 2004VU1 and 2004VU2 are lifted.
NOTE : This step is only valid if the cargo loading system is

____
installed.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-30-00

Page 219
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(4) To close the AFT cargo door, make sure that the manual YZ-latches of
the door sill latches 2004VU3 and 2004VU4 are lifted.

____
installed.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-30-00-860-055-A
_______
SYSTEM IF:
(2) If installed, remove the safety support equipment from the opened
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-052
B. Closing of the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
CAUTION : YOU MUST CLOSE THE CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS BEFORE THE WIND
_______
SPEED IS MORE THE 65 KNOTS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO
THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
(1) Move the selector of the control panel to the CLOSE position and hold
it until the cargo door is closed.
NOTE : The green indicator light goes off when the cargo door starts
____
to close.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-30-00

Page 220
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(2) Release the selector when the cargo door is fully closed.

____
position. If not, put it manually to the NEUTRAL position to
prevent a permanent operation of the yellow electric pump.
(3) Pull the door handle down to the LOCKED position and push it into the
recess of the door structure.
NOTE : Manually lock the hydraulically closed cargo door within 3

____
sec. maximum. This prevents that the unlocked cargo door moves
in the open direction due to the own gravity.
(4) Make sure that you can see the green mark of each safety cam through
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-052-A
B. Closing of the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
_______
it until the cargo door is closed.
NOTE : The green indicator light goes off when the cargo door starts
____
to close.
(2) Release the selector when the cargo door is fully closed.

____
position. If not, put it manually to the NEUTRAL position to
prevent a permanent operation of the yellow electric pump.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-30-00

Page 221
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(3) Turn the locking handle up to the LOCKED position and push it into

____
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-30-00-860-053
(1) Depressurize the Yellow auxiliary hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-
00-864-001).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 222
Nov 01/07
R
CES
TASK 52-30-00-860-003
Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the Hand Pump
_______
STRUCTURE.
_______
STRUCTURE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00-991-001 Fig. 201
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-30-00-991-001-A Fig. 201A

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 223
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00-991-005 Fig. 202
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-30-00-991-005-B Fig. 202A
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-30-00-991-005-A Fig. 202B
**ON A/C ALL
52-30-00-991-002 Fig. 203
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-30-00-010-052
A. Get Access
(1) Open the access panel 134AR or 154AR as required.
(2) Open the access panel 198CB in the area of the belly fairing.
NOTE : The subsequent procedure is only necessary to simulate an

____
electrical malfunction of the door control system.
Subtask 52-30-00-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 224
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-30-00-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 201A/TASK 52-30-00-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 52-30-00-991-005)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 202A/TASK 52-30-00-991-005-B)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 202B/TASK 52-30-00-991-005-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 52-30-00-991-002)
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-061, 101-105, 201-203,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-053
A. Manual Opening of the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
_______
AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
NOTE : If you put the aircraft noise into the wind, the maximum speed can
____
be 50 knots.
NOTE : Two persons are necessary for this procedure.

____

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 225
Feb 01/10

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-30-00

Page 226
Aug 01/05

CES
Yellow Ground Service Panel
Figure 203/TASK 52-30-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 227
May 01/05
R
CES
R (1) Push the handle flap in to release the door handle from the catch of
R the door structure.
UNLOCKED position.
____
(3) Move the selector of the control panel to the OPEN position and hold
it during the operation of the hand pump.
(4) Put the hand pump lever on the hand pump 3009GM and operate it until
the cargo door is fully opened.
NOTE : When the cargo door is fully opened you will feel a large
____
increase in resistance to the hand pump lever.
R (5) Install the applicable safety support equipment (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
R 480-001) to safety the opened cargo door.
R
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-053-B
R A. Manual Opening of the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
_______
AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
____
be 50 knots.

____
cargo door.
NOTE : Make sure that you can see the red mark of each safety cam
____
through the indication windows of the access panel 825AR
and/or 826AR.

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 52-30-00

Page 228
Nov 01/06

CES
____
____
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-053-A
A. Manual Opening of the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
_______
AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
____
be 50 knots.

____
the door structure.
_______
BEFORE YOU UNLOCK IT. STAY AFT OF (LEFT OF) THE DOOR WHEN
YOU UNLOCK IT BECAUSE IT CAN OPEN SUDDENLY AND CAUSE
INJURY.
UNLOCKED position.
____

R

EFF : 051-052, 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-30-00

Page 229
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
____
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-30-00-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Close the access panels 134AR or 154AR and 198CB.
(2) Remove the hand pump lever from the hand pump 3009GM and put it in
its stowage position.
(3) Close the access panel 198CB.
Subtask 52-30-00-865-055
breaker(s):
1MJ

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 230
Aug 01/07
R
CES
TASK 52-30-00-860-004
Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the Hand Pump
WARNING : BEFORE YOU CLOSE THE CARGO DOOR, BLEED THE DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM IF:
_______
- THE DOOR WAS OPEN FOR MAINTENANCE WORK ON THE YELLOW HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM, AND/OR
IF YOU DO NOT BLEED THE DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, THE CARGO DOOR CAN
CLOSE SUDDENLY (WHEN YOU PUT THE OPERATION LEVER IN THE CLOSED
POSITION) AND THUS CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
_______
STRUCTURE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-36-00-600-001 Hydraulic System for the Cargo Compartment Doors -
Servicing
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00-991-001 Fig. 201

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 231
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-30-00-991-001-A Fig. 201A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00-991-005 Fig. 202
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-30-00-991-005-B Fig. 202A
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-30-00-991-005-A Fig. 202B
**ON A/C ALL
52-30-00-991-002 Fig. 203
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-30-00-010-054
A. Get Access
(1) Open the access panel 134AR or 154AR.
(2) Open the access panel 198CB in the area of the belly fairing.
NOTE : The subsequent procedure is only necessary to simulate an

____
electrical malfunction of the door control system.

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 232
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-30-00-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-30-00-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 201A/TASK 52-30-00-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 52-30-00-991-005)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 202A/TASK 52-30-00-991-005-B)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 202B/TASK 52-30-00-991-005-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 52-30-00-991-002)

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 233
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
Subtask 52-30-00-860-056
_______
SYSTEM IF:
(2) If installed, remove the safety support equipment (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-080-001) from the opened cargo door.
(3) Before you close the FWD cargo door, make sure that the manual
YZ-latches of the door sill latches 2004VU1 and 2004VU2 are lifted.

____
installed.
(4) Before you close the AFT cargo door, make sure that the manual
YZ-latches of the door sill latches 2004VU3 and 2004VU4 are lifted.

____
installed.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 52-30-00

Page 234
Nov 01/07

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-30-00-860-056-A
_______
SYSTEM IF:
(2) If installed, remove the safety support equipment (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-080-001) from the opened cargo door.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-057
B. Manual Closing of the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
_______

____
the cargo door is fully closed.
(3) Pull the door handle down to the LOCKED position and push it into the

____

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-30-00

Page 235
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(4) Make sure that you can see the green mark of each lock cam through
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-057-A
B. Manual Closing of the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
_______
AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

____
the cargo door is fully closed.

____
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-30-00-410-053
A. Close Access
(2) Remove the hand pump lever from the hand pump 3009GM and put it in
its stowage position.
(3) Close the access panel 198CB.

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 236
Nov 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 52-30-00-865-057
breaker(s):
1MJ

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 237
Nov 01/07
R
CES
TASK 52-30-00-860-005
Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the Crane
_______
STRUCTURE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To open the FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door(s) (referred to as cargo

door(s)) with the crane (auxiliary operation) for maintenance. This is
necessary if hydraulic power is not available or if the door actuators are
damaged.
NOTE : Two persons are necessary for this task.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

98D52307524000 2 STRUT-SUPPORT, CARGO DOORS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-36-18-000-001 Removal of the Door Actuator
2502MJ/2503MJ/2505MJ/2506MJ
52-30-00-991-003-B Fig. 204

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 238
Feb 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-30-00-860-059
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the FWD or AFT
cargo-compartment door (referred to as the cargo door).
(2) Put a CRANE 200KG (440 LB) in position at the related cargo door.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 52-30-00-991-003-B)
Subtask 52-30-00-410-054-A
A. Installation of the Hoisting Sling
NOTE : The hoisting sling of the cargo doors (PN 98A52008509040) is part
____
R of the SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS (98A52008509000). The hoisting sling
includes the three-leg sling (PN 98A52008509104), the turnbuckle
(PN 98A52008509100), the rope (PN 98A52008509504) and the ring
bolt (PN 98A52008509102).
(1) Attach the ring of the three-leg sling (8) to the crane and put two
of the three hooks on the ring.
(2) Put the ring of the turnbuckle (7) on the remaining hook of the
three-leg sling (8).
(3) Remove the self-adhesive disk (3) from the hoisting point (1).
(4) Remove the plastic cap (2) from the hoisting point (1).
(5) Install the ring bolt (5) with the rubber washer (4) in the hoisting
point (1). Tighten the ring bolt (5) only with your hand.
(6) Attach the rope (6) to the ring of the ring bolt (5).
(7) Attach the end of the rope (6) to the hook of the turnbuckle (7).
(8) Carefully operate the crane until the leg of the hoisting sling is
under load.

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 239
Feb 01/09

CES
R Auxiliary Operation
R Figure 204/TASK 52-30-00-991-003-B

R

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 240
May 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-061, 101-105, 201-203,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-058
R B. Opening of the Cargo Door
_______
NOTE : If you put the aircraft noise into the wind, the maximum wind
____
speed can be 50 knots.
the door structure.
UNLOCKED position.

____
(3) Disconnect the piston eye ends of the two door actuators from the
actuator attachment fittings of the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-36-18-
000-001).
(4) Operate the crane to lift the cargo door in the open position.
(5) Install the STRUT-SUPPORT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307524000) between the

fuselage frame and the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-058-B
R B. Opening of the Cargo Door
_______
____

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 52-30-00

Page 241
May 01/08

CES
cargo door.
(2) Make sure that you can see the red mark of each safety cam through
____
000-001).
(6) Install the STRUT-SUPPORT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307524000) between the

fuselage frames and the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-058-A
B. Opening of the Cargo Door
_______
____
the door structure.
_______
BEFORE YOU UNLOCK IT. STAY AFT OF (LEFT OF) THE DOOR WHEN
YOU UNLOCK IT BECAUSE IT CAN OPEN SUDDENLY AND CAUSE
INJURY.
UNLOCKED position.

____

R

EFF : 051-052, 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-30-00

Page 242
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
000-001).
(5) Install the (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001) between the fuselage frame
and the cargo door STRUT-SUPPORT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307524000).
R **ON A/C ALL
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-30-00-010-057-A
R A. Removal of the Hoisting Sling
R (1) Remove the end of the rope (6) from the hook of the turnbuckle (7).
R (2) Remove the rope (6) from the ring of the ring bolt (5).
R (3) Remove the ring of the turnbuckle (7) from the hook of the three-leg
R sling (8).
R (4) Remove the ring bolt (5) with the rubber washer (4) from the hoisting
R point (1).
R (5) Remove the ring of the three-leg sling (8) from the crane.
R (6) Install the plastic cap (2) in the hoisting point (1).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 243
May 01/08

CES
TASK 52-30-00-860-009
Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the Crane
_______
STRUCTURE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To close the FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door(s) (referred to as cargo

door(s)) with the crane (auxiliary operation) if the two door actuators are
deactivated.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-052 F ASNA 2879

SELF-ADHES.PVC DISKS FOR HOISTING POINT BLANKING
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 244
Feb 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-36-18-000-001 Removal of the Door Actuator
2502MJ/2503MJ/2505MJ/2506MJ
52-30-00-991-003-B Fig. 204
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-30-00-860-060
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the FWD or AFT
cargo-compartment door (referred to as the cargo door).
(2) Put a CRANE 200KG (440 LB) in position at the related cargo door.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 52-30-00-991-003-B)
Subtask 52-30-00-410-055-A
A. Installation of the Hoisting Sling
NOTE : The hoisting sling of the cargo doors (PN 98A52008509040) is part
____
R of the SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS (98A52008509000). The hoisting sling
includes the three-leg sling (PN 98A52008509104), the turnbuckle
(PN 98A52008509100), the rope (PN 98A52008509504) and the ring
bolt (PN 98A52008509102).
(1) Attach the ring of the three-leg sling (8) to the crane and put two
of the three hooks on the ring.
(2) Put the ring of the turnbuckle (7) on the remaining hook of the
(3) Remove the self-adhesive disk (3) from the hoisting point (1).
(4) Remove the plastic cap (2) from the hoisting point (1).

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 245
Feb 01/09

CES
(5) Install the ring bolt (5) with the rubber washer (4) in the hoisting
point (1). Tighten the ring bolt (5) only with your hand.
(6) Attach the rope (6) to the ring of the ring bolt (5).
(7) Attach the end of the rope (6) to the hook of the turnbuckle (7).
(8) Carefully operate the crane until the leg of the hoisting sling is
under load.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-063
B. Closing of the Cargo Door with the Crane
_______
(1) Make sure that the opened cargo door is safetied with the STRUT-
SUPPORT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307524000) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).
(2) Remove the two door actuators of the related cargo door (Ref. TASK
52-36-18-000-001).
(3) Remove the support struts from the cargo door and the fuselage frames
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-001).
(5) Operate the crane and the cargo door moves slowly down to its
vertical position.
(6) Push the cargo door manually into the fuselage opening until you can
operate the door handle.
(7) Push the door handle down to the LOCKED position and push it into the
(8) Make sure that the green mark of each lock cam comes in view on the
indication windows of the access panel 825AR and/or 826AR .

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 246
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-063-A
B. Closing of the Cargo Door with the Crane
_______
(1) Make sure that the opened cargo door is safetied with the STRUT-
SUPPORT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307524000) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).
(2) Remove the two door actuators of the related cargo door (Ref. TASK
52-36-18-000-001).
(3) Remove the support struts from the cargo door and the fuselage frames
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-001).
(5) Operate the crane and the cargo door moves slowly down to its
vertical position.
(6) Push the cargo door manually into the fuselage opening until you can
turn the locking handle.
(8) Make sure that the green mark of each safety cam comes in view on the
indication windows of the access panel 825AR or 826AR .
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-30-00-010-058-A
A. Removal of the Hoisting Sling
(1) Remove the end of the rope (6) from the hook of the turnbuckle (7).
(2) Remove the rope (6) from the ring of the ring bolt (5).

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 247
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(3) Remove the ring of the turnbuckle (7) from the hook of the three-leg
sling (8).
(4) Remove the ring bolt (5) with the rubber washer (4) from the hoisting
point (1).
(5) Remove the ring of the three-leg sling (8) from the crane.
(6) Install the plastic cap (2) in the hoisting point (1).
(7) Install the self-adhesive disk (3), SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
05-052), on the plastic cap (2).

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 248
Aug 01/08
R
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
TASK 52-30-00-860-006
Open the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific spanner with a width across the flats of 28.5749 mm

(1.125 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-054,
52-30-00-991-004 Fig. 205
R **ON A/C 004-049, 055-099, 101-105,
52-30-00-991-004-A Fig. 205A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-30-00-010-059
A. There is no special job set-up for this task.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 52-30-00

Page 249
Nov 01/09

CES
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-054,
(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 52-30-00-991-004)
R **ON A/C 004-049, 055-099, 101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 205A/TASK 52-30-00-991-004-A)
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-054,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-060
A. Opening of the Bulk Door
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DOOR HANDLE IS FLUSH WITH THE DOOR RECESS
_______
BEFORE YOU MOVE IT INBOARD.
THIS PREVENTS DAMAGE TO THE DOOR SKIN.
(1) To open the bulk cargo door from the outer side, push the button of
the external door handle.
NOTE : This causes the external door handle to release from its
____
recess.
(2) Move the internal or external door handle to the OPEN position.
(3) Push the bulk door inboard and put the door handle to the LOCKED
position.
NOTE : If you used the external door handle, push it back into its
____
recess.
(4) Move the bulk door manually inboard until the hook engages with the
hook arrester of the fuselage crossbeam.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 52-30-00

Page 250
Nov 01/09

CES
Bulk Door Operation
R Figure 205/TASK 52-30-00-991-004

R

EFF :

001-003, 051-054, 52-30-00

Page 251
May 01/08

CES
Bulk Door Operation
Figure 205A/TASK 52-30-00-991-004-A

R

EFF :

004-049, 055-099, 101-105, 301-399, 52-30-00

Page 252
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 004-049, 055-099, 101-105,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-060-A
A. Opening of the Bulk Door
_______
(1) Push the button of the external door handle to release the external
door handle from its recess in the door structure.
(2) Move the external door handle to the OPEN position to release the
bulk door.
NOTE : If you release the bulk door from the inner side, you must use
____
a spanner with a width across the flats of 28.5749 mm (1.125
in.)
(3) Push the bulk door a short distance inboard and move the door handle
to the LOCKED position and into its recess.
(4) Continue to push the bulk door inboard until the hook engages with
the hook arrester of the fuselage crossbeam.

R

EFF :

004-049, 055-099, 101-105, 52-30-00

Page 253
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
TASK 52-30-00-860-008
Close the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-054,
52-30-00-991-004 Fig. 205
R **ON A/C 004-049, 055-099, 101-105,
52-30-00-991-004-A Fig. 205A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-30-00-010-060
A. There is no special job set-up for this task.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-054,
(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 52-30-00-991-004)

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 52-30-00

Page 254
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 004-049, 055-099, 101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 205A/TASK 52-30-00-991-004-A)
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-054,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-061
A. Closing of the Bulk Door
_______
door handle from its recess.
(2) Move the external door handle to the OPEN position and hold the bulk
door to make sure that it does not fall.
(3) To close the bulk door from the inner side, continue as follows:
(a) Move the bulk door slowly down until the hook is free from the
hook arrester.
(b) Move the external door handle to the LOCKED position and push it
into its recess.
(c) Make sure that the internal door handle is in the UNLOCKED
position.
(4) Move the bulk door down into the door opening and put the applicable
door handle into the LOCKED position.
(5) To close the bulk door from the outer side, push the external door
handle into its recess.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 52-30-00

Page 255
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 004-049, 055-099, 101-105,
Subtask 52-30-00-869-061-A
A. Closing of the Bulk Door
_______
door handle from its recess.
(2) Move the external door handle to the OPEN position and hold the bulk
door to make sure that it does not fall.
(3) Move the bulk door down into the door opening and put the external
(4) Push the external door handle into its recess.

R

EFF :

004-049, 055-099, 101-105, 52-30-00

Page 256
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-221, 224-224, 228-228, 251-299,
TASK 52-30-00-860-010
Open the Deactivated Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-30-00-991-006 Fig. 206
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-30-00-010-062
A. Put an access platform in position below the deactivated Bulk

cargo-compartment door (referred to as Bulk door).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-30-00-869-065
A. Open the Bulk Door

(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 52-30-00-991-006)
(1) Remove the screw from the external door handle.
(2) Push the button of the external door handle to release it from its
recess and retain the spacer.

R

EFF :
251-299,
106-149, 221-221, 224-224, 228-228, 52-30-00

Page 257
Nov 01/09

CES
Operation of the Deactivated Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 206/TASK 52-30-00-991-006

R

EFF :
251-299,
106-149, 221-221, 224-224, 228-228, 52-30-00

Page 258
Nov 01/09

CES
(3) Move the external door handle to the OPEN position.
(4) Push the Bulk door inboard until it is free from the opening.
(5) Put the external door handle to the LOCKED position and push it into
its recess again.
(6) Move the Bulk door manually inboard until the hook engages with the
hook arrester of the fuselage crossbeam.

R

EFF :
251-299,
106-149, 221-221, 224-224, 228-228, 52-30-00

Page 259
Nov 01/09

CES
TASK 52-30-00-860-011
Close the Deactivated Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-30-00-991-006 Fig. 206
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-30-00-860-058
A. Make sure that an access platform is in position below the opened Bulk
cargo-compartment door (referred to as Bulk door).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-30-00-869-066
A. Close the Bulk Door

(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 52-30-00-991-006)
(1) Push the button of the external door handle to release it from its
recess.
(2) Move the external door handle to the OPEN position and hold the Bulk
door so that it does not fall down.

R

EFF :
251-299,
106-149, 221-221, 224-224, 228-228, 52-30-00

Page 260
Nov 01/09

CES
(3) Move the Bulk door down into the door opening and put the external
(4) Put the spacer in position and assemble the screw on the external
door handle.
(5) Push the external door handle into its recess and tighten the screw
to attach the external door handle permanently.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-30-00-410-057
A. Remove access platform from the deactivated Bulk cargo door.

R

EFF :
251-299,
106-149, 221-221, 224-224, 228-228, 52-30-00

Page 261
Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-30-00-480-001
Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D52307515000 1 SAFETY LOCK - ACTUATOR, CARGO DOORS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-991-012 Fig. 207
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00-991-010 Fig. 208
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-30-00-991-010-A Fig. 208A
**ON A/C ALL
52-30-00-991-013 Fig. 209

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 262
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00-991-011 Fig. 210
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-30-00-991-011-A Fig. 210A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-30-00-010-066
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that applicable FWD or AFT cargo compartment door (
referred to as cargo door) is opened (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the FWD
or AFT cargo door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-30-00-480-050
A. Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
NOTE : You must use the STRUT-SUPPORT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307524000) if

____
you remove the door actuator or the associated attachment
fittings.
(1) Install the SAFETY LOCK - ACTUATOR, CARGO DOORS (98D52307515000) on

the door actuator as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 52-30-00-991-012)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 52-30-00-991-010)

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 263
Feb 01/10

CES
Safety Lock on FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 207/TASK 52-30-00-991-012

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 264
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Safety Lock on AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 208/TASK 52-30-00-991-010

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00

Page 265
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 208A/TASK 52-30-00-991-010-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(a) Remove the knurled screws and open the safety lock.
(b) Put the safety lock on the piston of the door actuator and close
the safety lock.
(c) Install the knurled screws and tighten them.
(2) Install the STRUT-SUPPORT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307524000) on each side

between the fuselage frame and the cargo door as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 52-30-00-991-013)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 210/TASK 52-30-00-991-011)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 210A/TASK 52-30-00-991-011-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(a) Put the lower end of the support struts on the fuselage frame and
install the pip-pin in the attachment hole.
(b) Loosen the jam nuts to adjust the length of the support struts.
(c) Put the upper end of the support struts on the support fitting at
the lateral edge members of the cargo door.
(d) Turn the spindle until the holes in the upper ends and the holes
in the support fittings are aligned.
(e) Install the pip-pins in the support fittings to attach the upper
ends to the lateral edge members.

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 266
Feb 01/10

CES
R Figure 208A/TASK 52-30-00-991-010-A

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-30-00

Page 267
May 01/08

CES
Support Struts on FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
R Figure 209/TASK 52-30-00-991-013

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 268
May 01/08

CES
Support Struts on AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 210/TASK 52-30-00-991-011

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00

Page 269
Feb 01/10

CES
Support Struts on AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
R Figure 210A/TASK 52-30-00-991-011-A

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-30-00

Page 270
May 01/08

CES
(f) Tighten the jam nuts to keep the length of the support struts
constant.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-30-00-410-061
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 271
Aug 01/08
R
CES
TASK 52-30-00-080-001
Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-991-012 Fig. 207
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00-991-010 Fig. 208
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-30-00-991-010-A Fig. 208A
**ON A/C ALL
52-30-00-991-013 Fig. 209

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 272
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00-991-011 Fig. 210
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-30-00-991-011-A Fig. 210A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-30-00-010-065
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position
at the opened FWD or AFT cargo door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-30-00-080-050
A. Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
(1) Remove the SAFETY LOCK - ACTUATOR, CARGO DOORS (98D52307515000) from
the door actuator as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 52-30-00-991-012)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 52-30-00-991-010)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 208A/TASK 52-30-00-991-010-A)

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 273
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
(a) If necessary, fully open the applicable cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-001) to make sure that the piston of the door actuator
does not jam the SAFETY LOCK - ACTUATOR, CARGO DOORS.
(b) Hold the safety lock and remove the knurled screws.
(c) Open the safety lock and remove it from the door actuator piston.
(d) Close the safety lock and install the knurled screws.
(2) Remove the STRUT-SUPPORT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307524000) from the

fuselage frame and the cargo door as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 52-30-00-991-013)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 210/TASK 52-30-00-991-011)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 210A/TASK 52-30-00-991-011-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(a) Make sure that there is no load on the STRUT-SUPPORT, CARGO

DOORS.
(b) If necessary, open the applicable cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001) to take the load from the STRUT-SUPPORT, CARGO DOORS.
(c) Pull the ring of the pip-pin and remove the upper support strut
ends from the lateral edge members of the cargo door.
(d) Pull the ring of the pip-pin and remove the lower support strut
ends from the fuselage frames.

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 274
Feb 01/10

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-30-00-410-060
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 275
May 01/08
R
CES
CARGO - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_________________________________
TASK 52-30-00-040-001
Deactivation of Cargo Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-30-04 b)

Doors - Cargo
Cargo door
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-30-00-010-061
A. Get Access
(1) Put an access platform in position at the access panels of the FWD
and/or AFT cargo compartment doors.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-30-00-210-050
A. Visual Check of the inoperative FWD and/or Aft Cargo Compartment Doors
(1) Push the handle flap in to release the door handle.
(2) Pull the door handle up from the door structure in the UNLOCKED
direction until the door handle is 65 degrees moved.
NOTE : Do not unlock the cargo door at this time.

____

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Make sure that you can see the red marks of each safety in the
indication windows of the access panels.
(4) Push the door handle down into the LOCKED positon again.
(5) Do a visual check of the external cargo door to make sure that:
- the cargo door is aligned with the fuselage,
- the vent door is fully closed,
- the green marks of each safety cam are in view in the indication
windows of the access panels at the lower cargo-door edge,
- the door handle is aligned with the cargo door contour.
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-30-00-210-050-A
A. Visual Check of the inoperative FWD and/or Aft Cargo Compartment Doors
(1) Push the handle flap and pull the locking handle away from the
applicable cargo door.
NOTE : Do not unlock the cargo door at this time.

____
(2) Make sure that you can see the red marks of each safety in the
indication windows of the access panels.
(3) Push the locking handle into the recess of the handle flap again.
(4) Do a visual check of the external cargo door to make sure that:
- the cargo door is aligned with the fuselage,
- the vent door is fully closed,
- the green marks of each safety cam are in view in the indication
windows of the access panels at the lower cargo-door edge,
- the locking handle is aligned with the cargo door contour.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-30-00

Page 402
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
Subtask 52-30-00-210-051
B. Visual Check of the inoperative BULK Cargo-Compartment Door
(1) Push the button of the external door handle to release it from the
recess.
(2) Move the external door handle to the OPEN position and push the BULK
door in.
(3) Pull the door down into the door opening and move the external door
handle to the LOCKED position.
(4) Push the external door handle into its recess.
(5) Do a visual check of the surface of the external BULK door to make
sure that:
- the door handle alignes with the BULK cargo-door contour.
- the BULK cargo-door alignesd with the fuselage,
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-30-00-860-057
A. Make an entry in the aircraft log that one or both cargo door(s) is (are)
inoperative but correctly closed and locked.

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 403
Nov 01/09

CES
TASK 52-30-00-440-001
Reactivation of Cargo Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
TSM 52310002 (for corrective action)
TSM 523310002 (for corrective action)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-30-00-861-052
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
Subtask 52-30-00-810-050-A
A. Do the troubleshooting procdure of the

- FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TSM 52310002).
- BULK cargo-compartment door (Ref. TSM 523310002).

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 404
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-30-00-810-050
A. Do the troubleshooting procdure of the FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment

door (Ref. TSM 52310002).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-30-00-862-052
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES
Safety Lock on FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 401/TASK 52-30-00-991-014

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 406
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Figure 402/TASK 52-30-00-991-015

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 402A/TASK 52-30-00-991-015-A

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-30-00

Page 408
Aug 01/09

CES
CARGO - INSPECTION/CHECK
________________________
TASK 52-30-00-200-002
Visual Inspection of Cargo-Compartment-Door Seals
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Visual inspection of the cargo-compartment door-seals after a leak check.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-006 Open the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
52-30-00-860-008 Close the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
52-30-00-860-010 Open the Deactivated Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
52-30-00-860-011 Close the Deactivated Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
52-31-18-300-001 Repair of Door Seal
52-32-18-300-001 Repair of the Door Seal
52-33-18-300-001 Repair of BULK Door Seal
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
Subtask 52-30-00-010-063-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable cargo-compartment door to get access to the door
seal to be inspected:
- for the FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001),
- for the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006).

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 601
Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 221-221, 224-224, 228-228, 251-299,
Subtask 52-30-00-010-063-B
A. Get Access
- FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001),
- for the deactivated Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-010).
R **ON A/C 151-199, 201-220, 222-223, 225-227, 229-249, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-30-00-010-063
A. Get Access
- for the FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001).
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 221-221, 224-224, 228-228, 251-299,
Subtask 52-30-00-220-050-A
(1) Do a visual inspection of the door seal for:

- signs of chafe marks,
- minors cuts and small punctures,
- areas with major damage.
(2) If necessary, repair the door seal:

- for the FWD cargo.compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-31-18-300-001),
- for the AFT cargo.compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-32-18-300-001),
- for the Bulk cargo.compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-33-18-300-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 151-199, 201-220, 222-223, 225-227, 229-249, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-30-00-220-050
(1) Do a visual inspection of the door seal for:

- signs of chafe marks,
- minors cuts and small punctures,
- areas with major damage.
(2) If necessary, repair the door seal:

- for the FWD cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-31-18-300-001).
- for the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-32-18-300-001).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
Subtask 52-30-00-410-058-A
items.
(2) Close the applicable cargo-compartment door:

- for the FWD/AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
002).
- for the BULK cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008).

EFF :

ALL 52-30-00

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 221-221, 224-224, 228-228, 251-299,
Subtask 52-30-00-410-058-B
items.
(2) Close the applicable cargo-compartment door:

- for the FWD/AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
002).
- for the BULK cargo-compartment door, close the BULK door and
deactivate it (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-011).
R **ON A/C 151-199, 201-220, 222-223, 225-227, 229-249, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-30-00-410-058
items.
(2) Close applicable the FWD/AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-002).

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-30-00

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
TASK 52-30-00-220-001
Detailed Inspection of the Bearing Housing at the Locking Handle of the FWD and
AFT Cargo Compartment Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

051-052, 52-30-00

Page 605
May 01/07

CES
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-22-52-640-002 Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment

R Doors
R 52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
R Yellow Electric Pump
R 52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
R 52-31-00-710-001 Operational Test of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
R 52-31-00-720-001 Functional Test of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
R 52-31-21-000-001 Removal of the Locking Handle Mechanism
R 52-31-21-400-001 Installation of the Locking Handle Mechanism
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-30-00-010-064
R A. Get Access
R (1) Open the FWD or the AFT cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
R door) and safety the cargo door with the actuator safety locks
R (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
R (2) Remove the applicable access panel 825AR or 826AR from the cargo
R door.
R (3) Put the access platform in position below the opened cargo door.
R Subtask 52-30-00-865-058
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30
R 122VU DOORS/CARGO 1MJ T12
R 123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06
R 123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03

EFF :

051-052, 52-30-00

Page 606
May 01/06

CES
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-30-00-220-052
R A. Detailed Inspection of the Bearing Housing
R (1) Press the roller lever of the interlock mechanism outboards to

R release the blockage of the locking shaft.
R NOTE : This causes you can turn the locking handle to the LOCKED
____
R position if the cargo door is opened.
R (2) Turn the locking handle handle into the LOCKED direction until you
R can examine the bearing housing.
R (3) Visually inspect the bearing housing of the locking handle for
R cracks.
R (4) If you found a crack, replace the bearing housing of the locking
R handle (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-400-001)
R or (Ref. TASK 52-32-21-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 52-32-21-400-001)
R Subtask 52-30-00-865-059
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.
R Subtask 52-30-00-710-050
R C. Test Procedure
R (1) Make sure that the locking handle mechanism is correctly lubricated
R (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-002).
R (2) Do a functional test to make sure that the force necessary to operate
R the locking handle is correct (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-001).
R (3) Make sure that the proximity switch 28WV operates satisfactorily
R (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-710-001).

EFF :

051-052, 52-30-00

Page 607
May 01/06

CES
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-30-00-410-059
R A. Close Access
R items.
R (2) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) or STORAGE

R PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to all the components of the
R locking handle mechanism and to the adjacent cargo door structure.
R (3) Install the access panel 825AR on the cargo door.
R (4) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the applicable cargo door
R (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

051-052, 52-30-00

Page 608
May 01/06

CES
R Bearing Housing at the Locking Handle
R Figure 601/TASK 52-30-00-991-009

EFF :

051-052, 52-30-00

Page 609
May 01/06

CES
FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The FWD cargo-compartment door (zone 825) is installed on the lower right
side of the fuselage between FR24A and FR28. It opens hydraulically out from
the fuselage and gives access to the FWD cargo compartment. It is permitted
to operate the cargo door with the subsequent wind speed limits:
- Usual operation of the cargo door: 40 knots maximum
- Operation of the cargo door with the nose of the A/C into wind: 50 knots
maximum
- The cargo door can stay in the fully open position: 65 knots maximum.
The cargo door has a manually operated locking and latching mechanism
which keeps it in the closed position and locks it.
The cargo door weighs 116.0 kg (255.7361 lb) and has dimensions of 1855 x
2025 mm (73 x 80 in.).
**ON A/C 051-052,
The FWD cargo-compartment door (zone 825) is installed on the lower right
the fuselage and gives access to the FWD cargo compartment. It is permitted
to operate the cargo door with the subsequent wind speed limits:
maximum
The cargo door has a manually operated locking and safety mechanism which
keeps it in the closed position and locks it.
The cargo door weighs 108.0 kg (238.1 lbs.) and has dimensions of 1855 x
2025 mm (73 x 80 in.).
**ON A/C ALL
2. __________________
Component Location

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 002B)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOOR STRUCTURE 825 52-31-00
VENT DOOR 825 52-31-00
DOOR SUSPENSION 825 52-31-12
LINING AND INSULATION 825 52-31-13
28WV PROXIMITY SWITCH 825 52-71-12
DOOR SEAL 825 52-31-18
VENT DOOR MECHANISM 825 825AR 52-31-21
LATCHING UNIT 825 825AR 52-31-21
SWITCH MECHANISM 825 825AR 52-31-21
INTERLOCK MECHANISM 825 825AR 52-31-21
DRIFT PIN MECHANISM 825 825AR 52-31-21
DOOR HANDLE 825 825AR 52-31-21
LATCH AND STOP FITTINGS 825 52-31-31
5MJ PROXIMITY SWITCH 825 825AR 52-35-13

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
FWD Cargo-Compartment Door (Zone 825) - Component Location
Figure 001

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-00

Page 3
Nov 01/05

CES
Figure 001A

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 4
Nov 01/05

CES
Figure 001B

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES
FWD Cargo-Compartment Door - Component Location
Figure 002

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-00

Page 6
May 01/05

CES
R FWD Cargo-Compartment Door - Component Location
R Figure 002A

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 7
May 01/05

CES
FWD Cargo-Compartment Door - Component Location
Figure 002B

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 001A, 002A)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VENT DOOR 825 52-31-00
DOOR SEAL 825 52-31-18
LOCKING UNIT 825 825AR 52-31-21
FLAP MECHANISM 825 825AR 52-31-21
LOCKING HANDLE 825 825AR 52-31-21
**ON A/C ALL
3. System
__________________
Description
The FWD cargo- compartment door (referred to as cargo door) is a hollow
alloy constuction with a structure of sheet metal and machined parts.
The door-to-fuselage connection is of piano hinges which transmits the load
of the cargo door to the fuselage.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The latching hooks of the manually operated latching mechanism keep each
cargo door in the closed position. The lock cams of the locking mechanism
engage with the latching hooks when the cargo doors are correctly locked.
To show this condition there are indication windows in the access panel of
each cargo door. The green mark on each lock cam shows that the locking

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES
mechanism blocks each latching unit in its latched position. The red marks
show that the latching units are not blocked and satisfactory.
When the cargo door is locked, the door seal makes the related cargo
compartment pressure-tight. To balance the difference in pressure on the
ground and in the cargo compartment, there is a vent door in the cargo door.
This spring-loaded vent door opens inboard and remains in this position
until the cargo door is correctly locked.
The interlock mechanism blocks the latching mechanism in the unlatched

position when the cargo door is not closed. Then the door handle is not
movable and the latching hooks stay in the lifted position.
The door actuators use hydraulic pressure from the door hydraulic system to
open and close the cargo doors. They have an internal locking mechanism to
keep the cargo door safely in the fully open position.
The proximity switches of the door warning system (circuit WV) monitor the
closed and locked condition of the cargo door. They send a signal to the
Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring (ECAM) system when a cargo door
is not locked. Then the master caution lights in the cockpit come on and the
data is shown on the DOOR page of the ECAM display.
The external indications which show that a cargo door is not correctly
locked and latched are:
- the vent door stays in open position,
- the door handle stays away from the outer contour of the cargo door,
- the red mark of each lock cams is in view through the indication windows.
**ON A/C 051-052,
The locking hooks of the manually operated locking mechanism keep each cargo
door in the closed position. The cams of the safety mechanism engage with
the locking hooks when the cargo doors are correctly locked.
each cargo door. The green mark on each safety cam shows that the safety
mechanism locks each locking unit in its latched position. The red marks
show that the locking units are not locked and satisfactory.
When the cargo doors are locked, the door seal makes the related cargo
ground and in the cargo compartments, there is a vent door in each cargo
door. This spring-loaded vent door opens inboard and remains in this
position until the cargo door is correctly locked.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
The interlock mechanism blocks the locking mechanism in the unlocked
position when the cargo door is not closed. Then the locking handle is not
movable and the locking hooks stay in the lifted position.
- the locking handle stays away from the outer contour of the cargo door,
- the red mark of each safety cam is in view through the indication windows.
**ON A/C ALL
4. _____________________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
A. Door Structure
The primary structure has vertical and horizontal edge members, fairings,
longitudinal beams, frames, and an inner and outer skin. These formed and
milled components are made from aluminum alloy and are riveted together
with a sealant compound to make a corrosion-resistant cargo door. The
sealant compound between the skin and the edge members makes sure that
the primary structure is pressure-tight.
To prevent corrosion, all components have a surface protection of chromic

acid anodizing plus epoxy primer and a polyurethane top coat.
The lower, milled ends of each door frame have provisions for the
installation of the locking and latching mechanism. An access panel
covers the lower part of the cargo door.
The outer skin has cutouts for the vent door and for the installation of
the three hoisting lugs.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10

CES
The attachment fittings of the door actuators are part of the door frames
FR25A and FR26A.
For the attachment of the door seal, the related retainers are riveted at
the edge members around the cargo doors.
On the inner skin there are provisions to attach the door lining with
quick-release fasteners.
In the corners of the door beams and door frames, there are gaps to drain
condensed water. Two drain valves are installed on the lowest beam of the
pressure-tight structure and drain this water via drain hoses to the
outside. Some drain holes are added in the critical areas of the internal
structure which is painted with a water repellent agent.
Additonal access cover are in the outer skin of the cargo door to get
access to the drift pin asssembly from the outer side.
**ON A/C 051-052,
A. Door Structure
milled components are made from aluminum alloy and riveted together with
a sealant compound to make a corrosion-resistant cargo door. The sealant
compound between the skin and the edge members makes sure that the
primary structure is pressure-tight.

installation of the locking and safety mechanism. An access panel covers
the lower part of the cargo door.
The actuator attachment fitting is attached with screws to the inboard

side of the frames FR25A and FR26A.
On the inner skin there are provisions to attach the fire protection
lining with quick-release fasteners.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-00

Page 12
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
pressure-tight structure and drain this water over board. Some drain
holes are added in the critical areas of the internal structure which is
painted with a water repellent agent.
**ON A/C ALL
B. Door Suspension
The connection of the cargo door to the fuselage includes the two halves
of the piano hinges and two hinge pins. The outer parts of the
multi-section piano hinges are made of titanium alloy and the mid parts
are made of aluminum alloy. One halve of the piano hinges is attached to
the upper edge member of the cargo door with screws. The related,
opposite piano hinge halves are riveted on the upper door frame fitting
of the fuselage.
The hinge pins connect the door and the fuselage hinges. The fairings at
both ends of the piano hinges hold and safety the hinge pins in their
positions.
To protect the cargo door against fire, a door lining is installed on the
inner skin with quick-release fasteners and VELCRO tapes. This lining is
in one section and made of prepreg layers. To protect the cargo door
against heat and sound, a self-adhesive insulation mat is attached to the
door lining. The mat is made of polyethylene foam.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
D. Proximity Switches
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 003)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 003B)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 13
Feb 01/10

CES
Proximity Switches
Figure 003

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-00

Page 14
May 01/05

CES
R Proximity Switches
R Figure 003A

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 15
May 01/05

CES
Proximity Switches
Figure 003B

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-00

Page 16
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The proximity switches of the cargo door include a target and a sensor
and have a separated electronic system.
The proximity switch 28WV monitors the position of the door handle. The
sensor is attached via a bracket at beam 4 near FR27 and the target is
installed on the forward egde the door handle.
The proximity switch 30WV monitors the position of the cargo door. The
sensor is installed in the door sill area near FR25 and the target is
attached on the target lever (part of the switch mechanism).
These two proximity switches send information to the ECAM system when the
cargo door is closed or opened (Ref. 52-71-00).
The proximity switch 5MJ is included in the door control system (Ref.
52-35-00). The sensor is installed on the beam 4 near frame FR25A and the
target is installed on the control lever of the latching shaft. This
switch prevents the hydraulic operation of the cargo door if both parts
are not in line.
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 003A)
All proximity switches in the cargo door with a separate electronic

system have a target and a sensor.
The proximity switch 28WV monitors the position of the locking handle.
The sensor is attached at FR27 and the target is installed in the end of
the locking handle.
These two proximity switches sends information to the ECAM system when
the cargo door is closed or opened (Ref. 52-71-00).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-00

Page 17
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
52-35-00). The sensor is installed on the beam 4 of the door structure
and the target is installed on the control lever. This switch prevents
the hydraulic operation of the cargo door if both the parts are not in
line.
**ON A/C ALL
E. Door Seal
The door seal made of silicone rubber integrated with fabric is a round
hose-type seal with inflation holes. The door seal is installed in the
retainers so that the inflation holes show to the inner side of the cargo
compartment.
When the cargo door is in the closed position, the door seal comes into
contact with the fuselage profile. Due to the higher internal pressure of
the cargo compartment during the flight, the door seal is inflated via
the inflation holes so that the cargo compartment is sealed air-tight.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
F. Cargo Door Mechanism
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 004B, 005A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 006)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 006B)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 18
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The cargo door mechanism includes the subsequent components:

- the door handle mechanism with the handle flap
- the latching mechanism with the interlock mechanism,
- the locking mechanism with the vent door and related mechanism,
- the drift pin mechanism,
- the switch mechanism.
**ON A/C 051-052,

(Ref. Fig. 004A, 005, 006A)
- the locking handle with flap mechanism,
- the locking mechanism with interlock mechanism,
- the safety mechanism with vent door and related mechanism,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The door handle mechanism is installed between FR27 and FR27A to

latch/unlatch and lock/unlock the cargo door.
Parts of the door handle mechanism are the door handle, the
Maltese-cross assembly, the linkage mechanism and the handle spring.
The door handle mechanism operates the locking mechanism when the the
door handle is pulled up to the 65 degree position. When the door
handle is lifted to the 128 degree position, the door handle
mechanism operates the latching mechanism.
The Maltese-cross assembly transmit the different movement sequence
steps of the door handle as follows:
- the Maltese-cross lock operates the locking shaft via the linkage
mechanism,
- the Maltese-cross latch operates the lachting shaft via the
connection rod.
The gas spring assembly makes sure that the linkage mechanism stays
in a overcenter position when the door handle is in the 65 degree
position.
The handle spring keeps the door handle in its fully lifted position
and vice versa when the door handle is moved into its recess.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-00

Page 19
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Door Mechanism

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-00

Page 20
May 01/05

CES
Door Mechanism

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-00

Page 21
May 01/05

CES
Door Mechanism

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-00

Page 22
May 01/05

CES
R Locking Mechanism with Locking Handle
R Figure 004A

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 23
May 01/05

CES
Door Mechanism
Figure 004B (SHEET 1)

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-00

Page 24
Feb 01/10

CES
Door Mechanism

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-00

Page 25
Feb 01/10

CES
Door Mechanism

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-00

Page 26
Feb 01/10

CES
R Interlock and Drift Pin Mechanism
R Figure 005

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 27
May 01/05

CES
Drift Pin Mechanism
Figure 005A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-00

Page 28
Feb 01/10

CES
Vent Door and Switch Mechanism
Figure 006

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-00

Page 29
May 01/05

CES
R Vent Door and Switch Mechanism
R Figure 006A

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 30
May 01/05

CES
Vent Door Mechanism
Figure 006B

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-00

Page 31
Feb 01/10

CES
In this position the target at the door handle operates the proximity
sensor 28WV at beam 4.
(2) Latching Mechanism with Interlock Mechanism
The latching mechanism which is installed in the lower part of the

cargo door includes the subsequent components:
- the latching shaft which has six shaft levers, the control lever,
the interlock cam and the link lever,
- the six latching units which have a latching hook, a bellcrank, a
bellcrank lever and a connection rod,
- the interlock mechanism which includes the interlock lever with the
stop bolt, the connection rod and the spring unit.
The Maltese-cross latch transmits the movement of the door handle

(from 65 degree to 128 degree) via the connection rod to the latching
shaft. The shaft levers then operate the latching units which move
their latching hooks into the latched or released position.
The interlock mechanism prevents the operation of the door handle

when the cargo door is still opened. The spring unit moves the
interlock lever to the blocked position so that its stop bolt touches
the interlock cam.
**ON A/C 051-052,
(1) Locking Handle with Flap Mechanism

The locking handle is installed between FR28 and FR27. To lock the
cargo door correctly, the locking handle must be:
- in the horizontal position (LOCKED position),
- in the recess of the handle flap.
Parts of the locking handle are the lever mechanism, the handle
bearing and the handle spring. The lever mechanism operates the
safety mechanism when the locking handle is pulled from the recess.
The special cam (part of the lever mechanism) prevents the inboard
movement of the locking handle when it is not in the horizontal
position. The limit lever of the lever mechanism stops the travel of
the locking lever.
The handle bearing operates the locking mechanism when the locking
handle is turned to the UNLOCKED position.
The handle spring keeps the lever mechanism in the overcenter

position when the locking handle is in the recess. In this position,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-00

Page 32
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R the target on the end of the locking handle operates the proximity
R sensor 28WV.
R
R The flap mechanism includes the spring-loaded handle flap and the
R linkage with the related hook. The inboard movement of the handle
R flap operates the linkage to disengage the hook from the locking
R handle. The hook safeties the locking handle when it is pushed in the
R recess of the handle flap.
R (2) Locking Mechanism with Interlock Mechanism

R
R The locking mechanism which is installed in the lower part of the
R cargo door includes the subsequent components:
R - the locking shaft which has six shaft levers, the control lever,
R the interlock cam and the deflection unit with the related link
R rod,
R - the six locking units which have a locking hook, a bellcrank, a
R bellcrank lever and a spring unit,
R - the interlock mechanism which includes the interlock lever with the
R stop bolt, the connection rod and the spring unit.
R
R The link rod connects the deflection unit with the handle bearing to
R transmit the movement of the locking handle to the locking shaft. The
R shaft levers operate then the locking units which move their locking
R hooks into the locked or released position. The compressed spring
R unit of each locking unit makes sure that the locked hooks stay in
R the overcenter position.
R
R The interlock mechanism prevents the operation of the locking handle
R when the cargo door is still opened. The spring unit moves the
R interlock lever to the blocked position so that its stop bolt touches
R the interlock cam.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(3) Locking Mechanism with Vent Door Mechanism
The locking mechanism is installed parallel to and below the latching

mechanism in the lower part of the cargo door. The primary task of
this mechanism is to tell the operator that the latching mechanism is
correctly latched.
The locking mechanism includes the subsequent components:
- the locking shaft which has a link rod, six lock cams with a red
and green mark, a drift pin lever and a vent door lever,
- the vent door mechanism which opens and closes the vent door,

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-00

Page 33
May 01/05

CES
- the linkage mechanism which includes the control rod and the gas
spring.
The control rod transmits the movement of the door handle (from 0
degree to 65 degree ) through the Maltese-cross lock to the locking
shaft. The lock cams then engage with, or disengage from, the recess
of the latching hooks. The engaged lock cams prevent the operation of
the latching hooks. Then, the operator can see the green mark on each
lock cam through the indication windows of the access panel. When the
operator can see a red mark in the indication windows, then the cam
locks are disengaged from the latching hooks.
A connection rod transmits the movement of the locking shaft to the

drive shaft of the gear box. The output shaft of the gear box
operates the drawbar which opens or closes the vent door.
(4) Drift Pin Mechanism
The drift pin mechanism is installed in the middle of the cargo door.
It decreases the contour off-set between the fuselage and the door.
The drift pin mechanism has a drift pin assy and the linkages
mechanism, which includes the connection rods, the control rods, the
bearing assy and the housing assy.
The linkage mechanism transmit the movement of the locking shaft to

the drift pins which retract or extent then. When the cargo door is
correctly locked, the extended drift pins engage with the pockets of
the fuselage frame.
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R (3) Safety Mechanism with Vent Door Mechanism

R
R The safety mechanism is installed parallel to and below the locking
R mechanism in the lower part of the cargo door. The primary task of
R this mechanism is to tell the operator that the locking mechanism is
R correctly latched.
R The safety mechanism includes the subsequent components:
R - the safety shaft which has a link rod, six safety cams with a red
R and green mark, two drift pin levers and a vent door lever,
R - the vent door mechanism which opens and closes the vent door.
R
R The link rod connects the lever mechanism with the link lever to
R transmit the movement of the locking handle to the safety shaft. The
R safety cams then engage with, or disengage from, the recess of the
R locking hooks. The engaged safety cams prevent the operation of the

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-00

Page 34
May 01/05

CES
locking hooks. Then, the operator can see the green mark on each
safety cam through the indication windows of the access panel. When
the operator can see a red mark in the indication windows, then the
safety cams are disengaged from the locking hook.
A connection rod transmits the movement of the safety shaft to the

The drift pin mechanism includes the teleflex controls and the drift
pins with the related bellcranks and the connection links.
The teleflex controls transmit the movement of the safety shaft to

the bellcranks. They operate the connection links which retract or
extent the drift pins. When the cargo door is correctly locked, the
extended drift pins engage with the pockets of the fuselage frame.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(3) Locking Mechanism

correctly latched.
- the locking shaft, which has a link rod, six lock cams with a red
and green mark, a vent door lever, a connection rod and a sequence
shaft.
- the linkage mechanism which includes the control rod, the serrated
shaft and the gas spring.
degrees to 65 degrees) through the maltese-cross lock to the locking
lock cams are disengaged from the latching hook.

R

EFF : 051-052, 106-149, 221-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-00

Page 35
Feb 01/10

CES
The vent door lever transmits the movement of the locking shaft
through the sequence shaft to the input bellcrank. The connection rod
operates the linkage of the drift pins and the vent door.
(4) Drift Pin Mechanism with Vent Door Mechanism
The drift pin mechanism has a drift pin assy and a linkage mechanism
which includes the connection rods, the control rods, the drift pin
bellcrank and the input bellcrank.
The linkage mechanism transmits the movement of the locking shaft to

the drift pins which retract or extend them. When the cargo door is
the fuselage frame.
The vent door mechanism causes the vent door to open or close in
accordance to the position of the drift pins.
**ON A/C ALL
(5) Switch Mechanism
The switch mechanism is installed in the lower part of the cargo

doors at FR25. This mechanism includes the target lever with the
related target and the link assy.
The target lever is attached on the support fitting which is riveted

on the frame structure. The upper fork end of the link assy is
installed on the lever of the drive shaft and its lower fork end on
the target lever.
The link assy transmits the movement of the drive shaft to the target
lever. The target moves to or away from the proximity sensor 30WV
which is installed below the door sill of the fuselage.
R 5. Operation
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 007)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 36
May 01/05

CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 007B)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 008)
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
A. Release Mode
To release the cargo door mechanism, pull the door handle away from the
cargo door. To get access to the door handle, the operator pushes the
spring-loaded handle flap automatically inboard. This releases the door
handle from the catch hook of the door structure.
When the door handle is pulled up to the 65 degree position, the

subsequent occurs:
- the door handle engages with the Maltese-cross lock to operate the
linkage mechanism. Its control rod then turns the locking shaft so that
the lock cams move away from the recess of the latching hooks,
- the drift pin lever moves up and operates the linkage mechanism. The
control rods transmit the movement through the housing assy and the
bearing assy to the connection rods. They move the drift pins which
retract from the pockets of the fuselage frames.
- the vent door lever operates the connection rod which turns the drive
shaft of the gear box. The output shaft of the gear box also turns and
moves the drawbar which opens the vent door. The drive shaft operates
the link assy at the same time so that the target lever moves away from
the door sill. The related target does not operate the proximity switch
30WV (Ref. 52-71-00).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 37
Feb 01/10

CES
Function of Latching and Locking Mechanism

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-00

Page 38
May 01/05

CES

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-00

Page 39
May 01/05

CES
R Function of Locking Mechanism
R Figure 007A

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 40
May 01/05

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

52-31-00

Page 41
May 01/05

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-00

Page 42
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-00

Page 43
Feb 01/10

CES
Function of Interlock Mechanism
Figure 008

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 44
May 01/05

CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
A. Release Mode
To release the cargo door mechanism, pull the locking handle away from
the cargo door. To get access to the locking handle, the operator pushes
the handle flap automatically inboard. This operation releases the hook
of the flap mechanism and the locking handle is movable.
When the locking handle is pulled until the limit lever stops this
movement, the subsequent occurs:
- the lever mechanism operates the link rod which moves the link lever.
The safety shaft turns so that the safety cams move away from the
recess of the locking hooks. Then the red mark on each safety cam comes
in view through the indication windows.
- the drift pin levers move up and operate the teleflex controls. The
ends of these controls extend and move the bellcranks which operate the
connection links. The drift pins retract from the pockets of the
fuselage frames,
shaft of the gear box. The output shaft of the gear box turns also and
30WV (Ref. 52-71-00).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
A. Release Mode

subsequent occurs:
- the door handle engages with the maltese-cross lock to operate the
the lock cams move away from the recess of the latching hooks.
retract from the pockets of the fuselage frames, at the same time the
vent door mechanism causes the vent door to open.

R

EFF : 051-052, 106-149, 221-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-00

Page 45
Feb 01/10

CES
- The drive shaft operates the link assy at the same time so that the
target lever moves away from the door sill. The related target does not
operate the proximity switch 32WV (Ref. 52-71-00).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
To disengage the latching hooks from their fuselage fittings, lift the
door handle up to the 128 degree position. During this movement, the
subsequent occurs:
- the door handle disengages from the Maltese-cross lock and engages with
the Maltese-cross latch. This causes the latching shaft to turn in the
release direction.
- the shaft levers operate the bellcranks which move the bellcrank levers
so that the latching hooks disengage from the eccentric bolts of the
fuselage fittings,
- the control lever moves the target to the proximity sensor 5MJ which
sends a signal to the door control circuit (Ref. 52-35-00),
- the interlock cam moves up so that the released interlock mechanism is
serviceable.
When the cargo door opens, the roller lever of the interlock mechanism
moves away from the interlock fitting of the door sill. The spring unit
extends and moves the interlock lever so that its stop bolt touches the
interlock cam. This causes the interlock mechanism to block the operation
of the door handle which is in the UNLATCHED position.
B. Locking Mode
When the cargo door closes, the roller lever of the interlock mechanism
moves against the interlock fitting of the door sill. The roller lever
then operates the connection rod which moves the interlock lever against
the spring unit. If the cargo door is fully closed, the subsequent
occurs:
- the stop bolt of the interlock lever does not block the lock cam of the
locking shaft,
- the door handle is serviceable to lock the closed cargo door.
To engage the latching hooks on their fuselage fittings, pull the door
handle down to the 65 degree position. During this movement the
subsequent occurs:
- the Maltese-cross latch operates the connection rod which turns the
latching shaft in the latched position,
- the shaft levers operate the bellcranks which move the bellcrank
levers. The latching hooks engage the eccentric bolt of the fuselage
fitting.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-00

Page 46
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
- the control lever turns the related target away from the proximity
sensor 5MJ to stop the hydraulic operation (Ref. 52-35-00),
- the interlock cam comes to its unblocked position.
**ON A/C 051-052,
To disengage the locking hooks from their fuselage fittings, turn the
locking handle down into its UNLOCKED position. During this movement, the
subsequent occurs:
- the link rod operates the deflection unit which turns the locking shaft
in the release direction. The locking shaft transmits this movement to
the shaft levers, the control lever and the interlock cam,
- the shaft levers operate the spring units to release the overcenter
position of the locking units . Then the bellcranks move the bellcrank
levers and the locking hooks disengage from the eccentric bolts of the
fuselage fittings,
- the interlock cam moves up so that the released interlock mechanism can
be serviceable.
of the locking handle which is in the UNLOCKED position.
B. Locking Mode
occurs:
- the stop bolt of the interlock lever does not block the cam of the
locking shaft,
- the locking handle is serviceable to lock the cargo door.
To engage the locking hooks on their fuselage fittings, turn the locking
handle up to the LOCKED position. During this movement the subsequent
occurs:
in the locked position,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-00

Page 47
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
- the shaft levers operate the spring units so that the bellcranks move
the bellcrank levers. The locking hooks engage the eccentric bolt of
the fuselage fitting. The spring units come in the overcenter position
and secure the locking hooks in their positions,
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
When the door handle is moved down and pushed inboard so that it is in
line with the cargo door contour, the subsequent occurs:
- the door handle disengages from the Maltese-cross latch and engages
with the Maltese-cross lock. This causes the control rod to operate and
the latching shaft turns so that the lock cams move into the recess of
the latching hooks.
- the handle spring keeps the door handle in the overcenter position,
- the drift pin lever moves down and operates the linkage mechanism. The
vertical control rods transmit the movement via the housing assy and
the bearing assy to the horizontal linkages. They move the drift pins
which extends into the pockets of the fuselage frame.
shaft of the gear box. The output shaft turns and moves the draw bar
which closes the vent door.
The drive shaft operates the link assy at the same time so that the
target lever moves to the door sill. The related target operates the
proximity switch 30WV (Ref. 52-71-00).
When the door handle is in line with the cargo door contour, the target
operates the proximity switch 28WV . This causes the visual warning in
the cockpit to go off (Ref. 52-71-00). In this position, the hook of the
door structure safeties the door handle against movement.
**ON A/C 051-052,
When the locking handle is in the LOCKED position, push it inboards so

that it comes in line with the cargo door contour. During this movement
- the lever mechanism operates the link rod which turns the link lever.
The safety shaft turns and the safety cams move into the recess of the
locking hooks. Then, the green mark on each safety cam comes in view
trough the indication windows. The handle spring keeps the lever
mechanism in the overcenter position,
- the drift pin levers move down and operate the teleflex controls. The
ends of these controls retract and move the bellcranks which operate

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-00

Page 48
Aug 01/05
R
CES
the connection links. The drift pins extend into the pockets of the
fuselage frame,
proximity switch 30WV (Ref.52-71-00).
When the locking handle is in line with the cargo door contour, the
target operates the proximity switch 28WV. This causes the visual warning
in the cockpit to go off (Ref. 52-71-00). In this position, the hook of
the flap mechanism safeties the locking handle against movement.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
- the door handle disengages from the maltese-cross latch and engages
the latching shaft turns so that the safety cams move into the recess
of the latching hooks.
- the handle spring keeps the door handle in the overcenter position.
- the vent door lever moves down and operates the connection rod. The
sequence shaft transmits the movement through the input bellcrank and
the drift pin bellcrank to the horizontal linkages. They move the drift
pins which extend into the pockets of the fuselage frame.
- the vent door bellcrank operates the vent door rod which closes the
vent door.
The sequence shaft operates the link assy at the same time so that the

R

EFF : 051-052, 106-149, 221-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-00

Page 49
Feb 01/10

CES
FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
______________________________________________________
**ON A/C 051-052,
TASK 52-31-00-040-002
Deactivation of the Locking Handle
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-8

Cargo door opening system
Handle of cargo door
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 08-061 D DAN 328AS

TAPE SOUND DAMPENINGALUMINIUM FOIL (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 401
Feb 01/07

CES
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-31-00-860-056
R (1) Make sure that the FWD cargo compartment door (referred to as cargo
R door) is correctly closed and locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
R NOTE : If necessary, operate the damage locking handle with an

____
R applicable tool.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-31-00-220-050
R A. Check of the Cargo Door
R (1) Make sure that you can see the green mark of each safety cam through
R the indication windows of the door access panel 825AR.
R (2) Examine the vent door to make sure that it is closed and aligns with
R the cargo door skin.
R (3) Do this operational test:
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the cargo door: On the Cargo Door:

R - try to push the vent door - the vent door must not move in its
R inboards. open direction.
R Subtask 52-31-00-040-050
R B. Deactivation of the Locking Handle

_______
R MATERIAL/S.

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 402
May 01/05

CES
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
R AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R (1) Clean the cargo door skin around the handle recess with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-016).
R (2) Cover the cutout of the handle recess with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-061) (high-speed tape).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-31-00-860-057
R A. Make an entry in the aircraft technical log that the locking handle of
R the cargo door is deactivated.

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 403
May 01/05

CES
R TASK 52-31-00-440-002
R Reactivation of the Locking Handle
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-8

R Cargo door opening system
R Handle of cargo door
R 2. ______________________
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R ASRM 52-31-00-201
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-31-00-860-058
R (1) Make sure that the access cover 825AR is removed from the FWD cargo
R compartment door (referred to as cargo door).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-31-00-020-052
R A. Removal of the Locking Handle
R (1) Remove the high-speed tape from cargo door skin around the handle
R recess.
R (2) Remove the damaged locking handle (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-001).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 404
May 01/05

CES
R Subtask 52-31-00-420-052
R B. Install the new or repaired locking handle (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-400-001).
R NOTE : The repair of the locking handle is described in the SRM (Ref.
____
R ASRM 52-31-00-201).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 405
May 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-31-00-040-003
Deactivation of the Locking Hooks and Spools
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-30-02

Doors - Cargo
Cargo door locking hooks and spools
(FAA Only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-00-991-007 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-00-010-053
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD cargo compartment door (referred to as cargo door) and
safety it with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
001).
(2) Put the access platform in position below the opened cargo door.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 406
May 01/05

CES
(3) Remove the access panel 825AR from the cargo door.
Subtask 52-31-00-860-061
(1) Deactivate the interlock mechanism of the opened cargo door as

follows:
NOTE : This procedure is only necessary, if one of the locking hooks

____
is damaged or inoperative.
(a) Press the roller lever of the interlock mechanism outboard to

release the blockage of the locking shaft.
(b) Turn the locking handle up to the locked position and push it
into the recess of the handle flap.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-00-040-051
A. Deactivation of the Locking Hooks and Spools

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-00-991-007)
(1) Deactivate the damaged or inoperative spool as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (2) and the washer (3) from the eccentric bolt
(9).
(c) Remove the nuts (10) and the washers (11) from the special bolts
(12) of the door frame fitting (13).
(d) Remove the serrated plate (4) from the adjusting bush (5).
(e) Hold the spool (7) and remove the eccentric bolt (9) together
with the serrated plate (8) from the door frame fitting (13).
(f) Disengage the serrated plate (8) from the eccentric bolt (9).
(g) Remove the eccentric bush (6) from the spool (7).
(h) Remove the adjusting bush (5) from the door frame fitting (13).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 407
May 01/05
R
CES
Locking Hooks and Spools

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 408
May 01/05

CES

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 409
May 01/05

CES
(2) Deactivate the damaged or inoperative locking hook as follows:
from the lower fork end of the linkage (18).
(c) Move the linkage (18) to disconnect it from the locking hook
(24).
(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (21) from the nut (22).
(e) Remove the nut (22) and the washer (23) from the locking hook
bolt (26).
(f) Hold the locking hook (24) and remove the washer (25) and the
locking hook bolt (26) from the cargo door frame.
(g) Remove the locking hook (24) from the cargo door frame.
Subtask 52-31-00-210-050
B. Visual Inspection
(1) Examine the remaining locking hooks as follows:
(a) Make sure that the other locking hooks are without any damage.
(b) Make sure that you cannot turn the other locking hook bolts
manually.
(2) Examine the remaining spools as follows:
(a) Make sure that the other spools are without any damage.
(b) Make sure that the other eccentric bolts and the eccentric bushes
are in the correct condition.
(c) Make sure that the other lock fittings are without any damage.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 410
May 01/05

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-00-860-059
(1) Close and lock the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(2) Examine the vent door to make sure that it is closed and aligns with
the cargo door skin.
(3) Make sure that the indications of the ECAM system in the cockpit
shows that the cargo door is correct closed and locked.
(4) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log that one of the spools
and/or one of the locking hooks is deactivated.
Subtask 52-31-00-410-053
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the access panel 825AR on the cargo door.
the indication windows of the door access panel 825AR.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 411
May 01/05

CES
TASK 52-31-00-440-003
Reactivation of the Locking Hooks and Spools
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-21-400-007 Installation of the Locking Unit
52-31-32-400-001 Installation of the Lock Fitting Components
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-00-860-060
A. Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is fully opened and
safetied with the support struts (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-00-420-053
A. Install the replacement spool (Ref. TASK 52-31-32-400-001) and/or

replacement locking hook (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-400-007).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 412
May 01/05

CES
FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________
TASK 52-31-00-710-001
Operational Test of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 501
Feb 01/98

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-00-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the cargo door is closed (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(2) If necessary, put the access platform in position below the closed
cargo door.
(3) Open the access panel 134AR to get access to the selector of the
control panel.
R (4) Remove the access panel 825AR.
Subtask 52-31-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-31-00-860-051
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 502
Nov 01/03

CES
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-061, 101-105, 201-203,
Subtask 52-31-00-710-050-A
A. Do this test:
_______
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the FWD cargo door: On the FWD cargo door:
R - push the handle flap in and - the vent door opens inboard,
pull the door handle away from - the drift pins retract from the
the recess of the door pockets of the fuselage,
structure. - you can see the red mark on each
safety cam through the indication
window.
On the lower ECAM DU:

R - the symbol of the FWD cargo door is
R shown in amber and the message CARGO
R comes into view.
On the FWD cargo door:
- move the door handle fully up - the latching hooks disengage from the
to the UNLOCKED position. latch fittings,
- the cargo door starts to open because
2. On the control panel: On the FWD cargo door:
- move the selector to the OPEN - the door actuators extend and the
position and hold it. cargo door moves in the open
direction.
- release the selector. - the cargo door stops and stays in

this position.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 503
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - set the selector again to in - the cargo door moves in the open
R the OPEN position and hold. direction.
On the control panel:

- the green indicator light comes on
when the door actuators are extended
and locked.
- examine the cargo door during - the cargo door must open smoothly and
the movement. easily.
- release the selector when the - the cargo door stays in the fully
green indicator light is on. open position.
- move the selector in the CLOSE - the selector is not in the CLOSE
direction and hold it. position.
R - the green indicator light goes off
R when the door actuators are not in
R their locked position.
- set the selector to the fully - the door actuators retract and the
CLOSE position and hold it. cargo door moves in the close
direction.
R - release the selector when the - the cargo door stops and stays in
R cargo door is in a position in this position.
which you can do an interlock
mechanism check.
- start to move the door handle - you can not move the door handle
from the UNLOCKED to the LOCKED because the interlock mechanism
position. blocks the cam of the locking shaft.

EFF :

001-049, 053-061, 101-105, 201-203, 52-31-00

Page 504
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - push the roller lever of the - the blockage of the latching shaft is
R interlock mechanism outboard. released.
- move the door handle down to - the latching hooks move to their
the LOCKED position. locked position,
R - the target lever of the switch
R mechanism moves inboard,
R - the target of the control lever does
R not align with the proximity sensor.
R - set the selector to the OPEN or - the cargo door must stay in the same
R CLOSE position. position.
R - Push the handle flap in and - the target lever of the switch
R pull the door handle away and mechanism moves outboard,
R up to the UNLOCKED position. - the target of the control lever
R aligns with the proximity sensor,
R - the latching hooks move to the
R unlocked position.
R - set the selector to the CLOSE - the cargo door moves in the close
R position. direction.
- when the cargo door is fully closed,
the interlock mechanism does not
block the latching shaft.
- examine the cargo door during - the cargo door must close smoothly
the movement. and easily.
- release the selector when the - the cargo door stays in the closed
cargo door is fully closed. position.

EFF :

001-049, 053-061, 101-105, 201-203, 52-31-00

Page 505
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- move the door handle down to - the latching hooks engage with the
the LOCKED position. latch fittings,
- the cargo door is in the fully closed
position,
- the vent door closes,
- the drift pins extend in the pockets
of the fuselage,
R - the latching handle aligns with the
R outer skin and is locked.

- the message CARGO goes off and the
symbol for the FWD cargo door changes
to green.
R 12. On the control panel: On the FWD cargo door:
- make sure that the cargo door - you can see the green mark on each
is correctly latched and safety cam through the indication
locked window.
- make sure that the vent door - the vent door seal touches the inner
is correctly closed. surface of the outer skin.
- examine the cargo door seal of - the door seal is compressed around
the closed cargo door. its length.
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-00-710-050
A. Do this test:
_______

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 52-31-00

Page 506
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - push the handle flap in and - the vent door opens inboard,
pull the locking handle away - the drift pins retract from the
from the cargo door. pockets of the fuselage,
- you can see the red mark on each
window.

- the symbol of the FWD cargo door is
shown in amber and the measage CARGO
R comes into view.
- turn the locking handle down to - the locking hooks disengage from the
the UNLOCKED position. lock fittings,
direction.

this position.
R - set the selector again to the - the cargo door moves in the open
R OPEN position and hold. direction.

and locked.

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 507
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - the green indicator light goes off
R when the door actuators are not in
R their locked position.
direction.
- release the selector when the - the cargo door stops and remains in
cargo door is in a position in this position.
mechanism check.
R - start to turn the locking - you cannot move the locking handle
R handle from the UNLOCKED to the because the interlock mechanism
R LOCKED position. blocks the cam of the locking shaft.
R - push the roller lever of the - the blockage of the locking shaft is
R interlock mechanism outboards. released.
- turn the locking handle up to - the locking hooks move to their

R mechanism moves inboard,
R - the target of the control lever does
R not align with the proximity sensor.
R - set the selector to the OPEN or - the cargo door must stay in the same
R CLOSE position. position.

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 508
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- turn the locking handle down to - the locking hooks move to the
the UNLOCKED position. unlocked position,
- the target lever of the switch
mechanism moves outboards,
- the target of the control lever is in
line with the proximity sensor.
- set the selector in the CLOSE - the cargo door moves in the close
position. direction.
block the locking shaft.
- turn the locking handle up to - the locking hooks engage with the
the LOCKED position. lock fittings,
position,
- push the locking handle into - the vent door closes,

the recess of the handle flap. - the drift pins extend in the pockets
of the fuselage,
R - the locking handle aligns with the
R outer skin and locked,

R - the message CARGO goes off and the
R symbol for the FWD cargo door changes
R to green.

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 509
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
is correctly locked and safety cam through the indication
latched window.
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-00-710-050-B
A. Do this test:
_______
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the handle flap in and - the vent door opens inboard,
pull the door handle away from - the drift pins retract from the
the recess of the door pockets of the fuselage,
window.

- the symbol of the FWD cargo door is
shown in amber and the message CARGO
comes into view.

R

EFF : 051-052, 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-00

Page 510
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- move the door handle fully up - the latching hooks disengage from the
to the UNLOCKED position. latch fittings,
direction.

this position.
- set the selector again to the - the cargo door moves in the open
OPEN position and hold. direction.

and locked.
- the green indicator light goes off
when the door actuators are not in
their locked position.

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-31-00

Page 511
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
direction.
- release the selector when the - the cargo door stops and stays in
mechanism check.
- push the roller lever of the - the blockage of the latching shaft is
interlock mechanism outboard. released.
- move the door handle down to - the latching hooks move to their
- the target lever of the switch
mechanism moves inboard,
- the target of the control lever does
not align with the proximity sensor.
- set the selector to the OPEN or - the cargo door must stay in the same
CLOSE position. position.
- push the handle flap in and - the target lever of the switch
pull the door handle away and mechanism moves outboard,
up to the UNLOCKED position. - the target of the control lever
aligns with the proximity sensor,
- the latching hooks move to the
unlocked position.
- set the selector in the CLOSE - the cargo door moves in the close
position. direction.

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-31-00

Page 512
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- move the door handle down to - the latching hooks engage with the
the LOCKED position. latch fittings,
position,
- the vent door closes,
of the fuselage,
- the latching handle aligns with the
outer skin and is locked.

symbol for the FWD cargo door changes
to green.
locked window.

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-31-00

Page 513
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-00-860-052
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)
(Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001).
(3) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 52-31-00-410-052
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access panel 134AR.
(2) Install the access panel 825AR.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 514
May 01/05
R
CES
TASK 52-31-00-720-001
Functional Test of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN (48 LBF)
R 98D52307525000 1 TOOL-ADJUSTMENT, CARGO DOORS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
52-31-11-820-002 Adjustment of the Door Mechanism
52-31-13-000-001 Removal of the Lining and the Insulation
52-31-13-400-001 Installation of the Lining and the Insulation
52-31-21-000-002 Removal of the Handle Flap Mechanism
52-31-21-400-002 Installation of the Handle Flap Mechanism
52-35-13-400-002 Installation of the Proximity Switches 5MJ and 12MJ
52-71-12-400-001 Installation of the Proximity Switches 28WV and 34WV

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 515
Nov 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-00-991-002-A Fig. 501
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-00-991-002 Fig. 501A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-00-991-001-A Fig. 502
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-00-991-001 Fig. 502A
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-00-991-003-A Fig. 503
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-00-991-003 Fig. 503A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-00-991-003-B Fig. 503B

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-00

Page 516
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-00-010-052
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the closed FWD cargo
compartment door (referred to as cargo door).
control panel.
Subtask 52-31-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-31-00-860-053
(1) Make sure that the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is
pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 517
Feb 01/07
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-061, 101-105, 201-203,
Subtask 52-31-00-720-056-A
R A. Test of the Latching Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-31-00-991-002-A)
(1) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(2) Remove the access panel 825AR to get access to the cargo door
mechanism.
(3) If necessary, adjust the latching mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-

002).
(4) Do this test:
R NOTE : The rigging pins 98D52307525100 and 98D52307525200 are part of

____
R the TOOL-ADJUSTMENT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307525000).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the cargo door frame FR27A: On the cargo door frame FR27A:
- install the rigging pin - the rigging pin must engage in the
98D52307525200 into the rigging rigging hole of the shaft lever bolt
hole of the door frame and the if the upper dead center is correctly
shaft lever bolt. adjusted.
2. On each frame of the cargo door: On each frame of the cargo door:
R - install the rigging pin - the rigging pin must engage in the
R 98D52307525100 into the rigging rigging hole of the bellcrank bolt if
R hole of each door frame and the the lower dead center is correctly
bellcrank bolt. adjusted.
- make sure that the rigging pins - each latching unit is free and
are removed. movable.
3. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 518
Nov 01/09

CES
Dead Center of the Locking Mechanism
Figure 501/TASK 52-31-00-991-002-A

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-00

Page 519
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
R TRAVEL RANGE OF THE
R CARGO DOOR IS CLEAR
R BEFORE YOU UNLOCK IT.
R STAY AFT OF (LEFT OF)
R THE DOOR WHEN YOU
R UNLOCK IT BECAUSE IT
R CAN OPEN SUDDENLY AND
R CAUSE INJURY.
- pull the door handle away in - the locking cams of the locking shaft
the UNLOCKED direction and release the latching hooks and the
measure the force necessary vent door opens.
with a SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN - the force must be less than 18 daN
(48 LBF). (40.4656 lbf).
- turn the latching handle up to - the latching hooks disengage from the
the fully UNLOCKED position and latch fittings and the cargo door
measure the force necessary moves in the open direction.
(48 LBF). (40.4656 lbf).
4. On the control panel: On the cargo door:
- set the selector to the CLOSE - the cargo door actuators retract and
position and hold it. close the cargo door.
- move the latching handle down - the locking hooks engage with the
to the LOCKED position and lock fittings and lock the cargo door
measure the force necessary in the closed position.
(48 LBF) (40.4656 lbf).
- push the door handle in the - the vent door closes,

R recess of the door structure - the lock cams block the latching
R and measure the force necessary hooks,
with a SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN - the door handle is locked.
(48 LBF). - the force must be less than 18 daN
(40.4656 lbf).

EFF :

001-049, 053-061, 101-105, 201-203, 52-31-00

Page 520
Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-00-720-056
A. Test of the Locking Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-31-00-991-002)
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
mechanism.
(3) Remove the handle flap mechanism to get access to the applicable
rigging holes (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-002).
(4) If necessary, adjust the locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-

002).
(5) Do this test:
NOTE : The rigging pins 98D52307525100 and 98D52307525200 are part of

____
the TOOL-ADJUSTMENT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307525000).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- install the rigging pin - the rigging pin must engage into the
98D52307525200 into the rigging rigging hole of the bolt if the upper
hole below the locking shaft to dead center is correctly adjusted.
examine the upper dead center.
- install the rigging pin - the rigging pin must engage into the
98D52307525100 in the rigging rigging hole of the bolt if the lower
hole behind the safety shaft to dead center is correctly adjusted.
examine the lower dead center.
- make sure that the rigging pins - each locking unit is free and
are removed from the last movable.
frame.
R 2. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 521
Feb 01/08

CES
Dead Center of the Locking Mechanism
R Figure 501A/TASK 52-31-00-991-002

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 522
Feb 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______
R THE DOOR WHEN YOU
R CAUSE INJURY.
- pull the locking handle away - the safety cams of the safety
from the recess of the handle mechanism release the locking hooks
flap and measure the force and the vent door opens.
necessary with a SPRING BALANCE - the force must be less than 18 daN
20 DAN (48 LBF). (40.4656 lbf).
- turn the locking handle down to - the locking hooks disengage from the
the UNLOCKED position and lock fittings and the cargo door
measure the force necessary moves in the open direction.
(48 LBF). (40.4656 lbf).
3. On the control panel:
4. On the cargo door:
- turn the locking handle up to - the locking hooks engage with the
the LOCKED position and measure lock fittings and lock the cargo door
the force necessary with a in the closed position.
SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN (48 LBF). - the force must be less than 18 daN
(40.4656 lbf).
- push the locking handle in the - the vent door closes and the safety
recess of the handle flap and cams block the locking hooks.
measure the force necessary - the locking handle is locked.
(48 LBF). (40.4656 lbf).
R - examine the position of the - the locking handle must align with
R locking handle when it is in the cargo door contour and in the
R the handle flap. horizontal position.

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 523
Feb 01/08

CES
(6) Install the handle flap mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-400-002).
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-00-720-056-B
A. Test of the Latching Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-31-00-991-002-A)
_______
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
mechanism.
(3) If necessary, adjust the latching mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-

002).
(4) Do this test:
NOTE : The rigging pins 98D52307525100 and 98D52307525200 are part of

____
the TOOL-ADJUSTMENT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307525000).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the frame FR27A of the cargo On the frame FR27A of the cargo door:
door:
98D52307525200 into the rigging rigging hole of the shaft lever bolt
hole of the door frame and the if the upper dead center is correctly
shaft lever bolt. adjusted.
98D52307525100 into the rigging rigging hole of the bellcrank bolt if

R

EFF : 051-052, 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-00

Page 524
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
hole of each door frame and the the lower dead center is correctly
bellcrank bolt. adjusted.
- make sure that the rigging pins - each latching unit is free and
are removed. movable.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE

_______
TRAVEL RANGE OF THE
CARGO DOOR IS CLEAR
BEFORE YOU UNLOCK IT.
STAY AFT OF (LEFT OF)
THE DOOR WHEN YOU
UNLOCK IT BECAUSE IT
CAN OPEN SUDDENLY AND
CAUSE INJURY.
- pull the door handle away in - the locking cams of the locking shaft
the UNLOCKED direction and release the latching hooks and the
measure the force necessary vent door opens,
(48 LBF) (40.4656 lbf).
- turn the latching handle up to - the latching hooks disengage from the
the fully UNLOCKED position and latch fittings and the cargo door
measure the force necessary moves in the open direction,
(48 LBF). (40.4656 lbf).
4. On the control panel: On the cargo door:
- move the latching handle down - the locking hooks engage with the
to the LOCKED position and lock fittings and lock the cargo door
measure the force necessary in the closed position.
(48 LBF). (40.4656 lbf).
- push the door handle in the - the vent door closes,

recess of the door structure - the lock cams block the latching
and measure the force necessary hooks,
with a SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN - the door handle is locked,
(48 LBF). - the force must be less than 18 daN
(40.4656 lbf).

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-31-00

Page 525
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-00-720-057-A
B. Clearance Check of the Latching Hooks

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-31-00-991-001-A)
(1) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) until it is in the
vertical position.
(2) Remove the access panel 825AR to get access to the latching hooks of
the closed cargo door.
(3) Set the selector of the control panel to the CLOSED position and hold
it during the clearance check.
NOTE : This operation is necessary to keep the cargo door in the

____
fully closed position when it is not latched.
(4) Do this test:
NOTE : If necessary, adjust the position of the released latching

____
hooks (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Between the cargo door and the Between the cargo door and the cargo
cargo door sill: door sill:
- measure the clearance between - the minimum clearance must be 2.0 mm
the rear of the latching hooks (0.0787 in.).
and the door sill structure.

the top of the latching hook (0.1181 in.).
and the roller of the latch
fitting.
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002) when the test is completed.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-00

Page 526
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Check of the Skin Offset and the Drift Pin Mechanism
Clearance Check of the Locking Hooks
Figure 502/TASK 52-31-00-991-001-A

R EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

52-31-00 Page 527
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-00-720-057
R B. Clearance Check of the Locking Hooks

R (Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-31-00-991-001)
(1) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) until it is in the
vertical position.
(2) Remove the access panel 825AR to get access to the locking hooks of
the closed cargo doors.
(3) Set the selector of the control panel to the CLOSED position and hold
it during the clearance check.
NOTE : This operation is necessary to keep the cargo door in the

____
fully closed position when it is not locked.
(4) Do this test:
NOTE : If necessary, adjust the position of the released locking

____
hooks (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Between the cargo door and the Between the cargo door and the cargo
cargo door sill: door sill:
the rear of the locking hooks (0.0787 in.).
and the door sill structure.

the top of the locking hook and (0.1181 in.).
the roller of the lock fitting.

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 528
Feb 01/07

CES
Check of the Skin Offset and the Drift Pin Mechanism
Clearance Check of the Locking Hooks
R Figure 502A/TASK 52-31-00-991-001

R EFF :

051-052,

52-31-00 Page 529
Feb 01/07

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-061, 101-105, 201-203,
Subtask 52-31-00-720-058-A
C. Functional Test of the Proximity Switches 28WV, 30WV and 5MJ

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-31-00-991-003-A)
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
R (2) Remove the access panel 825AR to get access to the related proximity
R switches.
R
(3) Do this test:

R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the proximity switches 28WV: On the proximity switches 28WV:

- measure the clearance between - the clearance must be between 1.5 mm
the target on the door handle (0.0590 in.) and 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).
and the sensor on the door
structure.

the target on the target lever (0.0590 in.) and 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).
(part of the switch mechanism)
and the sensor on the cargo
door sill.

_______
R THE DOOR WHEN YOU
R CAUSE INJURY.

EFF :

001-049, 053-061, 101-105, 201-203, 52-31-00

Page 530
Feb 01/08

CES
Check of the Proximity Switches 28WV, 30WV and 5MJ
Figure 503/TASK 52-31-00-991-003-A

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-00

Page 531
May 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- pull the door handle away from - the cargo door is in the unlocked
the recess and move it fully up condition.
to the UNLOCKED position.
4. On the proximity switches 5MJ: On the proximity switches 5MJ:

the target on the latching (0.0590 in.) and 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).
shaft and the sensor on the
structure.
R (4) If necessary, adjust the clearance of:

R - the proximity switches 28WV (Ref. TASK 52-71-12-400-001),
R - the proximity switches 5MJ (Ref. TASK 52-35-13-400-002).
R (5) Install the access panel 825AR.
R (6) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-00-720-058

(Ref. Fig. 503A/TASK 52-31-00-991-003)
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
R (2) Remove the access panel 825AR to get access to the related proximity
R switches.
R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 52-31-00

Page 532
Feb 01/08

CES
R Check of the Proximity Switches 28WV, 30WV and 5MJ
R Figure 503A/TASK 52-31-00-991-003

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 533
May 01/05

CES
(3) Do this test:
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the target on the locking (0.0610 in.) and 2.05 mm (0.0807
handle and the sensor on the in.).
door structure.

the target on the target lever (0.0590 in.) and 2.00 mm (0.0787
(part of the switch mechanism) in.).
door sill.

_______
R THE DOOR WHEN YOU
R CAUSE INJURY.
- pull the locking handle away - the cargo door is in the unlocked
from the recess of the handle condition.
flap and turn it down to the
UNLOCKED position.

the target on the locking shaft (0.0610 in.) and 2.05 mm (0.0807
and the sensor on the in.).
structure.
R (4) If necessary, adjust the clearance of:

R - the proximity switches 5MJ (Ref. TASK 52-35-13-400-002).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-00

Page 534
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-00-720-058-B
**ON A/C 062-099, 151-199, 204-220,
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-31-00-991-003-A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 503B/TASK 52-31-00-991-003-B)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
_______
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(2) Remove the access panel 825AR to get access to the related proximity
switches.

R

EFF : 051-052, 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-00

Page 535
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Check of the Proximity Switches 28WV, 30WV and 5MJ
Figure 503B/TASK 52-31-00-991-003-B

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-00

Page 536
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the target on the door handle (0.0590 in.) and 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).
and the sensor on the door
structure.

the target on the target lever (0.0590 in.) and 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).
(part of the switch mechanism)
door sill.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE

_______
TRAVEL RANGE OF THE
CARGO DOOR IS CLEAR
BEFORE YOU UNLOCK IT.
STAY AFT OF (LEFT OF)
THE DOOR WHEN YOU
UNLOCK IT BECAUSE IT
CAN OPEN SUDDENLY AND
CAUSE INJURY.
- pull the door handle away from - the cargo door is in the unlocked
the recess and move it fully up condition.
to the UNLOCKED position.

the target on the latching (0.0590 in.) and 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).
shaft and the sensor on the
structure.
(4) If necessary, adjust the clearance of:

- the proximity switches 28WV (Ref. TASK 52-71-12-400-001),
- the proximity switches 30WV (Ref. TASK 52-71-12-400-002),
- the proximity switches 5MJ (Ref. TASK 52-35-13-400-002).

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
52-31-00

Page 537
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-00-720-060
D. Test of the Drift Pin Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-31-00-991-001-A)
(1) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) until the drift pins
are free from the door frame.
(2) Remove the door lining from the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-
001).
(3) Push the lever of the interlock mechanism outboard to release the
blockage of the locking mechanism.
(4) Move the door handle fully down to the LOCKED position and push it in
(5) Do this test:
NOTE : If necessary, adjust the position of the extended and

____
retracted drift pins (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- measure the distance U - the distance U must be between 34.7
between the end of the extended mm (1.3661 in.) and 37.7 mm (1.4842
drift pins and the edge members in.).
of the cargo door.
- pull the door handle away from - the drift pins retract and the
the door structure and up to latching hooks are in the released
the fully UNLOCKED position. position.
- examine the position of the - the retracted drift pins must be

retracted drift pins. behind the skin edge of the cargo
door.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-00

Page 538
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(6) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-400-001) when the test is
completed.
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-00-720-060-A
D. Test of the Drift Pin Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-31-00-991-001)
(1) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) until the drift pins
are free from the door frame.
(2) Remove the door lining from the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-
001).
(3) Push the lever of the interlock mechanism outboard to release the
blockage of the locking mechanism.
(4) Turn the locking handle to the LOCKED position and push it in the
recess of the handle flap.
(5) Do this test:
NOTE : If necessary, adjust the position of the extended and

____
retracted drift pins (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- measure the offset between the - the offset between the parallel
center lines of the bellcrank center lines must be between 1.0 mm
and the extended drift pin. (0.0393 in.) and 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.).
- pull the locking handle away - the drift pins retract and the
from the recess of the handle locking hooks are in the released
flap and turn it down to the position.
UNLOCKED position.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-00

Page 539
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- measure the distance between - the maximum length of the retracted
the edge member of the cargo drift pins can be 2.5 mm (0.0984
door structure and the end of in.).
the retracted drift pins.
(6) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-400-001) when the test is
completed.
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-00-860-054
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001).
Subtask 52-31-00-410-051
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Make sure that the access panel 134AR is closed.
(3) Make sure that the access panel 825AR is installed.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-00

Page 540
Feb 01/08

CES
DOOR - CARGO COMPARTMENT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________
TASK 52-31-11-000-001
Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform

98A52008509000 1 SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS
98D52307523000 1 EXTRACTOR-HINGE PINS, CARGO DOOR
98D52307523001 1 EXTRACTOR - HINGE PINS, CARGO DOOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-00-00-864-001 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized

Configuration before Maintenance Action
52-31-24-000-001 Removal of the Wiring Harness 4611VB
52-31-11-991-001-A Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-11-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-11-991-002-A Fig. 402A
**ON A/C ALL
52-31-11-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-11-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD cargo compartment door (referred to as cargo door)
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
R (2) Install the STRUT-SUPPORT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307524000) to safety the

opened cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).
(3) Make sure that the access platform stays in position below the opened
cargo door.
Subtask 52-31-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 402
Nov 01/07

CES
Subtask 52-31-11-860-055-A

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-11-991-001-A)
(1) Put a CRANE 200KG (440 LB) in position at the cargo door.
(2) Attach the hoistung sling to the cargo door as follows:
NOTE : The hoisting sling of the cargo doors (PN 98A52008509040) is

____
R part of the SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS (98A52008509000). The
hoisting sling includes the three-leg sling (PN
98A52008509104), the turnbuckle (PN 98A52008509100), the rope
(PN 98A52008509504) and the ring bolt (PN 98A52008509102).
(a) Attach the ring of the three-leg sling (8) to the crane.
(b) Attach the ring of the turnbuckles (7) to the hooks of the
(c) Remove the self-adhesive disks (1) from the hoisting points (3).
(d) Remove the plastic cap (2) from the hoisting point (3).
(e) Install the ring bolts (5) with the rubber washers (4) in the
hoisting points (3). Tighten the ring bolts (5) only with your
hand.
(f) Attach the ropes (6) to the ring of the ring bolts (5).
(g) Attach the ends of the ropes (6) to the hooks of the turnbuckles
(7).
(h) If necessary, adjust the length of the leg with the turnbuckle
(7) until the three legs have the same length.
(i) Carefully operate the crane until the leg of the hoisting sling
is under load.
(3) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized and put
it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 403
Feb 01/09

CES
R Installation of the Cargo Door Sling
R Figure 401/TASK 52-31-11-991-001-A

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 404
May 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-31-11-991-002)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-31-11-991-002-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-31-11-991-003)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-11-020-050
A. Removal of the Cargo door
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (20) from the receptacle (19) and
remove the wire harness 4611VB (21) from the ceiling lining of the
actuator area (Ref. TASK 52-31-24-000-001).
(2) Disconnect the door actuators from the cargo door as follows:
(a) Remove the nut (9), the washer (11), the bolt (12) and the
bonding jumper (10) from the actuator attachment fitting (13).
(b) Remove the cotter pin (17), the nut (16) and the washer (15) from
the bolt (14).
(c) Hold the piston eye end (18) so that it cannot fall when you
remove the bolt (14).
(d) Remove the bolt (14) with the washer (15) and disconnect the
piston eye end (18) from the actuator attachment fitting (13).
(e) If necessary, remove the bushes (22) and (23) from the actuator
(3) Remove the screws (31) and the end fittings (30) with the shims (29)
from the piano hinge area.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES
Removal/Installation of Electrical Equipment and the Door Actuators
Figure 402/TASK 52-31-11-991-002

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 406
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Removal/Installation of Electrical Equipment and the Door Actuators
Figure 402A/TASK 52-31-11-991-002-A

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 407
May 01/08

CES
Connection/Disconnection of the Piano Hinge Halves
Figure 403/TASK 52-31-11-991-003

R

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 408
May 01/08

CES
(4) Apply masking material to the adjacent fuselage area to prevent
damage during the removal of the hinge pins (24).
(5) Make sure that the sling (5) is tight and that there is no load on
the hinge pins (24).
(6) Remove the STRUT-SUPPORT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307524000) from the cargo
door and the fuselage frames (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-001).
(7) Remove the hinge pins (24) and the washers (25 thru 28) from the
piano hinge area with EXTRACTOR - HINGE PINS, CARGO DOOR
(98D52307523001).
(8) Carefully remove the cargo door from the fuselage and put it in an
applicable fixture.
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-11-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Cargo door
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (20) from the receptacle (19) and
remove the wire harness 4611VB (21) from the ceiling lining of the
actuator area (Ref. TASK 52-31-24-000-001).
(2) Remove the bonding jumpers (8) from the upper fuselage at FR27A and
FR25 as follows:
(a) Remove the screws (6), the washers (7) from the upper door frame.
(b) Remove the bonding jumpers (8) from the upper door frame.
(3) Disconnect the door actuators from the cargo door as follows:
(b) Remove the cotter pin (17), the nut (16) and the washer (15) from
the bolt (14).
(c) Hold the piston eye end (18) so that it cannot fall when you
remove the bolt (14).
(d) Remove the bolt (14) with the washer (15) and disconnect the
piston eye end (18) from the actuator attachment fitting (13).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 409
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(e) If necessary, remove the bushes (22) and (23) from the actuator
(4) Remove the screws (31) and the end fittings (30) with the shims (29)
from the piano hinge area.
(5) Apply masking material to the adjacent fuselage area to prevent

damage during the removal of the hinge pins (24).
(6) Make sure that the sling (5) is tight and that there is no load on
the hinge pins (24).
(8) Remove the hinge pins (24) and the washers (25 thru 28) from the
piano hinge area with EXTRACTOR-HINGE PINS, CARGO DOOR
(98D52307523000).
(9) Carefully remove the cargo door from the fuselage and put it in an
applicable fixture.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-11-942-066-A
A. Preparation of the Cargo Door for the Stowage
(1) Remove the end of the ropes (6) from the hooks of the turnbuckles
(7).
(2) Remove the ropes (6) from the rings of the ring bolts (5).
(3) Remove the rings of the turnbuckles (7) from the hooks of the
(4) Remove the ring bolts (5) with the rubber washers (4) from the
hoisting points (3).
(6) Install the plastic caps (4) into the upper hoisting points (3).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 410
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 52-31-11-400-002
Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98A52008509000 1 SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS
98D52307523001 1 EXTRACTOR - HINGE PINS, CARGO DOOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-011 USA SAE-AMS-G-4343

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-052 F ASNA 2879
SELF-ADHES.PVC DISKS FOR HOISTING POINT BLANKING
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 411
Aug 01/09

CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17 cotter pin 52-36-02 03 -080
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-00-00-864-001 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized
Configuration before Maintenance Action
29-10-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
52-31-11-100-001 Cleaning/Painting of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
52-31-11-820-001 Adjustment of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
52-31-11-820-004 Adjustment of the Door Opening Angle
52-31-24-400-001 Installation of the Wiring Harness 4611VB
52-71-00-820-003 Adjustment of the Proximity Switches 30WV and 32WV of
the Cargo Compartment Door Threshold
52-31-11-991-001-A Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-11-991-002 Fig. 402
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-11-991-002-A Fig. 402A

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
52-31-11-991-003 Fig. 403

52-31-11-991-004 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-11-860-056-A

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-11-991-001-A)
(1) Make sure that the access platform in position below the opened cargo
door.
(2) Put a CRANE 200KG (440 LB) in position at the cargo door.
(3) Attach the hoistung sling to the replacement cargo door as follows:
NOTE : The hoisting sling of the cargo doors (PN 98A52008509040) is

____
R part of the SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS (98A52008509000). The
hoisting sling includes the three-leg sling (PN
98A52008509104), the turnbuckle (PN 98A52008509100), the rope
(PN 98A52008509504) and the ring bolt (PN 98A52008509102).
(a) Attach the ring of the three-leg sling (8) to the crane.
(b) Attach the ring of the turnbuckles (7) on the hooks of the
(c) Remove the plastic caps (2) from the hoisting points (3).
(d) Install the ring bolts (5) with the rubber washers (4) in the
hoisting points (3). Tighten the ring bolts (5) only with your
hand.
(e) Attach the ropes (6) to the ring of the ring bolts (5).
(f) Attach the ends of the ropes (6) to the hooks of the turnbuckles
(7).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 413
Feb 01/09

CES
(g) If necessary, adjust the length of the leg with the turnbuckle
(7) until the three legs have the same length.
(h) Carefully operate the crane until the leg of the hoisting sling
is under load.
(4) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized and put
it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
Subtask 52-31-11-865-060
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-31-11-991-002)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-31-11-991-002-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-31-11-991-003, 404/TASK 52-31-11-991-004)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES
Gaps on FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 404/TASK 52-31-11-991-004

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 415
Nov 01/08
R
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-11-910-053

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(2) Examine the door frame of the fuselage for the correct condition.
(3) Examine the bushes in the piano hinges of the fuselage for possible
damage. If necessary, replace the applicable piano hinges halves.
(4) Make sure that the hinge pins (24) are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) to the countersink of the screws
(31).
(6) Prepare the shims (29) as follows:
(a) Put the shims (29) and the end fitting (30) in position to the
fuselage.
(b) Measure the offset between the end fittings (30) and the
remaining piano hinge halves of the fuselage.
(c) Change the thickness of the shims (29) until the end fittings
(30) align with the remaining piano hinge halves.
NOTE : A tolerance of 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) is permitted.

____
(d) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) to the mating surface of the
shim (29) and the fuselage.
(7) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the actuator bolt (14).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 416
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-31-11-420-051
B. Installation of the Cargo Door
(1) Move the replacement cargo door into the installation position and
align the bores of the piano hinge halves (cargo door hinges with
fuselage hinges).
(2) Install the hinge pins (24) with EXTRACTOR - HINGE PINS, CARGO DOOR
(98D52307523001) to connect both piano hinge halves.
(3) Adjust the lateral gaps between the cargo door and fuselage as
follows:
(a) Make sure that the door locking handle is in the UNLOCKED
position.
(b) Close the cargo door carefully with the crane and put the door
locking handle in the LOCKED position.
(c) Make sure that the lateral gaps A thru D are correct.
(d) Measure the gaps G between the piano hinge halves of the cargo
door and the fuselage.
(e) Pull out the hinge pins (24) about 150 mm (5.9055 in.) and
install the washers (25), (26), (27) and (28) in accordance with
the subsequent table between FR26A and FR26.
Table for Selection of Washers (Item 25 thru Item 28)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| GAP G IN mm (in.) | ITEM 25 | ITEM 26 | ITEM 27 | ITEM 28 |THICKNESS |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|0.0 (0.000) - 0.3 (0.011)| - | - | - | _ | _ |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|0.3 (0.011) - 0.4 (0.015)| 1 | - | - | _ |0.3 (0.011)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|0.4 (0.015) - 0.5 (0.020)| - | 1 | - | _ |0.4 (0.015)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|0.5 (0.020) - 0.6 (0.024)| - | - | 1 | _ |0.5 (0.020)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|0.6 (0.024) - 0.7 (0.028)| 2 | - | - | _ |0.6 (0.024)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|0.7 (0.028) - 0.8 (0.031)| 1 | 1 | - | _ |0.7 (0.028)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|0.8 (0.031) - 0.9 (0.035)| - | 2 | - | _ |0.8 (0.031)|

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 417
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|0.9 (0.035) - 1.0 (0.039)| - | 1 | 1 | _ |0.9 (0.035)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|1.0 (0.039) - 1.1 (0.043)| - | - | 2 | _ |1.0 (0.039)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|1.1 (0.043) - 1.2 (0.047)| 1 | 2 | - | _ |1.1 (0.043)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|1.2 (0.047) - 1.3 (0.051)| 1 | 1 | 1 | _ |1.2 (0.047)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|1.3 (0.051) - 1.4 (0.055)| 1 | - | 2 | _ |1.3 (0.051)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|1.4 (0.055) - 1.5 (0.059)| - | 1 | 2 | _ |1.4 (0.055)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|1.5 (0.059) - 1.6 (0.063)| - | - | 3 | _ |1.5 (0.059)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|1.6 (0.063) - 1.7 (0.067)| 2 | - | 2 | _ |1.6 (0.063)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|1.7 (0.067) - 1.8 (0.071)| 1 | 1 | 2 | _ |1.7 (0.067)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|1.8 (0.071) - 1.9 (0.075)| - | 2 | 2 | _ |1.8 (0.071)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|1.9 (0.075) - 2.0 (0.079)| - | 1 | 3 | _ |1.9 (0.075)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|2.0 (0.079) - 2.1 (0.083)| - | - | - | 1 |2.0 (0.079)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|2.1 (0.083) - 2.2 (0.087)| 2 | - | 3 | - |2.1 (0.083)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|2.2 (0.087) - 2.3 (0.091)| 1 | 1 | 3 | - |2.2 (0.087)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|2.3 (0.091) - 2.4 (0.095)| 1 | - | - | 1 |2.3 (0.091)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|2.4 (0.095) - 2.5 (0.098)| - | 1 | - | 1 |2.4 (0.095)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|2.5 (0.098) - 2.6 (0.102)| - | - | 1 | 1 |2.5 (0.098)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|2.6 (0.102) - 2.7 (0.106)| 2 | - | - | 1 |2.6 (0.102)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|2.7 (0.106) - 2.8 (0.110)| 1 | 1 | - | 1 |2.7 (0.106)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|2.8 (0.110) - 2.9 (0.114)| - | 2 | - | 1 |2.8 (0.110)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|2.9 (0.114) - 3.0 (0.118)| - | 1 | 1 | 1 |2.9 (0.114)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 418
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
NOTE : The THICKNESS column refers the total thickness of the
____
applicable washers in mm (in.).
(4) Install the hinge pins (24) again and make sure that the lateral gaps
A thru D are correct.
(5) Open the cargo door with the crane until the door opening angle is
between 135 and 136 degrees.
(6) Install the STRUT-SUPPORT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307524000) to safety the

(7) Attach the end-fittings (30) and the shims (29) with the screws (31)
on the fuselage structure.
(8) Connect the piston eye end (18) to the actuator attachment fittings
(13) of the cargo door as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bushes (22) and (23) into the actuator
(b) Put the piston eye end (18) to the actuator attachment fitting
(13) and install the bolt (14) with the washer (15).
NOTE : If you can not install the bolt (14) adjust the length of
____
the door actuator (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-004).
(c) Install the washer (15) and the nut (16) to the bolt (14).
119.46 lbf.in) and loosen it to the next cotter pin hole.
(e) Safety the nut (14) with the cotter pin (17).
(f) Install the bonding jumpers (10) with the bolts (12), the washers
(11) and the nuts (9) to the actuator attachment fitting (13)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(9) Install the wire harness 4611VB (21) to the ceiling lining of the
actuator area and connect the connector (20) to the receptacle (19)
(Ref. TASK 52-31-24-400-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 419
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-31-11

Page 420
Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-11-910-053-A

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
NOTE : If you remove a damaged bonding jumper (8) on the cargo door you
____
do not have to replace it.
(1) Remove the bonding jumpers (8) from the cargo door.
(2) Clean and paint the contact areas of the bonding jumpers (8) at the
cargo door and fuselage side as required (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-100-
001).
(3) Install the bolts (6) and the washers (7) with SEALANTS (Material No.
09-013) into the cargo door and the upper fuselage at FR25 and FR27A.
(5) Examine the door frame of the fuselage for the correct condition.
(6) Examine the bushes in the piano hinges of the fuselage for possible
damage. If a repair is not possible, replace the applicable piano
hinges halves.
(7) Make sure that the hinge pins (24) are clean and in the correct
condition.
(8) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the bushes of all piano
hinges and to the hinge pins (24).
(9) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) to the countersink of the screws
(31).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 421
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(10) Prepare the shims (29) as follows:
(a) Put the shims (29) and the end fitting (30) in position to the
fuselage.
(b) Measure the offset between the end fittings (30) and the
remaining piano hinge halves of the fuselage.
(c) Change the thickness of the shims (29) until the end fittings
(30) align with the remaining piano hinge halves.
NOTE : A tolerance of 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) is permitted.

____
(d) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) to the mating surface of the
shim (29) and the fuselage.
(11) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the actuator bolt.
Subtask 52-31-11-420-051-A
B. Installation of the Cargo Door
(1) Move the replacement cargo door into the installation position and
align the bores of the piano hinge halves (cargo door hinges with
fuselage hinges).
(2) Install the hinge pins (24) with EXTRACTOR - HINGE PINS, CARGO DOOR
(98D52307523001) to connect both piano hinge halves.
(3) Adjust the lateral gaps between the cargo door and fuselage as
follows:
(a) Make sure that the door locking handle is in the UNLOCKED
position.
(b) Close the cargo door carefully with the crane and put the door
locking handle in the LOCKED position.
(c) Make sure that the lateral gaps A thru D are correct.
(d) Measure the gaps G between the piano hinge halves of the cargo
door and the fuselage.
(e) Pull out the hinge pins (24) about 150 mm (5.9055 in.) and
install the washers (25), (26), (27) and (28) in accordance with
the subsequent table between FR26A and FR26.

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 422
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Table for Selection of Washers (Item 25 thru Item 28)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | GAP G IN mm (in.) | ITEM 25 | ITEM 26 | ITEM 27 | ITEM 28 |THICKNESS |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |0.0 (0.000) - 0.3 (0.011)| - | - | - | _ | _ |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |0.3 (0.011) - 0.4 (0.015)| 1 | - | - | _ |0.3 (0.011)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |0.4 (0.015) - 0.5 (0.020)| - | 1 | - | _ |0.4 (0.015)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |0.5 (0.020) - 0.6 (0.024)| - | - | 1 | _ |0.5 (0.020)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |0.6 (0.024) - 0.7 (0.028)| 2 | - | - | _ |0.6 (0.024)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |0.7 (0.028) - 0.8 (0.031)| 1 | 1 | - | _ |0.7 (0.028)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |0.8 (0.031) - 0.9 (0.035)| - | 2 | - | _ |0.8 (0.031)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |0.9 (0.035) - 1.0 (0.039)| - | 1 | 1 | _ |0.9 (0.035)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |1.0 (0.039) - 1.1 (0.043)| - | - | 2 | _ |1.0 (0.039)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |1.1 (0.043) - 1.2 (0.047)| 1 | 2 | - | _ |1.1 (0.043)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |1.2 (0.047) - 1.3 (0.051)| 1 | 1 | 1 | _ |1.2 (0.047)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |1.3 (0.051) - 1.4 (0.055)| 1 | - | 2 | _ |1.3 (0.051)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |1.4 (0.055) - 1.5 (0.059)| - | 1 | 2 | _ |1.4 (0.055)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |1.5 (0.059) - 1.6 (0.063)| - | - | 3 | _ |1.5 (0.059)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |1.6 (0.063) - 1.7 (0.067)| 2 | - | 2 | _ |1.6 (0.063)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |1.7 (0.067) - 1.8 (0.071)| 1 | 1 | 2 | _ |1.7 (0.067)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |1.8 (0.071) - 1.9 (0.075)| - | 2 | 2 | _ |1.8 (0.071)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |1.9 (0.075) - 2.0 (0.079)| - | 1 | 3 | _ |1.9 (0.075)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |2.0 (0.079) - 2.1 (0.083)| - | - | - | 1 |2.0 (0.079)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |2.1 (0.083) - 2.2 (0.087)| 2 | - | 3 | - |2.1 (0.083)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |2.2 (0.087) - 2.3 (0.091)| 1 | 1 | 3 | - |2.2 (0.087)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 423
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |2.3 (0.091) - 2.4 (0.095)| 1 | - | - | 1 |2.3 (0.091)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |2.4 (0.095) - 2.5 (0.098)| - | 1 | - | 1 |2.4 (0.095)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |2.5 (0.098) - 2.6 (0.102)| - | - | 1 | 1 |2.5 (0.098)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |2.6 (0.102) - 2.7 (0.106)| 2 | - | - | 1 |2.6 (0.102)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |2.7 (0.106) - 2.8 (0.110)| 1 | 1 | - | 1 |2.7 (0.106)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |2.8 (0.110) - 2.9 (0.114)| - | 2 | - | 1 |2.8 (0.110)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |2.9 (0.114) - 3.0 (0.118)| - | 1 | 1 | 1 |2.9 (0.114)|
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : The THICKNESS column refers the total thickness of the

____
applicable washers in mm (in.).
(4) Install the hinge pins (24) again and make sure that the lateral gaps
A thru D are correct.
(5) Open the cargo door with the crane until the door opening angle is
between 135 and 136 degrees.

(7) Attach the end-fittings (30) and the shims (29) with the screws (31)
on the fuselage structure.
(8) Connect the door actuators (19) to the actuator attachment fittings
(13) of the cargo door as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bushes (22) and (23) into the actuator
(b) Put the piston eye end (18) to the actuator attachment fitting
(13) and install the bolt (14) with the washer (15).
NOTE : If you can not install the bolt (14) adjust the length of
____
the door actuator (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-004).
(c) Install the washer (15) and the nut (16) to the bolt (14).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 424
Aug 01/08

CES
119.46 lbf.in) and loosen it to the next cotter pin hole.
(e) Safety the nut (14) with the cotter pin (17).
(f) Install the bonding jumpers (10) with the bolts (12), the washers
(11) and the nuts (9) to the actuator attachment fitting (13)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(9) Install the wire harness 4611VB (21) to the ceiling lining of the
actuator area and connect the connector (20) to the receptacle (19)
(Ref. TASK 52-31-24-400-001).
(10) If you install bonding jumpers (8) at the cargo door, install them
with the bolts (6) and the washers (7) to the upper fuselage at FR25
and FR27A (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
NOTE : Do the Preparation for Installation Procedure.(Ref. Para. A.).

____
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-31-11-080-050
C. Removal of the Hoisting Sling
(1) Remove the end of the ropes (6) from the hooks of the turnbuckles
(7).
(2) Remove the ropes (6) from the rings of the ring bolts (5).
(3) Remove the rings of the turnbuckles (7) from the hooks of the
(4) Remove the ring bolts (5) with the rubber washers (4) from the
hoisting points (3).
(6) Install the plastic caps (2) into the hoisting points (3).
(7) Put the self-adhesive disk (1), SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
052), on the plastic caps (2).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 425
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 52-31-11-865-051
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 52-31-11-860-057
E. Preparation for the Test
(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
Subtask 52-31-11-710-050
F. Operational Test of the Cargo Door
(1) Close the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002) and make sure that
it moves smoothly and easily.
(2) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-31-
11-820-001).
(3) Make sure that the cargo door seal is compressed around its length.
(4) Make sure that the proximity switch 30WV of the cargo door is
(5) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) and make sure that
it moves smoothly and easily.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-11-910-052-A
(1) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the end
fittings (23).
(2) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to all components
which have no other surface protection.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 426
Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 52-31-11-410-050
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 427
Aug 01/08

CES
DOOR - CARGO COMPARTMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________________
TASK 52-31-11-820-001
Adjustment of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To adjust the FWD cargo-compartment door immediately after replacement of

the door/door components, or if a door malfunction is reported.
____
inspection/checks
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-00-710-001 Operational Test of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
52-31-11-000-001 Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
52-31-11-400-002 Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
52-31-31-000-001 Removal of the Stop Bolts
52-31-31-400-001 Installation of the Stop Bolts
R 52-71-00-820-003 Adjustment of the Proximity Switches 30WV and 32WV of
R the Cargo Compartment Door Threshold

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 501
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-11-991-007 Fig. 501
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-11-991-007-A Fig. 501A
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-11-991-008 Fig. 502
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-11-991-008-A Fig. 502A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-11-010-057
A. Get Access
NOTE : You must do the door measurement under the subsequent conditions:
____
- A/C on Landing Gears or Jacks.
- Cargo Compartments unloaded.
- Fuel Tanks defueled.
- Air Condition System depressurized.
(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo compartment door (referred to as cargo
door) is correctly closed and locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(2) Put the access platform in position below the closed cargo door.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-11-820-051
A. Adjustment of the lateral gaps A thru F
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-31-11-991-007)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-31-11-991-007-A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-31-11-991-008)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-31-11-991-008-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Measure the lateral gaps A thru F between the cargo door and the
door frame.
(2) If these gaps are larger or smaller than permitted, remove the end
fitting from the piano hinge area (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-000-001).
(3) Change the thickness of the adjustment washers between the two piano
hinge halves of FR26A and FR26.
(4) Make sure that the lateral gaps A thru F are correct.
(5) Install the end fittings to the piano hinge area (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-
400-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES
R Lateral Gaps - FWD Cargo Door/Fuselage
Figure 501/TASK 52-31-11-991-007

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-11

Page 504
May 01/07

CES
Lateral Gaps - FWD Cargo Door/Fuselage
Figure 501A/TASK 52-31-11-991-007-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-11

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES
Skin Offset - FWD Cargo Door/Fuselage
Figure 502/TASK 52-31-11-991-008

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-11

Page 506
May 01/05

CES
Skin Offset - FWD Cargo Door/Fuselage
Figure 502A/TASK 52-31-11-991-008-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-11

Page 507
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-11-820-062-A
B. Adjustment of the Skin Offset
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-31-11-991-008)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-31-11-991-008-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(1) Make sure that the stop bolts (13) do not touch the stop fittings
(14) (Ref. TASK 52-31-31-000-001).
(2) Make sure that the latching hooks (3) at FR25 and FR27A touch the
rear of the rollers (4).
(3) Measure the skin offsets H thru N between the external contour of
the cargo door and the fuselage contour:
- The skin offsets H and J must be between -0.1 mm (-0.0039 in.)
and -3.1 mm (-0.1220 in.)
- The skin offsets K and L must be between -1.5 mm (-0.0590 in.)
and -4.5 mm (-0.1771 in.)
- The skin offsets M and N must be between -0.1 mm (-0.0039 in.)
and -3.1 mm (-0.1220 in.).
(4) Adjust the skin offsets M and N as follows:
NOTE : The other skin offsets are related to the limits of the skin
____
offsets M and N.
(a) Remove the nuts (9) and the washers (8) from the special bolt
(11).
(b) Remove the serrated plates (2) and (10) from the adjusting bush
(5) and the eccentric bolt (1).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 508
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(c) Turn the adjusting bush (5) and the eccentric bolt (1) until all
the skin offsets are correct.
(d) Install the serrated plates (2) and (10) on the eccentric bolt
(1) and the adjusting bush (5).
(e) Make sure that the serrated plates (2) and (10) are correctly
installed (Ref. TASK 52-31-32-400-001).
(f) Attach the serrated plates (2) and (10) with the washers (8), the
nuts (9) and the special bolts (11) to the door frame fitting
(12).
(g) TORQUE the nuts (9) to between 0.3 and 0.4 m.daN (26.54 and 35.39
lbf.in).
(5) Make sure that the clearances between the stop fittings (14) and the
heads of the stop bolts (13) are between 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) and 0.5
mm (0.0196 in.) (Ref. TASK 52-31-31-400-001).
(6) Make sure that the clearances between the proximity sensor 30WV and
the related target is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-
003).
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-11-820-062
B. Adjustment of the Skin Offset

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-31-11-991-008)
(1) Make sure that the stop bolts (13) do not touch the stop fittings
(14) (Ref. TASK 52-31-31-000-001).
(2) Make sure that the locking hooks (3) at FR25 and FR27A touch the rear
of the rollers (4).
(3) Measure the skin offsets H thru N between the external contour of
the cargo door and the fuselage contour:
- The skin offsets H and J must be between -0.1 mm (-0.0039 in.)
and -3.1 mm (-0.1220 in.)
- The skin offsets K and L must be between -1.5 mm (-0.0590 in.)
and -4.5 mm (-0.1771 in.)
- The skin offsets M and N must be between -0.1 mm (-0.0039 in.)
and -3.1 mm (-0.1220 in.).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 509
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R (4) Adjust the skin offsets M and N as follows:
NOTE : The other skin offsets are related to the limits of the skin
____
offsets M and N.
(a) Remove the nuts (9) and the washers (8) from the special bolt
(10).
(b) Remove the serrated plates (2) and (10) from the adjusting bush
(5) and the eccentric bolt (1).
(c) Turn the adjusting bush (5) and the eccentric bolt (1) until all
the skin offsets are correct.
(d) Install the serrated plates (2) and (10) on the eccentric bolt
(1) and the adjusting bush (5).
(e) Make sure that the serrated plates (2) and (10) are correctly
(f) Attach the serrated plates (2) and (10) with the washers (8) and
the nuts (9) to the door frame fitting (12).
(g) TORQUE the nuts (9) to between 0.3 and 0.4 m.daN (26.54 and 35.39
lbf.in).
(5) Make sure that the clearances between the stop fittings (14) and the
heads of the stop bolts (13) are between 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) and 0.5
mm (0.0196 in.) (Ref. TASK 52-31-31-400-001).
R (6) Make sure that the clearances between the proximity sensor 30WV and
R the related target is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-
R 003).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-31-11-820-061
C. Adjustment of the Drift Pins
(1) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) to get access to the
fuselage pockets of the drift pins.
(2) Measure the distance X between the external contour of the cargo door
to the flat of the drift pin (16).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 510
May 01/09

CES
(3) Measure the distance Y between the outer skin of the fuselage and the
plate (17) in the fuselage pockets.
(4) Put shim(s) (15) under the plate (17) until the dimension of the
distance Y is the same as the distance X.
NOTE : A tolerance of 0.0 +0.5 -0.0 mm (0.0000 +0.0196 -0.0000 in.)

____
is permitted.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-11-220-056-A
D. Dimensional Check
(1) Make sure that the clearances of latching hooks (3) and the roller
(4) between FR25A and FR27 are correct.
NOTE : The permitted clearance is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.)

____
(2) Install the access panel(s) 825AR.
(3) Make sure that the applicable access panel is in line with the
fuselage contour of the door sill area.
NOTE : The permitted tolerance of the skin offset is -1.5 mm (-0.0590

____
in.).
(4) Measure the gap G between the applicable access panel and the door
sill edge of the fuselage.
(5) Make sure that the subsequent clearances are correct (Ref. TASK 52-
31-00-710-001) during the cargo door starts to open:
- between the latching hooks and the door frame fittings,
- between the latching hooks and the door sill.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 511
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-11-220-056
D. Dimensional Check
(1) Make sure that the clearances of locking hooks (3) and the roller (4)
between FR25A and FR27 are correct.
NOTE : The permitted clearance is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.)

____
(2) Install the access panel(s) 825AR.
(3) Make sure that the applicable access panel is in line with the
fuselage contour of the door sill area.
NOTE : The permitted tolerance of the skin offset is -1.5 mm (-0.0590

____
in.).
(4) Measure the gap G between the applicable access panel and the door
sill edge of the fuselage.
(5) Make sure that the subsequent clearances are correct (Ref. TASK 52-
31-00-710-001) during the cargo door starts to open:
- between the locking hooks and the door frame fittings,
- between the locking hooks and the door sill.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-11-410-072
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Make sure that the applicable cargo door is correctly closed and
locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 512
May 01/09
R
CES
TASK 52-31-11-820-002
Adjustment of the Door Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific mounting nut (e.g. NAS 509-4)
R 98D52307525000 1 TOOL-ADJUSTMENT, CARGO DOORS
R 98D52308308000 1 PIN-RIGGING, CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion resistant steel, 0.8 mm (0.032

in.)
SEALANT,POLYSULFIDE (USE 09-018) (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 513
Nov 01/07

CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 cotter pin 52-31-21 03 -420

8 tab washer 52-31-21 03 -350
14 tab washer 52-31-21 02 -140
R 17 tab washer 52-31-21 02 -140
30 cotter pin 52-31-21 19 -010
35 cotter pin 52-31-21 16 -010
42 cotter pin 52-31-21 16 -050
43 cotter pin 52-31-21 16 -050
50 cotter pin 52-31-21 16 -010
55 tap washer 52-31-21 20B-100
60 cotter pin 52-31-21 20B-010
66 cotter pin 52-31-21 20B-010
68 tab washer 52-31-21 20B-100
103 tab washer 52-31-21 15 -080
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-00-720-001 Functional Test of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
52-31-21-000-006 Removal of the Interlock Mechanism
52-31-21-400-006 Installation of the Interlock Mechanism
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-11-991-009 Fig. 503
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-11-991-009-B Fig. 503A

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 514
Aug 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-11-991-009-A Fig. 503B
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-11-991-010 Fig. 504
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-11-991-010-B Fig. 504A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-11-991-010-A Fig. 504B
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-11-991-011 Fig. 505
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-11-991-011-B Fig. 505A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-11-991-011-A Fig. 505B
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-11-991-042 Fig. 506

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 515
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-11-991-030 Fig. 507
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-11-991-030-A Fig. 507A
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-11-991-012 Fig. 508
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-11-991-012-B Fig. 508A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-11-991-012-A Fig. 508B
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-11-991-025 Fig. 509
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-11-991-025-A Fig. 509A

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 516
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-11-010-058
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door) and
install the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the cargo door.
Subtask 52-31-11-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-11-010-059
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the lining and insulation (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-001) to get
access to the drift pin mechanism.
(2) Remove the access panel 825AR to get access to the latching and
locking mechanism.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 517
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-11-010-059-A
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the lining and insulation (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-001) to get
access to the drift pin mechanism.
(2) Remove the access panel 825AR to get access to the locking mechanism.
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-11-820-052
A. Adjustment of the Door Handle
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-31-11-991-009)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 503B/TASK 52-31-11-991-009-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(1) Move the door handle of the open cargo door to the LOCKED position as
follows:

release the blockage of the latching shaft.
(b) Move the door handle down and push it into the recess of the door
structure.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 518
Feb 01/10

CES
Adjustment of the Door Handle
Figure 503/TASK 52-31-11-991-009

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-11

Page 519
May 01/05

CES
R Adjustment of the Locking Handle
R Figure 503A/TASK 52-31-11-991-009-B

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 520
May 01/05

CES
Adjustment of the Door Handle
Figure 503B/TASK 52-31-11-991-009-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-11

Page 521
Feb 01/10

CES
(2) Measure the lateral gap A between the door handle and the door
structure.
NOTE : The lateral gaps A should have the same size and must be
____
between 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) and 3.0 mm (0.1181 in.).
(3) If the lateral gaps A are out of tolerance,change the position of
the door handle as follows:
(a) Remove the screws (119) and (120), the washers (118) and the
access cover (117) from the inboard of the cargo door.
(b) Remove the screws (112) and lock device (113) from the door
structure.
(c) Install a mounting nut (e.g. NAS 509-4) on the spring bolt to
keep the handle spring in position.
(d) Carefully remove the door handle shaft (114) and change the
position and/or the quantity of the adjustment washers (115) and
(116).
(e) Assemble the door handle shaft (114) and the adjustment washers
(115) and (116) on the door structure.
(f) Make sure that the lateral gaps A are correctly adjusted.
(g) Safety the door handle shaft (114) with the lock device (113) and
the screws (112).
(h) Remove the mounting nut from the spring bolt.
(4) Adjust the offset B of the door handle as follows:
(a) Make sure that the door handle is in line with the cargo door
structure.
NOTE : It is allowed that the door handle is out of wind for max.
____
1.0 mm (0.0393 in.)
(b) If the offset is out of tolerances, move the door handle up to

the UNLOCKED position.
(c) Loosen the nut (111) and turn the stop bolt (110) as required.
(d) If the offset B is correct, tigthen the nut (111).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 522
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(5) Put the access panel (117) in position to the inner skin of the cargo
door and attach it with the screws (119) and (120) and the washers
(118).
(6) Move the door handle into the fully UNLOCKED position.
Subtask 52-31-11-820-053
B. Adjustment of the Skin Offset at the Door Handle
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-31-11-991-010)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 504B/TASK 52-31-11-991-010-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(1) Measure the skin offset C between the door handle (128) and the
access panel (127).
NOTE : The skin offset C must be between 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) and
____
0.7 mm (0.0275 in.).
(2) If the skin offset C is not in the limits, adjust the position of
the catch hook (125) as follows:
(a) Remove the screws (124), the catch hook (125) and the shim (126)
from the structure fitting (121).
(b) Prepare the shim (126) as required until the skin offset C is
correct.
(c) Attach the catch hook (125) and the shim (126) with the screws
(124) on the structure fitting (121).
(d) Make sure that the skin offset C is correctly adjusted.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 523
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Adjustment of the Handle Flap
Figure 504/TASK 52-31-11-991-010

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-11

Page 524
May 01/05

CES
R Adjustment of the Handle Flap
R Figure 504A/TASK 52-31-11-991-010-B

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 525
May 01/05

CES
Adjustment of the Handle Flap
Figure 504B/TASK 52-31-11-991-010-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-11

Page 526
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-31-11-820-054
C. Adjustment of the Latching Mechanism
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-31-11-991-011)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 505B/TASK 52-31-11-991-011-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(1) Move the latching units of the open cargo door to the locked
condition as follows:

(b) Move the door handle down to the locked position and push it into
(2) Make sure that the door handle is in line with the door structure
during this adjustment procedure.
(3) Install the rigging pin (144) into the door frame and the shaft lever
bolt (135). This makes sure that the upper dead center is correctly
adjusted.
NOTE : The rigging pin 98D52307525200 (144) is part of the TOOL-

____
ADJUSTMENT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307525000).
(4) If you cannot install the rigging pin (144) into the shaft lever bolt
(135) , adjust the length of the connection rod (131) as follows:
(a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(133).
(b) Loosen the upper and lower jam nuts (132).
(c) Turn the turnbuckle (134) until you can install the rigging pin
(144) into the shaft lever bolt (135).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 527
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Adjustment of the Latching Mechanism
Figure 505/TASK 52-31-11-991-011

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-11

Page 528
Nov 01/07

CES
R Adjustment of the Locking Unit
R Figure 505A/TASK 52-31-11-991-011-B

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 529
May 01/05

CES
Adjustment of the Latching Mechanism
Figure 505B/TASK 52-31-11-991-011-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-11

Page 530
Feb 01/10

CES
(d) Tighten the jam nuts (132) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (133).
(5) Adjust the length of the link rod (139) as follows to make sure that
the lower dead center is correct:
(137).
(c) Turn the turnbuckle (138) until the back of the bellcrank (140)
touches the stop bolt (143).
(d) Make sure that you can install the rigging pin (142) into the
door frame and the bellcrank bolt (141).
NOTE : The rigging pin 98D52307525100 (142) is part of the TOOL-

____
ADJUSTMENT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307525000).
(e) If not, turn the turnbuckle (138) until you can install the
rigging pin (142) easily.
(f) Tighten the jam nuts (136) and safety them with lockwire,
(g) Remove the rigging pins (142) and (144).
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-11-820-052-A
A. Adjustment of the Locking Handle

(Ref. Fig. 503A/TASK 52-31-11-991-009-B)
(1) Examine the horizontal position of the locking handle as follows:

(b) Turn the locking handle up to the LOCKED position and push it

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 531
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(c) Measure the clearance between the locking handle and the recess
of the handle flap.
NOTE : The clearance must be between 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) and 3.0
____
mm (0.1181 in.).
(2) If the clearance between the locking handle and the recess of the
handle flap is not correct, adjust the setscrew (15):
(a) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle out of the
recess.
(b) Turn the locking handle down to the UNLOCKED position.
(c) Bend the tab washer (17) to release the locking nut (16).
(d) Remove the lock nut (16), the tab washer (17) and the setscrew
(15) from the bracket (18).
(e) Make sure that the setscrew (15) is in a good and clean
condition.
(f) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-003) to the threaded hole of the
bracket (18).
(g) Install the setscrew (15), the new tab washer (17) and the lock
nut (16) on the bracket (18).
(h) Turn the setscrew (15) to adjust the clearance between the
locking handle and the recess of the handle flap correctly.
NOTE : The locking handle must be in the horizontal position.

____
(i) If the horiontal position is correctly adjusted, tighten the lock

nut (16) and safety it with the new tab washer (17).
(3) Make sure that the locking handle is in line with the handle flap as
follows:

(b) Turn the locking handle up to the LOCKED position and push it

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 532
Nov 01/07
R
CES
(4) Adjust the linkage (10) as follows to make sure that the position of
the safety shaft is correct:
safety shaft lever (4).
(c) Disconnect the rod eye end (6) from the safety shaft lever (4).
(d) If necessary, bend the tab washer (8) and loosen the lock nut
(7).
NOTE : If required, replace the tab washer (8).

____
(e) Turn the rod eye end (6) until the length of the linkage (10) is
(f) Put the rod eye end (6) on the safety shaft lever (4) and install
the bolt (5), the washers (3) and the nut (2).
(g) Tighten the nut (2) and safety it with the new cotter pin (1).
(5) Make sure that the lock nut (13) is correctly safetied with the new
tab washer (14) after the adjustment of the drift pin.
Subtask 52-31-11-820-053-A
B. Adjustment of the Handle Flap Linkage

(Ref. Fig. 504A/TASK 52-31-11-991-010-B)
(1) Examine that the handle flap linkage (24) latches the locking handle
correctly.
(a) Move the locking handle in the horizontal position.
(b) Push the locking handle inboard and look if the hook (25) engages
the catch (26).
(2) If not, adjust the handle flap linkage (24) as follows:
(a) Move the locking handle in the UNLOCKED position.
(b) Push the handle flap inboards to get access to the handle flap
linkage (24).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 533
Nov 01/07
R
CES
(c) Cut and remove the lockwire from the lock nuts (21),(23) and the
adjustment screw (22).
(d) Loosen the lock nuts (21),(23).
(e) Turn the adjustment screw (22) to make sure that the hook (25)
engages the catch (26).
NOTE : The locking handle must be in the LOCKED position and

____
align with the handle flap.
(4) Safety the nuts (21), (23) and the adjustment screw (22) with
lockwire, corrosion resistant steel, 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
Subtask 52-31-11-820-054-A
C. Adjustment of the Locking Unit

R (Ref. Fig. 505A/TASK 52-31-11-991-011-B, 506/TASK 52-31-11-991-042)
(1) Move the locking units of the open cargo door to the locked condition
as follows:
R (a) Push the roller lever of the interlock mechanism outboard to

R release the blockage of the locking shaft.
R (2) Install the rigging pin (98D52307525200) into each frame and the
R related shaft lever bolt (28). This makes sure that the upper dead
R center is correctly adjusted.
R NOTE : The rigging pin is part of the TOOL-ADJUSTMENT, CARGO DOORS

____
R (98D52307525000).
R (3) If you cannot install the rigging pin (98D52307525200) into the shaft
R lever bolt (28), adjust the upper dead center as follows:
R (b) Loosen the nut (31) to disconnect the deflection lever (32) and
R the serrated plate (33) from the serrated bush (34).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 534
Nov 01/07

CES
R Check of the Upper and Lower Dead Center
R Figure 506/TASK 52-31-11-991-042

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 535
Nov 01/07

CES
R (c) Turn the deflection lever (32) and/or the serrated plate (33) to
R change their position in relation to the serrated bush (34), as
R necessary.
R - For an approximate adjustment, let the serrated plate (33)
R stay in its position related to the serrated bush (34).
R - For a more accurate adjustment, let the serrated plate (33)
R stay in its position related to the deflection lever (32).
R - For a very accurate adjustment, turn the deflection lever
R (32) and the serrated plate (33). Turn them by one tooth but in
R opposite direction in relation to the position of the serrated
R bush (34).
R (d) Make sure that you can install the rigging pin into the shaft
R lever bolt (28) easily.
R (e) Tighten the nut (31) and safety it with a new cotter pin (30).
R (4) Install the rigging pin (98D52307525100) into each door frame and the
R related bellcrank bolt (29). This makes sure that the lower dead
R center is correctly adjusted.
R NOTE : The rigging pin is part of the TOOL-ADJUSTMENT, CARGO DOORS

____
R (98D52307525000).
R (5) If you cannot the install the rigging pin (98D52307525100) into the
R bellcrank bolt (29), adjust the lower dead center as follows:
R
(b) Remove the nut (44) and the washer (45) from the special bolt
(47).
(c) Disconnect the serrated plate (46) from the special bolt (47) and
the eccentric bolt (48).
(e) Loosen the nut (49) and turn the eccentric bolt (48) as
necessary.
R (f) Make sure that you can install the rigging pin into the bellcrank
R bolt (29) easily.
R
(g) Tighten the nut (49) correctly and safety it with a new cotter
pin (50).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 536
Nov 01/07

CES
(h) Put the serrated plate (46) in position at the special bolt (47)
and the eccentric bolt (48).
(i) Install the washer (45) and the nut (44) on the special bolt
(47).
(j) Tighten the nut (44) correctly and safety it with a new cotter
pin (43).
(6) Move the locking units of the opened cargo door to their unlocked
(a) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle out of the
recess.
(b) Turn the locking handle down to the LOCKED position.
(7) Adjust the clearance of the locking hooks as follows:
(a) Close the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002) but do not lock
it at this step.
(b) Hold the cargo door in the closed position and make sure that the
locking handle is in the UNLOCKED position.
(d) Remove the nut (41) and the washer (40) from the special bolt
(38).
(e) Disconnect the serrated plate (39) from the special bolt (38) and
(f) Remove and discard the cotter pin (35) from the nut (36).
(g) Loosen the nut (36) and turn the eccentric bolt (37) as
necessary.
(h) Make sure that the locking hooks clearance is correct (Ref. TASK
52-31-00-720-001).
(i) Tighten the nut (36) correctly and safety it with a new cotter
pin (35).
(j) Put the serrated plate (39) in position at the special bolt (38)
and the eccentric bolt (37).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 537
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(k) Install the washer (40) and the nut (41) on the special bolt
(38).
(l) Tighten the nut (41) correctly and safety it with a new cotter
pin (42).
(m) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-11-820-063
D. Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 52-31-11-991-030)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 507A/TASK 52-31-11-991-030-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(1) Move the door handle away from the door structure up to the 65 degree
position.
- Make sure that the cargo door remains latched.
(2) Measure the gap C between the lock cam (156) and the latching hook
(155).
NOTE : The dimension of gap C must be more than 2.0 mm (0.0787
____
in.).
(3) If the dimension is out of tolerance, adjust the control rod (151) as
follows:
(153).
(c) Turn the turnbuckle (154) until the dimension is correct.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 538
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Adjustment of Locking Mechansim
R Figure 507/TASK 52-31-11-991-030

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-11

Page 539
Nov 01/07

CES
Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism
Figure 507A/TASK 52-31-11-991-030-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-11

Page 540
Feb 01/10

CES
(d) Tighten the jam nuts (152) and safety them with MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (153).
Subtask 52-31-11-820-055
E. Adjustment of the Drift Pin Mechanism
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 52-31-11-991-012)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 508B/TASK 52-31-11-991-012-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(1) Extend the drift pins on the open cargo door as follows:

(2) Install the PIN-RIGGING, CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR (98D52308308000)

(165) into the bearing assy (164) and the shaft lever (162).
(3) If you cannot install the PIN-RIGGING, CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR (165)
into the shaft lever (162), adjust the length of the control rod
(166) as follows:
(169).
(c) Turn the turnbuckle (167) until you can install the rigging pin
(165) into shaft lever (162).
(d) Tighten the jam nuts (168) and safety them with the lockwire,

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 541
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Adjustment of the Drift Pins
R Figure 508/TASK 52-31-11-991-012

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-11

Page 542
Nov 01/07

CES
R Figure 508A/TASK 52-31-11-991-012-B

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 543
Nov 01/07

CES
Figure 508B/TASK 52-31-11-991-012-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-11

Page 544
Feb 01/10

CES
(4) Measure the distance U between the end of the extended drift pins
(160) and the edge members of the cargo door.
NOTE : The distance U must be between 34.7 mm (1.3661 in.) and 37.7
____
mm (1.4842 in.).
(5) Move the door handle away from the door structure up to the 65 degree
position.
(6) Make sure that the ends of the retracted drift pins are behind the
skin edges of the cargo door.
Subtask 52-31-11-820-060
F. Adjustment of the Interlock Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 52-31-11-991-025)
(1) Make sure that the door handle of the opened cargo door is in the
fully UNLOCKED position.
(2) Measure the gap Z between the stop assy (173) and the interlock cam
(171) of the latching shaft.
NOTE : The gap Z must be between 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) and 1.4 mm
____
(0.0551 in.).
(3) Adjust the gap Z as follows:
(a) If necessary, bent the tab washer (176) from the lock nut (175).
(b) Loosen the lock nut (175) remove the stop bolt (174) from the
interlock lever (172).
(c) Replace the tab washer (176) and install it with the stop bolt
(174) and the lock nut (175) on the interlock lever (172).
(d) Turn the stop bolt (174) in or out until the gap Z is correct.
(e) Tighten the lock nut (175) correctly and safety it with the new
tab washer (176).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 545
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Stop of the Interlock Mechanism
Figure 509/TASK 52-31-11-991-025

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 546
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-11-820-055-A
E. Adjustment of the Drift Pin Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 508A/TASK 52-31-11-991-012-B)
(1) Extend the drift pins on the open cargo door as follows:

(2) Measure the offset X between center lines of the bellcrank lever
(53) and the extended drift pins.
NOTE : The offset between the parallel center lines must be between
____
1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) and 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.).
(3) If the offset X is out of tolerance, adjust the length of the
teleflex controls as follows:
bellcrank lever (53).
(c) Disconnect the eye end (54) and the bush (58) from the bellcrank
lever (53).
(56).
NOTE : In this case, replace the tap washer (55).

____
(e) Turn the eye-end (54) until the offset is correct.
(f) Look through the inspection hole of the eye end (54). Make sure
that you can see the upper threaded end of the control cable
(57).
(g) Tighten the lock nut (56) correctly and safety it with the tab
washer (55).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 547
Nov 01/07

CES
(4) When it is not possible to adjust the offset correctly, change the
length of the teleflex controls as follows:
lever (63) of the safety shaft.
(c) Remove the eye end (67) and the bush (64) from the lever (63).
(69).
NOTE : In this case, replace the tab washer (68)

____
(e) Turn the eye end (67) until the offset is correct.
(f) Look through the inspection hole of the eye end (67). Make sure
that you can see the lower, threaded end of the control cable
(57).
(g) If the dead center measurement X is correct, tighten the lock
nut (69) and safety it with the tab washer (68).
(5) Attach the eye end (67) on the lever (63) as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (64) on the lever (63).
(b) Put the eye end (67) in position to the lever (63) and install
the bolt (61), the washers (62) and the nut (65).
(c) Tighten the nut (65) correctly and safety it with a new cotter
pin (66).
(6) Attach the eye end (54) on the bellcrank lever (53) as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (58) on the bellcrank lever (53).
(b) Put the eye end (54) in position to the bellcrank lever (53) and
(c) Tighten the nut (59) correctly and safety it with a new cotter
pin (60).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 548
Nov 01/07
R
CES
(7) Set the drift pins in its retracted position as follows:
(a) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle away from the
(b) Turn the locking handle down to the UNLOCKED position to get
access to the handle mechanism.
(8) Measure the distance Y between the edge member of the cargo door
and the end of retracted drift pins.
NOTE : The allowable max. distance Y can be 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.).
____
(9) Adjust the set screw (12) on the limit lever of the handle mechanism
as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 503A/TASK 52-31-11-991-009-B)
(a) If necessary, bend the tab washer (14)
(b) Remove the nut (13), the tab washer (14) and the setscrew (12).
(c) Make sure that the setscrew (12) is in a correct condition.
(d) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-003) on the threaded hole of the
limit lever.
(e) Install the setscrew (12), the new tab washer (14) and the nut
(13) on the limit lever (11).
(f) Turn the setscrew (12) in or out until the distance Y is
correct.
(g) Tighten the nut (13) and safety it with the tab washer (14).
Subtask 52-31-11-820-060-A
F. Adjustment of the Interlock Mechanism Stop

R (Ref. Fig. 509A/TASK 52-31-11-991-025-A)
(1) Make sure that the locking handle of the opened cargo door is in the
UNLOCKED position.
(2) Measure the gap Z between the stop (105) of the interlock lever
(104) and the interlock cam (106) of the locking shaft.
NOTE : The gap Z must be between 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) and 1.4 mm
____
(0.0551 in.).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 549
Nov 01/07

CES
Stop of the Interlock Mechanism
R Figure 509A/TASK 52-31-11-991-025-A

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 550
Nov 01/07

CES
(3) Adjust the gap Z as follows:
(a) If necessary, bent the tab washer (103) and remove the stop (105)
from the interlock lever (104). (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-006).
(b) Replace the tab washer (103).
(c) Install the stop (105) on the interlock lever (104) (Ref. TASK
52-31-21-400-006).
(d) Turn the adjustment screw (101) of the stop (105) in or out until
the gap Z is correct.
(e) Tighten the lock nut (102) correctly and safety it with the new
tab washer (103).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-31-11-720-051
G. Do the functional test to make sure that the door locking mechanism
operates satisfactory (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-11-410-057
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Install the lining and insulation on the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-31-
13-400-001).
Subtask 52-31-11-865-055
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 551
Nov 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 52-31-11-410-058
C. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety locks.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 552
Nov 01/07
R
CES
TASK 52-31-11-820-003
Adjustment of the Vent Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, 0.8 mm (0.032

in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72 tab washers 52-31-22 02A-240

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 553
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-22-400-001 Installation of the Vent Door
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-11-991-013 Fig. 510
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-11-991-013-B Fig. 510A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-11-991-013-A Fig. 510B
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-11-010-061
A. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable cargo door and install the actuator safety locks
to get access to the internal vent door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 554
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-31-11-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-31-11-010-062
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the access panel(s) 825AR to get access to the interlock
mechanism.
(2) Remove the lining and insulation to get access to the inner side of
the cargo door structure (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-001).
(3) Remove the screws and the washers and disconnect the cover assy from
the brackets of the cargo door structure.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-11-820-057
A. Adjustent of the Skin Offset
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 510/TASK 52-31-11-991-013)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 510B/TASK 52-31-11-991-013-A)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 555
Feb 01/10

CES
R Figure 510/TASK 52-31-11-991-013

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-11

Page 556
Nov 01/07

CES
R Figure 510A/TASK 52-31-11-991-013-B

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 557
Nov 01/07

CES
Figure 510B/TASK 52-31-11-991-013-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-11

Page 558
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(1) Remove the vent door stop from the opened vent door as follows:
(a) Release the tab washers (187) from the jam nuts (186).
(b) Loosen the jam nuts (186) to release the adjustment bolts (185).
(c) Remove the adjustment bolts (185) with the jam nuts (186) and the
tab washers (187) from the hinge arms (188).
(d) Remove and discard the tab washers (187).
(2) Close the vent door as follows:

(3) Measure the skin offset A between the external contour of the vent
door and the FWD cargo door.
- Make sure that the skin offset A which must be out of wind is
between 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) and 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.)
(4) If the skin offset A is not correct, adjust the length of the
connection rod (181) as follows:
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the lock devices (182).
(b) Loosen the jam nuts (183) to release the turnbuckle (184).
(c) Turn the turnbuckle (184) until the skin offset correctly
adjusted.
(d) Tighten the jam nuts (183) and safety them with MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010) on the lock devices (182).
(5) Adjust the clearance between the vent door stop and the stop of the
vent door frame as follows:
(a) Pull the door handle out of the recess until it is in the 65
degree position to open the vent door.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 559
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(b) Install the adjustment bolts (185) with the jam nuts (186) and
new tab washers (187) in the hinge arms (188).
- Make sure that the tab washers (187) are correctly attached on
the hinge arms (188).
(c) Close the vent door again (Refer to Para. A.2).
(d) Turn the adjustment bolts (185) until the clearance is between
0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.).
(e) Tighten the jam nuts (186) and Safety them with the tab washers
(187).
(6) Push up the door handle until it is in the UNLOCKED position.

position.
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-11-820-057-A
A. Adjustent of the Skin Offset

(Ref. Fig. 510A/TASK 52-31-11-991-013-B)
(1) Remove the vent door stop from the opened vent door as follows:
(b) Loosen the jam nuts (73) to release the adjustment bolts (74).
(c) Remove the adjustment bolts (74) with the jam nuts (73) and the
tab washers (72)from the hinge arms (71).
(d) Remove and discard the tab washers (72).
(2) Close the vent door as follows:

(3) Measure the skin offset between the external contour of the vent door
and the FWD cargo door.
- Make sure that the skin offset which must be out of wind is between
0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) and 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 560
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(4) If the skin offset is not correct, adjust the length of the
connecting rod (78) as follows:
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the locking devices (75).
(b) Loosen the jam nuts (76) to release the turnbuckle (77).
(c) Turn the turnbuckle (77) to set the connection rod (78) to the
correct length and to adjust the skin offset correctly.
(d) Tighten the jam nuts (76).
(e) Safety the jam nuts (76) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant

steel, 0.8 mm (0.032 in.) on the locking devices (75).
(5) Adjust the clearance between the vent door stop and the stop of the
(a) Pull the locking handle out of the recess and turn it down to the
unlocked position to open the vent door.
(b) Install the adjustment bolts (74) with the jam nuts (73) and new
tab washers (72) in the hinge arms (71).
- Make sure that the tab washers (72) are correctly attached on
the hinge arms (71).
(c) Close the vent door again (Refer to Para. A.2).
(d) Turn the adjustment bolts (74) until the clearance is between 0.2
mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.).
(e) Tighten the jam nuts (73).
(f) Safety the jam nuts (73) with the tab washers (72).
(6) Pull the locking handle out of the recess and turn it down to the
unlocked position.

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 561
Nov 01/07

CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-11-410-059
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Put the cover assy to the brackets of the cargo door structure and
attach it with the related screws and washers (Ref. TASK 52-31-22-
400-001).
(3) Install the lining and insulation (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-400-001).
Subtask 52-31-11-865-057
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 52-31-11-410-060
C. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD and/or AFT cargo
door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 562
Nov 01/07
R
CES
TASK 52-31-11-820-004
Adjustment of the Door Opening Angle
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific clinometer
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)
R 98D52307524000 1 STRUT-SUPPORT, CARGO DOORS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
81 cotter pins 52-36-02 03 -080

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 563
Nov 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Crane
R 52-31-11-991-015 Fig. 511
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-11-010-063
A. Get Access
(1) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-31-11-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 564
Nov 01/07

CES
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 52-31-11-991-015)
Subtask 52-31-11-820-059
A. Adjustment of the Door Opening Angle
(2) Hold the clinometer in position at the actuator attachment fitting

with the cargo door in the locked position.
(3) Measure and write down the number of degrees.
(4) Open the cargo door to a vertical position (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
001).
(5) Disconnect the eye-ends (93) of both door actuator (90) as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (89), the washers (87), the bolts (86) and the
bonding jumpers (88) from the eye-end (93).
(b) If necessary, remove and discard the cotter pin (81) from the
bolt (85).
(c) Remove the nut (82) and the washers (83) from the bolt (85).
(d) Support the door actuators (90) and remove the bolt (85) with the
washer (84) from the door fitting.
(e) Disconnect the eye-end (93) from the actuator attachment fitting.
(6) Open the cargo door with the crane to an opening angle of 136 deg
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-005) .
R (7) Install the STRUT-SUPPORT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307524000) to safety the

opened cargo door.
- Make sure that the length of each support strut is correctly
adjusted so that the related pip pin goes in freely into the cargo
door.
(8) Carefully extend the pistons of the door actuators and make sure that
they are mechanically locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
- Make sure that the pistons of the door actuators do not damage the
aircraft structure.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 565
Nov 01/07

CES
Adjustment of Door Opening Angle
R Figure 511/TASK 52-31-11-991-015

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 566
Nov 01/07

CES
(9) Make sure that the bore of the eye-ends (93) are align with the bore
of the actuator attachment fitting.
NOTE : The bores are align if the bolt (85) goes in freely.
____
(10) If not, adjust the length of the door actuators (90) as follows:
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the locking devices (91) and the
nuts (92).
(b) Loosen the nuts (92).
(c) Turn the eye-end (93) until you can install the bolt (85) freely.
- Make sure that the bonding angle at the eye-end (93) show
downside.
(d) If you cannot install the bolt (85) freely, turn the piston rod
(90) as required to install the bolt (85) freely (fine
adjustment).
(e) Install the bolts (85) with the washers (84) in the actuator
attachment fitting.
- Make sure that the bolt (85) goes in freely.
(11) Install the washers (83) and the nuts (82) on the bolt (85).
R (12) Remove the STRUT-SUPPORT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307524000) and disconnect

the crane from the cargo door.
- Make sure that the two door actuators disengage at the same time.
(14) Measure the distance a on the door actuator (90).

- Make sure that the distance a is more than 7.6 mm (0.2992 in.).
(15) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) and make sure that
the door opening angle is correct.
(16) If the door opening angle is less then 135 deg. adjust the length of
the both door actuator as follows:
NOTE : A full rotation (360 deg.) of piston rod (90) increases the
____
opening angle to 1 deg.
(a) Close the cargo door until it is in the vertical position.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 567
Nov 01/07

CES
(b) Turn the piston rod (90) of both door actuators with the same
quantity of rotation to get the correct opening angle.
(c) Open the cargo door and make sure that the door opening angle is
between 135 deg. and 136 deg.
lbf.ft).
(18) Safety the nuts (92) and the locking devices (91) with MISCELLANEOUS
(19) TORQUE the nuts (82) to between 1 and 1.35 m.daN (88.49 and 119.46
lbf.in) and safety it with the new cotter pins (81).
(20) Install the bolts (86), the washers (87), the bonding jumpers (88)
and the nuts (89) on the eye-end (93). (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-11-865-059
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 52-31-11-410-061
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 568
Nov 01/07

CES
DOOR - CARGO COMPARTMENT - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________
TASK 52-31-11-200-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of FWD Cargo Compartment Door (Internal Structure)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 601
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-001 Electrical Bonding of Components with Rivets

Composite Material
51-76-11-300-001 Repair of the Sealing
SRM 51-73-00
SRM 51-74-00
SRM 52-30-00
SRM 52-73-00
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-11-991-006-A Fig. 601
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-11-991-006 Fig. 601A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-11-991-006-B Fig. 601B

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-11-860-050
(1) Open the FWD cargo door and safety it with the actuator safety locks
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the
opened cargo door.
Subtask 52-31-11-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-11-010-055-A
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the lining and the insulation of the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
31-13-000-001) to get access to the internal cargo door structure.
(2) Remove the vent door cover to get access to the cargo door structure
adjacent to the vent door.
(3) Remove the screws, the washers and the access panel from the inner
skin of the cargo door.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-11-010-055
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the lining and the insulation of the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
31-13-000-001) to get access to the internal cargo door structure.
(2) Remove the vent door cover to get access to the cargo door structure
adjacent to the vent door.
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-31-11-991-006-A)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 601A/TASK 52-31-11-991-006)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 601B/TASK 52-31-11-991-006-B)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES
Inspection of the Internal Structure of the FWD Cargo Door
Figure 601/TASK 52-31-11-991-006-A

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-11

Page 605
May 01/05

CES
R Inspection of the Internal Structure of the FWD Cargo Door
R Figure 601A/TASK 52-31-11-991-006

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 606
May 01/05

CES
Inspection of the Internal Structure of the FWD Cargo Door
Figure 601B/TASK 52-31-11-991-006-B

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-11

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-31-11-615-050

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
MATERIAL.
Subtask 52-31-11-210-051
B. Detailed Visual Inspection of the Internal Structure of the Cargo Door
(1) Examine the inner side of the outer skin, the edge members, the inner
skin and the retainers (of the door seal) for subsequent damage.
(a) If you find a scratch,

- determine the extent of the damaged area, (Ref. SRM 52-30-00)
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM 51-
73-00).
- When the scratch is larger than the limit, repair the affected
component (Ref. SRM 52-30-00).
(b) If you find a dent,

- determine the extent of the damaged area (Ref. SRM 52-30-00),
73-00).
- When the dent is larger than the limit, repair the affected

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 608
May 01/05
R
CES
(c) If you find corrosion,
- determine the extent of the corroded area (Ref. SRM 52-30-00),
74-00).
- When the corroded area is larger than the limit, repair the
affected component (Ref. SRM 52-30-00).
(2) Examine the longitudinal beams, the door frames and the corner
fittings of the cargo door (machined parts) for subsequent damage.

73-00).
- When the scratch is outside the limit, repair the affected
(b) If you find a dent,

73-00).
- When the dent is outside the limit, repair the affected
(c) If you find corrosion,

74-00).
- When the corroded area is outside the limit, repair the
affected component (Ref. SRM 52-30-00).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-11-210-057-A
C. General Inspection of the Internal Structure of the Cargo Door
(1) Examine all rivets of the cargo door structure.
(a) If you find an empty rivet hole, install the rivet with correct
sealant.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 609
Feb 01/10

CES
condition. If necessary, replace the sealant (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-
001).
(3) Make sure that all screws and bolts of the internal structure of the
cargo door are correctly tightened and not damaged.
(4) Examine the water drain valves and drain holes of the cargo door to
make sure that they are clean and free.
(5) Make sure that the paint coats of the structural components are in
the correct condition (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-001).
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-11-210-057
C. General Inspection of the Internal Structure of the Cargo Door
(1) Examine all rivets of the cargo door structure.
(a) If you find an empty rivet hole, install the rivet with correct
sealant.
condition. If necessary, replace the sealant (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-
001).
(3) Make sure that all screws and bolts of the internal structure of the
cargo door are correctly tightened and not damaged.
(4) Examine the water drain valves and drain holes of the cargo door to
make sure that they are clean and free.
(5) Make sure that the paint coats of the structural components are in
(6) Examine the condition and the attachment of the bonding jumpers
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 610
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(7) If you find damaged bonding jumper(s) between the cargo door and the
upper fuselage proceed as follows:
(a) Remove the bonding jumper(s) from the cargo door and the
fuselage.
(b) Clean and paint the contact areas of the bonding jumper(s) at the
cargo door and the fuselage as required (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-100-
001).
(c) Install the bolts and washers with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013)
into the cargo door and the upper fuselage.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-31-11-916-050
D. Do the procedure for the application of the temporary protection system

(Ref. TASK 51-78-00-916-001).
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-11-410-051-A
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Put the access panel in position to the inner skin of the cargo door
and attach it with the screws and washers.
(3) Install the lining and the insulation of the cargo door (Ref. TASK
52-31-13-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 611
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-11-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
52-31-13-400-001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-31-11-865-053
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 52-31-11-860-051
(1) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD cargo door
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 612
Nov 01/09
R
CES
TASK 52-31-11-200-003
Detailed Inspection of the Internal Attachment Area of the Hinge Fitting of the
FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Composite Material
SRM 51-73-00
SRM 51-74-00
SRM 52-30-00
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-11-991-017 Fig. 602
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-11-991-017-A Fig. 602A

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 613
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-11-860-060
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-31-11-865-063
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-31-11-010-065
C. Remove the lining and the insulation of the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-31-
13-000-001) to examine the inner side of the upper outer skin area.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-31-11-991-017)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 602A/TASK 52-31-11-991-017-A)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 614
Feb 01/10

CES
Internal Attachment Area of Piano Hinge Fittings
Figure 602/TASK 52-31-11-991-017

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-11

Page 615
Nov 01/09

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-31-11

Page 616
Nov 01/09

CES
Internal Attachment Area of Piano Hinge Fittings
Figure 602A/TASK 52-31-11-991-017-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-11

Page 617
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-31-11-210-061
A. Visual Inspection of the inner Attachment Area of the Piano Hinge

Fittings
(1) Examine the upper door structure from the inner side for corrosion
and cracks.
(a) If you find corrosion,

74-00).
NOTE : When the corroded area is larger than the limit, repair
____
the affected internal attachment area.
(b) If you find a crack, repair it immediately (Ref. SRM 51-73-00).
(2) Make sure that the Hi-Lok rivets are correctly tightened.
(3) Make sure that the attachment screws and nuts of the piano hinge
fittings are correctly tightened and not damaged.
(4) Make sure that the paint coat in the internal attachment area is in
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-11-410-064
A. Close Access
items.
52-31-13-400-001).
Subtask 52-31-11-865-064
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX

R

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 618
May 01/05

CES
Subtask 52-31-11-860-061
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 619
May 01/05

CES
TASK 52-31-11-200-004
Detailed Inspection of the External Attachment Area of the Hinge Fitting of the
FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CMM 523112
SRM 51-73-00
SRM 51-74-00

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 620
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SRM 52-30-00
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-11-991-019 Fig. 603
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-11-991-019-A Fig. 603A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-11-860-062
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-31-11-865-065
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 621
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 52-31-11-991-019)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 603A/TASK 52-31-11-991-019-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-31-11-615-054

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
MATERIAL.
and a lint-free cloth.
Subtask 52-31-11-210-062
B. Visual Inspection of the Piano Hinge Fittings
(1) Examine the piano hinge fittings on the top of the cargo door for
scratches, cracks and corrosion (inspection area A).

73-00).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 622
Feb 01/10

CES
Piano Hinge Fittings of the FWD Cargo Door
Figure 603/TASK 52-31-11-991-019

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-11

Page 623
Nov 01/08

CES
Piano Hinge Fittings of the FWD Cargo Door
Figure 603A/TASK 52-31-11-991-019-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-11

Page 624
Feb 01/10

CES
fitting (Ref. SRM 52-30-00) or replace it (Ref. CMM 523112).
(c) If you find corrosion

74-00).
(2) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the cargo door to get
access to the inspection area B (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(3) Examine the piano hinge fittings on the outer side of the cargo door
for scratches, cracks and corrosion (inspection area B).

73-00).
fitting (Ref. SRM 52-30-00) or replace it (Ref. CMM 523112).
(c) If you find corrosion

74-00).
Subtask 52-31-11-916-060
R C. Do the procedure for the application of the temporary protection system

R (Ref. TASK 51-78-00-916-001).
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-11-865-066

1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 625
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 52-31-11-410-065
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Make sure that the cargo door is closed and locked correctly
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 626
Nov 01/09
R
CES
TASK 52-31-11-200-005
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Locking Hooks and Fork Fittings of the FWD
Cargo Compartment Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

or Steel Components
Composite Material
52-31-21-000-001 Removal of the Locking Handle Mechanism

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 627
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-31-21-000-007 Removal of the Locking Unit

SRM 51-73-00
SRM 51-74-00
SRM 52-30-00
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-11-991-018-A Fig. 604
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-11-991-018 Fig. 604A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-11-991-018-B Fig. 604B
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-11-010-066-A
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the access panel 825AR to get access to the door mechanism of
the cargo door.
(2) Open the cargo door and safety it with the actuator safety locks
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 628
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-11-010-066
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the access panel 825AR to get access to the locking mechanism
of the cargo door.
(2) Open the cargo door and safety it with the actuator safety locks
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-31-11-865-067
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 52-31-11-991-018-A)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 604A/TASK 52-31-11-991-018)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 604B/TASK 52-31-11-991-018-B)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 629
Feb 01/10

CES
Latching Hook with the Adjacent Cargo Door Frame
Figure 604/TASK 52-31-11-991-018-A

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-11

Page 630
Feb 01/10

CES
Locking Hook with the Adjacent Cargo Door Frame
Figure 604A/TASK 52-31-11-991-018

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 631
Feb 01/10

CES
Latching Hook with the Adjacent Cargo Door Frame
Figure 604B/TASK 52-31-11-991-018-B

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-11

Page 632
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-31-11-615-051

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
MATERIAL.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-11-210-063-A
B. Visual Inspection of the Latching Hooks and the related Door Structure
(1) Examine the inner surface of each latching hook for wear, chafe marks
and cracks.
(a) If you find any marks, measure the depth of the damage.
NOTE : Marks up to a depth of 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) are permitted.

____
(b) If the depth of a mark is between 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) and 0.3 mm
(0.0118 in.), remove the damage (Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-002).
(c) If the latching hook has marks with a depth of more than 0.3 mm
(0.0118 in.), replace it (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-007).
(d) If you find a crack, replace the latching hook (Ref. TASK 52-31-
21-000-001).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 633
Feb 01/10

CES
(2) Examine the fork fittings of each door frame and the adjacent skin
area for scratches, marks, cracks and corrosion.
(a) If you find a scratch or a mark,

73-00).
- When the scratch or mark is larger than the limit, repair the
fork fitting or replace it (Ref. SRM 52-30-00).
(b) If you find corrosion,

74-00).
(3) Make sure that the paint coat of the fork fitting and the adjacent
skin area is in the correct condition (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-001).
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-11-210-063
B. Visual Inspection of the Locking Hooks and the related Door Structure
(1) Examine the inner surface of each locking hook for wear, chafe marks
and cracks.
(a) If you find any marks, measure the depth of the damage.
NOTE : Marks up to a depth of 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) are permitted.

____
(b) If the depth of a mark is between 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) and 0.3 mm
(0.0118 in.), remove the damage (Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-002).
(c) If the locking hook has marks with a depth of more than 0.3 mm
(0.0118 in.), replace it (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-007).
(d) If you find a crack, replace the locking hook (Ref. TASK 52-31-
21-000-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 634
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(2) Examine the fork fittings of each door frame and the adjacent skin
area for scratches, marks, cracks and corrosion.
(a) If you find a scratch or a mark,

73-00).
- When the scratch or mark is larger than the limit, repair the
(b) If you find corrosion,

74-00).
(3) Make sure that the paint coat of the fork fitting and the adjacent
skin area is in the correct condition (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-31-11-916-054
C. Do the procedure for the application of the temporary protection system

(Ref. TASK 51-78-00-916-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-11-865-068
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 52-31-11-410-066
B. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 635
Feb 01/10

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-31-11

Page 636
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the cargo door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 637
Nov 01/09
R
CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
TASK 52-31-11-220-001
Measurement of Fits and Clearances
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-11-000-001 Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
52-31-11-400-002 Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
52-31-21-000-001 Removal of the Locking Handle Mechanism
52-31-21-000-002 Removal of the Handle Flap Mechanism
52-31-21-400-001 Installation of the Locking Handle Mechanism
52-31-11-991-027 Fig. 605
52-31-11-991-028 Fig. 606
52-31-11-991-029 Fig. 607

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 638
Nov 01/08
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-11-860-063
door) is closed and locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position below the closed cargo door.
(4) Disassmble the locking handle mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-001).
(5) Remove the handle flap mechanism from the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
31-21-000-002).
(6) Attach the cargo door to the crane to take the load from the hinge
pins (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-11-220-058
A. Measurement of the Deflection Unit

(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 52-31-11-991-027)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| C-C | 7.912 | 7.922 | | | 7.900 | | |
| OD 1 |(0.3114) |(0.3118) | | |(0.3110) | | |
| | | | 0.008 | 0.033 | | | 0.066 |
| | | | (0.0003)| (0.0012)| | |(0.0025)|
| C-C | 7.930 | 7.945 | | | | 7.966 | |
| ID 2 |(0.3122) |(0.3127) | | | |(0.3136) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 639
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Locking Handle Mechanism
Figure 605/TASK 52-31-11-991-027

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 640
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 52-31-11-220-059
B. Measurement of the Locking Handle Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 52-31-11-991-027)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| D-D | 6.336 | 6.345 | | | 6.315 | | |
| OD 3 |(0.2494) |(0.2498) | | |(0.2486) | | |
| | | | 0.005 | 0.029 | | | 0.071 |
| | | | (0.0001)| (0.0011)| | |(0.0027)|
| D-D | 6.350 | 6.365 | | | | 6.386 | |
| ID 4 |(0.2500) |(0.2505) | | | |(0.2514) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-31-11-220-060
C. Measurement of the Handle Flap Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 52-31-11-991-028)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| C-C | 6.336 | 6.345 | | | 6.323 | | |
| OD 1 |(0.2494) |(0.2498) | | |(0.2489) | | |
| | | | 0.005 | 0.029 | | | 0.063 |
| | | | (0.0001)| (0.0011)| | |(0.0024)|
| C-C | 6.350 | 6.365 | | | | 6.386 | |
| ID 2 |(0.2500) |(0.2505) | | | |(0.2514) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-31-11-220-061
D. Measurement of the Handle Flap Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 52-31-11-991-028)

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 641
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Handle Flap Mechanism Assy
Figure 606/TASK 52-31-11-991-028

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 642
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| D-D | 6.336 | 6.345 | | | 6.323 | | |
| OD 3 |(0.2494) |(0.2498) | | |(0.2489) | | |
| | | | 0.005 | 0.029 | | | 0.063 |
| | | | (0.0001)| (0.0011)| | |(0.0024)|
| D-D | 6.350 | 6.365 | | | | 6.386 | |
| ID 4 |(0.2500) |(0.2505) | | | |(0.2514) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-31-11-220-062
E. Measurement of the Hinge Pins and the Piano Hinges

(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 52-31-11-991-029)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| B-B | 10.857 | 10.900 | | | 10.400 | | |
| OD 1 |(0.4274) |(0.4291) | | |(0.4094) | | |
| | | | 0.300 | 0.386 | | | 1.100 |
| | | | (0.0118)| (0.0151)| | |(0.0433)|
| B-B | 11.200 | 11.243 | | | | 11.500 | |
| ID 2 |(0.4409) |(0.4426) | | | |(0.4527) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-11-860-064
door) is closed and locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 643
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Door Hinge
Figure 607/TASK 52-31-11-991-029

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 644
Nov 01/08
R
CES
(3) Assemble the locking handle mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-400-001).
(4) Install the handle flap mechanism on the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-31-
21-000-002).
(5) Connect the FWD and/or AFT cargo door hinge (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-400-
002).
(6) Remove the crane from the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-400-002).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 645
Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-31-11-200-011
General Visual Inspection of Forward Cargo Compartment Door Skin, External

Surface
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASRM 52310010100
ASRM 51730010100 (for corrective action)
ASRM 52310020100 (for corrective action)
CMM 523112 (for corrective action)
CMM 523115 (for corrective action)
(for corrective action)
51-73-11-300-003 Repair of Dents in Skin Panels (for corrective
action)
Composite Material (for corrective action)
51-75-12-300-003 Repair of Minor Paint Damage (Topcoat Only) (for
corrective action)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-11-991-031-A Fig. 608

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 646
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-11-991-031-B Fig. 608A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-11-941-066
forward cargo-compartment door 825.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 52-31-11-991-031-A)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 608A/TASK 52-31-11-991-031-B)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-31-11-210-071-A
(2) Examine the external surface of the forward cargo-compartment door

for cracks, dents and scratches to the surface protection.
(a) If you find cracks, dents, scratches or other damage:
1
_ Find the dimensions of the damage and the allowable damage

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 647
Feb 01/10

CES
External Surface of FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 608/TASK 52-31-11-991-031-A

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-11

Page 648
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
External Surface of FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 608A/TASK 52-31-11-991-031-B

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-11

Page 649
Nov 01/08

CES
2
_ If you find damage to the surface protection only, repair it
(Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-001) or (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-003),
as necessary.
3
_ If you find damage that is less than the limit, remove it
(Ref. ASRM 51730010100) or (Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-001) or
(Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-003).
4
_ If you find damage that is more than the allowable limits,
repair the forward cargo-compartment door (Ref. ASRM
52310020100).
(3) Examine the indication windows of the access panel 825AR for cracks
and scratches.
(a) If there are cracks, replace the pane of the indication windows
(Ref. CMM 523112) or (Ref. CMM 523115).
(b) If there are scratches on the window pane of the indication

windows, replace it at not more than 100FC after this inspection.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-11-942-067

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 650
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 52-31-11-200-013
General Visual Inspection of Locking Hooks and Fork Fittings of Forward Cargo
Compartment Door at all Frames, between Longeron 4 and Longeron 5 (6 Places)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 51-73-11-300-002 Repair of Minor Damage on Titanium, Forged Aluminum,

R or Steel Components
R 52-31-21-000-007 Removal of the Locking Unit
R 52-31-21-400-007 Installation of the Locking Unit
ASRM 51730000100
ASRM 52310010100
ASRM 52310020100
52-31-11-991-032 Fig. 609

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 651
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-11-010-073
A. Get Access
forward cargo-compartment door.
(2) Open the forward cargo door 825 and safety it with the actuator
safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 609/TASK 52-31-11-991-032)
Subtask 52-31-11-210-073
R (2) Make sure that the latching hooks are correctly installed.
R (3) Examine the locking hooks for corrosion, cracks, distortion,

R fretting, gouges, nicks, scratches or other damage.
(a) If you find corrosion, cracks, distortion, fretting, gouges,

nicks, scratches or other damage:
R - Find the dimensions of the damage and the permitted limits

R (Ref. ASRM 52310010100).
R 1
_ Find the dimensions of the damage and the permitted limits
R (Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-002).
R 2
_ If the damage on the locking hook is less than the limit,
R repair the damage (Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-002).
R 3
_ If the damage on the locking hook is more than the limit,
R replace the locking hook (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-007) and
R (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-400-007).
R
R (4) Make sure the bushes and the bolt assemblies of the locking hooks are
R correctly installed.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 652
Feb 01/10

CES
Locking Hooks and Fork Fittings
Figure 609/TASK 52-31-11-991-032

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 653
Nov 01/08
R
CES
R (5) Examine the bushes and bolts of the locking hook mechanisms for
R corrosion, cracks, gouges, nicks, scratches, wear or other damage.
(a) If you find corrosion, cracks, gouges, nicks, scratches, wear or

other damage:
R 1
R (Ref. ASRM 52310010100).
R 2
_ If the damage is less than the limit, remove the damage
R (Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-002).
R
R 3
_ If the damage is more than the limit, replace the applicable
R parts of the locking hook mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-
R 007) and (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-400-007).
R
R (6) Examine the fork fitting assemblies for corrosion, cracks,

R distortion, fretting, gouges, nicks, scratches or other damage.
(a) If you find corrosion, cracks, distortion, fretting, gouges,

nicks, scratches or other damage:
R 1
R (Ref. ASRM 52310010100).
R 2
_ If the damage is less than the limit, repair the damage (Ref.
ASRM 51730000100).
R 3
_ If the damage is more than the limit, repair/replace the
R necessary fork fitting assemblies (Ref. ASRM 52310020100).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-11-410-075
A. Close the Forward Cargo-Compartment Door
items.
(2) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the forward
cargo-compartment door 825 (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 654
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 52-31-11-200-022
General Visual Inspection of Forward Cargo Compartment Door, Actuator Attach

Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ASRM 52-31-00-101
ASRM 51-73-00-001 (for corrective action)
ASRM 52-31-00-201 (for corrective action)
R 52-31-11-991-039 Fig. 610
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-11-010-080
A. Get Access
FWD cargo compartment door.
(2) Open the FWD cargo compartment door and safety it with the actuator
safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 655
Nov 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-11-210-083

R (Ref. Fig. 610/TASK 52-31-11-991-039)
(2) Examine the actuator fittings for cracks, distortion, fretting,

gouges, nicks, scratches, other damage and correct installation.
(3) If you find cracks, distortion, fretting, gouges, nicks, scratches or

other damage, continue as follows:
(a) Measure the dimensions of the damage and find the allowable
repair limits (Ref. ASRM 52-31-00-101).
(b) If the damage is less than the limit, remove it (Ref. ASRM 51-73-
00-001) or (Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-001).
(c) If the damage is more than the limit, replace the frame head of
the applicable door frame (Ref. ASRM 52-31-00-201).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-11-410-082
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 656
Nov 01/08

CES
R Actuator Attach Fittings
R Figure 610/TASK 52-31-11-991-039

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 657
Nov 01/08

CES
DOOR - CARGO COMPARTMENT - CLEANING/PAINTING
____________________________________________
TASK 52-31-11-100-001
Cleaning/Painting of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific abrasive cloth (grade 320)

No specific brush
No specific vacuum cleaner
No specific weak soap solution
No specific wood or plastic scraper

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 701
Feb 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-005 USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE II

CORROSION PREVENTIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 10-002
X (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
CABIN WINDOW CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-006
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-004
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 702
Nov 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-11-010-056
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Remove the door lining and the insulation mats from the cargo door
(Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-001) to clean the internal structure.
(3) Put the access platform in position of the cargo door.
(4) Remove the access panel 825AR to clean the door locking mechanism(s)
and the adjacent structure.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-11-160-050
A. Cleaning of the Structure of the Cargo Door and the Related Vent Door
(1) Remove all loose particles and unwanted material with a vacuum
cleaner and a dry brush.
(2) Clean the painted components of the structure of the cargo door and
the vent door as follows:
(a) Use a lint-free cloth or a brush and carefully clean the internal
structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(b) Carefully clean the adjacent structure of the door locking

mechanism with a lint-free cloth and CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-004).
(c) Carefully clean the outer skin of the cargo door with a lint-free
cloth and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
NOTE : Make sure that the cleaning agent does not dry on the
____
surface.
(3) Dry the cleaned structure with a dry and clean lint-free cloth or
with dry, compressed air.
(4) Make sure that the corners and the recesses are clean of all unwanted
and loose material.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 703
Feb 01/98

CES
(5) Examine the drain valves and drain holes to make sure that they are
clean and not blocked.
(6) Remove remaining dirt and all old sealants with a wood or plastic
scraper.
(7) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the internal

structure of the cargo door.
(8) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005) to the vertical and
horizontal edge members of the cargo door.
R Subtask 52-31-11-160-051
R B. Cleaning of the six sight glasses.
R NOTE : Do not rub the surfaces with dry cloth.

____
R (1) On the access panel 825AR.
R (2) Clean the windows with a weak soap solution.
R (3) Dry the windows with a lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
R 19-003).
R (4) If more cleaning is required, apply the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
R 11-019) to clean the windows and dry them with a lint-free cloth
Subtask 52-31-11-140-050
R C. Cleaning of the Door Seal
(1) Clean the door seal with a weak soap solution.
(2) Dry the cleaned door seal with a lint-free cloth or with dry
compressed air.
(3) Apply MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-004) to the door seal.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 704
Feb 01/04

CES
Subtask 52-31-11-110-050
R D. Cleaning of the Door Locking Mechanism and the Electrical Components
(1) Clean the door locking mechanism as follows:
(a) Clean the subsequent components with lint-free cloth or a brush

and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
- the locking handle with the related flap mechanism,
- the locking units,
- the interlock mechanism,
- the vent door mechanism,
- the locking and the safety shaft.
(b) Dry the cleaned components with a dry and clean lint-free cloth.
(c) Clean the related bearings of the locking and safety shafts with
a dry and clean lint-free cloth.
(d) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the cleaned

components of the door locking mechanism.
(2) Clean the electrical components as follows:
(a) Clean the electrical cable looms with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-002) and a lint-free cloth.
(b) Clean all electrical connectors, the terminal block 7526VT

(7516VC) and the proximity switches 28WV and 5MJ with ANTI-ICING
AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-002) and lint-free cloth.
Subtask 52-31-11-370-050
R E. Painting Procedure
(1) Remove minor damage of the paint top coat with abrasive cloth (grade
320).
NOTE : For repair of major paint damage refer to 51-75-12-300-00100.

____
(2) Make sure that the edge of the serviceable paint area is feathered to
the repair area.
(3) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and
lint-free cloth.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 705
Feb 01/04

CES
(4) Put masking material to the adjacent area.
(5) Apply PRETREATMENT FOR PAINTING (Material No. 13-002) to the metal
surface of the repaired area and let it dry.
(6) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-006) to the prepared area and
let it dry.
(7) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the primer and let it
dry.
(8) Remove the masking material.
Subtask 52-31-11-210-056
R F. Operational Test
(1) Operate the locking handle to make sure that the door locking
mechanism of the cargo door is serviceable.
(2) Make sure that the receptacles of the door lining attachment are
serviceable.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-11-410-055
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the door lining and insulation mats to the cargo door
(Ref. TASK 52-31-13-400-001).
(4) Close the FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-11

Page 706
Feb 01/04

CES
LINING AND INSULATION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________
TASK 52-31-13-000-001
Removal of the Lining and the Insulation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-13-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-13-991-001-A Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 52-31-13

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-13-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door(s) (referred to as

cargo door(s)) and install the actuator safety locks. (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position.
Subtask 52-31-13-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-13-991-001)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-31-13-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-13

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
Lining and Insulation
Figure 401/TASK 52-31-13-991-001

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-13

Page 403
May 01/05

CES
Lining and Insulation
Figure 401A/TASK 52-31-13-991-001-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-13

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-31-13-020-050
A. Removal of the Protective Lining
(1) Release the quick-release fasteners (2) to disconnect the protective

lining (3) from the cargo door (1).
(2) Carefully disengage the VELCRO tapes and remove the protective lining
(3) together with the self-adhesive insulation from the cargo door
(1).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-13

Page 405
Aug 01/04

CES
TASK 52-31-13-400-001
Installation of the Lining and the Insulation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-13-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-13-991-001-A Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 52-31-13

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-13-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-31-13-860-052
(1) Make sure that the FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door(s) (referred
to as cargo door(s)) are opened and the actuator safety locks are
door.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-13-991-001)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-31-13-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-13

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-31-13-420-050
A. Installation of the Protective Lining
(1) Put the protective lining (3) with the self-adhesive insulation mat
in position at the cargo door (1) and engage the VELCRO tapes.
(2) Attach the protective lining (3) with the quick-release fasteners (2)
to the cargo door (1).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-13-865-052
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 52-31-13-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD and/or AFT
cargo-compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-13

Page 408
Aug 01/04

CES
__________________________________
TASK 52-31-18-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
52-31-24-000-001 Removal of the Wiring Harness 4611VB
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-18-991-001-A Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-18-991-001-B Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-18-991-002-A Fig. 402
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-18-991-002 Fig. 402A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-18-010-053
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door)

(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

cargo door.
Subtask 52-31-18-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-31-18-860-051
(1) Depressurize the hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(2) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-

002).
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-18-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Door Seal and the related Components

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-18-991-001-A, 402/TASK 52-31-18-991-002-A)
(1) Disconnect the connector (20) from the receptacle (19) and remove the
wire harness 4611VB (21) from the door actuator area (Ref. TASK 52-
31-24-000-001).
(2) Disconnect the door actuators (18) from the cargo door as follows:
(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (17) from the nut (16).
(c) Remove the nut (16), the washer (15) from the bolt (14).
(d) Hold the door actuator (18) and remove the bolt (14) and the
washer (15).
(e) Disconnect the piston eye-end of the door actuator (18) from the
actuator attachment fitting (13).
(3) Pull the door seal (1) out of the retainer (2).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
Door Seal
Figure 401/TASK 52-31-18-991-001-A

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-18

Page 404
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R Door Seal
Figure 401A/TASK 52-31-18-991-001-B

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-18

Page 405
Nov 01/07

CES
Disconnection of associated Componenets
Figure 402/TASK 52-31-18-991-002-A

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-18

Page 406
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R Subtask 52-31-18-020-050
R A. Removal of the Door Seal and the related Components

R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-31-18-991-001-B, 402A/TASK 52-31-18-991-002)
R (1) Disconnect the connector (20) from the receptacle (19) and remove the
R wire harness 4611VB (21) from the door actuator area (Ref. TASK 52-
R 31-24-000-001).
R (2) Remove the screws (6), the washers (7) and the bonding jumpers (8)
R from the upper fuselage door frame .
R (3) Disconnect the door actuators (18) from the cargo door as follows:
R (a) Remove the nut (9), the washer (11), the bolt (12) and the
R bonding jumper (10) from the actuator attachment fitting (13).
R (b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (17) from the nut (16).
R (c) Remove the nut (16), the washer (15) from the bolt (14).
R (d) Hold the door actuator (18) and remove the bolt (14) and the
R washer (15).
R (e) Disconnect the piston eye-end of the door actuator (18) from the
R actuator attachment fitting (13).
R (4) Pull the door seal (1) out of the retainer (2).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-18

Page 407
May 01/05

CES
R Disconnection of associated Componenets
R Figure 402A/TASK 52-31-18-991-002

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-18

Page 408
May 01/05

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-31-18-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific plastic spatula
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-026
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 409
Nov 01/08

CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17 cotter pin 52-36-04 08C-080

17 cotter pin 52-36-04 08D-080
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-10-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
52-31-11-820-004 Adjustment of the Door Opening Angle
52-31-24-400-001 Installation of the Wiring Harness 4611VB
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-18-991-001-A Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-18-991-001-B Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-18-991-002-A Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-18-991-002 Fig. 402A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-18-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-31-18-860-052
(1) Make sure that the hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
(2) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
(3) Make sure that the cargo door is opened (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001)
R and safetied with the STRUT-SUPPORT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307524000)
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).
cargo door.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 411
Nov 01/07

CES
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-18-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-31-18-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-31-18-991-002-A)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-31-18-991-002)
Subtask 52-31-18-560-050
A. Preparation of Replacement Component

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
(1) Examine the new door seal to find the ink mark LOWER DOOR on the
seal root.
NOTE : The door seal with the ink mark LOWER DOOR does not have
____
inflation holes in the marked area.
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-31-18-991-001-B)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES
(2) If you find the ink mark LOWER DOOR no further action is required.
(3) If you do not find the ink mark LOWER DOOR, continue as follows:
(a) Clean the lower area of the new door seal on the inner and outer
side with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016) and allow to dry.
(b) Fill the inflation holes located in the lower area of the new
door seal with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
026) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004).
NOTE : Apply sufficent material so that a small bead forms on the

____
inner side of the door seal.
(c) Use a plastic spatula and make the outer surface of the door seal
smooth
NOTE : Allow it to dry for 4 hours at room temperature.

____
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-18-420-050-A
B. Installlation of the Door Seal and the associated Components

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-18-991-001-A, 402/TASK 52-31-18-991-002-A)
(1) Install the door seal (1) as follows:
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.
(c) Make sure that the ink mark LOWER DOOR is in the correct
position.
(d) Push the door seal (1) correctly into the retainer (2).
(e) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal are in their
correct position on the inner side of the cargo door.
NOTE : If the door seal is not installed in the correct position,

____
it cannot inflate correctly during the flight. This causes
the cabin pressure to decrease and can result in a
disruption of the flight.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-18

Page 413
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(2) Install the door actuators (18) in the cargo door as follows:
(a) Put the piston eye-end of the door actuator (18) in the actuator
attachment fitting (13) and install the bolt (14) with the washer
(15).
(b) If you can not install the bolt (14), adjust the length of the
door actuator (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-004).
(c) Install the washer (15) and the nut (16) on the bolt (14).
119.46 lbf.in) and safety it with the new cotter pin (17).
(e) Install the bonding jumper (10) with the bolt (12), the washer
(11) and the nut (9) at the actuator attachment fitting (13)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(3) Install the wire harness 4611VB (21) in the door actuator area and
connect the electrical connector (20) to the receptacle (19)
(Ref. TASK 52-31-24-400-001).
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-18-420-050
B. Installlation of the Door Seal and the associated Components

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-31-18-991-001-B, 402A/TASK 52-31-18-991-002)
(1) Install the door seal (1) as follows:
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.
(c) Make sure that the ink mark LOWER DOOR or the area without
inflation holes are in the correct position.
(d) Push the door seal (1) correctly into the retainer (2).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-18

Page 414
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R (e) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal are in their
R correct position on the inner side of the cargo door.
R NOTE : If the door seal is not installed in the correct position,

____
R it cannot inflate correctly during the flight. This causes
R the cabin pressure to decrease and can result in a
R disruption of the flight.
R (2) Install the door actuators (18) at the cargo door as follows:
R (a) Put the piston eye-end of the door actuator (18) in the actuator
R attachment fitting (13) and install the bolt (14) with the washer
R (15).
R (b) If you can not install the bolt (14) easily , adjust the length
R of the door actuator (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-004).
R (c) Install the washer (15) and the nut (16) on the bolt (14).
R (d) TORQUE the nut (16) to between 1.0 and 1.35 m.daN (88.49 and
R 119.46 lbf.in) safety it with the new cotter pin (17).
R (e) Install the bonding jumper (10) with the bolt (12), the washer
R (11) and the nut (9) at the actuator attachment fitting (13)
R (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
R (3) If you install bonding jumpers (8) at the cargo door, install them
R with the bolts (6) and the washers (7) at the upper door frame of the
R fuselage at FR25 and FR27A (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
R NOTE : The bonding jumpers (8) do not have to wear on the door seal
____
R (1) .
R NOTE : If the bonding jumpers (8) are damaged, remove them.

____
R You do not have to replace the removed bonding jumpers (8).
R (4) Remove the bonding jumpers (8) from the cargo door.
R (5) Clean and paint the contact areas of the bonding jumpers (8) at the
R cargo door and the fuselage side as required (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-100-
R 001).
R (6) Install the bolts (6) and the washers (7) with SEALANTS (Material No.
R 09-013) into the cargo door and the upper fuselage at FR25 and FR27A.

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-18

Page 415
May 01/05

CES
(7) Install the wire harness 4611VB (21) in the door actuator area and
connect the electrical connector (20) to the receptacle (19)
(Ref. TASK 52-31-24-400-001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-31-18-860-053
C. Preparation of the Inspection
(1) Pressurize the reservoir of the hydraulics system (Ref. TASK 29-14-
00-614-002).
(2) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
R (3) Remove the STRUT-SUPPORT, CARGO DOORS (98D52307524000) from the cargo
Subtask 52-31-18-865-052
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.
Subtask 52-31-18-210-050
E. Visual Inspection of the Door Seal
(2) Examine the door seal from inside of the cargo compartment and make
sure that it is compressed around its length.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-18-410-051
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 416
Nov 01/07

CES
_____________________
TASK 52-31-18-300-001
Repair of Door Seal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific spatula
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-024
Material No. 08-026
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 801
Feb 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-18-991-003 Fig. 801
52-31-18-991-004 Fig. 802
52-31-18-991-005 Fig. 803
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-18-010-052
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD cargo compartment door and safty it with the support
struts (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Remove the damaged door seal (Ref. TASK 52-31-18-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-18-350-050
(2) Carefully degrease the chafe mark with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
08-004) to the chafe mark with a spatula.
AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) drying period of 10 to
12 hours.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 802
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-31-18-330-050
B. Repair of Minor Cuts and Small Punctures

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 52-31-18-991-003)
NOTE : A repair of the minor cuts are only permitted if the cuts are not
____
longer than 25.4 mm (1.0 in.).
A repair of the small punctures are only permitted if:
- the punctures are less than 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) and the distance
between each punctere is more than 25.4 mm (1.0 in.),
- there are not more than three punctures within a section of
200.0 mm (7.87 in.).
R In all other cases prepare a splice repair of the door seal
R (refer to para: Repair of Heavily Damaged Areas).
(1) Drill stop holes of dia. 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) at the ends of the cuts.
(2) Push the seal to open the cut and very carefully prepare the surfaces
of the cut or the puncture with a very fine emery cloth.
(3) Prepare the surface of the repair area with a very fine emery cloth .
(4) Carefully degrease the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
(5) Apply a thin coat of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
004) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to the
opposite surfaces of the cut.
(6) Press the surfaces of the cut puncture together and leave them to dry
for some minutes.
(7) Cut a piece of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) to the size of
the repair area.
the repair area and fill the stop holes.
(9) Put the prepared replacement tissue onto the repair area so that it
is as smooth as the seal surface.
(10) Cover the repair area with a layer of foil SPECIAL MATERIALS
(Material No. 05-023) and put the seal in the wooden bonding block.
block with a clamp.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 803
Aug 01/99

CES
Repair of Minor Cuts and Small Punctures
Figure 801/TASK 52-31-18-991-003

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 804
Feb 01/98

CES
the seal.
surface of the seal.
Subtask 52-31-18-330-051
C. Repair of Heavily Damaged Areas (Splice Repair)

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 52-31-18-991-004, 803/TASK 52-31-18-991-005)

____
- for a straight section, 200.0 mm (7.87 in.)
- for a curved section, 200.0 mm (7.87 in.) measured from the
edge of the corner.
R NOTE : The replacement seal must have the same quantity of inflation
____
R holes as the removed section.
R ends of the seal and the replacement sections on a length of 25.4 mm
R (1.0 in.) (repair area).
R (7) Make sure that the inflation holes of the replacement section are in
R the same position as on the remaining seal.
R NOTE : If the inflation holes are not installed in the correct

____
R position, the door seal cannot inflate correctly during the
R flight. This causes the cabin pressure to decrease and can
R result in a disruption of the flight.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 805
May 01/07

CES
R Splice Repair
Figure 802/TASK 52-31-18-991-004

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 806
May 01/07

CES
Figure 803/TASK 52-31-18-991-005

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 807
Feb 01/98

CES
R (8) Push and hold the ends of the replacement section and the seal
R together and let them dry for some minutes.
R (9) Cut a piece of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) to a size of

the repair areas.
R (10) Apply a layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004)
R (11) Wind the replacement tissue around the repair areas.
R (12) Apply a layer of foil SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-023) to the
R repair area and put the seal in the wooden bonding block.
R (13) Compress the seal for a period of 24 hours in the wooden bonding
R block with a clamp.
R (14) Remove the wooden bonding block and the foil from the repair area of
the seal.
R (15) Prepare the repair area with very fine emery cloth to get a smooth
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-18-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Install the repaired door seal (Ref. TASK 52-31-18-400-001).
(2) Close the applicable cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 808
May 01/07

CES
TASK 52-31-18-300-002
Reinforcement of Door Seal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific additional silicon tube (Spec: NSA 3629-8-12)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-026
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-18-991-006 Fig. 804

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 809
Feb 01/07

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-18-010-054
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD cargo compartment door and safty it with the support
struts (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-18-350-053
A. Reinforcement of Door Seal

(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 52-31-18-991-006)
(1) Prepare the door seal as follows:
(a) Make a cut of 60.0 mm (2.3622 in.) length into the root of the
door seal between FR26 and FR26A.
(b) Drill stop holes of dia. 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) at the ends of the
cut.
(2) Install the additional silicon tube into the door seal as follows:
(a) Cut the additional silicon tube (Spec: NSA 3629-8-12) to a length
of 3465.0 mm (136.4173 in.)
(b) Push the seal to open the cut.
(c) Carefully introduce the additional silicon tube into the door
seal.
(3) Close the cut in the door seal root as follows:
(a) Push the seal to open the cut and very carefully prepare the
surfaces of the cut with a very fine emery cloth.
R (b) Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material

R No. 08-004) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
R 026) to the cut area and fill the stop holes.
R (c) Press the surfaces of the cut together and leave them to dry for
R some minutes.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 810
Feb 01/07

CES
R Reinforcement of Door Seal
R Figure 804/TASK 52-31-18-991-006

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 811
Aug 01/01

CES
R (d) Cover the repair area with a layer of foil SPECIAL MATERIALS
R (Material No. 05-023) and put the seal in the wooden bonding
block.
R (e) Compress the seal in the wooden bonding block with a clamp for a
R period of 24 hours.
R (f) Remove the wooden bonding block and the foil from the cut area of
R the seal.
R (g) Prepare the cut area with very fine emery cloth to get a smooth
R surface of the seal.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-18-410-053
A. Close Access
(1) Install the reinforced door seal (Ref. TASK 52-31-18-400-001).
(2) Close the FWD cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-18

Page 812
Feb 01/07

CES
LOCKING MECHANISM - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R TASK 52-31-21-000-001
R Removal of the Locking Handle Mechanism
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 52-71-12-000-001 Removal of the Proximity Switches 28WV and 34WV
R 52-31-21-991-001 Fig. 401
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-31-21-010-050
R A. Get Access
R (1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door) and
R safety the the cargo door with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK
R 52-30-00-860-001).
R (2) Remove the access panel 825AR from the cargo door.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page 401
May 01/05

CES
R (3) Put the access platform in position below the opened cargo door.
R Subtask 52-31-21-865-050
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-31-21-020-050
R A. Removal of the Locking Handle Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-21-991-001)
R (1) Disconnect the spring (1) from the recess bush (2) of the link/lever
R connection.
R (2) Disconnect the link rod (17) from the deflection unit (25) as
R follows:
R (b) Remove the nut (22), the washer (23), the bush (24) and the bolt
R (26) from the link rod (17).
R (c) Remove the upper fork end of the link rod (17) from the eye end
R of the deflection unit (25).
R (3) Disconnect the linkage (6) from the link lever (11) of the safety
R shaft as follows:
R (b) Remove the nut (8), the washer (9), the bush (10) and the bolt
R (12) from the link lever (11).
R (c) Remove the lower eye end (5) of the linkage (6) from the link
R lever (11) of the safety shaft.

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 402
May 01/05

CES
R Locking Handle Mechanism
R Figure 401/TASK 52-31-21-991-001

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 403
May 01/05

CES
R (4) Disconnect the locking handle mechanism from the cargo door structure
R as follows:
R (a) Remove the screws (18) from the lever plate (19).
R (b) Remove the locking handle (13) with the related mechanism from
R the cargo door.
R (c) Remove the shim (20) from the cargo door structure.
R (5) Remove the target of the proximity switch 28WV (34WV) from the end of
R the locking handle (13) (Ref. TASK 52-71-12-000-001).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 404
May 01/05

CES
TASK 52-31-21-400-001
Installation of the Locking Handle Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
SEALANT,POLYSULFIDE (USE 09-018) (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 405
Nov 01/08

CES
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3 tab washer 52-31-21 03 -350

R 7 cotter pin 52-31-21 03 -420
R 16 tab washer 52-31-21 02 -140
R 21 cotter pin 52-31-21 02 -010
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Doors
R 52-31-00-710-001 Operational Test of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
R 52-31-00-720-001 Functional Test of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
R 52-31-11-820-002 Adjustment of the Door Mechanism
R 52-71-00-820-004 Adjustment of the Proximity Switches 28WV and 34WV of
R the Locking Handle of the Cargo Compartment Doors
R 52-71-12-400-001 Installation of the Proximity Switches 28WV and 34WV
R 52-31-21-991-001 Fig. 401
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-31-21-860-055
R (1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
R door) is opened and safeted with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK
R 52-30-00-860-001).
R (2) Make sure that the access panel 825AR is removed from the cargo door.
R (3) Make sure that the access platform in position below the opened cargo
R door.

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 406
May 01/05

CES
R Subtask 52-31-21-865-051
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-31-21-910-053
R A. Preparation for Installation
R (2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (3) Examine the component interface and/or the adjacent area for minor
R damage.
R (4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolt (26), the bush
R (24) and the contact areas of the link rod(17) and the deflection
R unit (25).
R (5) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolt (12), the bush
R (10) and the contact area of the linkage (6).
R (6) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the contact areas of the shim
R (20), the lever plate (19) and the heads of the screws (18).
R Subtask 52-31-21-560-053
R B. Preparation for Replacement Components
R (1) If required, replace the tab washer (16) on the threaded pin (14) of
R the link rod (17) as follows:
R (a) Bend the tab washer (16) and release the jam nut (15).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 407
May 01/05

CES
R (b) Remove the threaded pin (14) with the tab washer (16) and the jam
R nut (15) from the link rod (17).
R (c) Remove the tab washer (16) from the threaded pin (14).
R (d) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-003) to the threaded pin (14) and
R the new tab washer (16).
R (e) Install the new tab washer (16) on the threaded pin (14).
R (f) Install the threaded pin (14) together with the jam nut (15) and
R the tab washer (16) on the link rod (17).
R NOTE : Do not safety the jam nut (15) at this time.

____
R (2) If required, replace the tab washer (3) of the linkage (6) as
R follows:
R (a) Bend the tab washer (3) and release the jam nut (4).
R (b) Disassemble the linkage (6) and remove the tab washer (3).
R (c) Install a new tab washer (3) and assemble the linkage (6).
R (d) Do not fully tighten and safety the jam nut (4) at this time.
R Subtask 52-31-21-420-050
R C. Installation of the Locking Handle Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-21-991-001)
R (1) Attach the lever plate (19) of the locking handle mechanism on the
R cargo door as follows:
R (a) Put the locking handle (13) together with the related mechanism
R and the shim (20) in the installation position.
R (b) Install the screw (18) on the lever plate (19) to attach the
R locking handle mechanism on the cargo door structure.
R (c) Tighten the screws (18).
R (2) Install the link rod (17) on the deflection unit (25) as follows:
R (a) Put the fork end of the link rod (17) on the eye end of the
R deflection unit (25).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 408
May 01/05

CES
R (b) Install the bolt (26), the bush (24), the washer (23) and the nut
R (22) on the link rod (17).
R (c) Tighten the nut (22) and safety it with the new cotter pin (21).
R (3) Install the linkage (6) on the link lever (11) of the safety shaft as
R follows:
R (a) Put the eye end (5) in the fork end of the link lever (11).
R (b) Install the bolt (12), the bush (10), the washer (9) and the nut
R (8) on the link lever (11).
R (4) Connect the spring (1) on the recess bush (2) of the link/lever
R connection.
R (5) Install the target of the proximity switch 28WV on the end of the
R replaced locking handle (Ref. TASK 52-71-12-400-001).
R Subtask 52-31-21-820-052
R D. Adjustment of the Locking Handle Mechanism
R (1) Adjust the locking handle to make sure that it operates satisfactory
R (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).
R (2) Make sure that the gap between the target and the sensor of the
R proximity switch is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-004).
R Subtask 52-31-21-865-052
R E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.
R Subtask 52-31-21-720-050
R F. Test Procedure
R (1) Make sure that the locking handle mechanism is correctly lubricated
R (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-002).
R (2) Do a functional test to make sure that the force necessary to operate
R the locking handle is correct (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-001).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 409
May 01/05

CES
R (3) Make sure that the proximity switch 28WV operates satisfactory
R (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-710-001).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-31-21-410-050
R A. Close Access
R items.

R locking handle mechanism and to the adjacent cargo door structure.
R (4) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the cargo door (Ref. TASK
R 52-30-00-860-002).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 410
May 01/05

CES
R TASK 52-31-21-000-002
R Removal of the Handle Flap Mechanism
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 52-31-21-991-002 Fig. 402
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-31-21-010-051
R A. Get Access
R safety it with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
R 001).
R (2) Put the access platform in position at the opened cargo door.
R (3) Remove the access panel 825AR to get access to the attachment screws
R of the handle flap mechanism.

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 411
May 01/05

CES
R Subtask 52-31-21-865-053
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-31-21-020-067
R A. Removal of the Handle Flap Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-31-21-991-002)
R (1) Disconnect the spring (6) from the special bolt assy (7).
R (2) Remove the screws (8) from the handle flap mechanism (9).
R (3) Remove the handle flap mechanism (9) from the door structure (10).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 412
May 01/05

CES
R Handle Flap Mechanism
R Figure 402/TASK 52-31-21-991-002

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 413
May 01/05

CES
TASK 52-31-21-400-002
Installation of the Handle Flap Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel dia 0.8 mm

(0.032 in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 414
Nov 01/08

CES
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Doors
R 52-31-11-820-002 Adjustment of the Door Mechanism
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-31-21-860-056
R (1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
R door)is opened and safetied with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK
R 52-30-00-860-001).
R (2) Make sure that the access platform in position below the opened cargo
R door.
R (3) Make sure that the access panel 825AR is removed.
R Subtask 52-31-21-865-054
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 415
May 01/05

CES
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-31-21-560-051
R A. Preparation of the Replacement Components
R (1) Install the handle flap mechanism (9) temporarily and adjust the
R handle flap linkage (1) correctly (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).
R (2) Remove the handle flap mechanism (9) to safety the handle flap
R linkage (1).
R (3) Safety the lock nuts (2),(4) and the adjustment screw (3) with
R lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
R Subtask 52-31-21-420-051
R B. Final Installation of the Handle Flap Mechanism
R (2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (3) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the head of the screws (8).
R (4) Put the handle flap mechanism (9) in position on the door structure
R (10) and attach it with the screws (8).
R (5) Connect the spring (6) on the special bolt assy (7).
R Subtask 52-31-21-820-053
R C. Adjustment of the Handle Flap Mechanism
R (1) Make sure that the gap between the locking handle and the handle flap
R is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).
R (2) Make sure that the hook (5) of the handle flap linkage (1) engages
R correctly with the pin (11) of the locking handle (Ref. TASK 52-31-
R 11-820-002).
R NOTE : The locking handle must be in the LOCKED position.

____

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 416
May 01/05

CES
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-31-21-865-055
R breaker(s):
R 1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.
R Subtask 52-31-21-410-051
R B. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the handle flap mechanism is correctly lubricated
R (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-002).

R handle flap mechanism and to the adjacent cargo door structure.
R items.
R (5) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the cargo door (Ref. TASK
R 52-30-00-860-002).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 417
May 01/05

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-31-21-000-003
Removal of the Vent Door Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To replace the gear box, the different levers and the related connection
rods of the vent door mechanism.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-003 Fig. 403
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-21-991-003-B Fig. 403A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-003-A Fig. 403B

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-012 Fig. 404
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-21-991-012-B Fig. 404A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-012-A Fig. 404B
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-010-054
A. Get Access
001).
Subtask 52-31-21-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-31-21-010-053
C. Get Access
(2) Remove the lining and the insulation of the cargo door to get access
to the upper end of the gear box (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-001).
(3) Remove the vent door cover from the internal door structure to get
access to the actuator arm of the vent door.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 52-31-21-020-051
A. Removal of the Gear Box Linkage

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-31-21-991-003)
(1) Disconnect the drawbar (71) from the shaft lever (76) as follows:
shaft lever (76).
(c) Remove the eye end of the drawbar (71) from the fork end of the
shaft lever (76).
(2) Disconnect the drawbar (71) from the actuator arm (107) of the vent
door as follows:
bolt (108) from the actuator arm (107).
(c) Remove the eye end of the drawbar (71) from the actuator arm
(107).
(3) Disconnect the connection rod (82) from the vent door lever (85) of
the safety shaft as follows:

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page 420
May 01/05

CES
Linkage of the Vent Door Mechanism
R Figure 403/TASK 52-31-21-991-003

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page 421
May 01/05

CES
vent door lever (85).
(c) Remove the lower eye end of the connection rod (82) from the fork
end of the vent door lever (85).
(4) Disconnect the connection rod (82) from the lever (80) as follows:
lever (80).
(c) Remove the upper eye end of the connection rod (82) from the fork
end of the lever (80).
(5) Disconnect the link assy (88) from the target lever (90) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (92), the washer (93), the sleeve (94) and the
bolt (89) from the link assy (88).
(c) Remove the fork end of the link assy (88) from the target lever
(90).
(6) Disconnect the link assy (88) from the drive shaft lever (102) as
follows:
(b) Remove the nut (97) and the washer (98) from the drive shaft
lever (102).
(c) Remove the eye end of the link assy (88) from the drive shaft
lever (102).
Subtask 52-31-21-020-068
B. Removal of the Gearbox

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-31-21-991-012)
(1) Disassemble the drive shaft lever (102) from the drive shaft of the
gear box (123) as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (128), the washers (127), the sleeves (126) and
the tapered pins (125) from the lever (124).

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page 422
May 01/05

CES
R Linkage of the Vent Door Mechanism
R Figure 403A/TASK 52-31-21-991-003-B

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 423
May 01/05

CES
Linkage of the Vent Door Mechanism
Figure 403B/TASK 52-31-21-991-003-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES
Gear Box of the Vent Door Mechanism
R Figure 404/TASK 52-31-21-991-012

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page 425
May 01/05

CES
(b) Remove the nuts (133), the washers (132), the sleeves (126) and
the tapered pins (129) from the safety cam (130).
(c) Hold the safety cam (130) so that it does not fall down during
the removal of the drive shaft lever (102).
(d) Pull the drive shaft lever (102) from the cargo door frame and
remove the safety cam (130).
(2) Remove the shaft lever (76) from the output shaft of the gear box
(123) as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (120), the sleeves (121) and the tapered pins
(111) from the shaft lever (76).
(b) Remove the protection plug (110) from the shaft lever (76).
(c) Move the shaft lever (76) from the output of the gear box (123).
(3) Remove the gear box (123) together with the lever (124) from the
cargo door structure as follows:
(a) Support the gear box (123) and remove the screws (119) and the
washers (118) from the longeron (116).
(b) Move the output shaft down through the flange bearing (122) and
the structural bearings at longeron (116).
(c) Remove the gear box (123) together with the laminated shim (115)
and the lever (124) from the longeron (116).
(d) Remove the laminated shim (115) from the output shaft of the gear
box (123).
(e) Remove the lever (124) from the drive shaft of the gear box
(123).
(4) If necessary, remove the nuts (114), the washers (113), the bolts
(112) and the flange bearing (122) from the support bracket (117).

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page 426
May 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R Subtask 52-31-21-020-051-B
R A. Removal of the Gear Box Linkage

R (Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-31-21-991-003-B)
R (1) Disconnect the drawbar (7) from the shaft lever (10) as follows:
R (11) from the shaft lever (10).
R (c) Remove the eye end of the drawbar (7) from the fork end of the
R shaft lever (10).
R (2) Disconnect the drawbar (7) from the actuator arm (3) of the vent door
R as follows:
R (1) from the actuator arm.
R (c) Remove the eye end of the drawbar (7) from the actuator arm (3).
R (3) Disconnect the connection rod (51) from the vent door lever (54) of
R the safety shaft as follows:
R (53) from the vent door lever (54).
R (c) Remove the lower eye end of the connection rod (51) from the fork
R end of the vent door lever (54).
R (4) Disconnect the connection rod (51) from the lever (35) as follows:
R (50) from the lever (35).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 427
May 01/05

CES
R (c) Remove the upper eye end of the connection rod (51) from the fork
R end of the lever (35).
R (5) Disconnect the link assy (44) from the target lever (39) as follows:
R (b) Remove the nut (42), the washers (40), the sleeve (43) and the
R bolt (45) from the link assy (44).
R (c) Remove the fork end of the link assy (44) from the target lever
R (39).
R (6) Disconnect the link assy (44) from the drive shaft lever (61) as
R follows:
R (b) Remove the nut (59) and the washer (60) from the threaded end of
R the drive shaft lever (61).
R (c) Remove the eye end of the link assy (44) from the threaded end of
R Subtask 52-31-21-020-068-B
R B. Removal of the Gearbox

R (Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-31-21-991-012-B)
R (1) Disassemble the drive shaft lever (61) from the drive shaft of the
R gear box (27) as follows:
R (a) Remove the nuts (38), the washers (37), the sleeves (36) and the
R tapered pins (34) from the lever (35).
R (b) Remove the nuts (33), the washers (32) and the tapered pins (31)
R from the safety cam (30).
R (c) Hold the safety cam (30) so that it does not fall down during the
R removal of the drive shaft lever (61).
R (d) Pull the drive shaft lever (61) from the cargo door frame and
R remove the safety cam (30).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 428
May 01/05

CES
R Gear Box of the Vent Door Mechanism
R Figure 404A/TASK 52-31-21-991-012-B

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 429
May 01/05

CES
(2) Remove the shaft lever (10) from the output shaft of the gear box
(27) as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (18), the sleeves (16) and the tapered pins (9)
from the shaft lever (10).
(b) Remove the protection plug (8) from the shaft lever (10).
(c) Move the shaft lever (10) from the output of the gear box (27).
(3) Remove the gear box (27) together with the lever (35) from the cargo
door structure as follows:
(a) Support the gear box (27) and remove the screws (24) and the
washers (25) from the longeron 4.
(b) Move the output shaft down through the flange bearing (21) and
the structural bearings at longeron 4.
(c) Remove the gear box (27) together with the laminated shim (26)
and the lever (35) from the longeron 4.
(d) Remove the laminated shim (26) from the output shaft of the gear
box (27).
(e) Remove the lever (35) from the drive shaft of the gear box (27).
(4) If necessary, remove the nuts (23), the washers (22), the bolts (20)
and the flange bearing (21) from the support bracket.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-020-051-A
A. Removal of the Vent Door Linkage

(Ref. Fig. 403B/TASK 52-31-21-991-003-A)
(1) Remove the connection rod (16) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (4) the washers (3) and the bolt (2).
(c) Remove the connection rod (16) from the lever of the vent door
(1).

R

EFF : 051-052, 106-149, 221-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page 430
Feb 01/10

CES
(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (10).
(e) Remove the nut (9), the washers (7), and the bolt (6).
(f) Remove the connection rod (16) from the drive lever (8).
(2) Remove the connection rod (23) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (13), the washers (14) and the bolt (15).
(c) Disconnect the connection rod (23) from the lever (11).
(e) Remove the nut (21), the washers (17) and the bolt (18) from the
lever twin (19).
(f) Remove the connection rod (23) from the twin lever (19).
Subtask 52-31-21-020-068-A
B. Removal of the Cover Assembly of the Vent Door Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 404B/TASK 52-31-21-991-012-A)
(1) Make sure the fork-end of the drive rod (1) is clear of the shaft
lever (3).
(2) Remove the nut (5), the spacer (4) and the tapered pin (2).
(3) Remove the shaft lever (3) from the shaft (16).
(13).
(6) Disconnnect the fork-end of the connectionlink (12) from the shaft
lever (15).
(7) Remove the nut (6), the spacer (7) and the tapered pin (11).
(8) Remove the bolts (19), the washers (18) and the cover assembly (17)
from the beam 4.

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page 431
Feb 01/10

CES
Cover of the Vent Door Mechanism
Figure 404B/TASK 52-31-21-991-012-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page 432
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-31-21-400-003
Installation of the Vent Door Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page 433
Nov 01/08

CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 cotter pin 52-31-22 12B-260

R 6 cotter pin 52-31-21 07 -040
10 cotter pin 52-31-21 38B-020
10 cotter pin 52-31-21 42 -020
10 cotter pin 52-31-21 42B-020
12 cotter pin 52-31-21 42 -020
12 cotter pin 52-31-21 42B-020
R 15 cotter pin 52-31-21 07 -040
22 cotter pin 52-31-21 42 -020
22 cotter pin 52-31-21 42B-020
R 41 cotter pin 52-31-21 22A-080
R 46 cotter pin 52-31-21 07 -040
R 57 cotter pin 52-31-21 07 -040
R 58 cotter pin 52-31-21 22A-010
75 cotter pin 52-31-21 42 -020
75 cotter pin 52-31-21 42B-020
77 cotter pin 52-31-21 42 -020
77 cotter pin 52-31-21 42B-020
87 cotter pin 52-31-21 42 -020
87 cotter pin 52-31-21 42B-020
91 cotter pin 52-31-21 42 -150
96 cotter pin 52-31-21 42 -100
103 cotter pin 52-31-21 42 -020
103 cotter pin 52-31-21 42B-020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-11-820-003 Adjustment of the Vent Door

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page 434
May 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-003 Fig. 403
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-21-991-003-B Fig. 403A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-003-A Fig. 403B
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-012 Fig. 404
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-21-991-012-B Fig. 404A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-012-A Fig. 404B
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-860-057
(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
door) is opened and safetied with the actuator safety locks
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page 435
Feb 01/10

CES
door.
(3) Make sure that the access panel 825AR is removed from the cargo door.
(4) Make sure that the lining and the insulation is removed from the
(5) Make sure that the vent door cover is removed from the internal door
structure.
Subtask 52-31-21-865-057
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 52-31-21-910-054-A

(4) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the mating surface of the
gear box (123) and the structural bearing at longeron 4.
flange bearing (122) and the support bracket of the cargo door
structure.

R

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page 436
May 01/05

CES
(6) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the shaft and the heads of
the screws (119) and the bolts (112).
(7) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the mating surfaces of
the drive shaft lever (102), the safety cam(130), the lever (124) and
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-21-910-054

(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-31-21-991-003-B, 404A/TASK 52-31-21-991-012-B)
gear box (27) and the structural bearing at longeron 4.
flange bearing (21) and the support bracket of the cargo door
structure.
the screws (24) and the bolts (20).
the drive shaft lever (61), the safety cam (30), the lever (28) and
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-910-054-B

(Ref. Fig. 403B/TASK 52-31-21-991-003-A, 404B/TASK 52-31-21-991-012-A)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page 437
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
cover assembly (17) and the structural bearing at beam 4.
the bolts (14), (19), (18),(15), (6) and (2).
the drive shaft lever (102), the safety cam(130), the lever (124) and
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 52-31-21-560-052-A
B. Preparation for the Replacement Components

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-31-21-991-012)
(1) Install the gear box (123) temporarily at longeron (116) with screws
(119).
(2) Measure the gap between the surface of the gear box (123) and the
longeron (116) find the correct thickness of the laminated shim
(115).
(3) Remove the screws (119) and the temporarily installed gear box (116)
from the longeron (116).
(4) Remove as many layers of the laminated shim (115) as necessary to get
the correct thickness.
NOTE : Make sure that the thickness of the laminated shim (115) is
____
one layer thicker than the measured gap. This is necessary
because the thickness of the laminated shim (115) becomes
smaller when it is compressed during the installation.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page 438
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R Subtask 52-31-21-560-052
R B. Preparation for the Replacement Components

R (Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-31-21-991-012-B)
R (1) Install the gear box (27) temporarily at longeron 4 with screws (24).
R (2) Measure the gap between the surface of the gear box (27) and the
R longeron 4 to find the correct thickness of the laminated shim (26).
R (3) Remove the screws (24) and the temporarily gear box (27) from the
R longeron 4.
R (4) Remove as many layers of the laminated shim (26) as necessary to get
R the correct thickness.
R NOTE : Make sure that the thickness of the laminated shim (26) is one
____
R layer thicker than the measured gap. This is necessary because
R the thickness of the laminated shim (26) becomes smaller when
R it is compressed during the installation.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 52-31-21-420-052-A
C. Installation of the Gear Box

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-31-21-991-003)
(1) If removed, attach the flange bearing (122) on the support bracket of
the cargo door structure as follows:
(a) Put the flange bearing (122) in the installation position of the
support bracket (117).
(b) Install the bolts (112), the washers (113) and the nuts (114) and
tighten them.
(c) When the sealant is dry, apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-
003) to protect the sealant.

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page 439
May 01/05

CES
(2) Install the gear box (123) on the cargo door structure as follows:
(a) Put the laminated shim (115) on the output shaft of the gear box
(123).
(b) Move the output shaft of the gear box (123) into the structural
bearing at longeron (116) and the flange bearing (122).
(c) Install the screws (119) and the washers (118) and tighten them
to attach the gear box (123) on the longeron (116).
(d) Turn the output shaft of the gear box (123) to make sure that the
gear rotates freely.
(3) Connect the shaft lever (76) to the output shaft of the gearbox (123)
as follows:
(a) Put the shaft lever (76) in position on the output shaft and make
sure that the pin holes are align.
(b) Install the tapered pins (111), the sleeves (121) and the nuts
(120) on the shaft lever (76).
(d) Install the protection plug (110) on the top of the shaft lever
(76).
(4) Assemble the drive shaft lever (102) on the drive shaft of the gear
box (123) as follows:
(a) Put and hold the safety cam (130) and the lever (124) in the
installation position on the cargo door frame.
(b) Put the drive shaft lever (102) through the cargo door frame to
engage it with the drive shaft of the gear box (123).
(c) Make sure that the pin holes of the drive shaft lever (102), the
lever (124) and the drive shaft are align.
(d) Install the tapered pins (125), the sleeves (126), the washers
(127) and the nuts (128) on the lever (124).
(f) Make sure that the pin holes of the drive shaft lever (102) and
the safety cam (130) are aligned.

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page 440
May 01/05

CES
(g) Install the tapered pins (129), the sleeves (131) washers (132)
and the nuts (133) on the safety cam (130).
(h) Tighten the nuts (133).
Subtask 52-31-21-420-070-A
D. Installation of the Linkage

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-31-21-991-003)
(1) Connect the connection rod (82) to the vent door lever (85) of the
safety shaft as follows:
(a) Put the lower eye end of the connection rod (82) on the fork end
of the vent door lever (85).
(b) Install the bolt (83), the washers (84) and the nut (86).
(2) Connect the connection rod (82) on the lever (80) as follows:
(a) Put the upper eye end of the connection rod (82) on the fork end
of the lever (80).
lever (80).
(3) Connect the link assy (88) on the drive shaft lever (102) as follows:
(a) Put the fork-end of the link assy (88) on the eye-end of the
drive shaft lever (102) and install the bolt (101),the sleeve
(100), the washer (98) and the nut (97).
(b) Tighten the nut (97) and safety it with the new cotter pin (96).
(4) Connect the link asssy (88) on the target lever (90) as follows:
(a) Put the fork end of the link assy (88) on the target lever (90)
and install the bolt (89), the bush (94), the washer (93) and the
nut (92).

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page 441
May 01/05

CES
(5) Connect the drawbar (71) on the shaft lever (76) as follows:
(a) Put the eye end of the drawbar (71) into the fork end of the
shaft lever (76).
shaft lever (76).
(6) Connect the drawbar (71) on the actuator arm (107) of the vent door
as follows:
actuator arm (107).
(b) Install the bolt (108), the washers (105), the bush (106) and the
nut (104) on the actuator arm (107).
(103).
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R Subtask 52-31-21-420-052
R C. Installation of the Gear Box

R (Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-31-21-991-012-B)
R (1) If removed, attach the flange bearing (21) on the support bracket of
R the cargo door structure as follows:
R (a) Put the flange bearing (21) in the installation position of the
R support bracket.
R (b) Install the bolts (20), the washers (22) and the nuts (23) and
R tighten them .
R (c) When the sealant is dry, apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-
R 003) to protect the sealant.

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page 442
May 01/05

CES
R (2) Install the gear box (27) on the cargo door structure as follows:
R (a) Put the trust plate (28) on the drive shaft of the gear box (27).
R (b) Put the laminated shim (26) on the output shaft of the gear box
R (27).
R (c) Move the output shaft of the gear box (27) into the structural
R bearing at longeron 4 and the flange bearing (21).
R (d) Install the screws (24) and the washers (25) and tighten them to
R attach the gear box (27) on the longeron 4.
R (e) Turn the output shaft of the gear box (27) to make sure that the
R gear rotates freely.
R (3) Connect the shaft lever (10) to the output shaft of the gearbox (27)
R as follows:
R (a) Put the shaft lever (10) in position on the output shaft and make
R sure that the pin holes are align.
R (b) Install the tapered pins (9), the sleeves (16), the washers (17)
R and the nuts (18) on the shaft lever (10).
R (c) Tighten the nuts (18).
R (d) Install the protection plug (18) on the top of the shaft lever
R (10).
R (4) Assemble the drive shaft lever (61) on the drive shaft of the gear
R box (27) as follows:
R (a) Put and hold the safety cam (30) and the lever (35) in the
R installation position on the cargo door frame.
R (b) Put the drive shaft lever (61) through the cargo door frame to
R engage it with the drive shaft of the gear box (27).
R (c) Make sure that the pin holes of the drive shaft lever (61), the
R lever (35) and the drive shaft are align.
R (d) Make sure that the gap between the trust plate (28) and the end
R of the drive shaft lever (61) is correct.
R NOTE : The gap must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.4 mm
____
R (0.0157 in.) to make sure that the gear rotates freely.

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 443
May 01/05

CES
R (e) Install the tapered pins (34), the sleeves (36), the washers (37)
R and the nuts (38) on the lever (35).
R (f) Tighten the nuts (38).
R (g) Make sure that the pin holes of the drive shaft lever (61) and
R the safety cam (30) are aligned.
R (h) Install the tapered pins (31), the washers (32) and the nuts (33)
R on the safety cam (30).
R (i) Tighten the nuts (33).
R Subtask 52-31-21-420-070
R D. Installation of the Linkage

R (Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-31-21-991-003-B)
R (1) Connect the connection rod (51) to the vent door lever (54) of the
R safety shaft as follows:
R (a) Put the lower eye end of the connection rod (51) on the fork end
R of the vent door lever (54).
R (b) Install the bolt (53), the washers (52), the bush (55) and the
R nut (56).
R (2) Connect the connection rod (51) on the lever (35) as follows:
R (a) Put the upper eye end of the connection rod (51) on the fork end
R of the lever (35).
R (b) Install the bolt (50), the washers (48), the bush (49) and the
R nut (47) on the lever (35).
R (3) Connect the link assy (44) on the drive shaft lever (61) as follows:
R (a) Put the eye end of the link assy (44) on the threaded end of the
R drive shaft lever (61).
R (b) Install the washer (60) and the nut (59) on the threaded ends of

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 444
May 01/05

CES
(4) Connect the link asssy (44) on the target lever (39) as follows:
(a) Put the fork end of the link assy (44) on the target lever (39).
(b) Install the bolt (45), the bush (43), the washers (40) and the
nut (42) on the fork end.
(5) Connect the drawbar (7) on the shaft lever (10) as follows:
(a) Put the eye end of the drawbar (7) into the fork end of the shaft
lever (10).
nut (14) on the shaft lever (10).
(6) Connect the drawbar (7) on the actuator arm (3) of the vent door as
follows:
actuator arm (3).
(b) Install the bolt (1), the washers (2), the bush (4) and the nut
(5) on the actuator arm (3).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-420-052-B
C. Installation of the Cover Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 404B/TASK 52-31-21-991-012-A)
(1) Put the shaft lever (15) in position and install the shaft (16)
through the cover assembly (17).
(2) Align the shaft lever (15) with the shaft (16) and install the
tapered pin (11), the spacer (7) and the nut (6).

R

EFF : 051-052, 106-149, 221-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page 445
Feb 01/10

CES
(4) Put the cover assembly (17) in position on the beam 4 and install the
bolts (19) and the washers (18).
(5) Tighten the bolts (19).
(6) Align the shaft lever (15) with the fork-end of the connection link
(12) and install the bolt (14), the washers (13) and (8), and the nut
(9).
(8) Safety the nut (9) with a new cotter pin (10).
(9) Align the shaft lever (3) on the shaft (16) and install the tapered
pin (2), the spacer (4), and the nut (5).
Subtask 52-31-21-420-070-A
D. Installation of the Linkage

(Ref. Fig. 403B/TASK 52-31-21-991-003-A)
(1) Connect the connection rod (16) to the lever of the vent door as
follows:
(a) Put the eye-end of the connection rod (16) in the fork-end of the
vent door lever.
(2) Connect the connection rod (16) to the drive lever (8) as follows:
(a) Put the fork-end of the connection rod (16) on the drive lever
(8).
(b) Install the bolt (6), the washers (7) and the nut (9) at the
drive lever (8).

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page 446
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Install the connection rod (23) as follows:
(a) Put the connection rod (23) in position and connect the fork-end
to the lever (11) with the bolt (15), the washers (14) and the
nut (13).
(c) Put the connection rod (23) in position and connect the fork-end
to the twin lever (19) with the bolt (18), the washers (17) and
the nut (21).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 52-31-21-820-050
E. Adjustment Procedure
(1) Adjust the skin offset of the vent door (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-003).
(2) Make sure that the length of the link assy (44) is correctly adjusted
(Ref. TASK 52-71-12-400-002).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-820-050-A
E. Adjustment Procedure
(1) Adjust the skin offset of the vent door (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-003).
(2) Make sure that the length of the link assy (88) is correctly adjusted
(Ref. TASK 52-71-12-400-002).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-31-21-720-051
F. Test Procedure
(1) Make sure that the proximity switch 30WV operates satisfactorily
(Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page 447
Feb 01/10

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-21-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) or STORAGE

PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to all the components of the vent
door mechanism and to the adjacent cargo door structure.
(3) Install the removed parts of the lining and insulation on the cargo
door (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-400-001).
(4) Install the vent door cover on the inner side of the cargo door.
Subtask 52-31-21-865-058

1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.
Subtask 52-31-21-410-053
C. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page 448
May 01/05
R
CES
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R TASK 52-31-21-000-004
R Removal of the Safety Shaft Assembly
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R To replace the safety shaft and the related safety cams, the drift pin
R levers, the vent door lever and the link lever.
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 52-31-21-991-004 Fig. 405
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-31-21-010-057
R A. Get Access
R safety it with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
R 001).
R (2) Put the access platform in position at the cargo door.
R (3) Remove the access panel 825AR from the cargo door.

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 449
May 01/05

CES
R (4) Remove the plastic plugs from the lateral cutouts of the cargo door
R to remove the safety shaft.
R Subtask 52-31-21-865-059
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-31-21-020-052
R A. Removal of the Safety Shaft Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-31-21-991-004)
R NOTE : Identify the installation position of the safety cams, the drift
____
R pin levers, the link lever and the vent door lever with a mark.
R (1) Disconnect the connection rod (27) from the vent door lever (21) as
R follows:
R (22) from the vent door lever (21).
R (c) Remove the lower eye end of the connection rod (27) from the fork
R end of the vent door lever (21).
R (2) Disconnect the teleflex controls (19) from the drift pin levers (20)
R as follows:
R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (18) from the nuts (17).
R (b) Remove the nuts (17), the washers (15), the bushes (16) and the
R bolts (14) from the drift pin levers (20).
R (c) Remove the eye ends of the teleflex controls (19) from the fork
R end of the drift pin levers (20).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 450
May 01/05

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-31-21

Page 451
Nov 01/05

CES
R Safety Shaft Assembly

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 452
May 01/05

CES
R Safety Shaft Assembly

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 453
May 01/05

CES
(3) Disconnect the linkage (3) from the link lever (10) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (6), the washer (5), the bush (4) and the bolt (1)
from the link lever (10).
(c) Remove the lower eye end of the linkage (3) from the fork end of
the link lever (10).
(4) Disassemble the different components from the safety shaft (11) as
follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (9), the washers (8) and the tapered pins (2)
from the safety cams (12),(13).
(b) Remove the nuts (9), the washers (8) and the tapered pins (2)
from the link lever (10), the drift pin levers (20) and the vent
door lever (21).
(c) Move the vent door lever (21) and the link lever (10) from the
end of the safety shaft (11).
(5) Remove the safety shaft (11) from the cargo door structure as
follows:
(a) Move the safety shaft (11) slowly in the forward direction
through the lateral cutout of the cargo door.
NOTE : Support the safety cams (12),(13) and the drift pin levers
____
(20) during this movement.
(b) Remove the safety cams (12),(13) and the drift pin lever (20)
while you remove the safety shaft (11) from the sliding bearing
(of each frame forkend).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 454
Nov 01/05
R
CES
TASK 52-31-21-400-004
Installation of the Safety Shaft Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 cotter pin 52-31-21 02 -010

18 cotter pin 52-31-21 20B-010
26 cotter pin 52-31-21 07 -040

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 455
Nov 01/05
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-860-058
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
door.
Subtask 52-31-21-865-060
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 456
Nov 01/05
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-21-910-055
(4) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all movable
parts.
Subtask 52-31-21-420-053
B. Installation of the Safety Shaft Assembly
(1) Install the safety shaft (11) to the cargo door structure as follows:
(a) Move the safety shaft (11) through the lateral cutout of the
cargo door into the sliding bearing of each frame fork end.
(b) During this movement, assemble the safety cams (12),(13) and the
drift pin levers (20) in the correct sequence on the safety shaft
(11).
(c) Set the safety cams (12),(13) and the drift pin lever (20) in the
correct position on the safety shaft (11) (in accordance with
your marks).
NOTE : Make sure that their attachment holes are aligned.

____
(d) Install the tapered pins (2) to attach the drift pin levers (20)
and the safety cams (12),(13) on the safety shaft (11).
(e) Install the washers (8) and the nuts (9) on the tapered pins (2)
and tighten the nuts (9).
(f) Assemble the link lever (10) and the vent door lever (21) on the
ends of the safety shaft (11) (in accordance with your mark).
(g) Install the tapered pins (2) to attach the link lever (10) and
the vent door lever (21) on the safety shaft (11).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 457
Nov 01/05
R
CES
(h) Install the washers (8) and the nuts (9) on the tapered pins (2)
and tighten the nuts (9).
(2) Connect the linkage (3) to the link lever (10) as follows:
(a) Put the lower eye end of the linkage (3) in the fork end of the
link lever (10).
(b) Install the bolt (1), the bush (4), the washer (5) and the nut
(6) on the link lever (10).
(3) Connect the teleflex controls (19) to the drift pin levers (20) as
follows:
(a) Put the eye end of the teleflex controls (19) in the fork end of
the drift pin levers (20).
(b) Install the bolts (14), the washers (15), the bushes (16) and the
nuts (17) on the drift pin levers (20).
(c) Tighten the nuts (17) and safety it with the new cotter pin (18).
(4) Connect the connection rod (27) to the vent door lever (21) as
follows:
(a) Put the lower eye end of the connection rod (27) in the fork end
nut (25) on the vent door lever (21).
Subtask 52-31-21-820-057
(1) Adjust the linkage (3) of the lever mechanism to make sure that the
safety cams are in their correct position (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-
002).
(2) Adjust the length of the teleflex controls (19) to make sure that the
drift pins extend and retract correctly. (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-
002).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 458
Nov 01/05
R
CES
(3) Adjust the length of the connection rod (27) to make sure that the
vent door opens and closes correctly (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).
Subtask 52-31-21-720-052
D. Do the functional test of the door locking mechanism to make sure that
the safety mechanism operates correctly (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-21-865-061

1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.
Subtask 52-31-21-410-056
B. Close Access
items.

PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to all the components of the
safety shaft assembly and to the adjacent cargo door structure.
(3) Install new, self-adhesive cover plates (28) to the lateral cutouts
of the cargo door.
52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 459
Nov 01/05
R
CES
TASK 52-31-21-000-005
Removal of the Locking Shaft Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To replace the locking shaft and the related shaft levers, the interlock
cam, the control lever and the deflection unit.
NOTE : Remove and install these components together to make sure that the
____
related attachment holes remain aligned.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-35-13-000-002 Removal of the Proximity Switches 5MJ and/or 12MJ
52-31-21-991-005 Fig. 406
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-010-059
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo

door) and install the actuator safety locks. (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
001).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 460
Nov 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 52-31-21-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-31-21-860-053
(1) Move the locking shaft of the opened cargo door in its locked

(2) Remove the plastic plug (36) from the lateral cutout of the cargo
door to remove the locking shaft.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-21-020-069
A. Disassembly of the Deflection Unit

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-31-21-991-005)
(1) Disconnect the link rod (1) from the deflection unit (17) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (5), the washer (4), the bush (3) and the bolt (2)
from the link rod (1).
(c) Remove the fork end of the link rod (1) from the eye end of the
deflection lever (10).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 461
Nov 01/05

CES
R Locking Shaft Assembly

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 462
May 01/05

CES

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 463
May 01/05

CES

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 464
May 01/05

CES
(2) Remove the deflection lever (10) from the shaft end (16) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (8) and the washer (9) from the threaded end of
the shaft end (16).
(c) Move the deflection lever (10) and the serrated plate (11) from
the shaft end (16).
(3) Remove the shaft end (16) from the locking shaft (18) as follows:
from the serrated bush (12) and the end of the locking shaft
(18).
(b) Disassemble the serrated bush (12) from the shaft end (16).
(c) Move the shaft end (16) from the locking shaft (18) and from the
sliding bearing (17).
Subtask 52-31-21-020-053
B. Removal of the Locking Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-31-21-991-005)
NOTE : Identify the installation position of the shaft levers, the

____
control lever and the interlock cam with a mark.
(1) Remove the locking shaft (18) from the cargo door as follows:
from the shaft levers (25) and (29) and the control lever (34).
(b) Remove the nut (31), the washers (32) and the tapered pin (33)
from the interlock cam (30).
(c) Move the locking shaft (18) slowly in the aft position through
the lateral cutout of the cargo door.
NOTE : Support the shaft levers (25) and (29), the control lever
____
(34) and the interlock cam (30) during this movement.
(2) Remove the shaft levers (25) and (29), the control lever (34) and the
interlock cam (30) while you remove the locking shaft (18) from the
sliding bearing (of each fork end).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 465
Aug 01/05
R
CES
(3) Disconnect the shaft levers (25) and (29) from the spring unit (28)
of the locking unit as follows:
(19) from the shaft levers (25 and (29).
(c) Remove the eye end of the spring unit (28) from the fork ends of
the shaft levers (25) and (29).
(4) If necessary, remove the target (35) from the control lever (34)
(Ref. TASK 52-35-13-000-002).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 466
Aug 01/05
R
CES
TASK 52-31-21-400-005
Installation of the Locking Shaft Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : You cannot replace only one component of the locking shaft assembly
____
because then the related attachment holes are not aligned. Therefore,
replace the locking shaft assembly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 cotter pin 52-31-21 02 -010

7 cotter pin 52-31-21 19 -050
23 cotter pin 52-31-21 16 -010

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 467
Aug 01/05
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-865-063
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-31-21-860-059
door) is opened and safetied with the actuator safety locks.
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
cargo door.

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 468
Aug 01/05
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-21-910-056
(4) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all moveable
parts.
(5) If removed, install the target (35) on the control lever (34)
(Ref. TASK 52-35-13-400-002).
Subtask 52-31-21-420-054
B. Installation of the Locking Shaft
(1) Connect the shaft levers (25) and (29) to the spring unit (28) of the
locking unit as follows:
(a) Put the fork ends of the shaft levers (25) and (29) on the eye
end of each spring unit (28).
nut (22) on the shaft levers (25) and (29).
(2) Install the locking shaft (18) on the cargo door as follows:
(a) Move the locking shaft (18) through the lateral cutout of the
(b) During this movement, assemble the shaft levers (25),(29),(36),

the interlock cam (30) and the control lever (34) in the correct
sequence on the locking shaft (18).
(c) Put the shaft levers (25) and (29), the interlock cam (30) and
the control lever (34) in the correct position on the locking
shaft (18) (in accordance with your marks).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 469
Aug 01/05
R
CES
NOTE : Make sure that the attachment holes are aligned.
____
(d) Install the tapered pins (24) to attach the shaft levers (25) and
(29) and the control lever (34) on the locking shaft (18).
(e) Install the washers (26) and the nuts (27) on the tapered pins
(24) and tighten the nuts (27).
(3) Install the tapered pin (33) to attach the interlock cam (30) on the
locking shaft (18).
(4) Install the washer (32) and the nut (31) on the tapered pin (33) and
tighten the nut (31).
Subtask 52-31-21-420-067
C. Installation of the Deflection Unit
(1) Install the shaft end (16) on the locking shaft (18) as follows:
(a) Move the shaft end (16) into the locking shaft until the
attachment holes are aligned.
(b) Connect both parts with the tapered pins (13), the washer (14)
and the nuts (15).
(c) Move the serrated bush (12) on the shaft end (16) until the
attachment holes are aligned.
(d) Connect both parts with the tapered pins (13), the washer (14)
and the nuts (15).
(2) Install the deflection lever (10) on the shaft end (16) as follows:
(a) Move the serrated plate (11) with its correct side on the shaft
end (16) until it engages with the serrated bush (12).
(b) Move the deflection lever (10) on the shaft end (16) until it
engages with the serrated plate (11).
(c) Make sure that the positions of the deflection lever (10) and the
serrated plate (11) are aligned with your mark.

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 470
Aug 01/05
R
CES
(d) Install the washer (9) and the castle nut (8) on the threaded end
of the shaft end (16).
NOTE : Do not tighten the castle nut (8) and safety it with the
____
new cotter pin (7) at this time.
(3) Connect the link rod (1) to the deflection unit (17) as follows:
(a) Put the fork end of the link rod (1) on the eye end of the
deflection lever (10.
(b) Install the bolt (2), the bush (3), the washer (4) and the castle
nut (5) on the link rod (1).
(c) Tighten the castle nut (5) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(6).
Subtask 52-31-21-820-058
D. Adjustment Procedure
(1) Make sure that the upper dead center of the locking mechanism is
(2) Make sure that the proximity switch 5MJ is correctly adjusted
(Ref. TASK 52-35-13-400-002).
Subtask 52-31-21-720-053
E. Test Procedure
(1) Do a functional test of the upper dead center to make sure that the
locking mechanism operates satisfactorily (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-
001).
(2) Do the functional test to make sure that the proximity switch 5MJ is
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-21-865-064

1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 471
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 52-31-21-410-058
B. Close Access
items.

locking shaft assembly and to the adjacent cargo door structure.
(3) Install the removed plastic plugs (36) in the lateral cutouts of the
cargo door.
52-30-00-860-002).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 472
Aug 01/05

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-31-21-000-006
Removal of the Interlock Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21-991-006 Fig. 407
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-21-991-006-A Fig. 407A

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page 473
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-010-061
A. Get Access
001).
Subtask 52-31-21-865-065
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-860-054
(1) Move the latching mechanism of the opened cargo door in the locked
(a) Press the roller lever (5) of the interlock mechanism outboard to

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page 474
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-21-860-054-A
(1) Move the locking mechanism of the opened cargo door in the locked
(a) Press the roller lever (5) of the interlock mechanism outboard to
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-31-21-991-006)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 407A/TASK 52-31-21-991-006-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-020-054
A. Removal of the Interlock Mechanism
NOTE : Remove the interlock mechanism (262) which includes the roller
____
lever (263), the interlock lever (269) and the spring pin (268)
carefully because the spring (273) is under load.
(1) Disconnect the roller lever (263) from the interlock fitting as
follows:
(a) Remove and discard the pin (258) from the nut (259).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page 475
Feb 01/10

CES
Interlock Mechanism
Figure 407/TASK 52-31-21-991-006

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page 476
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Interlock Mechanism
Figure 407A/TASK 52-31-21-991-006-A

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 477
Aug 01/05

CES
(b) Remove the nut (259), the washers (260) and the bolt (265) from
the interlock fitting.
(c) Hold the roller lever (263) and remove the sleeve (261) from the
interlock fitting.
(d) Move the roller end of the roller lever (263) through the cutout
of the cargo door structure inboard.
(2) Disconnect the interlock lever (269) from the interlock fitting as
follows:
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (252), the washer (251) and the
pin (271) from the interlock fitting.
(c) Remove the nut (254), the washers (255), the sleeve (270) and the
bolt (267) from the interlock fitting.
(3) Remove the interlock mechanism from the cargo door as follows:
(a) Pull the interlock mechansim (262) down until the interlock lever
(296) is free from the interlock fitting.
(b) Remove the interlock mechanism so that the spring pin (268)
disengages from the spring sleeve (272).
(4) Remove the spring sleeve (272) from the interlock fitting as follows:
(a) Remove the spring (273) from the spring sleeve (272).
(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (257) and the washer (256) from
the pin (266).
(c) Remove the pin (266) together with the spacers (264) and the
spring sleeve (272) from the interlock fitting.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page 478
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-21-020-054-A
A. Removal of the Interlock Mechanism
NOTE : Remove the interlock mechanism which includes the roller lever
____
(5), the interlock lever (16) and the spring pin (15) carefully
because the spring (24) is under load.
(1) Disconnect the roller lever (5) from the structure bracket as
follows:
(b) Remove the castle nut (7), the washers (2) and the bolt (1) from
the structure bracket.
(c) Move the roller end of the roller lever (5) through the cutout of
the cargo door structure inboard.
(2) Disconnect the interlock lever (16) from the structure bracket as
follows:
(a) Release the retaining ring (22) and remove the pin (19) from the
structure bracket.
(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (10) from the castle nut (11).
(c) Remove the castle nut (11), the washers (12) and the bolt (18)
from the structure bracket.
(3) Remove the interlock mechanism from the cargo door as follows:
(a) Pull the interlock mechansim down until the interlock lever (16)
is free from the structure bracket.
(b) Remove the interlock mechanism so that the spring pin (15)
disengages from the spring sleeve (23).
(4) If necessary, remove the bushes (4),(14) from the roller lever (5)
and the interlock lever (16).
(5) If necessary, remove the flanged bushes (3),(6) and (13) from the
structure bracket.

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 479
Aug 01/05
R
CES
(6) Remove the spring sleeve (23) from the structure bracket as follows:
(a) Remove the spring (24) from the spring sleeve (23).
(b) Release the retaining ring (9) from the pin (20).
(c) Remove the pin (20) together with the spacers (21) and the spring
sleeve (23) from the cargo door.

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 480
Aug 01/05

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-31-21-400-006
Installation of the Interlock Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia 0.8 mm

(0.032 in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page 481
Aug 01/05
R
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 cotter pin 52-31-21 14 -060

10 cotter pin 52-31-21 14 -130
28 tab washer 52-31-21 15 -080
252 cotter pin 52-31-21 36 -040
253 cotter pin 52-31-21 36 -260
257 cotter pin 52-31-21 36 -040
258 cotter pin 52-31-21 36 -040
274 tab washer 52-31-21 36 -180
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21-991-006 Fig. 407
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-21-991-006-A Fig. 407A

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page 482
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-860-060
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
cargo door.
(4) Make sure that the latching mechanism is in the locked condition.
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-21-860-060-A
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
cargo door.
(4) Make sure that the locking mechanism is in the locked condition.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page 483
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-31-21-865-066
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-31-21-991-006)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 407A/TASK 52-31-21-991-006-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-910-057-A
(4) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the sliding
surfaces of the bushes (261) and (270).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page 484
Feb 01/10

CES
(5) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the pins
(271) and (266), to the spring pin (268) and the shaft of the bolts
(265) and (267).
- Make sure that the threads of the bolts (265) and (267) remain free
of grease.
Subtask 52-31-21-560-054-A
B. Preparation for Replacement Component
(1) Replace the lock plate (274) of the stop (277) as follows:
(a) Bend the lock plate (274) to release the lock nut (275).
(b) Remove the adjusting screw (276) together with the lock nut (275)
and the lock plate (274) from the interlock lever (269).
(c) Remove the lock plate (274) from the adjusting screw (276).
(d) Install a new tab washer (274) on the adjusting screw (276).
(e) Install the adjusting screw (276) together with the lock nut
(275) and the new lock plate (274) in the interlock lever (269).
Subtask 52-31-21-420-055
C. Installation of the Interlock Mechanism
(1) Install the spring sleeve (272) on the interlock fitting as follows:
(a) Put the spring sleeve (272) in the installation position and
attach it with the pin (266) and the related spacers (264).
(257).
(c) Move the spring 273) over the spring sleeve (272).
(2) Assemble the spring pin (272) into the spring sleeve (272).
(3) Connect the interlock lever (269) with the interlock fitting as
follows:
(a) Put the interlock lever (269) and the sleeve (270) in position
and attach them with the bolt (267), the washers (255) and the
nut (254).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page 485
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(b) Tighten the nut (254) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(253).
(4) Connect the roller lever (263) to the interlock fitting as follows:
(a) Put the roller lever (263) in position and install the bush (261)
into the interlock fitting.
(b) Install the bolt (265), the washers (260) and the nut (259) on
the interlock fitting.
(258).
(5) Install the pin (271) in the interlock fitting and safety it with the
washer (251) and the the new cotter pin (252).
Subtask 52-31-21-820-056-A
(1) Adjust the gap between the stop assy (277) and the interlock cam of
the latching shaft (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).
(2) Make sure that the lock nut (275) is tightened and safetied with the
new tab washer (274) after the final adjustment.
Subtask 52-31-21-710-051
E. Operational Test of the Interlock Mechanism
(1) Make sure that the door handle is in the UNLOCKED position.
(2) Try to move the door handle in the LOCKED position.
NOTE : The stop assy (277) must block the interlock cam of the
____
latching shaft.
(3) Press the roller lever (263) outboards to release the blockage of the
latching shaft.
NOTE : You can push down the door handle to the LOCKED position.
____
(4) Pull up the door handle handle to the UNLOCKED position.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page 486
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-21-910-057
(4) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the sliding
surfaces of the bushes (4),(14) and the flanged bushes (3),(6) and
(13).
(5) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the pins
(19),(2), to the spring pin (15) and to the shaft of the bolts
(1),(18).
- Make sure that the threads of the bolts (1),(18) remain free of
grease.
Subtask 52-31-21-560-054
B. Preparation for Replacement Component
(1) Replace the tab washer (28) of the stop (25) as follows:
(a) Bend the tab washer (28) to release the lock nut (27).
(b) Remove the adjusting screw (26) together with the lock nut (27)
and the tab washer (28) from the interlock lever (16).
(c) Remove the tab washer (28) from the adjusting screw (26).
(d) Install a new tab washer (28) on the adjusting screw (26).
(e) Install the adjusting screw (26) together with the lock nut (27)
and the new tab washer (28) in the interlock lever (16).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 487
Aug 01/05
R
CES
(2) Adjust the length of the connection rod (29) as follows:
NOTE : The adjustment is only valid for the alternative part.

____
(a) Measure the distance between the eye-ends of the connection rod
(29).
NOTE : The distance must be between 109.71 mm (4.3192 in.) and

____
110.3 mm (4.3425 in.).
(b) Loosen the jam nuts (30) and turn the turnbuckle (31) as required
to adjust the length correctly.
(c) Tighten the jam nuts (30) and safety them with lockwire,
corrosion-resistant steel, dia 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)
Subtask 52-31-21-420-055
C. Installation of the Interlock Mechanism
(1) Install the spring sleeve (23) on the structure bracket as follows:
(a) Put the spring sleeve (23) in the installation position and
attach it with the pin (20) and the related spacers (21).
(b) Safety the pin (20) with the retaining ring (9).
(c) Move the spring (24) over the spring sleeve (23).
(2) If removed, install the flanged bushes (3),(6) and (13) in the
structural bracket.
(3) Assemble the interlock mechanism as follows:
(a) Move the bush (4) into the roller lever (5).
(b) Move the bush (14) into the interlock lever (16).
(c) Put the interlock mechanism in the installation position so that

the spring pin (15) engages with the spring sleeve (23).
(4) Connect the interlock lever (16) with the structure bracket as
follows:
(a) Put the interlock lever (16) in the installation position to

install the bolt (18).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 488
Aug 01/05
R
CES
(b) Install the bolt (18), the washers (12) and the castle nut (11)
on the structure bracket.
(10).
(5) Connect the roller lever (5) to the structure bracket as follows:
(a) Put the roller lever (5) in position to install the bolt (1).
(b) Install the bolt (1), the washers (2) and the castle nut (7) on
the structure bracket.
(8).
(6) Install the pin (19) on the structure bracket and safety it with the
retaining ring (22).
Subtask 52-31-21-820-056
(1) Adjust the gap between the stop (25) and the interlock cam of the
locking shaft (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).
(2) Make sure that the lock nut (27) is tightened and safetied with the
new tab washer (28) after the final adjustment.
Subtask 52-31-21-710-051
E. Operational Test of the Interlock Mechanism
(1) Make sure that the locking handle is in the UNLOCKED position.
(2) Try to move the locking handle in the LOCKED position.
NOTE : The stop (25) must block the interlock cam of the locking
____
shaft.
(3) Press the roller lever (5) outboards to release the blockage of the
locking shaft.
NOTE : You can turn the locking handle to the LOCKED position.
____
(4) Turn the locking handle handle to the UNLOCKED position.

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 489
Aug 01/05

CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-21-865-067
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.
Subtask 52-31-21-410-060
B. Close Access
items.

interlock mechanism and to the adjacent cargo door structure.
52-30-00-860-002).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page 490
Aug 01/05

CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
TASK 52-31-21-000-007
Removal of the Locking Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To replace the components of the locking unit (locking hook, linkage,

bellcrank lever and spring unit) separately.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 3.5 mm (0.1377 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-21-000-005 Removal of the Locking Shaft Assembly
52-31-21-991-007 Fig. 408
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-010-063
A. Get Access
001).
(2) Put the access platform in position below opened the cargo door.

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 491
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 52-31-21-865-068
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-31-21-991-007)
Subtask 52-31-21-020-055
A. Removal of the Locking Hook
(1) Move the locking units of the opened cargo door to the locked
position as follows:

(2) Disconnect the locking hook (5) from the linkage (13) as follows:
(b) Remove the castle nut (11), the washers (12) and the bolt (14)
(c) Move the linkage (13) to disconnect it from the locking hook (5).
(d) Remove the bush (9) from the lower fork end of the linkage (13).
(3) Disconnect the locking hook (5) from the cargo door frame as follows:
(b) Remove the castle nut (6) and the washer (2) from the locking
hook bolt (1).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 492
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Locking Unit
Figure 408/TASK 52-31-21-991-007

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 493
Aug 01/05
R
CES
(c) Support the locking hook (5) and remove the washer (2) and the
(4) Move the locking hook (5) outboard through the cutout of the cargo
door structure.
(5) If necessary, remove the bushes (3) from the cargo door frame.
(6) Remove the sleeves (4) and (8) from the locking hook (5).
Subtask 52-31-21-020-061
B. Removal of the Linkage and the Bellcrank Lever
(1) Remove the eccentric bolt (25) from the cargo door frame as follows
to get movement for removal:
(b) Remove the castle nut (21) and the washer (22) from the special
bolt (24).
(c) Disengage the serrated plate (23) from the special bolt (24) and
(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (28) from the castle nut (27).
(e) Remove the castle nut (27), the washer (26) and the eccentric
bolt (25) from the cargo door frame.
(2) Disconnect the bellcrank lever (33) from the cargo door frame as
follows:
from the cargo door frame.
(c) Move the linkage (13) down and remove the bushes (31) from the
cargo door frame.
(3) Move the linkage (13) so that the connection of the spring unit (44)
and the bellcrank lever (33) comes free from the cargo door frame.

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 494
Aug 01/05
R
CES
(4) Disconnect the bellcrank lever (33) from the spring unit (44) as
follows:
(b) Remove the castle nut (40), the washers (38) and the bush (39)
from the bolt (37).
(c) Support the linkage (13) and remove the washer (38) and the bolt
(37) from the fork end of the bellcrank lever (19).
(5) Move the linkage (13) and the bellcrank lever (33) outboard through
the cutout of the cargo door structure.
(6) If necessary, disconnect the bellcrank lever (33) from the linkage
(13) as follows:
from the upper fork end of the linkage (13).
(c) Remove the bellcrank (33) from the linkage (13).
(d) Remove the sleeve (34) from the bellcrank lever (33).
(e) Remove the bush (17) from the upper fork end of the linkage (13).
Subtask 52-31-21-020-062
C. Removal of the Spring Unit
(1) Pull out the locking shaft until you can move the applicable lever
assy (51) from the cargo door frame (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-005).
(2) Disconnect the spring unit (44) from the lever assy (51) as follows:
(a) Remove the cotter pin (47) from the castle nut (46).
(b) Remove the castle nut (46), the washers (43), the bush (45) and
the bolt (42) from the fork end of the lever assy (51).
(c) Remove the eye end of the spring unit (44) from the fork end of
the lever assy (51).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 495
Aug 01/05
R
CES
(3) Disconnect the spring unit (44) from the bellcrank lever (33) as
follows:
NOTE : Do not remove the linkage (13) from the bellcrank lever (33)
____
at this step.
(c) Move the spring unit (44) outboard until the fork end of the
bellcrank lever (33) is free from the cargo door frame.
(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (41) from the castle nut (40).
(e) Remove the castle nut (40), the washers (38), the bush (39) and
the bolt (37) from the bellcrank lever (33).
(f) Remove the eye end of the spring unit (44) from the fork end of
the bellcrank lever (33).
Subtask 52-31-21-020-063
D. Removal of the Travel Limiter of the Locking Mechanism
NOTE : The travel limiter is only at STA1137/FR27A (STA2590/FR55A).

____
(1) Remove the serrated plate (53) which safeties the eccentric bolt (57)
in its position) as follows:
(b) Remove the castle nut (55) and the washer (54) from the special
bolt (52).
(c) Disengage the serrated plate (53) from the special bolt (52) and
(2) Remove the eccentric bolt (57) from the cargo door frame as follows:
(b) Remove the castle nut (49), the washer (50) and the eccentric
bolt (57) from the cargo door frame.

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 496
Aug 01/05
R
CES
TASK 52-31-21-400-007
Installation of the Locking Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 497
Aug 01/05
R
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 cotter pin 52-31-21 16 -230

10 cotter pin 52-31-21 17 -010
19 cotter pin 52-31-21 17 -010
20 cotter pin 52-31-21 16 -050
28 cotter pin 52-31-21 16 -010
36 cotter pin 52-31-21 16 -130
41 cotter pin 52-31-21 17 -010
47 cotter pin 52-31-21 16 -010
48 cotter pin 52-31-21 16 -010
56 cotter pin 52-31-21 16 -050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-22-52-640-002 Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment

Doors
52-31-21-400-005 Installation of the Locking Shaft Assembly
52-31-21-991-007 Fig. 408
3. __________
Job Set-Up
Subtask 52-31-21-860-061
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
door.

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 498
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 52-31-21-865-069
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-31-21-991-007)
Subtask 52-31-21-910-058
(4) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to:

- inner and outer sliding surfaces of the sleeves (4),(8),(32) and
(34),
- sliding surfaces of the bushes (3),(9),(17),(31),(39),(45),
- shaft of the eccentric bolts (25),(57),
- shaft of all other bolts.
(5) Prepare the replacement spring unit (44) as follows:
(a) Remove the eye-end (59) and the washer (60) from the spring unit
body (58).
(b) Fill the spring unit body (58) with approximitly 10 g (0.35 oz)
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017).
(c) Assemble the eye-end (59) and the washer (60) on the spring unit
body (58).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page 499
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 52-31-21-420-056
B. Installation of the Spring Unit
(1) Connect the spring unit (44) to the lever assy (51) as follows:
(a) Put the eye end of the spring unit (44) on the fork end of the
lever assy (51).
castle nut (46) on the lever assy (51).
(47).
(2) Connect the spring unit (44) to the bellcrank lever (33) as follows:
(a) Put the eye end of the spring unit (44) on the fork end of the
castle nut (40) on the bellcrank lever (33).
(41).
(3) Attach the bellcrank lever (33) on the cargo door frame as follows:
NOTE : Make sure that the linkage (13) is installed on the bellcrank
____
lever (33) before you start this step (refer to the subsequent
step).
(a) Move the spring unit (44) inboard until you can install the bolt
(29) correctly.
(b) Install the bolt (29), the washers (30), and the castle nut (35)
on the cargo door frame.
(36).
(4) Assemble the lever assy (51) on the locking shaft and install it in
the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-400-005).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page A400
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 52-31-21-420-061
C. Installation of the Linkage and the Bellcrank Lever
(1) If necessary, assemble the bellcrank lever (33) on the linkage (13)
as follows:
(a) Install the sleeves (32),(34) in the bellcrank (33).
(b) Install the bush (17) in the upper fork end of the linkage (13).
(c) Put the bellcrank lever (33) in position in the upper fork end of
the linkage (13).
(d) Install the bolt (15), the washers (16) and the castle nut (18)
on the linkage (13).
(e) Tighten the castle nut (18) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(19).
(2) Connect the bellcrank lever (33) to the spring unit (44) as follows:
(a) Put the linkage (13) and the bellcrank lever (33) through the
cutout of the cargo door structure inboard.
(b) Put the bellcrank lever (33) in position to connect it with the
spring unit (44) outboard of the cargo door frame.
(c) Put the eye end of the spring unit (44) on the fork end of the
(d) Install the bolt (37), the washers (38), the bush (39) and the
castle nut (40) on the bellcrank lever (33).
(41).
(3) Attach the bellcrank lever (33) to the cargo door frame as follows:
(a) Install the bush (31) in the cargo door frame.
(b) Move the bellcrank lever (33) inboard until you can install the
bolt (29) correctly.
(c) Install the bolt (29), the washers (30) and the castle nut (35)
on the cargo door frame.

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page A401
Aug 01/05
R
CES
(d) Tighten the castle nut (35) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(36).
(4) Install the eccentric bolt (25) on the cargo door frame as follows:
(a) Install the eccentric bolt (25), the washer (26) and the castle
nut (27) on the cargo door frame.
(b) Engage the serrated plate (23) with the special bolt (24) and the
eccentric bolt(25).
(c) Make sure that the punch marks of the serrated plate (23) and the
eccentric bolt (25) are aligned.
(d) Install the washer (22) and the castle nut (21) on the special
bolt (24) to attach the serrated plate (23).
(e) Tighten the castle nuts (27),(21) by hand at this time.
NOTE : Safety the castle nuts (27),(21) with the new cotter pins
____
(28),(20) after the final adjustment of the lower dead
center.
Subtask 52-31-21-420-062
D. Installation of the Locking Hook
(1) Attach the locking hook (5) on the cargo door frame as follows:
(a) Install the sleeves (4),(8) in the locking hook (5).
(b) Install the bush (3) in the cargo door frame.
(c) Move the locking hook (5) through the structural cutout in the
installation position to install the locking hook bolt (1)
correctly.
(d) Install the locking hook bolt (1), the washers (2) and the castle
nut (6) on the cargo door structure.
(7).
(2) Connect the locking hook (5) on the linkage (13) as follows:
(a) Put the lower fork end of the linkage (13) on the eye end of the
locking hook (5).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page A402
Aug 01/05
R
CES
castle nut (11) on the linkage (13).
(10).
Subtask 52-31-21-420-064
E. Installation of the Travel Limiter of the Locking Mechanism
(1) Install the eccentric bolt (57) on the cargo door frame as follows:
(a) Put the eccentric bolt (57) in position and attach it with the
washers (50) and the castle nut (49).
(b) Tighten the castle nut (49) by hand at this time.
NOTE : Safety the castle nut (49) with the new cotter pin (56)
____
after the final adjustment of the locking hook clearance.
(2) Install the serrated plate (53) as follows:
(a) Engage the serrated plate (53) with the special bolt (52) and the
eccentric bolt (57).
(b) Make sure that the punch marks of the serrated plate (53) and the
eccentric bolt (57) are aligned.
(c) Install the washer (54) and the castle nut (55) on the special
bolt (52) to attach the serrated plate.
(d) Tighten the castle nut (55) by hand.
NOTE : Safety the castle nut (55) with the new cotter pin (56)
____
after the adjustment of the locking hook clearance.
Subtask 52-31-21-820-055
F. Adjustment Procedure
(1) Turn the eccentric bolt (25) until the lower dead center of the
applicable locking unit is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-
820-002).
(2) Make sure that the castle nut (27) is tightened and safety it with
the new cotter pin (28) after the final adjustment.

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page A403
Aug 01/05
R
CES
(4) Turn the eccentric bolt (57) until the clearance of the locking hooks
is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).
(7) Make sure that the locking units are correctly lubricated after the
final adjustment. (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-002).
Subtask 52-31-21-720-055
G. Do the functional test of the locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-

001).
5. Close-Up
________
Subtask 52-31-21-865-070
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 52-31-21-410-062
B. Close Access
items.

locking units and to the adjacent cargo
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page A404
Aug 01/05

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-31-21-000-008
Removal of the Drift Pin Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific rigging pin
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-008 Fig. 409
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-21-991-008-B Fig. 409A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-008-A Fig. 409B

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page A405
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-011 Fig. 410
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-21-991-011-A Fig. 410A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-010-065
A. Get Access
install the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
Subtask 52-31-21-865-071
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page A406
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 52-31-21-010-066
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the access panel 825AR from the cargo door to get access to
the safety shaft of the locking mechanism.
(2) Remove the lining and insulation of the cargo door to get access to
the affected drift pin mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 52-31-21-020-064
A. Removal of the Drift Pin Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-31-21-991-008)
(2) Remove the nut (286), the washers (287) and (289) and the bolt (282)
to disconnect the drift pin (283) from the linkage (281).
(3) Move the drift pin (283) out of the edge member bearing (284).
(4) If necessary, remove the bush (288) from the fork end of the drift
pin (283).
Subtask 52-31-21-020-065
B. Removal of the Linkage Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-31-21-991-011)
NOTE : The linkage assembly includes the horizontal connection rods (290)
____
and (296) and the vertical control rods (328) and (317).
(1) Remove the horizontal connection rod (290) as follows:
(a) Disconnect the rod-end (292) from the bellcrank lever (299) as
follows:
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (301) from the nut (300).
2
_ Remove the nut (300), the washers (297) and the bolt (298).

R

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page A407
Aug 01/05

CES
Drift Pin Mechanism
Figure 409/TASK 52-31-21-991-008

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A408
Aug 01/05

CES
Drift Pin Mechanism
Figure 409A/TASK 52-31-21-991-008-B

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page A409
Aug 01/05

CES
Drift Pin Mechanism
Figure 409B/TASK 52-31-21-991-008-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A410
Feb 01/10

CES
Drift Pin Mechanism
Figure 409B/TASK 52-31-21-991-008-A22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A411
Feb 01/10

CES
Linkage Mechanism

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A412
May 01/05

CES
Linkage Mechanism

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A413
May 01/05

CES
Linkage Mechanism

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A414
May 01/05

CES
3
_ Remove the rod-end (292) from the bellcrank lever (299).
(b) Disconnect the rod-end (281) from the drift pin (283) as follows:
1
2
_ Remove the nut (286), the washers (287) and (289) and the bolt
(282).
3
_ Disconnect the rod-end (281) from the drift pin (283).
4
_ If necessary, remove the bush (288) from the drift pin (283).
(c) Disassemble the horizontal connection rod (290) for the removal
as follows:
1
_ Remove the nuts (295), the washers (294) and the bolts (293).
2
_ Disconnect the rod-ends (281) and (292) from the center rod
(291) and remove all parts from the door structure.
(2) Do the same steps to remove the horizontal connection rod (296).
(3) Remove the vertical control rod (328) as follows:
(a) Install the rigging pin (311) into the bearing assy (329) and the
shaft lever (332).
(b) Disconnect the lower fork-end of the control rod (328) from the
shaft lever (327) as follows:
1
2
3
_ Disconnect the connection rod (328) from the shaft lever
(327).
(c) Disconnect the upper fork-end of the connection rod (328) from
the shaft lever (332) as follows:
1
2
3
(332).

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A415
May 01/05

CES
(a) Disconnect the lower fork-end of the connection rod (317) from
the drift pin lever (321) as follows:
1
2
3
_ Disconnect the connection rod (317) from the drift pin lever
(321).
(b) Disconnect the upper fork-end of the connection rod (317) from
the shaft lever (314) as follows:
1
2
3
(314).
(5) Disassemble the bearing housing (329) as follows:
(a) Remove the rigging pin (311) from the bearing housing (329).
(b) Remove the nut (347), the spacer (346) and the tapered pin (345)
from the bellcrank lever (299).
(c) Remove the bellcrank lever (299) from the support shaft (344).
(d) Remove the nut (341), the spacer (342) and the tapered pin (343)
(e) Remove the support shaft (344) from the bearing housing (329) and
collect the shaft lever (332).
(6) Disassemble the housing assy (359) as follows:
(a) Remove the screws (358), the washers (357) and the housing assy
(359) from the beam (349).
(b) Remove the nut (356), the spacer (355) and the tapered pin (354)
(c) Remove the shaft lever (327) and the spacer (353) from the
support shaft (348).

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A416
May 01/05

CES
(d) Remove the nut (350), the spacer (351 and the tapered pin (352)
(e) Remove the support shaft (348) from the housing (359) and collet
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R Subtask 52-31-21-020-064-B
R A. Removal of the Drift Pin Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-31-21-991-008-B)
R (1) Remove the drift pin (3) from the edge member as follows:
R (b) Remove the nut (6), the washers (5),(8) and the bolt (1) to
R disconnect the drift pin (3) from the linkage (28).
R (c) Move the drift pin (3) out of the edge member bearing.
R (d) If necessary, remove the bush (4) from the fork end of the drift
R pin (3).
R (2) Remove the bellcrank unit from the cargo door structure as follows:
R NOTE : The bellcrank unit includes the journal bearing (13), the
____
R bellcrank lever (16) and the linkage (9).
R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (20),(23),(24) from the nuts
R (19),(22),(25).
R (b) Remove the nut (25), the washers (26) and the bolt (28) to
R disconnect the eye end (18) from the bellcrank lever (16).
R (c) Remove the nut (22) and the washer (21) and move the bellcrank
R lever (16) from the journal bearing (13).
R (d) If necessary, remove the nut (19), the washers (16) and the bolt
R (14) to disconnect the linkage (9) from the bellcrank lever (16).
R (e) If necessary, remove the bushes (17),(27) from the fork ends of
R the bellcrank lever (16).

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A417
May 01/05

CES
R (f) Remove the screws (11) and the washers (12) from the journal
R bearing (13) and disconnect it from the cargo door structure.
R Subtask 52-31-21-020-065-B
R B. Removal of the Teleflex Controls

R (Ref. Fig. 410A/TASK 52-31-21-991-011-A)
R NOTE : The teleflex controls includes the eye ends (37),(16), the upper
____
R ball joint (67), the lower ball joint (40) and the ball bearing
R control (52).
R (1) Disconnect the eye end (37) from the lever (33) of the safety shaft
R as follows:
R (b) Remove the nut (35), the washers (32) and the bolt (31) from the
R lever (33).
R (c) Remove the eye end (37) from the lever (33).
R (d) If necessary, remove the bush (34) from the lever (33).
R (2) Disconnect the eye end (18) from the bellcrank lever (16) as follows:
R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (24) from the castle nut (25).
R (b) Remove the castle nut (25), the washers (26) and the bolt (28)
R from the bellcrank lever (16).
R (c) Disconnect the eye end (18) from the bellcrank lever (16).
R (d) If necessary, remove the bush (27) from the bellcrank lever (16).
R (3) Disconnect the upper ball joint (67) together with the eye end (18)
R from the ball bearing control (52) as follows:
R (a) Bend the tab washer (64) and loosen the lock nut (65).
R (b) Remove the upper ball joint (67), the tab washer (64) and the
R lock nut (65) from the control control (52). Discard the tab
R washer.

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page A418
May 01/05

CES
R Teleflex Controls
R Figure 410A/TASK 52-31-21-991-011-A

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page A419
May 01/05

CES
R (4) Disconnect the lower ball joint (40) together with the eye end (37)
R from the ball bearing control (52) as follows:
R (a) Bend the tab washer (41) and loosen the lock nut (42).
R (b) Remove the lower ball joint (40), the tab washer (41) and the
R lock nut (42) from the control cable (52). Discard the tab
R washer.
R (c) Remove the seal nut (43) from the control cable (52).
R (5) If necessary, remove the eye ends (18),(37) from the ball joints
R (67),(40) as follows:
R (a) Bend the tab washers (69),(38) and loosen the lock nuts
R (68),(39).
R (b) Remove the eye ends (18),(37), the tab washers (69),(38) and the
R lock nuts (68),(39) from the ball joints (67),(40). Discard the
R tab washers.
R (6) Remove the ball bearing control (52) from the cargo door as follows:
R (a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the lock nuts
R (61),(60),(57),(56),(51),(50),(47) and (46) and the related
R brackets.
R (b) Remove the lock nuts (61),(60) and the washer (59) from the upper
R end of the ball bearing control (52).
R (c) Move the upper end of the ball bearing control (52) through the
R frame hole at FR27.
R (d) Remove the washer (58), the lock nuts (57),(56) from the upper
R (e) Move the ball bearing control (52) together with the grommet (55)
R through the frame hole at FR26A.
R (f) Remove the grommet (55) from the ball bearing control (52).
R (g) Move the lock nuts (46),(47) and the washer (48) from the lower
R (h) Move the lower end of the ball bearing control (52) through the
R frame hole of the longeron 4.

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page A420
May 01/05

CES
(i) Remove the washer (49), the lock nuts (50),(51) from the lower
end of the ball bearing control (52).
(j) Remove the screw (53) and disconnect the clamp (54) from the
bracket of the longeron 3.
(k) Remove the ball bearing control (52) through the cutout at the
longeron 3 from the cargo door.
(l) Remove the clamp (54) from the ball bearing control (52).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-020-064-A
A. Removal of the Drift Pin Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 409B/TASK 52-31-21-991-008-A)
(2) Remove the nut (2), the washers (3) and (5) and the bolt (7) to
disconnect the drift pin (8) from the linkage (6).
(3) Move the drift pin (8) out of the edge member bearing (9).
(4) If necessary, remove the bush (4) from the fork end of the drift pin
(8).
Subtask 52-31-21-020-065-A
B. Removal of the Linkage Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 409B/TASK 52-31-21-991-008-A)
NOTE : The linkage assembly includes the horizontal connection rods (28),
____
(29) and (42) and the vertical control rod (35).
(a) Disconnect the rod-end from the bellcrank lever (37) as follows:
1
2
3
_ Remove the horizontal connection rod (28) from the bellcrank
lever (37).

R

EFF : 051-052, 106-149, 221-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A421
Feb 01/10

CES
1
2
3
_ Remove the horizontal connection rod (42) from the bellcrank
lever (41).
(a) Disconnect the rod-end from the bellcrank levers (37) and (41) as
follows:
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (20) from the nuts (21).
2
3
_ Remove the horizontal connection rod (29).
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (34) from the nuts (33).
2
3
_ Remove the vertical control rod (35) from the bellcrank lever
(40) and the lever of the cover assembly (36).

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A422
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-31-21-400-008
Installation of the Drift Pin Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific rigging pin

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion resistant steel, 0.8 mm (0.032

in.)
No specific lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, 0.8 mm (0.032
in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page A423
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 cotter pin 52-31-21 38B-150

R 7 cotter pin 52-31-21 21B-010
R 20 cotter pin 52-31-21 21B-010
20 cotter pin 52-31-21 38B-210
R 23 cotter pin 52-31-21 21B-010
R 24 cotter pin 52-31-21 21B-010
27 cotter pin 52-31-21 38B-210
34 cotter pin 52-31-21 38B-210
R 38 tab washer 52-31-21 20B-100
R 41 tab washer 52-31-21 20B-100
R 64 tab washer 52-31-21 20B-100
R 69 tab washer 52-31-21 20B-100
285 cotter pin 52-31-21 38 -140
301 cotter pin 52-31-21 38 -020
318 cotter pin 52-31-21 38 -020
323 cotter pin 52-31-21 38 -020
325 cotter pin 52-31-21 38 -020
355 cotter pin 52-31-21 38 -020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors

R

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page A424
May 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-008 Fig. 409
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-21-991-008-B Fig. 409A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-008-A Fig. 409B
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-011 Fig. 410
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-21-991-011-A Fig. 410A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-860-062
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
door.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page A425
Feb 01/10

CES
(4) Make sure that the lining and insulation of the cargo door is
removed.
Subtask 52-31-21-865-072
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-910-059
(4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all components of the
drift pin mechanism which move.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page A426
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R Subtask 52-31-21-910-059-A
R A. Preparation for Installation
R (3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (4) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the contact surface between
R the journal bearing (13) and the door structure.
R (5) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the contact surfaces between
R the washers (48), (49), (58) and (59) and the door structure.
R (6) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all components of the
R drift pin mechanism which move.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 52-31-21-420-065
B. Installation of the Drift Pin Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-31-21-991-008)
(1) Install the drift pin (283) to the edge member bearing (284) as
follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (288) in the fork end of the drift
pin (283).
(b) Move the drift pin (283) into the edge member bearing (284).
(c) Put the linkage (281) on the drift pin (283) and attach it with
the bolt (282), the washers (287) and (289) and the nut (286).
(285).

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A427
May 01/05

CES
Subtask 52-31-21-420-069
C. Installation of the Linkage Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-31-21-991-011)
NOTE : The linkage assembly includes the horizontal connection rods (290)
____
and (296) and the vertical control rods (328) and (317).
(1) If necessary, assemble the bearing housing (329) as follows:
(a) Put the shaft lever (332) in position and move the support shaft
(344) into the bearing housing (329).
NOTE : Make sure that their attachment holes are align.

____
(b) Install the tapered pin (343), the spacer (342) and the nut (341)
and tighten it.
(c) Assemble the bellcrank lever (299) on support shaft (344).

____
(d) Install the tapered pin (345), the spacer (346) and the nut (347)
and tighten it.
(2) If necessary, assemble the housing assy (359) as follows:
(a) Put the shaft lever (314) in position and move the support shaft
(348) into the housing assy (359).

____
(b) Install the tapered pin (352), the spacer (351) and the nut (350)
and tighten it.
(c) Assemble the shaft lever (327) and the spacer in position on the
support shaft (348).

____
(d) Install the tapered pin (354), the spacer (355) and the nut (356)
and tighten it.
(e) Put the housing assy (359) in position to the beam (349) and
attach it with the screws (358) and the washers (357).

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A428
May 01/05

CES
(3) Install the horizontal connection rod (290) as follows:
(a) If required, disassemble the connection rod (290) for the

installation as follows:
1
2
_ Remove the rod-end (281) and (292) from the center rod (291).
(b) Put the rod-ends (281) and (292) and center rod (291) in position
to the door structure.
(c) Assemble the rod-ends (281) and (292) on the center rod (291) and
attach them the bolts (293), the washers (294) and the nuts
(295).
(d) Install the rigging pin (311) into the bearing assy (329) and the
shaft lever (332).
(e) Connect the rod-end (281) to the drift pin (283) as follows:
1
_ If removed, install the bush (288) into the drift pin (283).
2
_ Put the rod-end (281) in position and attach it with the bolt
(282), the washers (287) and (289) and the nut (286).
3
(f) Connect the rod-end (292) to the bellcrank lever (299) as

follows:
1
_ Put the rod-end (292) in position to the bellcrank lever (299)
and attach it with the bolt (298), the washers (297) and the
nut (300).
2
(4) Do the same steps to install the connection rod (296).
(5) Install the vertical control rod (317) as follows:
(a) Connect the upper fork-end of the control rod (317) from the
1
_ Put the control rod (317) in position to the shaft lever (314)
and attach it with the bolt (315), the washers (316) and the
nut (324).

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A429
May 01/05

CES
2
(b) Connect the lower fork-end of the control rod (317) to the drift
pin lever (321) as follows:
1
_ Put the control rod (317) in position to the drift pin lever
(321) and attach it with the bolt (322), the washers (320) and
the nut (319).
2
(a) Make sure that the rigging pin (311) is installed into the
bearing assy (329) and the shaft lever (332).
(b) Make sure that the length of the control rod (328) is between
592.0 mm (23.3070 in.) and 602.0 mm (23.7008 in.).
(c) Connect the upper fork-end of the control rod (328) with the
1
_ Put the connection rod (328) in position to the shaft lever
the nut (333).
2
(d) Connect the lower fork-end of the connection rod (328) to the
1
_ If necessary, adjust the length of the connection rod (328) so
that its fork-end aligns with the shaft lever (327).
NOTE : Safety the connection rod (328) after the final

____
adjustment with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
2
_ Put the control rod (328) into the position to the the shaft
lever (327) and attach it with the bolt (313), the washers
(312) and the nut (326).
3
(7) Remove the rigging pin (311) from the bearing assy (329).

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A430
May 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R Subtask 52-31-21-420-065-B
R B. Installation of the Drift Pin Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-31-21-991-008-B)
R (1) Install the bellcrank unit at the cargo door structure as follows:
R NOTE : The bellcrank unit includes the journal bearing (13), the
____
R bellcrank lever (16) and the linkage (9).
R (a) Put the journal bearing (13) in position on the cargo door
R structure and attach it with the screws (11) and the washers
R (12).
R (b) If removed, install the bushes (17),(27) in the fork ends of the
R bellcrank lever (16).
R (c) Put the linkage (9) in position on the bellcrank lever (16) and
R attach it with the bolt (14), the washers (15) and the nut (19).
R (d) Put the bellcrank lever (16) (together with the linkage (9)) in
R position on the journal bearing (13) and attach it with the
R washer (21) and the nut (22).
R (e) Put the eye end (18) in position on the bellcrank lever (16) and
R attach it with the bolt (28), the washers (26) and the nut (25).
R (f) Tighten the nuts (19),(22),(25).
R (g) Safety the nut (19) with the new cotter pin (20).
R (h) Safety the nut (22) with the new cotter pin (23).
R (i) Safety the nut (25) with the new cotter pin (24).
R (2) Install the drift pin (3) to the edge member as follows:
R (a) If removed, install the bush (4) in the fork end of the drift pin
R (3).
R (b) Move the drift pin (3) into the edge member bearing.
R (c) Put the linkage (9) on the drift pin (3) and attach it with the
R bolt (1), the washers (5),(8) and the nut (6).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page A431
May 01/05

CES
R (d) Tighten the nut (6) and safety it with the new cotter pin (7)
R when the drift pin mechanism is correctly adjusted.
R Subtask 52-31-21-420-069-B
R C. Installation of the Teleflex Controls

R (Ref. Fig. 410A/TASK 52-31-21-991-011-A)
R NOTE : The teleflex control includes the eye ends (18),(37), the upper
____
R ball joint (67), the lower ball joint (40) and the ball bearing
R control (52).
R (1) Install the ball bearing control (52) on the cargo door as follows:
R (a) Put the grommet (55) in position on the ball bearing control
R (52).
R (b) Move the upper end of the control cable (52) through the cutout
R of the longeron 3 and the frame hole at FR26A.
R (c) Install the lock nuts (50),(51) and the washer (49) on the lower
R (d) Move the lower end of the control cable (52) through the frame
R hole of the longeron 4.
R (e) Adjust the lock nuts (50) and (51) until the distance between
R longeron 4 and the recess of the ball bearing control (52) is
R 95.0 mm (3.7401 in.).
R (f) Install the washer (48) and the lock nuts (46),(47) on the lower
R (g) Tighten the lock nuts (46) and (47) with your hand.
R NOTE : Torque and safety these lock nuts when the drift pin
____
R mechanism is correctly adjusted.
R (h) Install the lock nuts (56),(57) and the washer (58) on the upper
R (i) Move the upper end of the ball bearing control (52) through the
R frame hole at FR27.
R (j) Adjust the lock nuts (56) and (57) until the distance between
R FR27 and the recess of the ball bearing control (52) is 95.0 mm
R (3.7401 in.).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page A432
May 01/05

CES
R (k) Install the washer (59) and the lock nuts (60),(61) on the upper
R (l) Tighten the lock nuts (60) and (61) with your hand.
R NOTE : Torque and safety these lock nuts when the drift pin
____
R (2) If necessary, install the eye ends (18),(37) at the ball joints
R (67),(40) as follows:
R (a) Install the lock nut (68), the new tab washer (69) and the eye
R end (18) on the ball joint (67).
R (b) Install the lock nut (39), the new tab washer (38) and the eye
R end (37) on the ball joint (40).
R (c) Tighten the lock nuts (68),(39) with your hand.
R NOTE : Torque and safety the lock nuts (68),(39) when the drift
____
R pin mechanism is correctly adjusted.
R (3) Connect the lower ball joint (40) together with the eye end (37) to
R the lower end of the ball bearing control (52) as follows:
R (a) Assemble the seal nut (43) on the control cable (52).
R (b) Install the new tab washer (41), the lock nut (42) and the lower
R ball joint (40) on the control cable (52).
R (c) Tighten the lock nut (42) with your hand.
R NOTE : Torque and safety the lock nut (42) when the drift pin
____
R (4) Connect the eye end (37) on the lever (33) of the safety shaft as
R follows:
R (a) If removed, install the bush (34) on the lever (33).
R (b) Put the eye end (37) on the lever (33) and install the bolt (31),
R the washers (32) and the nut (35).
R (c) Tighten the nut (35) with your hand.
R NOTE : Torque and safety the nut (35) when the drift pin
____

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page A433
May 01/05

CES
(5) Connect the upper ball joint (67) together with the eye end (18) to
the upper end of the ball bearing control (52) as follows:
(a) Assemble the seal nut (62) on the ball bearing control (52).
(b) Install the new tab washer (64), the lock nut (65) and the upper
ball joint (67) on the ball bearing control (52).
(c) Tighten the lock nut (68) with your hand.
NOTE : Torque and safety the lock nut (68) when the drift pin
____
mechanism is correctly adjusted.
(6) Connect the eye end (18) to the bellcrank lever (16) as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (17) on the bellcrank lever (16).
(b) Put the eye end (18) in position on the bellcrank lever (16) and
(c) Tighten the nut (25) with your hand.
NOTE : Torque and safety the nut (18) when the drift pin
____
mechanism is correctly adjusted.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-420-065-A
B. Installation of the Drift Pin Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 409B/TASK 52-31-21-991-008-A)
(1) Install the drift pin (8) at the edge member bearing (9) as follows:
(a) If removed, install the bush (4) in the fork end of the drift pin
(8).
(b) Move the drift pin (8) into the edge member bearing (9).
(c) Put the linkage (6) on the drift pin (8) and attach it with the
bolt (7), the washers (3) and (5) and the nut (2).

R

EFF : 051-052, 106-149, 221-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A434
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-31-21-420-069-A
C. Installation of the Linkage Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 409B/TASK 52-31-21-991-008-A)
NOTE : The linkage assembly includes the horizontal connection rods (28),
____
(29) and (42) and the vertical control rod (35).
(1) Install the horizontal connection rod (35) as follows:
(a) Install the rigging pin (30) into the bellcrank lever (37).
(b) Install the rigging pin (38) into the bellcrank lever (40).
(c) Connect the connecting rod (42) to the bellcrank lever (41) as
follows:
1
_ Put the connecting rod (42) in position at the bellcrank lever
the nut (26).
2
(2) Do the same steps again to install the connection rod (28).
(3) Install the connecting rod (29) as follows:
(a) Put the connecting rod (29) in position between the bellcranks
(41) and (39), and install the bolt (23), the washers (22) and
the nut (21).
1
(b) Connect the connecting rod (28) to the bellcrank (37) with the
1
(a) Connect the upper fork-end of the control rod (35) to the
bellcrank lever (40) as follows:
1
_ Put the control rod (35) in position and attach it with the
2

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A435
Feb 01/10

CES
(b) Connect the lower fork-end of the control rod (35) to the cover
assy (36) as follows:
1
_ Put the control rod (35) in position and attach it with the
2
(5) Remove the rigging pin (30) from the bellcrank lever (37).
(6) Remove the rigging pin (38) from the bellcrank lever (40).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-720-056
D. Do a functional test of the locking mechanism to make sure that the drift
pins operate satisfactorily. (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-001)
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-21-720-056-A
D. Do a functional test of the safety mechanism to make sure that the drift
pins operate satisfactorily. (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-001)
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 52-31-21-820-051
E. Adjustment of the the Drift Pin Mechanism
(1) Set the drift pins in their fully extended position as follows:

release the blockage of the door handle.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A436
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(2) Measure the distance between the edge member of the cargo door and
the end of the extended drift pin.
NOTE : The distance must be between 37.7 mm (1.4842 in.) and 34.7 mm
____
(1.3661 in.).
(3) If the distance is not correct, adjust the length of the control rod
(328) (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).
(4) Pull the door handle away from the recess of the door structure to
retract the drift pins.
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R Subtask 52-31-21-820-051-B
R E. Adjustment of the the Drift Pin Mechanism
R (1) Set the drift pins in their fully extended position as follows:
R (a) Press the roller lever of the interlock mechanism outboard to

R release the blockage of the locking handle.
R (b) Turn the locking handle up to the locked position and push it
R into the recess of the handle flap.
R (2) Measure the distance between the edge member of the cargo door and
R the end of the extended drift pin.
R NOTE : The distance must be between 35.7 mm (1.4055 in.) and 36.7 mm
____
R (1.4448 in.).
R (3) If the distance is not correct, adjust the length of the Teleflex
R controls (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).
R (4) Pull the locking handle away from the recess of the handle flap to
R retract the drift pins.
R (5) Measure the distance between the edge member of the cargo door and
R the end of the retracted drift pins.
R NOTE : The distance must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 1.2 mm
____
R (0.0472 in.).
R (6) If the distance is not correct, adjust the stop bolt of the lever
R mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A437
May 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-820-051-A
E. Adjustment of the the Drift Pin Mechanism
(1) Set the drift pins in their fully extended position as follows:

release the blockage of the door handle.
(2) Measure the distance between the edge member of the cargo door and
the end of the extended drift pin.
NOTE : The distance must be between 32.5 mm (1.2795 in.) and 35.5 mm
____
(1.3976 in.).
(3) If the distance is not correct, adjust the door mechanism (Ref. TASK
52-31-11-820-002).
(4) Pull the door handle away from the recess of the door structure to
retract the drift pins.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-710-052
F. Operational Test of the Drift Pin Mechanism
(1) Press the roller lever of the interlock mechanism outboards to

release the blockage of the door handle at the opened cargo door.
(2) Push the door handle into the recess to operate the drift pin
mechanism.
- Make sure that the drift pins extent correctly and the linkage
assembly move lightly.
(3) Pull the door handle away from the recess of the handle flap to
operate the drift pin mechanism.
- Make sure that the drift pins retract correctly and the linkage
assembly move lightly.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A438
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R Subtask 52-31-21-710-052-A
R F. Operational Test of the Drift Pin Mechanism
R (1) Press the roller lever of the interlock mechanism outboards to

R release the blockage of the Locking handle at the opened cargo door.
R (2) Push the locking handle into the recess to operate the drift pin
R mechanism.
R - Make sure that the drift pins extent correctly and the teleflex
R controls move lightly.
R (3) Pull the locking handle away from the recess of the handle flap to
R operate the drift pin mechanism.
R - Make sure that the drift pins retract correctly and the teleflex
R controls move lightly.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 52-31-21-420-068
G. Final Installation
R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-31-21-991-011)
(1) Make sure that the control rod (328) is correctly safetied with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).
(2) Make sure that the drift pins are correctly lubricated (Ref. TASK 12-
22-52-640-002).
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R Subtask 52-31-21-420-068-B
R G. Final Installation
R (Ref. Fig. 410A/TASK 52-31-21-991-011-A)
R (1) TORQUE the lock nuts (47),(50),(57),(60) to 1.0 m.daN (88.49 lbf.in).
R (2) Tighten the lock nuts (46),(51),(56),(61).

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A439
May 01/05

CES
(3) Safety the lock nuts (46),(47),(50),(51) with lockwire, corrosion
resistant steel, 0.8 mm (0.032 in.) to the related brackets at
longeron 4.
(4) Safety the lock nuts (56),(57),(60),(61) with lockwire, corrosion

resistant steel, 0.8 mm (0.032 in.) to the related brackets at
STA1110/FR27 (STA2563/FR55).
(5) TORQUE the lock nuts (39),(42),(65),(68) to 0.2 m.daN (17.69 lbf.in).
(6) Safety the lock nuts (39),(42),(65),(68) with the related tab washers
(38),(41),(66),(69).
(7) Install the rubber sleeves (44),(63) and attach them with the related
clamps (43),(64).
(8) TORQUE the lock nuts (39),(42),(65),(68) to 0.2 m.daN (17.69 lbf.in).
(9) Safety the lock nuts (39),(42),(65),(68) with the related tab washers
(38),(41),(66),(69).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-420-068-A
G. Final Installation
(Ref. Fig. 409B/TASK 52-31-21-991-008-A)
(1) Make sure that the horizontal connection rod (29) is correctly
safetied with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)
(Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).
(2) Make sure that the vertical connection rod (35) is correctly safetied
with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)
(Ref. TASK 52-32-11-820-002).

R

EFF : 051-052, 106-149, 221-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A440
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-21-410-064
A. Close Access
items.

PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to all the components of the drift
pin mechanism and to the adjacent cargo door structure.
(3) Install the lining and insulation of the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-31-
13-400-001).
52-30-00-860-002).
Subtask 52-31-21-865-073
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page A441
May 01/05
R
CES
TASK 52-31-21-000-009
Removal of the Switch Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To replace the target lever and/or the link assy on the closed FWD
cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform(s) 2.10 m (6 ft. 11 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-009 Fig. 411
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-21-991-009-B Fig. 411A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-009-A Fig. 411B

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page A442
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-010-067
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform(s) in position for the cargo door.
(2) Pull the door handle away from the recess of the door structure up to
the 65 degree position.
(3) Remove the access panel 825AR to get access to the switch mechanism.
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-21-010-067-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform(s) in position for the cargo door.
(2) Pull the locking handle away from the recess of the handle flap but
do not unlock the cargo door.
(3) Remove the access panel 825AR to get access to the switch mechanism.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page A443
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 52-31-21-020-057
A. Removal of the Switch Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-31-21-991-009)
(1) Remove the link assy (88) as follows:
(a) Disconnect the lower fork end (95) from the target lever (90) as
follows:
1
2
_ Remove the nut (92), the washer (93) and the bolt (89) from
the fork end (10).
3
_ Remove the lower fork end (95) from the target lever (90).
4
_ If required, remove the sleeve (94) from the lower fork-end
(95).
(b) Disconnect the upper fork-end (99) from the drive shaft lever
(102) as follows:
1
2
the drive shaft lever (102).
3
_ Remove the fork end (99) from the drive shaft lever (102).
4
_ If required, remove the bush (100) from the fork-end (99).
(c) Measure and write down the length between the two fork ends
(10),(14) of the removed link assy (19).
(2) Remove the target lever (90) as follows
(a) Remove the lower fork end (95) from the target lever (90) (repeat
procedure (1)(a)).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page A444
May 01/05

CES
Switch Mechanism
R Figure 411/TASK 52-31-21-991-009

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A445
May 01/05

CES
(c) Remove the nut (368) and the washer (369) from the threaded end
of the support fitting (361).
(d) Pull the target lever (90) together with the target (366) from
the support fitting (361).
NOTE : The target is part of the proximity switch 32WV.

____
(e) If required, remove the nuts (362), the washers (363), the bolt
(366) and the target (365) from the target arm (364).
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R Subtask 52-31-21-020-057-B
R A. Removal of the Switch Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 411A/TASK 52-31-21-991-009-B)
R (1) Remove the link assy (19) as follows:
R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (20) from the castle nut (21).
R (b) Remove the castle nut (21), the washer (22), the screw (23) and
R the bush (24) from the fork end (10).
R (c) Disconnect the lower fork end (10) from the target lever (3).
R (d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (17) from the castle nut (16).
R (e) Remove the castle nut (16) and the washer (15) from the threaded
R pin of the shaft lever (18).
R (f) Remove the top fork end (14) from the shaft lever (18).
R (g) Measure and write down the length between the two fork ends
R (10),(14) of the removed link assy (19).
R (2) Remove the target lever (3) as follows:
R (a) Remove the lower fork end (10) of the link assy (19) from the
R target lever (3) (refer to steps A.(1) thru A.(3)).
R (b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (6) from the castle nut (7).

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A446
May 01/05

CES
R Switch Mechanism
R Figure 411A/TASK 52-31-21-991-009-B

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page A447
May 01/05

CES
(c) Remove the castle nut (7) and the washer (8) from the threaded
end of the support fitting (9).
(d) Pull the target lever (3) together with the target (4) from the
support fitting (9).
NOTE : The target is part of the proximity switch 30WV (32WV).

____
(e) Remove the nuts (1), the washers (2), the screws (5) and the
target (4) from the target lever (3).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-020-057-A
A. Removal of the Switch Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 411B/TASK 52-31-21-991-009-A)
(1) Remove the link assy (26) as follows:
(a) Disconnect the lower fork-end (15) from the target lever (3) as
follows:
1
2
the fork-end (15).
3
_ Remove the lower fork-end (15) from the target lever (3).
4
_ If necessary, remove the sleeve (11) from the lower fork-end
(15).
(b) Disconnect the upper fork-end (25) from the drive shaft lever
(24) as follows:
1
2
the drive shaft lever (24).
3
_ Remove the fork-end (25) from the drive shaft lever (24).
4
_ If necessary, remove the bush (22) from the fork-end (25).

R

EFF : 051-052, 106-149, 221-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A448
Feb 01/10

CES
Switch Mechanism
Figure 411B/TASK 52-31-21-991-009-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A449
Feb 01/10

CES
(c) Measure and record the distance between the two fork-ends (15)
and (25) of the removed link assy (18).
(2) Remove the target lever (3) as follows
(b) Remove the nut (7) and the washer (8) from the support fitting
(9).
(c) Remove the target lever (3) with the target (4) from the support
fitting (9).
NOTE : The target (4) is part of the proximity switch 32WV.

____
(d) If necessary, remove the nuts (101), the washers (2), the bolt
(5) and the target (4) from the target lever (3).

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A450
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-31-21-400-009
Installation of the Switch Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform(s) 2.10 m (6 ft. 11 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page A451
May 01/05
R
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 cotter pin 52-31-21 22A-040

6 cotter pin 52-31-21 42 -020
R 6 cotter pin 52-31-21 42B-020
11 tab washers 52-31-21 22A-200
14 cotter pin 52-31-21 42 -150
14 cotter pin 52-31-21 42B-150
16 tab washers 52-31-21 42B-210
17 cotter pin 52-31-21 22A-080
19 cotter pin 52-31-21 42 -100
19 cotter pin 52-31-21 42B-100
20 cotter pin 52-31-21 22A-010
91 cotter pin 52-31-21 42 -150
91 cotter pin 52-31-21 42B-150
96 cotter pin 52-31-21 42 -100
96 cotter pin 52-31-21 42B-100
367 cotter pin 52-31-21 42 -020
R 367 cotter pin 52-31-21 42B-020
371 tab washers 52-31-21 42 -200
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the Cargo Compartment Door Threshold
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-009 Fig. 411
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-21-991-009-B Fig. 411A

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page A452
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-009-A Fig. 411B
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-860-063
(1) Make sure that the access platform(s) in position below the closed
cargo door.
(2) Make sure that the door handle is moved away from the recess of the
door structure up to the 65 degree position.
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-21-860-063-A
(1) Make sure that the access platform(s) in position below the closed
cargo door.
(2) Make sure that the locking handle is moved away from the recess of
the handle flap but not in the UNLOCKED position.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page A453
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 52-31-21-910-060
(4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolt (23), the
threaded pin of the shaft (18) and the contact area of the support
fitting (9).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-910-060-A
(4) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolts (10) and
(23), and the mating surfaces of the support fitting (9) and the
target lever (3).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page A454
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
R Subtask 52-31-21-560-055-A
R B. Preparation for Replacement Component
R (1) Make sure that there are new tab washers (371) on the link assy (88).
R (2) If not, replace the tab washers (371) as follows:
R (a) Release the tab washers (371) from the jam nuts (372).
R (b) Remove the lower and top fork ends (95) and (99) from the
R connection rod (88).
R (c) Remove and discard the tab washers (371) from the connection rod
R (88).
R (d) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the threaded ends of
R the connection rod (88).
R (e) Install new tab washers (371) and the two fork ends (95) and (99)
R on the connection rod (88).
R (3) Make sure that the length between the two fork ends (95) and (99) of
R the replacement link assy (88) is as written down before.
R Subtask 52-31-21-420-058-A
R C. Installation of the Switch Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-31-21-991-009)
R (1) Install the link assy (88) as follows:
R (a) Install the upper fork-end (99) on the drive shaft lever (102) as
R follows:
R 1
_ If removed, install the sleeve (100) into the fork-end (99).
R 2
_ Put the fork end (99) in position to the drive shaft lever
R (102) and install the bolt (101), the washer (98) and the nut
R (97).
R 3
_ Tighten the nut (97) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(96).

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A455
May 01/05

CES
R (b) Install the lower fork-end (95) to the target lever (90) as
R follows:
R 1
_ If removed, install the bush (94) into the fork-end (95).
R 2
_ Put the lower fork end (95) to the target lever (90) and
R install the bolt (89), the washer (93) and the nut (92).
R 3
(91).
R (2) Install the target lever (3) as follows:
R (a) If removed, install the target (365) with the bolts (366), the
R washers (363) and the nuts (362) on the target arm (364).
R (b) Install the target lever (90) as follows:
R 1
_ Put the target lever (90) on the support fitting (361) and
R attach it with the washer (369) and the nut (368).
R 2
(367).
R (c) Install the lower fork end (95) to the target lever (90) (refer
R procedure (1) (b)).
R Subtask 52-31-21-820-054-A
R D. Adjustment Procedure
R (1) Push the door handle correctly into the recess of the door structure.
R (2) Measure the clearance between the target (365) and the related sensor
R (373) of the door sill area.
____
(0.0787 in.).
R (3) If the clearance is out of tolerance, adjust the length of the link
R assy (88) as follows:
R (a) Turn the connection rod (370) until the clearance is correct.
R (b) Make sure that the connection rod (370) is correctly engaged with
R the lower and upper fork end (95) and (99).

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A456
May 01/05

CES
R (c) Tighten the jam nuts (372) and safety them with the new tab
R washers (371).
R (4) Examine the correct function of the proximity switch 32WV (Ref. TASK
R 52-71-00-820-003).
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R Subtask 52-31-21-560-055
R B. Preparation for Replacement Component
R (1) Make sure that there are new tab washers (11) on the link assy (19).
R (2) If not, replace the tab washers (11) as follows:
R (a) Release the tab washers (11) from the jam nuts (12).
R (b) Remove the lower and top fork ends (10),(14) from the connection
R rod (13).
R (c) Remove and discard the tab washers (11) from the connection rod
R (13).
R (d) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the threaded ends of
R (e) Install new tab washers (11) and the two fork ends (10),(14) on
R (3) Make sure that the length between the two fork ends (10),(14) of the
R replacement link assy (19) is as written down before.
R Subtask 52-31-21-420-058
R C. Installation of the Switch Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 411A/TASK 52-31-21-991-009-B)
R (1) Installa the link assy (19) as follows:
R (a) Put the top fork end (14) in position to the shaft lever (18).
R (b) Install the washer (15) and the castle nut (16) on the threaded
R pin of the shaft lever (18).
R (c) Put the lower fork end (10) in position to the target lever (3).

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A457
May 01/05

CES
R (d) Install the bush (24), the screw (23) the washer (22) and the
R castle nut (21) on the lower fork end (10).
R (e) Tighten the castle nut (16) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (17).
R (f) Tighten the castle nut (21) with the new cotter pin (20).
R (2) Install the target lever (3) as follows:
R (a) Install the target (4) on the target lever (3) with the screws
R (5), the washers (2) and the nuts (1).
R (b) Put the target lever (3) on the support fitting (9) and attach it
R with the washer (8) and the castle nut (7).
R (c) Tighten the castle nut (7).
R (d) Safety the castle nut (7) with the new cotter pin (6).
R (e) Install the lower fork end (10) of the link assy (19) on the
R target lever (3).
R Subtask 52-31-21-820-054
R D. Adjustment Procedure
R (1) Push the locking handle correctly into the recess of the handle flap.
R (2) Measure the clearance between the target (4) and the related sensor
R (26) of the door sill area.
____
R (0.0787 in.).
R (3) If the clearance is out of tolerance, adjust the length of the link
R assy (19) as follows:
R (a) Turn the connection rod (13) until the clearance is correct.
R (b) Make sure that the connection rod (13) is correctly engaged with
R the lower and top fork end (10),(14).
R (c) Tighten the jam nuts (12) and safety them with the new tab
R washers (11).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page A458
May 01/05

CES
(4) Examine the correct function of the proximity switch 30WV with the
(Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-003).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-560-055-B
B. Preparation of a Replacement Component
(1) Make sure that there are new tab washers (16) on the link assy (26).
(2) If not, replace the tab washers (16) as follows:
(b) Remove the two fork-ends (15) and (25) from the connection rod
(18).
(c) Remove and discard the tab washers (16) from the connection rod
(18).
(d) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the threaded
ends of the connection rod (18).
(e) Install the new tab washers (16) and the two fork-ends (15) and
(25) on the connection rod (18).
(f) Do not fully tighten the jam nuts (17) or safety them with the
tab washers (16) at this time.
(3) Make sure that the distance between the two fork-ends (15) and (25)
of the replacement link assy (26) is the same as you recorded before.
Subtask 52-31-21-420-058-A
C. Installation of the Switch Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 411B/TASK 52-31-21-991-009-A)
(1) Install the link assy (26) as follows:
(a) Install the upper fork-end (25) on the drive shaft lever (24) as
follows:
1
_ If removed, install the sleeve (22) in the fork-end (25).

R

EFF : 051-052, 106-149, 221-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A459
Feb 01/10

CES
2
_ Put the fork-end (25) in position on the drive shaft lever
(24) and install the bolt (23), the washer (21) and the nut
(20).
3
(19).
(b) Install the lower fork-end (15) on the target lever (3) as
follows:
1
_ If removed, install the bush (11) in the fork-end (15).
2
_ Put the lower fork-end (15) on the target lever (3) and
install the bolt (10), the washer (12) and the nut (13).
3
(14).
(2) Install the target lever (3) as follows:
(a) If removed, install the target (4) with the bolts (5), the
washers (2) and the nuts (101) on the target lever (3).
(b) Install the target lever (3) as follows:
1
_ Put the target lever (3) on the support fitting (9) and
install the washer (8) and the nut (7).
2
_ Tighten the nut (7) and safety it with the new cotter pin (6).
(b)).
Subtask 52-31-21-820-054-A
(1) Push the door handle correctly into the recess of the door structure.
(2) Measure the clearance between the target (3) and the related sensor
(27) of the door sill area.
NOTE : The clearance must be between 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.) and 2.0 mm
____
(0.0787 in.).
(3) If the clearance is in the limits, tighten the jam nuts (17) and
safety them with the new tab washers (16).

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A460
Feb 01/10

CES
(4) If the clearance is not in the limits, adjust the length of the link
assy (26) as follows:
(a) Turn the connection rod (18) until the clearance is correct.
(b) Make sure that the connection rod (18) is correctly engaged with
the two fork-ends (15) and (25).
(c) Tighten the jam nuts (17) and safety them with the new tab
washers (16).
(5) Make sure that the proximity switch 32WV (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-003)
functions correctly.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-410-066
A. Close Access
items.

switch mechanism and to the adjacent cargo door structure.
(4) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and door handle is
in the LOCKED position (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-21

Page A461
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R Subtask 52-31-21-410-066-A
R A. Close Access
R items.

R switch mechanism and to the adjacent cargo door structure.
R (4) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locking handle
R is in the LOCKED position (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-21

Page A462
May 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 52-31-21-000-010
Removal of the Door Handle Assembly and the Related Linkage Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific mounting nut (e.g. NAS 509-4)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-021 Fig. 412
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-021-A Fig. 412A
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-015 Fig. 413

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A463
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-015-A Fig. 413A
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-016 Fig. 414
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-016-A Fig. 414A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-010-068
A. Get Access
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-31-21-991-021)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 412A/TASK 52-31-21-991-021-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
safety the the cargo door with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A464
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Access Cover and Protection Plugs
R Figure 412/TASK 52-31-21-991-021

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A465
May 01/05

CES
Access Cover and Protection Plugs
Figure 412A/TASK 52-31-21-991-021-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A466
Feb 01/10

CES
(4) Remove the screws (3) and (4) and the washer (2) and the access panel
from the inner skin of the cargo door.
(5) Remove the protection plug (5) from the edge member FR28.
Subtask 52-31-21-865-074
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-31-21-991-015)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 413A/TASK 52-31-21-991-015-A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-31-21-991-016)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 414A/TASK 52-31-21-991-016-A)

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A467
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Door Handle
R Figure 413/TASK 52-31-21-991-015

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A468
May 01/05

CES
Door Handle
Figure 413A/TASK 52-31-21-991-015-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A469
Feb 01/10

CES
Linkage Mechanism
R Figure 414/TASK 52-31-21-991-016

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A470
May 01/05

CES
Linkage Mechanism
Figure 414A/TASK 52-31-21-991-016-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A471
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-020-070
A. Removal of the Door Handle
(1) Make sure that the door handle (14) is in the UNLOCKED position.
(2) Install a mounting nut (e.g. NAS 509-4) (18) on the spring bolt (19)
to keep the handle spring (20) in position.
(3) Remove the control rod (57) from the shaft lever (25) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (60), washers (59) and the bolt (58).
(c) Disconnect the fork-end of the control shaft (57) from the shaft
lever (25).
(4) Remove the connection rod (45) from the Maltese-cross latch (32) as
follows:
(c) Disconnect the fork-end of the connection rod (45) from the
Maltese-cross latch (32).
(5) Remove the door handle (14) from the door structure (17) as follows:
(a) Remove the screws (29) and the lock device (30) from the door
structure (17).
(b) Carefully move the door handle shaft (26) in the rear direction.
(c) Remove the door handle (14) and the adjustment washers (15) and
(16) from the door structure (17) while you remove the door
handle shaft (26).
NOTE : Record the quantity of the adjustment washers (15) and

____
(16) for easier installation.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A472
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 52-31-21-020-071
B. Removal of the Linkage Mechanism
_______
(1) Remove the gas spring (27) as follows:
(a) Remove the nut (62), the washer (63) and the bolt (64) from the
shaft lever (25).
(b) Remove the nuts (69), the washers (66) and the bolts (65) from
the door strucutre (67) and the mounting bracket (68).
(c) Carefully remove the mounting bracket (67) from the door
structure (68) and disassemble the shaft lever (25) from the
serrated shaft (31).
(d) Remove and discard the cotter pins (22) from the pins (24).
(e) Remove the pins (24) and the washers (23) and (28) to disconnect
the gas spring (27) from the shaft lever (25) and the mounting
bracket (68).
(2) Remove the serrated shaft (31) from the door structure (38) as
follows:
(a) Remove the nut (50), the washer (51) and the bolt (39) and
disconnect the spring bolt (19) from the roller lever (33).
(b) Remove the nut (37), the washer (36) and the bolt (35) from the
Malteser-cross latch (34).
(c) Carefully move the serrated shaft (31) rearward and collect the
Maltese-cross latch (32), the roller lever (33) and the
Maltese-cross lock (34).
(3) If required, remove the handle spring (20) as follows:
(a) Remove the mounting nut (18) from the spring bolt (19).
(b) Remove the spring bolt (19) together with the handle spring (20)
from the door beam 4.

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A473
May 01/05

CES
(c) Disassemble the handle spring (20) from the spring bolt (19).
(4) If required, remove the connection rod (45) from the link lever (40)
as follows:
(c) Disconnect the lower fork-end of the connection rod (45) from the
link lever (40).
(5) If required, remove the control rod (57) from the locking shaft lever
(52) as follows:
(c) Disconnect the lower fork-end of the control rod (57) from the
locking shaft lever (52).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-020-071-A
B. Removal of the Linkage Mechanism
_______
(Ref. Fig. 414A/TASK 52-31-21-991-016-A)
(1) Remove the gas spring (27) as follows:
(a) Remove the nut (62), the washer (63) and the bolt (64) from the
shaft lever (25).
(b) Remove the nuts (68), the washers (66) and the bolts (65) from
the door structure and the mounting bracket (67).
(c) Carefully remove the mounting bracket (67) from the door
structure and disassemble the shaft lever (25) from the serrated
shaft (31).
(d) Remove and discard the cotter pins (22) from the pins (24).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A474
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(e) Remove the pins (24) and the washers (23) and (28) to disconnect
the gas spring (27) from the shaft lever (25) and the mounting
bracket (67).
(2) Remove the serrated shaft (31) from the door structure as follows:
(a) Remove the nut (50), the washer (51) and the bolt (39) and
disconnect the spring bolt (19) from the roller lever (33).
(b) Remove the nut (37), the washer (36) and the bolt (35) from the
Malteser-cross latch (34).
(c) Carefully move the serrated shaft (31) rearward and collect the
Maltese-cross latch (32), the roller lever (33) and the
Maltese-cross lock (34).
(3) If necessary, remove the handle spring (20) as follows:
(a) Remove the mounting nut (18) from the spring bolt (19).
(b) Remove the spring bolt (19), the bush (71) and the handle spring
(20) from the door beam 4.
(c) Disassemble the handle spring (20) from the spring bolt (19).
(4) If necessary, remove the connection rod (45) from the link lever (40)
as follows:
(c) Disconnect the lower fork-end of the connection rod (45) from the
link lever (40).
(5) If necessary, remove the control rod (57) from the locking shaft
lever (52) as follows:
(c) Disconnect the lower fork-end of the control rod (57) from the

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A475
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 52-31-21-400-010
Installation of the Door Handle Assembly and the Related Linkage Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 09016
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A476
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22 cotter pins 52-31-21 30 -060

41 cotter pin 52-31-21 30 -150
46 cotter pin 52-31-21 30 -380
53 cotter pin 52-31-21 30 -150
61 cotter pin 52-31-21 30 -150
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
52-31-00-710-001 Operational Test of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
the Locking Handle of the Cargo Compartment Doors
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-021 Fig. 412
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-021-A Fig. 412A
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-015 Fig. 413

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A477
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-015-A Fig. 413A
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-016 Fig. 414
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-016-A Fig. 414A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-860-064
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-31-21-991-021)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 412A/TASK 52-31-21-991-021-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A478
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(4) Make sure that the access panel (1) is removed from the inner skin of
the cargo door.
(5) Make sure that the protective plug (5) is removed from the edge
member at FR28.
Subtask 52-31-21-865-075
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-31-21-991-015)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 413A/TASK 52-31-21-991-015-A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-31-21-991-016)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 414A/TASK 52-31-21-991-016-A)

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A479
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 52-31-21-910-061
(4) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to

- the mating surface of the serrated shaft (31) and its splined ends
- the shaft of the spring bolt (19)
- the shaft of the bolts (39), (44), (49), (56) and (58)
- the pins (24).
(5) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017) to mating

surface of the Maltese-cross latch (32), the the roller lever (33)
and Maltese-cross lock (34)
of the mounting bracket (68).
Subtask 52-31-21-420-071
B. Installation of the Linkage Mechanism
(1) Install the serrated shaft (31) into the door structure (38) as
follows:
(a) Move the serrated shaft (31) through the lateral cutout of the
cargo door into the sliding bearings of the door structure (38).
(b) During this movement, assemble the Maltese-cross latch (32), the
roller lever (33) and the Maltese-cross lock (34) in the correct
sequence on the serrated shaft (31).
(c) Make sure that the attachment holes of the Maltese-cross lock
(34) and the serrated shaft (31) are align.
(d) Attach the Maltese-cross lock (34) with the bolt (35), the washer
(36) and the nut (37) on the serrated shaft (31).

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A480
May 01/05

CES
(2) Install the gas spring (27) between the mounting bracket (68) and the
(a) Put the gas spring (27) together with the washers (28) in
position and attach it with the pins (24).
(b) Safety the pins (24) with the washers (23) and the new cotter
pins (22).
(3) Assemble the shaft lever (25) together with the gas spring (27) and
the mounting bracket (68) on the serrared shaft (31) as follows:
(a) Move the shaft lever (25) on the splined end of the serrated
shaft (31) until their attachment holes are align.
(b) Attach the shaft lever (25) with the bolt (64), the washer (63)
and the nut (62) on the serrated shaft (31).
(4) Put the mounting bracket (68) to the door structure (67) and attach
it with the bolts (65), the washers (66) and the nuts (69),
NOTE : You must install the mounting bracket (68) with force to
____
compress the gas spring (27).
(5) If removed, install the handle spring (20) as follows:
(a) Assemble the handle spring (20) with the spring bolt (19).
(b) Put the spring bolt (19) together with the handle spring (20) in
position to the door beam 4.
(c) Install the mounting nut (18) on the spring bolt (19) to set the
handle spring (20) under pre-tension.
(6) Attach the spring bolt (19) on the roller lever (33) as follows:
(a) Put the fork-end of the spring bolt (19) to the roller lever (33)
so that their bores align.
(b) Install the bolt (39), the washer (51) and the nut (50) and
tighten it.
(7) Install the control rod (57) on the locking shaft lever (52) as
follows:
(a) Put the lower fork-end of control rod (57) to the locking shaft
lever (52) so that their bores align.

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A481
May 01/05

CES
(8) Install the connection rod (45) on the link lever (40) as follows:
(a) Put the lower fork-end of connection rod (45) in position and
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-910-061-A
(4) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to:
- the mating surfaces of the serrated shaft (31) and its splined ends
- the shaft of the spring bolt (19)
- the shafts of the bolts (39), (44), (49), (56) and (58)
- the pins (24).
(5) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017) to the
mating surfaces of the Maltese-cross latch (32), the roller lever
(33) and Maltese-cross lock (34)
(6) Apply a layer of the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the mating
surfaces of the mounting bracket (67).
Subtask 52-31-21-420-071-A
B. Installation of the Linkage Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 414A/TASK 52-31-21-991-016-A)
(1) Install the serrated shaft (31) in the door structure as follows:
(a) Move the serrated shaft (31) through the lateral cutout of the
cargo door into the sliding bearings of the door structure.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A482
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(b) During this movement, assemble the Maltese-cross latch (32), the
roller lever (33) and the Maltese-cross lock (34) in the correct
sequence on the serrated shaft (31).
(c) Make sure that the attachment holes of the Maltese-cross lock
(34) and the serrated shaft (31) align.
(d) Attach the Maltese-cross lock (34) with the bolt (35), the washer
(36) and the nut (37) on the serrated shaft (31).
(2) Install the gas spring (27) between the mounting bracket (67) and the
(a) Put the gas spring (27) with the washers (28) in position and
attach it with the pins (24).
(b) Safety the pins (24) with the washers (23) and the new cotter
pins (22).
(3) Assemble the shaft lever (25) with the gas spring (27) and the
mounting bracket (67) on the serrared shaft (31) as follows:
(a) Move the shaft lever (25) on the splined end of the serrated
shaft (31) until their attachment holes align.
(b) Attach the shaft lever (25) with the bolt (64), the washer (63)
and the nut (62) on the serrated shaft (31).
(4) Put the mounting bracket (67) in position at the door structure and
attach it with the bolts (65), the washers (66) and the nuts (68).
NOTE : You must install the mounting bracket (67) with force to
____
compress the gas spring (27).
(5) If removed, install the handle spring (20) as follows:
(a) Install the handle spring (20) on the spring bolt (19).
(b) Put the spring bolt (19) with the handle spring (20) in position
in the door beam 4.
(c) Install the bush (71), and the mounting nut (18) on the spring
bolt (19) to set the handle spring (20) under pre-tension.

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A483
Feb 01/10

CES
(6) Attach the spring bolt (19) to the roller lever (33) as follows:
(a) Put the fork-end of the spring bolt (19) in its correct
installation position at the roller lever (33).
(b) Install the bolt (39), the washer (51) and the nut (50).
(7) Install the control rod (57) on the locking shaft lever (52) as
follows:
(a) Put the lower fork-end of control rod (57) in its correct
installation position on to the locking shaft lever (52).
(8) Install the connection rod (45) on the link lever (40) as follows:
(a) Put the lower fork-end of connection rod (45) in position and
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-420-072
C. Installation of the Door Handle
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-31-21-991-015)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 413A/TASK 52-31-21-991-015-A)

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A484
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(1) Install the door handle (14) on the door structure (17) as follows:
(a) Put the door handle (14) and the adjustment washers (15) and (16)
in position on the door structure (17).
(b) Move the door handle shaft (26) into the door structure (17) so
that it engages with the door handle (14) and the adjustment
(2) Measure the lateral gaps A between the door handle (14) and the
door structure.
NOTE : The lateral gaps A should have the same size and must be
____
(3) If the lateral gaps A are out of tolerance, change the position of
the adjustment washers (15) and (16).
(4) Safety the correct installed door handle shaft (14) as follows:
(a) Put the lock device (30) into the slot of door handle shaft (14).
(b) Attach the lock device (30) with the screws (29) on the door
structure (17).
(5) Install the control rod (57) on the shaft lever (25) as follows:
(a) Put the upper fork-end of the control rod (57) in position and
(6) Install the connection rod (45) on the Maltese-cross latch (32) as
follows:
(a) Put the upper fork-end of the control rod (45) in position and

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A485
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-31-21-820-059
D. Adjustment of the Door Handle and the related Linkage Mechanism
(1) Adjust the door handle to make sure that its skin offset is correct
(Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).
(2) Adjust the linkage mechanism to make sure that the latching and
locking mechanism operate satisfactory (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).
(3) Make sure that the gap between the target and the sensor of the
proximity switch 28WV is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-820-
004).
Subtask 52-31-21-865-076
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.
Subtask 52-31-21-720-058
F. Test Procedure
(1) Make sure that the door handle mechanism is correctly lubricated
(Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-002).
(2) Do a functional test to make sure that the force necessary to operate
the door handle is correct (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-001).
(3) Make sure that the proximity switch 28WV operates satisfactory
(Ref. TASK 52-31-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-21-410-068
A. Close Access
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-31-21-991-021)

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A486
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 412A/TASK 52-31-21-991-021-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
items.

PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to all the components of the door
handle and the related linkage mechanism and to the adjacent cargo
door structure.
(3) Put the access panel (1) in position to the inner skin and attach it
with the screws (3) and (4) and the washers (2).
(4) Install the protection plug (5) in the edge member at FR28 and apply
a bead of 09016.
52-30-00-860-002).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A487
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
TASK 52-31-21-000-011
Removal of the Locking Shaft Asssembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-021 Fig. 412
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-021-A Fig. 412A
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-017 Fig. 415
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-017-A Fig. 415A

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A488
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-010-069
A. Get Access
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-31-21-991-021)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 412A/TASK 52-31-21-991-021-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
001).
(4) Remove the protection plug (6) from the edge member as necessary.
Subtask 52-31-21-865-077
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A489
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 52-31-21-020-072
A. Removal of the Locking Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 52-31-21-991-017)
NOTE : Identify the installation position of the lock cams, the drift pin
____
lever, the control lever and the vent door lever with a mark.
(1) Disconnect the connection rod (159) from the vent door lever (162) as
follows:
the vent door lever (162).
(c) Remove the lower fork- end of the connection rod (159) from the
(2) Disconnect the control rod (156) from the drift pin lever (158) as
follows:
(b) Remove the nut (154), the washer (155) and the bolt (157) to
disconnect the control rod (156) from the drift pin lever (158).
(3) Disconnect the control rod (56) from the locking shaft lever (52) as
follows:
(c) Remove the lower fork-end of the control rod (56) from the

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A490
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(4) Disassemble the different components from the locking shaft (148) as
follows:
the tapered pins (143) from the locking shaft lever (52).
the tapered pins (149) from the drift pin lever (158).
(c) Remove the nuts (168), the washers (167), the sleeves (166) and
the tapered pins (165) from the the vent door lever (162).
(d) Remove the nuts (146), the washers (147) and the Hi-Lok pins
(144) from the lock cams (145).
(e) Remove the vent door lever (162) and the locking shaft lever (52)
from the end of the locking shaft (148).
(5) Remove the locking shaft (148) from the cargo door structure as
follows:
(a) Move the locking shaft (148) slowly through the lateral cutout of
the cargo door.
NOTE : Collect the lock cams (145) and the drift pin lever (158)
____
during this movement.
(b) Remove the lock cams (145), the washers (169) and the drift pin
lever (158) while you remove the locking shaft (148) from the
sliding bearing (of each frame forkend).
NOTE : The washers (169) are only installed at FR25.

____
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-020-072-A
A. Removal of the Locking Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 415A/TASK 52-31-21-991-017-A)
NOTE : Identify the installation position of the lock cams, the drift pin
____
lever and the vent door lever with a mark.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A491
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Locking Shaft Assembly

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A492
May 01/05

CES

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page A493
May 01/05

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A494
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A495
Feb 01/10

CES
(1) Disconnect the connection rod (159) from the vent door lever (162) as
follows:
the vent door lever (162).
(c) Remove the lower eye-end of the connection rod (159) from the
(2) Disconnect the control rod (59) from the locking shaft lever (52) as
follows:
(c) Remove the lower fork-end of the control rod (59) from the
(3) Disassemble the different components from the locking shaft (148) as
follows:
the tapered pins (143) from the locking shaft lever (52).
the tapered pins (165) from the the vent door lever (162).
(c) Remove the nuts (146), the washers (147) and the Hi-Lok pins
(144) from the lock cams (145).
(d) Remove the vent door lever (162) and the locking shaft lever (52)
from the end of the locking shaft (148).
(4) Remove the locking shaft (148) from the cargo door structure as
follows:
(a) Move the locking shaft (148) slowly through the lateral cutout of
the cargo door.
NOTE : Collect the lock cams (145) during this movement.

____

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page A496
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 52-31-21-400-011
Installation of the Locking Shaft Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 09016
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A497
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
53 cotter pin 52-31-21 30 -150

153 cotter pin 52-31-21 30 -020
164 cotter pin 52-31-21 30 -020
164 cotter pin 52-31-21 42B-020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-021 Fig. 412
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-021-A Fig. 412A
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-017 Fig. 415
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-017-A Fig. 415A

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A498
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-860-065
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
door.
Subtask 52-31-21-865-078
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-21-910-062
(4) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all movable
parts.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page A499
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 52-31-21-420-073
B. Installation of the Locking Shaft Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 52-31-21-991-017)
(1) Install the locking shaft (148) to the cargo door structure as
follows:
(b) During this movement, assemble the lock cams (145), the washers
(169) and the drift pin lever (158) in the correct sequence on
NOTE : The washers (169) are installed only at FR25.

____
(c) Set the lock cams (145) and the drift pin lever (158) in the
correct position on the locking shaft (148) (in accordance with
your marks).
- Make sure that their attachment holes align.
(d) Install the tapered pins (149) to attach the drift pin lever
(158) on the locking shaft (148).
(e) Install the sleeves (150), the washers (151) and the nuts (152)
on the tapered pins (149).
(f) Assemble the locking shaft lever (56) and the vent door lever
(162) on the ends of the locking shaft (148) (in accordance with
your mark).
(g) Install the tapered pins (165) to attach the vent door lever
(h) Install the sleeves (166), the washers (167) and the nuts (168)
(i) Install the tapered pins (143) to attach the locking shaft lever
(j) Install the sleeves (142), the washers (141) and the nuts (140)

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page B400
May 01/05

CES
(k) Install the Hi-Lok pins (144) to attach the lock cams (145) on
(l) Install the washers (147) and the nuts (146) on the Hi-Lok pins
(144).
(m) Tighten the nuts (140), (146), (152) and (168).
(2) Connect the control rod (56) to the locking shaft lever (52) as
follows:
(a) Put the lower fork-end of the control rod (56) on locking shaft
lever (52) and install the bolt (57), the washers (55) and the
nut (54).
(3) Connect the control rod (156) to the drift pin lever (158) as
follows:
(a) Put the fork-end of the control rod (156) to the drift pin lever
(158) and install the bolts (157), the washers (155) and the nuts
(154).
(b) Tighten the nut (154) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(153).
(4) Connect the connection rod (159) to the vent door lever (162) as
follows:
(a) Put the lower eye end of the connection rod (159) in the fork end
(164).
Subtask 52-31-21-820-060
(1) Adjust the control rod (56) of the linkage mechanism to make sure
that the lock cams are in their correct position (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-
820-002).

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page B401
May 01/05

CES
(2) Adjust the length of the control rod (156) to make sure that the
drift pins extend and retract correctly. (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-
002).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-420-073-A
B. Installation of the Locking Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 415A/TASK 52-31-21-991-017-A)
(1) Install the locking shaft (148) at the cargo door structure as
follows:
(b) During this movement, assemble the lock cams (145) in the correct
sequence on the locking shaft (148).
(c) Refer to the marks you made during the removal procedure:
- set the lock cams (145) in its correct position on the locking
shaft (148)
- assemble the lever (52) and (162) on the locking shaft (148)
- make sure that the attachment holes align.
(d) Install the tapered pins (165) to attach the lever (162) on the
(e) Install the sleeves (166), the washers (167) and the nuts (168)
(f) Install the tapered pins (143) to attach the locking shaft lever
(g) Install the sleeves (142), the washers (141) and the nuts (140)
(h) Install the Hi-Lok pins (144) to attach the lock cams (145) on
(i) Install the washers (147) and the nuts (146) on the Hi-Lok pins
(144).
(j) Tighten the nuts (140), (146) and (168).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B402
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(2) Connect the control rod (59) to the locking shaft lever (52) as
follows:
(a) Put the lower fork-end of the control rod (59) on locking shaft
nut (54).
(3) Connect the connection rod (159) to the lever (162) as follows:
(a) Put the lower eye-end of the connection rod (159) in the fork-end
of the lever (162).
(164).
Subtask 52-31-21-820-060-A
(1) Adjust the length of the control rod (56) (part of the linkage
mechanism) to make sure that the lock cams (145) are in their correct
position (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-21-720-059
D. Do the functional test of the door mechanism to make sure that the
locking mechanism operates correctly (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-21-865-079

1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B403
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-31-21-410-069
B. Close Access
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-31-21-991-021)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 412A/TASK 52-31-21-991-021-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
items.

safety shaft assembly and to the adjacent cargo door structure.
(3) Install the protection plug (6) in the edge member and apply a bead
of 09016.
52-30-00-860-002).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B404
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
TASK 52-31-21-000-014
Removal of the Sequence Shaft Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-21-991-021-A Fig. 412A
52-31-21-991-022 Fig. 416
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-010-072
A. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 412A/TASK 52-31-21-991-021-A)
001).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the cargo door.

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page B405
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-31-21-865-086
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-21-020-076
A. Removal of the Sequence Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 52-31-21-991-022)
NOTE : Identify the installation position of the locking cam, the

____
serrated levers and the link lever with a mark.
(1) Disconnect the connection rod (395) from the serrated lever (392) as
follows:
the serrated lever (392).
serrated lever (392).
(2) Disconnect the link assy (406) from the link lever (408) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (404), the washer (405) and the bolt (407) from
the link assy (406).
(c) Remove the upper fork-end of the link assy (406) from the link
lever (408).
(3) Disconnect the bellcrank assy (412) from the serrated lever (416) as
follows:

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page B406
Feb 01/10

CES
Sequence Shaft Assy
Figure 416/TASK 52-31-21-991-022

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page B407
Feb 01/10

CES
the bellcrank assy (412).
(c) Remove the fork-end of the bellcrank assy (412) from the serrated
lever (416).
(4) Disassemble the different components from the sequence shaft (400) as
follows:
(a) Remove the screw (390) and the washer (391) from the serrated
lever (392).
(b) Remove the nut (402), the washer (401) and the Hi-Lok pin (415)
from the the serrated lever (416).
(c) Remove the nuts (414), the washers (417) and the Hi-Lok pins
(398) from the lock cam (399).
(d) Remove the link lever (408), the serrated levers (392) and (416)
from the sequence shaft (400).
(5) Remove the sequence shaft (400) from the cargo door structure as
follows:
(a) Move the sequence shaft (400) slowly out of the cargo door
structure and collect the lock cam (399) during this movement.

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page B408
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 52-31-21-400-014
Installation of the Sequence Shaft Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
397 cotter pin 52-31-21 42B-020

403 cotter pin 52-31-21 42B-100
409 cotter pin 52-31-21 38B-210

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page B409
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-21-991-021-A Fig. 412A
52-31-21-991-022 Fig. 416
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-860-069
door) is open and safetied with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position below the
opened cargo door.
Subtask 52-31-21-865-087
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page B410
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-21-910-065
(4) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all the
movable parts.
Subtask 52-31-21-420-077
B. Installation of the Sequence Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 52-31-21-991-022)
(1) Install the sequence shaft (400) in the cargo door structure as
follows:
(a) Move the sequence shaft (400) slowly through the cargo door
structure.
(b) During this movement, assemble the lock cam (399) on the locking
shaft (400).
(c) Refer to the marks you made during the removal procedure and
assemble the lock cam (399) in its correct position on the
(d) Make sure that the attachment holes align.
(e) Install the Hi-Lok pins (398), the washers (417) and the nuts
(414).
(f) Refer to the marks you made during the removal procedure and
assemble the serrated lever (392) on the sequence shaft (400).
(g) Install the screw (390) and the washer (391) in the serrated
lever (392) and tighten it.

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page B411
Feb 01/10

CES
(h) Refer to the marks you made during the removal procedure and
assemble the serrated lever (416) and the link lever (408) on the
(i) Make sure that the attachment holes align.
(j) Install the Hi-Lok pin (415), the washer (401) and the nut (402).
(k) Tighten the nuts (402) and (414).
(2) Connect the bellcrank assy (412) to the serrated lever (416) as
follows:
(a) Put the fork-end of the bellcrank assy (412) on the eye-end of
the serrated lever (416).
(409).
(3) Connect the link assy (406) to the link lever (408) as follows:
(a) Put the upper fork-end of the link assy (406) on the eye-end of
the link lever (408).
(b) Install the bolt (407), the washer (405) and the nut (404).
(403).
(4) Connect the connection rod (395) to the serrated lever (392) as
follows:
(a) Put the upper eye-end of the connection rod (395) in the fork-end
of the serrated lever (392).
(397).
Subtask 52-31-21-820-063
(1) Adjust the door mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-002).

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page B412
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 52-31-21-865-088
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.
Subtask 52-31-21-720-062
E. Do the functional test of the door mechanism to make sure that the
sequence mechanism operates correctly (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-21-410-072
A. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 412A/TASK 52-31-21-991-021-A)
items.
(2) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) or the STORAGE
sequence shaft assembly and to the adjacent cargo door structure.
52-30-00-860-002).

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page B413
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 52-31-21-000-012
Removal of the Latching Shaft Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-35-13-000-002 Removal of the Proximity Switches 5MJ and/or 12MJ
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-021 Fig. 412
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-021-A Fig. 412A
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-018 Fig. 417

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B414
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-018-A Fig. 417A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-010-070
A. Get Access
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-31-21-991-021)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 412A/TASK 52-31-21-991-021-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
install the actuator safety locks. (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(4) Remove the protection plug (7) from the edge member as necessary.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B415
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-31-21-865-080
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-31-21-860-068
(1) Move the latching shaft of the opened cargo door in its latched

(b) Move the door handle down to the lached position and push it into
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-21-020-073
A. Removal of the Latching Shaft
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 52-31-21-991-018)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 417A/TASK 52-31-21-991-018-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
NOTE : Identify the installation position of the link lever, shaft

____
levers, the control lever and the interlock cam with a mark.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B416
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(1) Disconnect the shaft lever (175) from the link rod (181) of each
latching unit as follows:
(a) Turn the latching shaft (171) so that you can remove the bolts
(178) thru the mounting holes of the door frame.
(c) Remove the nut (173), the washers (179), the bushes (180) and
(182) and the bolt (178) from the shaft levers (175).
(d) Remove the eye-end of the link rod (181) from the fork- end of
(2) Disconnect the link lever (40) from the connection rod (44) follows:
(a) Turn the latching shaft (171) so that you can remove the bolts
(45) thru the mounting holes of the door frame.
(c) Remove the nut (42), the washers (43) and the bolt (45) from the
link rod (44).
(d) Remove the fork-end of the link rod (44) from the link lever
(40).
(3) Remove the locking shaft (171) from the cargo door as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (177), the sleeves (176) and the tapered pins
(174) from each shaft levers (175).
(b) Remove the nuts (185), the sleeves (184) and the tapered pins
(183) from the the link lever (40).
(c) Remove the nuts (188), the sleeves (189) and the tapered pins
(187) from the interlock cam (186).
(d) Remove the nut (192), the sleeve (193) and the tapered pin (191)
from the the control lever (190).
(e) Remove the locking shaft (171) slowly through the lateral cutout
of the cargo door.
NOTE : Collect the shaft levers (175), the control lever (190),
____
the link lever (40) and the interlock cam (186) during
this movement.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B417
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Latching Shaft Assembly

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page B418
May 01/05

CES

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-21

Page B419
May 01/05

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page B420
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-21

Page B421
Feb 01/10

CES
(4) Remove the shaft levers (175), the control lever (190) and the
interlock cam (186) while you remove the locking shaft (171) from the
cargo door.
(5) If necessary, remove the target from the control lever (190)
(Ref. TASK 52-35-13-000-002).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B422
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
TASK 52-31-21-400-012
Installation of the Latching Shaft Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 09016
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
41 cotter pin 52-31-21 34 -150

172 cotter pin 52-31-21 34 -240

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B423
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-021 Fig. 412
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-021-A Fig. 412A
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-21-991-018 Fig. 417
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-21-991-018-A Fig. 417A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-860-066
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B424
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
cargo door.
Subtask 52-31-21-865-081
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-21-910-063
(4) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all moveable
parts.
(5) If removed, install the target (35) on the control lever (34)
(Ref. TASK 52-35-13-400-002).
Subtask 52-31-21-420-074
B. Installation of the Latching Shaft
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 52-31-21-991-018)

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B425
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 417A/TASK 52-31-21-991-018-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(1) Install the latching shaft (171) on the cargo door as follows:
(a) Move the latching shaft (171) through the lateral cutout of the
(b) During this movement, assemble the shaft levers (175), the link
lever (40), the interlock cam (186) and the control lever (190)
in the correct sequence on the latching shaft (171).
(c) Put the shaft levers (175), the link lever (40), the interlock
cam (186) and the control lever (190) in the correct position on
the latching shaft (171) (in accordance with your marks).
(d) Make sure that the attachment holes align.
(e) Install the tapered pins (174), the sleeves (176) and the nuts
(177) to attach the shaft levers (175) on the latching shaft
(171).
(f) Install the tapered pins (183), the sleeves (184) and the nuts
(185) to attach the link lever (40) on the latching shaft (171).
(g) Install the tapered pins (186), the sleeves (189) and the nuts
(188) to attach the interlock cam (186) on the latching shaft
(171).
(h) Install the tapered pins (191), the sleeves (193) and the nuts
(192) to attach the control lever (190) on the latching shaft
(171).
(i) Tighten the nuts (177), (185), (188) and (192).
(2) Connect the link rod (181) of each latching unit to the shaft lever
(175) as follows:
(a) Put the eye-end of the link rod (181) to the fork-end of the
shaft levers (175).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B426
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(181) and the nut (173).
(172).
(3) Connect the connection rod (44) to the link lever (40) as follows:
(a) Put the fork-end of the connection rod rod (44) to the link lever
(40).
Subtask 52-31-21-820-061
(1) Make sure that the upper dead center of the latching mechanism is
(2) Make sure that the proximity switch 5MJ is correctly adjusted
(Ref. TASK 52-35-13-400-002).
Subtask 52-31-21-720-060
D. Test Procedure
(1) Do a functional test to make sure that the latching mechanism

(2) Do the functional test to make sure that the proximity switch 5MJ is
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-21-865-082

1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B427
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-31-21-410-070
B. Close Access
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-31-21-991-021)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 412A/TASK 52-31-21-991-021-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
items.

latching shaft assembly and to the adjacent cargo door structure.
(3) Install the protection plug (7) in the edge member and apply a bead
of 09016.
52-30-00-860-002).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B428
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
TASK 52-31-21-000-013
Removal of the Latching Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 3.5 mm (0.1377 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-21-991-019 Fig. 418
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-010-071
A. Get Access
001).
(2) Put the access platform in position below opened the cargo door.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B429
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-31-21-865-083
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 52-31-21-991-019)
Subtask 52-31-21-020-074
A. Removal of the Latching Units
(1) Move the latching units of the opened cargo door to the latched
position as follows:

(b) Move the latching handle to the locked position and push it into
(2) Remove the nut (202), the washer (201) and thetravel limit bolt (217)
(3) Disconnect the latching hook (210) from the cargo door frame as
follows:
(b) Remove the nut (207), the washers (208) and the latching hook
bolt (212) from the door frame and let the latching hook (210)
hang down.
(4) Disconnect the bellcrank (215) from the cargo door frame as follows:
the door frame.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B430
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(5) Disconnect the bellcrank rod (181) from the link lever (175) as
follows:
(b) Remove the nut (173), the washers (179), the bushes (182) and
180) and the bolt (178) from the link lever (175).
(6) Remove the latching unit from the cargo door.
(7) If necessary, remove the bushes (209) and (216) from the cargo door
frame.
(8) If necessary, remove the sleeve (211) from the latching hook (210).
Subtask 52-31-21-020-075
B. Disassembly of the Latching Unit
(1) Disconnect the latching hook (210) from the bellcrank lever (234) as
follows:
the lower fork-end of the bellcrank lever (234).
(c) Remove latching hook (210) from the bellcrank lever (234).
(d) Remove the bushes (228) and (230) from the lower fork end of the
linkage (234).
(e) Remove the sleeve (229) from the latching hook (210).
(2) Disconnect the bellcrank (215) from the link rod (181) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (222), the washers (238), the bushes (239) and
(c) Disconnect the eye-end of the link rod (181) from the fork-end of

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B431
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Latching Unit

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B432
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Latching Unit

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B433
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(3) Disconnect the bellcrank (215) from the bellcrank lever (234) as
follows:
the upper fork-end of the bellcrank lever (234).
(c) Remove the bushes (235) and (236) from the upper fork-end of the
(d) Remove the bellcrank (215) from the linkage (234).
(e) Remove the sleeve (240) from the bellcrank (215).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B434
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
TASK 52-31-21-400-013
Installation of the Latching Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
172 cotter pin 52-31-21 34 -240

203 cotter pin 52-31-21 34 -150
206 cotter pin 52-31-21 34 -030
221 cotter pin 52-31-21 40 -040
223 cotter pin 52-31-21 40 -040
225 cotter pin 52-31-21 40 -040

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B435
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
52-31-21-991-019 Fig. 418
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-21-860-067
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
door.
Subtask 52-31-21-865-084
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B436
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 52-31-21-991-019)
Subtask 52-31-21-910-064
(4) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to:

- the inner and outer sliding surfaces of the sleeves
(211),(214),(229),(240),
- the sliding surfaces of the bushes (181), (209), (216), (228),
(230), (235), (236), (241) and (239),
- the shaft of all other bolts.
Subtask 52-31-21-420-075
B. Assembly of the Latching Unit
(1) Assemble the bellcrank (215) on the bellcrank lever (234) as follows:
(a) Install the sleeves (240) in the bellcrank (215).
(b) Install the bushes (239) and (241) in the upper fork end of the
(c) Put the bellcrank (215) in position in the upper fork end of the
bellcrank lever(234).
(d) Install the bolt (232), the washers (233) and the nut (224).
(e) Tighten the nut (224) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(223).
(2) Connect the bellcrank (215) to the link rod (181) as follows:
(a) Put the lower eye-end of the link rod (181) on the fork-end of

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B437
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(241) and the nut (222) on the bellcrank lever (215).
(221).
(3) Assemble the latch hook (210) on the bellcrank lever (234) as
follows:
(a) Install the sleeve (229) in the latch hook (210).
(b) Install the bushes (228) and (230) in the lower fork-end of the
(c) Put the latch hook (210) in the lower fork end of the bellcrank
nut (226).
(225).
Subtask 52-31-21-420-076
C. Installation of the Latching Unit
(1) Connect the link rod (181) to the link lever (175)as follows:
(a) Put the eye-end of the link rod (181) to the fork-end of the link
lever (175)
(182) and the nut (173).
(172).
(2) Attach the bellcrank (215) to the cargo door frame as follows:
(a) Install the bush (216) into the cargo door frame .
(b) Move the bellcrank (215) inboard until you can install the sleeve
(214) correctly.
(c) Install the sleeve (214), bolt (213), the washers (205) and the
nut (204).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B438
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(203).
(3) Attach the bellcrank (215) to the cargo door frame as follows:
(a) Install the bushes (209) into the cargo door door frame.
(b) Assemble the sleeve (211) into the latch hook (210).
(c) Move the latch hook (210) inboard until you can install the bolt
(212).
(d) Install the bolt (212), the washers (208) and the nut (207).
(e) Tighten the nut (207) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(206).
(f) Tighten the nut (207) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(206).
(4) Install the travel limit bolt (217), the washers (201) and the nut
(202).
Subtask 52-31-21-820-062
(1) Adjust the length of the link rod (181) until the lower dead center
of the applicable latching unit is correct (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-
002).
(2) Make sure that the latching units are correctly lubricated after the
final adjustment. (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-002).
Subtask 52-31-21-720-061
E. Do the functional test of the latching mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-

001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-21-865-085
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B439
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Subtask 52-31-21-410-071
B. Close Access
items.

locking units and to the adjacent cargo
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-21

Page B440
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
DOOR - VENT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________
TASK 52-31-22-000-001
Removal of the Vent Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-22-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-052,
52-31-22-991-001-B Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
52-31-22-991-001-A Fig. 401B

EFF :

ALL 52-31-22

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-22-010-050
A. Get Access
001).
(3) Remove the lining and insulation from the inner side of the cargo
door to get access to the vent door mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-
000-001).
Subtask 52-31-22-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 52-31-22-020-052
A. Removal of the Vent Door

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-22-991-001)
(1) Remove the nuts (21), the bolts (18) and the washers (19) and
disconnect the cover (20) from the brackets of the cargo door.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-22

Page 402
May 01/05

CES
Vent Door
Figure 401/TASK 52-31-22-991-001

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-22

Page 403
May 01/05

CES
(2) Remove the connection rod (13) from the vent door (10) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (16), the washers (15),(12), the bush (14) and the
bolt (11) from the actuator arm.
(c) Disconnect the connection rod (13) from the actuator arm.
(3) Remove and discard the cotter pins (1) from the nuts (2).
(4) Remove the nuts (2), the washers (3),(4) and the sleeve (5) from the
bolts (8).
(5) Hold the vent door (10) and remove the washers (3) and the bolts (8)
from the hinge arms of the vent door.
NOTE : Remove the vent door carefully because the springs (6) and (7)
____
are installed under load.
(6) Remove the springs (6),(7) from the spring bolts (21) and the
fittings of the vent door frame.
(7) Remove the vent door (10) and the shim set of washers (4) from the
hinge brackets of the vent door frame.
(8) Remove the sleeve (9) from the upper hinge arm of the vent door (10).
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R Subtask 52-31-22-020-052-B
R A. Remove the vent door from the FWD cargo door as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-31-22-991-001-B)
R (1) Remove the screws (18) and the washers (19) to disconnect the cover
R (20) from the brackets of the cargo door structure.
R (2) Remove the cover assy (20) from the cargo door structure.
R (3) Remove the connection rod (13) from the vent door (10) as follows:
R (b) Remove the nut (16), the washers (15),(12), the bush (14) and the
R bolt (11) from the actuator arm.

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-22

Page 404
May 01/05

CES
R Vent Door
R Figure 401A/TASK 52-31-22-991-001-B

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-31-22

Page 405
May 01/05

CES
bolts (8).
____
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-22-020-052-A
A. Removal of the Vent Door

(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 52-31-22-991-001-A)
(1) Remove the bolts (18), the washers (19) and disconnect the cover (20)
from the brackets of the cargo door.
(2) Remove the connection rod (13) from the vent door (10) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (16), the washers (15),(12), the bush (14) and the
bolt (11) from the actuator arm.
bolts (8).

R

EFF : 051-052, 106-149, 221-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-22

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
Vent Door
Figure 401B/TASK 52-31-22-991-001-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-22

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
____

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-22

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-31-22-400-001
Installation of the Vent Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1 cotter pins 52-31-22 02A-010

R 17 cotter pin 52-31-21 07 -040

EFF :

ALL 52-31-22

Page 409
May 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doors
52-31-11-820-003 Adjustment of the Vent Door
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
52-31-22-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R 52-31-22-991-001-B Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-22-860-050
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
door.
(3) Make sure that the lining and insulation are removed from the inner
side of the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-22

Page 410
May 01/05

CES
Subtask 52-31-22-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 52-31-22-420-050
A. Installation the Vent Door

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-22-991-001)
(1) Put the vent door (10) in position to the vent door frame.
(2) Install the bolt (8), the washer (3) and the sleeve (9) to attach the
vent door (10) to the upper hinge bracket.
(3) Install the bolt (8) and the nut (2) to attach the vent door (10)
temporarily to the lower hinge bracket.
(4) Adjust the upper and lower gaps between the vent door (10) and the
(a) Put the vent door (10) in the middle of the opening so that the
gap is between 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) and 3.0 mm (0.1181 in.).
(b) Measure the clearance between the lower hinge bracket and the
lower hinge arm to get the thickness of the shim set.
(c) Remove the nut (2) and the bolt (8) from the lower hinge arm.
(d) Install the shim set of washers (3),(4) with the correct
thickness between the hinge bracket and the lower hinge arm.
(5) Install the sleeves (5) and the springs (6),(7) to the bolts (8).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-22

Page 411
May 01/05

CES
(6) Install the bolt (8) and the washer (3) to the lower hinge bracket
and the spring (6).
(7) Install the remaining washers (3),(4) and the nuts (2) to the bolts
(8). Tighten the nut (2).
(8) Safety the nuts (2) with new cotter pins (1)
(9) Install the springs (6),(7) to the spring bolts (21) and to the
(10) Install the connection rod (13) on the vent door (10) as follows:
(a) Put the connection rod (13) to the actuator arm and install the
bolt (11) together with the washers (12),(15), the bush (14), and
the nut (16).
(11) Put the cover assy (20) on the cargo door structure and attach it
with the bolts (18), the washers (19) and the nuts (21).
R **ON A/C 051-052,
R Subtask 52-31-22-420-050-B
R A. Installation the Vent Door

R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-31-22-991-001-B)
R (1) Put the vent door (10) in position to the vent door frame.
R (2) Install the bolt (8), the washer (3) and the sleeve (9) to attach the
R vent door (10) to the upper hinge bracket.
R (3) Install the bolt (8) and the nut (2) to attach the vent door (10)
R temporarily to the lower hinge bracket.
R (4) Adjust the upper and lower gaps between the vent door (10) and the
R vent door frame as follows:
R (a) Put the vent door (10) in the middle of the opening so that the
R gap is between 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) and 3.0 mm (0.1181 in.).
R (b) Measure the clearance between the lower hinge bracket and the
R lower hinge arm to get the thickness of the shim set.

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-31-22

Page 412
May 01/05

CES
(c) Remove the nut (2) and the bolt (8) from the lower hinge arm.
(d) Install the shim set of washers (3),(4) with the correct
thickness between the hinge bracket and the lower hinge arm.
(5) Install the sleeves (5) and the springs (6),(7) to the bolts (8).
(6) Install the bolt (8) and the washer (3) to the lower hinge bracket
and the spring (6).
(7) Install the remaining washers (3),(4) and the nuts (2) to the bolts
(8).
(8) Tighten the nuts (2) and safety them with new cotter pins (1).
(9) Install the springs (6),(7) to the spring bolts (21) and to the
(10) Install the connection rod (13) on the vent door (10) as follows:
(a) Put the connection rod (13) to the actuator arm.
(b) Install the bolt (11) together with the washers (12),(15), the
bush (14), and the nut (16).
(11) Put the cover assy (20) on the cargo door structure and attach it
with the screws (18) and the washers (19). Tighten the screws (18).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-22-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Vent Door
(1) Put the vent door (10) in position at the vent door frame.
(2) Install the bolt (8), the washer (3) and the bush (9) to attach the
vent door (10) to the upper hinge bracket.
(3) Install the bolt (8) and the nut (2) to attach the vent door
temporarily to the lower hinge bracket.

R

EFF : 051-052, 106-149, 221-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-31-22

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES
(4) Adjust the upper and lower gaps between the vent door (10) and the
(a) Put the vent door (10) in the middle of the opening so that the
gap is between 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) and 3.0 mm (0.1181 in.).
(b) Measure the clearance between the lower hinge bracket and the
lower hinge arm to get the thickness of the shim set.
(c) Remove the nut (2) and the bolt (8) from the lower hinge bracket.
(d) Install the shim set of washers (4) with the correct thickness
between the lower hinge brackets and the lower hinge arm.
(5) Install the sleeves (5) and the springs (6),(7) on the bolts (8).
(6) Install the bolt (8) and the washer (3) at the lower hinge bracket.
(7) Install the remaining washers (3),(4) and the nuts (2) on the bolts
(8).
(8) Tighten the nuts (2) and safety them with the new cotter pins (1).
(9) Install the springs (6),(7) at the spring bolts (21) and the fittings
of the vent door frame.
(10) Install the connection rod (13) at the vent door (10) as follows:
(a) Put the connection rod (13) in the actuator arm and install the
bolt (11), the washers (12),(15), the bush (14) and the nut (16).
(b) Tighten the nut (16) and safety it with new cotter pin (17).
(11) Put the cover assy (20) in position at to the brackets of the cargo
door and install the bolts (18) and the washers (19).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-31-22-710-050
B. Ajustment/Test
(1) Close the vent door of the opened FWD cargo door as follows:
(a) Press the roller lever of the interlock mechanism outboards to


R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-22

Page 414
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(b) Pull the door handle down to the locked position and push it into
(2) Make sure that the skin offset between the vent door and the cargo
door contour is correct (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-003).
(3) Make sure that the clearance between the stop bolts of the vent door
and the related stops is correct (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-003).
(4) Push the handle flap in and pull the door handle up to the unlocked
position.
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-31-22-710-050-A
B. Ajustment/Test
(1) Close the vent door of the opened FWD cargo door as follows:
(a) Press the roller lever of the interlock mechanism outboards to

(2) Make sure that the skin offset between the vent door and the cargo
door contour is correct (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-003).
(3) Make sure that the clearance between the stop bolts of the vent door
and the related stops is correct (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-003).
(4) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle out of the recess
to open the vent door.
(5) Turn the locking handle down to the unlocked position.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-31-22

Page 415
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-22-865-052
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 52-31-22-410-050
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Make sure that the springs of the hinge arms are correctly lubricated
(Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-002).
(3) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) to all the

components of the vent door and to the adjacent cargo door structure.
(4) Install the removed parts of the lining and insulation (Ref. TASK 52-
31-13-400-001).
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-22

Page 416
May 01/05

CES
HARNESS - CARGO COMPARMENT DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________
TASK 52-31-24-000-001
Removal of the Wiring Harness 4611VB
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-24-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-24-010-050
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) and safety it with the SAFETY LOCK -
ACTUATOR, CARGO DOORS (98D52307515000).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-24

Page 401
Feb 01/99

CES
(3) Remove the lining and insulation of the cargo door to get access to
the terminal block 7526VT (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-001).
Subtask 52-31-24-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-24-020-050
A. Removal of the Wiring Harness 4611VB

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-24-991-001)
(1) Disconnect the connector (29) from the receptacle (28).
(3) Disconnect the electrical cables of the wiring harness (1) from the
terminal block (6).
(4) Remove the nut (3), the bolt (5) and the clamp (4) from the door
angle (2).
(5) Remove the nut (12), the washer (11), the bolt (9) and the clamp (8)
from the actuator fitting bracket (10).
(6) Remove the nut (14) and the washer (15) from the bolt (17) and
disconnect the clamp (16) from the bracket (18) in the actuator area.
(7) Cut and remove the tie-raps (26) and disconnet the wiring harness (1)
from the cable brackets (27) of the ceiling lining.
(8) If required, disassemble the clamps (4), (8) and (16) and the sleeves
(7) and (13) from the wiring harness (1).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-24

Page 402
Feb 01/99

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

52-31-24

Page 403
Feb 01/99

CES
Wiring Harness 4611VB

EFF :

ALL 52-31-24

Page 404
Feb 01/99

CES
Wiring Harness 4611VB

EFF :

ALL 52-31-24

Page 405
Feb 01/99

CES
TASK 52-31-24-400-001
Installation of the Wiring Harness 4611VB
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-24-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-24-860-050
(1) Make sure that the cargo door is opened (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001)
and safetied with the SAFETY LOCK - ACTUATOR, CARGO DOORS
(98D52307515000).
door.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-24

Page 406
Feb 01/99

CES
Subtask 52-31-24-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-24-420-050
A. Installation of the Wiring Harness 4611VB

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-24-991-001)
items.
(2) If removed, assemble the clamps (4), (8) and (16) together with the
sleeves (7) and (13) on the wiring harness (1).
(3) Put the clamp (4) in position to the door angle (2) and attach it
with the bolt (5) and the nut (3).
(4) Connect the electrical wires of the wiring harness (1) to the termial
block (6) as follows:
--------------------------- ----------------------------
| WIRE NO | TERMINAL NO | | WIRE NO | TERMINAL NO |
--------------------------- ----------------------------
| 2552-1034 | 4K | | 2552-1041 | 3H |
| 2552-1035 | 4J | | 2552-1042 | 3G |
| 2552-1036 | 4H | | 2552-1043 | 3F |
| 2552-1037 | 4G | | 3154-5863B | 2G |
| 2552-1038 | 4F | | 3152-5863R | 2A |
| 2552-1039 | 3E | | 5235-1025B | 1G |
| 2552-1040 | 3J | | 5235-1025R | 1A |
(5) Put the clamp (8) to the actuator fitting bracket (10) and attach it
with the bolt (9) and the washer (11) and the nut (12).
(6) Measure a distance of 590.0 mm (23.2283 in.) from the door lining to
set the clamp (16) in its installation position.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-24

Page 407
Feb 01/99

CES
(7) Put the clamp (16) in position to the bolt (17) of the fitting (18)
and attach it with the washer (15) and the nut (14).
(9) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(10) Connect the electrical connector (29) to the receptacle (28).
(11) Put the wiring harness (1) in position to the cable clamps (27) and
attach it with the tie-raps (26).
Subtask 52-31-24-820-050
B. Adjustment Procedure
(1) Measure the distance X between the lining and the wiring harness
(1).
NOTE : The distance X must be less 70.0 mm (2.7559 in.).

____
(2) If the distance X is more than allowed, loosen the clamp (16) and
move the wiring harness (1) inboard as required.
(3) Close and open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) and
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(4) Make sure that the distance X is correct.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-24-865-052
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.
Subtask 52-31-24-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Install the removed door lining (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-400-001).
(3) Close and lock the cargo door correctly (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-24

Page 408
Feb 01/99

CES
ACTUATOR AND STOP FITTINGS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________
TASK 52-31-31-000-001
Removal of the Stop Bolts
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-31-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-31-010-050
A. Get Access
001).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-31

Page 401
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 52-31-31-865-053
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-31-020-050
A. Removal of the Stop Bolts

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-31-991-001)
(1) Release the tab washers (3) which safety the nuts (2).
(2) Loosen the nuts (2) and remove them with the stop bolts (1) and the
tab washers (3).
(3) Discard the tab washers (3).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-31

Page 402
Feb 01/98

CES
Stop Bolts
Figure 401/TASK 52-31-31-991-001

EFF :

ALL 52-31-31

Page 403
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 52-31-31-400-001
Installation of the Stop Bolts
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 tab washers 52-31-31 01 -240

EFF :

ALL 52-31-31

Page 404
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-31-860-050
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
door.
Subtask 52-31-31-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-31-910-050

EFF :

ALL 52-31-31

Page 405
May 01/05

CES
(4) Examine the stop bolts (1) and the nuts (2) for the correct
condition.
NOTE : If required, replace the components.

____
(5) Assemble the nuts (2) and the new tab washers (3) on the stop bolts
(1).
(6) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surface of the tab
washers (3).
(7) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the stop bolts (1).
Subtask 52-31-31-420-051
B. Installation of the Stop Bolts
(1) Install the stop bolts (1) with the new tab washers (3) and the nuts
(2) in the threaded inserts.
52-30-00-860-002).
(3) Make sure that the skin offset between the cargo door and the
fuselage contour is correct (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-001).
(4) Measure the gap between the head of the stop bolts (1) and the stop
fittings of the door sill area.
(5) Adjust the stop bolts (1) so that the gap is between 0.1 mm (0.0039
in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.)
(6) Tighten the nuts (2) and safety them with the tab washers (3).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-31-865-055

1MJ

EFF :

ALL 52-31-31

Page 406
May 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 52-31-31-410-054
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) to the stop bolts
and to the adjacent cargo door structure.
(3) Make sure that the FWD cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-31

Page 407
May 01/05
R
CES
Actuator Attachment Fitting
Figure 402/TASK 52-31-31-991-003

EFF :

ALL 52-31-31

Page 408
May 01/05

CES
FITTINGS - DOOR FRAME - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________
TASK 52-31-32-000-001
Removal of the Lock Fitting Components
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To replace the roll of the lock fittings at the door sill area.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-32-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-32-010-050
A. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the closed FWD
R cargo compartment door (referred to as cargo door).
(2) Remove the access cover 825AR from the cargo door.
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-32

Page 401
Nov 01/03

CES
Subtask 52-31-32-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-32-020-050
A. Removal of the Lock Fitting Components

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-32-991-001)
(1) Make a color mark on the subsequent components to find easier their
correct installation position:
- the serrated plate (4) and the adjusting bush (5),
- the serrated plate (8) and the eccentric bolt (9).
NOTE : This procedure is not necessary when the center punches of

____
these components are aligned.
(3) Remove the nut (2) and the washer (3) from the eccentric bolt (9).
(4) Remove the nuts (10) and the washers (11) from the special bolts (12)
of the door frame fitting (13).
(5) Remove the serrated plate (4) from the adjusting bush (5).
(6) Hold the roll (7) and remove the eccentric bolt (9) together with the
serrated plate (8) from the door frame fitting (13).
(7) Disengage the serrated plate (8) from the eccentric bolt (9).
(8) Remove the eccentric bush (6) from the roll (7).
(9) Remove the adjusting bush (5) from the door frame fitting (13).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-32

Page 402
Feb 01/98

CES
Lock Fitting Components
Figure 401/TASK 52-31-32-991-001

EFF :

ALL 52-31-32

Page 403
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 52-31-32-400-001
Installation of the Lock Fitting Components
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 new cotter pin 52-31-32 01 -040

EFF :

ALL 52-31-32

Page 404
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-32-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-32-860-051
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
R (2) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the opened
R cargo door.
Subtask 52-31-32-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-31-32-910-050

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-32-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 52-31-32

Page 405
Nov 01/03

CES
(4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the roller (7), the
adjusting bush (5), the eccentric bush (6), the eccentric bolt (9)
and the special bolts (12).
(5) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the contact area of the
serrated plates (4),(8).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-31-32-420-050
A. Installation of the Lock Fitting Components

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-32-991-001)
(1) Put the eccentric bush (6) into the roller (7).
NOTE : Make sure that the color marks or the center punches are
____
aligned after the assembly.
(2) Install the adjusting bush (5) into the door frame fitting (13).
(3) Engage the serrated plate (4) with the adjusting bush (5).
(4) Put the roller (7) with the eccentric bush (6) into the door frame
fitting (13).
NOTE : Make sure that the slot of the eccentric bush (6) engages with
____
the pin of the adjusting bush (5) correctly.
(5) Install the eccentric bolt (9) with the serrated plate (8) into the
door frame fitting (13).
(6) Install the serrated plates (8) to the eccentric bolt (9).
(7) Align the slot of the serrated plates (4),(8) with the special bolts
(8) Attach the serrated plates (4),(8) with the special bolts (12), the
washers (11) and the nuts (10). Do not tighten the nuts at this
stage.
(9) Install the washer (3) and the nut (2) on the eccentric bolt (9), but
do not tighten at this stage.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-32

Page 406
Nov 01/01
R
CES
Subtask 52-31-32-820-050
B. Adjustment Procedure
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(2) Adjust the eccentric bushes (6) and the eccentric bolts (9) to make
sure that the skin offset is correct (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-001).
Subtask 52-31-32-420-051
C. Final Installation of the Lock fitting Components
(1) Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-001).
lbf.in).
lbf.ft) and loosen it to the next cotter pin hole.
(4) Safety the nut (2) with the new cotter pin (1).
(5) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the serrated
plates (4) or (8).
(6) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the metal surfaces
of the new installed components which have no other surface
protection.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-31-32-865-052

1MJ
Subtask 52-31-32-410-052
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-31-32

Page 407
Nov 01/01
R
CES
(3) Install the access panel 825AR on the closed cargo door.

EFF :

ALL 52-31-32

Page 408
Nov 01/01

CES
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
The AFT cargo-compartment door (zone 826) is installed on the lower right
the fuselage and gives access to the AFT and BULK cargo compartments.
The AFT cargo-compartment door has a manually operated locking and latching
mechanism which keeps it in the closed position and locks it. It is
permitted to operate the cargo door with the subsequent wind speed limits:
maximum
The AFT cargo-compartment door weighs 116.0 kg (255.7361 lb) and has
dimensions of 1855 x 2025 mm (73 x 80 in.)
**ON A/C 051-052,
The AFT cargo-compartment door has a manually operated locking and safety
- Usual operation of the cargo door : 40 knots maximum
maximum
The AFT cargo-compartment door weighs 108.0 kg (238.1 lbs.) and has
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
The AFT cargo-compartment door has a manually operated locking and safety

EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
maximum
The AFT cargo-compartment door weighs 122.0 kg (268.9638 lb) and has
**ON A/C ALL
2. __________________
Component Location
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 001C)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 001D)
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 002A)

EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES
AFT Cargo-Compartment Door - Component Location
Figure 001

R

EFF :

001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 201-220, 52-32-00

Page 3
May 01/05

CES
R AFT Cargo-Compartment Door - Component Location
R Figure 001A

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-32-00

Page 4
May 01/05

CES
Figure 001B

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-32-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES
R Figure 001C

R

EFF :

151-199, 52-32-00

Page 6
May 01/05

CES
R Figure 001D

R

EFF :

401-499, 52-32-00

Page 7
Aug 01/05

CES
Figure 002

R

EFF :

001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 201-220, 52-32-00

Page 8
Aug 01/05

CES
Figure 002A

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-32-00

Page 9
Aug 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 002B)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 002C)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 002D)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
A. AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VENT DOOR 826 52-32-22
DOOR SEAL 826 52-32-18
LATCHING UNIT
DOOR HANDLE 826 826AR 52-32-21

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-32-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Figure 002B

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-32-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 002C

R

EFF :

151-199, 52-32-00

Page 12
Aug 01/05

CES
R Figure 002D

R

EFF :

401-499, 52-32-00

Page 13
Aug 01/05

CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
A. AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VENT DOOR 826 52-32-22
DOOR SEAL 826 52-32-18
LOCKING UNIT 826 826AR 52-32-21
FLAP MECHANISM 826 826AR 52-32-21
LOCKING HANDLE 826 826AR 52-32-21
**ON A/C ALL
3. ___________
Description
The AFT cargo- compartment door (referred to as cargo door) is a hollow
alloy construction with a structure of sheet metal and machined parts.
The door-to-fuselage connection is of piano hinges which transmit the load
of the cargo door to the fuselage.
To adapt the belly fairing contour to the fuselage contour the cargo door
has a fairing mounted on the forward section.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The latching hooks of the manually operated latching mechanism keep each
cargo door in the closed position. The lock cams of the locking mechanism
engage with the latching hooks when the cargo doors are correctly locked.
each cargo door. The green mark on each lock cam shows that the locking

EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 14
Feb 01/10

CES
mechanism blocks each latching unit in its latched position. The red marks
show that the latching units are not blocked and satisfactory.
The interlock mechanism blocks the latching mechanism in the unlatched

position when the cargo door is not closed. Then the door handle is not
movable and the latching hooks stay in the lifted position.
- the door handle stays away from the outer contour of the cargo door,
- the red mark of each cam lock is in view through the indication windows.
**ON A/C 051-052,
The locking hooks of the manually operated locking mechanism keep each cargo
door in the closed position. The cams of the safety mechanism engage with
the locking hooks when the cargo doors are correctly locked.
each cargo door. The green mark on each safety cam shows that the safety
mechanism locks each locking unit in its latched position. The red marks
show that the locking units are not locked and satisfactory.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-32-00

Page 15
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
The interlock mechanism blocks the locking mechanism in the unlocked
position when the cargo door is not closed. Then the locking handle is not
movable and the locking hooks stay in the lifted position.
keep the cargo doors safely in the fully open position.
- the locking handle stays away from the outer contour of the cargo door,
- the red mark of each safety cam is in view through the indication windows.
**ON A/C ALL
4. _____________________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
A. Door Structure
milled components are made from aluminum alloy and are riveted together
with a sealant compound to make a corrosion-resistant cargo door. The
sealant compound between the skin and the edge members makes sure that
the primary structure is pressure-tight.

installation of the locking and latching mechanism. An access panel
covers the lower part of the cargo door.

EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 16
Feb 01/10

CES
The primary structure has provisions for the outboard installation of a
fairing which improves the aerodynamics of the rear section.
**ON A/C 051-052,
A. Door Structure
milled components are made from aluminum alloy and riveted together with
a sealant compound to make a corrosion-resistant cargo door. The sealant
compound between the skin and the edge members makes sure that the
primary structure is pressure-tight.

installation of the locking and safety mechanism. An access panel covers
the lower part of the cargo door.
The primary structure has provisions for the outboard installation of a

fairing which improves the aerodynamics of the rear section.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
FR53A and FR54A.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-32-00

Page 17
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
The actuator attachment fitting is attached with screws to the inboard

side of the frames FR53A and FR54A.
the edge members around the cargo door. On the inner skin there are
provisions to attach the fire protection lining with quick-release
fasteners.
pressure-tight structure and drain this water over board. Some drain
holes are added in the critical areas of the internal structure which is
painted with a water repellent agent.
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
FR56A and FR57A.
**ON A/C ALL
B. Door Suspension
The connection of the cargo door to the fuselage includes the two halves
of the piano hinges and two hinge pins. The outer parts of the
multi-section piano hinges are made of titanium alloy and the mid parts
are made of aluminum alloy. One halve of the piano hinges is attached to
the upper edge member of the cargo door with screws. The related,
opposite piano hinge halves are riveted on the upper door frame fitting
of the fuselage.

R

EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 18
Aug 01/05

CES
The hinge pins connect the door and the fuselage hinges. The fairings at
both ends of the piano hinges hold and safety the hinge pins in their
positions.
To protect the cargo door against fire, a door lining is installed on the
inner skin with quick-release fasteners and VELCRO tapes. This lining is
in one section and made of prepreg layers. To protect the cargo door
against heat and sound, a self-adhesive insulation mat is attached to the
door lining. The mat is made of polyethylene foam.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 003)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 003B)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 19
Feb 01/10

CES
Proximity Switches 32WV, 34WV and 12MJ
Figure 003

R

EFF :

001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 201-220, 52-32-00

Page 20
Aug 01/05

CES
Figure 003A

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-32-00

Page 21
Aug 01/05

CES
Figure 003B

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-32-00

Page 22
Feb 01/10

CES
are not in line.
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 003A)
The proximity switch 34WV monitors the position of the locking handle.
The sensor is attached at FR55 and the target is installed in the end of
the locking handle.
52-35-00). The sensor is installed on the beam 4 of the door structure
and the target is installed on the control lever. This switch prevents
the hydraulic operation of the cargo door if both the parts are not in
line.
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 003C)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 003D)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-32-00

Page 23
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R Proximity Switches 32WV, 34WV and 12MJ
Figure 003C

EFF :

151-199, 52-32-00

Page 24
Feb 01/10

CES
R Proximity Switches 32WV, 34WV and 12MJ
Figure 003D

EFF :

401-499, 52-32-00

Page 25
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
are not in line.
**ON A/C ALL
E. Door Seal
The door seal made of silicone rubber integrated with fabric is a round
hose-type seal with inflation holes. The door seal is installed in the
retainers so that the inflation holes show to the inner side of the cargo
compartment.
When the cargo door is in the closed position, the door seal comes into
contact with the fuselage profile. Due to the higher internal pressure of
the cargo compartment during flight, the door seal is inflated via the
inflation holes so that the cargo compartment is sealed air-tight.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 004)

EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 26
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 004B)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 004C)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 004D)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 005B)
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 006)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 006B)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 006C)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 006D)

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-32-00

Page 27
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Latching and Locking Mechanism

R

EFF :

001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 201-220, 52-32-00

Page 28
Aug 01/05

CES

R

EFF :

001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 201-220, 52-32-00

Page 29
Aug 01/05

CES

R

EFF :

001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 201-220, 52-32-00

Page 30
Aug 01/05

CES
Locking Mechanism with Locking Handle
Figure 004A

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-32-00

Page 31
Aug 01/05

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-32-00

Page 32
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-32-00

Page 33
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-32-00

Page 34
Feb 01/10

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-32-00

Page 35
Aug 01/05

CES
Figure 004C (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

151-199, 52-32-00

Page 36
Aug 01/05

CES

R

EFF :

151-199, 52-32-00

Page 37
Aug 01/05

CES

R

EFF :

151-199, 52-32-00

Page 38
Aug 01/05

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-32-00

Page 39
Aug 01/05

CES
R Latching and Locking Mechanism
R Figure 004D (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

401-499, 52-32-00

Page 40
Aug 01/05

CES

R

EFF :

401-499, 52-32-00

Page 41
Aug 01/05

CES

R

EFF :

401-499, 52-32-00

Page 42
Aug 01/05

CES
Interlock and Drift Pin Mechanism
Figure 005

EFF :

051-052, 52-32-00

Page 43
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Drift Pin Mechanism
Figure 005A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-32-00

Page 44
Feb 01/10

CES
R Drift Pin Mechanism
R Figure 005B

R

EFF :

401-499, 52-32-00

Page 45
Aug 01/05

CES
Figure 006

R

EFF :

001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 201-220, 52-32-00

Page 46
Aug 01/05

CES
Figure 006A

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-32-00

Page 47
Aug 01/05

CES
Vent Door Mechanism
Figure 006B

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-32-00

Page 48
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 006C

R

EFF :

151-199, 52-32-00

Page 49
Aug 01/05

CES
R Vent Door Mechanism
R Figure 006D

R

EFF :

401-499, 52-32-00

Page 50
Aug 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

- the door handle mechanism with the handle flap,
- the latching mechanism with the interlock mechanism,
- the locking mechanism with the vent door mechanism,
**ON A/C 051-052,

(Ref. Fig. 004A, 005, 006A)
- the locking handle with flap mechanism,
- the locking mechanism with interlock mechanism,
- the safety mechanism with vent door and related mechanism,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The door handle mechanism is installed between FR55 and FR56 to

latch/unlatch and lock/unlock the cargo door.
Parts of the door handle mechanism are, the door handle, the
Maltese-cross assembly, the linkage mechanism and the handle spring.
The door handle mechanism operates the locking mechanism when the the
door handle is pulled up to the 65 degree position. When the door
handle is lifted to the 128 degree position, the door handle
mechanism operates the latching mechanism.
The Maltese-cross assembly transmit the different movement sequence
steps of the door handle as follows:
- the Maltese-cross lock operates the locking shaft via the linkage
mechanism,
- the Maltese-cross latch operates the latching shaft via the
connection rod.
The gas spring assembly makes sure that the linkage mechanism stays
in a overcenter position when the door handle is in the 65 degree
position.
The handle spring keeps the door handle in its fully lifted position
and vice versa when the door handle is moved into its recess.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-32-00

Page 51
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
In this position the target at the door handle operates the proximity
sensor 34WV at beam 4.
(2) Latching Mechanism with Interlock Mechanism
The latching mechanism which is installed in the lower part of the

- the latching shaft which has six shaft levers, the control lever,
the interlock cam and the link lever,
- the six latching units which have a latching hook, a bellcrank, a
bellcrank lever and a connection rod,
The Maltese-cross latch transmits the movement of the door handle

(from 65 degree to 128 degree) via the connection rod to the latching
shaft. The shaft levers then operate the latching units which move
their latching hooks into the latched or released position.
The interlock mechanism prevents the operation of the door handle

the interlock cam.
**ON A/C 051-052,
(1) Locking Handle with Flap Mechanism

The locking handle is installed between FR56 and FR55 . To lock the
cargo door correctly, the locking handle must be:
- in the horizontal position (LOCKED position),
- in the recess of the handle flap.
Parts of the locking handle are the lever mechanism, the handle
bearing and the handle spring. The lever mechanism operates the
safety mechanism when the locking handle is pulled from the recess.
The limit lever of the lever mechanism stops the travel of the
locking lever.
The handle bearing operates the locking mechanism when the locking
handle is turned to the UNLOCKED position.
The handle spring keeps the lever mechanism in the overcenter

position when the locking handle is in the recess. In this position,
the target on the end of the locking handle operates the proximity
sensor 34WV.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-32-00

Page 52
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
The flap mechanism includes the spring-loaded handle flap and the
linkage with the related hook. The inboard movement of the handle
flap operates the linkage to disengage the hook from the locking
handle. The hook safeties the locking handle when it is pushed in the
(2) Locking Mechanism with Interlock Mechanism
The locking mechanism which is installed in the lower part of the

- the locking shaft which has six shaft levers, the control lever,
the interlock cam and the deflection unit with the related link
rod,
- the six locking units which have a locking hook, a bellcrank, a
bellcrank lever and a spring unit,
The link rod connects the deflection unit with the handle bearing to
transmit the movement of the locking handle to the locking shaft. The
shaft levers operate then the locking units which move their locking
hooks into the locked or released position. The compressed spring
unit of each locking unit makes sure that the locked hooks stay in
the overcenter position.
The interlock mechanism prevents the operation of the locking handle

the interlock cam.
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(3) Locking Mechanism with Vent Door Mechanism

correctly latched.
- the locking shaft which has a link rod, six lock cams with a red
and green mark, a drift pin lever and a vent door lever,
- the vent door mechanism which opens and closes the vent door,

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-32-00

Page 53
Aug 01/05

CES
degree to 65 degree ) via the Maltese-cross lock to the locking
A connection rod transmits the movement of the locking shaft to the

which includes the connection rods, the control rods, the bearing
assy, the housing assy.
The linkage mechanism transmit the movement of the locking shaft to

the drift pins which retract or extent them. When the cargo door is
the fuselage frame.
**ON A/C 051-052,
(3) Safety Mechanism with Vent Door Mechanism
The safety mechanism is installed parallel to and below the locking

this mechanism is to tell the operator that the locking mechanism is
correctly latched.
The safety mechanism includes the subsequent components:
- the safety shaft which has a link rod, six safety cams with a red
and green mark, two drift pin levers and a vent door lever,
- the vent door mechanism which opens and closes the vent door.
The link rod connects the lever mechanism with the link lever to
transmit the movement of the locking handle to the safety shaft. The
safety cams then engage with, or disengage from, the recess of the
locking hooks. The engaged safety cams prevent the operation of the
locking hooks. Then, the operator can see the green mark on each

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-32-00

Page 54
Aug 01/05

CES
safety cams are disengaged from the locking hook.
A connection rod transmits the movement of the safety shaft to the

The drift pin mechanism includes the teleflex controls and the drift
pins with the related bellcranks and the connection links.
The teleflex controls transmit the movement of the safety shaft to

the bellcranks. They operate the connection links which retract or
extent the drift pins. When the cargo door is correctly locked, the
extended drift pins engage with the pockets of the fuselage frame.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(3) Locking Mechanism

correctly latched.
- the locking shaft, which has a link rod, six lock cams with a red
and green mark, a vent door lever, a connection rod and a sequence
shaft,
degree to 65 degree ) through the Maltese-cross lock to the locking
The vent door lever transmits the movement of the locking shaft
through the sequence shaft to the input bellcrank. The connection rod
operates the linkage of the drift pins and the vent door.

R

EFF : 051-052, 106-149, 221-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-32-00

Page 55
Feb 01/10

CES
(4) Drift Pin Mechanism with Vent Door Mechanism
It decreases the contour off-set between the fuselage and the door .
which includes the connection rods, the control rods, the drift pin
bellcrank and the input bellcrank.
The linkage mechanism transmits the movement of the locking shaft to

the drift pins which retract or extend them. When the cargo door is
the fuselage frame.
The vent door mechanism causes the vent door to open or close in
accordance to the position of the drift pins.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
The switch mechanism is installed in the lower part of the cargo door
at FR53. This mechanism includes the target lever with the related
target and the link assy.

the target lever.
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
The switch mechanism is installed in the lower part of the cargo door
at FR56. This mechanism includes the target lever with the related
target and the link assy.

the target lever.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-32-00

Page 56
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Operation
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 007)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 007B)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 007C)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 008)
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
A. Release Mode

subsequent occurs:

EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 57
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-32-00

Page 58
Aug 01/05

CES

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-32-00

Page 59
Aug 01/05

CES
Function of Locking Mechanism
Figure 007A

EFF :

051-052, 52-32-00

Page 60
Aug 01/05

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

52-32-00

Page 61
Aug 01/05

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-32-00

Page 62
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-32-00

Page 63
Feb 01/10

CES
R Function of Latching and Locking Mechanism
R Figure 007C (SHEET 1)

EFF :

401-499, 52-32-00

Page 64
Aug 01/05

CES
R Function of Latching and Locking Mechanism
R Figure 007C (SHEET 2)

EFF :

401-499, 52-32-00

Page 65
Aug 01/05

CES
Function of Interlock Mechanism
Figure 008

EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 66
Aug 01/05

CES
retract from the pockets of the fuselage frames.
shaft of the gear box. The output shaft of the gear box also turns and
32WV (Ref. 52-71-00).
**ON A/C 051-052,
A. Release Mode
To release the cargo door mechanism, pull the locking handle away from
the cargo door. To get access to the locking handle, the operator pushes
the handle flap automatically inboard. This operation releases the hook
of the flap mechanism and the locking handle is movable.
When the locking handle is pulled until the limit lever stops this
movement, the subsequent occurs:
- the lever mechanism operates the link rod which moves the link lever.
The safety shaft turns so that the safety cams move away from the
recess of the locking hooks. Then the red mark on each safety cam comes
in view through the indication windows.
- the drift pin levers move up and operate the teleflex controls. The
ends of these controls extend and move the bellcranks which operate the
connection links. The drift pins retract from the pockets of the
fuselage frames,
shaft of the gear box. The output shaft of the gear box turns also and
32WV (Ref. 52-71-00).

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-32-00

Page 67
Aug 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
A. Release Mode

subsequent occurs:
retract from the pockets of the fuselage frames, at the same time the
vent door mechanism causes the vent door to open.
- The drive shaft operates the link assy at the same time so that the
target lever moves away from the door sill. The related target does not
operate the proximity switch 32WV (Ref. 52-71-00).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
To disengage the latching hooks from their fuselage fittings, lift the
door handle up to the 128 degree position. During this movement, the
subsequent occurs:
- the door handle disengages from the Maltese-cross lock and engages with
the Maltese-cross latch. This causes the latching shaft to turn in the
release direction.
- the shaft levers operate the bellcranks which move the bellcrank levers
so that the locking hooks disengage from the eccentric bolts of the
fuselage fittings,
- the interlock cam moves up so that the released interlock mechanism is
serviceable.
of the door handle which is in the UNLATCHED position.

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-32-00

Page 68
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
B. Locking Mode
occurs:
locking shaft,
- the door handle is serviceable to lock the closed cargo door.
To engage the latching hooks on their fuselage fittings, pull the door
handle down to the 65 degree position. During this movement the
subsequent occurs:
- the Maltese-cross latch operates the connection rod which turns the
latching shaft in the latched position,
- the shaft levers operate the bellcranks which move the bellcrank
levers. The latching hooks engage the eccentric bolt of the fuselage
fitting.
**ON A/C 051-052,
To disengage the locking hooks from their fuselage fittings, turn the
locking handle down into its UNLOCKED position. During this movement, the
subsequent occurs:
in the release direction. The locking shaft transmits this movement to
the shaft levers, the control lever and the interlock cam,
- the shaft levers operate the spring units to release the overcenter
position of the locking units . Then the bellcranks move the bellcrank
levers and the latching hooks disengage from the eccentric bolts of the
fuselage fittings,
- the interlock cam moves up so that the released interlock mechanism can
be serviceable.
of the locking handle which is in the UNLOCKED position.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-32-00

Page 69
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
B. Locking Mode
occurs:
locking shaft,
- the locking handle is serviceable to lock the cargo door.
To engage the locking hooks on their fuselage fittings, turn the locking
handle up to the LOCKED position. During this movement the subsequent
occurs:
in the locked position,
- the shaft levers operate the spring units so that the bellcranks move
the bellcrank levers. The locking hooks engage the eccentric bolt of
the fuselage fitting. The spring units come in the overcenter position
and secure the locking hooks in their positions,
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
- the drift pin lever moves down and operates the linkage mechanism. The
vertical control transmit the movement via the housing assy and the
bearing assy to the horizontal linkages. They move the drift pins which
extends into the pockets of the fuselage frame.

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 52-32-00

Page 70
Aug 01/05

CES
**ON A/C 051-052,
When the locking handle is in the LOCKED position, push it inboards so

that it comes in line with the cargo door contour. During this movement
- the lever mechanism operates the link rod which turns the link lever.
The safety shaft turns and the safety cams move into the recess of the
locking hooks. Then, the green mark on each safety cam comes in view
trough the indication windows. The handle spring keeps the lever
mechanism in the overcenter position,
- the drift pin levers move down and operate the teleflex controls. The
ends of these controls retract and move the bellcranks which operate
the connection links. The drift pins extend into the pockets of the
fuselage frame,
proximity switch 32WV (Ref.52-71-00).
When the locking handle is in line with the cargo door contour, the
target operates the proximity switch 34WV. This causes the visual warning
in the cockpit to go off (Ref. 52-71-00). In this position, the hook of
the flap mechanism safeties the locking handle against movement.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
- the vent door lever moves down and operates the connection rod. The
sequence shaft transmits the movement through the input bellcrank and
the drift pin bellcrank to the horizontal linkages. They move the drift
pins which extend into the pockets of the fuselage frame.
- the vent door bellcrank operates the vent door rod which closes the
vent door.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
52-32-00

Page 71
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
The sequence shaft operates the link assy at the same time so that the

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-32-00

Page 72
Feb 01/10

CES
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
______________________________________________________
**ON A/C 051-052,
TASK 52-32-00-040-002
Deactivation of the Locking Handle
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-8

Cargo door opening system
Handle of cargo door
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 08-061 D DAN 328AS

TAPE SOUND DAMPENINGALUMINIUM FOIL (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 401
Feb 01/07

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-32-00-860-056
(1) Make sure that the AFT cargo compartment door (referred to as cargo
door) is correctly closed and locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
R NOTE : If necessary, operate the damaged locking handle with an

____
R applicable tool.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-32-00-220-050
A. Check of the Cargo Door
(3) Do this operational test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the cargo door: On the Cargo Door:

- try to push the vent door - the vent door must not move in its
inboards. open direction.
Subtask 52-32-00-040-050
B. Deactivation of the Locking Handle
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.

EFF :

051-052, 52-32-00

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
R AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R (1) Clean the cargo door skin around the handle recess with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-016).
R (2) Cover the cutout of the handle recess with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-061) (high-speed tape).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 52-32-00-860-057
R A. Make an entry in the aircraft technical log that the locking handle of
R the cargo door is deactivated.

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-32-00

Page 403
May 01/05

CES
R TASK 52-32-00-440-002
R Reactivation of the Locking Handle
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-8

R Cargo door opening system
R Handle of cargo door
R 2. ______________________
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R ASRM 52-32-00-201 (for corrective action)
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 52-32-00-860-058
R (1) Make sure that the access cover 826AR is removed from the AFT cargo
R compartment door (referred to as cargo door).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 52-32-00-020-052
R A. Removal of the Locking Handle
R (1) Remove the high-speed tape from cargo door skin around the handle
R recess.
R (2) Remove the damaged locking handle (Ref. TASK 52-32-21-000-001).

R

EFF :

051-052, 52-32-00

Page 404
May 01/05

CES
Subtask 52-32-00-420-052
B. Install the new or repaired locking handle (Ref. TASK 52-32-21-400-001).
R NOTE : For repair of the locking handle, refer to the SRM (Ref. ASRM 52-
____
32-00-201).

EFF :

051-052, 52-32-00

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-32-00-040-003
Deactivation of the Locking Hooks and Spools
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-30-02

Doors - Cargo
Cargo door locking hooks and spools
(FAA Only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
52-32-00-991-007 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
52-32-00-991-007-A Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-32-00-010-055
A. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT cargo compartment door (referred to as cargo door) and
001).
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
Subtask 52-32-00-010-055-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT cargo compartment door (referred to as cargo door) and
001).
(3) Remove the access panels 826AR, 826BR and 826CR from the cargo door.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-32-00-860-059
(1) Deactivate the interlock mechanism of the opened cargo door as

follows:
NOTE : This procedure is only necessary, if one of the locking hooks

____
is damaged or inoperative.

EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-32-00-040-051
A. Deactivation of the Locking Hooks and Spools
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-32-00-991-007)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-32-00-991-007-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Deactivate the damaged or inoperative spool as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (2) and the washer (3) from the eccentric bolt
(9).
(c) Remove the nuts (10) and the washers (11) from the special bolts
(d) Remove the serrated plate (4) from the adjusting bush (5).
(e) Hold the spool (7) and remove the eccentric bolt (9) together
with the serrated plate (8) from the door frame fitting (13).
(f) Disengage the serrated plate (8) from the eccentric bolt (9).
(g) Remove the eccentric bush (6) from the spool (7).
(h) Remove the adjusting bush (5) from the door frame fitting (13).

EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES
(2) Deactivate the damaged or inoperative locking hook as follows:
(c) Move the linkage (18) to disconnect it from the locking hook
(24).
(e) Remove the nut (22) and the washer (23) from the locking hook
bolt (26).
(f) Hold the locking hook (24) and remove the washer (25) and the
(g) Remove the locking hook (24) from the cargo door frame.
Subtask 52-32-00-210-050
B. Visual Inspection
(1) Examine the remaining locking hooks as follows:
R (a) Make sure that the other locking hooks are not damaged.
(b) Make sure that you cannot turn the other locking hook bolts
manually.
(2) Examine the remaining spools as follows:
R (a) Make sure that the other spools are not damaged.
(b) Make sure that the other eccentric bolts and the eccentric bushes
are in the correct condition.
R (c) Make sure that the other lock fittings are not damaged.

R

EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-32-00

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
52-32-00

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES
R Locking Hooks and Spools
R Figure 401A/TASK 52-32-00-991-007-A12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-32-00

Page 412
May 01/07

CES
R Locking Hooks and Spools
R Figure 401A/TASK 52-32-00-991-007-A22 (SHEET 2)

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-32-00

Page 413
May 01/07

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 52-32-00-860-060
(3) Make sure that the indications of the ECAM system in the cockpit
R shows that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked.
(4) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log that one of the spools
and/or one of the locking hooks is deactivated.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-32-00-410-053
B. Close Access
items.
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
Subtask 52-32-00-410-053-A
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the access panels 826AR 826BR and 826CR on the cargo door.

EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES
the indication windows of the door access panel 826AR, 826BR and
826CR.

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 52-32-00

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

52-32-00

Page 416
Nov 01/07

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-32-00-440-003
Reactivation of the Locking Hooks and Spools
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-32-21-400-007 Installation of the Locking Unit
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-32-00-860-061
A. Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is fully opened and
safetied with the support struts (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 52-32-00-420-053
A. Install the replacement spool (Ref. TASK 52-32-32-400-001) and/or

replacement locking hook (Ref. TASK 52-32-21-400-007).

EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 417
May 01/07

CES
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________
TASK 52-32-00-710-001
Operational Test of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure

EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 501
Feb 01/98

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 52-32-00-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the AFT cargo compartment door (referred to as cargo
door) is closed (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(2) If necessary, put the access platform in position below the closed
cargo door.
control panel.
Subtask 52-32-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 52-32-00-860-050
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).

EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 502
Feb 01/99

CES
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-061, 101-105, 201-203,
Subtask 52-32-00-710-050-A
A. Do this test:
_______
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the AFT cargo door: On the AFT cargo door:
R - push the handle flap in and - the vent door opens inboard
R pull the door handle away from - the drift pins retract from the
R the recess of the door pockets of the fuselage
window.

R - the symbol of the AFT cargo door is
R shown in amber and the message CARGO
R comes on.
On the AFT cargo door:
R - move the door handle fully up - the latching hooks disengage from the
R to the UNLOCKED position. latch fittings
2. On the control panel: On the AFT cargo door:
direction.

this position.

EFF :

ALL 52-32-00

Page 503
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set the selector in the OPEN - the cargo door moves in the open
position again and hold. direction.

and locked.
R - move the selector in the CLOSE - the selector is not in the CLOSE
R direction and hold it. position
- the green indicator light goes off as
soon as the door actuators are not in
direction.
mechanism check.

EFF :

001-049, 053-061, 101-105, 201-203, 52-32-00

Page 504
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - press the roller lever of the - the blockage of the latching shaft is
R - move the door handle down to - the latching hooks move to their
R the LOCKED position. locked position
R mechanism moves inboards
- the target of the control lever is
not in line with the proximity
sensor.
- set the selector in the OPEN or - the cargo door must stay in the same
- Push the handle flap in and - the target lever of the switch
pull the door handle away and mechanism moves outboards,
up to the UNLOCKED position. - the target of the control lever is in
- the latching hooks move to the
unlocked position,
R - set the selector in the CLOSE - the cargo door moves in the close
R position. direction

EFF :

001-049, 053-061, 101-105, 201-203, 52-32-00

Page 505
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - move the door handle down to - the latching hooks engage with the
R the LOCKED position. latch fittings
R - the cargo door is in the fully closed
R position
R - the vent door closes
of the fuselage,
- the latching handle is in line with
the outer skin and locked.

symbol for the AFT cargo door changes
to green.
R 12. On the AFT cargo door: On the AFT cargo door:
locked window.
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 52-32-00-710-050
A. Operational Test of the AFT Cargo-Compartement Door
_______
NOTE : Before you do the subsequent test, make sure that the cargo doors
____
are closed for more than 5 min.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 52-32-00

Page 506
Feb 01/08

CES
(1) Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - push the handle flap in and - the vent door opens inboard
R pull the locking handle away - the drift pins retract from the
R from the cargo door. pockets of the fuselage
- you can see the red mark on each
window.
On the lower ECAM DU :

- the symbol of the AFT cargo door is
shown in amber and the message CARGO
comes on.
R - turn the locking handle down to - the locking hooks disengage from the
R the UNLOCKED position. lock fittings
- the cargo door moves partly from the
closed position.
direction.

this position.
- set the selector in the OPEN - the cargo door moves in the open
position again and hold. direction.

and locked.

EFF :

051-052, 52-32-00

Page 507
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - move the selector in the CLOSE - the selector is not in the CLOSE
R direction and hold it. position
- the green indicator light goes off as
soon as the door actuators are not in
direction.
mechanism check.
5. On the AFT cargo door:
- start to turn the locking - you can not move the locking handle
handle from the UNLOCKED to the because the interlock mechanism
LOCKED position. blocks the cam of the locking shaft.
R - press the roller lever of the - the blockage of the locking shaft is
R - turn the locking handle up to - the locking hooks move to their

R the LOCKED position. locked position
R mechanism moves inboard
- the target of the control lever is
not in line with the proximity
sensor.

EFF :

051-052, 52-32-00

Page 508
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set the selector in the OPEN or - the cargo door must stay in the same
R - turn the locking handle down to - the locking hooks move to the
R the UNLOCKED position. unlocked position
R mechanism moves outboards
- the target of the control lever is in
R - set the selector in the CLOSE - the cargo door moves in the close
R position. direction
block the locking shaft.
R - turn the locking handle up to - the locking hooks engage with the
R the LOCKED position. lock fittings
R - the cargo door is in the fully closed
R position.
R - push the locking handle into - the vent door closes

R the recess of the handle flap. - the drift pins extend in the pockets
R of the fuselage

EFF :

051-052, 52-32-00

Page 509
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the locking handle is in line with
the outer skin and locked.
On the lower ECAM DU :

symbol for the AFT cargo door changes
to green.
is correctly locked and safety cam through the indication
latched window.
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 52-32-00-710-050-B
A. Do this test:
_______
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
---------------

Nammcesa 000032 PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Nammcesa 000032 PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

__________

REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

L.E.P. 1-35 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

52-00-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,

52-10-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-10-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-10-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

52-10-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

410, 413- INTRODUCE MINOR IMPROVEMENTS TO THE

52-10-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-10-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-11-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-11-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 003-049, 051-099, 101-149,

52-11-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-11-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 003-049, 051-099, 101-149,

52-11-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-11-18 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

52-11-21 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-11-21 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-11-22 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 003-049, 051-099, 101-149,

52-11-22 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

519, 525 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,

52-11-31 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-13-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-13-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 003-049, 051-099, 101-149,

52-13-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-13-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 003-049, 051-099, 101-149,

52-13-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

461, 463, 511-526, 528-599,

52-13-12 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-13-18 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-13-21 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-13-21 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-13-22 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 003-049, 051-099, 101-149,

52-13-22 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-13-31 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-20-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-21-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-21-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-21-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-21-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-21-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-21-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-21-18 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-21-18 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-22-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-22-14 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED 301-399,

52-30-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-30-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-30-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-30-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-31-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-31-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-31-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-31-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-31-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-31-13 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-31-18 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-31-21 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-31-22 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-32-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-32-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

52-32-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED